Perl-Tidy-20120701/0000750000175000017500000000000011774075057012627 5ustar stevestevePerl-Tidy-20120701/INSTALL0000644000175000017500000004043410443714155013661 0ustar stevestevePERLTIDY INSTALLATION NOTES Get a distribution file Source Files in .tar.gz and .zip format This document tells how to install perltidy from the basic source distribution files in .tar.gz or .zip format. These files are identical except for the line endings. The .tar.gz has Unix style line endings, and the .zip file has Windows style line endings. The standard perl MakeMaker method should work for these in most cases. Source files in RPM and .deb format The web site also has links to RPM and Debian .deb Linux packages, which may be convenient for some users. Quick Test Drive If you want to do a quick test of perltidy without doing any installation, get a .tar.gz or a .zip source file and see the section below "Method 2: Installation as a single binary script". Uninstall older versions In certain circumstances, it is best to remove an older version of perltidy before installing the latest version. These are: Uninstall a Version older than 20020225 You can use perltidy -v to determine the version number. The first version of perltidy to use Makefile.PL for installation was 20020225, so if your previous installation is older than this, it is best to remove it, because the installation path may now be different. There were up to 3 files these older installations: the script perltidy and possibly two man pages, perltidy.1 and perl2web.1. If you saved your Makefile, you can probably use "make uninstall". Otherwise, you can use a locate or find command to find and remove these files. Uninstall older versions when changing installation method If you switch from one installation method to another, the paths to the components of perltidy may change, so it is probably best to remove the older version before installing the new version. If your older installation method had an uninstall option (such as with RPM's and debian packages), use it. Otherwise, you can locate and remove the older files by hand. There are two key files: Tidy.pm and perltidy. In addition, there may be one or two man pages, something like Perl::Tidy.3pm and perltidy.1p. You can use a "locate" and/or "find" command to find and remove these files. After installation, you can verify that the new version of perltidy is working with the "perltidy -v" command. Two Installation Methods - Overview These are generic instructions. Some system-specific notes and hints are given in later sections. Two separate installation methods are possible. Method 1: Standard Installation Method The standard method based on MakeMaker should work in a normal perl environment. This is the recommended installation procedure for systems which support it. perl Makefile.PL make make test make install The "make" command is probably "nmake" under a Windows system. You may need to become root (or administrator) before doing the "make install" step. Method 2: Installation as a single binary script If you just want to take perltidy for a quick test drive without installing it, or are having trouble installing modules, you can bundle it all in one independent executable script. This might also be helpful on a system for which the Makefile.PL method does not work, or if you are temporarily a guest on some system, or if you want to try hacking a special version of perltidy without messing up your regular version. You just need to uncompress the source distribution, cd down into it, and enter the command: perl pm2pl which will combine the pieces of perltidy into a single script named perltidy in the current directory. This script should be fully functional. Try it out on a handy perl script, for example perl perltidy Makefile.PL This should create Makefile.PL.tdy. After Installation After installation by either method, verify that the installation worked and that the correct new version is being by entering: perltidy -v If the version number disagrees with the version number embedded in the distribution file name, search for and remove the old version. For example, under a Unix system, the command "which perltidy" might show where it is. Also, see the above notes on uninstalling older versions. On a Unix system running the "bash" shell, if you had a previous installation of perltidy, you may have to use hash -r to get the shell to find the new one. After perltidy is installed, you can find where it will look for configuration files and environment variables on your system with the command: perltidy -dpro How to Uninstall Unfortunately, the standard Perl installation method does not seem able to do an uninstall. But try this: make uninstall On some systems, it will give you a list of files to remove by hand. If not, you need to find the script perltidy and its module file Tidy.pm, which will be in a subdirectory named Perl in the site library. If you installed perltidy with the alternative method, you should just reverse the steps that you used. Unix Installation Notes Alternative method - Unix If the alternative method is used, test the script produced by the "pm2pl" perl script: perl ./perltidy somefile.pl where somefile.pl is any convenient test file, such as Makefile.PL itself. Then, 1. If the script is not executable, use chmod +x perltidy 2. Verify that the initial line in perltidy works for your system by entering: ./perltidy -h which should produce the usage text and then exit. This should usually work, but if it does not, you will need to change the first line in perltidy to reflect the location of perl on your system. On a Unix system, you might find the path to perl with the command 'which perl'. 3. A sample Makefile for this installation method is Makefile.npm. Edit it to have the correct paths. You will need to become root unless you change the paths to point to somewhere in your home directory. Then issue the command make -f Makefile.npm install This installs perltidy and the man page perltidy.1. 5. Test the installation using perltidy -h You should see the usage screen. Then, if you installed the man pages, try man perltidy which should bring up the manual page. If you ever want to remove perltidy, you can remove perltidy and its man pages by hand or use make uninstall Windows Installation Notes On a Windows 9x/Me system you should CLOSE ANY OPEN APPLICATIONS to avoid losing unsaved data in case of trouble. Standard Method - Windows After you unzip the distribution file, the procedure is probably this: perl Makefile.PL nmake nmake test nmake install You may need to download a copy of unzip to unzip the .zip distribution file; you can get this at http://www.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/UnZip.html If you have ActiveState Perl, the installation method is outlined at http://aspn.activestate.com//ASPN/Reference/Products/ActivePerl/faq/ Windows/ActivePerl-Winfaq9.html#How_can_I_use_modules_from_CPAN_ You may need to download a copy of Microsoft's nmake program from ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/nmake15.exe If you are not familiar with installing modules, or have trouble doing so, and want to start testing perltidy quickly, you may want to use the alternative method instead (next section). Alternative Method - Windows From the main installation directory, just enter perl pm2pl Placing the resulting file perltidy and the example batch file perltidy.bat, located in the examples directory, in your path should work. (You can determine your path by issuing the msdos command "PATH"). However, the batch file probably will not support file redirection. So, for example, to pipe the long help message through 'more', you might have to invoke perltidy with perl directly, like this: perl \somepath\perltidy -h | more The batch file will not work properly with wildcard filenames, but you may use wildcard filenames if you place them in quotes. For example perltidy '*.pl' VMS Installation Notes Links to VMS Utilities and Documentation To install perltidy you will need the following utilities Perl, of course, source with VMS goodies available from http://www.sidhe.org/vmsperl or binary available from the Compaq OpenVMS freeware CD. To unpack the source either gunzip and vmstar available from the Compaq OpenVMS freeware CD or zip available from http://www.info-zip.org/ To build perltidy you can use either MMS, Compaq's VMS equivalent of make, or MMK, an MMS clone available from http://www.madgoat.com. Information on running perl under VMS can be found at: http://w4.lns.cornell.edu/~pvhp/perl/VMS.html Unpack the source: $ unzip -a perl-tidy-yyyymmdd.zip ! or $ unzip /text=auto perl-tidy-yyyymmdd.zip ! or $ gunzip perl-tidy-yyyymmdd.tgz $ vmstar perl-tidy-yyyymmdd.tar Build and install perltidy under VMS: $ set default [.perl-tidy-yyymmdd] $ perl perltidy.pl $ mmk $ mmk test $ mmk install Using Perltidy under VMS Create a symbol. This should be put in a logon script, eg sylogin.com $ perltidy == "perl perl_root:[utils]perltidy." Default parameters can be placed in a perltidyrc file. Perltidy looks for one in the following places and uses the first found if the logical "PERLTIDY" is a file and the file exists then that is used if the logical "PERLTIDY" is a directory then look for a .perltidyrc file in the directory look for a .perltidyrc file in the user's home directory To see where the search is done and which .perltidyrc is used type $ perltidy -dpro A system "PERLTIDY" logical can be defined pointing to a file with a minimal configuration, and users can defined their own logical to use a personal .perltidyrc file. $ define /system perltidy perl_root:[utils]perltidy.rc The -x Parameter If you have one of the magic incantations at the start of perl scripts, so that they can be invoked as a .com file, then you will need to use the -x parameter which causes perltidy to skip all lines until it finds a hash bang line eg "#!perl -w". Since it is such a common option this is probably a good thing to put in a .perltidyrc file. VMS File Extensions VMS file extensions will use an underscore character instead of a dot, when necessary, to create a valid filename. So perltidy myfile.pl will generate the output file myfile.pl_tdy instead of myfile.pl.tdy, and so on. Mac Installation Notes This release contains a patch by Axel Rose to make perltidy work under MacPerl. The patch is in the 'perltidy' script and prompts the user to interactively enter command line arguments. The normal installation process (just dropping the .tgz file on a distribution-provided "installme" script) should work. MacPerl users may want to open the "perltidy" script and save it as droplet. Then just use the drag&drop mechanism to provide the file parameter. Please be sure enclose in quotes any filenames which contain spaces. This is true for all systems, but worth emphasizing for Mac's, where this is common. Troubleshooting / Other Operating Systems Is your system missing from the notes above, or are you having trouble? Perltidy is quite portable. The main source of system-dependent programming, and system problems, has been the external system call to perl to perform a syntax check. This can be skipped with the -nsyn parameter: perltidy -nsyn filename This is the first thing to try if perltidy seems to cause a system to hang in some way. In fact, this has been such a problem with Windows 95/98/Me that the syntax check is deactivated for these systems. However, perltidy is also fairly slow, and it may be just taking a long time on a large file, so give it a little time to finish. To illustrate, on a 1.4 GHz PC the following command takes about 0.4 seconds to complete: $ time perltidy Makefile.PL real 0m0.398s for the small file Makefile.PL supplied with the distribution. On the very large file Tidy.pm (20500 lines, 721k bytes), however, the time increases to 45 seconds: $ time perltidy Tidy.pm real 0m45.202s Another source of system-dependent programming has to do with locating configuration files. You can see what is going on in the config file search with: perltidy -dpro If you want to customize where perltidy looks for configuration files, look at the routine 'find_config_file' in module 'Tidy.pm'. You should be able to at least use the '-pro=filename' method under most systems. Remember to place quotes (either single or double) around input parameters which contain spaces, such as file names. For example: perltidy "file name with spaces" Without the quotes, perltidy would look for four files: file, name, with, and spaces. If you develop a system-dependent patch that might be of general interest, please let us know. CONFIGURATION FILE You do not need a configuration file, but you may eventually want to create one to save typing; the tutorial and man page discuss this. SYSTEM TEMPORARY FILES Perltidy needs to create a system temporary file when it invokes Pod::Html to format pod text under the -html option. For Unix systems, this will normally be a file in /tmp, and for other systems, it will be a file in the current working directory named perltidy.TMP. This file will be removed when the run finishes. DOCUMENTATION Documentation is contained in .pod format, either in the docs directory or appended to the scripts. These documents can also be found at http://perltidy.sourceforge.net Reading the brief tutorial should help you use perltidy effectively. The tutorial can be read interactively with perldoc, for example cd docs perldoc tutorial.pod or else an html version can be made with pod2html: pod2html tutorial.pod >tutorial.html If you use the Makefile.PL installation method on a Unix system, the perltidy and Perl::Tidy man pages should automatically be installed. Otherwise, you can extract the man pages with the pod2xxxx utilities, as follows: cd bin pod2text perltidy >perltidy.txt pod2html perltidy >perltidy.html cd lib/Perl pod2text Tidy.pm >Tidy.txt pod2html Tidy.pm >Tidy.html After installation, the installation directory of files may be deleted. Perltidy is still being developed, so please check sourceforge occasionally for updates if you find that it is useful. New releases are announced on freshmeat.net. CREDITS Thanks to Michael Cartmell for supplying notes on VMS. Thanks to Axel Rose for supplying notes on MacPerl. FEEDBACK / BUG REPORTS If you see ways to improve these notes, please let us know. Bug reports, comments and suggestions are welcome. Attach the smallest piece of code which demonstrates the bug or issue. If appropriate, attach a .LOG file. Your efforts are greatly appreciated! Thank You Steve Hancock perltidy at users.sourceforge.net http://perltidy.sourceforge.net Perl-Tidy-20120701/TODO0000644000175000017500000000267111774073146013327 0ustar stevestevePerltidy TODO List This is a partial "wish-list" of features to add and things to do. Provide an option to ignore side comments when checking line length. That is, side comments would be allowed to be arbitrarily long without influencing line breaks. Improved Vertical Alignment There are still many opportunities for improving vertical alignment. Minimize the instances in which formatting changes on a second iteration. Add a convergence test when -it=n is used Documentation A FAQ is needed to explain some of the more subtle formatting issues, and to give examples of different styles. The -formatter callback object documentation is incomplete. HTML writer The HTML writer does not colorize interpolated identifiers in here documents or quoted strings. The tokenizer outputs interpolation information for here docs; it still needs to be updated to do this for multi-line quotes. Then code needs to be written to scan for and markup identifiers. Things which have been suggested but will not be done Recursive file processing A -r flag might be nice, but this is best handled by an exterior shell script. Make perltidy support the syntax of some module XXX. This generally won't be done unless the module is part of the core perl distribution. But in some cases it might be possible to use the prefilter and postfilter capabilities of the Tidy.pm module to help. Perl-Tidy-20120701/Makefile.PL0000644000175000017500000000105007454372330014574 0ustar stevesteve# # The indentation of this file is poor because this file may be used to # test perltidy after installation. For example, try # # perltidy -lp Makefile.PL # # which will create a reformatted version as Makefile.PL.tdy. # use ExtUtils::MakeMaker; WriteMakefile( NAME => "Perl::Tidy", VERSION_FROM => "lib/Perl/Tidy.pm", ( $] >= 5.005 ? ( ABSTRACT => 'indent and reformat perl scripts', AUTHOR => 'Steve Hancock ' ) : () ), EXE_FILES => ['bin/perltidy'], dist => { COMPRESS => 'gzip', SUFFIX => 'gz' }, ); Perl-Tidy-20120701/examples/0000750000175000017500000000000011774075057014445 5ustar stevestevePerl-Tidy-20120701/examples/filter_example.in0000644000175000017500000000053211774071077020000 0ustar stevesteve# input file for testing filter_example.pl use Method::Signatures::Simple; method foo1 { $self->bar } # with signature method foo2($bar, %opts) { $self->bar(reverse $bar) if $opts{rev}; } # attributes method foo3 : lvalue { $self->{foo} } # change invocant name method foo4 ($class: $bar) { $class->bar($bar) } Perl-Tidy-20120701/examples/perlcomment.pl0000644000175000017500000001560610442134041017320 0ustar stevesteve#!/usr/bin/perl -w # # Walk through a perl script and reformat perl comments # using Text::Autoformat. # # usage: # perlcomment -l72 myfile.pl >myfile.new # # where -l specifies the maximum comment line length. # # You will be given an opportunity to accept or reject each proposed # change. # # This file demonstrates using Perl::Tidy to walk through a perl file # and find all of its comments. It offers to reformat each group of # consecutive full-line comments with Text::Autoformat. # # This may or may not be useful, depending on your coding style. # Change it to suit your own purposes; see sub get_line(). # # Uses: Text::Autoformat # Perl::Tidy # # Steve Hancock, March 2003 # Based on a suggestion by Tim Maher # # TODO: (just ideas that probably won't get done) # -Handle lines of stars, dashes, etc better # -Need flag to limit changes to lines greater than some minimum length # -reformat side and hanging side comments use strict; use Getopt::Std; use Text::Autoformat; $| = 1; use vars qw($opt_l $opt_h); my $usage = <outfile where n=line length (default 72) EOM getopts('hl:') or die "$usage"; if ($opt_h) {die $usage} if ( !defined $opt_l ) { $opt_l = 72; } else { $opt_l =~ /^\d+$/ or die "$usage"; } unless ( @ARGV == 1 ) { die $usage } my $file = $ARGV[0]; autoformat_file( $file, $opt_l ); sub autoformat_file { my ( $file, $line_length ) = @_; use Perl::Tidy; use IO::File; my $fh = IO::File->new( $file, 'r' ); unless ($fh) { die "cannot open '$file': $!\n" } my $formatter = CommentFormatter->new($line_length); perltidy( 'formatter' => $formatter, # callback object 'source' => $fh, 'argv' => "-npro -se", # dont need .perltidyrc # errors to STDOUT ); $fh->close(); } ##################################################################### # # The CommentFormatter object has a write_line() method which receives # tokenized lines from perltidy # ##################################################################### package CommentFormatter; sub new { my ( $class, $line_length ) = @_; my $comment_block = ""; bless { _rcomment_block => \$comment_block, _maximum_comment_length => 0, _line_length => $line_length, _in_hanging_side_comment => 0, }, $class; } sub write_line { # This is called from perltidy line-by-line # Comments will be treated specially (reformatted) # Other lines go to stdout immediately my $self = shift; my $line_of_tokens = shift; my $line_type = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type}; ## my $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number}; my $input_line = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text}; # the orignal line my $rtoken_type = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type}; # type of tokens my $rtokens = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens}; # text of tokens # Just print non-code, non-comment lines if ( $line_type ne 'CODE' # if it's not code, || !@$rtokens # or is a blank line || $$rtoken_type[-1] ne '#' # or the last token isn't a comment ) { $self->print($input_line); $self->{_in_hanging_side_comment} = 0; return; } # Now we either have: # - a line with a side comment (@$rtokens >1), or # - a full line comment (@$rtokens==1) # Output a line with a side comment, but remember it if (@$rtokens > 1) { $self->print($input_line); $self->{_in_hanging_side_comment} = 1; return; } # A hanging side comment is a full-line comment immediately # following a side comment or another hanging side comment. # Output a hanging side comment directly if ($self->{_in_hanging_side_comment}) { $self->print($input_line); return; } # Now we know we have a full-line, non-hanging, comment # Decide what to do -- # output comment without any words directly, since these don't get # handled well by autoformat yet. For example, a box of stars. # TODO: we could truncate obvious separator lines to the desired # line length if ( $$rtokens[-1] !~ /\w/ ) { $self->print($input_line); } # otherwise, append this comment to the group we are collecting else { $self->append_comment($input_line); } return; } sub print { my ( $self, $input_line ) = @_; $self->flush_comments(); print $input_line; } sub append_comment { my ( $self, $input_line ) = @_; my $rcomment_block = $self->{_rcomment_block}; my $maximum_comment_length = $self->{_maximum_comment_length}; $$rcomment_block .= $input_line; if (length($input_line) > $maximum_comment_length) { $self->{_maximum_comment_length}=length($input_line); } } { my ( $separator1, $separator2, $separator3 ); BEGIN { $separator1 = '-' x 2 . ' Original ' . '-' x 60 . "\n"; $separator2 = '-' x 2 . ' Modified ' . '-' x 60 . "\n"; $separator3 = '-' x 72 . "\n"; } sub flush_comments { my ($self) = @_; my $rcomment_block = $self->{_rcomment_block}; my $line_length = $self->{_line_length}; my $maximum_comment_length = $self->{_maximum_comment_length}; if ($$rcomment_block) { my $comments = $$rcomment_block; # we will just reformat lines longer than the desired length for now # TODO: this can be changed if ( $maximum_comment_length > $line_length ) { my $formatted_comments = Text::Autoformat::autoformat( $comments, { right => $line_length, all => 1 } ); if ( $formatted_comments ne $comments ) { print STDERR $separator1; print STDERR $$rcomment_block; print STDERR $separator2; print STDERR $formatted_comments; print STDERR $separator3; if ( ifyes("Accept Changes? [Y/N]") ) { $comments = $formatted_comments; } } } print $comments; $$rcomment_block = ""; $self->{_maximum_comment_length}=0; } } } sub query { my ($msg) = @_; print STDERR $msg; my $ans = ; chomp $ans; return $ans; } sub queryu { return uc query(@_); } sub ifyes { my $count = 0; ASK: my $ans = queryu(@_); if ( $ans =~ /^Y/ ) { return 1 } elsif ( $ans =~ /^N/ ) { return 0 } else { $count++; if ( $count > 6 ) { die "error count exceeded in ifyes\n" } print STDERR "Please answer 'Y' or 'N'\n"; goto ASK; } } # called once after the last line of a file sub finish_formatting { my $self = shift; $self->flush_comments(); } Perl-Tidy-20120701/examples/bbtidy.pl0000644000175000017500000000064307544352047016264 0ustar stevesteve#!/usr/bin/perl -wn # This program was posted on the MacPerl mailing list by # Charles Albrecht as one way to get perltidy to work as a filter # under BBEdit. use Perl::Tidy; BEGIN { my $input_string = ""; my $output_string = ""; } $input_string .= $_; END { Perl::Tidy::perltidy( source => \$input_string, destination => \$output_string ); print "$output_string\n"; } __END__ Perl-Tidy-20120701/examples/perlxmltok.pl0000644000175000017500000001756607707357063017230 0ustar stevesteve#!/usr/bin/perl -w use strict; # # Convert a perl script into an xml file # # usage: # perlxmltok myfile.pl >myfile.xml # perlxmltok myfile.xml # # The script is broken at the line and token level. # # This file is one of the examples distributed with perltidy and demonstrates # using a callback object with Perl::Tidy to walk through a perl file and # process its tokens. It may or may not have any actual usefulness. You can # modify it to suit your own purposes; see sub get_line(). # use Perl::Tidy; use IO::File; use Getopt::Std; use vars qw($opt_h); my $file; my $usage = <outfile EOM getopts('h') or die "$usage"; if ($opt_h) {die $usage} if ( @ARGV == 1 ) { $file = $ARGV[0]; } else { die $usage } my $source; my $fh; if ($file) { $fh = IO::File->new( $file, 'r' ); unless ($fh) { die "cannot open '$file': $!\n" } $source = $fh; } else { $source = '-'; } my $formatter = Perl::Tidy::XmlWriter->new($file); my $dest; # start perltidy, which will start calling our write_line() perltidy( 'formatter' => $formatter, # callback object 'source' => $source, 'destination' => \$dest, # not really needed 'argv' => "-npro -se", # dont need .perltidyrc # errors to STDOUT ); $fh->close() if $fh; ##################################################################### # # The Perl::Tidy::XmlWriter class writes a copy of the input stream in xml # ##################################################################### package Perl::Tidy::XmlWriter; # class variables use vars qw{ %token_short_names %short_to_long_names $rOpts $missing_html_entities }; # replace unsafe characters with HTML entity representation if HTML::Entities # is available { eval "use HTML::Entities"; $missing_html_entities = $@; } sub new { my ( $class, $input_file ) = @_; my $self = bless { }, $class; $self->print( <<"HEADER"); HEADER unless ( !$input_file || $input_file eq '-' || ref($input_file) ) { $self->print( <<"COMMENT"); COMMENT } $self->print("\n"); return $self; } sub print { my ( $self, $line ) = @_; print $line; } sub write_line { # This routine will be called once perl line by perltidy my $self = shift; my ($line_of_tokens) = @_; my $line_type = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type}; my $input_line = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text}; my $line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number}; chomp $input_line; $self->print(" \n"); $self->print(" \n"); $input_line = my_encode_entities($input_line); $self->print("$input_line\n"); $self->print(" \n"); # markup line of code.. if ( $line_type eq 'CODE' ) { my $xml_line; my $rtoken_type = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type}; my $rtokens = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens}; if ( $input_line =~ /(^\s*)/ ) { $xml_line = $1; } else { $xml_line = ""; } my $rmarked_tokens = $self->markup_tokens( $rtokens, $rtoken_type ); $xml_line .= join '', @$rmarked_tokens; $self->print(" \n"); $self->print("$xml_line\n"); $self->print(" \n"); } $self->print(" \n"); } BEGIN { # This is the official list of tokens which may be identified by the # user. Long names are used as getopt keys. Short names are # convenient short abbreviations for specifying input. Short names # somewhat resemble token type characters, but are often different # because they may only be alphanumeric, to allow command line # input. Also, note that because of case insensitivity of xml, # this table must be in a single case only (I've chosen to use all # lower case). # When adding NEW_TOKENS: update this hash table # short names => long names %short_to_long_names = ( 'n' => 'numeric', 'p' => 'paren', 'q' => 'quote', 's' => 'structure', 'c' => 'comment', 'b' => 'blank', 'v' => 'v-string', 'cm' => 'comma', 'w' => 'bareword', 'co' => 'colon', 'pu' => 'punctuation', 'i' => 'identifier', 'j' => 'label', 'h' => 'here-doc-target', 'hh' => 'here-doc-text', 'k' => 'keyword', 'sc' => 'semicolon', 'm' => 'subroutine', 'pd' => 'pod-text', ); # Now we have to map actual token types into one of the above short # names; any token types not mapped will get 'punctuation' # properties. # The values of this hash table correspond to the keys of the # previous hash table. # The keys of this hash table are token types and can be seen # by running with --dump-token-types (-dtt). # When adding NEW_TOKENS: update this hash table # $type => $short_name %token_short_names = ( '#' => 'c', 'n' => 'n', 'v' => 'v', 'b' => 'b', 'k' => 'k', 'F' => 'k', 'Q' => 'q', 'q' => 'q', 'J' => 'j', 'j' => 'j', 'h' => 'h', 'H' => 'hh', 'w' => 'w', ',' => 'cm', '=>' => 'cm', ';' => 'sc', ':' => 'co', 'f' => 'sc', '(' => 'p', ')' => 'p', 'M' => 'm', 'P' => 'pd', ); # These token types will all be called identifiers for now # FIXME: need to separate user defined modules as separate type my @identifier = qw" i t U C Y Z G :: "; @token_short_names{@identifier} = ('i') x scalar(@identifier); # These token types will be called 'structure' my @structure = qw" { } "; @token_short_names{@structure} = ('s') x scalar(@structure); } sub markup_tokens { my $self = shift; my ( $rtokens, $rtoken_type ) = @_; my ( @marked_tokens, $j, $string, $type, $token ); for ( $j = 0 ; $j < @$rtoken_type ; $j++ ) { $type = $$rtoken_type[$j]; $token = $$rtokens[$j]; #------------------------------------------------------- # Patch : intercept a sub name here and split it # into keyword 'sub' and sub name if ( $type eq 'i' && $token =~ /^(sub\s+)(\w.*)$/ ) { $token = $self->markup_xml_element( $1, 'k' ); push @marked_tokens, $token; $token = $2; $type = 'M'; } # Patch : intercept a package name here and split it # into keyword 'package' and name if ( $type eq 'i' && $token =~ /^(package\s+)(\w.*)$/ ) { $token = $self->markup_xml_element( $1, 'k' ); push @marked_tokens, $token; $token = $2; $type = 'i'; } #------------------------------------------------------- $token = $self->markup_xml_element( $token, $type ); push @marked_tokens, $token; } return \@marked_tokens; } sub my_encode_entities { my ($token) = @_; # escape any characters not allowed in XML content. # ??s/’/'/; if ($missing_html_entities) { $token =~ s/\&/&/g; $token =~ s/\/>/g; $token =~ s/\"/"/g; } else { HTML::Entities::encode_entities($token); } return $token; } sub markup_xml_element { my $self = shift; my ( $token, $type ) = @_; if ($token) { $token = my_encode_entities($token) } # get the short abbreviation for this token type my $short_name = $token_short_names{$type}; if ( !defined($short_name) ) { $short_name = "pu"; # punctuation is default } $token = qq(<$short_name>) . $token . qq(); return $token; } sub finish_formatting { # called after last line my $self = shift; $self->print("\n"); return; } Perl-Tidy-20120701/examples/ex_mp.pl0000644000175000017500000000104707436042417016113 0ustar stevesteve# This example is from the Perl::Tidy man page use Perl::Tidy; # some messy source code to format my $source = <<'EOM'; use strict; my @editors=('Emacs', 'Vi '); my $rand = rand(); print "A poll of 10 random programmers gave these results:\n"; foreach(0..10) { my $i=int ($rand+rand()); print " $editors[$i] users are from Venus" . ", " . "$editors[1-$i] users are from Mars" . "\n"; } EOM # We'll pass it as ref to SCALAR and receive it in a ref to ARRAY my @dest; perltidy( source => \$source, destination => \@dest ); foreach (@dest) {print} Perl-Tidy-20120701/examples/break_long_quotes.pl0000644000175000017500000001444610507010456020504 0ustar stevesteve#!/usr/bin/perl -w # Break long quoted strings in perl code into smaller pieces # This version only breaks at blanks. See sub break_at_blanks to # customize. # # usage: # break_long_quotes.pl -ln myfile.pl >myfile.new # # where n specifies the maximum quote length. # NOTES: # 1. Use with caution - has not been extensively tested # # 2. The output is not beautified so that you can use diff to see what # changed. If all is ok, run the output through perltidy to clean it up. # # 3. This version only breaks single-line quotes contained within # either single or double quotes. # Steve Hancock, Sept 28, 2006 # use strict; use Getopt::Std; $| = 1; use vars qw($opt_l $opt_h); my $usage = <outfile where n=line length (default 72) EOM getopts('hl:') or die "$usage"; if ($opt_h) { die $usage } if ( !defined $opt_l ) { $opt_l = 70; } else { $opt_l =~ /^\d+$/ or die "$usage"; } unless ( @ARGV == 1 ) { die $usage } my $file = $ARGV[0]; scan_file( $file, $opt_l ); sub scan_file { my ( $file, $line_length ) = @_; use Perl::Tidy; use IO::File; my $fh = IO::File->new( $file, 'r' ); unless ($fh) { die "cannot open '$file': $!\n" } my $formatter = MyWriter->new($line_length); perltidy( 'formatter' => $formatter, # callback object 'source' => $fh, 'argv' => "-npro -se", # dont need .perltidyrc # errors to STDOUT ); $fh->close(); } ## end sub scan_file ##################################################################### # # This is a class with a write_line() method which receives # tokenized lines from perltidy # ##################################################################### package MyWriter; sub new { my ( $class, $line_length ) = @_; my $comment_block = ""; bless { _rcomment_block => \$comment_block, _maximum_comment_length => 0, _max_quote_length => $line_length, _in_hanging_side_comment => 0, }, $class; } ## end sub new sub write_line { # This is called from perltidy line-by-line # We will look for quotes and fix them up if necessary my $self = shift; my $line_of_tokens = shift; my $line_type = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type}; my $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number}; my $input_line = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text}; # the orignal line my $rtoken_type = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type}; # type of tokens my $rtokens = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens}; # text of tokens my $starting_in_quote = $line_of_tokens->{_starting_in_quote}; # text of tokens my $ending_in_quote = $line_of_tokens->{_ending_in_quote}; # text of tokens my $max_quote_length = $self->{_max_quote_length}; chomp $input_line; # look in lines of CODE (and not POD for example) if ( $line_type eq 'CODE' && @$rtoken_type ) { my $jmax = @$rtoken_type - 1; # find leading whitespace my $leading_whitespace = ( $input_line =~ /^(\s*)/ ) ? $1 : ""; if ($starting_in_quote) {$leading_whitespace=""}; my $new_line = $leading_whitespace; # loop over tokens looking for quotes (token type Q) for ( my $j = 0 ; $j <= $jmax ; $j++ ) { # pull out the actual token text my $token = $$rtokens[$j]; # look for long quoted strings on a single line # (multiple line quotes not currently handled) if ( $$rtoken_type[$j] eq 'Q' && !( $j == 0 && $starting_in_quote ) && !( $j == $jmax && $ending_in_quote ) && ( length($token) > $max_quote_length ) ) { my $quote_char = substr( $token, 0, 1 ); if ( $quote_char eq '"' || $quote_char eq '\'' ) { # safety check - shouldn't happen my $check_char = substr( $token, -1, 1 ); if ( $check_char ne $quote_char ) { die <> but ending quote character is <<$check_char>> quoted string is: $token EOM } ## end if ( $check_char ne $quote_char) $token = break_at_blanks( $token, $quote_char, $max_quote_length ); } ## end if ( $quote_char eq '"'... } ## end if ( $$rtoken_type[$j]... $new_line .= $token; } ## end for ( my $j = 0 ; $j <=... # substitude the modified line for the original line $input_line = $new_line; } ## end if ( $line_type eq 'CODE') # print the line $self->print($input_line."\n"); return; } ## end sub write_line sub break_at_blanks { # break a string at one or more spaces so that the longest substring is # less than the desired length (if possible). my ( $str, $quote_char, $max_length ) = @_; my $blank = ' '; my $prev_char = ""; my @break_after_pos; my $quote_pos = -1; while ( ( $quote_pos = index( $str, $blank, 1 + $quote_pos ) ) >= 0 ) { # as a precaution, do not break if preceded by a backslash if ( $quote_pos > 0 ) { next if ( substr( $str, $quote_pos - 1, 1 ) eq '\\' ); } push @break_after_pos, $quote_pos; } ## end while ( ( $quote_pos = index... push @break_after_pos, length($str); my $starting_pos = 0; my $new_str = ""; for ( my $i = 1 ; $i < @break_after_pos ; $i++ ) { my $pos = $break_after_pos[$i]; my $length = $pos - $starting_pos; if ( $length > $max_length - 1 ) { $pos = $break_after_pos[ $i - 1 ]; $new_str .= substr( $str, $starting_pos, $pos - $starting_pos + 1 ) . "$quote_char . $quote_char"; $starting_pos = $pos + 1; } ## end if ( $length > $max_length... } ## end for ( my $i = 1 ; $i < ... my $pos = length($str); $new_str .= substr( $str, $starting_pos, $pos ); return $new_str; } ## end sub break_at_blanks sub print { my ( $self, $input_line ) = @_; print $input_line; } # called once after the last line of a file sub finish_formatting { my $self = shift; $self->flush_comments(); } Perl-Tidy-20120701/examples/README0000644000175000017500000000173610443706605015331 0ustar stevesteveThese are some files to test and illustrate Perl::Tidy testfa.t - test with input from file and output to array testff.t - test with input from file and output to file ex_mp.pl - example from Perl::Tidy(3) man page lextest - needed by testfa. and testff.t bbtidy.pl - a main program which works as a filter under BBEdit+MacPerl pt.bat - sample batch file for msdos installations (change name to perltidy.bat) perltidyrc_dump.pl - a program to dump a .perltidyrc file see comments inside for usage Some examples of a user defined callback object to parse perl: -------------------------------------------------------------- find_naughty.pl - example using Perl::Tidy to find $`, $&, $' variables perlcomment.pl - example using Perl::Tidy to reformat comments perllinetype.pl - example using Perl::Tidy to display types of lines perlmask.pl - example using Perl::Tidy to create a masked file perlxmltok.pl - example using Perl::Tidy to write a script in xml format Perl-Tidy-20120701/examples/lextest0000644000175000017500000000127207431345110016050 0ustar stevesteve# This is a simple testfile to demonstrate perltidy, from perlop(1). # One way (of several) to run perltidy is as follows: # # perl ./perltidy lextest # # The output will be "lextest.tdy" $_= <<'EOL'; $url = new URI::URL "http://www/"; die if $url eq "xXx"; EOL LOOP:{print(" digits"),redo LOOP if/\G\d+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc;print(" lowercase"),redo LOOP if/\G[a-z]+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc;print(" UPPERCASE"),redo LOOP if/\G[A-Z]+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc;print(" Capitalized"),redo LOOP if/\G[A-Z][a-z]+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc;print(" MiXeD"),redo LOOP if/\G[A-Za-z]+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc;print(" alphanumeric"),redo LOOP if/\G[A-Za-z0-9]+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc;print(" line-noise"),redo LOOP if/\G[^A-Za-z0-9]+/gc;print". That's all!\n";} Perl-Tidy-20120701/examples/perlmask.pl0000644000175000017500000002067207711537637016637 0ustar stevesteve#!/usr/bin/perl -w use strict; # Walk through a perl script and create a masked file which is # similar but which masks comments, quotes, patterns, and non-code # lines so that it is easy to parse with regular expressions. # # usage: # perlmask [-cn] myfile.pl >myfile.new # perlmask [-cn] myfile.new # # In the masked file, # -comments and pod will be masked (or removed) # -here-doc text lines will be masked (or removed) # -quotes and patterns, qw quotes, and here doc << operators will be # replaced by the letters 'Q', 'q', or 'h' # # The result is a file in which all braces, parens, and square brackets # are balanced, and it can be parsed relatively easily by regular # expressions. # # -cn is an optional 'compression' flag. By default the masked file will have # the same number of characters as the input file, with the difference being # that certain characters will be changed (masked). # # If character position correspondence is not required, the size of the masked # file can be significantly reduced by increasing the 'compression' level as # follows: # # -c0 all mask file line numbers and character positions agree with # original file (DEFAULT) # -c1 line numbers agree and character positions agree within lines of code # -c2 line numbers agree but character positions do not # -c3 no correspondence between line numbers or character positions # # Try each of these on a file of significant size to see how they work. # The default, -c0, is required if you are working with character positions # that span multiple lines. The other levels may be useful if you # do not need this level of correspondence. # # This file is one of the examples distributed with perltidy and demonstrates # using a callback object with Perl::Tidy to walk through a perl file and find # all of its tokens. It can be useful for simple perl code parsing tasks. It # might even be helpful in debugging. Or you may want to modify it to suit # your own purposes. # use Getopt::Std; use IO::File; $| = 1; use vars qw($opt_c $opt_h); my $usage = <outfile EOM getopts('c:h') or die "$usage"; if ($opt_h) { die $usage } unless ( defined($opt_c) ) { $opt_c = 0 } if (@ARGV > 1) { die $usage } my $source=$ARGV[0]; # an undefined filename will become stdin # strings to hold the files (arrays could be used to) my ( $masked_file, $original_file ); PerlMask::perlmask( _source => $source, _rmasked_file => \$masked_file, _roriginal_file => \$original_file, # optional _compression => $opt_c # optional, default=0 ); # Now we have the masked and original files in strings of equal length. # We could search for specific text in the masked file here. But here # we'll just print the masked file: if ($masked_file) { print $masked_file; } ##################################################################### # # The PerlMask package is an interface to perltidy which accepts a # source filehandle and returns a 'masked' version of the source as # a string or array. It can also optionally return the original file # as a string or array. # # It works by making a a callback object with a write_line() method to # receive tokenized lines from perltidy. This write_line method # selectively replaces tokens with either their original text or with a # benign masking character (such as '#' or 'Q'). # # Usage: # # PerlMask::perlmask( # _source => $fh, # required source # _rmasked_file => \$masked_file, # required ref to ARRAY or SCALAR # _roriginal_file => \$original_file, # optional ref to ARRAY or SCALAR # _compression => $opt_c # optional # ); # # _source is any source that perltidy will accept, including a # filehandle or reference to SCALAR or ARRAY # # The compression flag may have these values: # 0 all mask file line numbers and character positions agree with # original file (DEFAULT) # 1 line numbers agree and character positions agree within lines of code # 2 line numbers agree but character positions do not # 3 no correspondence between line numbers or character positions # ##################################################################### package PerlMask; use Carp; use Perl::Tidy; sub perlmask { my %args = ( _compression => 0, @_ ); my $rfile = $args{_rmasked_file}; unless ( defined($rfile) ) { croak "Missing required parameter '_rmasked_file' in call to perlmask\n"; } my $ref=ref($rfile); unless ( $ref =~ /^(SCALAR|ARRAY)$/ ) { croak < $args{_source}, 'formatter' => bless( \%args, __PACKAGE__ ), # callback object 'argv' => "-npro -se", # -npro : ignore .perltidyrc, # -se : errors to STDOUT ); } sub print_line { # called from write_line to dispatch one line (either masked or original).. # here we'll either append it to a string or array, as appropriate my ( $rfile, $line ) = @_; if ( defined($rfile) ) { if ( ref($rfile) eq 'SCALAR' ) { $$rfile .= $line . "\n"; } elsif ( ref($rfile) eq 'ARRAY' ) { push @{$rfile}, $line . "\n"; } } } sub write_line { # This is called from perltidy line-by-line my ( $self, $line_of_tokens ) = @_; my $rmasked_file = $self->{_rmasked_file}; my $roriginal_file = $self->{_roriginal_file}; my $opt_c = $self->{_compression}; my $line_type = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type}; my $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number}; my $input_line = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text}; my $rtoken_type = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type}; my $rtokens = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens}; chomp $input_line; # mask non-CODE lines if ( $line_type ne 'CODE' ) { return if ( $opt_c == 3 ); my $len = length($input_line); if ( $opt_c == 0 && $len > 0 ) { print_line( $roriginal_file, $input_line ) if $roriginal_file; print_line( $rmasked_file, '#' x $len ); } else { print_line( $roriginal_file, $input_line ) if $roriginal_file; print_line( $rmasked_file, "" ); } return; } # we'll build the masked line token by token my $masked_line = ""; # add leading spaces if not in a higher compression mode if ( $opt_c <= 1 ) { # Find leading whitespace. But be careful..we don't want the # whitespace if it is part of quoted text, because it will # already be contained in a token. if ( $input_line =~ /^(\s+)/ && !$line_of_tokens->{_starting_in_quote} ) { $masked_line = $1; } } # loop over tokens to construct one masked line for ( my $j = 0 ; $j < @$rtoken_type ; $j++ ) { # Mask certain token types by replacing them with their type code: # type definition # ---- ---------- # Q quote or pattern # q qw quote # h << here doc operator # # comment # # This choice will produce a mask file that has balanced # container tokens and does not cause parsing problems. if ( $$rtoken_type[$j] =~ /^[Qqh]$/ ) { if ( $opt_c <= 1 ) { $masked_line .= $$rtoken_type[$j] x length( $$rtokens[$j] ); } else { $masked_line .= $$rtoken_type[$j]; } } # Mask a comment elsif ( $$rtoken_type[$j] eq '#' ) { if ( $opt_c == 0 ) { $masked_line .= '#' x length( $$rtokens[$j] ); } } # All other tokens go out verbatim else { $masked_line .= $$rtokens[$j]; } } print_line( $roriginal_file, $input_line ) if $roriginal_file; print_line( $rmasked_file, $masked_line ); # self-check lengths; this error should never happen if ( $opt_c == 0 && length($masked_line) != length($input_line) ) { my $lmask = length($masked_line); my $linput = length($input_line); print STDERR "$input_line_number: length ERROR, masked length=$lmask but input length=$linput\n"; } } # called once after the last line of a file sub finish_formatting { my $self = shift; return; } Perl-Tidy-20120701/examples/perllinetype.pl0000644000175000017500000000360207711537266017525 0ustar stevesteve#!/usr/bin/perl -w use strict; # For each line in a perl script, write to STDOUT lines of the form # line number : line type : line text # # usage: # perllinetype myfile.pl >myfile.new # perllinetype myfile.new # # This file is one of the examples distributed with perltidy and is a # simple demonstration of using a callback object with Perl::Tidy. # # Steve Hancock, July 2003 # use Getopt::Std; use Perl::Tidy; use IO::File; $| = 1; use vars qw($opt_h); my $usage = <outfile EOM getopts('h') or die "$usage"; if ($opt_h) { die $usage } # Make the source for perltidy, which will be a filehandle # or just '-' if the source is stdin my ($file, $fh, $source); if ( @ARGV == 0 ) { $source = '-'; } elsif ( @ARGV == 1 ) { $file = $ARGV[0]; $fh = IO::File->new( $file, 'r' ); unless ($fh) { die "cannot open '$file': $!\n" } $source = $fh; } else { die $usage } # make the callback object my $formatter = MyFormatter->new(); my $dest; # start perltidy, which will start calling our write_line() perltidy( 'formatter' => $formatter, # callback object 'source' => $source, 'destination' => \$dest, # (not really needed) 'argv' => "-npro -se", # dont need .perltidyrc # errors to STDOUT ); $fh->close() if $fh; package MyFormatter; sub new { my ($class) = @_; bless {}, $class; } sub write_line { # This is called from perltidy line-by-line my $self = shift; my $line_of_tokens = shift; my $line_type = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type}; my $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number}; my $input_line = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text}; print "$input_line_number:$line_type:$input_line"; } # called once after the last line of a file sub finish_formatting { my $self = shift; return; } Perl-Tidy-20120701/examples/testff.t0000644000175000017500000000411010442134373016112 0ustar stevesteveuse strict; use Test; use Carp; BEGIN {plan tests => 1} use Perl::Tidy; #---------------------------------------------------------------------- ## test file->file through arg list # Also tests: # passing parameters names through 'argv=>' # -o flag # # NOTE: This will read file 'lextest' and create file 'lextest.out' # (for portability, 8.3 filenames are best) # NOTE: must use -npro flag to avoid using local perltidyrc flags #---------------------------------------------------------------------- my $input_file = "lextest"; my $output_file = "lextest.out"; Perl::Tidy::perltidy( source => undef, destination => undef, perltidyrc => undef, argv => "-nsyn -npro $input_file -o $output_file", ); open FILE, "< $output_file"; my @output=; my @expected_output=; my $ok=1; if (@expected_output == @output) { while ( $_ = pop @output ) { my $expect = pop @expected_output; if ( $expect ne $_ ) { print STDERR "got:$_"; print STDERR "---\n"; print STDERR "expected_output:$expect"; $ok=0; last; } } } else { print STDERR "Line Counts differ\n"; $ok=0; } ok ($ok,1); # This is the expected result of 'perltidy lextest': __DATA__ # This is a simple testfile to demonstrate perltidy, from perlop(1). # One way (of several) to run perltidy is as follows: # # perl ./perltidy lextest # # The output will be "lextest.tdy" $_ = <<'EOL'; $url = new URI::URL "http://www/"; die if $url eq "xXx"; EOL LOOP: { print(" digits"), redo LOOP if /\G\d+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc; print(" lowercase"), redo LOOP if /\G[a-z]+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc; print(" UPPERCASE"), redo LOOP if /\G[A-Z]+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc; print(" Capitalized"), redo LOOP if /\G[A-Z][a-z]+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc; print(" MiXeD"), redo LOOP if /\G[A-Za-z]+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc; print(" alphanumeric"), redo LOOP if /\G[A-Za-z0-9]+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc; print(" line-noise"), redo LOOP if /\G[^A-Za-z0-9]+/gc; print ". That's all!\n"; } Perl-Tidy-20120701/examples/perltidyrc_dump.pl0000644000175000017500000002554510443263310020207 0ustar stevesteve#!/usr/bin/perl -w use strict; # This program reads .perltidyrc files and writes them back out # into a standard format (but comments will be lost). # # It also demonstrates how to use the perltidy 'options-dump' and related call # parameters to read a .perltidyrc file, convert to long names, put it in a # hash, and write back to standard output in sorted order. Requires # Perl::Tidy. # # Steve Hancock, June 2006 # my $usage = < 1 ) { die "$usage" } my $config_file = $ARGV[0]; my ( $error_message, $rOpts, $rGetopt_flags, $rsections, $rabbreviations, $rOpts_default, $rabbreviations_default, ) = read_perltidyrc($config_file); # always check the error message first if ($error_message) { die "$error_message\n"; } # make a list of perltidyrc options which are same as default my %equals_default; foreach my $long_name ( keys %{$rOpts} ) { my $val = $rOpts->{$long_name}; if ( defined( $rOpts_default->{$long_name} ) ) { my $val2 = $rOpts_default->{$long_name}; if ( defined($val2) && defined($val) ) { $equals_default{$long_name} = ( $val2 eq $val ); } } } # Optional: minimize the perltidyrc file length by deleting long_names # in $rOpts which are also in $rOpts_default and have the same value. # This would be useful if a perltidyrc file has been constructed from a # full parameter dump, for example. if ( $my_opts{d} ) { foreach my $long_name ( keys %{$rOpts} ) { delete $rOpts->{$long_name} if $equals_default{$long_name}; } } # find user-defined abbreviations my %abbreviations_user; foreach my $key ( keys %$rabbreviations ) { unless ( $rabbreviations_default->{$key} ) { $abbreviations_user{$key} = $rabbreviations->{$key}; } } # dump the options, if any if ( %$rOpts || %abbreviations_user ) { dump_options( $cmdline, \%my_opts, $rOpts, $rGetopt_flags, $rsections, $rabbreviations, \%equals_default, \%abbreviations_user ); } else { if ($config_file) { print STDERR <long_name->parameter_value # so that we can write parameters by section my %section_and_name; my $rsection_name_value = \%section_and_name; my %saw_section; foreach my $long_name ( keys %{$rOpts} ) { my $section = $rsections->{$long_name}; $section = "UNKNOWN" unless ($section); # shouldn't happen # build a hash giving section->long_name->parameter_value $rsection_name_value->{$section}->{$long_name} = $rOpts->{$long_name}; # remember what sections are in this hash $saw_section{$section}++; } # build a table for long_name->short_name abbreviations my %short_name; foreach my $abbrev ( keys %{$rabbreviations} ) { foreach my $abbrev ( sort keys %$rabbreviations ) { my @list = @{ $$rabbreviations{$abbrev} }; # an abbreviation may expand into one or more other words, # but only those that expand to a single word (which must be # one of the long names) are the short names that we want # here. next unless @list == 1; my $long_name = $list[0]; $short_name{$long_name} = $abbrev; } } unless ( $rmy_opts->{q} ) { my $date = localtime(); print "# perltidy configuration file created $date\n"; print "# using: $cmdline\n"; } # loop to write section-by-section foreach my $section ( sort keys %saw_section ) { unless ( $rmy_opts->{q} ) { print "\n"; # remove leading section number, which is there # for sorting, i.e., # 1. Basic formatting options -> Basic formatting options my $trimmed_section = $section; $trimmed_section =~ s/^\d+\. //; print "# $trimmed_section\n"; } # loop over all long names for this section my $rname_value = $rsection_name_value->{$section}; foreach my $long_name ( sort keys %{$rname_value} ) { # pull out getopt flag and actual parameter value my $flag = $rGetopt_flags->{$long_name}; my $value = $rname_value->{$long_name}; # turn this it back into a parameter my $prefix = '--'; my $short_prefix = '-'; my $suffix = ""; if ($flag) { if ( $flag =~ /^=/ ) { if ( $value !~ /^\d+$/ ) { $value = '"' . $value . '"' } $suffix = "=" . $value; } elsif ( $flag =~ /^!/ ) { $prefix .= "no" unless ($value); $short_prefix .= "n" unless ($value); } elsif ( $flag =~ /^:/ ) { if ( $value !~ /^\d+$/ ) { $value = '"' . $value . '"' } $suffix = "=" . $value; } else { # shouldn't happen print "# ERROR in dump_options: unrecognized flag $flag for $long_name\n"; } } # print the long version of the parameter # with the short version as a side comment my $short_name = $short_name{$long_name}; my $short_option = $short_prefix . $short_name . $suffix; my $long_option = $prefix . $long_name . $suffix; my $note = $requals_default->{$long_name} ? " [=default]" : ""; if ( $rmy_opts->{s} ) { print $short_option. "\n"; } else { my $side_comment = ""; unless ( $rmy_opts->{q} ) { my $spaces = 40 - length($long_option); $spaces = 2 if ( $spaces < 2 ); $side_comment = ' ' x $spaces . '# ' . $short_option . $note; } print $long_option . $side_comment . "\n"; } } } if ( %{$rabbreviations_user} ) { unless ( $rmy_opts->{q} ) { print "\n"; print "# Abbreviations\n"; } foreach my $key ( keys %$rabbreviations_user ) { my @vals = @{ $rabbreviations_user->{$key} }; print $key. ' {' . join( ' ', @vals ) . '}' . "\n"; } } } sub read_perltidyrc { # Example routine to have Perl::Tidy read and validate perltidyrc # file, and return related flags and abbreviations. # # input parameter - # $config_file is the name of a .perltidyrc file we want to read # or a reference to a string or array containing the .perltidyrc file # if not defined, Perl::Tidy will try to find the user's .perltidyrc # output parameters - # $error_message will be blank unless an error occurs # $rOpts - reference to the hash of options in the .perlticyrc # NOTE: # Perl::Tidy will croak or die on certain severe errors my ($config_file) = @_; my $error_message = ""; my %Opts; # any options found will be put here # the module must be installed for this to work eval "use Perl::Tidy"; if ($@) { $error_message = "Perl::Tidy not installed\n"; return ( $error_message, \%Opts ); } # be sure this version supports this my $version = $Perl::Tidy::VERSION; if ( $version < 20060528 ) { $error_message = "perltidy version $version cannot read options\n"; return ( $error_message, \%Opts ); } my $stderr = ""; # try to capture error messages my $argv = ""; # do not let perltidy see our @ARGV # we are going to make two calls to perltidy... # first with an empty .perltidyrc to get the default parameters my $empty_file = ""; # this will be our .perltidyrc file my %Opts_default; # this will receive the default options hash my %abbreviations_default; Perl::Tidy::perltidy( perltidyrc => \$empty_file, dump_options => \%Opts_default, dump_options_type => 'full', # 'full' gives everything dump_abbreviations => \%abbreviations_default, stderr => \$stderr, argv => \$argv, ); # now we call with a .perltidyrc file to get its parameters my %Getopt_flags; my %sections; my %abbreviations; Perl::Tidy::perltidy( perltidyrc => $config_file, dump_options => \%Opts, dump_options_type => 'perltidyrc', # default is 'perltidyrc' dump_getopt_flags => \%Getopt_flags, dump_options_category => \%sections, dump_abbreviations => \%abbreviations, stderr => \$stderr, argv => \$argv, ); # try to capture any errors generated by perltidy call # but for severe errors it will typically croak $error_message .= $stderr; # debug: show how everything is stored by printing it out my $DEBUG = 0; if ($DEBUG) { print "---Getopt Parameters---\n"; foreach my $key ( sort keys %Getopt_flags ) { print "$key$Getopt_flags{$key}\n"; } print "---Manual Sections---\n"; foreach my $key ( sort keys %sections ) { print "$key -> $sections{$key}\n"; } print "---Abbreviations---\n"; foreach my $key ( sort keys %abbreviations ) { my @names = @{ $abbreviations{$key} }; print "$key -> {@names}\n"; unless ( $abbreviations_default{$key} ) { print "NOTE: $key is user defined\n"; } } } return ( $error_message, \%Opts, \%Getopt_flags, \%sections, \%abbreviations, \%Opts_default, \%abbreviations_default, ); } Perl-Tidy-20120701/examples/pt.bat0000644000175000017500000000014407432315531015552 0ustar stevesteve@echo off rem batch file to run perltidy under msdos perl -S perltidy %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8 %9 Perl-Tidy-20120701/examples/filter_example.pl0000644000175000017500000000321311501437707017776 0ustar stevesteve#!/usr/bin/perl -w use Perl::Tidy; # Illustrate use of prefilter and postfilter parameters to perltidy. # This example program uses a prefilter it to convert the 'method' # keyword to 'sub', and a postfilter to convert back, so that perltidy will # work for Method::Signature::Simple code. # NOTE: This program illustrates the use of filters but has not been # extensively tested. # usage: # perl filter_example.pl filter_example.in # # How it works: # 1. First the prefilter changes lines beginning with 'method foo' to 'sub # METHOD_foo' # 2. Then perltidy formats the code # 3. Then the postfilter changes 'sub METHOD_' to 'method ' everywhere. # (This assumes that there are no methods named METHOD_*, and that the keyword # method always begins a line in the input file). # # Debugging hints: # 1. Try commenting out the postfilter and running with # the --notidy option to see what the prefilter alone is doing. # 2. Then run with both pre- and post ters with --notidy to be sure # that the postfilter properly undoes the prefilter. my $arg_string = undef; Perl::Tidy::perltidy( argv => $arg_string, prefilter => sub { $_ = $_[0]; s/^\s*method\s+(\w.*)/sub METHOD_$1/gm; return $_ }, postfilter => sub { $_ = $_[0]; s/sub\s+METHOD_/method /gm; return $_ } ); __END__ # Try running on the following code (file filter_example.in): use Method::Signatures::Simple; method foo { $self->bar } # with signature method foo($bar, %opts) { $self->bar(reverse $bar) if $opts{rev}; } # attributes method foo : lvalue { $self->{foo} } # change invocant name method foo ($class: $bar) { $class->bar($bar) } Perl-Tidy-20120701/examples/find_naughty.pl0000644000175000017500000000601307711332206017452 0ustar stevesteve#!/usr/bin/perl -w use strict; # Walk through a perl script and look for 'naughty match variables' # $`, $&, and $', which may cause poor performance. # # usage: # find_naughty file1 [file2 [...]] # find_naughty $source, ); } ##################################################################### # # The PerlTokenSearch package is an interface to perltidy which accepts a # source filehandle and looks for selected variables. # # It works by making a a callback object with a write_line() method to # receive tokenized lines from perltidy. # # Usage: # # PerlTokenSearch::find_naughty( # _source => $fh, # required source # ); # # _source is any source that perltidy will accept, including a # filehandle or reference to SCALAR or ARRAY # ##################################################################### package PerlTokenSearch; use Carp; use Perl::Tidy; sub find_naughty { my %args = ( @_ ); print "Testing File: $args{_source}\n"; # run perltidy, which will call $formatter's write_line() for each line perltidy( 'source' => $args{_source}, 'formatter' => bless( \%args, __PACKAGE__ ), # callback object 'argv' => "-npro -se", # -npro : ignore .perltidyrc, # -se : errors to STDOUT ); } sub write_line { # This is called back from perltidy line-by-line # We're looking for $`, $&, and $' my ( $self, $line_of_tokens ) = @_; my $source = $self->{_source}; # pull out some stuff we might need my $line_type = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type}; my $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number}; my $input_line = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text}; my $rtoken_type = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type}; my $rtokens = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens}; chomp $input_line; # skip comments, pod, etc return if ( $line_type ne 'CODE' ); # loop over tokens looking for $`, $&, and $' for ( my $j = 0 ; $j < @$rtoken_type ; $j++ ) { # we only want to examine token types 'i' (identifier) next unless $$rtoken_type[$j] eq 'i'; # pull out the actual token text my $token = $$rtokens[$j]; # and check it if ( $token =~ /^\$[\`\&\']$/ ) { print STDERR "$source:$input_line_number: $token\n"; } } } # optional routine, called once after the last line of a file sub finish_formatting { my $self = shift; return; } Perl-Tidy-20120701/examples/testfa.t0000644000175000017500000000357407432222522016121 0ustar stevesteveuse strict; use Test; use Carp; BEGIN {plan tests => 1} use Perl::Tidy; #---------------------------------------------------------------------- ## test file->array # # Also tests: # passing perltidyrc (we cannot allow local .perltidyrc flags to be used) # the -gnu flag #---------------------------------------------------------------------- my $source = "lextest"; my $perltidyrc = <<'EOM'; -gnu EOM my @tidy_output; Perl::Tidy::perltidy( source => $source, destination => \@tidy_output, perltidyrc => \$perltidyrc, argv => '-nsyn', ); my @expected_output=; my $ok=1; if (@expected_output == @tidy_output) { while ( $_ = pop @tidy_output ) { my $expect = pop @expected_output; if ( $expect ne $_ ) { print STDERR "got:$_"; print STDERR "---\n"; print STDERR "expected_output:$expect"; $ok=0; last; } } } else { print STDERR "Line Counts differ\n"; $ok=0; } ok ($ok,1); # This is the expected result of 'perltidy -gnu lextest': __DATA__ # This is a simple testfile to demonstrate perltidy, from perlop(1). # One way (of several) to run perltidy is as follows: # # perl ./perltidy lextest # # The output will be "lextest.tdy" $_ = <<'EOL'; $url = new URI::URL "http://www/"; die if $url eq "xXx"; EOL LOOP: { print(" digits"), redo LOOP if /\G\d+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc; print(" lowercase"), redo LOOP if /\G[a-z]+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc; print(" UPPERCASE"), redo LOOP if /\G[A-Z]+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc; print(" Capitalized"), redo LOOP if /\G[A-Z][a-z]+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc; print(" MiXeD"), redo LOOP if /\G[A-Za-z]+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc; print(" alphanumeric"), redo LOOP if /\G[A-Za-z0-9]+\b[,.;]?\s*/gc; print(" line-noise"), redo LOOP if /\G[^A-Za-z0-9]+/gc; print ". That's all!\n"; } Perl-Tidy-20120701/COPYING0000644000175000017500000004312707427605432013672 0ustar stevesteve GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) 19yy This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. , 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License. Perl-Tidy-20120701/debian/0000750000175000017500000000000011774075057014051 5ustar stevestevePerl-Tidy-20120701/debian/changelog0000644000175000017500000000627511773362277015744 0ustar stevesteveperltidy (20120701-1) unstable; urgency=low * New upstream release -- Steve Hancock Sun, 01 Jul 2012 06:59:59 -0700 perltidy (20120619-1) unstable; urgency=low * New upstream release -- Steve Hancock Tue, 19 Jun 2012 06:59:59 -0700 perltidy (20101217-1) unstable; urgency=low * New upstream release -- Steve Hancock Fri, 17 Dec 2010 06:59:59 -0700 perltidy (20090616-1) unstable; urgency=low * New upstream release -- Steve Hancock Tue, 16 Jun 2009 06:59:59 -0700 perltidy (20071205-1) unstable; urgency=low * New upstream release -- Steve Hancock Wed, 05 Dec 2007 09:54:33 -0800 perltidy (20070801-1) unstable; urgency=low * New upstream release -- Steve Hancock Tue, 31 Jul 2007 19:12:50 -0700 perltidy (20070508-1) unstable; urgency=low * New upstream release -- Steve Hancock Tue, 08 May 2007 13:04:28 -0700 perltidy (20070504-1) unstable; urgency=low * New upstream release -- Steve Hancock Fri, 04 May 2007 07:03:29 -0700 perltidy (20070424-1) unstable; urgency=low * New upstream release -- Steve Hancock Tue, 24 Apr 2007 16:40:09 -0700 perltidy (20060719-1) unstable; urgency=low * New upstream release -- Steve Hancock Wed, 19 Jul 2006 16:16:15 -0700 perltidy (20060614-1) unstable; urgency=low * New upstream release -- Steve Hancock Tue, 13 Jun 2006 18:59:02 -0700 perltidy (20031021-1) unstable; urgency=low * New upstream release -- Steve Hancock Tue, 21 Oct 2003 20:50:49 -0700 perltidy (20030726-1) unstable; urgency=low * New upstream * Changed Build-Depends perl (>= 5.8.0-7) to perl (>=5.6.1-7) -- Steve Hancock Sat, 26 Jul 2003 07:18:13 -0700 perltidy (20021130-1) unstable; urgency=low * New upstream * Redid all debian packaging from scratch -- Aubin Paul Sat, 30 Nov 2002 23:34:34 -0500 perltidy (20011020-1) unstable; urgency=low * New upstream release. * Don't install perl2web in the man dir, but only in the doc dir (closes: bug#113911, bug#103443, bug#101100). -- Paolo Molaro Sun, 11 Nov 2001 15:38:40 +0100 perltidy (20010608-1) unstable; urgency=low * New upstream release. * New maintainer (Closes: bug#100250). -- Paolo Molaro Mon, 11 Jun 2001 11:54:54 +0200 perltidy (20010328-1) unstable; urgency=low * New upstream release. * Corrected upstream email address in copyright file and manpages. * Fixed lintian warning because of incorrect upstream changelog name. -- Dr. Guenter Bechly Fri, 30 Mar 2001 10:57:12 +0200 perltidy (20010323-1) unstable; urgency=low * Initial Release; closes: #91927 * Adjusted paths in Makefile and fixed $DESTDIR problems. -- Dr. Guenter Bechly Tue, 27 Mar 2001 19:39:30 +0200 Local variables: mode: debian-changelog End: Perl-Tidy-20120701/debian/rules0000755000175000017500000000341507572545463015145 0ustar stevesteve#!/usr/bin/make -f #-*- makefile -*- # Made with the aid of dh_make, by Craig Small # Sample debian/rules that uses debhelper. GNU copyright 1997 by Joey Hess. # Some lines taken from debmake, by Christoph Lameter. # Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode. #export DH_VERBOSE=1 export DH_COMPAT=3 PACKAGE=$(shell dh_listpackages) ifndef PERL PERL = /usr/bin/perl endif ifndef DESTDIR DESTDIR=.. endif TMP =`pwd`/debian/$(PACKAGE) build: build-stamp build-stamp: dh_testdir # Add here commands to compile the package. $(PERL) Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor $(MAKE) OPTIMIZE="-O2 -g -Wall" touch build-stamp clean: dh_testdir dh_testroot rm -f build-stamp # Add here commands to clean up after the build process. -$(MAKE) realclean dh_clean install: dh_testdir dh_testroot dh_clean -k dh_installdirs # Add here commands to install the package into debian/tmp. #$(MAKE) install DESTDIR=`pwd`/debian/tmp $(MAKE) install PREFIX=$(TMP)/usr # Build architecture-dependent files here. binary-arch: build install # We have nothing to do by default. # Build architecture-independent files here. binary-indep: build install # dh_testversion dh_testdir dh_testroot dh_installdocs BUGS TODO README examples/README docs/README dh_installexamples dh_installmenu # dh_installemacsen # dh_installinit dh_installcron dh_installman # dh_undocumented dh_installchangelogs CHANGES dh_link dh_strip dh_compress dh_fixperms # dh_makeshlibs dh_installdeb dh_perl dh_shlibdeps dh_gencontrol dh_md5sums dh_builddeb --destdir=$(DESTDIR) source diff: @echo >&2 'source and diff are obsolete - use dpkg-source -b'; false binary: binary-indep binary-arch .PHONY: build clean binary-indep binary-arch binary Perl-Tidy-20120701/debian/control0000644000175000017500000000123607572545463015467 0ustar stevesteveSource: perltidy Section: interpreters Priority: optional Maintainer: Steve Hancock Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 3.0.5), perl (>= 5.6.1-7) Standards-Version: 3.5.1 Package: perltidy Architecture: all Depends: ${perl:Depends} Description: A Perl script indenter and reformatter Perltidy is a Perl script which indents and reformats Perl scripts to make them easier to read. . The formatting can be controlled with command line parameters. The default parameter settings approximately follow the suggestions in the Perl Style Guide. . If you write Perl scripts, or spend much time reading them, you will probably find it useful. Perl-Tidy-20120701/debian/copyright0000644000175000017500000000107507572545463016020 0ustar stevesteveThis is the debian package for the Perl::Tidy module. It was created by Aubin Paul using dh-make-perl. This copyright info was automatically extracted from the perl module. It may not be accurate, so you better check the module sources if don't want to get into legal troubles. The upstream author is: Steve Hancock This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2, found on Debian systems in the file /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL Perl-Tidy-20120701/CHANGES0000644000175000017500000031267111774075037013637 0ustar stevestevePerltidy Change Log 2012 07 01 - Corrected problem introduced by using a chomp on scalar references, RT #77978 - Added support for Perl 5.14 package block syntax, RT #78114. - A convergence test is made if three or more iterations are requested with the -it=n parameter to avoid wasting computer time. Several hundred Mb of code gleaned from the internet were searched with the results that: - It is unusual for two iterations to be required unless a major style change is being made. - Only one case has been found where three iterations were required. - No cases requiring four iterations have been found with this version. For the previous version several cases where found the results could oscillate between two semi-stable states. This version corrects this. So if it is important that the code be converged it is okay to set -it=4 with this version and it will probably stop after the second iteration. - Improved ability to identify and retain good line break points in the input stream, such as at commas and equals. You can always tell perltidy to ignore old breakpoints with -iob. - Fixed glitch in which a terminal closing hash brace followed by semicolon was not outdented back to the leading line depth like other closing tokens. Thanks to Keith Neargarder for noting this. OLD: my ( $pre, $post ) = @{ { "pp_anonlist" => [ "[", "]" ], "pp_anonhash" => [ "{", "}" ] }->{ $kid->ppaddr } }; # terminal brace NEW: my ( $pre, $post ) = @{ { "pp_anonlist" => [ "[", "]" ], "pp_anonhash" => [ "{", "}" ] }->{ $kid->ppaddr } }; # terminal brace - Removed extra indentation given to trailing 'if' and 'unless' clauses without parentheses because this occasionally produced undesirable results. This only applies where parens are not used after the if or unless. OLD: return undef unless my ( $who, $actions ) = $clause =~ /^($who_re)((?:$action_re)+)$/o; NEW: return undef unless my ( $who, $actions ) = $clause =~ /^($who_re)((?:$action_re)+)$/o; 2012 06 19 - Updated perltidy to handle all quote modifiers defined for perl 5 version 16. - Side comment text in perltidyrc configuration files must now begin with at least one space before the #. Thus: OK: -l=78 # Max line width is 78 cols BAD: -l=78# Max line width is 78 cols This is probably true of almost all existing perltidyrc files, but if you get an error message about bad parameters involving a '#' the first time you run this version, please check the side comments in your perltidyrc file, and add a space before the # if necessary. You can quickly see the contents your perltidyrc file, if any, with the command: perltidy -dpro The reason for this change is that some parameters naturally involve the # symbol, and this can get interpreted as a side comment unless the parameter is quoted. For example, to define -sphb=# it used to be necessary to write -sbcp='#' to keep the # from becomming part of a comment. This was causing trouble for new users. Now it can also be written without quotes: -sbcp=# - Fixed bug in processing some .perltidyrc files containing parameters with an opening brace character, '{'. For example the following was incorrectly processed: --static-block-comment-prefix="^#{2,}[^\s#]" Thanks to pdagosto. - Added flag -boa (--break-at-old-attribute-breakpoints) which retains any existing line breaks at attribute separation ':'. This is now the default, use -nboa to deactivate. Thanks to Daphne Phister for the patch. For example, given the following code, the line breaks at the ':'s will be retained: my @field : field : Default(1) : Get('Name' => 'foo') : Set('Name'); whereas the previous version would have output a single line. If the attributes are on a single line then they will remain on a single line. - Added new flags --blank-lines-before-subs=n (-blbs=n) and --blank-lines-before-packages=n (-blbp=n) to put n blank lines before subs and packages. The old flag -bbs is now equivalent to -blbs=1 -blbp=1. and -nbbs is equivalent to -blbs=0 -blbp=0. Requested by M. Schwern and several others. - Added feature -nsak='*' meaning no space between any keyword and opening paren. This avoids listing entering a long list of keywords. Requested by M. Schwern. - Added option to delete a backup of original file with in-place-modify (-b) if there were no errors. This can be requested with the flag -bext='/'. See documentation for details. Requested by M. Schwern and others. - Fixed bug where the module postfilter parameter was not applied when -b flag was used. This was discovered during testing. - Fixed in-place-modify (-b) to work with symbolic links to source files. Thanks to Ted Johnson. - Fixed bug where the Perl::Tidy module did not allow -b to be used in some cases. - No extra blank line is added before a comment which follows a short line ending in an opening token, for example like this: OLD: if ( # unless we follow a blank or comment line $last_line_leading_type !~ /^[#b]$/ ... NEW: if ( # unless we follow a blank or comment line $last_line_leading_type !~ /^[#b]$/ ... The blank is not needed for readability in these cases because there already is already space above the comment. If a blank already exists there it will not be removed, so this change should not change code which has previously been formatted with perltidy. Thanks to R.W.Stauner. - Likewise, no extra blank line is added above a comment consisting of a single #, since nothing is gained in readability. - Fixed error in which a blank line was removed after a #>>> directive. Thanks to Ricky Morse. - Unnecessary semicolons after given/when/default blocks are now removed. - Fixed bug where an unwanted blank line could be added before pod text in __DATA__ or __END__ section. Thanks to jidani. - Changed exit flags from 1 to 0 to indicate success for -help, -version, and all -dump commands. Also added -? as another way to dump the help. Requested by Keith Neargarder. - Fixed bug where .ERR and .LOG files were not written except for -it=2 or more - Fixed bug where trailing blank lines at the end of a file were dropped when -it>1. - Fixed bug where a line occasionally ended with an extra space. This reduces rhe number of instances where a second iteration gives a result different from the first. - Updated documentation to note that the Tidy.pm module parameter may not be a reference to SCALAR or ARRAY; it must be a file. - Syntax check with perl now work when the Tidy.pm module is processing references to arrays and strings. Thanks to Charles Alderman. - Zero-length files are no longer processed due to concerns for data loss due to side effects in some scenarios. - block labels, if any, are now included in closing side comment text when the -csc flag is used. Suggested by Aaron. For example, the label L102 in the following block is now included in the -csc text: L102: for my $i ( 1 .. 10 ) { ... } ## end L102: for my $i ( 1 .. 10 ) 2010 12 17 - added new flag -it=n or --iterations=n This flag causes perltidy to do n complete iterations. For most purposes the default of n=1 should be satisfactory. However n=2 can be useful when a major style change is being made, or when code is being beautified on check-in to a source code control system. The run time will be approximately proportional to n, and it should seldom be necessary to use a value greater than n=2. Thanks to Jonathan Swartz - A configuration file pathname begins with three dots, e.g. ".../.perltidyrc", indicates that the file should be searched for starting in the current directory and working upwards. This makes it easier to have multiple projects each with their own .perltidyrc in their root directories. Thanks to Jonathan Swartz for this patch. - Added flag --notidy which disables all formatting and causes the input to be copied unchanged. This can be useful in conjunction with hierarchical F<.perltidyrc> files to prevent unwanted tidying. Thanks to Jonathan Swartz for this patch. - Added prefilters and postfilters in the call to the Tidy.pm module. Prefilters and postfilters. The prefilter is a code reference that will be applied to the source before tidying, and the postfilter is a code reference to the result before outputting. Thanks to Jonathan Swartz for this patch. He writes: This is useful for all manner of customizations. For example, I use it to convert the 'method' keyword to 'sub' so that perltidy will work for Method::Signature::Simple code: Perl::Tidy::perltidy( prefilter => sub { $_ = $_[0]; s/^method (.*)/sub $1 \#__METHOD/gm; return $_ }, postfilter => sub { $_ = $_[0]; s/^sub (.*?)\s* \#__METHOD/method $1/gm; return $_ } ); - The starting indentation level of sections of code entabbed with -et=n is correctly guessed if it was also produced with the same -et=n flag. This keeps the indentation stable on repeated formatting passes within an editor. Thanks to Sam Kington and Glenn. - Functions with prototype '&' had a space between the function and opening peren. This space now only occurs if the flag --space-function-paren (-sfp) is set. Thanks to Zrajm Akfohg. - Patch to never put spaces around a bare word in braces beginning with ^ as in: my $before = ${^PREMATCH}; even if requested with the -bt=0 flag because any spaces cause a syntax error in perl. Thanks to Fabrice Dulanoy. 2009 06 16 - Allow configuration file to be 'perltidy.ini' for Windows systems. i.e. C:\Documents and Settings\User\perltidy.ini and added documentation for setting configuation file under Windows in man page. Thanks to Stuart Clark. - Corrected problem of unwanted semicolons in hash ref within given/when code. Thanks to Nelo Onyiah. - added new flag -cscb or --closing-side-comments-balanced When using closing-side-comments, and the closing-side-comment-maximum-text limit is exceeded, then the comment text must be truncated. Previous versions of perltidy terminate with three dots, and this can still be achieved with -ncscb: perltidy -csc -ncscb } ## end foreach my $foo (sort { $b cmp $a ... However this causes a problem with older editors which cannot recognize comments or are not configured to doso because they cannot "bounce" around in the text correctly. The B<-cscb> flag tries to help them by appending appropriate terminal balancing structure: perltidy -csc -cscb } ## end foreach my $foo (sort { $b cmp $a ... }) Since there is much to be gained and little to be lost by doing this, the default is B<-cscb>. Use B<-ncscb> if you do not want this. Thanks to Daniel Becker for suggesting this option. - After an isolated closing eval block the continuation indentation will be removed so that the braces line up more like other blocks. Thanks to Yves Orton. OLD: eval { #STUFF; 1; # return true } or do { #handle error }; NEW: eval { #STUFF; 1; # return true } or do { #handle error }; -A new flag -asbl (or --opening-anonymous-sub-brace-on-new-line) has been added to put the opening brace of anonymous sub's on a new line, as in the following snippet: my $code = sub { my $arg = shift; return $arg->(@_); }; This was not possible before because the -sbl flag only applies to named subs. Thanks to Benjamin Krupp. -Fix tokenization bug with the following snippet print 'hi' if { x => 1, }->{x}; which resulted in a semicolon being added after the comma. The workaround was to use -nasc, but this is no longer necessary. Thanks to Brian Duggan. -Fixed problem in which an incorrect error message could be triggered by the (unusual) combination of parameters -lp -i=0 -l=2 -ci=0 for example. Thanks to Richard Jelinek. -A new flag --keep-old-blank-lines=n has been added to give more control over the treatment of old blank lines in a script. The manual has been revised to discuss the new flag and clarify the treatment of old blank lines. Thanks to Oliver Schaefer. 2007 12 05 -Improved support for perl 5.10: New quote modifier 'p', new block type UNITCHECK, new keyword break, improved formatting of given/when. -Corrected tokenization bug of something like $var{-q}. -Numerous minor formatting improvements. -Corrected list of operators controlled by -baao -bbao to include . : ? && || and or err xor -Corrected very minor error in log file involving incorrect comment regarding need for upper case of labels. -Fixed problem where perltidy could run for a very long time when given certain non-perl text files. -Line breaks in un-parenthesized lists now try to follow line breaks in the input file rather than trying to fill lines. This usually works better, but if this causes trouble you can use -iob to ignore any old line breaks. Example for the following input snippet: print "conformability (Not the same dimension)\n", "\t", $have, " is ", text_unit($hu), "\n", "\t", $want, " is ", text_unit($wu), "\n", ; OLD: print "conformability (Not the same dimension)\n", "\t", $have, " is ", text_unit($hu), "\n", "\t", $want, " is ", text_unit($wu), "\n",; NEW: print "conformability (Not the same dimension)\n", "\t", $have, " is ", text_unit($hu), "\n", "\t", $want, " is ", text_unit($wu), "\n", ; 2007 08 01 -Added -fpsc option (--fixed-position-side-comment). Thanks to Ueli Hugenschmidt. For example -fpsc=40 tells perltidy to put side comments in column 40 if possible. -Added -bbao and -baao options (--break-before-all-operators and --break-after-all-operators) to simplify command lines and configuration files. These define an initial preference for breaking at operators which can be modified with -wba and -wbb flags. For example to break before all operators except an = one could use --bbao -wba='=' rather than listing every single perl operator (except =) on a -wbb flag. -Added -kis option (--keep-interior-semicolons). Use the B<-kis> flag to prevent breaking at a semicolon if there was no break there in the input file. To illustrate, consider the following input lines: dbmclose(%verb_delim); undef %verb_delim; dbmclose(%expanded); undef %expanded; dbmclose(%global); undef %global; Normally these would be broken into six lines, but perltidy -kis gives: dbmclose(%verb_delim); undef %verb_delim; dbmclose(%expanded); undef %expanded; dbmclose(%global); undef %global; -Improved formatting of complex ternary statements, with indentation of nested statements. OLD: return defined( $cw->{Selected} ) ? (wantarray) ? @{ $cw->{Selected} } : $cw->{Selected}[0] : undef; NEW: return defined( $cw->{Selected} ) ? (wantarray) ? @{ $cw->{Selected} } : $cw->{Selected}[0] : undef; -Text following un-parenthesized if/unless/while/until statements get a full level of indentation. Suggested by Jeff Armstorng and others. OLD: return $ship->chargeWeapons("phaser-canon") if $encounter->description eq 'klingon' and $ship->firepower >= $encounter->firepower and $location->status ne 'neutral'; NEW: return $ship->chargeWeapons("phaser-canon") if $encounter->description eq 'klingon' and $ship->firepower >= $encounter->firepower and $location->status ne 'neutral'; 2007 05 08 -Fixed bug where #line directives were being indented. Thanks to Philippe Bruhat. 2007 05 04 -Fixed problem where an extra blank line was added after an =cut when either (a) the =cut started (not stopped) a POD section, or (b) -mbl > 1. Thanks to J. Robert Ray and Bill Moseley. 2007 04 24 -ole (--output-line-ending) and -ple (--preserve-line-endings) should now work on all systems rather than just unix systems. Thanks to Dan Tyrell. -Fixed problem of a warning issued for multiple subs for BEGIN subs and other control subs. Thanks to Heiko Eissfeldt. -Fixed problem where no space was introduced between a keyword or bareword and a colon, such as: ( ref($result) eq 'HASH' && !%$result ) ? undef: $result; Thanks to Niek. -Added a utility program 'break_long_quotes.pl' to the examples directory of the distribution. It breaks long quoted strings into a chain of concatenated sub strings no longer than a selected length. Suggested by Michael Renner as a perltidy feature but was judged to be best done in a separate program. -Updated docs to remove extra < and >= from list of tokens after which breaks are made by default. Thanks to Bob Kleemann. -Removed improper uses of $_ to avoid conflicts with external calls, giving error message similar to: Modification of a read-only value attempted at /usr/share/perl5/Perl/Tidy.pm line 6907. Thanks to Michael Renner. -Fixed problem when errorfile was not a plain filename or filehandle in a call to Tidy.pm. The call perltidy(source => \$input, destination => \$output, errorfile => \$err); gave the following error message: Not a GLOB reference at /usr/share/perl5/Perl/Tidy.pm line 3827. Thanks to Michael Renner and Phillipe Bruhat. -Fixed problem where -sot would not stack an opening token followed by a side comment. Thanks to Jens Schicke. -improved breakpoints in complex math and other long statements. Example: OLD: return log($n) + 0.577215664901532 + ( 1 / ( 2 * $n ) ) - ( 1 / ( 12 * ( $n**2 ) ) ) + ( 1 / ( 120 * ( $n**4 ) ) ); NEW: return log($n) + 0.577215664901532 + ( 1 / ( 2 * $n ) ) - ( 1 / ( 12 * ( $n**2 ) ) ) + ( 1 / ( 120 * ( $n**4 ) ) ); -more robust vertical alignment of complex terminal else blocks and ternary statements. 2006 07 19 -Eliminated bug where a here-doc invoked through an 'e' modifier on a pattern replacement text was not recognized. The tokenizer now recursively scans replacement text (but does not reformat it). -improved vertical alignment of terminal else blocks and ternary statements. Thanks to Chris for the suggestion. OLD: if ( IsBitmap() ) { return GetBitmap(); } elsif ( IsFiles() ) { return GetFiles(); } else { return GetText(); } NEW: if ( IsBitmap() ) { return GetBitmap(); } elsif ( IsFiles() ) { return GetFiles(); } else { return GetText(); } OLD: $which_search = $opts{"t"} ? 'title' : $opts{"s"} ? 'subject' : $opts{"a"} ? 'author' : 'title'; NEW: $which_search = $opts{"t"} ? 'title' : $opts{"s"} ? 'subject' : $opts{"a"} ? 'author' : 'title'; -improved indentation of try/catch blocks and other externally defined functions accepting a block argument. Thanks to jae. -Added support for Perl 5.10 features say and smartmatch. -Added flag -pbp (--perl-best-practices) as an abbreviation for parameters suggested in Damian Conway's "Perl Best Practices". -pbp is the same as: -l=78 -i=4 -ci=4 -st -se -vt=2 -cti=0 -pt=1 -bt=1 -sbt=1 -bbt=1 -nsfs -nolq -wbb="% + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < > | & >= < = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= .= %= ^= x=" Please note that the -st here restricts input to standard input; use -nst if necessary to override. -Eliminated some needless breaks at equals signs in -lp indentation. OLD: $c = Math::Complex->make(LEFT + $x * (RIGHT - LEFT) / SIZE, TOP + $y * (BOTTOM - TOP) / SIZE); NEW: $c = Math::Complex->make(LEFT + $x * (RIGHT - LEFT) / SIZE, TOP + $y * (BOTTOM - TOP) / SIZE); A break at an equals is sometimes useful for preventing complex statements from hitting the line length limit. The decision to do this was over-eager in some cases and has been improved. Thanks to Royce Reece. -qw quotes contained in braces, square brackets, and parens are being treated more like those containers as far as stacking of tokens. Also stack of closing tokens ending ');' will outdent to where the ');' would have outdented if the closing stack is matched with a similar opening stack. OLD: perltidy -soc -sct __PACKAGE__->load_components( qw( PK::Auto Core ) ); NEW: perltidy -soc -sct __PACKAGE__->load_components( qw( PK::Auto Core ) ); Thanks to Aran Deltac -Eliminated some undesirable or marginally desirable vertical alignments. These include terminal colons, opening braces, and equals, and particularly when just two lines would be aligned. OLD: my $accurate_timestamps = $Stamps{lnk}; my $has_link = ... NEW: my $accurate_timestamps = $Stamps{lnk}; my $has_link = -Corrected a problem with -mangle in which a space would be removed between a keyword and variable beginning with ::. 2006 06 14 -Attribute argument lists are now correctly treated as quoted strings and not formatted. This is the most important update in this version. Thanks to Borris Zentner, Greg Ferguson, Steve Kirkup. -Updated to recognize the defined or operator, //, to be released in Perl 10. Thanks to Sebastien Aperghis-Tramoni. -A useful utility perltidyrc_dump.pl is included in the examples section. It will read any perltidyrc file and write it back out in a standard format (though comments are lost). -Added option to have perltidy read and return a hash with the contents of a perltidyrc file. This may be used by Leif Eriksen's tidyview code. This feature is used by the demonstration program 'perltidyrc_dump.pl' in the examples directory. -Improved error checking in perltidyrc files. Unknown bare words were not being caught. -The --dump-options parameter now dumps parameters in the format required by a perltidyrc file. -V-Strings with underscores are now recognized. For example: $v = v1.2_3; -cti=3 option added which gives one extra indentation level to closing tokens always. This provides more predictable closing token placement than cti=2. If you are using cti=2 you might want to try cti=3. -To identify all left-adjusted comments as static block comments, use C<-sbcp='^#'>. -New parameters -fs, -fsb, -fse added to allow sections of code between #<<< and #>>> to be passed through verbatim. This is enabled by default and turned off by -nfs. Flags -fsb and -fse allow other beginning and ending markers. Thanks to Wolfgang Werner and Marion Berryman for suggesting this. -added flag -skp to put a space between all Perl keywords and following paren. The default is to only do this for certain keywords. Suggested by H.Merijn Brand. -added flag -sfp to put a space between a function name and following paren. The default is not to do this. Suggested by H.Merijn Brand. -Added patch to avoid breaking GetOpt::Long::Configure set by calling program. Thanks to Philippe Bruhat. -An error was fixed in which certain parameters in a .perltidyrc file given without the equals sign were not recognized. That is, '--brace-tightness 0' gave an error but '--brace-tightness=0' worked ok. Thanks to Zac Hansen. -An error preventing the -nwrs flag from working was corrected. Thanks to Greg Ferguson. -Corrected some alignment problems with entab option. -A bug with the combination of -lp and -extrude was fixed (though this combination doesn't really make sense). The bug was that a line with a single zero would be dropped. Thanks to Cameron Hayne. -Updated Windows detection code to avoid an undefined variable. Thanks to Joe Yates and Russ Jones. -Improved formatting for short trailing statements following a closing paren. Thanks to Joe Matarazzo. -The handling of the -icb (indent closing block braces) flag has been changed slightly to provide more consistent and predictable formatting of complex structures. Instead of giving a closing block brace the indentation of the previous line, it is now given one extra indentation level. The two methods give the same result if the previous line was a complete statement, as in this example: if ($task) { yyy(); } # -icb else { zzz(); } The change also fixes a problem with empty blocks such as: OLD, -icb: elsif ($debug) { } NEW, -icb: elsif ($debug) { } -A problem with -icb was fixed in which a closing brace was misplaced when it followed a quote which spanned multiple lines. -Some improved breakpoints for -wba='&& || and or' -Fixed problem with misaligned cuddled else in complex statements when the -bar flag was also used. Thanks to Alex and Royce Reese. -Corrected documentation to show that --outdent-long-comments is the default. Thanks to Mario Lia. -New flag -otr (opening-token-right) is similar to -bar (braces-always-right) but applies to non-structural opening tokens. -new flags -sot (stack-opening-token), -sct (stack-closing-token). Suggested by Tony. 2003 10 21 -The default has been changed to not do syntax checking with perl. Use -syn if you want it. Perltidy is very robust now, and the -syn flag now causes more problems than it's worth because of BEGIN blocks (which get executed with perl -c). For example, perltidy will never return when trying to beautify this code if -syn is used: BEGIN { 1 while { }; } Although this is an obvious error, perltidy is often run on untested code which is more likely to have this sort of problem. A more subtle example is: BEGIN { use FindBin; } which may hang on some systems using -syn if a shared file system is unavailable. -Changed style -gnu to use -cti=1 instead of -cti=2 (see next item). In most cases it looks better. To recover the previous format, use '-gnu -cti=2' -Added flags -cti=n for finer control of closing token indentation. -cti = 0 no extra indentation (default; same as -nicp) -cti = 1 enough indentation so that the closing token aligns with its opening token. -cti = 2 one extra indentation level if the line has the form ); ]; or }; (same as -icp). The new option -cti=1 works well with -lp: EXAMPLES: # perltidy -lp -cti=1 @month_of_year = ( 'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun', 'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec' ); # perltidy -lp -cti=2 @month_of_year = ( 'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun', 'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec' ); This is backwards compatible with -icp. See revised manual for details. Suggested by Mike Pennington. -Added flag '--preserve-line-endings' or '-ple' to cause the output line ending to be the same as in the input file, for unix, dos, or mac line endings. Only works under unix. Suggested by Rainer Hochschild. -Added flag '--output-line-ending=s' or '-ole=s' where s=dos or win, unix, or mac. Only works under unix. -Files with Mac line endings should now be handled properly under unix and dos without being passed through a converter. -You may now include 'and', 'or', and 'xor' in the list following '--want-break-after' to get line breaks after those keywords rather than before them. Suggested by Rainer Hochschild. -Corrected problem with command line option for -vtc=n and -vt=n. The equals sign was being eaten up by the Windows shell so perltidy didn't see it. 2003 07 26 -Corrected cause of warning message with recent versions of Perl: "Possible precedence problem on bitwise & operator at ..." Thanks to Jim Files. -fixed bug with -html with '=for pod2html' sections, in which code/pod output order was incorrect. Thanks to Tassilo von Parseval. -fixed bug when the -html flag is used, in which the following error message, plus others, appear: did not see in pod2html output This was caused by a change in the format of html output by pod2html VERSION 1.04 (included with perl 5.8). Thanks to Tassilo von Parseval. -Fixed bug where an __END__ statement would be mistaken for a label if it is immediately followed by a line with a leading colon. Thanks to John Bayes. -Implemented guessing logic for brace types when it is ambiguous. This has been on the TODO list a long time. Thanks to Boris Zentner for an example. -Long options may now be negated either as '--nolong-option' or '--no-long-option'. Thanks to Philip Newton for the suggestion. -added flag --html-entities or -hent which controls the use of Html::Entities for html formatting. Use --nohtml-entities or -nhent to prevent the use of Html::Entities to encode special symbols. The default is -hent. Html::Entities when formatting perl text to escape special symbols. This may or may not be the right thing to do, depending on browser/language combinations. Thanks to Burak Gursoy for this suggestion. -Bareword strings with leading '-', like, '-foo' now count as 1 token for horizontal tightness. This way $a{'-foo'}, $a{foo}, and $a{-foo} are now all treated similarly. Thus, by default, OLD: $a{ -foo } will now be NEW: $a{-foo}. Suggested by Mark Olesen. -added 2 new flags to control spaces between keywords and opening parens: -sak=s or --space-after-keyword=s, and -nsak=s or --nospace-after-keyword=s, where 's' is a list of keywords. The new default list of keywords which get a space is: "my local our and or eq ne if else elsif until unless while for foreach return switch case given when" Use -sak=s and -nsak=s to add and remove keywords from this list, respectively. Explanation: Stephen Hildrey noted that perltidy was being inconsistent in placing spaces between keywords and opening parens, and sent a patch to give user control over this. The above list was selected as being a reasonable default keyword list. Previously, perltidy had a hardwired list which also included these keywords: push pop shift unshift join split die but did not have 'our'. Example: if you prefer to make perltidy behave exactly as before, you can include the following two lines in your .perltidyrc file: -sak="push pop local shift unshift join split die" -nsak="our" -Corrected html error in .toc file when -frm -html is used (extra "); browsers were tolerant of it. -Improved alignment of chains of binary and ?/: operators. Example: OLD: $leapyear = $year % 4 ? 0 : $year % 100 ? 1 : $year % 400 ? 0 : 1; NEW: $leapyear = $year % 4 ? 0 : $year % 100 ? 1 : $year % 400 ? 0 : 1; -improved breakpoint choices involving '->' -Corrected tokenization of things like ${#} or ${©}. For example, ${©} is valid, but ${© } is a syntax error. -Corrected minor tokenization errors with indirect object notation. For example, 'new A::()' works now. -Minor tokenization improvements; all perl code distributed with perl 5.8 seems to be parsed correctly except for one instance (lextest.t) of the known bug. 2002 11 30 -Implemented scalar attributes. Thanks to Sean Tobin for noting this. -Fixed glitch introduced in previous release where -pre option was not outputting a leading html 
 tag.

     -Numerous minor improvements in vertical alignment, including the following:

     -Improved alignment of opening braces in many cases.  Needed for improved
     switch/case formatting, and also suggested by Mark Olesen for sort/map/grep
     formatting.  For example:

      OLD:
        @modified =
          map { $_->[0] }
          sort { $a->[1] <=> $b->[1] }
          map { [ $_, -M ] } @filenames;

      NEW:
        @modified =
          map  { $_->[0] }
          sort { $a->[1] <=> $b->[1] }
          map  { [ $_, -M ] } @filenames;

     -Eliminated alignments across unrelated statements. Example:
      OLD:
        $borrowerinfo->configure( -state => 'disabled' );
        $borrowerinfo->grid( -col        => 1, -row => 0, -sticky => 'w' );

      NEW:  
        $borrowerinfo->configure( -state => 'disabled' );
        $borrowerinfo->grid( -col => 1, -row => 0, -sticky => 'w' );

      Thanks to Mark Olesen for suggesting this.

     -Improved alignement of '='s in certain cases.
      Thanks to Norbert Gruener for sending an example.

     -Outdent-long-comments (-olc) has been re-instated as a default, since
      it works much better now.  Use -nolc if you want to prevent it.

     -Added check for 'perltidy file.pl -o file.pl', which causes file.pl
     to be lost. (The -b option should be used instead). Thanks to mreister
     for reporting this problem.

  2002 11 06
     -Switch/case or given/when syntax is now recognized.  Its vertical alignment
     is not great yet, but it parses ok.  The words 'switch', 'case', 'given',
     and 'when' are now treated as keywords.  If this causes trouble with older
     code, we could introduce a switch to deactivate it.  Thanks to Stan Brown
     and Jochen Schneider for recommending this.

     -Corrected error parsing sub attributes with call parameters.
     Thanks to Marc Kerr for catching this.

     -Sub prototypes no longer need to be on the same line as sub names.  

     -a new flag -frm or --frames will cause html output to be in a
     frame, with table of contents in the left panel and formatted source
     in the right panel.  Try 'perltidy -html -frm somemodule.pm' for example.

     -The new default for -html formatting is to pass the pod through Pod::Html.
     The result is syntax colored code within your pod documents. This can be
     deactivated with -npod.  Thanks to those who have written to discuss this,
     particularly Mark Olesen and Hugh Myers.

     -the -olc (--outdent-long-comments) option works much better.  It now outdents
     groups of consecutive comments together, and by just the amount needed to
     avoid having any one line exceeding the maximum line length.

     -block comments are now trimmed of trailing whitespace.

     -if a directory specified with -opath does not exist, it will be created.

     -a table of contents to packages and subs is output when -html is used.
     Use -ntoc to prevent this. 

     -fixed an unusual bug in which a 'for' statement following a 'format'
     statement was not correctly tokenized.  Thanks to Boris Zentner for
     catching this.

     -Tidy.pm is no longer dependent on modules IO::Scalar and IO::ScalarArray.  
     There were some speed issues.  Suggested by Joerg Walter.

     -The treatment of quoted wildcards (file globs) is now system-independent. 
     For example

        perltidy 'b*x.p[lm]'

     would match box.pl, box.pm, brinx.pm under any operating system.  Of
     course, anything unquoted will be subject to expansion by any shell.

     -default color for keywords under -html changed from 
     SaddleBrown (#8B4513) to magenta4 (#8B008B).

     -fixed an arg parsing glitch in which something like:
       perltidy quick-help
     would trigger the help message and exit, rather than operate on the
     file 'quick-help'.

  2002 09 22
     -New option '-b' or '--backup-and-modify-in-place' will cause perltidy to
     overwrite the original file with the tidied output file.  The original
     file will be saved with a '.bak' extension (which can be changed with
     -bext=s).  Thanks to Rudi Farkas for the suggestion.

     -An index to all subs is included at the top of -html output, unless
     only the 
 section is written.

     -Anchor lines of the form  are now inserted at key points
     in html output, such as before sub definitions, for the convenience of
     postprocessing scripts.  Suggested by Howard Owen.

     -The cuddled-else (-ce) flag now also makes cuddled continues, like
     this:

        while ( ( $pack, $file, $line ) = caller( $i++ ) ) {
           # bla bla
        } continue {
            $prevpack = $pack;
        }

     Suggested by Simon Perreault.  

     -Fixed bug in which an extra blank line was added before an =head or 
     similar pod line after an __END__ or __DATA__ line each time 
     perltidy was run.  Also, an extra blank was being added after
     a terminal =cut.  Thanks to Mike Birdsall for reporting this.

  2002 08 26
     -Fixed bug in which space was inserted in a hyphenated hash key:
        my $val = $myhash{USER-NAME};
      was converted to:
        my $val = $myhash{USER -NAME}; 
      Thanks to an anonymous bug reporter at sourceforge.

     -Fixed problem with the '-io' ('--indent-only') where all lines 
      were double spaced.  Thanks to Nick Andrew for reporting this bug.

     -Fixed tokenization error in which something like '-e1' was 
      parsed as a number. 

     -Corrected a rare problem involving older perl versions, in which 
      a line break before a bareword caused problems with 'use strict'.
      Thanks to Wolfgang Weisselberg for noting this.

     -More syntax error checking added.

     -Outdenting labels (-ola) has been made the default, in order to follow the
      perlstyle guidelines better.  It's probably a good idea in general, but
      if you do not want this, use -nola in your .perltidyrc file.
  
     -Updated rules for padding logical expressions to include more cases.
      Thanks to Wolfgang Weisselberg for helpful discussions.

     -Added new flag -osbc (--outdent-static-block-comments) which will
      outdent static block comments by 2 spaces (or whatever -ci equals).
      Requested by Jon Robison.

  2002 04 25
     -Corrected a bug, introduced in the previous release, in which some
      closing side comments (-csc) could have incorrect text.  This is
      annoying but will be correct the next time perltidy is run with -csc.

     -Implemented XHTML patch submitted by Ville Skyttä.

     -Fixed bug where whitespace was being removed between 'Bar' and '()' 
      in a use statement like:

           use Foo::Bar ();

      Thanks to Ville Skyttä for reporting this.

     -Whenever possible, if a logical expression is broken with leading
      '&&', '||', 'and', or 'or', then the leading line will be padded
      with additional space to produce alignment.  This has been on the
      todo list for a long time; thanks to Frank Steinhauer for reminding
      me to do it.  Notice the first line after the open parens here:

            OLD: perltidy -lp
            if (
                 !param("rules.to.$linecount")
                 && !param("rules.from.$linecount")
                 && !param("rules.subject.$linecount")
                 && !(
                       param("rules.fieldname.$linecount")
                       && param("rules.fieldval.$linecount")
                 )
                 && !param("rules.size.$linecount")
                 && !param("rules.custom.$linecount")
              )

            NEW: perltidy -lp
            if (
                    !param("rules.to.$linecount")
                 && !param("rules.from.$linecount")
                 && !param("rules.subject.$linecount")
                 && !(
                          param("rules.fieldname.$linecount")
                       && param("rules.fieldval.$linecount")
                 )
                 && !param("rules.size.$linecount")
                 && !param("rules.custom.$linecount")
              )

  2002 04 16
     -Corrected a mistokenization of variables for a package with a name
      equal to a perl keyword.  For example: 

         my::qx();
         package my;
         sub qx{print "Hello from my::qx\n";}

      In this case, the leading 'my' was mistokenized as a keyword, and a
      space was being place between 'my' and '::'.  This has been
      corrected.  Thanks to Martin Sluka for discovering this. 

     -A new flag -bol (--break-at-old-logic-breakpoints)
      has been added to control whether containers with logical expressions
      should be broken open.  This is the default.

     -A new flag -bok (--break-at-old-keyword-breakpoints)
      has been added to follow breaks at old keywords which return lists,
      such as sort and map.  This is the default.

     -A new flag -bot (--break-at-old-trinary-breakpoints) has been added to
      follow breaks at trinary (conditional) operators.  This is the default.

     -A new flag -cab=n has been added to control breaks at commas after
      '=>' tokens.  The default is n=1, meaning break unless this breaks
      open an existing on-line container.

     -A new flag -boc has been added to allow existing list formatting
      to be retained.  (--break-at-old-comma-breakpoints).  See updated manual.

     -A new flag -iob (--ignore-old-breakpoints) has been added to
      prevent the locations of old breakpoints from influencing the output
      format.

     -Corrected problem where nested parentheses were not getting full
      indentation.  This has been on the todo list for some time; thanks 
      to Axel Rose for a snippet demonstrating this issue.

                OLD: inner list is not indented
                $this->sendnumeric(
                    $this->server,
                    (
                      $ret->name,        $user->username, $user->host,
                    $user->server->name, $user->nick,     "H"
                    ),
                );

                NEW:
                $this->sendnumeric(
                    $this->server,
                    (
                        $ret->name,          $user->username, $user->host,
                        $user->server->name, $user->nick,     "H"
                    ),
                );

     -Code cleaned up by removing the following unused, undocumented flags.
      They should not be in any .perltidyrc files because they were just
      experimental flags which were never documented.  Most of them placed
      artificial limits on spaces, and Wolfgang Weisselberg convinced me that
      most of them they do more harm than good by causing unexpected results.

      --maximum-continuation-indentation (-mci)
      --maximum-whitespace-columns
      --maximum-space-to-comment (-xsc)
      --big-space-jump (-bsj)

     -Pod file 'perltidy.pod' has been appended to the script 'perltidy', and
      Tidy.pod has been append to the module 'Tidy.pm'.  Older MakeMaker's
      were having trouble.
 
     -A new flag -isbc has been added for more control on comments. This flag
      has the effect that if there is no leading space on the line, then the
      comment will not be indented, and otherwise it may be.  If both -ibc and
      -isbc are set, then -isbc takes priority.  Thanks to Frank Steinhauer
      for suggesting this.

     -A new document 'stylekey.pod' has been created to quickly guide new users
      through the maze of perltidy style parameters.  An html version is 
      on the perltidy web page.  Take a look! It should be very helpful.

     -Parameters for controlling 'vertical tightness' have been added:
      -vt and -vtc are the main controls, but finer control is provided
      with -pvt, -pcvt, -bvt, -bcvt, -sbvt, -sbcvt.  Block brace vertical
      tightness controls have also been added.
      See updated manual and also see 'stylekey.pod'. Simple examples:

        # perltidy -lp -vt=1 -vtc=1
        @month_of_year = ( 'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',
                           'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec' );

        # perltidy -lp -vt=1 -vtc=0
        @month_of_year = ( 'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',
                           'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec'
        );

     -Lists which do not format well in uniform columns are now better
      identified and formated.

        OLD:
        return $c->create( 'polygon', $x, $y, $x + $ruler_info{'size'},
            $y + $ruler_info{'size'}, $x - $ruler_info{'size'},
            $y + $ruler_info{'size'} );

        NEW:
        return $c->create(
            'polygon', $x, $y,
            $x + $ruler_info{'size'},
            $y + $ruler_info{'size'},
            $x - $ruler_info{'size'},
            $y + $ruler_info{'size'}
        );

        OLD:
          radlablist($f1, pad('Initial', $p), $b->{Init}->get_panel_ref, 'None ',
                     'None', 'Default', 'Default', 'Simple', 'Simple');
        NEW:
          radlablist($f1,
                     pad('Initial', $p),
                     $b->{Init}->get_panel_ref,
                     'None ', 'None', 'Default', 'Default', 'Simple', 'Simple');

     -Corrected problem where an incorrect html filename was generated for 
      external calls to Tidy.pm module.  Fixed incorrect html title when
      Tidy.pm is called with IO::Scalar or IO::Array source.

     -Output file permissons are now set as follows.  An output script file
      gets the same permission as the input file, except that owner
      read/write permission is added (otherwise, perltidy could not be
      rerun).  Html output files use system defaults.  Previously chmod 0755
      was used in all cases.  Thanks to Mark Olesen for bringing this up.

     -Missing semicolons will not be added in multi-line blocks of type
      sort, map, or grep.  This brings perltidy into closer agreement
      with common practice.  Of course, you can still put semicolons 
      there if you like.  Thanks to Simon Perreault for a discussion of this.

     -Most instances of extra semicolons are now deleted.  This is
      particularly important if the -csc option is used.  Thanks to Wolfgang
      Weisselberg for noting this.  For example, the following line
      (produced by 'h2xs' :) has an extra semicolon which will now be
      removed:

         BEGIN { plan tests => 1 };

     -New parameter -csce (--closing-side-comment-else-flag) can be used
      to control what text is appended to 'else' and 'elsif' blocks.
      Default is to just add leading 'if' text to an 'else'.  See manual.

     -The -csc option now labels 'else' blocks with additinal information
      from the opening if statement and elsif statements, if space.
      Thanks to Wolfgang Weisselberg for suggesting this.

     -The -csc option will now remove any old closing side comments
      below the line interval threshold. Thanks to Wolfgang Weisselberg for
      suggesting this.

     -The abbreviation feature, which was broken in the previous version,
      is now fixed.  Thanks to Michael Cartmell for noting this.

     -Vertical alignment is now done for '||='  .. somehow this was 
      overlooked.

  2002 02 25
     -This version uses modules for the first time, and a standard perl
      Makefile.PL has been supplied.  However, perltidy may still be
      installed as a single script, without modules.  See INSTALL for
      details.

     -The man page 'perl2web' has been merged back into the main 'perltidy'
      man page to simplify installation.  So you may remove that man page
      if you have an older installation.

     -Added patch from Axel Rose for MacPerl.  The patch prompts the user
      for command line arguments before calling the module 
      Perl::Tidy::perltidy.

     -Corrected bug with '-bar' which was introduced in the previous
      version.  A closing block brace was being indented.  Thanks to
      Alexandros M Manoussakis for reporting this.

     -New parameter '--entab-leading-whitespace=n', or '-et=n', has been
      added for those who prefer tabs.  This behaves different from the
      existing '-t' parameter; see updated man page.  Suggested by Mark
      Olesen.

     -New parameter '--perl-syntax-check-flags=s'  or '-pcsf=s' can be
      used to change the flags passed to perltidy in a syntax check.
      See updated man page.  Suggested by Mark Olesen. 

     -New parameter '--output-path=s'  or '-opath=s' will cause output
      files to be placed in directory s.  See updated man page.  Thanks for
      Mark Olesen for suggesting this.

     -New parameter --dump-profile (or -dpro) will dump to
      standard output information about the search for a
      configuration file, the name of whatever configuration file
      is selected, and its contents.  This should help debugging
      config files, especially on different Windows systems.

     -The -w parameter now notes possible errors of the form:

            $comment = s/^\s*(\S+)\..*/$1/;   # trim whitespace

     -Corrections added for a leading ':' and for leaving a leading 'tcsh'
      line untouched.  Mark Olesen reported that lines of this form were
      accepted by perl but not by perltidy:

            : # use -*- perl -*-
            eval 'exec perl -wS $0 "$@"'  # shell should exec 'perl'
            unless 1;                     # but Perl should skip this one

      Perl will silently swallow a leading colon on line 1 of a
      script, and now perltidy will do likewise.  For example,
      this is a valid script, provided that it is the first line,
      but not otherwise:

            : print "Hello World\n";
  
      Also, perltidy will now mark a first line with leading ':' followed by
      '#' as type SYSTEM (just as a #!  line), not to be formatted.

     -List formatting improved for certain lists with special
      initial terms, such as occur with 'printf', 'sprintf',
      'push', 'pack', 'join', 'chmod'.  The special initial term is
      now placed on a line by itself.  For example, perltidy -gnu

         OLD:
            $Addr = pack(
                         "C4",                hex($SourceAddr[0]),
                         hex($SourceAddr[1]), hex($SourceAddr[2]),
                         hex($SourceAddr[3])
                         );

         NEW:
            $Addr = pack("C4",
                         hex($SourceAddr[0]), hex($SourceAddr[1]),
                         hex($SourceAddr[2]), hex($SourceAddr[3]));

          OLD:
                push (
                      @{$$self{states}}, '64', '66', '68',
                      '70',              '72', '74', '76',
                      '78',              '80', '82', '84',
                      '86',              '88', '90', '92',
                      '94',              '96', '98', '100',
                      '102',             '104'
                      );

          NEW:
                push (
                      @{$$self{states}},
                      '64', '66', '68', '70', '72',  '74',  '76',
                      '78', '80', '82', '84', '86',  '88',  '90',
                      '92', '94', '96', '98', '100', '102', '104'
                      );

     -Lists of complex items, such as matricies, are now detected
      and displayed with just one item per row:

        OLD:
        $this->{'CURRENT'}{'gfx'}{'MatrixSkew'} = Text::PDF::API::Matrix->new(
            [ 1, tan( deg2rad($a) ), 0 ], [ tan( deg2rad($b) ), 1, 0 ],
            [ 0, 0, 1 ]
        );

        NEW:
        $this->{'CURRENT'}{'gfx'}{'MatrixSkew'} = Text::PDF::API::Matrix->new(
            [ 1,                  tan( deg2rad($a) ), 0 ],
            [ tan( deg2rad($b) ), 1,                  0 ],
            [ 0,                  0,                  1 ]
        );

     -The perl syntax check will be turned off for now when input is from
      standard input or standard output.  The reason is that this requires
      temporary files, which has produced far too many problems during
      Windows testing.  For example, the POSIX module under Windows XP/2000
      creates temporary names in the root directory, to which only the
      administrator should have permission to write.

     -Merged patch sent by Yves Orton to handle appropriate
      configuration file locations for different Windows varieties
      (2000, NT, Me, XP, 95, 98).

     -Added patch to properly handle a for/foreach loop without
      parens around a list represented as a qw.  I didn't know this
      was possible until Wolfgang Weisselberg pointed it out:

            foreach my $key qw\Uno Due Tres Quadro\ {
                print "Set $key\n";
            }

      But Perl will give a syntax error without the $ variable; ie this will
      not work:

            foreach qw\Uno Due Tres Quadro\ {
                print "Set $_\n";
            }

     -Merged Windows version detection code sent by Yves Orton.  Perltidy
      now automatically turns off syntax checking for Win 9x/ME versions,
      and this has solved a lot of robustness problems.  These systems 
      cannot reliably handle backtick operators.  See man page for
      details.
  
     -Merged VMS filename handling patch sent by Michael Cartmell.  (Invalid
      output filenames were being created in some cases). 

     -Numerous minor improvements have been made for -lp style indentation.

     -Long C-style 'for' expressions will be broken after each ';'.   

      'perltidy -gnu' gives:

        OLD:
        for ($status = $db->seq($key, $value, R_CURSOR()) ; $status == 0
             and $key eq $origkey ; $status = $db->seq($key, $value, R_NEXT())) 

        NEW:
        for ($status = $db->seq($key, $value, R_CURSOR()) ;
             $status == 0 and $key eq $origkey ;
             $status = $db->seq($key, $value, R_NEXT()))

     -For the -lp option, a single long term within parens
      (without commas) now has better alignment.  For example,
      perltidy -gnu

                OLD:
                $self->throw("Must specify a known host, not $location,"
                      . " possible values ("
                      . join (",", sort keys %hosts) . ")");

                NEW:
                $self->throw("Must specify a known host, not $location,"
                             . " possible values ("
                             . join (",", sort keys %hosts) . ")");

  2001 12 31
     -This version is about 20 percent faster than the previous
      version as a result of optimization work.  The largest gain
      came from switching to a dispatch hash table in the
      tokenizer.

     -perltidy -html will check to see if HTML::Entities is
      installed, and if so, it will use it to encode unsafe
      characters.

     -Added flag -oext=ext to change the output file extension to
      be different from the default ('tdy' or 'html').  For
      example:

        perltidy -html -oext=htm filename

     will produce filename.htm

     -Added flag -cscw to issue warnings if a closing side comment would replace
     an existing, different side comments.  See the man page for details.
     Thanks to Peter Masiar for helpful discussions.

     -Corrected tokenization error of signed hex/octal/binary numbers. For
     example, the first hex number below would have been parsed correctly
     but the second one was not:
        if ( ( $tmp >= 0x80_00_00 ) || ( $tmp < -0x80_00_00 ) ) { }

     -'**=' was incorrectly tokenized as '**' and '='.  This only
         caused a problem with the -extrude opton.

     -Corrected a divide by zero when -extrude option is used

     -The flag -w will now contain all errors reported by 'perl -c' on the
     input file, but otherwise they are not reported.  The reason is that
     perl will report lots of problems and syntax errors which are not of
     interest when only a small snippet is being formatted (such as missing
     modules and unknown bare words).  Perltidy will always report all
     significant syntax errors that it finds, such as unbalanced braces,
     unless the -q (quiet) flag is set.

     -Merged modifications created by Hugh Myers into perltidy.
      These include a 'streamhandle' routine which allows perltidy
      as a module to operate on input and output arrays and strings
      in addition to files.  Documentation and new packaging as a
      module should be ready early next year; This is an elegant,
      powerful update; many thanks to Hugh for contributing it.

  2001 11 28
     -added a tentative patch which tries to keep any existing breakpoints
     at lines with leading keywords map,sort,eval,grep. The idea is to
     improve formatting of sequences of list operations, as in a schwartzian
     transform.  Example:

        INPUT:
        my @sorted = map { $_->[0] }
                     sort { $a->[1] <=> $b->[1] }
                     map { [ $_, rand ] } @list;

        OLD:
        my @sorted =
          map { $_->[0] } sort { $a->[1] <=> $b->[1] } map { [ $_, rand ] } @list;

        NEW:
        my @sorted = map { $_->[0] }
          sort { $a->[1] <=> $b->[1] }
          map { [ $_, rand ] } @list;

      The new alignment is not as nice as the input, but this is an improvement.
      Thanks to Yves Orton for this suggestion.

     -modified indentation logic so that a line with leading opening paren,
     brace, or square bracket will never have less indentation than the
     line with the corresponding opening token.  Here's a simple example:

        OLD:
            $mw->Button(
                -text    => "New Document",
                -command => \&new_document
              )->pack(
                -side   => 'bottom',
                -anchor => 'e'
            );

        Note how the closing ');' is lined up with the first line, even
        though it closes a paren in the 'pack' line.  That seems wrong.
 
        NEW:
            $mw->Button(
                -text    => "New Document",
                -command => \&new_document
              )->pack(
                -side   => 'bottom',
                -anchor => 'e'
              );

       This seems nicer: you can up-arrow with an editor and arrive at the
       opening 'pack' line.
 
     -corrected minor glitch in which cuddled else (-ce) did not get applied
     to an 'unless' block, which should look like this:

            unless ($test) {

            } else {

            }

      Thanks to Jeremy Mates for reporting this.

     -The man page has been reorganized to parameters easier to find.
 
     -Added check for multiple definitions of same subroutine.  It is easy
      to introduce this problem when cutting and pasting. Perl does not
      complain about it, but it can lead to disaster.

     -The command -pro=filename  or -profile=filename may be used to specify a
      configuration file which will override the default name of .perltidyrc.
      There must not be a space on either side of the '=' sign.  I needed
      this to be able to easily test perltidy with a variety of different
      configuration files.

     -Side comment alignment has been improved somewhat across frequent level
      changes, as in short if/else blocks.  Thanks to Wolfgang Weisselberg 
      for pointing out this problem.  For example:
    
        OLD:
        if ( ref $self ) {    # Called as a method
            $format = shift;
        }
        else {    # Regular procedure call
            $format = $self;
            undef $self;
        }

        NEW:
        if ( ref $self ) {    # Called as a method
            $format = shift;
        }
        else {                # Regular procedure call
            $format = $self;
            undef $self;
        }

     -New command -ssc (--static-side-comment) and related command allows
      side comments to be spaced close to preceding character.  This is
      useful for displaying commented code as side comments.

     -New command -csc (--closing-side-comment) and several related
      commands allow comments to be added to (and deleted from) any or all
      closing block braces.  This can be useful if you have to maintain large
      programs, especially those that you didn't write.  See updated man page.
      Thanks to Peter Masiar for this suggestion.  For a simple example:

            perltidy -csc

            sub foo {
                if ( !defined( $_[0] ) ) {
                    print("Hello, World\n");
                }
                else {
                    print( $_[0], "\n" );
                }
            } ## end sub foo

      This added '## end sub foo' to the closing brace.  
      To remove it, perltidy -ncsc.

     -New commands -ola, for outdenting labels, and -okw, for outdenting
      selected control keywords, were implemented.  See the perltidy man
      page for details.  Thanks to Peter Masiar for this suggestion.

     -Hanging side comment change: a comment will not be considered to be a
      hanging side comment if there is no leading whitespace on the line.
      This should improve the reliability of identifying hanging side comments.
      Thanks to Peter Masiar for this suggestion.

     -Two new commands for outdenting, -olq (outdent-long-quotes) and -olc
      (outdent-long-comments), have been added.  The original -oll
      (outdent-long-lines) remains, and now is an abbreviation for -olq and -olc.
      The new default is just -olq.  This was necessary to avoid inconsistency with
      the new static block comment option.

     -Static block comments:  to provide a way to display commented code
      better, the convention is used that comments with a leading '##' should
      not be formatted as usual.  Please see '-sbc' (or '--static-block-comment')
      for documentation.  It can be deactivated with with -nsbc, but
      should not normally be necessary. Thanks to Peter Masiar for this 
      suggestion.

     -Two changes were made to help show structure of complex lists:
      (1) breakpoints are forced after every ',' in a list where any of
      the list items spans multiple lines, and
      (2) List items which span multiple lines now get continuation indentation.

      The following example illustrates both of these points.  Many thanks to
      Wolfgang Weisselberg for this snippet and a discussion of it; this is a
      significant formatting improvement. Note how it is easier to see the call
      parameters in the NEW version:

        OLD:
        assert( __LINE__, ( not defined $check )
            or ref $check
            or $check eq "new"
            or $check eq "old", "Error in parameters",
            defined $old_new ? ( ref $old_new ? ref $old_new : $old_new ) : "undef",
            defined $db_new  ? ( ref $db_new  ? ref $db_new  : $db_new )  : "undef",
            defined $old_db ? ( ref $old_db ? ref $old_db : $old_db ) : "undef" );

        NEW: 
        assert(
            __LINE__,
            ( not defined $check )
              or ref $check
              or $check eq "new"
              or $check eq "old",
            "Error in parameters",
            defined $old_new ? ( ref $old_new ? ref $old_new : $old_new ) : "undef",
            defined $db_new  ? ( ref $db_new  ? ref $db_new  : $db_new )  : "undef",
            defined $old_db  ? ( ref $old_db  ? ref $old_db  : $old_db )  : "undef"
        );

        Another example shows how this helps displaying lists:

        OLD:
        %{ $self->{COMPONENTS} } = (
            fname =>
            { type => 'name', adj => 'yes', font => 'Helvetica', 'index' => 0 },
            street =>
            { type => 'road', adj => 'yes', font => 'Helvetica', 'index' => 2 },
        );

        The structure is clearer with the added indentation:
    
        NEW:
        %{ $self->{COMPONENTS} } = (
            fname =>
              { type => 'name', adj => 'yes', font => 'Helvetica', 'index' => 0 },
            street =>
              { type => 'road', adj => 'yes', font => 'Helvetica', 'index' => 2 },
        );

        -The structure of nested logical expressions is now displayed better.
        Thanks to Wolfgang Weisselberg for helpful discussions.  For example,
        note how the status of the final 'or' is displayed in the following:

        OLD:
        return ( !null($op)
              and null( $op->sibling )
              and $op->ppaddr eq "pp_null"
              and class($op) eq "UNOP"
              and ( ( $op->first->ppaddr =~ /^pp_(and|or)$/
                and $op->first->first->sibling->ppaddr eq "pp_lineseq" )
                or ( $op->first->ppaddr eq "pp_lineseq"
                    and not null $op->first->first->sibling
                    and $op->first->first->sibling->ppaddr eq "pp_unstack" ) ) );

        NEW:
        return (
            !null($op)
              and null( $op->sibling )
              and $op->ppaddr eq "pp_null"
              and class($op) eq "UNOP"
              and (
                (
                    $op->first->ppaddr =~ /^pp_(and|or)$/
                    and $op->first->first->sibling->ppaddr eq "pp_lineseq"
                )
                or ( $op->first->ppaddr eq "pp_lineseq"
                    and not null $op->first->first->sibling
                    and $op->first->first->sibling->ppaddr eq "pp_unstack" )
              )
        );

       -A break will always be put before a list item containing a comma-arrow.
       This will improve formatting of mixed lists of this form:

            OLD:
            $c->create(
                'text', 225, 20, -text => 'A Simple Plot',
                -font => $font,
                -fill => 'brown'
            );

            NEW:
            $c->create(
                'text', 225, 20,
                -text => 'A Simple Plot',
                -font => $font,
                -fill => 'brown'
            );

      -For convenience, the command -dac (--delete-all-comments) now also
      deletes pod.  Likewise, -tac (--tee-all-comments) now also sends pod
      to a '.TEE' file.  Complete control over the treatment of pod and
      comments is still possible, as described in the updated help message 
      and man page.

      -The logic which breaks open 'containers' has been rewritten to be completely
      symmetric in the following sense: if a line break is placed after an opening
      {, [, or (, then a break will be placed before the corresponding closing
      token.  Thus, a container either remains closed or is completely cracked
      open.

      -Improved indentation of parenthesized lists.  For example, 

                OLD:
                $GPSCompCourse =
                  int(
                  atan2( $GPSTempCompLong - $GPSLongitude,
                  $GPSLatitude - $GPSTempCompLat ) * 180 / 3.14159265 );

                NEW:
                $GPSCompCourse = int(
                    atan2(
                        $GPSTempCompLong - $GPSLongitude,
                        $GPSLatitude - $GPSTempCompLat
                      ) * 180 / 3.14159265
                );

       Further improvements will be made in future releases.

      -Some improvements were made in formatting small lists.

      -Correspondence between Input and Output line numbers reported in a 
       .LOG file should now be exact.  They were sometimes off due to the size
       of intermediate buffers.

      -Corrected minor tokenization error in which a ';' in a foreach loop
       control was tokenized as a statement termination, which forced a 
       line break:

            OLD:
            foreach ( $i = 0;
                $i <= 10;
                $i += 2
              )
            {
                print "$i ";
            }

            NEW:
            foreach ( $i = 0 ; $i <= 10 ; $i += 2 ) {
                print "$i ";
            }

      -Corrected a problem with reading config files, in which quote marks were not
       stripped.  As a result, something like -wba="&& . || " would have the leading
       quote attached to the && and not work correctly.  A workaround for older
       versions is to place a space around all tokens within the quotes, like this:
       -wba=" && . || "

      -Removed any existing space between a label and its ':'
        OLD    : { }
        NEW: { }
       This was necessary because the label and its colon are a single token.

      -Corrected tokenization error for the following (highly non-recommended) 
       construct:
        $user = @vars[1] / 100;
 
      -Resolved cause of a difference between perltidy under perl v5.6.1 and
      5.005_03; the problem was different behavior of \G regex position
      marker(!)

  2001 10 20
     -Corrected a bug in which a break was not being made after a full-line
     comment within a short eval/sort/map/grep block.  A flag was not being
     zeroed.  The syntax error check catches this.  Here is a snippet which
     illustrates the bug:

            eval {
                #open Socket to Dispatcher
                $sock = &OpenSocket;
            };

     The formatter mistakenly thought that it had found the following 
     one-line block:
 
            eval {#open Socket to Dispatcher$sock = &OpenSocket; };

     The patch fixes this. Many thanks to Henry Story for reporting this bug.

     -Changes were made to help diagnose and resolve problems in a
     .perltidyrc file: 
       (1) processing of command parameters has been into two separate
       batches so that any errors in a .perltidyrc file can be localized.  
       (2) commands --help, --version, and as many of the --dump-xxx
       commands are handled immediately, without any command line processing
       at all.  
       (3) Perltidy will ignore any commands in the .perltidyrc file which
       cause immediate exit.  These are:  -h -v -ddf -dln -dop -dsn -dtt
       -dwls -dwrs -ss.  Thanks to Wolfgang Weisselberg for helpful
       suggestions regarding these updates.

     -Syntax check has been reinstated as default for MSWin32 systems.  This
     way Windows 2000 users will get syntax check by default, which seems
     like a better idea, since the number of Win 95/98 systems will be
     decreasing over time.  Documentation revised to warn Windows 95/98
     users about the problem with empty '&1'.  Too bad these systems
     all report themselves as MSWin32.

  2001 10 16
     -Fixed tokenization error in which a method call of the form

        Module::->new();
 
      got a space before the '::' like this:

        Module ::->new();

      Thanks to David Holden for reporting this.
 
     -Added -html control over pod text, using a new abbreviation 'pd'.  See
     updated perl2web man page. The default is to use the color of a comment,
     but italicized.  Old .css style sheets will need a new line for
     .pd to use this.  The old color was the color of a string, and there
     was no control.  
 
     -.css lines are now printed in sorted order.

     -Fixed interpolation problem where html files had '$input_file' as title
     instead of actual input file name.  Thanks to Simon Perreault for finding
     this and sending a patch, and also to Tobias Weber.

     -Breaks will now have the ':' placed at the start of a line, 
     one per line by default because this shows logical structure
     more clearly. This coding has been completely redone. Some 
     examples of new ?/: formatting:

           OLD:
                wantarray ? map( $dir::cwd->lookup($_)->path, @_ ) :
                  $dir::cwd->lookup( $_[0] )->path;

           NEW:
                wantarray 
                  ? map( $dir::cwd->lookup($_)->path, @_ )
                  : $dir::cwd->lookup( $_[0] )->path;

           OLD:
                    $a = ( $b > 0 ) ? {
                        a => 1,
                        b => 2
                    } : { a => 6, b => 8 };

           NEW:
                    $a = ( $b > 0 )
                      ? {
                        a => 1,
                        b => 2
                      }
                      : { a => 6, b => 8 };

        OLD: (-gnu):
        $self->note($self->{skip} ? "Hunk #$self->{hunk} ignored at 1.\n" :
                    "Hunk #$self->{hunk} failed--$@");

        NEW: (-gnu):
        $self->note($self->{skip} 
                    ? "Hunk #$self->{hunk} ignored at 1.\n"
                    : "Hunk #$self->{hunk} failed--$@");

        OLD:
            $which_search =
              $opts{"t"} ? 'title'   :
              $opts{"s"} ? 'subject' : $opts{"a"} ? 'author' : 'title';

        NEW:
            $which_search =
              $opts{"t"} ? 'title'
              : $opts{"s"} ? 'subject'
              : $opts{"a"} ? 'author'
              : 'title';
 
     You can use -wba=':' to recover the previous default which placed ':'
     at the end of a line.  Thanks to Michael Cartmell for helpful
     discussions and examples.  

     -Tokenizer updated to do syntax checking for matched ?/: pairs.  Also,
     the tokenizer now outputs a unique serial number for every balanced
     pair of brace types and ?/: pairs.  This greatly simplifies the
     formatter.

     -Long lines with repeated 'and', 'or', '&&', '||'  will now have
     one such item per line.  For example:

        OLD:
            if ( $opt_d || $opt_m || $opt_p || $opt_t || $opt_x
                || ( -e $archive && $opt_r ) )
            {
                ( $pAr, $pNames ) = readAr($archive);
            }

        NEW:
            if ( $opt_d
                || $opt_m
                || $opt_p
                || $opt_t
                || $opt_x
                || ( -e $archive && $opt_r ) )
            {
                ( $pAr, $pNames ) = readAr($archive);
            }

       OLD:
            if ( $vp->{X0} + 4 <= $x && $vp->{X0} + $vp->{W} - 4 >= $x
                && $vp->{Y0} + 4 <= $y && $vp->{Y0} + $vp->{H} - 4 >= $y ) 

       NEW:
            if ( $vp->{X0} + 4 <= $x
                && $vp->{X0} + $vp->{W} - 4 >= $x
                && $vp->{Y0} + 4 <= $y
                && $vp->{Y0} + $vp->{H} - 4 >= $y )

     -Long lines with multiple concatenated tokens will have concatenated
     terms (see below) placed one per line, except for short items.  For
     example:

       OLD:
            $report .=
              "Device type:" . $ib->family . "  ID:" . $ib->serial . "  CRC:"
              . $ib->crc . ": " . $ib->model() . "\n";

       NEW:
            $report .= "Device type:"
              . $ib->family . "  ID:"
              . $ib->serial . "  CRC:"
              . $ib->model()
              . $ib->crc . ": " . "\n";

     NOTE: at present 'short' means 8 characters or less.  There is a
     tentative flag to change this (-scl), but it is undocumented and
     is likely to be changed or removed later, so only use it for testing.  
     In the above example, the tokens "  ID:", "  CRC:", and "\n" are below
     this limit.  

     -If a line which is short enough to fit on a single line was
     nevertheless broken in the input file at a 'good' location (see below), 
     perltidy will try to retain a break.  For example, the following line
     will be formatted as:
 
        open SUM, "<$file"
          or die "Cannot open $file ($!)";
 
     if it was broken in the input file, and like this if not:

        open SUM, "<$file" or die "Cannot open $file ($!)";

     GOOD: 'good' location means before 'and','or','if','unless','&&','||'

     The reason perltidy does not just always break at these points is that if
     there are multiple, similar statements, this would preclude alignment.  So
     rather than check for this, perltidy just tries to follow the input style,
     in the hopes that the author made a good choice. Here is an example where 
     we might not want to break before each 'if':

        ($Locale, @Locale) = ($English, @English) if (@English > @Locale);
        ($Locale, @Locale) = ($German,  @German)  if (@German > @Locale);
        ($Locale, @Locale) = ($French,  @French)  if (@French > @Locale);
        ($Locale, @Locale) = ($Spanish, @Spanish) if (@Spanish > @Locale);

     -Added wildcard file expansion for systems with shells which lack this.
     Now 'perltidy *.pl' should work under MSDOS/Windows.  Thanks to Hugh Myers 
     for suggesting this.  This uses builtin glob() for now; I may change that.

     -Added new flag -sbl which, if specified, overrides the value of -bl
     for opening sub braces.  This allows formatting of this type:

     perltidy -sbl 

     sub foo
     {
        if (!defined($_[0])) {
            print("Hello, World\n");
        }
        else {
            print($_[0], "\n");
        }
     }
     Requested by Don Alexander.

     -Fixed minor parsing error which prevented a space after a $$ variable
     (pid) in some cases.  Thanks to Michael Cartmell for noting this.
     For example, 
       old: $$< 700 
       new: $$ < 700

     -Improved line break choices 'and' and 'or' to display logic better.
     For example:

        OLD:
            exists $self->{'build_dir'} and push @e,
              "Unwrapped into directory $self->{'build_dir'}";

        NEW:
            exists $self->{'build_dir'}
              and push @e, "Unwrapped into directory $self->{'build_dir'}";

     -Fixed error of multiple use of abbreviatioin '-dsc'.  -dsc remains 
     abbreviation for delete-side-comments; -dsm is new abbreviation for 
     delete-semicolons.

     -Corrected and updated 'usage' help routine.  Thanks to Slaven Rezic for 
     noting an error.

     -The default for Windows is, for now, not to do a 'perl -c' syntax
     check (but -syn will activate it).  This is because of problems with
     command.com.  James Freeman sent me a patch which tries to get around
     the problems, and it works in many cases, but testing revealed several
     issues that still need to be resolved.  So for now, the default is no
     syntax check for Windows.

     -I added a -T flag when doing perl -c syntax check.
     This is because I test it on a large number of scripts from sources
     unknown, and who knows what might be hidden in initialization blocks?
     Also, deactivated the syntax check if perltidy is run as root.  As a
     benign example, running the previous version of perltidy on the
     following file would cause it to disappear:

            BEGIN{
                    print "Bye, bye baby!\n";
                    unlink $0;
            }
        
     The new version will not let that happen.

     -I am contemplating (but have not yet implemented) making '-lp' the
     default indentation, because it is stable now and may be closer to how
     perl is commonly formatted.  This could be in the next release.  The
     reason that '-lp' was not the original default is that the coding for
     it was complex and not ready for the initial release of perltidy.  If
     anyone has any strong feelings about this, I'd like to hear.  The
     current default could always be recovered with the '-nlp' flag.

  2001 09 03
     -html updates:
         - sub definition names are now specially colored, red by default.  
           The letter 'm' is used to identify them.
         - keyword 'sub' now has color of other keywords.
         - restored html keyword color to __END__ and __DATA__, which was 
           accidentally removed in the previous version.

     -A new -se (--standard-error-output) flag has been implemented and
     documented which causes all errors to be written to standard output
     instead of a .ERR file.

     -A new -w (--warning-output) flag has been implemented and documented
      which causes perltidy to output certain non-critical messages to the
      error output file, .ERR.  These include complaints about pod usage,
      for example.  The default is to not include these.

      NOTE: This replaces an undocumented -w=0 or --warning-level flag
      which was tentatively introduced in the previous version to avoid some
      unwanted messages.  The new default is the same as the old -w=0, so
      that is no longer needed. 

      -Improved syntax checking and corrected tokenization of functions such
      as rand, srand, sqrt, ...  These can accept either an operator or a term
      to their right.  This has been corrected.
 
     -Corrected tokenization of semicolon: testing of the previous update showed 
     that the semicolon in the following statement was being mis-tokenized.  That
     did no harm, other than adding an extra blank space, but has been corrected.

              for (sort {strcoll($a,$b);} keys %investments) {
                 ...
              }

     -New syntax check: after wasting 5 minutes trying to resolve a syntax
      error in which I had an extra terminal ';' in a complex for (;;) statement, 
      I spent a few more minutes adding a check for this in perltidy so it won't
      happen again.

     -The behavior of --break-before-subs (-bbs) and --break-before-blocks
     (-bbb) has been modified.  Also, a new control parameter,
     --long-block-line-count=n (-lbl=n) has been introduced to give more
     control on -bbb.  This was previously a hardwired value.  The reason
     for the change is to reduce the number of unwanted blank lines that
     perltidy introduces, and make it less erratic.  It's annoying to remove
     an unwanted blank line and have perltidy put it back.  The goal is to
     be able to sprinkle a few blank lines in that dense script you
     inherited from Bubba.  I did a lot of experimenting with different
     schemes for introducing blank lines before and after code blocks, and
     decided that there is no really good way to do it.  But I think the new
     scheme is an improvement.  You can always deactivate this with -nbbb.
     I've been meaning to work on this; thanks to Erik Thaysen for bringing
     it to my attention.

     -The .LOG file is seldom needed, and I get tired of deleting them, so
      they will now only be automatically saved if perltidy thinks that it
      made an error, which is almost never.  You can still force the logfile
      to be saved with -log or -g.

     -Improved method for computing number of columns in a table.  The old
     method always tried for an even number.  The new method allows odd
     numbers when it is obvious that a list is not a hash initialization
     list.

       old: my (
                 $name,       $xsargs, $parobjs, $optypes,
                 $hasp2child, $pmcode, $hdrcode, $inplacecode,
                 $globalnew,  $callcopy
              )
              = @_;

       new: my (
                 $name,   $xsargs,  $parobjs,     $optypes,   $hasp2child,
                 $pmcode, $hdrcode, $inplacecode, $globalnew, $callcopy
              )
              = @_;

     -I fiddled with the list threshold adjustment, and some small lists
     look better now.  Here is the change for one of the lists in test file
     'sparse.t':
     old:
       %units =
         ("in", "in", "pt", "pt", "pc", "pi", "mm", "mm", "cm", "cm", "\\hsize", "%",
           "\\vsize", "%", "\\textwidth", "%", "\\textheight", "%");

     new:
       %units = (
                  "in",      "in", "pt",          "pt", "pc",           "pi",
                  "mm",      "mm", "cm",          "cm", "\\hsize",      "%",
                  "\\vsize", "%",  "\\textwidth", "%",  "\\textheight", "%"
                  );

     -Improved -lp formatting at '=' sign.  A break was always being added after
     the '=' sign in a statement such as this, (to be sure there was enough room
     for the parameters):

     old: my $fee =
            CalcReserveFee(
                            $env,          $borrnum,
                            $biblionumber, $constraint,
                            $bibitems
                            );
 
     The updated version doesn't do this unless the space is really needed:

     new: my $fee = CalcReserveFee(
                                   $env,          $borrnum,
                                   $biblionumber, $constraint,
                                   $bibitems
                                   );

     -I updated the tokenizer to allow $#+ and $#-, which seem to be new to
     Perl 5.6.  Some experimenting with a recent version of Perl indicated
     that it allows these non-alphanumeric '$#' array maximum index
     varaibles: $#: $#- $#+ so I updated the parser accordingly.  Only $#:
     seems to be valid in older versions of Perl.

     -Fixed a rare formatting problem with -lp (and -gnu) which caused
     excessive indentation.

     -Many additional syntax checks have been added.

     -Revised method for testing here-doc target strings; the following
     was causing trouble with a regex test because of the '*' characters:
      print <<"*EOF*";
      bla bla
      *EOF*
     Perl seems to allow almost anything to be a here doc target, so an
     exact string comparison is now used.

     -Made update to allow underscores in binary numbers, like '0b1100_0000'.

     -Corrected problem with scanning certain module names; a blank space was 
     being inserted after 'warnings' in the following:
        use warnings::register;
     The problem was that warnings (and a couple of other key modules) were 
     being tokenized as keywords.  They should have just been identifiers.

     -Corrected tokenization of indirect objects after sort, system, and exec,
     after testing produced an incorrect error message for the following
     line of code:
        print sort $sortsubref @list;

     -Corrected minor problem where a line after a format had unwanted
     extra continuation indentation.  

     -Delete-block-comments (and -dac) now retain any leading hash-bang line

     -Update for -lp (and -gnu) to not align the leading '=' of a list
     with a previous '=', since this interferes with alignment of parameters.

      old:  my $hireDay = new Date;
            my $self    = {
                         firstName => undef,
                         lastName  => undef,
                         hireDay   => $hireDay
                         };
    
      new:  my $hireDay = new Date;
            my $self = {
                         firstName => undef,
                         lastName  => undef,
                         hireDay   => $hireDay
                         };

     -Modifications made to display tables more compactly when possible,
      without adding lines. For example,
      old:
                    '1', "I", '2', "II", '3', "III", '4', "IV",
                    '5', "V", '6', "VI", '7', "VII", '8', "VIII",
                    '9', "IX"
      new:
                    '1', "I",   '2', "II",   '3', "III",
                    '4', "IV",  '5', "V",    '6', "VI",
                    '7', "VII", '8', "VIII", '9', "IX"

     -Corrected minor bug in which -pt=2 did not keep the right paren tight
     around a '++' or '--' token, like this:

                for ($i = 0 ; $i < length $key ; $i++ )

     The formatting for this should be, and now is: 

                for ($i = 0 ; $i < length $key ; $i++)

     Thanks to Erik Thaysen for noting this.

     -Discovered a new bug involving here-docs during testing!  See BUGS.html.  

     -Finally fixed parsing of subroutine attributes (A Perl 5.6 feature).
     However, the attributes and prototypes must still be on the same line
     as the sub name.

  2001 07 31
     -Corrected minor, uncommon bug found during routine testing, in which a
     blank got inserted between a function name and its opening paren after
     a file test operator, but only in the case that the function had not
     been previously seen.  Perl uses the existance (or lack thereof) of 
     the blank to guess if it is a function call.  That is,
        if (-l pid_filename()) {
     became
        if (-l pid_filename ()) {
     which is a syntax error if pid_filename has not been seen by perl.

     -If the AutoLoader module is used, perltidy will continue formatting
     code after seeing an __END__ line.  Use -nlal to deactivate this feature.  
     Likewise, if the SelfLoader module is used, perltidy will continue 
     formatting code after seeing a __DATA__ line.  Use -nlsl to
     deactivate this feature.  Thanks to Slaven Rezic for this suggestion.

     -pod text after __END__ and __DATA__ is now identified by perltidy
     so that -dp works correctly.  Thanks to Slaven Rezic for this suggestion.

     -The first $VERSION line which might be eval'd by MakeMaker
     is now passed through unchanged.  Use -npvl to deactivate this feature.
     Thanks to Manfred Winter for this suggestion.

     -Improved indentation of nested parenthesized expressions.  Tests have
     given favorable results.  Thanks to Wolfgang Weisselberg for helpful
     examples.

  2001 07 23
     -Fixed a very rare problem in which an unwanted semicolon was inserted
     due to misidentification of anonymous hash reference curly as a code
     block curly.  (No instances of this have been reported; I discovered it
     during testing).  A workaround for older versions of perltidy is to use
     -nasc.

     -Added -icb (-indent-closing-brace) parameter to indent a brace which
     terminates a code block to the same level as the previous line.
     Suggested by Andrew Cutler.  For example, 

            if ($task) {
                yyy();
                }    # -icb
            else {
                zzz();
                }

     -Rewrote error message triggered by an unknown bareword in a print or
     printf filehandle position, and added flag -w=0 to prevent issuing this
     error message.  Suggested by Byron Jones.

     -Added modification to align a one-line 'if' block with similar
     following 'elsif' one-line blocks, like this:
          if    ( $something eq "simple" )  { &handle_simple }
          elsif ( $something eq "hard" )    { &handle_hard }
     (Suggested by  Wolfgang Weisselberg).

  2001 07 02
     -Eliminated all constants with leading underscores because perl 5.005_03
     does not support that.  For example, _SPACES changed to XX_SPACES.
     Thanks to kromJx for this update.

  2001 07 01
     -the directory of test files has been moved to a separate distribution
     file because it is getting large but is of little interest to most users.
     For the current distribution:
       perltidy-20010701.tgz        contains the source and docs for perltidy
       perltidy-20010701-test.tgz   contains the test files

     -fixed bug where temporary file perltidy.TMPI was not being deleted 
     when input was from stdin.

     -adjusted line break logic to not break after closing brace of an
     eval block (suggested by Boris Zentner).

     -added flag -gnu (--gnu-style) to give an approximation to the GNU
     style as sometimes applied to perl.  The programming style in GNU
     'automake' was used as a guide in setting the parameters; these
     parameters will probably be adjusted over time.

     -an empty code block now has one space for emphasis:
       if ( $cmd eq "bg_untested" ) {}    # old
       if ( $cmd eq "bg_untested" ) { }   # new
     If this bothers anyone, we could create a parameter.

     -the -bt (--brace-tightness) parameter has been split into two
     parameters to give more control. -bt now applies only to non-BLOCK
     braces, while a new parameter -bbt (block-brace-tightness) applies to
     curly braces which contain code BLOCKS. The default value is -bbt=0.

     -added flag -icp (--indent-closing-paren) which leaves a statment
     termination of the form );, };, or ]; indented with the same
     indentation as the previous line.  For example,

        @month_of_year = (          # default, or -nicp
            'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun', 'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct',
            'Nov', 'Dec'
        );

        @month_of_year = (          # -icp
            'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun', 'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct',
            'Nov', 'Dec'
            );

     -Vertical alignment updated to synchronize with tokens &&, ||,
     and, or, if, unless.  Allowable space before forcing
     resynchronization has been increased.  (Suggested by  Wolfgang
     Weisselberg).

     -html corrected to use -nohtml-bold-xxxxxxx or -nhbx to negate bold,
     and likewise -nohtml-italic-xxxxxxx or -nhbi to negate italic.  There
     was no way to negate these previously.  html documentation updated and
     corrected.  (Suggested by  Wolfgang Weisselberg).

     -Some modifications have been made which improve the -lp formatting in
     a few cases.

     -Perltidy now retains or creates a blank line after an =cut to keep
     podchecker happy (Suggested by Manfred H. Winter).  This appears to be
     a glitch in podchecker, but it was annoying.

  2001 06 17
     -Added -bli flag to give continuation indentation to braces, like this

            if ($bli_flag)
              {
                extra_indentation();
              }

     -Corrected an error with the tab (-t) option which caused the last line
     of a multi-line quote to receive a leading tab.  This error was in
     version 2001 06 08  but not 2001 04 06.  If you formatted a script
     with -t with this version, please check it by running once with the
     -chk flag and perltidy will scan for this possible error.

     -Corrected an invalid pattern (\R should have been just R), changed
     $^W =1 to BEGIN {$^W=1} to use warnings in compile phase, and corrected
     several unnecessary 'my' declarations. Many thanks to Wolfgang Weisselberg,
     2001-06-12, for catching these errors.
 
     -A '-bar' flag has been added to require braces to always be on the
     right, even for multi-line if and foreach statements.  For example,
     the default formatting of a long if statement would be:

            if ($bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2
              || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4)
            {
                bigwastoftime();
            }

     With -bar, the formatting is:

            if ($bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2
              || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4) {
                bigwastoftime();
            }
     Suggested by Eli Fidler 2001-06-11.

     -Uploaded perltidy to sourceforge cvs 2001-06-10.

     -An '-lp' flag (--line-up-parentheses) has been added which causes lists
     to be indented with extra indentation in the manner sometimes
     associated with emacs or the GNU suggestions.  Thanks to Ian Stuart for
     this suggestion and for extensive help in testing it. 

     -Subroutine call parameter lists are now formatted as other lists.
     This should improve formatting of tables being passed via subroutine
     calls.  This will also cause full indentation ('-i=n, default n= 4) of
     continued parameter list lines rather than just the number of spaces
     given with -ci=n, default n=2.
 
     -Added support for hanging side comments.  Perltidy identifies a hanging
     side comment as a comment immediately following a line with a side
     comment or another hanging side comment.  This should work in most
     cases.  It can be deactivated with --no-hanging-side-comments (-nhsc).
     The manual has been updated to discuss this.  Suggested by Brad
     Eisenberg some time ago, and finally implemented.

  2001 06 08
     -fixed problem with parsing command parameters containing quoted
     strings in .perltidyrc files. (Reported by Roger Espel Llima 2001-06-07).

     -added two command line flags, --want-break-after and 
     --want-break-before, which allow changing whether perltidy
     breaks lines before or after any operators.  Please see the revised 
     man pages for details.

     -added system-wide configuration file capability.
     If perltidy does not find a .perltidyrc command line file in
     the current directory, nor in the home directory, it now looks
     for '/usr/local/etc/perltidyrc' and then for '/etc/perltidyrc'.
     (Suggested by Roger Espel Llima 2001-05-31).

     -fixed problem in which spaces were trimmed from lines of a multi-line
     quote. (Reported by Roger Espel Llima 2001-05-30).  This is an 
     uncommon situation, but serious, because it could conceivably change
     the proper function of a script.

     -fixed problem in which a semicolon was incorrectly added within 
     an anonymous hash.  (Reported by A.C. Yardley, 2001-5-23).
     (You would know if this happened, because perl would give a syntax
     error for the resulting script).

     -fixed problem in which an incorrect error message was produced
      after a version number on a 'use' line, like this ( Reported 
      by Andres Kroonmaa, 2001-5-14):

                  use CGI 2.42 qw(fatalsToBrowser);

      Other than the extraneous error message, this bug was harmless.

  2001 04 06
     -fixed serious bug in which the last line of some multi-line quotes or
      patterns was given continuation indentation spaces.  This may make
      a pattern incorrect unless it uses the /x modifier.  To find
      instances of this error in scripts which have been formatted with
      earlier versions of perltidy, run with the -chk flag, which has
      been added for this purpose (SLH, 2001-04-05).

      ** So, please check previously formatted scripts by running with -chk
      at least once **

     -continuation indentation has been reprogrammed to be hierarchical, 
      which improves deeply nested structures.

     -fixed problem with undefined value in list formatting (reported by Michael
      Langner 2001-04-05)

     -Switched to graphical display of nesting in .LOG files.  If an
      old format string was "(1 [0 {2", the new string is "{{(".  This
      is easier to read and also shows the order of nesting.

     -added outdenting of cuddled paren structures, like  ")->pack(".

     -added line break and outdenting of ')->' so that instead of

            $mw->Label(
              -text   => "perltidy",
              -relief => 'ridge')->pack;
 
      the current default is:

            $mw->Label(
              -text   => "perltidy",
              -relief => 'ridge'
            )->pack;

      (requested by Michael Langner 2001-03-31; in the future this could 
      be controlled by a command-line parameter).

     -revised list indentation logic, so that lists following an assignment
      operator get one full indentation level, rather than just continuation 
      indentation.  Also corrected some minor glitches in the continuation 
      indentation logic. 

     -Fixed problem with unwanted continuation indentation after a blank line 
     (reported by Erik Thaysen 2001-03-28):

     -minor update to avoid stranding a single '(' on one line

  2001 03 28:
     -corrected serious error tokenizing filehandles, in which a sub call 
     after a print or printf, like this:
        print usage() and exit;
     became this:
        print usage () and exit;
     Unfortunately, this converts 'usage' to a filehandle.  To fix this, rerun
     perltidy; it will look for this situation and issue a warning. 

     -fixed another cuddled-else formatting bug (Reported by Craig Bourne)

     -added several diagnostic --dump routines
 
     -added token-level whitespace controls (suggested by Hans Ecke)

  2001 03 23:
     -added support for special variables of the form ${^WANT_BITS}

     -space added between scalar and left paren in 'for' and 'foreach' loops,
      (suggestion by Michael Cartmell):

        for $i( 1 .. 20 )   # old
        for $i ( 1 .. 20 )   # new

     -html now outputs cascading style sheets (thanks to suggestion from
      Hans Ecke)

     -flags -o and -st now work with -html

     -added missing -html documentation for comments (noted by Alex Izvorski)

     -support for VMS added (thanks to Michael Cartmell for code patches and 
       testing)

     -v-strings implemented (noted by Hans Ecke and Michael Cartmell; extensive
       testing by Michael Cartmell)

     -fixed problem where operand may be empty at line 3970 
      (\b should be just b in lines 3970, 3973) (Thanks to Erik Thaysen, 
      Keith Marshall for bug reports)

     -fixed -ce bug (cuddled else), where lines like '} else {' were indented
      (Thanks to Shawn Stepper and Rick Measham for reporting this)

  2001 03 04:
     -fixed undefined value in line 153 (only worked with -I set)
     (Thanks to Mike Stok, Phantom of the Opcodes, Ian Ehrenwald, and others)

     -fixed undefined value in line 1069 (filehandle problem with perl versions <
     5.6) (Thanks to Yuri Leikind, Mike Stok, Michael Holve, Jeff Kolber)

  2001 03 03:
     -Initial announcement at freshmeat.net; started Change Log
     (Unfortunately this version was DOA, but it was fixed the next day)

Perl-Tidy-20120701/META.yml0000660000175000017500000000105511774075057014104 0ustar  stevesteve--- #YAML:1.0
name:               Perl-Tidy
version:            20120701
abstract:           indent and reformat perl scripts
author:
    - Steve Hancock 
license:            unknown
distribution_type:  module
configure_requires:
    ExtUtils::MakeMaker:  0
build_requires:
    ExtUtils::MakeMaker:  0
requires:  {}
no_index:
    directory:
        - t
        - inc
generated_by:       ExtUtils::MakeMaker version 6.55_02
meta-spec:
    url:      http://module-build.sourceforge.net/META-spec-v1.4.html
    version:  1.4
Perl-Tidy-20120701/README0000644000175000017500000000336511502555456013516 0ustar  stevesteveWelcome to Perltidy!
    Perltidy is a tool to indent and reformat perl scripts. It can also
    write scripts in html format.

    Perltidy is free software released under the GNU General Public License
    -- please see the included file "COPYING" for details.

PREREQUISITES
    "perltidy" should work with most standard Perl installations. The
    following modules are not required, but perltidy may use them if
    detected:

      HTML::Entities  will be used to encode HTML entities if detected
      Pod::Html will be used to format pod text

    The total disk space needed after removing the installation directory
    will about 2 Mb.

DOWNLOAD
    There are two source distribution files:

    *   A .tgz "tarball", with Unix-style  line endings, and

    *   A zip file, .zip, with Windows-style  line endings.

    In addition, the web site has links to debian and RPM packages.

INSTALLATION
    For most standard installations, the standard Makefile.PL method should
    work:

     perl Makefile.PL
     make
     make test
     make install

    The INSTALL file has additional installation notes, and tells how to use
    perltidy without doing an installation.

WHAT NEXT
    Please see the CHANGES file for notices of any recent updates.

    Please see the BUGS file for a list of all known open bugs.

    Documentation can be found in the docs directory, and it can also be
    found at http://perltidy.sourceforge.net

    Reading the brief tutorial should help you use perltidy effectively.

FEEDBACK / BUG REPORTS
    Bug reports, comments and suggestions are welcome. Attach the smallest
    piece of code which demonstrates the bug or issue.

     Steve Hancock
     perltidy at users.sourceforge.net
     http://perltidy.sourceforge.net

Perl-Tidy-20120701/docs/0000750000175000017500000000000011774075057013557 5ustar  stevestevePerl-Tidy-20120701/docs/stylekey.pod0000644000175000017500000005640110612667174016144 0ustar  stevesteve=head1 Perltidy Style Key

When perltidy was first developed, the main parameter choices were the number
of indentation spaces and if the user liked cuddled else's.  As the number of
users has grown so has the number of parameters.  Now there are so many that it
can be difficult for a new user to find a good initial set.  This document is
one attempt to help with this problem, and some other suggestions are given at
the end.

Use this document to methodically find a starting set of perltidy parameters to
approximate your style.  We will be working on just one aspect of formatting at
a time.  Just read each question and select the best answer.  Enter your
parameters in a file named F<.perltidyrc> (examples are listed at the end).
Then move it to one of the places where perltidy will find it.  You can run
perltidy with the parameter B<-dpro> to see where these places are for your
system.

=head2 Before You Start

Before you begin, experiment using just C on some
of your files.  From the results (which you will find in files with a
F<.tdy> extension), you will get a sense of what formatting changes, if
any, you'd like to make.  If the default formatting is acceptable, you
do not need a F<.perltidyrc> file.

=head2 Use as Filter?

Do you almost always want to run perltidy as a standard filter on just
one input file?  If yes, use B<-st> and B<-se>.  

=head2 Line Length Setting

Perltidy will set line breaks to prevent lines from exceeding the
maximum line length.  

Do you want the maximum line length to be 80 columns?  If no, use
B<-l=n>, where B is the number of columns you prefer.

=head2 Indentation in Code Blocks

In the block below, the variable C<$anchor> is one indentation level deep
and is indented by 4 spaces as shown here: 

    if ( $flag eq "a" ) {
        $anchor = $header;
    }  

If you want to change this to be a different number B of spaces
per indentation level, use B<-i=n>.

=head2 Continuation Indentation

Look at the statement beginning with C<$anchor>:

    if ( $flag eq "a" ) {
        $anchor =
          substr( $header, 0, 6 )
          . substr( $char_list, $place_1, 1 )
          . substr( $char_list, $place_2, 1 );
    }

The statement is too long for the line length (80 characters by default), so it
has been broken into 4 lines.  The second and later lines have some extra
"continuation indentation" to help make the start of the statement easy to
find.  The default number of extra spaces is 2.  If you prefer a number n
different from 2, you may specify this with B<-ci=n>.  It is probably best if
it does not exceed the value of the primary indentation.

=head2 Tabs

The default, and recommendation, is to represent leading whitespace
with actual space characters.  However, if you prefer to entab
leading whitespace with one tab character for each B spaces,
use B<-et=n>.  Typically, B would be 8.  

=head2 Opening Block Brace Right or Left?

Opening and closing curly braces, parentheses, and square brackets are divided
into two separate categories and controlled separately in most cases.  The two
categories are (1) code block curly braces, which contain perl code, and (2)
everything else.  Basically, a code block brace is one which could contain
semicolon-terminated lines of perl code.  We will first work on the scheme for
code block curly braces.  

Decide which of the following opening brace styles you prefer for most blocks
of code (with the possible exception of a B which will
be covered later):

If you like opening braces on the right, like this, go to 
L.

    if ( $flag eq "h" ) {
        $headers = 0;
    }  

If you like opening braces on the left, like this, go to 
L.

    if ( $flag eq "h" )
    {
        $headers = 0;
    }

=head2 Opening Braces Right

In a multi-line B test expression, the default is to place
the opening brace on the left, like this:

    if ( $bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2
        || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4 )
    {
        big_waste_of_time();
    }

This helps to visually separate the block contents from the test
expression.  

An alternative is to keep the brace on the right even for
multiple-line test expressions, like this:

    if ( $bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2
        || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4 ) {
        big_waste_of_time();
    }

If you prefer this alternative, use B<-bar>.

=head2 Cuddled Else?

Do you prefer this B style

    if ( $flag eq "h" ) {
        $headers = 0;
    } elsif ( $flag eq "f" ) {
        $sectiontype = 3;
    } else {
        print "invalid option: " . substr( $arg, $i, 1 ) . "\n";
        dohelp();
    }

instead of this default style?

    if ( $flag eq "h" ) {
        $headers = 0;
    }  
    elsif ( $flag eq "f" ) {
        $sectiontype = 3;
    } 
    else {    
        print "invalid option: " . substr( $arg, $i, 1 ) . "\n";
        dohelp();
    }

If yes, you should use B<-ce>.
Now skip ahead to L.

=head2 Opening Braces Left

Use B<-bl> if you prefer this style:

    if ( $flag eq "h" )
    {
        $headers = 0;
    }

Use B<-bli> if you prefer this indented-brace style:

    if ( $flag eq "h" )
      {
        $headers = 0;
      }

The number of spaces of extra indentation will be the value specified
for continuation indentation with the B<-ci=n> parameter (2 by default).

=head2 Opening Sub Braces

By default, the opening brace of a sub block will be treated
the same as other code blocks.  If this is okay, skip ahead
to L.

If you prefer an opening sub brace to be on a new line,
like this: 

    sub message
    {
        # -sbl
    }

use B<-sbl>.  If you prefer the sub brace on the right like this

    sub message {

        # -nsbl
    }

use B<-nsbl>.

If you wish to give this opening sub brace some indentation you can do
that with the parameters B<-bli> and B<-blil> which are described in the
manual.

=head2 Block Brace Vertical Tightness

If you chose to put opening block braces of all types to the right, skip
ahead to L.

If you chose to put braces of any type on the left, the default is to leave the
opening brace on a line by itself, like this (shown for B<-bli>, but also true
for B<-bl>):

    if ( $flag eq "h" )
      {
        $headers = 0;
      }

But you may also use this more compressed style if you wish:

    if ( $flag eq "h" )
      { $headers = 0;
      }

If you do not prefer this more compressed form, go to 
L.

Otherwise use parameter B<-bbvt=n>, where n=1 or n=2.  To decide,
look at this snippet:

    # -bli -bbvt=1
    sub _directives
      {
        {
            'ENDIF' => \&_endif,
               'IF' => \&_if,
        };
      }

    # -bli -bbvt=2
    sub _directives
    {   {
            'ENDIF' => \&_endif,
            'IF'    => \&_if,
        };
    }

The difference is that B<-bbvt=1> breaks after an opening brace if
the next line is unbalanced, whereas B<-bbvt=2> never breaks.  

If you were expecting the 'ENDIF' word to move up vertically here, note that
the second opening brace in the above example is not a code block brace (it is
a hash brace), so the B<-bbvt> does not apply to it (another parameter will).

=head2 Closing Block Brace Indentation

The default is to place closing braces at the same indentation as the
opening keyword or brace of that code block, as shown here:

        if ($task) {
            yyy();
        }            # default

If you chose the B<-bli> style, however, the default closing braces will be
indented one continuation indentation like the opening brace:

        if ($task)
          {
            yyy();
          }    # -bli

If you prefer to give closing block braces one full level of
indentation, independently of how the opening brace is treated,
for example like this:

        if ($task) {
            yyy();
            }          # -icb

use B<-icb>.

This completes the definition of the placement of code block braces.

=head2 Indentation Style for Other Containers

You have a choice of two basic indentation schemes for non-block containers.
The default is to use a fixed number of spaces per indentation level (the same
number of spaces used for code blocks, which is 4 by default).  Here is an
example of the default:

    $dbh = DBI->connect(
        undef, undef, undef,
        {
            PrintError => 0,
            RaiseError => 1
        }
    );

In this default indentation scheme, a simple formula is used to find the
indentation of every line.  Notice how the first 'undef' is indented 4
spaces (one level) to the right, and how 'PrintError' is indented 4 more
speces (one more level) to the right.  

The alternate is to let the location of the opening paren (or square
bracket, or curly brace) define the indentation, like this:

    $dbh = DBI->connect(
                         undef, undef, undef,
                         {
                           PrintError => 0,
                           RaiseError => 1
                         }
    );

The first scheme is completely robust.  The second scheme often looks a little
nicer, but be aware that deeply nested structures it can be spoiled if the line
length limit is exceeded.  Also, if there are comments or blank lines within a
complex structure perltidy will temporarily fall back on the default
indentation scheme.  You may want to try both on large sections of code to see
which works best.

If you prefer the first (default) scheme, no parameter is needed.

If you prefer the latter scheme, use B<-lp>. 

=head2 Opening Vertical Tightness

The information in this section applies mainly to the B<-lp>
style but it also applies in some cases to the default style.
It will be illustrated for the B<-lp> indentation style.

The default B<-lp> indentation style ends a line at the
opening tokens, like this:

    $dbh = DBI->connect(
                         undef, undef, undef,
                         {
                           PrintError => 0,
                           RaiseError => 1
                         }
    );

Here is a tighter alternative, which does not end a line
with the opening tokens:

    $dbh = DBI->connect( undef, undef, undef,
                         { PrintError => 0,
                           RaiseError => 1
                         }
    );

The difference is that the lines have been compressed vertically without
any changes to the indentation.  This can almost always be done with the
B<-lp> indentation style, but only in limited cases for the default
indentation style. 

If you prefer the default, skip ahead to L.

Otherwise, use B<-vt=n>, where B should be either 1 or 2.  To help
decide, observe the first three opening parens in the following snippet
and choose the value of n you prefer.  Here it is with B<-lp -vt=1>:

    if (
         !defined(
                   start_slip( $DEVICE, $PHONE,  $ACCOUNT, $PASSWORD,
                               $LOCAL,  $REMOTE, $NETMASK, $MTU
                   )
         )
         && $continuation_flag
      )
    {
        do_something_about_it();
    }

And here it is again formatted with B<-lp -vt=2>:

    if ( !defined( start_slip( $DEVICE, $PHONE,  $ACCOUNT, $PASSWORD,
                               $LOCAL,  $REMOTE, $NETMASK, $MTU
                   )
         )
         && $continuation_flag
      )
    {
        do_something_about_it();
    }

The B<-vt=1> style tries to display the structure by preventing more
than one step in indentation per line. In this example, the first two
opening parens were not followed by balanced lines, so B<-vt=1> broke
after them.  

The B<-vt=2> style does not limit itself to a single indentation step
per line.

Note that in the above example the function 'do_sumething_about_it'
started on a new line. This is because it follows an opening code
block brace and is governed by the flag previously set in 
L.

=head2 Closing Token Placement

You have several options for dealing with the terminal closing tokens of
non-blocks.  In the following examples, a closing parenthesis is shown, but
these parameters apply to closing square brackets and non-block curly braces as
well.  

The default behavior for parenthesized relatively large lists is to place the
closing paren on a separate new line.  The flag B<-cti=n> controls the amount
of indentation of such a closing paren.

The default, B<-cti=0>, for a line beginning with a closing paren, is to use
the indentation defined by the next (lower) indentation level.  This works
well for the default indentation scheme:

    # perltidy
    @month_of_year = (
        'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',
        'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec'
    );

but it may not look very good with the B<-lp> indentation scheme:

    # perltidy -lp
    @month_of_year = (
                       'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',
                       'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec'
    );

An alternative which works well with B<-lp> indentation is B<-cti=1>,
which aligns the closing paren vertically with its
opening paren, if possible:  

    # perltidy -lp -cti=1
    @month_of_year = (
                       'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',
                       'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec'
                     );

Another alternative, B<-cti=3>, indents a line with leading closing
paren one full indentation level:

    # perltidy -lp -cti=3
    @month_of_year = (
                       'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',
                       'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec'
                       );

If you prefer the closing paren on a separate line like this, 
note the value of B<-cti=n> that you prefer and skip ahead to 
L. 

Finally, the question of paren indentation can be avoided by placing it
at the end of the previous line, like this:

    @month_of_year = (
        'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',
        'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec' );

Perltidy will automatically do this to save space for very short lists but not
for longer lists.

Use B<-vtc=n> if you prefer to usually do this, where B is either 1 or 2. To
determine B, we have to look at something more complex.  Observe the
behavior of the closing tokens in the following snippet:

Here is B<-lp -vtc=1>:

    $srec->{'ACTION'} = [
                          $self->read_value(
                                             $lookup->{'VFMT'},
                                             $loc, $lookup, $fh
                          ),
                          $self->read_value(
                                             $lookup->{'VFMT2'},
                                             $loc, $lookup, $fh
                          ) ];

Here is B<-lp -vtc=2>:

    $srec->{'ACTION'} = [
                          $self->read_value(
                                             $lookup->{'VFMT'},
                                             $loc, $lookup, $fh ),
                          $self->read_value(
                                             $lookup->{'VFMT2'},
                                             $loc, $lookup, $fh ) ];

Choose the one that you prefer.  The difference is that B<-vtc=1> leaves
closing tokens at the start of a line within a list, which can assist in
keeping hierarchical lists readable.  The B<-vtc=2> style always tries
to move closing tokens to the end of a line.  

If you choose B<-vtc=1>,
you may also want to specify a value of B<-cti=n> (previous section) to
handle cases where a line begins with a closing paren.

=head2 Stack Opening Tokens

In the following snippet the opening hash brace has been placed
alone on a new line.  

    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(
        {
            binary       => 1,
            sep_char     => $opt_c,
            always_quote => 1,
        }
    );

If you prefer to avoid isolated opening opening tokens by
"stacking" them together with other opening tokens like this:

    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new( {
            binary       => 1,
            sep_char     => $opt_c,
            always_quote => 1,
        }
    );

use B<-sot>.

=head2 Stack Closing Tokens

Likewise, in the same snippet the default formatting leaves
the closing paren on a line by itself here:

    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(
        {
            binary       => 1,
            sep_char     => $opt_c,
            always_quote => 1,
        }
    );

If you would like to avoid leaving isolated closing tokens by
stacking them with other closing tokens, like this:

    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(
        {
            binary       => 1,
            sep_char     => $opt_c,
            always_quote => 1,
        } );

use B<-sct>.

The B<-sct> flag is somewhat similar to the B<-vtc> flags, and in some cases it
can give a similar result.  The difference is that the B<-vtc> flags try to
avoid lines with leading opening tokens by "hiding" them at the end of a
previous line, whereas the B<-sct> flag merely tries to reduce the number of
lines with isolated closing tokens by stacking multiple closing tokens
together, but it does not try to hide them.  

The manual shows how all of these vertical tightness controls may be applied
independently to each type of non-block opening and opening token.

=head2 Define Horizontal Tightness

Horizontal tightness parameters define how much space is included
within a set of container tokens.

For parentheses, decide which of the following values of B<-pt=n>
you prefer: 

 if ( ( my $len_tab = length( $tabstr ) ) > 0 ) {  # -pt=0
 if ( ( my $len_tab = length($tabstr) ) > 0 ) {    # -pt=1 (default)
 if ((my $len_tab = length($tabstr)) > 0) {        # -pt=2

For n=0, space is always used, and for n=2, space is never used.  For
the default n=1, space is used if the parentheses contain more than
one token.

For square brackets, decide which of the following values of B<-sbt=n>
you prefer:

 $width = $col[ $j + $k ] - $col[ $j ];  # -sbt=0
 $width = $col[ $j + $k ] - $col[$j];    # -sbt=1 (default)
 $width = $col[$j + $k] - $col[$j];      # -sbt=2 

For curly braces, decide which of the following values of B<-bt=n>
you prefer:

 $obj->{ $parsed_sql->{ 'table' }[0] };    # -bt=0
 $obj->{ $parsed_sql->{'table'}[0] };      # -bt=1 (default)
 $obj->{$parsed_sql->{'table'}[0]};        # -bt=2

For code block curly braces, decide which of the following values of
B<-bbt=n> you prefer: 

 %bf = map { $_ => -M $_ } grep { /\.deb$/ } dirents '.'; # -bbt=0 (default)
 %bf = map { $_ => -M $_ } grep {/\.deb$/} dirents '.';   # -bbt=1
 %bf = map {$_ => -M $_} grep {/\.deb$/} dirents '.';     # -bbt=2

=head2 Spaces between function names and opening parens

The default is not to place a space after a function call:

  myfunc( $a, $b, $c );    # default 

If you prefer a space:

  myfunc ( $a, $b, $c );   # -sfp

use B<-sfp>.

=head2 Spaces between Perl keywords and parens

The default is to place a space between only these keywords
and an opening paren:

   my local our and or eq ne if else elsif until unless 
   while for foreach return switch case given when

but no others. For example, the default is:

    $aa = pop(@bb);

If you want a space between all Perl keywords and an opening paren,

    $aa = pop (@bb);

use B<-skp>.  For detailed control of individual keywords, see the manual.

=head2 Statement Termination Semicolon Spaces

The default is not to put a space before a statement termination
semicolon, like this:

    $i = 1;

If you prefer a space, like this:

    $i = 1 ; 

enter B<-sts>.

=head2 For Loop Semicolon Spaces

The default is to place a space before a semicolon in a for statement,
like this:

 for ( @a = @$ap, $u = shift @a ; @a ; $u = $v ) {  # -sfs (default)

If you prefer no such space, like this:

 for ( @a = @$ap, $u = shift @a; @a; $u = $v ) {    # -nsfs

enter B<-nsfs>.

=head2 Block Comment Indentation

Block comments are comments which occupy a full line, as opposed to side
comments.  The default is to indent block comments with the same
indentation as the code block that contains them (even though this
will allow long comments to exceed the maximum line length). 

If you would like block comments indented except when this would cause
the maximum line length to be exceeded, use B<-olc>.  This will cause a
group of consecutive block comments to be outdented by the amount needed
to prevent any one from exceeding the maximum line length. 

If you never want block comments indented, use B<-nibc>.

If block comments may only be indented if they have some space
characters before the leading C<#> character in the input file, use
B<-isbc>.

The manual shows many other options for controlling comments.

=head2 Outdenting Long Quotes

Long quoted strings may exceed the specified line length limit.  The
default, when this happens, is to outdent them to the first column.
Here is an example of an outdented long quote:

        if ($source_stream) {
            if ( @ARGV > 0 ) {
                die
 "You may not specify any filenames when a source array is given\n";
            }
        }

The effect is not too different from using a here document to represent
the quote.  If you prefer to leave the quote indented, like this:

        if ($source_stream) {
            if ( @ARGV > 0 ) {
                die
                  "You may not specify any filenames when a source array is given\n";
            }
        }

use B<-nolq>.

=head2 Many Other Parameters

This document has only covered the most popular parameters.  The manual
contains many more and should be consulted if you did not find what you need
here.

=head2 Example F<.perltidyrc> files

Now gather together all of the parameters you prefer and enter them
in a file called F<.perltidyrc>.

Here are some example F<.perltidyrc> files and the corresponding style.

Here is a little test snippet, shown the way it would appear with
the default style.

    for (@methods) {
        push (
            @results,
            {
                name => $_->name,
                help => $_->help,
            }
        );
    }

You do not need a F<.perltidyrc> file for this style.

Here is the same snippet

    for (@methods)
    {
        push(@results,
             {  name => $_->name,
                help => $_->help,
             }
            );
    }

for a F<.perltidyrc> file containing these parameters:

 -bl
 -lp
 -cti=1
 -vt=1
 -pt=2

You do not need to place just one parameter per line, but this may be
convenient for long lists.  You may then hide any parameter by placing
a C<#> symbol before it.

And here is the snippet

    for (@methods) {
        push ( @results,
               { name => $_->name,
                 help => $_->help,
               } );
    }

for a F<.perltidyrc> file containing these parameters:

 -lp
 -vt=1
 -vtc=1

=head2 Tidyview

There is a graphical program called B which you can use to read a
preliminary F<.perltidyrc> file, make trial adjustments and immediately see
their effect on a test file, and then write a new F<.perltidyrc>.  You can
download a copy at

http://sourceforge.net/projects/tidyview

=head2 Additional Information

This document has covered the main parameters.  Many more parameters are
available for special purposes and for fine-tuning a style.  For complete
information see the perltidy manual
http://perltidy.sourceforge.net/perltidy.html

For an introduction to using perltidy, see the tutorial 
http://perltidy.sourceforge.net/tutorial.html

Suggestions for improving this document are welcome and may be sent to
perltidy at users.sourceforge.net

=cut
Perl-Tidy-20120701/docs/tutorial.pod0000644000175000017500000005036310654206311016123 0ustar  stevesteve=head1 A Brief Perltidy Tutorial

Perltidy can save you a lot of tedious editing if you spend a few
minutes learning to use it effectively.  Perltidy is highly
configurable, but for many programmers the default parameter set will be
satisfactory, with perhaps a few additional parameters to account for
style preferences.

This tutorial assumes that perltidy has been installed on your system.
Installation instructions accompany the package.  To follow along with
this tutorial, please find a small Perl script and place a copy in a
temporary directory.  For example, here is a small (and silly) script:

 print "Help Desk -- What Editor do you use?";
 chomp($editor = );
 if ($editor =~ /emacs/i) {
   print "Why aren't you using vi?\n";
 } elsif ($editor =~ /vi/i) {
   print "Why aren't you using emacs?\n";
 } else {
   print "I think that's the problem\n";
 }

It is included in the F section of the distribution.

=head2 A First Test

Assume that the name of your script is F.  You can reformat it
with the default options to use the style recommended in the perlstyle man
pages with the command:

 perltidy testfile.pl

For safety, perltidy never overwrites your original file.  In this case,
its output will go to a file named F, which you should
examine now with your editor.  Here is what the above file looks like
with the default options:

 print "Help Desk -- What Editor do you use?";
 chomp( $editor =  );
 if ( $editor =~ /emacs/i ) {
     print "Why aren't you using vi?\n";
 }
 elsif ( $editor =~ /vi/i ) {
     print "Why aren't you using emacs?\n";
 }
 else {
     print "I think that's the problem\n";
 }

You'll notice an immediate style change from the "cuddled-else" style of
the original to the default "non-cuddled-else" style.  This is because
perltidy has to make some kind of default selection of formatting
options, and this default tries to follow the suggestions in the
perlstyle man pages.  

If you prefer the original "cuddled-else" style, don't worry, you can
indicate that with a B<-ce> flag.  So if you rerun with that flag

 perltidy -ce testfile.pl

you will see a return to the original "cuddled-else" style.  There are
many more parameters for controlling style, and some of the most useful
of these are discussed below.  

=head2 Indentation

Another noticeable difference between the original and the reformatted
file is that the indentation has been changed from 2 spaces to 4 spaces.
That's because 4 spaces is the default.  You may change this to be a
different number with B<-i=n>.

To get some practice, try these examples, and examine the resulting
F file:

 perltidy -i=8 testfile.pl

This changes the default of 4 spaces per indentation level to be 8.  Now
just to emphasize the point, try this and examine the result:

 perltidy -i=0 testfile.pl

There will be no indentation at all in this case.

=head2 Input Flags

This is a good place to mention a few points regarding the input flags.
First, for each option, there are two forms, a long form and a short
form, and either may be used.  

For example, if you want to change the number of columns corresponding to one
indentation level to 3 (from the default of 4) you may use either

 -i=3   or  --indent-columns=3

The short forms are convenient for entering parameters by hand, whereas
the long forms, though often ridiculously long, are self-documenting and
therefore useful in configuration scripts.  You may use either one or
two dashes ahead of the parameters.  Also, the '=' sign is optional, 
and may be a single space instead.  However, the value of a parameter
must NOT be adjacent to the flag, like this B<-i3> (WRONG).  Also,
flags must be input separately, never bundled together.

=head2 Line Length and Continuation Indentation.

If you change the indentation spaces you will probably also need to
change the continuation indentation spaces with the parameter B<-ci=n>.
The continuation indentation is the extra indentation -- 2 spaces by
default -- given to that portion of a long line which has been placed
below the start of a statement.  For example:

 croak "Couldn't pop genome file"
   unless sysread( $impl->{file}, $element, $impl->{group} )
   and truncate( $impl->{file}, $new_end );

There is no fixed rule for setting the value for B<-ci=n>, but it should
probably not exceed one-half of the number of spaces of a full
indentation level.

In the above snippet, the statement was broken into three lines.  The
actual number is governed by a parameter, the maximum line length, as
well as by what perltidy considers to be good break points.  The maximum
line length is 80 characters by default.  You can change this to be any
number B with the B<-l=n> flag.  Perltidy tries to produce lines
which do not exceed this length, and it does this by finding good break
points.  For example, the above snippet would look like this with
B:

 croak "Couldn't pop genome file"
   unless
   sysread( $impl->{file}, $element,
     $impl->{group} )
   and
   truncate( $impl->{file}, $new_end );

You may be wondering what would happen with, say, B<-l=1>.  Go 
ahead and try it.

=head2 Tabs or Spaces?

With indentation, there is always a tab issue to resolve.  By default,
perltidy will use leading ascii space characters instead of tabs.  The
reason is that this will be displayed correctly by virtually all
editors, and in the long run, will avoid maintenance problems.  

However, if you prefer, you may have perltidy entab the leading
whitespace of a line with the command B<-et=n>, where B is the number
of spaces which will be represented by one tab.  But note that your text
will not be displayed properly unless viewed with software that is
configured to display B spaces per tab.

=head2 Input/Output Control

In the first example, we saw that if we pass perltidy the name
of a file on the command line, it reformats it and creates a
new filename by appending an extension, F<.tdy>.  This is the
default behavior, but there are several other options.

On most systems, you may use wildcards to reformat a whole batch of
files at once, like this for example:

 perltidy *.pl

and in this case, each of the output files will be have a name equal to
the input file with the extension F<.tdy> appended.  If you decide that
the formatting is acceptable, you will want to backup your originals and
then remove the F<.tdy> extensions from the reformatted files.  There is
an powerful perl script called C that can be used for this
purpose; if you don't have it, you can find it for example in B.

If you find that the formatting done by perltidy is usually acceptable,
you may want to save some effort by letting perltidy do a simple backup
of the original files and then reformat them in place.  You specify this
with a B<-b> flag.  For example, the command

 perltidy -b *.pl

will rename the original files by appending a F<.bak> extension, and then
create reformatted files with the same names as the originals.  (If you don't
like the default backup extension choice F<.bak>, the manual tells how to
change it).  Each time you run perltidy with the B<-b> option, the previous
F<.bak> files will be overwritten, so please make regular separate backups.

If there is no input filename specified on the command line, then input
is assumed to come from standard input and output will go to standard
output.  On systems with a Unix-like interface, you can use perltidy as
a filter, like this:

 perltidy newfile.pl

What happens in this case is that the shell takes care of the redirected
input files, ' file, you can
indicate this with the flag B<-st>, like this:

 perltidy somefile.pl -st >otherfile.pl

You can also control the name of the output file with the B<-o> flag,
like this:

 perltidy testfile.pl -o=testfile.new.pl

=head2 Style Variations

Perltidy has to make some kind of default selection of formatting
options, and its choice is to try to follow the suggestions in the
perlstyle man pages.  Many programmers more or less follow these
suggestions with a few exceptions.  In this section we will
look at just a few of the most commonly used style parameters.  Later,
you may want to systematically develop a set of style
parameters with the help of
the perltidy B web page at
http://perltidy.sourceforge.net/stylekey.html

=over 4

=item B<-ce>, cuddled elses

If you prefer cuddled elses, use the B<-ce> flag.  

=item B<-bl>, braces left

Here is what the C block in the above script looks like with B<-bl>:

 if ( $editor =~ /emacs/i )
 {
     print "Why aren't you using vi?\n";
 }
 elsif ( $editor =~ /vi/i )
 {
     print "Why aren't you using emacs?\n";
 }
 else
 {
     print "I think that's the problem\n";
 }

=item B<-lp>, Lining up with parentheses

The B<-lp> parameter can enhance the readability of lists by adding
extra indentation.  Consider:

        %romanNumerals = (
            one   => 'I',
            two   => 'II',
            three => 'III',
            four  => 'IV',
            five  => 'V',
            six   => 'VI',
            seven => 'VII',
            eight => 'VIII',
            nine  => 'IX',
            ten   => 'X'
        );

With the B<-lp> flag, this is formatted as:

        %romanNumerals = (
                           one   => 'I',
                           two   => 'II',
                           three => 'III',
                           four  => 'IV',
                           five  => 'V',
                           six   => 'VI',
                           seven => 'VII',
                           eight => 'VIII',
                           nine  => 'IX',
                           ten   => 'X'
                         );

which is preferred by some.  (I've actually used B<-lp> and B<-cti=1> to
format this block.  The B<-cti=1> flag causes the closing paren to align
vertically with the opening paren, which works well with the B<-lp>
indentation style).  An advantage of B<-lp> indentation are that it
displays lists nicely.  A disadvantage is that deeply nested lists can
require a long line length.

=item B<-bt>,B<-pt>,B<-sbt>:  Container tightness

These are parameters for controlling the amount of space within
containing parentheses, braces, and square brackets.  The example below
shows the effect of the three possible values, 0, 1, and 2, for the case
of parentheses:

 if ( ( my $len_tab = length( $tabstr ) ) > 0 ) {  # -pt=0
 if ( ( my $len_tab = length($tabstr) ) > 0 ) {    # -pt=1 (default)
 if ((my $len_tab = length($tabstr)) > 0) {        # -pt=2

A value of 0 causes all parens to be padded on the inside with a space,
and a value of 2 causes this never to happen.  With a value of 1, spaces
will be introduced if the item within is more than a single token.

=back

=head2 Configuration Files

While style preferences vary, most people would agree that it is
important to maintain a uniform style within a script, and this is a
major benefit provided by perltidy.  Once you have decided on which, if
any, special options you prefer, you may want to avoid having to enter
them each time you run it.  You can do this by creating a special file
named F<.perltidyrc> in either your home directory, your current
directory, or certain system-dependent locations.  (Note the leading "."
in the file name).  

A handy command to know when you start using a configuration file is

  perltidy -dpro

which will dump to standard output the search that perltidy makes when
looking for a configuration file, and the contents of the one that it
selects, if any.  This is one of a number of useful "dump and die"
commands, in which perltidy will dump some information to standard
output and then immediately exit.  Others include B<-h>, which dumps
help information, and B<-v>, which dumps the version number.

Another useful command when working with configuration files is

 perltidy -pro=file

which causes the contents of F to be used as the configuration
file instead of a F<.perltidyrc> file.  With this command, you can
easily switch among several different candidate configuration files
during testing.

This F<.perltidyrc> file is free format.  It is simply a list of
parameters, just as they would be entered on a command line.  Any number
of lines may be used, with any number of parameters per line, although
it may be easiest to read with one parameter per line.  Blank lines are
ignored, and text after a '#' is ignored to the end of a line.

Here is an example of a F<.perltidyrc> file:

  # This is a simple of a .perltidyrc configuration file
  # This implements a highly spaced style
  -bl	 # braces on new lines
  -pt=0  # parens not tight at all
  -bt=0  # braces not tight
  -sbt=0 # square brackets not tight

If you experiment with this file, remember that it is in your directory,
since if you are running on a Unix system, files beginning with a "."
are normally hidden.  

If you have a F<.perltidyrc> file, and want perltidy to ignore it,
use the B<-npro> flag on the command line.

=head2 Error Reporting

Let's run through a 'fire drill' to see how perltidy reports errors.  Try
introducing an extra opening brace somewhere in a test file.  For example,
introducing an extra brace in the file listed above produces the following
message on the terminal (or standard error output):

 ## Please see file testfile.pl.ERR!

Here is what F contains:

 10:	final indentation level: 1
 
 Final nesting depth of '{'s is 1
 The most recent un-matched '{' is on line 6
 6: } elsif ($temperature < 68) {{
                                ^

This shows how perltidy will, by default, write error messages to a file
with the extension F<.ERR>, and it will write a note that it did so to
the standard error device.  If you would prefer to have the error
messages sent to standard output, instead of to a F<.ERR> file, use the
B<-se> flag.

Almost every programmer would want to see error messages of this type,
but there are a number of messages which, if reported, would be
annoying.  To manage this problem, perltidy puts its messages into two
categories: errors and warnings.  The default is to just report the
errors, but you can control this with input flags, as follows:

 flag  what this does
 ----  --------------
       default: report errors but not warnings
 -w    report all errors and warnings
 -q    quiet! do not report either errors or warnings

The default is generally a good choice, but it's not a bad idea to check
programs with B<-w> occasionally, especially if your are looking for a
bug.  For example, it will ask if you really want '=' instead of '=~' in
this line:
  
    $line = s/^\s*//;

This kind of error can otherwise be hard to find.

=head2 The Log File

One last topic that needs to be touched upon concerns the F<.LOG> file.
This is where perltidy records messages that are not normally of any
interest, but which just might occasionally be useful.  This file is not
saved, though, unless perltidy detects that it has made a mistake or you
ask for it to be saved.

There are a couple of ways to ask perltidy to save a log file.  To
create a relatively sparse log file, use

 perltidy -log testfile.pl

and for a verbose log file, use

 perltidy -g testfile.pl

The difference is that the first form only saves detailed information at
least every 50th line, while the second form saves detailed information
about every line.

So returning to our example, lets force perltidy to save a
verbose log file by issuing the following command

 perltidy -g testfile.pl

You will find that a file named F has been
created in your directory.  

If you open this file, you will see that it is a text file with a
combination of warning messages and informative messages.  All you need
to know for now is that it exists; someday it may be useful.

=head2 Using Perltidy as a Filter on Selected Text from an Editor

Most programmer's editors allow a selected group of lines to be passed
through an external filter.  Perltidy has been designed to work well as
a filter, and it is well worthwhile learning the appropriate commands to
do this with your editor.  This means that you can enter a few
keystrokes and watch a block of text get reformatted.  If you are not
doing this, you are missing out of a lot of fun!  You may want to supply
the B<-q> flag to prevent error messages regarding incorrect syntax,
since errors may be obvious in the indentation of the reformatted text.
This is entirely optional, but if you do not use the B<-q> flag, you
will need to use the undo keys in case an error message appears on the
screen. 

For example, within the B editor it is only necessary to select the
text by any of the text selection methods, and then issue the command
!perltidy in command mode.  Thus, an entire file can be formatted using

 :%!perltidy -q

or, without the B<-q> flag, just

 :%!perltidy

It isn't necessary to format an entire file, however.  Perltidy will
probably work well as long as you select blocks of text whose braces,
parentheses, and square brackets are properly balanced.  You can
even format an C block without the leading C block, as
long as the text you select has all braces balanced.

For the B editor, first mark a region and then pipe it through
perltidy.  For example, to format an entire file, select it with C 
and then pipe it with C and then C.  The numeric
argument, C causes the output from perltidy to replace the marked
text.  See "GNU Emacs Manual" for more information,
http://www.gnu.org/manual/emacs-20.3/html_node/emacs_toc.html

If you have difficulty with an editor, try the B<-st> flag, which will
force perltidy to send output to standard output.  This might be needed,
for example, if the editor passes text to perltidy as temporary filename
instead of through the standard input.  If this works, you might put the
B<-st> flag in your F<.perltidyrc> file.

If you have some tips for making perltidy work with your editor, and
are willing to share them, please email me (see below) and I'll try to
incorporate them in this document or put up a link to them.

After you get your editor and perltidy successfully talking to each
other, try formatting a snippet of code with a brace error to see what
happens.  (Do not use the quiet flag, B<-q>, for this test).  Perltidy
will send one line starting with C<##> to standard error output.  Your
editor may either display it at the top of the reformatted text or at
the bottom (or even midstream!).  You probably cannot control this, and
perltidy can't, but you need to know where to look when an actual error
is detected.

=head2 Writing an HTML File

Perltidy can switch between two different output modes.  We have been
discussing what might be called its "beautifier" mode, but it can also
output in HTML.  To do this, use the B<-html> flag, like this:

 perltidy -html testfile.pl

which will produce a file F.  There are many
parameters available for adjusting the appearance of an HTML file, but a
very easy way is to just write the HTML file with this simple command
and then edit the stylesheet which is embedded at its top.

One important thing to know about the B<-html> flag is that perltidy can
either send its output to its beautifier or to its HTML writer, but
(unfortunately) not both in a single run.  So the situation can be
represented like this:

                  ------------
                  |          |     --->beautifier--> testfile.pl.tdy
 testfile.pl -->  | perltidy | -->
                  |          |     --->HTML -------> testfile.pl.html
                  ------------

And in the future, there may be more output filters.  So if you would
like to both beautify a script and write it to HTML, you need to do it
in two steps.

=head2 Summary

That's enough to get started using perltidy.  
When you are ready to create a F<.perltidyrc> file, you may find it
helpful to use the F page as a guide at
http://perltidy.sourceforge.net/stylekey.html

Many additional special
features and capabilities can be found in the manual pages for perltidy
at
http://perltidy.sourceforge.net/perltidy.html

We hope that perltidy makes perl programming a little more fun.
Please check the perltidy
web site http://perltidy.sourceforge.net occasionally
for updates.

The author may be contacted at perltidy at users.sourceforge.net.

=cut
Perl-Tidy-20120701/docs/README0000644000175000017500000000073010443707432014433 0ustar  stevesteveAll of the documentation for perltidy can be found at 
http://perltidy.sourceforge.net

The man page is in pod format appended to the script bin/perltidy.

The man page for use of the module Perl::Tidy.pm is appended to that file.

tutorial.pod - is a short tutorial
testfile.pl  - the test file referenced by tutorial.pod

stylekey.pod - is a document to help find parameters for a given style

perltidy.1   - is a man page for installations which do not use Makefile.PL
Perl-Tidy-20120701/docs/perltidy.10000644000175000017500000040003611773616430015500 0ustar  stevesteve.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.22 (Pod::Simple 3.07)
.\"
.\" Standard preamble:
.\" ========================================================================
.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
.if t .sp .5v
.if n .sp
..
.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
.ft CW
.nf
.ne \\$1
..
.de Ve \" End verbatim text
.ft R
.fi
..
.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings.  \*(-- will
.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  \*(C+ will
.\" give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
.\" therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
.tr \(*W-
.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
.ie n \{\
.    ds -- \(*W-
.    ds PI pi
.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\"  diablo 12 pitch
.    ds L" ""
.    ds R" ""
.    ds C` ""
.    ds C' ""
'br\}
.el\{\
.    ds -- \|\(em\|
.    ds PI \(*p
.    ds L" ``
.    ds R" ''
'br\}
.\"
.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
.el       .ds Aq '
.\"
.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
.\" entries marked with X<> in POD.  Of course, you'll have to process the
.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
.ie \nF \{\
.    de IX
.    tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
..
.    nr % 0
.    rr F
.\}
.el \{\
.    de IX
..
.\}
.\"
.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
.\" Fear.  Run.  Save yourself.  No user-serviceable parts.
.    \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
.    ds #H 0
.    ds #V .8m
.    ds #F .3m
.    ds #[ \f1
.    ds #] \fP
.\}
.if t \{\
.    ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
.    ds #V .6m
.    ds #F 0
.    ds #[ \&
.    ds #] \&
.\}
.    \" simple accents for nroff and troff
.if n \{\
.    ds ' \&
.    ds ` \&
.    ds ^ \&
.    ds , \&
.    ds ~ ~
.    ds /
.\}
.if t \{\
.    ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
.    ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
.    ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
.    ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
.    ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
.    ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
.\}
.    \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
.    \" corrections for vroff
.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
.    \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
\{\
.    ds : e
.    ds 8 ss
.    ds o a
.    ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
.    ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
.    ds th \o'bp'
.    ds Th \o'LP'
.    ds ae ae
.    ds Ae AE
.\}
.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
.\" ========================================================================
.\"
.IX Title "PERLTIDY 1"
.TH PERLTIDY 1 "2012-06-29" "perl v5.10.1" "User Contributed Perl Documentation"
.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
.if n .ad l
.nh
.SH "NAME"
perltidy \- a perl script indenter and reformatter
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
.Vb 5
\&    perltidy [ options ] file1 file2 file3 ...
\&            (output goes to file1.tdy, file2.tdy, file3.tdy, ...)
\&    perltidy [ options ] file1 \-o outfile
\&    perltidy [ options ] file1 \-st >outfile
\&    perltidy [ options ] outfile
.Ve
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
Perltidy reads a perl script and writes an indented, reformatted script.
.PP
Many users will find enough information in \*(L"\s-1EXAMPLES\s0\*(R" to get 
started.  New users may benefit from the short tutorial 
which can be found at
http://perltidy.sourceforge.net/tutorial.html
.PP
A convenient aid to systematically defining a set of style parameters
can be found at
http://perltidy.sourceforge.net/stylekey.html
.PP
Perltidy can produce output on either of two modes, depending on the
existence of an \fB\-html\fR flag.  Without this flag, the output is passed
through a formatter.  The default formatting tries to follow the
recommendations in \fIperlstyle\fR\|(1), but it can be controlled in detail with
numerous input parameters, which are described in \*(L"\s-1FORMATTING\s0
\&\s-1OPTIONS\s0\*(R".
.PP
When the \fB\-html\fR flag is given, the output is passed through an \s-1HTML\s0
formatter which is described in \*(L"\s-1HTML\s0 \s-1OPTIONS\s0\*(R".
.SH "EXAMPLES"
.IX Header "EXAMPLES"
.Vb 1
\&  perltidy somefile.pl
.Ve
.PP
This will produce a file \fIsomefile.pl.tdy\fR containing the script reformatted
using the default options, which approximate the style suggested in 
\&\fIperlstyle\fR\|(1).  The source file \fIsomefile.pl\fR is unchanged.
.PP
.Vb 1
\&  perltidy *.pl
.Ve
.PP
Execute perltidy on all \fI.pl\fR files in the current directory with the
default options.  The output will be in files with an appended \fI.tdy\fR
extension.  For any file with an error, there will be a file with extension
\&\fI.ERR\fR.
.PP
.Vb 1
\&  perltidy \-b file1.pl file2.pl
.Ve
.PP
Modify \fIfile1.pl\fR and \fIfile2.pl\fR in place, and backup the originals to
\&\fIfile1.pl.bak\fR and \fIfile2.pl.bak\fR.  If \fIfile1.pl.bak\fR and/or \fIfile2.pl.bak\fR
already exist, they will be overwritten.
.PP
.Vb 1
\&  perltidy \-gnu somefile.pl
.Ve
.PP
Execute perltidy on file \fIsomefile.pl\fR with a style which approximates the
\&\s-1GNU\s0 Coding Standards for C programs.  The output will be \fIsomefile.pl.tdy\fR.
.PP
.Vb 1
\&  perltidy \-i=3 somefile.pl
.Ve
.PP
Execute perltidy on file \fIsomefile.pl\fR, with 3 columns for each level of
indentation (\fB\-i=3\fR) instead of the default 4 columns.  There will not be any
tabs in the reformatted script, except for any which already exist in comments,
pod documents, quotes, and here documents.  Output will be \fIsomefile.pl.tdy\fR.
.PP
.Vb 1
\&  perltidy \-i=3 \-et=8 somefile.pl
.Ve
.PP
Same as the previous example, except that leading whitespace will
be entabbed with one tab character per 8 spaces.
.PP
.Vb 1
\&  perltidy \-ce \-l=72 somefile.pl
.Ve
.PP
Execute perltidy on file \fIsomefile.pl\fR with all defaults except use \*(L"cuddled
elses\*(R" (\fB\-ce\fR) and a maximum line length of 72 columns (\fB\-l=72\fR) instead of
the default 80 columns.
.PP
.Vb 1
\&  perltidy \-g somefile.pl
.Ve
.PP
Execute perltidy on file \fIsomefile.pl\fR and save a log file \fIsomefile.pl.LOG\fR
which shows the nesting of braces, parentheses, and square brackets at
the start of every line.
.PP
.Vb 1
\&  perltidy \-html somefile.pl
.Ve
.PP
This will produce a file \fIsomefile.pl.html\fR containing the script with
html markup.  The output file will contain an embedded style sheet in
the <\s-1HEAD\s0> section which may be edited to change the appearance.
.PP
.Vb 1
\&  perltidy \-html \-css=mystyle.css somefile.pl
.Ve
.PP
This will produce a file \fIsomefile.pl.html\fR containing the script with
html markup.  This output file will contain a link to a separate style
sheet file \fImystyle.css\fR.  If the file \fImystyle.css\fR does not exist,
it will be created.  If it exists, it will not be overwritten.
.PP
.Vb 1
\&  perltidy \-html \-pre somefile.pl
.Ve
.PP
Write an html snippet with only the \s-1PRE\s0 section to \fIsomefile.pl.html\fR.
This is useful when code snippets are being formatted for inclusion in a
larger web page.  No style sheet will be written in this case.
.PP
.Vb 1
\&  perltidy \-html \-ss >mystyle.css
.Ve
.PP
Write a style sheet to \fImystyle.css\fR and exit.
.PP
.Vb 1
\&  perltidy \-html \-frm mymodule.pm
.Ve
.PP
Write html with a frame holding a table of contents and the source code.  The
output files will be \fImymodule.pm.html\fR (the frame), \fImymodule.pm.toc.html\fR
(the table of contents), and \fImymodule.pm.src.html\fR (the source code).
.SH "OPTIONS \- OVERVIEW"
.IX Header "OPTIONS - OVERVIEW"
The entire command line is scanned for options, and they are processed
before any files are processed.  As a result, it does not matter
whether flags are before or after any filenames.  However, the relative
order of parameters is important, with later parameters overriding the
values of earlier parameters.
.PP
For each parameter, there is a long name and a short name.  The short
names are convenient for keyboard input, while the long names are
self-documenting and therefore useful in scripts.  It is customary to
use two leading dashes for long names, but one may be used.
.PP
Most parameters which serve as on/off flags can be negated with a
leading \*(L"n\*(R" (for the short name) or a leading \*(L"no\*(R" or \*(L"no\-\*(R" (for the
long name).  For example, the flag to outdent long quotes is is \fB\-olq\fR
or \fB\-\-outdent\-long\-quotes\fR.  The flag to skip this is \fB\-nolq\fR
or \fB\-\-nooutdent\-long\-quotes\fR or \fB\-\-no\-outdent\-long\-quotes\fR.
.PP
Options may not be bundled together.  In other words, options \fB\-q\fR and
\&\fB\-g\fR may \s-1NOT\s0 be entered as \fB\-qg\fR.
.PP
Option names may be terminated early as long as they are uniquely identified.
For example, instead of \fB\-\-dump\-token\-types\fR, it would be sufficient to enter
\&\fB\-\-dump\-tok\fR, or even \fB\-\-dump\-t\fR, to uniquely identify this command.
.SS "I/O control"
.IX Subsection "I/O control"
The following parameters concern the files which are read and written.
.IP "\fB\-h\fR,    \fB\-\-help\fR" 4
.IX Item "-h,    --help"
Show summary of usage and exit.
.IP "\fB\-o\fR=filename,    \fB\-\-outfile\fR=filename" 4
.IX Item "-o=filename,    --outfile=filename"
Name of the output file (only if a single input file is being
processed).  If no output file is specified, and output is not
redirected to the standard output, the output will go to \fIfilename.tdy\fR.
.IP "\fB\-st\fR,    \fB\-\-standard\-output\fR" 4
.IX Item "-st,    --standard-output"
Perltidy must be able to operate on an arbitrarily large number of files
in a single run, with each output being directed to a different output
file.  Obviously this would conflict with outputting to the single
standard output device, so a special flag, \fB\-st\fR, is required to
request outputting to the standard output.  For example,
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&  perltidy somefile.pl \-st >somefile.new.pl
.Ve
.Sp
This option may only be used if there is just a single input file.  
The default is \fB\-nst\fR or \fB\-\-nostandard\-output\fR.
.IP "\fB\-se\fR,    \fB\-\-standard\-error\-output\fR" 4
.IX Item "-se,    --standard-error-output"
If perltidy detects an error when processing file \fIsomefile.pl\fR, its
default behavior is to write error messages to file \fIsomefile.pl.ERR\fR.
Use \fB\-se\fR to cause all error messages to be sent to the standard error
output stream instead.  This directive may be negated with \fB\-nse\fR.
Thus, you may place \fB\-se\fR in a \fI.perltidyrc\fR and override it when
desired with \fB\-nse\fR on the command line.
.IP "\fB\-oext\fR=ext,    \fB\-\-output\-file\-extension\fR=ext" 4
.IX Item "-oext=ext,    --output-file-extension=ext"
Change the extension of the output file to be \fIext\fR instead of the
default \fItdy\fR (or \fIhtml\fR in case the \-\fB\-html\fR option is used).
See \*(L"Specifying File Extensions\*(R".
.IP "\fB\-opath\fR=path,    \fB\-\-output\-path\fR=path" 4
.IX Item "-opath=path,    --output-path=path"
When perltidy creates a filename for an output file, by default it merely
appends an extension to the path and basename of the input file.  This
parameter causes the path to be changed to \fIpath\fR instead.
.Sp
The path should end in a valid path separator character, but perltidy will try
to add one if it is missing.
.Sp
For example
.Sp
.Vb 1
\& perltidy somefile.pl \-opath=/tmp/
.Ve
.Sp
will produce \fI/tmp/somefile.pl.tdy\fR.  Otherwise, \fIsomefile.pl.tdy\fR will
appear in whatever directory contains \fIsomefile.pl\fR.
.Sp
If the path contains spaces, it should be placed in quotes.
.Sp
This parameter will be ignored if output is being directed to standard output,
or if it is being specified explicitly with the \fB\-o=s\fR parameter.
.IP "\fB\-b\fR,    \fB\-\-backup\-and\-modify\-in\-place\fR" 4
.IX Item "-b,    --backup-and-modify-in-place"
Modify the input file or files in-place and save the original with the
extension \fI.bak\fR.  Any existing \fI.bak\fR file will be deleted.  See next
item for changing the default backup extension, and for eliminating the
backup file altogether.
.Sp
A \fB\-b\fR flag will be ignored if input is from standard input, or
if the \fB\-html\fR flag is set.
.IP "\fB\-bext\fR=ext,    \fB\-\-backup\-file\-extension\fR=ext" 4
.IX Item "-bext=ext,    --backup-file-extension=ext"
This parameter serves two purposes: (1) to change the extension of the backup
file to be something other than the default \fI.bak\fR, and (2) to indicate
that no backup file should be saved.
.Sp
To change the default extension to something other than \fI.bak\fR see
\&\*(L"Specifying File Extensions\*(R".
.Sp
A backup file of the source is always written, but you can request that it
be deleted at the end of processing if there were no errors.  This is risky
unless the source code is being maintained with a source code control
system.
.Sp
To indicate that the backup should be deleted include one forward slash,
\&\fB/\fR, in the extension.  If any text remains after the slash is removed
it will be used to define the backup file extension (which is always
created and only deleted if there were no errors).
.Sp
Here are some examples:
.Sp
.Vb 5
\&  Parameter           Extension          Backup File Treatment
\&  <\-bext=bak>         F<.bak>            Keep (same as the default behavior)
\&  <\-bext=\*(Aq/\*(Aq>         F<.bak>            Delete if no errors
\&  <\-bext=\*(Aq/backup\*(Aq>   F<.backup>         Delete if no errors
\&  <\-bext=\*(Aqoriginal/\*(Aq> F<.original>       Delete if no errors
.Ve
.IP "\fB\-w\fR,    \fB\-\-warning\-output\fR" 4
.IX Item "-w,    --warning-output"
Setting \fB\-w\fR causes any non-critical warning
messages to be reported as errors.  These include messages
about possible pod problems, possibly bad starting indentation level,
and cautions about indirect object usage.  The default, \fB\-nw\fR or
\&\fB\-\-nowarning\-output\fR, is not to include these warnings.
.IP "\fB\-q\fR,    \fB\-\-quiet\fR" 4
.IX Item "-q,    --quiet"
Deactivate error messages and syntax checking (for running under
an editor).
.Sp
For example, if you use a vi-style editor, such as vim, you may execute
perltidy as a filter from within the editor using something like
.Sp
.Vb 1
\& :n1,n2!perltidy \-q
.Ve
.Sp
where \f(CW\*(C`n1,n2\*(C'\fR represents the selected text.  Without the \fB\-q\fR flag,
any error message may mess up your screen, so be prepared to use your
\&\*(L"undo\*(R" key.
.IP "\fB\-log\fR,    \fB\-\-logfile\fR" 4
.IX Item "-log,    --logfile"
Save the \fI.LOG\fR file, which has many useful diagnostics.  Perltidy always
creates a \fI.LOG\fR file, but by default it is deleted unless a program bug is
suspected.  Setting the \fB\-log\fR flag forces the log file to be saved.
.IP "\fB\-g=n\fR, \fB\-\-logfile\-gap=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-g=n, --logfile-gap=n"
Set maximum interval between input code lines in the logfile.  This purpose of
this flag is to assist in debugging nesting errors.  The value of \f(CW\*(C`n\*(C'\fR is
optional.  If you set the flag \fB\-g\fR without the value of \f(CW\*(C`n\*(C'\fR, it will be
taken to be 1, meaning that every line will be written to the log file.  This
can be helpful if you are looking for a brace, paren, or bracket nesting error.
.Sp
Setting \fB\-g\fR also causes the logfile to be saved, so it is not necessary to
also include \fB\-log\fR.
.Sp
If no \fB\-g\fR flag is given, a value of 50 will be used, meaning that at least
every 50th line will be recorded in the logfile.  This helps prevent
excessively long log files.
.Sp
Setting a negative value of \f(CW\*(C`n\*(C'\fR is the same as not setting \fB\-g\fR at all.
.IP "\fB\-npro\fR  \fB\-\-noprofile\fR" 4
.IX Item "-npro  --noprofile"
Ignore any \fI.perltidyrc\fR command file.  Normally, perltidy looks first in
your current directory for a \fI.perltidyrc\fR file of parameters.  (The format
is described below).  If it finds one, it applies those options to the
initial default values, and then it applies any that have been defined
on the command line.  If no \fI.perltidyrc\fR file is found, it looks for one
in your home directory.
.Sp
If you set the \fB\-npro\fR flag, perltidy will not look for this file.
.IP "\fB\-pro=filename\fR or  \fB\-\-profile=filename\fR" 4
.IX Item "-pro=filename or  --profile=filename"
To simplify testing and switching .perltidyrc files, this command may be
used to specify a configuration file which will override the default
name of .perltidyrc.  There must not be a space on either side of the
\&'=' sign.  For example, the line
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&   perltidy \-pro=testcfg
.Ve
.Sp
would cause file \fItestcfg\fR to be used instead of the 
default \fI.perltidyrc\fR.
.Sp
A pathname begins with three dots, e.g. \*(L".../.perltidyrc\*(R", indicates that
the file should be searched for starting in the current directory and
working upwards. This makes it easier to have multiple projects each with
their own .perltidyrc in their root directories.
.IP "\fB\-opt\fR,   \fB\-\-show\-options\fR" 4
.IX Item "-opt,   --show-options"
Write a list of all options used to the \fI.LOG\fR file.  
Please see \fB\-\-dump\-options\fR for a simpler way to do this.
.IP "\fB\-f\fR,   \fB\-\-force\-read\-binary\fR" 4
.IX Item "-f,   --force-read-binary"
Force perltidy to process binary files.  To avoid producing excessive
error messages, perltidy skips files identified by the system as non-text.
However, valid perl scripts containing binary data may sometimes be identified
as non-text, and this flag forces perltidy to process them.
.SH "FORMATTING OPTIONS"
.IX Header "FORMATTING OPTIONS"
.SS "Basic Options"
.IX Subsection "Basic Options"
.IP "\fB\-\-notidy\fR" 4
.IX Item "--notidy"
This flag disables all formatting and causes the input to be copied unchanged
to the output except for possible changes in line ending characters and any
pre\- and post-filters.  This can be useful in conjunction with a hierarchical
set of \fI.perltidyrc\fR files to avoid unwanted code tidying.  See also
\&\*(L"Skipping Selected Sections of Code\*(R" for a way to avoid tidying specific
sections of code.
.IP "\fB\-l=n\fR, \fB\-\-maximum\-line\-length=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-l=n, --maximum-line-length=n"
The default maximum line length is n=80 characters.  Perltidy will try
to find line break points to keep lines below this length. However, long
quotes and side comments may cause lines to exceed this length. 
Setting \fB\-l=0\fR is equivalent to setting \fB\-l=(a large number)\fR.
.IP "\fB\-i=n\fR,  \fB\-\-indent\-columns=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-i=n,  --indent-columns=n"
Use n columns per indentation level (default n=4).
.IP "tabs" 4
.IX Item "tabs"
Using tab characters will almost certainly lead to future portability
and maintenance problems, so the default and recommendation is not to
use them.  For those who prefer tabs, however, there are two different
options.
.Sp
Except for possibly introducing tab indentation characters, as outlined
below, perltidy does not introduce any tab characters into your file,
and it removes any tabs from the code (unless requested not to do so
with \fB\-fws\fR).  If you have any tabs in your comments, quotes, or
here-documents, they will remain.
.RS 4
.IP "\fB\-et=n\fR,   \fB\-\-entab\-leading\-whitespace\fR" 4
.IX Item "-et=n,   --entab-leading-whitespace"
This flag causes each \fBn\fR initial space characters to be replaced by
one tab character.  Note that the integer \fBn\fR is completely independent
of the integer specified for indentation parameter, \fB\-i=n\fR.
.IP "\fB\-t\fR,   \fB\-\-tabs\fR" 4
.IX Item "-t,   --tabs"
This flag causes one leading tab character to be inserted for each level
of indentation.  Certain other features are incompatible with this
option, and if these options are also given, then a warning message will
be issued and this flag will be unset.  One example is the \fB\-lp\fR
option.
.RE
.RS 4
.RE
.IP "\fB\-syn\fR,   \fB\-\-check\-syntax\fR" 4
.IX Item "-syn,   --check-syntax"
This flag causes perltidy to run \f(CW\*(C`perl \-c \-T\*(C'\fR to check syntax of input
and output.  (To change the flags passed to perl, see the next
item, \fB\-pscf\fR).  The results are written to the \fI.LOG\fR file, which
will be saved if an error is detected in the output script.  The output
script is not checked if the input script has a syntax error.  Perltidy
does its own checking, but this option employs perl to get a \*(L"second
opinion\*(R".
.Sp
If perl reports errors in the input file, they will not be reported in
the error output unless the \fB\-\-warning\-output\fR flag is given.
.Sp
The default is \fB\s-1NOT\s0\fR to do this type of syntax checking (although
perltidy will still do as much self-checking as possible).  The reason
is that it causes all code in \s-1BEGIN\s0 blocks to be executed, for all
modules being used, and this opens the door to security issues and
infinite loops when running perltidy.
.IP "\fB\-pscf=s\fR, \fB\-perl\-syntax\-check\-flags=s\fR" 4
.IX Item "-pscf=s, -perl-syntax-check-flags=s"
When perl is invoked to check syntax, the normal flags are \f(CW\*(C`\-c \-T\*(C'\fR.  In
addition, if the \fB\-x\fR flag is given to perltidy, then perl will also be
passed a \fB\-x\fR flag.  It should not normally be necessary to change
these flags, but it can be done with the \fB\-pscf=s\fR flag.  For example,
if the taint flag, \f(CW\*(C`\-T\*(C'\fR, is not wanted, the flag could be set to be just
\&\fB\-pscf=\-c\fR.
.Sp
Perltidy will pass your string to perl with the exception that it will
add a \fB\-c\fR and \fB\-x\fR if appropriate.  The \fI.LOG\fR file will show
exactly what flags were passed to perl.
.IP "\fB\-io\fR,   \fB\-\-indent\-only\fR" 4
.IX Item "-io,   --indent-only"
This flag is used to deactivate all formatting and line break changes
within non-blank lines of code.
When it is in effect, the only change to the script will be
to the indentation and blank lines.
And any flags controlling whitespace and newlines will be ignored.  You
might want to use this if you are perfectly happy with your whitespace
and line breaks, and merely want perltidy to handle the indentation.
(This also speeds up perltidy by well over a factor of two, so it might be
useful when perltidy is merely being used to help find a brace error in
a large script).
.Sp
Setting this flag is equivalent to setting \fB\-\-freeze\-newlines\fR and
\&\fB\-\-freeze\-whitespace\fR.
.Sp
If you also want to keep your existing blank lines exactly
as they are, you can add \fB\-\-freeze\-blank\-lines\fR.
.IP "\fB\-ole=s\fR,  \fB\-\-output\-line\-ending=s\fR" 4
.IX Item "-ole=s,  --output-line-ending=s"
where s=\f(CW\*(C`win\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`dos\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`unix\*(C'\fR, or \f(CW\*(C`mac\*(C'\fR.  This flag tells perltidy
to output line endings for a specific system.  Normally,
perltidy writes files with the line separator character of the host
system.  The \f(CW\*(C`win\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`dos\*(C'\fR flags have an identical result.
.IP "\fB\-ple\fR,  \fB\-\-preserve\-line\-endings\fR" 4
.IX Item "-ple,  --preserve-line-endings"
This flag tells perltidy to write its output files with the same line
endings as the input file, if possible.  It should work for
\&\fBdos\fR, \fBunix\fR, and \fBmac\fR line endings.  It will only work if perltidy
input comes from a filename (rather than stdin, for example).  If
perltidy has trouble determining the input file line ending, it will
revert to the default behavior of using the line ending of the host system.
.IP "\fB\-it=n\fR,   \fB\-\-iterations=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-it=n,   --iterations=n"
This flag causes perltidy to do \fBn\fR complete iterations.  The reason for this
flag is that code beautification is an iterative process and in some
cases the output from perltidy can be different if it is applied a second time.
For most purposes the default of \fBn=1\fR should be satisfactory.  However \fBn=2\fR
can be useful when a major style change is being made, or when code is being
beautified on check-in to a source code control system.  It has been found to
be extremely rare for the output to change after 2 iterations.  If a value
\&\fBn\fR is greater than 2 is input then a convergence test will be used to stop
the iterations as soon as possible, almost always after 2 iterations.
.Sp
This flag has no effect when perltidy is used to generate html.
.SS "Code Indentation Control"
.IX Subsection "Code Indentation Control"
.IP "\fB\-ci=n\fR, \fB\-\-continuation\-indentation=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-ci=n, --continuation-indentation=n"
Continuation indentation is extra indentation spaces applied when
a long line is broken.  The default is n=2, illustrated here:
.Sp
.Vb 2
\& my $level =   # \-ci=2      
\&   ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 ) ? $levels_to_go[0] : $last_output_level;
.Ve
.Sp
The same example, with n=0, is a little harder to read:
.Sp
.Vb 2
\& my $level =   # \-ci=0    
\& ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 ) ? $levels_to_go[0] : $last_output_level;
.Ve
.Sp
The value given to \fB\-ci\fR is also used by some commands when a small
space is required.  Examples are commands for outdenting labels,
\&\fB\-ola\fR, and control keywords, \fB\-okw\fR.
.Sp
When default values are not used, it is suggested that the value \fBn\fR
given with \fB\-ci=n\fR be no more than about one-half of the number of
spaces assigned to a full indentation level on the \fB\-i=n\fR command.
.IP "\fB\-sil=n\fR \fB\-\-starting\-indentation\-level=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-sil=n --starting-indentation-level=n"
By default, perltidy examines the input file and tries to determine the
starting indentation level.  While it is often zero, it may not be
zero for a code snippet being sent from an editing session.
.Sp
To guess the starting indentation level perltidy simply assumes that
indentation scheme used to create the code snippet is the same as is being used
for the current perltidy process.  This is the only sensible guess that can be
made.  It should be correct if this is true, but otherwise it probably won't.
For example, if the input script was written with \-i=2 and the current peltidy
flags have \-i=4, the wrong initial indentation will be guessed for a code
snippet which has non-zero initial indentation. Likewise, if an entabbing
scheme is used in the input script and not in the current process then the
guessed indentation will be wrong.
.Sp
If the default method does not work correctly, or you want to change the
starting level, use \fB\-sil=n\fR, to force the starting level to be n.
.IP "List indentation using \fB\-lp\fR, \fB\-\-line\-up\-parentheses\fR" 4
.IX Item "List indentation using -lp, --line-up-parentheses"
By default, perltidy indents lists with 4 spaces, or whatever value
is specified with \fB\-i=n\fR.  Here is a small list formatted in this way:
.Sp
.Vb 5
\&    # perltidy (default)
\&    @month_of_year = (
\&        \*(AqJan\*(Aq, \*(AqFeb\*(Aq, \*(AqMar\*(Aq, \*(AqApr\*(Aq, \*(AqMay\*(Aq, \*(AqJun\*(Aq,
\&        \*(AqJul\*(Aq, \*(AqAug\*(Aq, \*(AqSep\*(Aq, \*(AqOct\*(Aq, \*(AqNov\*(Aq, \*(AqDec\*(Aq
\&    );
.Ve
.Sp
Use the \fB\-lp\fR flag to add extra indentation to cause the data to begin
past the opening parentheses of a sub call or list, or opening square
bracket of an anonymous array, or opening curly brace of an anonymous
hash.  With this option, the above list would become:
.Sp
.Vb 5
\&    # perltidy \-lp
\&    @month_of_year = (
\&                       \*(AqJan\*(Aq, \*(AqFeb\*(Aq, \*(AqMar\*(Aq, \*(AqApr\*(Aq, \*(AqMay\*(Aq, \*(AqJun\*(Aq,
\&                       \*(AqJul\*(Aq, \*(AqAug\*(Aq, \*(AqSep\*(Aq, \*(AqOct\*(Aq, \*(AqNov\*(Aq, \*(AqDec\*(Aq
\&    );
.Ve
.Sp
If the available line length (see \fB\-l=n\fR ) does not permit this much 
space, perltidy will use less.   For alternate placement of the
closing paren, see the next section.
.Sp
This option has no effect on code \s-1BLOCKS\s0, such as if/then/else blocks,
which always use whatever is specified with \fB\-i=n\fR.  Also, the
existence of line breaks and/or block comments between the opening and
closing parens may cause perltidy to temporarily revert to its default
method.
.Sp
Note: The \fB\-lp\fR option may not be used together with the \fB\-t\fR tabs option.
It may, however, be used with the \fB\-et=n\fR tab method.
.Sp
In addition, any parameter which significantly restricts the ability of
perltidy to choose newlines will conflict with \fB\-lp\fR and will cause
\&\fB\-lp\fR to be deactivated.  These include \fB\-io\fR, \fB\-fnl\fR, \fB\-nanl\fR, and
\&\fB\-ndnl\fR.  The reason is that the \fB\-lp\fR indentation style can require
the careful coordination of an arbitrary number of break points in
hierarchical lists, and these flags may prevent that.
.IP "\fB\-cti=n\fR, \fB\-\-closing\-token\-indentation\fR" 4
.IX Item "-cti=n, --closing-token-indentation"
The \fB\-cti=n\fR flag controls the indentation of a line beginning with 
a \f(CW\*(C`)\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`]\*(C'\fR, or a non-block \f(CW\*(C`}\*(C'\fR.  Such a line receives:
.Sp
.Vb 6
\& \-cti = 0 no extra indentation (default)
\& \-cti = 1 extra indentation such that the closing token
\&        aligns with its opening token.
\& \-cti = 2 one extra indentation level if the line looks like:
\&        );  or  ];  or  };
\& \-cti = 3 one extra indentation level always
.Ve
.Sp
The flags \fB\-cti=1\fR and \fB\-cti=2\fR work well with the \fB\-lp\fR flag (previous
section).
.Sp
.Vb 5
\&    # perltidy \-lp \-cti=1
\&    @month_of_year = (
\&                       \*(AqJan\*(Aq, \*(AqFeb\*(Aq, \*(AqMar\*(Aq, \*(AqApr\*(Aq, \*(AqMay\*(Aq, \*(AqJun\*(Aq,
\&                       \*(AqJul\*(Aq, \*(AqAug\*(Aq, \*(AqSep\*(Aq, \*(AqOct\*(Aq, \*(AqNov\*(Aq, \*(AqDec\*(Aq
\&                     );
\&
\&    # perltidy \-lp \-cti=2
\&    @month_of_year = (
\&                       \*(AqJan\*(Aq, \*(AqFeb\*(Aq, \*(AqMar\*(Aq, \*(AqApr\*(Aq, \*(AqMay\*(Aq, \*(AqJun\*(Aq,
\&                       \*(AqJul\*(Aq, \*(AqAug\*(Aq, \*(AqSep\*(Aq, \*(AqOct\*(Aq, \*(AqNov\*(Aq, \*(AqDec\*(Aq
\&                       );
.Ve
.Sp
These flags are merely hints to the formatter and they may not always be
followed.  In particular, if \-lp is not being used, the indentation for
\&\fBcti=1\fR is constrained to be no more than one indentation level.
.Sp
If desired, this control can be applied independently to each of the
closing container token types.  In fact, \fB\-cti=n\fR is merely an
abbreviation for \fB\-cpi=n \-csbi=n \-cbi=n\fR, where:  
\&\fB\-cpi\fR or \fB\-\-closing\-paren\-indentation\fR controls \fB)\fR's,
\&\fB\-csbi\fR or \fB\-\-closing\-square\-bracket\-indentation\fR controls \fB]\fR's, 
\&\fB\-cbi\fR or \fB\-\-closing\-brace\-indentation\fR controls non-block \fB}\fR's.
.IP "\fB\-icp\fR, \fB\-\-indent\-closing\-paren\fR" 4
.IX Item "-icp, --indent-closing-paren"
The \fB\-icp\fR flag is equivalent to
\&\fB\-cti=2\fR, described in the previous section.  The \fB\-nicp\fR flag is
equivalent \fB\-cti=0\fR.  They are included for backwards compatability.
.IP "\fB\-icb\fR, \fB\-\-indent\-closing\-brace\fR" 4
.IX Item "-icb, --indent-closing-brace"
The \fB\-icb\fR option gives one extra level of indentation to a brace which
terminates a code block .  For example,
.Sp
.Vb 6
\&        if ($task) {
\&            yyy();
\&            }    # \-icb
\&        else {
\&            zzz();
\&            }
.Ve
.Sp
The default is not to do this, indicated by \fB\-nicb\fR.
.IP "\fB\-olq\fR, \fB\-\-outdent\-long\-quotes\fR" 4
.IX Item "-olq, --outdent-long-quotes"
When \fB\-olq\fR is set, lines which is a quoted string longer than the
value \fBmaximum-line-length\fR will have their indentation removed to make
them more readable.  This is the default.  To prevent such out-denting,
use \fB\-nolq\fR or \fB\-\-nooutdent\-long\-lines\fR.
.IP "\fB\-oll\fR, \fB\-\-outdent\-long\-lines\fR" 4
.IX Item "-oll, --outdent-long-lines"
This command is equivalent to \fB\-\-outdent\-long\-quotes\fR and
\&\fB\-\-outdent\-long\-comments\fR, and it is included for compatibility with previous
versions of perltidy.  The negation of this also works, \fB\-noll\fR or
\&\fB\-\-nooutdent\-long\-lines\fR, and is equivalent to setting \fB\-nolq\fR and \fB\-nolc\fR.
.IP "Outdenting Labels: \fB\-ola\fR,  \fB\-\-outdent\-labels\fR" 4
.IX Item "Outdenting Labels: -ola,  --outdent-labels"
This command will cause labels to be outdented by 2 spaces (or whatever \fB\-ci\fR
has been set to), if possible.  This is the default.  For example:
.Sp
.Vb 6
\&        my $i;
\&      LOOP: while ( $i =  ) {
\&            chomp($i);
\&            next unless $i;
\&            fixit($i);
\&        }
.Ve
.Sp
Use \fB\-nola\fR to not outdent labels.
.IP "Outdenting Keywords" 4
.IX Item "Outdenting Keywords"
.RS 4
.PD 0
.IP "\fB\-okw\fR,  \fB\-\-outdent\-keywords\fR" 4
.IX Item "-okw,  --outdent-keywords"
.PD
The command \fB\-okw\fR will will cause certain leading control keywords to
be outdented by 2 spaces (or whatever \fB\-ci\fR has been set to), if
possible.  By default, these keywords are \f(CW\*(C`redo\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`next\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`last\*(C'\fR,
\&\f(CW\*(C`goto\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`return\*(C'\fR.  The intention is to make these control keywords
easier to see.  To change this list of keywords being outdented, see
the next section.
.Sp
For example, using \f(CW\*(C`perltidy \-okw\*(C'\fR on the previous example gives:
.Sp
.Vb 6
\&        my $i;
\&      LOOP: while ( $i =  ) {
\&            chomp($i);
\&          next unless $i;
\&            fixit($i);
\&        }
.Ve
.Sp
The default is not to do this.
.IP "Specifying Outdented Keywords: \fB\-okwl=string\fR,  \fB\-\-outdent\-keyword\-list=string\fR" 4
.IX Item "Specifying Outdented Keywords: -okwl=string,  --outdent-keyword-list=string"
This command can be used to change the keywords which are outdented with
the \fB\-okw\fR command.  The parameter \fBstring\fR is a required list of perl
keywords, which should be placed in quotes if there are more than one.
By itself, it does not cause any outdenting to occur, so the \fB\-okw\fR
command is still required.
.Sp
For example, the commands \f(CW\*(C`\-okwl="next last redo goto" \-okw\*(C'\fR will cause
those four keywords to be outdented.  It is probably simplest to place
any \fB\-okwl\fR command in a \fI.perltidyrc\fR file.
.RE
.RS 4
.RE
.SS "Whitespace Control"
.IX Subsection "Whitespace Control"
Whitespace refers to the blank space between variables, operators,
and other code tokens.
.IP "\fB\-fws\fR,  \fB\-\-freeze\-whitespace\fR" 4
.IX Item "-fws,  --freeze-whitespace"
This flag causes your original whitespace to remain unchanged, and
causes the rest of the whitespace commands in this section, the
Code Indentation section, and
the Comment Control section to be ignored.
.IP "Tightness of curly braces, parentheses, and square brackets." 4
.IX Item "Tightness of curly braces, parentheses, and square brackets."
Here the term \*(L"tightness\*(R" will mean the closeness with which
pairs of enclosing tokens, such as parentheses, contain the quantities
within.  A numerical value of 0, 1, or 2 defines the tightness, with
0 being least tight and 2 being most tight.  Spaces within containers
are always symmetric, so if there is a space after a \f(CW\*(C`(\*(C'\fR then there
will be a space before the corresponding \f(CW\*(C`)\*(C'\fR.
.Sp
The \fB\-pt=n\fR or \fB\-\-paren\-tightness=n\fR parameter controls the space within
parens.  The example below shows the effect of the three possible
values, 0, 1, and 2:
.Sp
.Vb 3
\& if ( ( my $len_tab = length( $tabstr ) ) > 0 ) {  # \-pt=0
\& if ( ( my $len_tab = length($tabstr) ) > 0 ) {    # \-pt=1 (default)
\& if ((my $len_tab = length($tabstr)) > 0) {        # \-pt=2
.Ve
.Sp
When n is 0, there is always a space to the right of a '(' and to the left
of a ')'.  For n=2 there is never a space.  For n=1, the default, there
is a space unless the quantity within the parens is a single token, such
as an identifier or quoted string.
.Sp
Likewise, the parameter \fB\-sbt=n\fR or \fB\-\-square\-bracket\-tightness=n\fR
controls the space within square brackets, as illustrated below.
.Sp
.Vb 3
\& $width = $col[ $j + $k ] \- $col[ $j ];  # \-sbt=0
\& $width = $col[ $j + $k ] \- $col[$j];    # \-sbt=1 (default)
\& $width = $col[$j + $k] \- $col[$j];      # \-sbt=2
.Ve
.Sp
Curly braces which do not contain code blocks are controlled by
the parameter \fB\-bt=n\fR or \fB\-\-brace\-tightness=n\fR.
.Sp
.Vb 3
\& $obj\->{ $parsed_sql\->{ \*(Aqtable\*(Aq }[0] };    # \-bt=0
\& $obj\->{ $parsed_sql\->{\*(Aqtable\*(Aq}[0] };      # \-bt=1 (default)
\& $obj\->{$parsed_sql\->{\*(Aqtable\*(Aq}[0]};        # \-bt=2
.Ve
.Sp
And finally, curly braces which contain blocks of code are controlled by the
parameter \fB\-bbt=n\fR or \fB\-\-block\-brace\-tightness=n\fR as illustrated in the
example below.
.Sp
.Vb 3
\& %bf = map { $_ => \-M $_ } grep { /\e.deb$/ } dirents \*(Aq.\*(Aq; # \-bbt=0 (default)
\& %bf = map { $_ => \-M $_ } grep {/\e.deb$/} dirents \*(Aq.\*(Aq;   # \-bbt=1
\& %bf = map {$_ => \-M $_} grep {/\e.deb$/} dirents \*(Aq.\*(Aq;     # \-bbt=2
.Ve
.IP "\fB\-sts\fR,   \fB\-\-space\-terminal\-semicolon\fR" 4
.IX Item "-sts,   --space-terminal-semicolon"
Some programmers prefer a space before all terminal semicolons.  The
default is for no such space, and is indicated with \fB\-nsts\fR or
\&\fB\-\-nospace\-terminal\-semicolon\fR.
.Sp
.Vb 2
\&        $i = 1 ;     #  \-sts
\&        $i = 1;      #  \-nsts   (default)
.Ve
.IP "\fB\-sfs\fR,   \fB\-\-space\-for\-semicolon\fR" 4
.IX Item "-sfs,   --space-for-semicolon"
Semicolons within \fBfor\fR loops may sometimes be hard to see,
particularly when commas are also present.  This option places spaces on
both sides of these special semicolons, and is the default.  Use
\&\fB\-nsfs\fR or \fB\-\-nospace\-for\-semicolon\fR to deactivate it.
.Sp
.Vb 2
\& for ( @a = @$ap, $u = shift @a ; @a ; $u = $v ) {  # \-sfs (default)
\& for ( @a = @$ap, $u = shift @a; @a; $u = $v ) {    # \-nsfs
.Ve
.IP "\fB\-asc\fR,  \fB\-\-add\-semicolons\fR" 4
.IX Item "-asc,  --add-semicolons"
Setting \fB\-asc\fR allows perltidy to add any missing optional semicolon at the end 
of a line which is followed by a closing curly brace on the next line.  This
is the default, and may be deactivated with \fB\-nasc\fR or \fB\-\-noadd\-semicolons\fR.
.IP "\fB\-dsm\fR,  \fB\-\-delete\-semicolons\fR" 4
.IX Item "-dsm,  --delete-semicolons"
Setting \fB\-dsm\fR allows perltidy to delete extra semicolons which are
simply empty statements.  This is the default, and may be deactivated
with \fB\-ndsm\fR or \fB\-\-nodelete\-semicolons\fR.  (Such semicolons are not
deleted, however, if they would promote a side comment to a block
comment).
.IP "\fB\-aws\fR,  \fB\-\-add\-whitespace\fR" 4
.IX Item "-aws,  --add-whitespace"
Setting this option allows perltidy to add certain whitespace improve
code readability.  This is the default. If you do not want any
whitespace added, but are willing to have some whitespace deleted, use
\&\fB\-naws\fR.  (Use \fB\-fws\fR to leave whitespace completely unchanged).
.IP "\fB\-dws\fR,  \fB\-\-delete\-old\-whitespace\fR" 4
.IX Item "-dws,  --delete-old-whitespace"
Setting this option allows perltidy to remove some old whitespace
between characters, if necessary.  This is the default.  If you
do not want any old whitespace removed, use \fB\-ndws\fR or
\&\fB\-\-nodelete\-old\-whitespace\fR.
.IP "Detailed whitespace controls around tokens" 4
.IX Item "Detailed whitespace controls around tokens"
For those who want more detailed control over the whitespace around
tokens, there are four parameters which can directly modify the default
whitespace rules built into perltidy for any token.  They are:
.Sp
\&\fB\-wls=s\fR or \fB\-\-want\-left\-space=s\fR,
.Sp
\&\fB\-nwls=s\fR or \fB\-\-nowant\-left\-space=s\fR,
.Sp
\&\fB\-wrs=s\fR or \fB\-\-want\-right\-space=s\fR,
.Sp
\&\fB\-nwrs=s\fR or \fB\-\-nowant\-right\-space=s\fR.
.Sp
These parameters are each followed by a quoted string, \fBs\fR, containing a
list of token types.  No more than one of each of these parameters
should be specified, because repeating a command-line parameter
always overwrites the previous one before perltidy ever sees it.
.Sp
To illustrate how these are used, suppose it is desired that there be no
space on either side of the token types \fB= + \- / *\fR.  The following two
parameters would specify this desire:
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&  \-nwls="= + \- / *"    \-nwrs="= + \- / *"
.Ve
.Sp
(Note that the token types are in quotes, and that they are separated by
spaces).  With these modified whitespace rules, the following line of math:
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&  $root = \-$b + sqrt( $b * $b \- 4. * $a * $c ) / ( 2. * $a );
.Ve
.Sp
becomes this:
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&  $root=\-$b+sqrt( $b*$b\-4.*$a*$c )/( 2.*$a );
.Ve
.Sp
These parameters should be considered to be hints to perltidy rather
than fixed rules, because perltidy must try to resolve conflicts that
arise between them and all of the other rules that it uses.  One
conflict that can arise is if, between two tokens, the left token wants
a space and the right one doesn't.  In this case, the token not wanting
a space takes priority.
.Sp
It is necessary to have a list of all token types in order to create
this type of input.  Such a list can be obtained by the command
\&\fB\-\-dump\-token\-types\fR.  Also try the \fB\-D\fR flag on a short snippet of code
and look at the .DEBUG file to see the tokenization.
.Sp
\&\fB\s-1WARNING\s0\fR Be sure to put these tokens in quotes to avoid having them
misinterpreted by your command shell.
.IP "Space between specific keywords and opening paren" 4
.IX Item "Space between specific keywords and opening paren"
When an opening paren follows a Perl keyword, no space is introduced after the
keyword, unless it is (by default) one of these:
.Sp
.Vb 2
\&   my local our and or eq ne if else elsif until unless 
\&   while for foreach return switch case given when
.Ve
.Sp
These defaults can be modified with two commands:
.Sp
\&\fB\-sak=s\fR  or \fB\-\-space\-after\-keyword=s\fR  adds keywords.
.Sp
\&\fB\-nsak=s\fR  or \fB\-\-nospace\-after\-keyword=s\fR  removes keywords.
.Sp
where \fBs\fR is a list of keywords (in quotes if necessary).  For example,
.Sp
.Vb 2
\&  my ( $a, $b, $c ) = @_;    # default
\&  my( $a, $b, $c ) = @_;     # \-nsak="my local our"
.Ve
.Sp
The abbreviation \fB\-nsak='*'\fR is equivalent to including all of the
keywords in the above list.
.Sp
When both \fB\-nsak=s\fR and \fB\-sak=s\fR commands are included, the \fB\-nsak=s\fR
command is executed first.  For example, to have space after only the
keywords (my, local, our) you could use \fB\-nsak=\*(L"*\*(R" \-sak=\*(L"my local our\*(R"\fR.
.Sp
To put a space after all keywords, see the next item.
.IP "Space between all keywords and opening parens" 4
.IX Item "Space between all keywords and opening parens"
When an opening paren follows a function or keyword, no space is introduced
after the keyword except for the keywords noted in the previous item.  To
always put a space between a function or keyword and its opening paren,
use the command:
.Sp
\&\fB\-skp\fR  or \fB\-\-space\-keyword\-paren\fR
.Sp
You will probably also want to use the flag \fB\-sfp\fR (next item) too.
.IP "Space between all function names and opening parens" 4
.IX Item "Space between all function names and opening parens"
When an opening paren follows a function the default is not to introduce
a space.  To cause a space to be introduced use:
.Sp
\&\fB\-sfp\fR  or \fB\-\-space\-function\-paren\fR
.Sp
.Vb 2
\&  myfunc( $a, $b, $c );    # default 
\&  myfunc ( $a, $b, $c );   # \-sfp
.Ve
.Sp
You will probably also want to use the flag \fB\-skp\fR (previous item) too.
.ie n .IP "Trimming whitespace around ""qw"" quotes" 4
.el .IP "Trimming whitespace around \f(CWqw\fR quotes" 4
.IX Item "Trimming whitespace around qw quotes"
\&\fB\-tqw\fR or \fB\-\-trim\-qw\fR provide the default behavior of trimming
spaces around multi-line \f(CW\*(C`qw\*(C'\fR quotes and indenting them appropriately.
.Sp
\&\fB\-ntqw\fR or \fB\-\-notrim\-qw\fR cause leading and trailing whitespace around
multi-line \f(CW\*(C`qw\*(C'\fR quotes to be left unchanged.  This option will not
normally be necessary, but was added for testing purposes, because in
some versions of perl, trimming \f(CW\*(C`qw\*(C'\fR quotes changes the syntax tree.
.SS "Comment Controls"
.IX Subsection "Comment Controls"
Perltidy has a number of ways to control the appearance of both block comments
and side comments.  The term \fBblock comment\fR here refers to a full-line
comment, whereas \fBside comment\fR will refer to a comment which appears on a
line to the right of some code.
.IP "\fB\-ibc\fR,  \fB\-\-indent\-block\-comments\fR" 4
.IX Item "-ibc,  --indent-block-comments"
Block comments normally look best when they are indented to the same
level as the code which follows them.  This is the default behavior, but
you may use \fB\-nibc\fR to keep block comments left-justified.  Here is an
example:
.Sp
.Vb 2
\&             # this comment is indented      (\-ibc, default)
\&             if ($task) { yyy(); }
.Ve
.Sp
The alternative is \fB\-nibc\fR:
.Sp
.Vb 2
\& # this comment is not indented              (\-nibc)
\&             if ($task) { yyy(); }
.Ve
.Sp
See also the next item, \fB\-isbc\fR, as well as \fB\-sbc\fR, for other ways to
have some indented and some outdented block comments.
.IP "\fB\-isbc\fR,  \fB\-\-indent\-spaced\-block\-comments\fR" 4
.IX Item "-isbc,  --indent-spaced-block-comments"
If there is no leading space on the line, then the comment will not be
indented, and otherwise it may be.
.Sp
If both \fB\-ibc\fR and \fB\-isbc\fR are set, then \fB\-isbc\fR takes priority.
.IP "\fB\-olc\fR, \fB\-\-outdent\-long\-comments\fR" 4
.IX Item "-olc, --outdent-long-comments"
When \fB\-olc\fR is set, lines which are full-line (block) comments longer
than the value \fBmaximum-line-length\fR will have their indentation
removed.  This is the default; use \fB\-nolc\fR to prevent outdenting.
.IP "\fB\-msc=n\fR,  \fB\-\-minimum\-space\-to\-comment=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-msc=n,  --minimum-space-to-comment=n"
Side comments look best when lined up several spaces to the right of
code.  Perltidy will try to keep comments at least n spaces to the
right.  The default is n=4 spaces.
.IP "\fB\-fpsc=n\fR,  \fB\-\-fixed\-position\-side\-comment=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-fpsc=n,  --fixed-position-side-comment=n"
This parameter tells perltidy to line up side comments in column number \fBn\fR
whenever possible.  The default, n=0, is not do do this.
.IP "\fB\-hsc\fR, \fB\-\-hanging\-side\-comments\fR" 4
.IX Item "-hsc, --hanging-side-comments"
By default, perltidy tries to identify and align \*(L"hanging side
comments\*(R", which are something like this:
.Sp
.Vb 3
\&        my $IGNORE = 0;    # This is a side comment
\&                           # This is a hanging side comment
\&                           # And so is this
.Ve
.Sp
A comment is considered to be a hanging side comment if (1) it immediately
follows a line with a side comment, or another hanging side comment, and
(2) there is some leading whitespace on the line.
To deactivate this feature, use \fB\-nhsc\fR or \fB\-\-nohanging\-side\-comments\fR.  
If block comments are preceded by a blank line, or have no leading
whitespace, they will not be mistaken as hanging side comments.
.IP "Closing Side Comments" 4
.IX Item "Closing Side Comments"
A closing side comment is a special comment which perltidy can
automatically create and place after the closing brace of a code block.
They can be useful for code maintenance and debugging.  The command
\&\fB\-csc\fR (or \fB\-\-closing\-side\-comments\fR) adds or updates closing side
comments.  For example, here is a small code snippet
.Sp
.Vb 8
\&        sub message {
\&            if ( !defined( $_[0] ) ) {
\&                print("Hello, World\en");
\&            }
\&            else {
\&                print( $_[0], "\en" );
\&            }
\&        }
.Ve
.Sp
And here is the result of processing with \f(CW\*(C`perltidy \-csc\*(C'\fR:
.Sp
.Vb 8
\&        sub message {
\&            if ( !defined( $_[0] ) ) {
\&                print("Hello, World\en");
\&            }
\&            else {
\&                print( $_[0], "\en" );
\&            }
\&        } ## end sub message
.Ve
.Sp
A closing side comment was added for \f(CW\*(C`sub message\*(C'\fR in this case, but not
for the \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR blocks, because they were below the 6 line
cutoff limit for adding closing side comments.  This limit may be
changed with the \fB\-csci\fR command, described below.
.Sp
The command \fB\-dcsc\fR (or \fB\-\-delete\-closing\-side\-comments\fR) reverses this 
process and removes these comments.
.Sp
Several commands are available to modify the behavior of these two basic
commands, \fB\-csc\fR and \fB\-dcsc\fR:
.RS 4
.IP "\fB\-csci=n\fR, or \fB\-\-closing\-side\-comment\-interval=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-csci=n, or --closing-side-comment-interval=n"
where \f(CW\*(C`n\*(C'\fR is the minimum number of lines that a block must have in
order for a closing side comment to be added.  The default value is
\&\f(CW\*(C`n=6\*(C'\fR.  To illustrate:
.Sp
.Vb 9
\&        # perltidy \-csci=2 \-csc
\&        sub message {
\&            if ( !defined( $_[0] ) ) {
\&                print("Hello, World\en");
\&            } ## end if ( !defined( $_[0] ))
\&            else {
\&                print( $_[0], "\en" );
\&            } ## end else [ if ( !defined( $_[0] ))
\&        } ## end sub message
.Ve
.Sp
Now the \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR blocks are commented.  However, now this has
become very cluttered.
.IP "\fB\-cscp=string\fR, or \fB\-\-closing\-side\-comment\-prefix=string\fR" 4
.IX Item "-cscp=string, or --closing-side-comment-prefix=string"
where string is the prefix used before the name of the block type.  The
default prefix, shown above, is \f(CW\*(C`## end\*(C'\fR.  This string will be added to
closing side comments, and it will also be used to recognize them in
order to update, delete, and format them.  Any comment identified as a
closing side comment will be placed just a single space to the right of
its closing brace.
.IP "\fB\-cscl=string\fR, or \fB\-\-closing\-side\-comment\-list\-string\fR" 4
.IX Item "-cscl=string, or --closing-side-comment-list-string"
where \f(CW\*(C`string\*(C'\fR is a list of block types to be tagged with closing side
comments.  By default, all code block types preceded by a keyword or
label (such as \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`sub\*(C'\fR, and so on) will be tagged.  The \fB\-cscl\fR
command changes the default list to be any selected block types; see
\&\*(L"Specifying Block Types\*(R".
For example, the following command
requests that only \f(CW\*(C`sub\*(C'\fR's, labels, \f(CW\*(C`BEGIN\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`END\*(C'\fR blocks be
affected by any \fB\-csc\fR or \fB\-dcsc\fR operation:
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&   \-cscl="sub : BEGIN END"
.Ve
.IP "\fB\-csct=n\fR, or \fB\-\-closing\-side\-comment\-maximum\-text=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-csct=n, or --closing-side-comment-maximum-text=n"
The text appended to certain block types, such as an \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR block, is
whatever lies between the keyword introducing the block, such as \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR,
and the opening brace.  Since this might be too much text for a side
comment, there needs to be a limit, and that is the purpose of this
parameter.  The default value is \f(CW\*(C`n=20\*(C'\fR, meaning that no additional
tokens will be appended to this text after its length reaches 20
characters.  Omitted text is indicated with \f(CW\*(C`...\*(C'\fR.  (Tokens, including
sub names, are never truncated, however, so actual lengths may exceed
this).  To illustrate, in the above example, the appended text of the
first block is \f(CW\*(C` ( !defined( $_[0] )...\*(C'\fR.  The existing limit of
\&\f(CW\*(C`n=20\*(C'\fR caused this text to be truncated, as indicated by the \f(CW\*(C`...\*(C'\fR.  See
the next flag for additional control of the abbreviated text.
.IP "\fB\-cscb\fR, or \fB\-\-closing\-side\-comments\-balanced\fR" 4
.IX Item "-cscb, or --closing-side-comments-balanced"
As discussed in the previous item, when the
closing-side-comment-maximum-text limit is exceeded the comment text must
be truncated.  Older versions of perltidy terminated with three dots, and this
can still be achieved with \-ncscb:
.Sp
.Vb 2
\&  perltidy \-csc \-ncscb
\&  } ## end foreach my $foo (sort { $b cmp $a ...
.Ve
.Sp
However this causes a problem with editors editors which cannot recognize
comments or are not configured to do so because they cannot \*(L"bounce\*(R" around in
the text correctly.  The \fB\-cscb\fR flag has been added to
help them by appending appropriate balancing structure:
.Sp
.Vb 2
\&  perltidy \-csc \-cscb
\&  } ## end foreach my $foo (sort { $b cmp $a ... })
.Ve
.Sp
The default is \fB\-cscb\fR.
.IP "\fB\-csce=n\fR, or \fB\-\-closing\-side\-comment\-else\-flag=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-csce=n, or --closing-side-comment-else-flag=n"
The default, \fBn=0\fR, places the text of the opening \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR statement after any
terminal \f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR.
.Sp
If \fBn=2\fR is used, then each \f(CW\*(C`elsif\*(C'\fR is also given the text of the opening
\&\f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR statement.  Also, an \f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR will include the text of a preceding
\&\f(CW\*(C`elsif\*(C'\fR statement.  Note that this may result some long closing
side comments.
.Sp
If \fBn=1\fR is used, the results will be the same as \fBn=2\fR whenever the
resulting line length is less than the maximum allowed.
=item \fB\-cscb\fR, or \fB\-\-closing\-side\-comments\-balanced\fR
.Sp
When using closing-side-comments, and the closing-side-comment-maximum-text
limit is exceeded, then the comment text must be abbreviated.  
It is terminated with three dots if the \fB\-cscb\fR flag is negated:
.Sp
.Vb 2
\&  perltidy \-csc \-ncscb
\&  } ## end foreach my $foo (sort { $b cmp $a ...
.Ve
.Sp
This causes a problem with older editors which do not recognize comments
because they cannot \*(L"bounce\*(R" around in the text correctly.  The \fB\-cscb\fR
flag tries to help them by appending appropriate terminal balancing structures:
.Sp
.Vb 2
\&  perltidy \-csc \-cscb
\&  } ## end foreach my $foo (sort { $b cmp $a ... })
.Ve
.Sp
The default is \fB\-cscb\fR.
.IP "\fB\-cscw\fR, or \fB\-\-closing\-side\-comment\-warnings\fR" 4
.IX Item "-cscw, or --closing-side-comment-warnings"
This parameter is intended to help make the initial transition to the use of
closing side comments.  
It causes two
things to happen if a closing side comment replaces an existing, different
closing side comment:  first, an error message will be issued, and second, the
original side comment will be placed alone on a new specially marked comment
line for later attention.
.Sp
The intent is to avoid clobbering existing hand-written side comments
which happen to match the pattern of closing side comments. This flag
should only be needed on the first run with \fB\-csc\fR.
.RE
.RS 4
.Sp
\&\fBImportant Notes on Closing Side Comments:\fR
.IP "\(bu" 4
Closing side comments are only placed on lines terminated with a closing
brace.  Certain closing styles, such as the use of cuddled elses
(\fB\-ce\fR), preclude the generation of some closing side comments.
.IP "\(bu" 4
Please note that adding or deleting of closing side comments takes
place only through the commands \fB\-csc\fR or \fB\-dcsc\fR.  The other commands,
if used, merely modify the behavior of these two commands.
.IP "\(bu" 4
It is recommended that the \fB\-cscw\fR flag be used along with \fB\-csc\fR on
the first use of perltidy on a given file.  This will prevent loss of
any existing side comment data which happens to have the csc prefix.
.IP "\(bu" 4
Once you use \fB\-csc\fR, you should continue to use it so that any
closing side comments remain correct as code changes.  Otherwise, these
comments will become incorrect as the code is updated.
.IP "\(bu" 4
If you edit the closing side comments generated by perltidy, you must also
change the prefix to be different from the closing side comment prefix.
Otherwise, your edits will be lost when you rerun perltidy with \fB\-csc\fR.   For
example, you could simply change \f(CW\*(C`## end\*(C'\fR to be \f(CW\*(C`## End\*(C'\fR, since the test is
case sensitive.  You may also want to use the \fB\-ssc\fR flag to keep these
modified closing side comments spaced the same as actual closing side comments.
.IP "\(bu" 4
Temporarily generating closing side comments is a useful technique for
exploring and/or debugging a perl script, especially one written by someone
else.  You can always remove them with \fB\-dcsc\fR.
.RE
.RS 4
.RE
.IP "Static Block Comments" 4
.IX Item "Static Block Comments"
Static block comments are block comments with a special leading pattern,
\&\f(CW\*(C`##\*(C'\fR by default, which will be treated slightly differently from other
block comments.  They effectively behave as if they had glue along their
left and top edges, because they stick to the left edge and previous line
when there is no blank spaces in those places.  This option is
particularly useful for controlling how commented code is displayed.
.RS 4
.IP "\fB\-sbc\fR, \fB\-\-static\-block\-comments\fR" 4
.IX Item "-sbc, --static-block-comments"
When \fB\-sbc\fR is used, a block comment with a special leading pattern, \f(CW\*(C`##\*(C'\fR by
default, will be treated specially.
.Sp
Comments so identified  are treated as follows:
.RS 4
.IP "\(bu" 4
If there is no leading space on the line, then the comment will not
be indented, and otherwise it may be,
.IP "\(bu" 4
no new blank line will be
inserted before such a comment, and
.IP "\(bu" 4
such a comment will never become
a hanging side comment.
.RE
.RS 4
.Sp
For example, assuming \f(CW@month_of_year\fR is
left-adjusted:
.Sp
.Vb 4
\&    @month_of_year = (    # \-sbc (default)
\&        \*(AqJan\*(Aq, \*(AqFeb\*(Aq, \*(AqMar\*(Aq, \*(AqApr\*(Aq, \*(AqMay\*(Aq, \*(AqJun\*(Aq, \*(AqJul\*(Aq, \*(AqAug\*(Aq, \*(AqSep\*(Aq, \*(AqOct\*(Aq,
\&    ##  \*(AqDec\*(Aq, \*(AqNov\*(Aq
\&        \*(AqNov\*(Aq, \*(AqDec\*(Aq);
.Ve
.Sp
Without this convention, the above code would become
.Sp
.Vb 2
\&    @month_of_year = (   # \-nsbc
\&        \*(AqJan\*(Aq, \*(AqFeb\*(Aq, \*(AqMar\*(Aq, \*(AqApr\*(Aq, \*(AqMay\*(Aq, \*(AqJun\*(Aq, \*(AqJul\*(Aq, \*(AqAug\*(Aq, \*(AqSep\*(Aq, \*(AqOct\*(Aq,
\&  
\&        ##  \*(AqDec\*(Aq, \*(AqNov\*(Aq
\&        \*(AqNov\*(Aq, \*(AqDec\*(Aq
\&    );
.Ve
.Sp
which is not as clear.
The default is to use \fB\-sbc\fR.  This may be deactivated with \fB\-nsbc\fR.
.RE
.IP "\fB\-sbcp=string\fR, \fB\-\-static\-block\-comment\-prefix=string\fR" 4
.IX Item "-sbcp=string, --static-block-comment-prefix=string"
This parameter defines the prefix used to identify static block comments
when the \fB\-sbc\fR parameter is set.  The default prefix is \f(CW\*(C`##\*(C'\fR,
corresponding to \f(CW\*(C`\-sbcp=##\*(C'\fR.  The prefix is actually part of a perl 
pattern used to match lines and it must either begin with \f(CW\*(C`#\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`^#\*(C'\fR.  
In the first case a prefix ^\es* will be added to match any leading
whitespace, while in the second case the pattern will match only
comments with no leading whitespace.  For example, to
identify all comments as static block comments, one would use \f(CW\*(C`\-sbcp=#\*(C'\fR.
To identify all left-adjusted comments as static block comments, use \f(CW\*(C`\-sbcp=\*(Aq^#\*(Aq\*(C'\fR.
.Sp
Please note that \fB\-sbcp\fR merely defines the pattern used to identify static
block comments; it will not be used unless the switch \fB\-sbc\fR is set.  Also,
please be aware that since this string is used in a perl regular expression
which identifies these comments, it must enable a valid regular expression to
be formed.
.Sp
A pattern which can be useful is:
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&    \-sbcp=^#{2,}[^\es#]
.Ve
.Sp
This pattern requires a static block comment to have at least one character
which is neither a # nor a space.  It allows a line containing only '#'
characters to be rejected as a static block comment.  Such lines are often used
at the start and end of header information in subroutines and should not be
separated from the intervening comments, which typically begin with just a
single '#'.
.IP "\fB\-osbc\fR, \fB\-\-outdent\-static\-block\-comments\fR" 4
.IX Item "-osbc, --outdent-static-block-comments"
The command \fB\-osbc\fR will will cause static block comments to be outdented by 2
spaces (or whatever \fB\-ci=n\fR has been set to), if possible.
.RE
.RS 4
.RE
.IP "Static Side Comments" 4
.IX Item "Static Side Comments"
Static side comments are side comments with a special leading pattern.
This option can be useful for controlling how commented code is displayed
when it is a side comment.
.RS 4
.IP "\fB\-ssc\fR, \fB\-\-static\-side\-comments\fR" 4
.IX Item "-ssc, --static-side-comments"
When \fB\-ssc\fR is used, a side comment with a static leading pattern, which is
\&\f(CW\*(C`##\*(C'\fR by default, will be be spaced only a single space from previous
character, and it will not be vertically aligned with other side comments.
.Sp
The default is \fB\-nssc\fR.
.IP "\fB\-sscp=string\fR, \fB\-\-static\-side\-comment\-prefix=string\fR" 4
.IX Item "-sscp=string, --static-side-comment-prefix=string"
This parameter defines the prefix used to identify static side comments
when the \fB\-ssc\fR parameter is set.  The default prefix is \f(CW\*(C`##\*(C'\fR,
corresponding to \f(CW\*(C`\-sscp=##\*(C'\fR.
.Sp
Please note that \fB\-sscp\fR merely defines the pattern used to identify
static side comments; it will not be used unless the switch \fB\-ssc\fR is
set.  Also, note that this string is used in a perl regular expression
which identifies these comments, so it must enable a valid regular
expression to be formed.
.RE
.RS 4
.RE
.SS "Skipping Selected Sections of Code"
.IX Subsection "Skipping Selected Sections of Code"
Selected lines of code may be passed verbatim to the output without any
formatting.  This feature is enabled by default but can be disabled with
the \fB\-\-noformat\-skipping\fR or \fB\-nfs\fR flag.  It should be used sparingly to
avoid littering code with markers, but it might be helpful for working
around occasional problems.  For example it might be useful for keeping
the indentation of old commented code unchanged, keeping indentation of
long blocks of aligned comments unchanged, keeping certain list
formatting unchanged, or working around a glitch in perltidy.
.IP "\fB\-fs\fR,  \fB\-\-format\-skipping\fR" 4
.IX Item "-fs,  --format-skipping"
This flag, which is enabled by default, causes any code between
special beginning and ending comment markers to be passed to the
output without formatting.  The default beginning marker is #<<<
and the default ending marker is #>>> but they
may be changed (see next items below).  Additional text may appear on
these special comment lines provided that it is separated from the
marker by at least one space.  For example
.Sp
.Vb 7
\& #<<<  do not let perltidy touch this
\&    my @list = (1,
\&                1, 1,
\&                1, 2, 1,
\&                1, 3, 3, 1,
\&                1, 4, 6, 4, 1,);
\& #>>>
.Ve
.Sp
The comment markers may be placed at any location that a block comment may
appear.  If they do not appear to be working, use the \-log flag and examine the
\&\fI.LOG\fR file.  Use \fB\-nfs\fR to disable this feature.
.IP "\fB\-fsb=string\fR,  \fB\-\-format\-skipping\-begin=string\fR" 4
.IX Item "-fsb=string,  --format-skipping-begin=string"
The \fB\-fsb=string\fR parameter may be used to change the beginning marker for
format skipping.  The default is equivalent to \-fsb='#<<<'.  The string that
you enter must begin with a # and should be in quotes as necessary to get past
the command shell of your system.  It is actually the leading text of a pattern
that is constructed by appending a '\es', so you must also include backslashes
for characters to be taken literally rather than as patterns.
.Sp
Some examples show how example strings become patterns:
.Sp
.Vb 3
\& \-fsb=\*(Aq#\e{\e{\e{\*(Aq becomes /^#\e{\e{\e{\es/  which matches  #{{{ but not #{{{{
\& \-fsb=\*(Aq#\e*\e*\*(Aq   becomes /^#\e*\e*\es/    which matches  #** but not #***
\& \-fsb=\*(Aq#\e*{2,}\*(Aq becomes /^#\e*{2,}\es/  which matches  #** and #*****
.Ve
.IP "\fB\-fse=string\fR,  \fB\-\-format\-skipping\-end=string\fR" 4
.IX Item "-fse=string,  --format-skipping-end=string"
The \fB\-fsb=string\fR is the corresponding parameter used to change the
ending marker for format skipping.  The default is equivalent to
\&\-fse='#<<<'.
.SS "Line Break Control"
.IX Subsection "Line Break Control"
The parameters in this section control breaks after
non-blank lines of code.  Blank lines are controlled
separately by parameters in the section \*(L"Blank Line
Control\*(R".
.IP "\fB\-fnl\fR,  \fB\-\-freeze\-newlines\fR" 4
.IX Item "-fnl,  --freeze-newlines"
If you do not want any changes to the line breaks within
lines of code in your script, set
\&\fB\-fnl\fR, and they will remain fixed, and the rest of the commands in
this section and sections 
\&\*(L"Controlling List Formatting\*(R",
\&\*(L"Retaining or Ignoring Existing Line Breaks\*(R". 
You may want to use \fB\-noll\fR with this.
.Sp
Note: If you also want to keep your blank lines exactly
as they are, you can use the \fB\-fbl\fR flag which is described
in the section \*(L"Blank Line Control\*(R".
.IP "\fB\-ce\fR,   \fB\-\-cuddled\-else\fR" 4
.IX Item "-ce,   --cuddled-else"
Enable the \*(L"cuddled else\*(R" style, in which \f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`elsif\*(C'\fR are
follow immediately after the curly brace closing the previous block.
The default is not to use cuddled elses, and is indicated with the flag
\&\fB\-nce\fR or \fB\-\-nocuddled\-else\fR.  Here is a comparison of the
alternatives:
.Sp
.Vb 5
\&  if ($task) {
\&      yyy();
\&  } else {    # \-ce
\&      zzz();
\&  }
\&
\&  if ($task) {
\&        yyy();
\&  }
\&  else {    # \-nce  (default)
\&        zzz();
\&  }
.Ve
.IP "\fB\-bl\fR,    \fB\-\-opening\-brace\-on\-new\-line\fR" 4
.IX Item "-bl,    --opening-brace-on-new-line"
Use the flag \fB\-bl\fR to place the opening brace on a new line:
.Sp
.Vb 4
\&  if ( $input_file eq \*(Aq\-\*(Aq )    # \-bl 
\&  {                          
\&      important_function();
\&  }
.Ve
.Sp
This flag applies to all structural blocks, including named sub's (unless
the \fB\-sbl\fR flag is set \*(-- see next item).
.Sp
The default style, \fB\-nbl\fR, places an opening brace on the same line as
the keyword introducing it.  For example,
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&  if ( $input_file eq \*(Aq\-\*(Aq ) {   # \-nbl (default)
.Ve
.IP "\fB\-sbl\fR,    \fB\-\-opening\-sub\-brace\-on\-new\-line\fR" 4
.IX Item "-sbl,    --opening-sub-brace-on-new-line"
The flag \fB\-sbl\fR can be used to override the value of \fB\-bl\fR for
the opening braces of named sub's.  For example,
.Sp
.Vb 1
\& perltidy \-sbl
.Ve
.Sp
produces this result:
.Sp
.Vb 9
\& sub message
\& {
\&    if (!defined($_[0])) {
\&        print("Hello, World\en");
\&    }
\&    else {
\&        print($_[0], "\en");
\&    }
\& }
.Ve
.Sp
This flag is negated with \fB\-nsbl\fR.  If \fB\-sbl\fR is not specified,
the value of \fB\-bl\fR is used.
.IP "\fB\-asbl\fR,    \fB\-\-opening\-anonymous\-sub\-brace\-on\-new\-line\fR" 4
.IX Item "-asbl,    --opening-anonymous-sub-brace-on-new-line"
The flag \fB\-asbl\fR is like the \fB\-sbl\fR flag except that it applies
to anonymous sub's instead of named subs. For example
.Sp
.Vb 1
\& perltidy \-asbl
.Ve
.Sp
produces this result:
.Sp
.Vb 9
\& $a = sub
\& {
\&     if ( !defined( $_[0] ) ) {
\&         print("Hello, World\en");
\&     }
\&     else {
\&         print( $_[0], "\en" );
\&     }
\& };
.Ve
.Sp
This flag is negated with \fB\-nasbl\fR, and the default is \fB\-nasbl\fR.
.IP "\fB\-bli\fR,    \fB\-\-brace\-left\-and\-indent\fR" 4
.IX Item "-bli,    --brace-left-and-indent"
The flag \fB\-bli\fR is the same as \fB\-bl\fR but in addition it causes one 
unit of continuation indentation ( see \fB\-ci\fR ) to be placed before 
an opening and closing block braces.
.Sp
For example,
.Sp
.Vb 4
\&        if ( $input_file eq \*(Aq\-\*(Aq )    # \-bli
\&          {
\&            important_function();
\&          }
.Ve
.Sp
By default, this extra indentation occurs for blocks of type:
\&\fBif\fR, \fBelsif\fR, \fBelse\fR, \fBunless\fR, \fBfor\fR, \fBforeach\fR, \fBsub\fR, 
\&\fBwhile\fR, \fBuntil\fR, and also with a preceding label.  The next item
shows how to change this.
.IP "\fB\-blil=s\fR,    \fB\-\-brace\-left\-and\-indent\-list=s\fR" 4
.IX Item "-blil=s,    --brace-left-and-indent-list=s"
Use this parameter to change the types of block braces for which the
\&\fB\-bli\fR flag applies; see \*(L"Specifying Block Types\*(R".  For example,
\&\fB\-blil='if elsif else'\fR would apply it to only \f(CW\*(C`if/elsif/else\*(C'\fR blocks.
.IP "\fB\-bar\fR,    \fB\-\-opening\-brace\-always\-on\-right\fR" 4
.IX Item "-bar,    --opening-brace-always-on-right"
The default style, \fB\-nbl\fR places the opening code block brace on a new
line if it does not fit on the same line as the opening keyword, like
this:
.Sp
.Vb 5
\&        if ( $bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2
\&          || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4 )
\&        {
\&            big_waste_of_time();
\&        }
.Ve
.Sp
To force the opening brace to always be on the right, use the \fB\-bar\fR
flag.  In this case, the above example becomes
.Sp
.Vb 4
\&        if ( $bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2
\&          || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4 ) {
\&            big_waste_of_time();
\&        }
.Ve
.Sp
A conflict occurs if both \fB\-bl\fR and \fB\-bar\fR are specified.
.IP "\fB\-otr\fR,  \fB\-\-opening\-token\-right\fR and related flags" 4
.IX Item "-otr,  --opening-token-right and related flags"
The \fB\-otr\fR flag is a hint that perltidy should not place a break between a
comma and an opening token.  For example:
.Sp
.Vb 6
\&    # default formatting
\&    push @{ $self\->{$module}{$key} },
\&      {
\&        accno       => $ref\->{accno},
\&        description => $ref\->{description}
\&      };
\&
\&    # perltidy \-otr
\&    push @{ $self\->{$module}{$key} }, {
\&        accno       => $ref\->{accno},
\&        description => $ref\->{description}
\&      };
.Ve
.Sp
The flag \fB\-otr\fR is actually a synonym for three other flags
which can be used to control parens, hash braces, and square brackets
separately if desired:
.Sp
.Vb 3
\&  \-opr  or \-\-opening\-paren\-right
\&  \-ohbr or \-\-opening\-hash\-brace\-right
\&  \-osbr or \-\-opening\-square\-bracket\-right
.Ve
.IP "Vertical tightness of non-block curly braces, parentheses, and square brackets." 4
.IX Item "Vertical tightness of non-block curly braces, parentheses, and square brackets."
These parameters control what shall be called vertical tightness.  Here are the
main points:
.RS 4
.IP "\(bu" 4
Opening tokens (except for block braces) are controlled by \fB\-vt=n\fR, or
\&\fB\-\-vertical\-tightness=n\fR, where
.Sp
.Vb 4
\& \-vt=0 always break a line after opening token (default). 
\& \-vt=1 do not break unless this would produce more than one 
\&         step in indentation in a line.
\& \-vt=2 never break a line after opening token
.Ve
.IP "\(bu" 4
You must also use the \fB\-lp\fR flag when you use the \fB\-vt\fR flag; the
reason is explained below.
.IP "\(bu" 4
Closing tokens (except for block braces) are controlled by \fB\-vtc=n\fR, or
\&\fB\-\-vertical\-tightness\-closing=n\fR, where
.Sp
.Vb 5
\& \-vtc=0 always break a line before a closing token (default), 
\& \-vtc=1 do not break before a closing token which is followed 
\&        by a semicolon or another closing token, and is not in 
\&        a list environment.
\& \-vtc=2 never break before a closing token.
.Ve
.Sp
The rules for \fB\-vtc=1\fR are designed to maintain a reasonable balance
between tightness and readability in complex lists.
.IP "\(bu" 4
Different controls may be applied to to different token types,
and it is also possible to control block braces; see below.
.IP "\(bu" 4
Finally, please note that these vertical tightness flags are merely
hints to the formatter, and it cannot always follow them.  Things which
make it difficult or impossible include comments, blank lines, blocks of
code within a list, and possibly the lack of the \fB\-lp\fR parameter.
Also, these flags may be ignored for very small lists (2 or 3 lines in
length).
.RE
.RS 4
.Sp
Here are some examples:
.Sp
.Vb 7
\&    # perltidy \-lp \-vt=0 \-vtc=0
\&    %romanNumerals = (
\&                       one   => \*(AqI\*(Aq,
\&                       two   => \*(AqII\*(Aq,
\&                       three => \*(AqIII\*(Aq,
\&                       four  => \*(AqIV\*(Aq,
\&    );
\&
\&    # perltidy \-lp \-vt=1 \-vtc=0
\&    %romanNumerals = ( one   => \*(AqI\*(Aq,
\&                       two   => \*(AqII\*(Aq,
\&                       three => \*(AqIII\*(Aq,
\&                       four  => \*(AqIV\*(Aq,
\&    );
\&
\&    # perltidy \-lp \-vt=1 \-vtc=1
\&    %romanNumerals = ( one   => \*(AqI\*(Aq,
\&                       two   => \*(AqII\*(Aq,
\&                       three => \*(AqIII\*(Aq,
\&                       four  => \*(AqIV\*(Aq, );
.Ve
.Sp
The difference between \fB\-vt=1\fR and \fB\-vt=2\fR is shown here:
.Sp
.Vb 6
\&    # perltidy \-lp \-vt=1 
\&    $init\->add(
\&                mysprintf( "(void)find_threadsv(%s);",
\&                           cstring( $threadsv_names[ $op\->targ ] )
\&                )
\&    );
\&
\&    # perltidy \-lp \-vt=2 
\&    $init\->add( mysprintf( "(void)find_threadsv(%s);",
\&                           cstring( $threadsv_names[ $op\->targ ] )
\&                )
\&    );
.Ve
.Sp
With \fB\-vt=1\fR, the line ending in \f(CW\*(C`add(\*(C'\fR does not combine with the next
line because the next line is not balanced.  This can help with
readability, but \fB\-vt=2\fR can be used to ignore this rule.
.Sp
The tightest, and least readable, code is produced with both \f(CW\*(C`\-vt=2\*(C'\fR and
\&\f(CW\*(C`\-vtc=2\*(C'\fR:
.Sp
.Vb 3
\&    # perltidy \-lp \-vt=2 \-vtc=2
\&    $init\->add( mysprintf( "(void)find_threadsv(%s);",
\&                           cstring( $threadsv_names[ $op\->targ ] ) ) );
.Ve
.Sp
Notice how the code in all of these examples collapses vertically as
\&\fB\-vt\fR increases, but the indentation remains unchanged.  This is
because perltidy implements the \fB\-vt\fR parameter by first formatting as
if \fB\-vt=0\fR, and then simply overwriting one output line on top of the
next, if possible, to achieve the desired vertical tightness.  The
\&\fB\-lp\fR indentation style has been designed to allow this vertical
collapse to occur, which is why it is required for the \fB\-vt\fR parameter.
.Sp
The \fB\-vt=n\fR and \fB\-vtc=n\fR parameters apply to each type of container
token.  If desired, vertical tightness controls can be applied
independently to each of the closing container token types.
.Sp
The parameters for controlling parentheses are \fB\-pvt=n\fR or
\&\fB\-\-paren\-vertical\-tightness=n\fR, and \fB\-pcvt=n\fR or
\&\fB\-\-paren\-vertical\-tightness\-closing=n\fR.
.Sp
Likewise, the parameters for square brackets are \fB\-sbvt=n\fR or
\&\fB\-\-square\-bracket\-vertical\-tightness=n\fR, and \fB\-sbcvt=n\fR or
\&\fB\-\-square\-bracket\-vertical\-tightness\-closing=n\fR.
.Sp
Finally, the parameters for controlling non-code block braces are
\&\fB\-bvt=n\fR or \fB\-\-brace\-vertical\-tightness=n\fR, and \fB\-bcvt=n\fR or
\&\fB\-\-brace\-vertical\-tightness\-closing=n\fR.
.Sp
In fact, the parameter \fB\-vt=n\fR is actually just an abbreviation for
\&\fB\-pvt=n \-bvt=n sbvt=n\fR, and likewise \fB\-vtc=n\fR is an abbreviation
for \fB\-pvtc=n \-bvtc=n sbvtc=n\fR.
.RE
.IP "\fB\-bbvt=n\fR or \fB\-\-block\-brace\-vertical\-tightness=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-bbvt=n or --block-brace-vertical-tightness=n"
The \fB\-bbvt=n\fR flag is just like the \fB\-vt=n\fR flag but applies
to opening code block braces.
.Sp
.Vb 4
\& \-bbvt=0 break after opening block brace (default). 
\& \-bbvt=1 do not break unless this would produce more than one 
\&         step in indentation in a line.
\& \-bbvt=2 do not break after opening block brace.
.Ve
.Sp
It is necessary to also use either \fB\-bl\fR or \fB\-bli\fR for this to work,
because, as with other vertical tightness controls, it is implemented by
simply overwriting a line ending with an opening block brace with the
subsequent line.  For example:
.Sp
.Vb 10
\&    # perltidy \-bli \-bbvt=0
\&    if ( open( FILE, "< $File" ) )
\&      {
\&        while ( $File =  )
\&          {
\&            $In .= $File;
\&            $count++;
\&          }
\&        close(FILE);
\&      }
\&
\&    # perltidy \-bli \-bbvt=1
\&    if ( open( FILE, "< $File" ) )
\&      { while ( $File =  )
\&          { $In .= $File;
\&            $count++;
\&          }
\&        close(FILE);
\&      }
.Ve
.Sp
By default this applies to blocks associated with keywords \fBif\fR,
\&\fBelsif\fR, \fBelse\fR, \fBunless\fR, \fBfor\fR, \fBforeach\fR, \fBsub\fR, \fBwhile\fR,
\&\fBuntil\fR, and also with a preceding label.  This can be changed with
the parameter \fB\-bbvtl=string\fR, or
\&\fB\-\-block\-brace\-vertical\-tightness\-list=string\fR, where \fBstring\fR is a
space-separated list of block types.  For more information on the
possible values of this string, see \*(L"Specifying Block Types\*(R"
.Sp
For example, if we want to just apply this style to \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR,
\&\f(CW\*(C`elsif\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`else\*(C'\fR blocks, we could use 
\&\f(CW\*(C`perltidy \-bli \-bbvt=1 \-bbvtl=\*(Aqif elsif else\*(Aq\*(C'\fR.
.Sp
There is no vertical tightness control for closing block braces; with
the exception of one-line blocks, they will normally remain on a 
separate line.
.IP "\fB\-sot\fR,  \fB\-\-stack\-opening\-tokens\fR and related flags" 4
.IX Item "-sot,  --stack-opening-tokens and related flags"
The \fB\-sot\fR flag tells perltidy to \*(L"stack\*(R" opening tokens
when possible to avoid lines with isolated opening tokens.
.Sp
For example:
.Sp
.Vb 8
\&    # default
\&    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS\->new(
\&        {
\&            binary       => 1,
\&            sep_char     => $opt_c,
\&            always_quote => 1,
\&        }
\&    );
\&
\&    # \-sot
\&    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS\->new( {
\&            binary       => 1,
\&            sep_char     => $opt_c,
\&            always_quote => 1,
\&        }
\&    );
.Ve
.Sp
For detailed control of individual closing tokens the following
controls can be used:
.Sp
.Vb 3
\&  \-sop  or \-\-stack\-opening\-paren
\&  \-sohb or \-\-stack\-opening\-hash\-brace
\&  \-sosb or \-\-stack\-opening\-square\-bracket
.Ve
.Sp
The flag \fB\-sot\fR is a synonym for \fB\-sop \-sohb \-sosb\fR.
.IP "\fB\-sct\fR,  \fB\-\-stack\-closing\-tokens\fR and related flags" 4
.IX Item "-sct,  --stack-closing-tokens and related flags"
The \fB\-sct\fR flag tells perltidy to \*(L"stack\*(R" closing tokens
when possible to avoid lines with isolated closing tokens.
.Sp
For example:
.Sp
.Vb 8
\&    # default
\&    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS\->new(
\&        {
\&            binary       => 1,
\&            sep_char     => $opt_c,
\&            always_quote => 1,
\&        }
\&    );
\&
\&    # \-sct
\&    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS\->new(
\&        {
\&            binary       => 1,
\&            sep_char     => $opt_c,
\&            always_quote => 1,
\&        } );
.Ve
.Sp
The \fB\-sct\fR flag is somewhat similar to the \fB\-vtc\fR flags, and in some
cases it can give a similar result.  The difference is that the \fB\-vtc\fR
flags try to avoid lines with leading opening tokens by \*(L"hiding\*(R" them at
the end of a previous line, whereas the \fB\-sct\fR flag merely tries to
reduce the number of lines with isolated closing tokens by stacking them
but does not try to hide them.  For example:
.Sp
.Vb 6
\&    # \-vtc=2
\&    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS\->new(
\&        {
\&            binary       => 1,
\&            sep_char     => $opt_c,
\&            always_quote => 1, } );
.Ve
.Sp
For detailed control of the stacking of individual closing tokens the
following controls can be used:
.Sp
.Vb 3
\&  \-scp  or \-\-stack\-closing\-paren
\&  \-schb or \-\-stack\-closing\-hash\-brace
\&  \-scsb or \-\-stack\-closing\-square\-bracket
.Ve
.Sp
The flag \fB\-sct\fR is a synonym for \fB\-scp \-schb \-scsb\fR.
.IP "\fB\-dnl\fR,  \fB\-\-delete\-old\-newlines\fR" 4
.IX Item "-dnl,  --delete-old-newlines"
By default, perltidy first deletes all old line break locations, and then it
looks for good break points to match the desired line length.  Use \fB\-ndnl\fR
or  \fB\-\-nodelete\-old\-newlines\fR to force perltidy to retain all old line break
points.
.IP "\fB\-anl\fR,  \fB\-\-add\-newlines\fR" 4
.IX Item "-anl,  --add-newlines"
By default, perltidy will add line breaks when necessary to create
continuations of long lines and to improve the script appearance.  Use
\&\fB\-nanl\fR or \fB\-\-noadd\-newlines\fR to prevent any new line breaks.
.Sp
This flag does not prevent perltidy from eliminating existing line
breaks; see \fB\-\-freeze\-newlines\fR to completely prevent changes to line
break points.
.IP "Controlling whether perltidy breaks before or after operators" 4
.IX Item "Controlling whether perltidy breaks before or after operators"
Four command line parameters provide some control over whether
a line break should be before or after specific token types.
Two parameters give detailed control:
.Sp
\&\fB\-wba=s\fR or \fB\-\-want\-break\-after=s\fR, and
.Sp
\&\fB\-wbb=s\fR or \fB\-\-want\-break\-before=s\fR.
.Sp
These parameters are each followed by a quoted string, \fBs\fR, containing
a list of token types (separated only by spaces).  No more than one of each
of these parameters should be specified, because repeating a
command-line parameter always overwrites the previous one before
perltidy ever sees it.
.Sp
By default, perltidy breaks \fBafter\fR these token types:
  % + \- * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < >  | & 
  = **= += *= &= <<= &&= \-= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=
.Sp
And perltidy breaks \fBbefore\fR these token types by default:
  . << >> \-> && || //
.Sp
To illustrate, to cause a break after a concatenation operator, \f(CW\*(Aq.\*(Aq\fR,
rather than before it, the command line would be
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&  \-wba="."
.Ve
.Sp
As another example, the following command would cause a break before 
math operators \f(CW\*(Aq+\*(Aq\fR, \f(CW\*(Aq\-\*(Aq\fR, \f(CW\*(Aq/\*(Aq\fR, and \f(CW\*(Aq*\*(Aq\fR:
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&  \-wbb="+ \- / *"
.Ve
.Sp
These commands should work well for most of the token types that perltidy uses
(use \fB\-\-dump\-token\-types\fR for a list).  Also try the \fB\-D\fR flag on a short
snippet of code and look at the .DEBUG file to see the tokenization.  However,
for a few token types there may be conflicts with hardwired logic which cause
unexpected results.  One example is curly braces, which should be controlled
with the parameter \fBbl\fR provided for that purpose.
.Sp
\&\fB\s-1WARNING\s0\fR Be sure to put these tokens in quotes to avoid having them
misinterpreted by your command shell.
.Sp
Two additional parameters are available which, though they provide no further
capability, can simplify input are:
.Sp
\&\fB\-baao\fR or \fB\-\-break\-after\-all\-operators\fR,
.Sp
\&\fB\-bbao\fR or \fB\-\-break\-before\-all\-operators\fR.
.Sp
The \-baao sets the default to be to break after all of the following operators:
.Sp
.Vb 3
\&    % + \- * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < > | & 
\&    = **= += *= &= <<= &&= \-= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=
\&    . : ? && || and or err xor
.Ve
.Sp
and the \fB\-bbao\fR flag sets the default to break before all of these operators.
These can be used to define an initial break preference which can be fine-tuned
with the \fB\-wba\fR and \fB\-wbb\fR flags.  For example, to break before all operators
except an \fB=\fR one could use \-\-bbao \-wba='=' rather than listing every
single perl operator except \fB=\fR on a \-wbb flag.
.SS "Controlling List Formatting"
.IX Subsection "Controlling List Formatting"
Perltidy attempts to place comma-separated arrays of values in tables
which look good.  Its default algorithms usually work well, and they
have been improving with each release, but several parameters are
available to control list formatting.
.IP "\fB\-boc\fR,  \fB\-\-break\-at\-old\-comma\-breakpoints\fR" 4
.IX Item "-boc,  --break-at-old-comma-breakpoints"
This flag tells perltidy to try to break at all old commas.  This is not
the default.  Normally, perltidy makes a best guess at list formatting,
and seldom uses old comma breakpoints.  Usually this works well,
but consider:
.Sp
.Vb 5
\&    my @list = (1,
\&                1, 1,
\&                1, 2, 1,
\&                1, 3, 3, 1,
\&                1, 4, 6, 4, 1,);
.Ve
.Sp
The default formatting will flatten this down to one line:
.Sp
.Vb 2
\&    # perltidy (default)
\&    my @list = ( 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 3, 3, 1, 1, 4, 6, 4, 1, );
.Ve
.Sp
which hides the structure. Using \fB\-boc\fR, plus additional flags
to retain the original style, yields
.Sp
.Vb 6
\&    # perltidy \-boc \-lp \-pt=2 \-vt=1 \-vtc=1
\&    my @list = (1,
\&                1, 1,
\&                1, 2, 1,
\&                1, 3, 3, 1,
\&                1, 4, 6, 4, 1,);
.Ve
.Sp
A disadvantage of this flag is that all tables in the file
must already be nicely formatted.  For another possibility see
the \-fs flag in \*(L"Skipping Selected Sections of Code\*(R".
.IP "\fB\-mft=n\fR,  \fB\-\-maximum\-fields\-per\-table=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-mft=n,  --maximum-fields-per-table=n"
If the computed number of fields for any table exceeds \fBn\fR, then it
will be reduced to \fBn\fR.  The default value for \fBn\fR is a large number,
40.  While this value should probably be left unchanged as a general
rule, it might be used on a small section of code to force a list to
have a particular number of fields per line, and then either the \fB\-boc\fR
flag could be used to retain this formatting, or a single comment could
be introduced somewhere to freeze the formatting in future applications
of perltidy.
.Sp
.Vb 9
\&    # perltidy \-mft=2
\&    @month_of_year = (    
\&        \*(AqJan\*(Aq, \*(AqFeb\*(Aq,
\&        \*(AqMar\*(Aq, \*(AqApr\*(Aq,
\&        \*(AqMay\*(Aq, \*(AqJun\*(Aq,
\&        \*(AqJul\*(Aq, \*(AqAug\*(Aq,
\&        \*(AqSep\*(Aq, \*(AqOct\*(Aq,
\&        \*(AqNov\*(Aq, \*(AqDec\*(Aq
\&    );
.Ve
.IP "\fB\-cab=n\fR,  \fB\-\-comma\-arrow\-breakpoints=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-cab=n,  --comma-arrow-breakpoints=n"
A comma which follows a comma arrow, '=>', requires special
consideration.  In a long list, it is common to break at all such
commas.  This parameter can be used to control how perltidy breaks at
these commas.  (However, it will have no effect if old comma breaks are
being forced because \fB\-boc\fR is used).  The possible values of \fBn\fR are:
.Sp
.Vb 6
\& n=0 break at all commas after =>  
\& n=1 stable: break at all commas after => unless this would break
\&     an existing one\-line container (default)
\& n=2 break at all commas after =>, but try to form the maximum
\&     maximum one\-line container lengths
\& n=3 do not treat commas after => specially at all
.Ve
.Sp
For example, given the following single line, perltidy by default will
not add any line breaks because it would break the existing one-line
container:
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&    bless { B => $B, Root => $Root } => $package;
.Ve
.Sp
Using \fB\-cab=0\fR will force a break after each comma-arrow item:
.Sp
.Vb 5
\&    # perltidy \-cab=0:
\&    bless {
\&        B    => $B,
\&        Root => $Root
\&    } => $package;
.Ve
.Sp
If perltidy is subsequently run with this container broken, then by
default it will break after each '=>' because the container is now
broken.  To reform a one-line container, the parameter \fB\-cab=2\fR would
be needed.
.Sp
The flag \fB\-cab=3\fR can be used to prevent these commas from being
treated specially.  In this case, an item such as \*(L"01\*(R" => 31 is
treated as a single item in a table.  The number of fields in this table
will be determined by the same rules that are used for any other table.
Here is an example.
.Sp
.Vb 6
\&    # perltidy \-cab=3
\&    my %last_day = (
\&        "01" => 31, "02" => 29, "03" => 31, "04" => 30,
\&        "05" => 31, "06" => 30, "07" => 31, "08" => 31,
\&        "09" => 30, "10" => 31, "11" => 30, "12" => 31
\&    );
.Ve
.SS "Retaining or Ignoring Existing Line Breaks"
.IX Subsection "Retaining or Ignoring Existing Line Breaks"
Several additional parameters are available for controlling the extent
to which line breaks in the input script influence the output script.
In most cases, the default parameter values are set so that, if a choice
is possible, the output style follows the input style.  For example, if
a short logical container is broken in the input script, then the
default behavior is for it to remain broken in the output script.
.PP
Most of the parameters in this section would only be required for a
one-time conversion of a script from short container lengths to longer
container lengths.  The opposite effect, of converting long container
lengths to shorter lengths, can be obtained by temporarily using a short
maximum line length.
.IP "\fB\-bol\fR,  \fB\-\-break\-at\-old\-logical\-breakpoints\fR" 4
.IX Item "-bol,  --break-at-old-logical-breakpoints"
By default, if a logical expression is broken at a \f(CW\*(C`&&\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`||\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`and\*(C'\fR,
or \f(CW\*(C`or\*(C'\fR, then the container will remain broken.  Also, breaks
at internal keywords \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`unless\*(C'\fR will normally be retained.
To prevent this, and thus form longer lines, use \fB\-nbol\fR.
.IP "\fB\-bok\fR,  \fB\-\-break\-at\-old\-keyword\-breakpoints\fR" 4
.IX Item "-bok,  --break-at-old-keyword-breakpoints"
By default, perltidy will retain a breakpoint before keywords which may
return lists, such as \f(CW\*(C`sort\*(C'\fR and .  This allows chains of these
operators to be displayed one per line.  Use \fB\-nbok\fR to prevent
retaining these breakpoints.
.IP "\fB\-bot\fR,  \fB\-\-break\-at\-old\-ternary\-breakpoints\fR" 4
.IX Item "-bot,  --break-at-old-ternary-breakpoints"
By default, if a conditional (ternary) operator is broken at a \f(CW\*(C`:\*(C'\fR,
then it will remain broken.  To prevent this, and thereby
form longer lines, use \fB\-nbot\fR.
.IP "\fB\-boa\fR,  \fB\-\-break\-at\-old\-attribute\-breakpoints\fR" 4
.IX Item "-boa,  --break-at-old-attribute-breakpoints"
By default, if an attribute list is broken at a \f(CW\*(C`:\*(C'\fR in the source file, then
it will remain broken.  For example, given the following code, the line breaks
at the ':'s will be retained:
.Sp
.Vb 4
\&                    my @field
\&                      : field
\&                      : Default(1)
\&                      : Get(\*(AqName\*(Aq => \*(Aqfoo\*(Aq) : Set(\*(AqName\*(Aq);
.Ve
.Sp
If the attributes are on a single line in the source code then they will remain
on a single line if possible.
.Sp
To prevent this, and thereby always form longer lines, use \fB\-nboa\fR.
.IP "\fB\-iob\fR,  \fB\-\-ignore\-old\-breakpoints\fR" 4
.IX Item "-iob,  --ignore-old-breakpoints"
Use this flag to tell perltidy to ignore existing line breaks to the
maximum extent possible.  This will tend to produce the longest possible
containers, regardless of type, which do not exceed the line length
limit.
.IP "\fB\-kis\fR,  \fB\-\-keep\-interior\-semicolons\fR" 4
.IX Item "-kis,  --keep-interior-semicolons"
Use the \fB\-kis\fR flag to prevent breaking at a semicolon if
there was no break there in the input file.  Normally
perltidy places a newline after each semicolon which
terminates a statement unless several statements are
contained within a one-line brace block.  To illustrate,
consider the following input lines:
.Sp
.Vb 2
\&    dbmclose(%verb_delim); undef %verb_delim;
\&    dbmclose(%expanded); undef %expanded;
.Ve
.Sp
The default is to break after each statement, giving
.Sp
.Vb 4
\&    dbmclose(%verb_delim);
\&    undef %verb_delim;
\&    dbmclose(%expanded);
\&    undef %expanded;
.Ve
.Sp
With \fBperltidy \-kis\fR the multiple statements are retained:
.Sp
.Vb 2
\&    dbmclose(%verb_delim); undef %verb_delim;
\&    dbmclose(%expanded);   undef %expanded;
.Ve
.Sp
The statements are still subject to the specified value
of \fBmaximum-line-length\fR and will be broken if this 
maximum is exceeed.
.SS "Blank Line Control"
.IX Subsection "Blank Line Control"
Blank lines can improve the readability of a script if they are carefully
placed.  Perltidy has several commands for controlling the insertion,
retention, and removal of blank lines.
.IP "\fB\-fbl\fR,  \fB\-\-freeze\-blank\-lines\fR" 4
.IX Item "-fbl,  --freeze-blank-lines"
Set \fB\-fbl\fR if you want to the blank lines in your script to
remain exactly as they are.  The rest of the parameters in
this section may then be ignored.  (Note: setting the \fB\-fbl\fR flag
is equivalent to setting \fB\-mbl=0\fR and \fB\-kbl=2\fR).
.IP "\fB\-bbc\fR,  \fB\-\-blanks\-before\-comments\fR" 4
.IX Item "-bbc,  --blanks-before-comments"
A blank line will be introduced before a full-line comment.  This is the
default.  Use \fB\-nbbc\fR or  \fB\-\-noblanks\-before\-comments\fR to prevent
such blank lines from being introduced.
.IP "\fB\-blbs=n\fR,  \fB\-\-blank\-lines\-before\-subs=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-blbs=n,  --blank-lines-before-subs=n"
The parameter \fB\-blbs=n\fR requests that least \fBn\fR blank lines precede a sub
definition which does not follow a comment and which is more than one-line
long.  The default is <\-blbs=1>.  \fB\s-1BEGIN\s0\fR and \fB\s-1END\s0\fR blocks are included.
.Sp
The requested number of blanks statement will be inserted regardless of of the
value of \fB\-\-maximum\-consecutive\-blank\-lines=n\fR (\fB\-mbl=n\fR) with the exception
that if \fB\-mbl=0\fR then no blanks will be output.
.Sp
This parameter interacts with the value \fBk\fR of the parameter \fB\-\-maximum\-consecutive\-blank\-lines=k\fR (\fB\-mbl=k\fR) as follows:
.Sp
1. If \fB\-mbl=0\fR then no blanks will be output.  This allows all blanks to be suppressed with a single parameter.  Otherwise,
.Sp
2. If the number of old blank lines in the script is less than \fBn\fR then
additional blanks will be inserted to make the total \fBn\fR regardless of the
value of \fB\-mbl=k\fR.
.Sp
3. If the number of old blank lines in the script equals or exceeds \fBn\fR then
this parameter has no effect, however the total will not exceed
value specified on the \fB\-mbl=k\fR flag.
.IP "\fB\-blbp=n\fR,  \fB\-\-blank\-lines\-before\-packages=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-blbp=n,  --blank-lines-before-packages=n"
The parameter \fB\-blbp=n\fR requests that least \fBn\fR blank lines precede a package
which does not follow a comment.  The default is <\-blbp=1>.
.Sp
This parameter interacts with the value \fBk\fR of the parameter
\&\fB\-\-maximum\-consecutive\-blank\-lines=k\fR (\fB\-mbl=k\fR) in the same way as described
for the previous item \fB\-blbs=n\fR.
.IP "\fB\-bbs\fR,  \fB\-\-blanks\-before\-subs\fR" 4
.IX Item "-bbs,  --blanks-before-subs"
For compatability with previous versions, \fB\-bbs\fR or \fB\-\-blanks\-before\-subs\fR 
is equivalent to \fI\-blbp=1\fR and \fI\-blbs=1\fR.
.Sp
Likewise, \fB\-nbbs\fR or \fB\-\-noblanks\-before\-subs\fR 
is equivalent to \fI\-blbp=0\fR and \fI\-blbs=0\fR.
.IP "\fB\-bbb\fR,  \fB\-\-blanks\-before\-blocks\fR" 4
.IX Item "-bbb,  --blanks-before-blocks"
A blank line will be introduced before blocks of coding delimited by
\&\fBfor\fR, \fBforeach\fR, \fBwhile\fR, \fBuntil\fR, and \fBif\fR, \fBunless\fR, in the following
circumstances:
.RS 4
.IP "\(bu" 4
The block is not preceded by a comment.
.IP "\(bu" 4
The block is not a one-line block.
.IP "\(bu" 4
The number of consecutive non-blank lines at the current indentation depth is at least \fB\-lbl\fR
(see next section).
.RE
.RS 4
.Sp
This is the default.  The intention of this option is to introduce
some space within dense coding.
This is negated with \fB\-nbbb\fR or  \fB\-\-noblanks\-before\-blocks\fR.
.RE
.IP "\fB\-lbl=n\fR \fB\-\-long\-block\-line\-count=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-lbl=n --long-block-line-count=n"
This controls how often perltidy is allowed to add blank lines before 
certain block types (see previous section).  The default is 8.  Entering
a value of \fB0\fR is equivalent to entering a very large number.
.IP "\fB\-mbl=n\fR \fB\-\-maximum\-consecutive\-blank\-lines=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-mbl=n --maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=n"
This parameter specifies the maximum number of consecutive blank lines which
will be output within code sections of a script.  The default is n=1.  If the
input file has more than n consecutive blank lines, the number will be reduced
to n except as noted above for the \fB\-blbp\fR and \fB\-blbs\fR parameters.  If \fBn=0\fR
then no blank lines will be output (unless all old blank lines are retained
with the \fB\-kbl=2\fR flag of the next section).
.Sp
This flag obviously does not apply to pod sections,
here-documents, and quotes.
.IP "\fB\-kbl=n\fR,  \fB\-\-keep\-old\-blank\-lines=n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-kbl=n,  --keep-old-blank-lines=n"
The \fB\-kbl=n\fR flag gives you control over how your existing blank lines are
treated.
.Sp
The possible values of \fBn\fR are:
.Sp
.Vb 3
\& n=0 ignore all old blank lines
\& n=1 stable: keep old blanks, but limited by the value of the B<\-mbl=n> flag
\& n=2 keep all old blank lines, regardless of the value of the B<\-mbl=n> flag
.Ve
.Sp
The default is \fBn=1\fR.
.IP "\fB\-sob\fR,  \fB\-\-swallow\-optional\-blank\-lines\fR" 4
.IX Item "-sob,  --swallow-optional-blank-lines"
This is equivalent to \fBkbl=0\fR and is included for compatability with
previous versions.
.IP "\fB\-nsob\fR,  \fB\-\-noswallow\-optional\-blank\-lines\fR" 4
.IX Item "-nsob,  --noswallow-optional-blank-lines"
This is equivalent to \fBkbl=1\fR and is included for compatability with
previous versions.
.SS "Styles"
.IX Subsection "Styles"
A style refers to a convenient collection of existing parameters.
.IP "\fB\-gnu\fR, \fB\-\-gnu\-style\fR" 4
.IX Item "-gnu, --gnu-style"
\&\fB\-gnu\fR gives an approximation to the \s-1GNU\s0 Coding Standards (which do
not apply to perl) as they are sometimes implemented.  At present, this
style overrides the default style with the following parameters:
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&    \-lp \-bl \-noll \-pt=2 \-bt=2 \-sbt=2 \-icp
.Ve
.IP "\fB\-pbp\fR, \fB\-\-perl\-best\-practices\fR" 4
.IX Item "-pbp, --perl-best-practices"
\&\fB\-pbp\fR is an abbreviation for the parameters in the book \fBPerl Best Practices\fR
by Damian Conway:
.Sp
.Vb 3
\&    \-l=78 \-i=4 \-ci=4 \-st \-se \-vt=2 \-cti=0 \-pt=1 \-bt=1 \-sbt=1 \-bbt=1 \-nsfs \-nolq
\&    \-wbb="% + \- * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < > | & = 
\&          **= += *= &= <<= &&= \-= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x="
.Ve
.Sp
Note that the \-st and \-se flags make perltidy act as a filter on one file only.  
These can be overridden with \-nst and \-nse if necessary.
.SS "Other Controls"
.IX Subsection "Other Controls"
.IP "Deleting selected text" 4
.IX Item "Deleting selected text"
Perltidy can selectively delete comments and/or pod documentation.  The
command \fB\-dac\fR or  \fB\-\-delete\-all\-comments\fR will delete all comments
\&\fBand\fR all pod documentation, leaving just code and any leading system
control lines.
.Sp
The command \fB\-dp\fR or \fB\-\-delete\-pod\fR will remove all pod documentation
(but not comments).
.Sp
Two commands which remove comments (but not pod) are: \fB\-dbc\fR or
\&\fB\-\-delete\-block\-comments\fR and \fB\-dsc\fR or  \fB\-\-delete\-side\-comments\fR.
(Hanging side comments will be deleted with block comments here.)
.Sp
The negatives of these commands also work, and are the defaults.  When
block comments are deleted, any leading 'hash\-bang' will be retained.
Also, if the \fB\-x\fR flag is used, any system commands before a leading
hash-bang will be retained (even if they are in the form of comments).
.IP "Writing selected text to a file" 4
.IX Item "Writing selected text to a file"
When perltidy writes a formatted text file, it has the ability to also
send selected text to a file with a \fI.TEE\fR extension.  This text can
include comments and pod documentation.
.Sp
The command \fB\-tac\fR or  \fB\-\-tee\-all\-comments\fR will write all comments
\&\fBand\fR all pod documentation.
.Sp
The command \fB\-tp\fR or \fB\-\-tee\-pod\fR will write all pod documentation (but
not comments).
.Sp
The commands which write comments (but not pod) are: \fB\-tbc\fR or
\&\fB\-\-tee\-block\-comments\fR and \fB\-tsc\fR or  \fB\-\-tee\-side\-comments\fR.
(Hanging side comments will be written with block comments here.)
.Sp
The negatives of these commands also work, and are the defaults.
.IP "Using a \fI.perltidyrc\fR command file" 4
.IX Item "Using a .perltidyrc command file"
If you use perltidy frequently, you probably won't be happy until you
create a \fI.perltidyrc\fR file to avoid typing commonly-used parameters.
Perltidy will first look in your current directory for a command file
named \fI.perltidyrc\fR.  If it does not find one, it will continue looking
for one in other standard locations.
.Sp
These other locations are system-dependent, and may be displayed with
the command \f(CW\*(C`perltidy \-dpro\*(C'\fR.  Under Unix systems, it will first look
for an environment variable \fB\s-1PERLTIDY\s0\fR.  Then it will look for a
\&\fI.perltidyrc\fR file in the home directory, and then for a system-wide
file \fI/usr/local/etc/perltidyrc\fR, and then it will look for
\&\fI/etc/perltidyrc\fR.  Note that these last two system-wide files do not
have a leading dot.  Further system-dependent information will be found
in the \s-1INSTALL\s0 file distributed with perltidy.
.Sp
Under Windows, perltidy will also search for a configuration file named perltidy.ini since Windows does not allow files with a leading period (.).
Use \f(CW\*(C`perltidy \-dpro\*(C'\fR to see the possbile locations for your system.
An example might be \fIC:\eDocuments and Settings\eAll Users\eperltidy.ini\fR.
.Sp
Another option is the use of the \s-1PERLTIDY\s0 environment variable.
The method for setting environment variables depends upon the version of
Windows that you are using.  Instructions for Windows 95 and later versions can
be found here:
.Sp
http://www.netmanage.com/000/20021101_005_tcm21\-6336.pdf
.Sp
Under Windows \s-1NT\s0 / 2000 / \s-1XP\s0 the \s-1PERLTIDY\s0 environment variable can be placed in
either the user section or the system section.  The later makes the
configuration file common to all users on the machine.  Be sure to enter the
full path of the configuration file in the value of the environment variable.
Ex.  PERLTIDY=C:\eDocuments and Settings\eperltidy.ini
.Sp
The configuation file is free format, and simply a list of parameters, just as
they would be entered on a command line.  Any number of lines may be used, with
any number of parameters per line, although it may be easiest to read with one
parameter per line.  Comment text begins with a #, and there must
also be a space before the # for side comments.  It is a good idea to
put complex parameters in either single or double quotes.
.Sp
Here is an example of a \fI.perltidyrc\fR file:
.Sp
.Vb 8
\&  # This is a simple of a .perltidyrc configuration file
\&  # This implements a highly spaced style
\&  \-se    # errors to standard error output
\&  \-w     # show all warnings
\&  \-bl    # braces on new lines
\&  \-pt=0  # parens not tight at all
\&  \-bt=0  # braces not tight
\&  \-sbt=0 # square brackets not tight
.Ve
.Sp
The parameters in the \fI.perltidyrc\fR file are installed first, so any
parameters given on the command line will have priority over them.
.Sp
To avoid confusion, perltidy ignores any command in the .perltidyrc
file which would cause some kind of dump and an exit.  These are:
.Sp
.Vb 1
\& \-h \-v \-ddf \-dln \-dop \-dsn \-dtt \-dwls \-dwrs \-ss
.Ve
.Sp
There are several options may be helpful in debugging a \fI.perltidyrc\fR
file:
.RS 4
.IP "\(bu" 4
A very helpful command is \fB\-\-dump\-profile\fR or \fB\-dpro\fR.  It writes a
list of all configuration filenames tested to standard output, and 
if a file is found, it dumps the content to standard output before
exiting.  So, to find out where perltidy looks for its configuration
files, and which one if any it selects, just enter
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&  perltidy \-dpro
.Ve
.IP "\(bu" 4
It may be simplest to develop and test configuration files with
alternative names, and invoke them with \fB\-pro=filename\fR on the command
line.  Then rename the desired file to \fI.perltidyrc\fR when finished.
.IP "\(bu" 4
The parameters in the \fI.perltidyrc\fR file can be switched off with 
the \fB\-npro\fR option.
.IP "\(bu" 4
The commands \fB\-\-dump\-options\fR, \fB\-\-dump\-defaults\fR, \fB\-\-dump\-long\-names\fR,
and \fB\-\-dump\-short\-names\fR, all described below, may all be helpful.
.RE
.RS 4
.RE
.IP "Creating a new abbreviation" 4
.IX Item "Creating a new abbreviation"
A special notation is available for use in a \fI.perltidyrc\fR file
for creating an abbreviation for a group
of options.  This can be used to create a
shorthand for one or more styles which are frequently, but not always,
used.  The notation is to group the options within curly braces which
are preceded by the name of the alias (without leading dashes), like this:
.Sp
.Vb 4
\&        newword {
\&        \-opt1
\&        \-opt2
\&        }
.Ve
.Sp
where \fBnewword\fR is the abbreviation, and \fBopt1\fR, etc, are existing parameters
\&\fIor other abbreviations\fR.  The main syntax requirement is that
the new abbreviation must begin on a new line.
Space before and after the curly braces is optional.
For a
specific example, the following line
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&        airy {\-bl \-pt=0 \-bt=0 \-sbt=0}
.Ve
.Sp
could be placed in a \fI.perltidyrc\fR file, and then invoked at will with
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&        perltidy \-airy somefile.pl
.Ve
.Sp
(Either \f(CW\*(C`\-airy\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`\-\-airy\*(C'\fR may be used).
.IP "Skipping leading non-perl commands with \fB\-x\fR or \fB\-\-look\-for\-hash\-bang\fR" 4
.IX Item "Skipping leading non-perl commands with -x or --look-for-hash-bang"
If your script has leading lines of system commands or other text which
are not valid perl code, and which are separated from the start of the
perl code by a \*(L"hash-bang\*(R" line, ( a line of the form \f(CW\*(C`#!...perl\*(C'\fR ),
you must use the \fB\-x\fR flag to tell perltidy not to parse and format any
lines before the \*(L"hash-bang\*(R" line.  This option also invokes perl with a
\&\-x flag when checking the syntax.  This option was originally added to
allow perltidy to parse interactive \s-1VMS\s0 scripts, but it should be used
for any script which is normally invoked with \f(CW\*(C`perl \-x\*(C'\fR.
.IP "Making a file unreadable" 4
.IX Item "Making a file unreadable"
The goal of perltidy is to improve the readability of files, but there
are two commands which have the opposite effect, \fB\-\-mangle\fR and
\&\fB\-\-extrude\fR.  They are actually
merely aliases for combinations of other parameters.  Both of these
strip all possible whitespace, but leave comments and pod documents,
so that they are essentially reversible.  The
difference between these is that \fB\-\-mangle\fR puts the fewest possible
line breaks in a script while \fB\-\-extrude\fR puts the maximum possible.
Note that these options do not provided any meaningful obfuscation, because
perltidy can be used to reformat the files.  They were originally
developed to help test the tokenization logic of perltidy, but they
have other uses.
One use for \fB\-\-mangle\fR is the following:
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&  perltidy \-\-mangle myfile.pl \-st | perltidy \-o myfile.pl.new
.Ve
.Sp
This will form the maximum possible number of one-line blocks (see next
section), and can sometimes help clean up a badly formatted script.
.Sp
A similar technique can be used with \fB\-\-extrude\fR instead of \fB\-\-mangle\fR
to make the minimum number of one-line blocks.
.Sp
Another use for \fB\-\-mangle\fR is to combine it with \fB\-dac\fR to reduce
the file size of a perl script.
.IP "One-line blocks" 4
.IX Item "One-line blocks"
There are a few points to note regarding one-line blocks.  A one-line
block is something like this,
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&        if ($x > 0) { $y = 1 / $x }
.Ve
.Sp
where the contents within the curly braces is short enough to fit
on a single line.
.Sp
With few exceptions, perltidy retains existing one-line blocks, if it
is possible within the line-length constraint, but it does not attempt
to form new ones.  In other words, perltidy will try to follow the
one-line block style of the input file.
.Sp
If an existing one-line block is longer than the maximum line length,
however, it will be broken into multiple lines.  When this happens, perltidy
checks for and adds any optional terminating semicolon (unless the \fB\-nasc\fR
option is used) if the block is a code block.
.Sp
The main exception is that perltidy will attempt to form new one-line
blocks following the keywords \f(CW\*(C`map\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`eval\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`sort\*(C'\fR, because
these code blocks are often small and most clearly displayed in a single
line.
.Sp
One-line block rules can conflict with the cuddled-else option.  When
the cuddled-else option is used, perltidy retains existing one-line
blocks, even if they do not obey cuddled-else formatting.
.Sp
Occasionally, when one-line blocks get broken because they exceed the
available line length, the formatting will violate the requested brace style.
If this happens, reformatting the script a second time should correct
the problem.
.IP "Debugging" 4
.IX Item "Debugging"
The following flags are available for debugging:
.Sp
\&\fB\-\-dump\-defaults\fR or \fB\-ddf\fR will write the default option set to standard output and quit
.Sp
\&\fB\-\-dump\-profile\fR or \fB\-dpro\fR  will write the name of the current 
configuration file and its contents to standard output and quit.
.Sp
\&\fB\-\-dump\-options\fR or \fB\-dop\fR  will write current option set to standard
output and quit.
.Sp
\&\fB\-\-dump\-long\-names\fR or \fB\-dln\fR  will write all command line long names (passed 
to Get_options) to standard output and quit.
.Sp
\&\fB\-\-dump\-short\-names\fR  or \fB\-dsn\fR will write all command line short names 
to standard output and quit.
.Sp
\&\fB\-\-dump\-token\-types\fR or \fB\-dtt\fR  will write a list of all token types 
to standard output and quit.
.Sp
\&\fB\-\-dump\-want\-left\-space\fR or \fB\-dwls\fR  will write the hash \f(CW%want_left_space\fR
to standard output and quit.  See the section on controlling whitespace
around tokens.
.Sp
\&\fB\-\-dump\-want\-right\-space\fR or \fB\-dwrs\fR  will write the hash \f(CW%want_right_space\fR
to standard output and quit.  See the section on controlling whitespace
around tokens.
.Sp
\&\fB\-DEBUG\fR  will write a file with extension \fI.DEBUG\fR for each input file 
showing the tokenization of all lines of code.
.IP "Working with MakeMaker, AutoLoader and SelfLoader" 4
.IX Item "Working with MakeMaker, AutoLoader and SelfLoader"
The first \f(CW$VERSION\fR line of a file which might be eval'd by MakeMaker
is passed through unchanged except for indentation.  
Use \fB\-\-nopass\-version\-line\fR, or \fB\-npvl\fR, to deactivate this feature.
.Sp
If the AutoLoader module is used, perltidy will continue formatting
code after seeing an _\|_END_\|_ line.
Use \fB\-\-nolook\-for\-autoloader\fR, or \fB\-nlal\fR, to deactivate this feature.
.Sp
Likewise, if the SelfLoader module is used, perltidy will continue formatting
code after seeing a _\|_DATA_\|_ line.
Use \fB\-\-nolook\-for\-selfloader\fR, or \fB\-nlsl\fR, to deactivate this feature.
.IP "Working around problems with older version of Perl" 4
.IX Item "Working around problems with older version of Perl"
Perltidy contains a number of rules which help avoid known subtleties
and problems with older versions of perl, and these rules always
take priority over whatever formatting flags have been set.  For example,
perltidy will usually avoid starting a new line with a bareword, because
this might cause problems if \f(CW\*(C`use strict\*(C'\fR is active.
.Sp
There is no way to override these rules.
.SH "HTML OPTIONS"
.IX Header "HTML OPTIONS"
.IP "The \fB\-html\fR master switch" 4
.IX Item "The -html master switch"
The flag \fB\-html\fR causes perltidy to write an html file with extension
\&\fI.html\fR.  So, for example, the following command
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&        perltidy \-html somefile.pl
.Ve
.Sp
will produce a syntax-colored html file named \fIsomefile.pl.html\fR
which may be viewed with a browser.
.Sp
\&\fBPlease Note\fR: In this case, perltidy does not do any formatting to the
input file, and it does not write a formatted file with extension
\&\fI.tdy\fR.  This means that two perltidy runs are required to create a
fully reformatted, html copy of a script.
.IP "The \fB\-pre\fR flag for code snippets" 4
.IX Item "The -pre flag for code snippets"
When the \fB\-pre\fR flag is given, only the pre-formatted section, within
the <\s-1PRE\s0> and 
 tags, will be output.  This simplifies inclusion
of the output in other files.  The default is to output a complete
web page.
.IP "The \fB\-nnn\fR flag for line numbering" 4
.IX Item "The -nnn flag for line numbering"
When the \fB\-nnn\fR flag is given, the output lines will be numbered.
.IP "The \fB\-toc\fR, or \fB\-\-html\-table\-of\-contents\fR flag" 4
.IX Item "The -toc, or --html-table-of-contents flag"
By default, a table of contents to packages and subroutines will be
written at the start of html output.  Use \fB\-ntoc\fR to prevent this.
This might be useful, for example, for a pod document which contains a
number of unrelated code snippets.  This flag only influences the code
table of contents; it has no effect on any table of contents produced by
pod2html (see next item).
.IP "The \fB\-pod\fR, or \fB\-\-pod2html\fR flag" 4
.IX Item "The -pod, or --pod2html flag"
There are two options for formatting pod documentation.  The default is
to pass the pod through the Pod::Html module (which forms the basis of
the pod2html utility).  Any code sections are formatted by perltidy, and
the results then merged.  Note: perltidy creates a temporary file when
Pod::Html is used; see \*(L"\s-1FILES\s0\*(R".  Also, Pod::Html creates temporary
files for its cache.
.Sp
\&\s-1NOTE:\s0 Perltidy counts the number of \f(CW\*(C`=cut\*(C'\fR lines, and either moves the
pod text to the top of the html file if there is one \f(CW\*(C`=cut\*(C'\fR, or leaves
the pod text in its original order (interleaved with code) otherwise.
.Sp
Most of the flags accepted by pod2html may be included in the perltidy
command line, and they will be passed to pod2html.  In some cases,
the flags have a prefix \f(CW\*(C`pod\*(C'\fR to emphasize that they are for the
pod2html, and this prefix will be removed before they are passed to
pod2html.  The flags which have the additional \f(CW\*(C`pod\*(C'\fR prefix are:
.Sp
.Vb 2
\&   \-\-[no]podheader \-\-[no]podindex \-\-[no]podrecurse \-\-[no]podquiet 
\&   \-\-[no]podverbose \-\-podflush
.Ve
.Sp
The flags which are unchanged from their use in pod2html are:
.Sp
.Vb 2
\&   \-\-backlink=s \-\-cachedir=s \-\-htmlroot=s \-\-libpods=s \-\-title=s
\&   \-\-podpath=s \-\-podroot=s
.Ve
.Sp
where 's' is an appropriate character string.  Not all of these flags are
available in older versions of Pod::Html.  See your Pod::Html documentation for
more information.
.Sp
The alternative, indicated with \fB\-npod\fR, is not to use Pod::Html, but
rather to format pod text in italics (or whatever the stylesheet
indicates), without special html markup.  This is useful, for example,
if pod is being used as an alternative way to write comments.
.IP "The \fB\-frm\fR, or \fB\-\-frames\fR flag" 4
.IX Item "The -frm, or --frames flag"
By default, a single html output file is produced.  This can be changed
with the \fB\-frm\fR option, which creates a frame holding a table of
contents in the left panel and the source code in the right side. This
simplifies code browsing.  Assume, for example, that the input file is
\&\fIMyModule.pm\fR.  Then, for default file extension choices, these three
files will be created:
.Sp
.Vb 3
\& MyModule.pm.html      \- the frame
\& MyModule.pm.toc.html  \- the table of contents
\& MyModule.pm.src.html  \- the formatted source code
.Ve
.Sp
Obviously this file naming scheme requires that output be directed to a real
file (as opposed to, say, standard output).  If this is not the
case, or if the file extension is unknown, the \fB\-frm\fR option will be
ignored.
.IP "The \fB\-text=s\fR, or \fB\-\-html\-toc\-extension\fR flag" 4
.IX Item "The -text=s, or --html-toc-extension flag"
Use this flag to specify the extra file extension of the table of contents file
when html frames are used.  The default is \*(L"toc\*(R".
See \*(L"Specifying File Extensions\*(R".
.IP "The \fB\-sext=s\fR, or \fB\-\-html\-src\-extension\fR flag" 4
.IX Item "The -sext=s, or --html-src-extension flag"
Use this flag to specify the extra file extension of the content file when html
frames are used.  The default is \*(L"src\*(R".
See \*(L"Specifying File Extensions\*(R".
.IP "The \fB\-hent\fR, or \fB\-\-html\-entities\fR flag" 4
.IX Item "The -hent, or --html-entities flag"
This flag controls the use of Html::Entities for html formatting.  By
default, the module Html::Entities is used to encode special symbols.
This may not be the right thing for some browser/language
combinations.  Use \-\-nohtml\-entities or \-nhent to prevent this.
.IP "Style Sheets" 4
.IX Item "Style Sheets"
Style sheets make it very convenient to control and adjust the
appearance of html pages.  The default behavior is to write a page of
html with an embedded style sheet.
.Sp
An alternative to an embedded style sheet is to create a page with a
link to an external style sheet.  This is indicated with the
\&\fB\-css=filename\fR,  where the external style sheet is \fIfilename\fR.  The
external style sheet \fIfilename\fR will be created if and only if it does
not exist.  This option is useful for controlling multiple pages from a
single style sheet.
.Sp
To cause perltidy to write a style sheet to standard output and exit,
use the \fB\-ss\fR, or \fB\-\-stylesheet\fR, flag.  This is useful if the style
sheet could not be written for some reason, such as if the \fB\-pre\fR flag
was used.  Thus, for example,
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&  perltidy \-html \-ss >mystyle.css
.Ve
.Sp
will write a style sheet with the default properties to file
\&\fImystyle.css\fR.
.Sp
The use of style sheets is encouraged, but a web page without a style
sheets can be created with the flag \fB\-nss\fR.  Use this option if you
must to be sure that older browsers (roughly speaking, versions prior to
4.0 of Netscape Navigator and Internet Explorer) can display the
syntax-coloring of the html files.
.IP "Controlling \s-1HTML\s0 properties" 4
.IX Item "Controlling HTML properties"
Note: It is usually more convenient to accept the default properties
and then edit the stylesheet which is produced.  However, this section
shows how to control the properties with flags to perltidy.
.Sp
Syntax colors may be changed from their default values by flags of the either
the long form, \fB\-html\-color\-xxxxxx=n\fR, or more conveniently the short form,
\&\fB\-hcx=n\fR, where \fBxxxxxx\fR is one of the following words, and \fBx\fR is the
corresponding abbreviation:
.Sp
.Vb 10
\&      Token Type             xxxxxx           x 
\&      \-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-             \-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-         \-\-
\&      comment                comment          c
\&      number                 numeric          n
\&      identifier             identifier       i
\&      bareword, function     bareword         w
\&      keyword                keyword          k
\&      quite, pattern         quote            q
\&      here doc text          here\-doc\-text    h
\&      here doc target        here\-doc\-target  hh
\&      punctuation            punctuation      pu
\&      parentheses            paren            p
\&      structural braces      structure        s
\&      semicolon              semicolon        sc
\&      colon                  colon            co
\&      comma                  comma            cm
\&      label                  label            j
\&      sub definition name    subroutine       m
\&      pod text               pod\-text         pd
.Ve
.Sp
A default set of colors has been defined, but they may be changed by providing
values to any of the following parameters, where \fBn\fR is either a 6 digit 
hex \s-1RGB\s0 color value or an ascii name for a color, such as 'red'.
.Sp
To illustrate, the following command will produce an html 
file \fIsomefile.pl.html\fR with \*(L"aqua\*(R" keywords:
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&        perltidy \-html \-hck=00ffff somefile.pl
.Ve
.Sp
and this should be equivalent for most browsers:
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&        perltidy \-html \-hck=aqua somefile.pl
.Ve
.Sp
Perltidy merely writes any non-hex names that it sees in the html file.
The following 16 color names are defined in the \s-1HTML\s0 3.2 standard:
.Sp
.Vb 10
\&        black   => 000000,
\&        silver  => c0c0c0,
\&        gray    => 808080,
\&        white   => ffffff,
\&        maroon  => 800000,
\&        red     => ff0000,
\&        purple  => 800080,
\&        fuchsia => ff00ff,
\&        green   => 008000,
\&        lime    => 00ff00,
\&        olive   => 808000,
\&        yellow  => ffff00
\&        navy    => 000080,
\&        blue    => 0000ff,
\&        teal    => 008080,
\&        aqua    => 00ffff,
.Ve
.Sp
Many more names are supported in specific browsers, but it is safest
to use the hex codes for other colors.  Helpful color tables can be
located with an internet search for \*(L"\s-1HTML\s0 color tables\*(R".
.Sp
Besides color, two other character attributes may be set: bold, and italics.
To set a token type to use bold, use the flag
\&\fB\-\-html\-bold\-xxxxxx\fR or \fB\-hbx\fR, where \fBxxxxxx\fR or \fBx\fR are the long
or short names from the above table.  Conversely, to set a token type to 
\&\s-1NOT\s0 use bold, use \fB\-\-nohtml\-bold\-xxxxxx\fR or \fB\-nhbx\fR.
.Sp
Likewise, to set a token type to use an italic font, use the flag
\&\fB\-\-html\-italic\-xxxxxx\fR or \fB\-hix\fR, where again \fBxxxxxx\fR or \fBx\fR are the
long or short names from the above table.  And to set a token type to
\&\s-1NOT\s0 use italics, use \fB\-\-nohtml\-italic\-xxxxxx\fR or \fB\-nhix\fR.
.Sp
For example, to use bold braces and lime color, non-bold, italics keywords the
following command would be used:
.Sp
.Vb 1
\&        perltidy \-html \-hbs \-hck=00FF00 \-nhbk \-hik somefile.pl
.Ve
.Sp
The background color can be specified with \fB\-\-html\-color\-background=n\fR,
or \fB\-hcbg=n\fR for short, where n is a 6 character hex \s-1RGB\s0 value.  The
default color of text is the value given to \fBpunctuation\fR, which is
black as a default.
.Sp
Here are some notes and hints:
.Sp
1. If you find a preferred set of these parameters, you may want
to create a \fI.perltidyrc\fR file containing them.  See the perltidy man
page for an explanation.
.Sp
2. Rather than specifying values for these parameters, it is probably
easier to accept the defaults and then edit a style sheet.  The style
sheet contains comments which should make this easy.
.Sp
3. The syntax-colored html files can be very large, so it may be best to
split large files into smaller pieces to improve download times.
.SH "SOME COMMON INPUT CONVENTIONS"
.IX Header "SOME COMMON INPUT CONVENTIONS"
.SS "Specifying Block Types"
.IX Subsection "Specifying Block Types"
Several parameters which refer to code block types may be customized by also
specifying an associated list of block types.  The type of a block is the name
of the keyword which introduces that block, such as \fBif\fR, \fBelse\fR, or \fBsub\fR.
An exception is a labeled block, which has no keyword, and should be specified
with just a colon.
.PP
For example, the following parameter specifies \f(CW\*(C`sub\*(C'\fR, labels, \f(CW\*(C`BEGIN\*(C'\fR, and
\&\f(CW\*(C`END\*(C'\fR blocks:
.PP
.Vb 1
\&   \-cscl="sub : BEGIN END"
.Ve
.PP
(the meaning of the \-cscl parameter is described above.)  Note that
quotes are required around the list of block types because of the
spaces.
.SS "Specifying File Extensions"
.IX Subsection "Specifying File Extensions"
Several parameters allow default file extensions to be overridden.  For
example, a backup file extension may be specified with \fB\-bext=ext\fR,
where \fBext\fR is some new extension.  In order to provides the user some
flexibility, the following convention is used in all cases to decide if
a leading '.' should be used.  If the extension \f(CW\*(C`ext\*(C'\fR begins with
\&\f(CW\*(C`A\-Z\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`a\-z\*(C'\fR, or \f(CW\*(C`0\-9\*(C'\fR, then it will be appended to the filename with
an intermediate '.' (or perhaps an '_' on \s-1VMS\s0 systems).  Otherwise, it
will be appended directly.
.PP
For example, suppose the file is \fIsomefile.pl\fR.  For \f(CW\*(C`\-bext=old\*(C'\fR, a '.' is
added to give \fIsomefile.pl.old\fR.  For \f(CW\*(C`\-bext=.old\*(C'\fR, no additional '.' is
added, so again the backup file is \fIsomefile.pl.old\fR.  For \f(CW\*(C`\-bext=~\*(C'\fR, then no
dot is added, and the backup file will be \fIsomefile.pl~\fR  .
.SH "SWITCHES WHICH MAY BE NEGATED"
.IX Header "SWITCHES WHICH MAY BE NEGATED"
The following list shows all short parameter names which allow a prefix
\&'n' to produce the negated form:
.PP
.Vb 6
\& D    anl asc  aws  b    bbb bbc bbs  bl   bli  boc bok  bol  bot  ce
\& csc  dac dbc  dcsc ddf  dln dnl dop  dp   dpro dsc dsm  dsn  dtt  dwls
\& dwrs dws f    fll  frm  fs  hsc html ibc  icb  icp iob  isbc lal  log
\& lp   lsl ohbr okw  ola  oll opr opt  osbr otr  ple ple  pod  pvl  q
\& sbc  sbl schb scp  scsb sct se  sfp  sfs  skp  sob sohb sop  sosb sot
\& ssc  st  sts  syn  t    tac tbc toc  tp   tqw  tsc w    x    bar  kis
.Ve
.PP
Equivalently, the prefix 'no' or 'no\-' on the corresponding long names may be
used.
.SH "LIMITATIONS"
.IX Header "LIMITATIONS"
.IP "Parsing Limitations" 4
.IX Item "Parsing Limitations"
Perltidy should work properly on most perl scripts.  It does a lot of
self-checking, but still, it is possible that an error could be
introduced and go undetected.  Therefore, it is essential to make
careful backups and to test reformatted scripts.
.Sp
The main current limitation is that perltidy does not scan modules
included with 'use' statements.  This makes it necessary to guess the
context of any bare words introduced by such modules.  Perltidy has good
guessing algorithms, but they are not infallible.  When it must guess,
it leaves a message in the log file.
.Sp
If you encounter a bug, please report it.
.IP "What perltidy does not parse and format" 4
.IX Item "What perltidy does not parse and format"
Perltidy indents but does not reformat comments and \f(CW\*(C`qw\*(C'\fR quotes. 
Perltidy does not in any way modify the contents of here documents or
quoted text, even if they contain source code.  (You could, however,
reformat them separately).  Perltidy does not format 'format' sections
in any way.  And, of course, it does not modify pod documents.
.SH "FILES"
.IX Header "FILES"
.IP "Temporary files" 4
.IX Item "Temporary files"
Under the \-html option with the default \-\-pod2html flag, a temporary file is
required to pass text to Pod::Html.  Unix systems will try to use the \s-1POSIX\s0
\&\fItmpnam()\fR function.  Otherwise the file \fIperltidy.TMP\fR will be temporarily
created in the current working directory.
.IP "Special files when standard input is used" 4
.IX Item "Special files when standard input is used"
When standard input is used, the log file, if saved, is \fIperltidy.LOG\fR,
and any errors are written to \fIperltidy.ERR\fR unless the \fB\-se\fR flag is
set.  These are saved in the current working directory.
.IP "Files overwritten" 4
.IX Item "Files overwritten"
The following file extensions are used by perltidy, and files with these
extensions may be overwritten or deleted: \fI.ERR\fR, \fI.LOG\fR, \fI.TEE\fR,
and/or \fI.tdy\fR, \fI.html\fR, and \fI.bak\fR, depending on the run type and
settings.
.IP "Files extensions limitations" 4
.IX Item "Files extensions limitations"
Perltidy does not operate on files for which the run could produce a file with
a duplicated file extension.  These extensions include \fI.LOG\fR, \fI.ERR\fR,
\&\fI.TEE\fR, and perhaps \fI.tdy\fR and \fI.bak\fR, depending on the run type.  The
purpose of this rule is to prevent generating confusing filenames such as
\&\fIsomefile.tdy.tdy.tdy\fR.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
\&\fIperlstyle\fR\|(1), \fIPerl::Tidy\fR\|(3)
.SH "VERSION"
.IX Header "VERSION"
This man page documents perltidy version 20120701.
.SH "CREDITS"
.IX Header "CREDITS"
Michael Cartmell supplied code for adaptation to \s-1VMS\s0 and helped with
v\-strings.
.PP
Yves Orton supplied code for adaptation to the various versions
of Windows.
.PP
Axel Rose supplied a patch for MacPerl.
.PP
Hugh S. Myers designed and implemented the initial Perl::Tidy module interface.
.PP
Many others have supplied key ideas, suggestions, and bug reports;
see the \s-1CHANGES\s0 file.
.SH "AUTHOR"
.IX Header "AUTHOR"
.Vb 3
\&  Steve Hancock
\&  email: perltidy at users.sourceforge.net
\&  http://perltidy.sourceforge.net
.Ve
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
Copyright (c) 2000\-2010 by Steve Hancock
.SH "LICENSE"
.IX Header "LICENSE"
This package is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 General Public License\*(R".
.PP
Please refer to the file \*(L"\s-1COPYING\s0\*(R" for details.
.SH "DISCLAIMER"
.IX Header "DISCLAIMER"
This package is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but \s-1WITHOUT\s0 \s-1ANY\s0 \s-1WARRANTY\s0; without even the implied warranty of
\&\s-1MERCHANTABILITY\s0 or \s-1FITNESS\s0 \s-1FOR\s0 A \s-1PARTICULAR\s0 \s-1PURPOSE\s0.
.PP
See the \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 General Public License\*(R" for more details.
Perl-Tidy-20120701/docs/testfile.pl0000644000175000017500000000040407435513071015726 0ustar  stevesteveprint "Help Desk -- What Editor do you use? ";
chomp($editor = );
if ($editor =~ /emacs/i) {
  print "Why aren't you using vi?\n";
} elsif ($editor =~ /vi/i) {
  print "Why aren't you using emacs?\n";
} else {
  print "I think that's the problem\n";
}

Perl-Tidy-20120701/Makefile.npm0000644000175000017500000000255007433300057015053 0ustar  stevesteve# This is a sample Makefile for the previous perltidy installation
# method in which perltidy was a single script.  The installation using
# Makefile.PL is preferred, but this might be helpful if you want to use
# this old installation method to install a single perltidy script
# instead. See the INSTALL file for more information.  
#
# Step 0: Build the monolithic version of 'perltidy':
#         'perl pm2pl'
#     and then verify that 'perltidy' works using something like:
#         perl ./perltidy lextest.pl

# Step 1: edit BINDIR to reflect where you want to put perltidy
# This is fairly standard:
BINDIR	= /usr/local/bin

# Step 2: edit MANDIR to reflect where you want to put the man page, perltidy.1
# or comment out MANDIR to skip installing a man page.
# (Man pages can be found on the web at http://perltidy.sourceforge.net)
#
# Note: The value of MANDIR varies a lot, so be sure to check this.
MANDIR	= /usr/local/man/man1

# Step 3: Then become superuser (if necessary) and issue the command
# make install

PROGRAM	= perltidy

install: $(PROGRAM)
	cp $(PROGRAM) $(BINDIR)/$(PROGRAM)
	chmod 755 $(BINDIR)/$(PROGRAM)
	if test -d $(MANDIR); then cp docs/$(PROGRAM).1 $(MANDIR)/$(PROGRAM).1; \
	chmod 644 $(MANDIR)/$(PROGRAM).1; \
	fi

uninstall: 
	if test -d $(BINDIR); then rm -f $(BINDIR)/$(PROGRAM); fi
	if test -d $(MANDIR); then rm -f $(MANDIR)/$(PROGRAM).1; fi
Perl-Tidy-20120701/bin/0000750000175000017500000000000011774075057013377 5ustar  stevestevePerl-Tidy-20120701/bin/perltidy0000755000175000017500000032472311774075053015175 0ustar  stevesteve#!/usr/bin/perl
package main;

use Perl::Tidy;

my $arg_string = undef;

# give Macs a chance to provide command line parameters
if ( $^O =~ /Mac/ ) {
    $arg_string = MacPerl::Ask(
        'Please enter @ARGV (-h for help)',
        defined $ARGV[0] ? "\"$ARGV[0]\"" : ""
    );
}

Perl::Tidy::perltidy( argv => $arg_string );

__END__

=head1 NAME

perltidy - a perl script indenter and reformatter

=head1 SYNOPSIS

    perltidy [ options ] file1 file2 file3 ...
            (output goes to file1.tdy, file2.tdy, file3.tdy, ...)
    perltidy [ options ] file1 -o outfile
    perltidy [ options ] file1 -st >outfile
    perltidy [ options ] outfile

=head1 DESCRIPTION

Perltidy reads a perl script and writes an indented, reformatted script.

Many users will find enough information in L<"EXAMPLES"> to get 
started.  New users may benefit from the short tutorial 
which can be found at
http://perltidy.sourceforge.net/tutorial.html

A convenient aid to systematically defining a set of style parameters
can be found at
http://perltidy.sourceforge.net/stylekey.html

Perltidy can produce output on either of two modes, depending on the
existence of an B<-html> flag.  Without this flag, the output is passed
through a formatter.  The default formatting tries to follow the
recommendations in perlstyle(1), but it can be controlled in detail with
numerous input parameters, which are described in L<"FORMATTING
OPTIONS">.  

When the B<-html> flag is given, the output is passed through an HTML
formatter which is described in L<"HTML OPTIONS">.  

=head1 EXAMPLES

  perltidy somefile.pl

This will produce a file F containing the script reformatted
using the default options, which approximate the style suggested in 
perlstyle(1).  The source file F is unchanged.

  perltidy *.pl

Execute perltidy on all F<.pl> files in the current directory with the
default options.  The output will be in files with an appended F<.tdy>
extension.  For any file with an error, there will be a file with extension
F<.ERR>.

  perltidy -b file1.pl file2.pl

Modify F and F in place, and backup the originals to
F and F.  If F and/or F
already exist, they will be overwritten.

  perltidy -gnu somefile.pl

Execute perltidy on file F with a style which approximates the
GNU Coding Standards for C programs.  The output will be F.

  perltidy -i=3 somefile.pl

Execute perltidy on file F, with 3 columns for each level of
indentation (B<-i=3>) instead of the default 4 columns.  There will not be any
tabs in the reformatted script, except for any which already exist in comments,
pod documents, quotes, and here documents.  Output will be F. 

  perltidy -i=3 -et=8 somefile.pl

Same as the previous example, except that leading whitespace will
be entabbed with one tab character per 8 spaces.

  perltidy -ce -l=72 somefile.pl

Execute perltidy on file F with all defaults except use "cuddled
elses" (B<-ce>) and a maximum line length of 72 columns (B<-l=72>) instead of
the default 80 columns.  

  perltidy -g somefile.pl

Execute perltidy on file F and save a log file F
which shows the nesting of braces, parentheses, and square brackets at
the start of every line.

  perltidy -html somefile.pl

This will produce a file F containing the script with
html markup.  The output file will contain an embedded style sheet in
the  section which may be edited to change the appearance.

  perltidy -html -css=mystyle.css somefile.pl

This will produce a file F containing the script with
html markup.  This output file will contain a link to a separate style
sheet file F.  If the file F does not exist,
it will be created.  If it exists, it will not be overwritten.

  perltidy -html -pre somefile.pl

Write an html snippet with only the PRE section to F.
This is useful when code snippets are being formatted for inclusion in a
larger web page.  No style sheet will be written in this case.  

  perltidy -html -ss >mystyle.css

Write a style sheet to F and exit.

  perltidy -html -frm mymodule.pm

Write html with a frame holding a table of contents and the source code.  The
output files will be F (the frame), F
(the table of contents), and F (the source code).

=head1 OPTIONS - OVERVIEW

The entire command line is scanned for options, and they are processed
before any files are processed.  As a result, it does not matter
whether flags are before or after any filenames.  However, the relative
order of parameters is important, with later parameters overriding the
values of earlier parameters.

For each parameter, there is a long name and a short name.  The short
names are convenient for keyboard input, while the long names are
self-documenting and therefore useful in scripts.  It is customary to
use two leading dashes for long names, but one may be used.

Most parameters which serve as on/off flags can be negated with a
leading "n" (for the short name) or a leading "no" or "no-" (for the
long name).  For example, the flag to outdent long quotes is is B<-olq>
or B<--outdent-long-quotes>.  The flag to skip this is B<-nolq>
or B<--nooutdent-long-quotes> or B<--no-outdent-long-quotes>.

Options may not be bundled together.  In other words, options B<-q> and
B<-g> may NOT be entered as B<-qg>.

Option names may be terminated early as long as they are uniquely identified.
For example, instead of B<--dump-token-types>, it would be sufficient to enter
B<--dump-tok>, or even B<--dump-t>, to uniquely identify this command.

=head2 I/O control

The following parameters concern the files which are read and written.

=over 4

=item B<-h>,    B<--help> 

Show summary of usage and exit.

=item	B<-o>=filename,    B<--outfile>=filename  

Name of the output file (only if a single input file is being
processed).  If no output file is specified, and output is not
redirected to the standard output, the output will go to F.

=item	B<-st>,    B<--standard-output>

Perltidy must be able to operate on an arbitrarily large number of files
in a single run, with each output being directed to a different output
file.  Obviously this would conflict with outputting to the single
standard output device, so a special flag, B<-st>, is required to
request outputting to the standard output.  For example,

  perltidy somefile.pl -st >somefile.new.pl

This option may only be used if there is just a single input file.  
The default is B<-nst> or B<--nostandard-output>.

=item	B<-se>,    B<--standard-error-output>

If perltidy detects an error when processing file F, its
default behavior is to write error messages to file F.
Use B<-se> to cause all error messages to be sent to the standard error
output stream instead.  This directive may be negated with B<-nse>.
Thus, you may place B<-se> in a F<.perltidyrc> and override it when
desired with B<-nse> on the command line.

=item	B<-oext>=ext,    B<--output-file-extension>=ext  

Change the extension of the output file to be F instead of the
default F (or F in case the -B<-html> option is used).
See L.

=item	B<-opath>=path,    B<--output-path>=path  

When perltidy creates a filename for an output file, by default it merely
appends an extension to the path and basename of the input file.  This
parameter causes the path to be changed to F instead.

The path should end in a valid path separator character, but perltidy will try
to add one if it is missing.

For example
 
 perltidy somefile.pl -opath=/tmp/

will produce F.  Otherwise, F will
appear in whatever directory contains F.

If the path contains spaces, it should be placed in quotes.

This parameter will be ignored if output is being directed to standard output,
or if it is being specified explicitly with the B<-o=s> parameter.

=item	B<-b>,    B<--backup-and-modify-in-place>

Modify the input file or files in-place and save the original with the
extension F<.bak>.  Any existing F<.bak> file will be deleted.  See next
item for changing the default backup extension, and for eliminating the
backup file altogether.  

A B<-b> flag will be ignored if input is from standard input, or
if the B<-html> flag is set. 

=item	B<-bext>=ext,    B<--backup-file-extension>=ext  

This parameter serves two purposes: (1) to change the extension of the backup
file to be something other than the default F<.bak>, and (2) to indicate
that no backup file should be saved.

To change the default extension to something other than F<.bak> see
L.

A backup file of the source is always written, but you can request that it
be deleted at the end of processing if there were no errors.  This is risky
unless the source code is being maintained with a source code control
system.  

To indicate that the backup should be deleted include one forward slash,
B, in the extension.  If any text remains after the slash is removed
it will be used to define the backup file extension (which is always
created and only deleted if there were no errors).

Here are some examples:

  Parameter           Extension          Backup File Treatment
  <-bext=bak>         F<.bak>            Keep (same as the default behavior)
  <-bext='/'>         F<.bak>            Delete if no errors
  <-bext='/backup'>   F<.backup>         Delete if no errors
  <-bext='original/'> F<.original>       Delete if no errors

=item B<-w>,    B<--warning-output>             

Setting B<-w> causes any non-critical warning
messages to be reported as errors.  These include messages
about possible pod problems, possibly bad starting indentation level,
and cautions about indirect object usage.  The default, B<-nw> or
B<--nowarning-output>, is not to include these warnings.

=item B<-q>,    B<--quiet>             

Deactivate error messages and syntax checking (for running under
an editor). 

For example, if you use a vi-style editor, such as vim, you may execute
perltidy as a filter from within the editor using something like

 :n1,n2!perltidy -q

where C represents the selected text.  Without the B<-q> flag,
any error message may mess up your screen, so be prepared to use your
"undo" key.

=item B<-log>,    B<--logfile>           

Save the F<.LOG> file, which has many useful diagnostics.  Perltidy always
creates a F<.LOG> file, but by default it is deleted unless a program bug is
suspected.  Setting the B<-log> flag forces the log file to be saved.

=item B<-g=n>, B<--logfile-gap=n>

Set maximum interval between input code lines in the logfile.  This purpose of
this flag is to assist in debugging nesting errors.  The value of C is
optional.  If you set the flag B<-g> without the value of C, it will be
taken to be 1, meaning that every line will be written to the log file.  This
can be helpful if you are looking for a brace, paren, or bracket nesting error. 

Setting B<-g> also causes the logfile to be saved, so it is not necessary to
also include B<-log>. 

If no B<-g> flag is given, a value of 50 will be used, meaning that at least
every 50th line will be recorded in the logfile.  This helps prevent
excessively long log files.  

Setting a negative value of C is the same as not setting B<-g> at all.

=item B<-npro>  B<--noprofile>    

Ignore any F<.perltidyrc> command file.  Normally, perltidy looks first in
your current directory for a F<.perltidyrc> file of parameters.  (The format
is described below).  If it finds one, it applies those options to the
initial default values, and then it applies any that have been defined
on the command line.  If no F<.perltidyrc> file is found, it looks for one
in your home directory.

If you set the B<-npro> flag, perltidy will not look for this file.

=item B<-pro=filename> or  B<--profile=filename>    

To simplify testing and switching .perltidyrc files, this command may be
used to specify a configuration file which will override the default
name of .perltidyrc.  There must not be a space on either side of the
'=' sign.  For example, the line

   perltidy -pro=testcfg

would cause file F to be used instead of the 
default F<.perltidyrc>.

A pathname begins with three dots, e.g. ".../.perltidyrc", indicates that
the file should be searched for starting in the current directory and
working upwards. This makes it easier to have multiple projects each with
their own .perltidyrc in their root directories.

=item B<-opt>,   B<--show-options>      

Write a list of all options used to the F<.LOG> file.  
Please see B<--dump-options> for a simpler way to do this.

=item B<-f>,   B<--force-read-binary>      

Force perltidy to process binary files.  To avoid producing excessive
error messages, perltidy skips files identified by the system as non-text.
However, valid perl scripts containing binary data may sometimes be identified
as non-text, and this flag forces perltidy to process them.

=back

=head1 FORMATTING OPTIONS

=head2 Basic Options

=over 4

=item B<--notidy>

This flag disables all formatting and causes the input to be copied unchanged
to the output except for possible changes in line ending characters and any
pre- and post-filters.  This can be useful in conjunction with a hierarchical
set of F<.perltidyrc> files to avoid unwanted code tidying.  See also
L for a way to avoid tidying specific
sections of code.

=item B<-l=n>, B<--maximum-line-length=n>

The default maximum line length is n=80 characters.  Perltidy will try
to find line break points to keep lines below this length. However, long
quotes and side comments may cause lines to exceed this length. 
Setting B<-l=0> is equivalent to setting B<-l=(a large number)>. 

=item B<-i=n>,  B<--indent-columns=n>  

Use n columns per indentation level (default n=4).

=item tabs

Using tab characters will almost certainly lead to future portability
and maintenance problems, so the default and recommendation is not to
use them.  For those who prefer tabs, however, there are two different
options.  

Except for possibly introducing tab indentation characters, as outlined
below, perltidy does not introduce any tab characters into your file,
and it removes any tabs from the code (unless requested not to do so
with B<-fws>).  If you have any tabs in your comments, quotes, or
here-documents, they will remain.

=over 4

=item B<-et=n>,   B<--entab-leading-whitespace>

This flag causes each B initial space characters to be replaced by
one tab character.  Note that the integer B is completely independent
of the integer specified for indentation parameter, B<-i=n>.

=item B<-t>,   B<--tabs>

This flag causes one leading tab character to be inserted for each level
of indentation.  Certain other features are incompatible with this
option, and if these options are also given, then a warning message will
be issued and this flag will be unset.  One example is the B<-lp>
option.

=back

=item B<-syn>,   B<--check-syntax>      

This flag causes perltidy to run C to check syntax of input
and output.  (To change the flags passed to perl, see the next
item, B<-pscf>).  The results are written to the F<.LOG> file, which
will be saved if an error is detected in the output script.  The output
script is not checked if the input script has a syntax error.  Perltidy
does its own checking, but this option employs perl to get a "second
opinion".

If perl reports errors in the input file, they will not be reported in
the error output unless the B<--warning-output> flag is given. 

The default is B to do this type of syntax checking (although
perltidy will still do as much self-checking as possible).  The reason
is that it causes all code in BEGIN blocks to be executed, for all
modules being used, and this opens the door to security issues and
infinite loops when running perltidy.

=item B<-pscf=s>, B<-perl-syntax-check-flags=s>

When perl is invoked to check syntax, the normal flags are C<-c -T>.  In
addition, if the B<-x> flag is given to perltidy, then perl will also be
passed a B<-x> flag.  It should not normally be necessary to change
these flags, but it can be done with the B<-pscf=s> flag.  For example,
if the taint flag, C<-T>, is not wanted, the flag could be set to be just
B<-pscf=-c>.  

Perltidy will pass your string to perl with the exception that it will
add a B<-c> and B<-x> if appropriate.  The F<.LOG> file will show
exactly what flags were passed to perl.

=item B<-io>,   B<--indent-only>       

This flag is used to deactivate all formatting and line break changes
within non-blank lines of code.
When it is in effect, the only change to the script will be
to the indentation and blank lines.
And any flags controlling whitespace and newlines will be ignored.  You
might want to use this if you are perfectly happy with your whitespace
and line breaks, and merely want perltidy to handle the indentation.
(This also speeds up perltidy by well over a factor of two, so it might be
useful when perltidy is merely being used to help find a brace error in
a large script).

Setting this flag is equivalent to setting B<--freeze-newlines> and
B<--freeze-whitespace>.  

If you also want to keep your existing blank lines exactly
as they are, you can add B<--freeze-blank-lines>. 

=item B<-ole=s>,  B<--output-line-ending=s>

where s=C, C, C, or C.  This flag tells perltidy
to output line endings for a specific system.  Normally,
perltidy writes files with the line separator character of the host
system.  The C and C flags have an identical result.

=item B<-ple>,  B<--preserve-line-endings>

This flag tells perltidy to write its output files with the same line
endings as the input file, if possible.  It should work for
B, B, and B line endings.  It will only work if perltidy
input comes from a filename (rather than stdin, for example).  If
perltidy has trouble determining the input file line ending, it will
revert to the default behavior of using the line ending of the host system.

=item B<-it=n>,   B<--iterations=n>

This flag causes perltidy to do B complete iterations.  The reason for this
flag is that code beautification is an iterative process and in some
cases the output from perltidy can be different if it is applied a second time.
For most purposes the default of B should be satisfactory.  However B
can be useful when a major style change is being made, or when code is being
beautified on check-in to a source code control system.  It has been found to
be extremely rare for the output to change after 2 iterations.  If a value
B is greater than 2 is input then a convergence test will be used to stop
the iterations as soon as possible, almost always after 2 iterations.  

This flag has no effect when perltidy is used to generate html.

=back

=head2 Code Indentation Control

=over 4

=item B<-ci=n>, B<--continuation-indentation=n>

Continuation indentation is extra indentation spaces applied when
a long line is broken.  The default is n=2, illustrated here:

 my $level =   # -ci=2      
   ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 ) ? $levels_to_go[0] : $last_output_level;

The same example, with n=0, is a little harder to read:

 my $level =   # -ci=0    
 ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 ) ? $levels_to_go[0] : $last_output_level;

The value given to B<-ci> is also used by some commands when a small
space is required.  Examples are commands for outdenting labels,
B<-ola>, and control keywords, B<-okw>.  

When default values are not used, it is suggested that the value B
given with B<-ci=n> be no more than about one-half of the number of
spaces assigned to a full indentation level on the B<-i=n> command.

=item B<-sil=n> B<--starting-indentation-level=n>   

By default, perltidy examines the input file and tries to determine the
starting indentation level.  While it is often zero, it may not be
zero for a code snippet being sent from an editing session.  

To guess the starting indentation level perltidy simply assumes that
indentation scheme used to create the code snippet is the same as is being used
for the current perltidy process.  This is the only sensible guess that can be
made.  It should be correct if this is true, but otherwise it probably won't.
For example, if the input script was written with -i=2 and the current peltidy
flags have -i=4, the wrong initial indentation will be guessed for a code
snippet which has non-zero initial indentation. Likewise, if an entabbing
scheme is used in the input script and not in the current process then the
guessed indentation will be wrong.

If the default method does not work correctly, or you want to change the
starting level, use B<-sil=n>, to force the starting level to be n.

=item List indentation using B<-lp>, B<--line-up-parentheses>

By default, perltidy indents lists with 4 spaces, or whatever value
is specified with B<-i=n>.  Here is a small list formatted in this way:

    # perltidy (default)
    @month_of_year = (
        'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',
        'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec'
    );

Use the B<-lp> flag to add extra indentation to cause the data to begin
past the opening parentheses of a sub call or list, or opening square
bracket of an anonymous array, or opening curly brace of an anonymous
hash.  With this option, the above list would become:

    # perltidy -lp
    @month_of_year = (
                       'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',
                       'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec'
    );

If the available line length (see B<-l=n> ) does not permit this much 
space, perltidy will use less.   For alternate placement of the
closing paren, see the next section.

This option has no effect on code BLOCKS, such as if/then/else blocks,
which always use whatever is specified with B<-i=n>.  Also, the
existence of line breaks and/or block comments between the opening and
closing parens may cause perltidy to temporarily revert to its default
method.

Note: The B<-lp> option may not be used together with the B<-t> tabs option.
It may, however, be used with the B<-et=n> tab method.

In addition, any parameter which significantly restricts the ability of
perltidy to choose newlines will conflict with B<-lp> and will cause
B<-lp> to be deactivated.  These include B<-io>, B<-fnl>, B<-nanl>, and
B<-ndnl>.  The reason is that the B<-lp> indentation style can require
the careful coordination of an arbitrary number of break points in
hierarchical lists, and these flags may prevent that.

=item B<-cti=n>, B<--closing-token-indentation>

The B<-cti=n> flag controls the indentation of a line beginning with 
a C<)>, C<]>, or a non-block C<}>.  Such a line receives:

 -cti = 0 no extra indentation (default)
 -cti = 1 extra indentation such that the closing token
        aligns with its opening token.
 -cti = 2 one extra indentation level if the line looks like:
        );  or  ];  or  };
 -cti = 3 one extra indentation level always

The flags B<-cti=1> and B<-cti=2> work well with the B<-lp> flag (previous
section).
    
    # perltidy -lp -cti=1
    @month_of_year = (
                       'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',
                       'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec'
                     );

    # perltidy -lp -cti=2
    @month_of_year = (
                       'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',
                       'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec'
                       );

These flags are merely hints to the formatter and they may not always be
followed.  In particular, if -lp is not being used, the indentation for
B is constrained to be no more than one indentation level.

If desired, this control can be applied independently to each of the
closing container token types.  In fact, B<-cti=n> is merely an
abbreviation for B<-cpi=n -csbi=n -cbi=n>, where:  
B<-cpi> or B<--closing-paren-indentation> controls B<)>'s,
B<-csbi> or B<--closing-square-bracket-indentation> controls B<]>'s, 
B<-cbi> or B<--closing-brace-indentation> controls non-block B<}>'s. 

=item B<-icp>, B<--indent-closing-paren>

The B<-icp> flag is equivalent to
B<-cti=2>, described in the previous section.  The B<-nicp> flag is
equivalent B<-cti=0>.  They are included for backwards compatability.

=item B<-icb>, B<--indent-closing-brace>

The B<-icb> option gives one extra level of indentation to a brace which
terminates a code block .  For example,

        if ($task) {
            yyy();
            }    # -icb
        else {
            zzz();
            }

The default is not to do this, indicated by B<-nicb>.

=item B<-olq>, B<--outdent-long-quotes>

When B<-olq> is set, lines which is a quoted string longer than the
value B will have their indentation removed to make
them more readable.  This is the default.  To prevent such out-denting,
use B<-nolq> or B<--nooutdent-long-lines>.

=item B<-oll>, B<--outdent-long-lines>

This command is equivalent to B<--outdent-long-quotes> and
B<--outdent-long-comments>, and it is included for compatibility with previous
versions of perltidy.  The negation of this also works, B<-noll> or
B<--nooutdent-long-lines>, and is equivalent to setting B<-nolq> and B<-nolc>.

=item Outdenting Labels: B<-ola>,  B<--outdent-labels>

This command will cause labels to be outdented by 2 spaces (or whatever B<-ci>
has been set to), if possible.  This is the default.  For example:

        my $i;
      LOOP: while ( $i =  ) {
            chomp($i);
            next unless $i;
            fixit($i);
        }

Use B<-nola> to not outdent labels. 

=item Outdenting Keywords

=over 4

=item B<-okw>,  B<--outdent-keywords>

The command B<-okw> will will cause certain leading control keywords to
be outdented by 2 spaces (or whatever B<-ci> has been set to), if
possible.  By default, these keywords are C, C, C,
C, and C.  The intention is to make these control keywords
easier to see.  To change this list of keywords being outdented, see
the next section.

For example, using C on the previous example gives:

        my $i;
      LOOP: while ( $i =  ) {
            chomp($i);
          next unless $i;
            fixit($i);
        }

The default is not to do this.  

=item Specifying Outdented Keywords: B<-okwl=string>,  B<--outdent-keyword-list=string>

This command can be used to change the keywords which are outdented with
the B<-okw> command.  The parameter B is a required list of perl
keywords, which should be placed in quotes if there are more than one.
By itself, it does not cause any outdenting to occur, so the B<-okw>
command is still required.

For example, the commands C<-okwl="next last redo goto" -okw> will cause
those four keywords to be outdented.  It is probably simplest to place
any B<-okwl> command in a F<.perltidyrc> file.

=back

=back

=head2 Whitespace Control

Whitespace refers to the blank space between variables, operators,
and other code tokens.

=over 4

=item B<-fws>,  B<--freeze-whitespace>

This flag causes your original whitespace to remain unchanged, and
causes the rest of the whitespace commands in this section, the
Code Indentation section, and
the Comment Control section to be ignored.

=item Tightness of curly braces, parentheses, and square brackets.

Here the term "tightness" will mean the closeness with which
pairs of enclosing tokens, such as parentheses, contain the quantities
within.  A numerical value of 0, 1, or 2 defines the tightness, with
0 being least tight and 2 being most tight.  Spaces within containers
are always symmetric, so if there is a space after a C<(> then there
will be a space before the corresponding C<)>.

The B<-pt=n> or B<--paren-tightness=n> parameter controls the space within
parens.  The example below shows the effect of the three possible
values, 0, 1, and 2:

 if ( ( my $len_tab = length( $tabstr ) ) > 0 ) {  # -pt=0
 if ( ( my $len_tab = length($tabstr) ) > 0 ) {    # -pt=1 (default)
 if ((my $len_tab = length($tabstr)) > 0) {        # -pt=2

When n is 0, there is always a space to the right of a '(' and to the left
of a ')'.  For n=2 there is never a space.  For n=1, the default, there
is a space unless the quantity within the parens is a single token, such
as an identifier or quoted string.  

Likewise, the parameter B<-sbt=n> or B<--square-bracket-tightness=n>
controls the space within square brackets, as illustrated below.

 $width = $col[ $j + $k ] - $col[ $j ];  # -sbt=0
 $width = $col[ $j + $k ] - $col[$j];    # -sbt=1 (default)
 $width = $col[$j + $k] - $col[$j];      # -sbt=2 

Curly braces which do not contain code blocks are controlled by
the parameter B<-bt=n> or B<--brace-tightness=n>. 

 $obj->{ $parsed_sql->{ 'table' }[0] };    # -bt=0
 $obj->{ $parsed_sql->{'table'}[0] };      # -bt=1 (default)
 $obj->{$parsed_sql->{'table'}[0]};        # -bt=2

And finally, curly braces which contain blocks of code are controlled by the
parameter B<-bbt=n> or B<--block-brace-tightness=n> as illustrated in the
example below.   

 %bf = map { $_ => -M $_ } grep { /\.deb$/ } dirents '.'; # -bbt=0 (default)
 %bf = map { $_ => -M $_ } grep {/\.deb$/} dirents '.';   # -bbt=1
 %bf = map {$_ => -M $_} grep {/\.deb$/} dirents '.';     # -bbt=2

=item B<-sts>,   B<--space-terminal-semicolon>

Some programmers prefer a space before all terminal semicolons.  The
default is for no such space, and is indicated with B<-nsts> or
B<--nospace-terminal-semicolon>.

	$i = 1 ;     #  -sts
	$i = 1;      #  -nsts   (default)

=item B<-sfs>,   B<--space-for-semicolon>

Semicolons within B loops may sometimes be hard to see,
particularly when commas are also present.  This option places spaces on
both sides of these special semicolons, and is the default.  Use
B<-nsfs> or B<--nospace-for-semicolon> to deactivate it.

 for ( @a = @$ap, $u = shift @a ; @a ; $u = $v ) {  # -sfs (default)
 for ( @a = @$ap, $u = shift @a; @a; $u = $v ) {    # -nsfs

=item B<-asc>,  B<--add-semicolons>

Setting B<-asc> allows perltidy to add any missing optional semicolon at the end 
of a line which is followed by a closing curly brace on the next line.  This
is the default, and may be deactivated with B<-nasc> or B<--noadd-semicolons>.

=item B<-dsm>,  B<--delete-semicolons>

Setting B<-dsm> allows perltidy to delete extra semicolons which are
simply empty statements.  This is the default, and may be deactivated
with B<-ndsm> or B<--nodelete-semicolons>.  (Such semicolons are not
deleted, however, if they would promote a side comment to a block
comment).

=item B<-aws>,  B<--add-whitespace>

Setting this option allows perltidy to add certain whitespace improve
code readability.  This is the default. If you do not want any
whitespace added, but are willing to have some whitespace deleted, use
B<-naws>.  (Use B<-fws> to leave whitespace completely unchanged).

=item B<-dws>,  B<--delete-old-whitespace>

Setting this option allows perltidy to remove some old whitespace
between characters, if necessary.  This is the default.  If you
do not want any old whitespace removed, use B<-ndws> or
B<--nodelete-old-whitespace>.

=item Detailed whitespace controls around tokens

For those who want more detailed control over the whitespace around
tokens, there are four parameters which can directly modify the default
whitespace rules built into perltidy for any token.  They are:

B<-wls=s> or B<--want-left-space=s>,

B<-nwls=s> or B<--nowant-left-space=s>,

B<-wrs=s> or B<--want-right-space=s>,

B<-nwrs=s> or B<--nowant-right-space=s>.

These parameters are each followed by a quoted string, B, containing a
list of token types.  No more than one of each of these parameters
should be specified, because repeating a command-line parameter
always overwrites the previous one before perltidy ever sees it.

To illustrate how these are used, suppose it is desired that there be no
space on either side of the token types B<= + - / *>.  The following two
parameters would specify this desire:

  -nwls="= + - / *"    -nwrs="= + - / *"

(Note that the token types are in quotes, and that they are separated by
spaces).  With these modified whitespace rules, the following line of math:

  $root = -$b + sqrt( $b * $b - 4. * $a * $c ) / ( 2. * $a );

becomes this:

  $root=-$b+sqrt( $b*$b-4.*$a*$c )/( 2.*$a );

These parameters should be considered to be hints to perltidy rather
than fixed rules, because perltidy must try to resolve conflicts that
arise between them and all of the other rules that it uses.  One
conflict that can arise is if, between two tokens, the left token wants
a space and the right one doesn't.  In this case, the token not wanting
a space takes priority.  

It is necessary to have a list of all token types in order to create
this type of input.  Such a list can be obtained by the command
B<--dump-token-types>.  Also try the B<-D> flag on a short snippet of code
and look at the .DEBUG file to see the tokenization. 

B Be sure to put these tokens in quotes to avoid having them
misinterpreted by your command shell.

=item Space between specific keywords and opening paren

When an opening paren follows a Perl keyword, no space is introduced after the
keyword, unless it is (by default) one of these:

   my local our and or eq ne if else elsif until unless 
   while for foreach return switch case given when

These defaults can be modified with two commands:

B<-sak=s>  or B<--space-after-keyword=s>  adds keywords.

B<-nsak=s>  or B<--nospace-after-keyword=s>  removes keywords.

where B is a list of keywords (in quotes if necessary).  For example, 

  my ( $a, $b, $c ) = @_;    # default
  my( $a, $b, $c ) = @_;     # -nsak="my local our"

The abbreviation B<-nsak='*'> is equivalent to including all of the
keywords in the above list.

When both B<-nsak=s> and B<-sak=s> commands are included, the B<-nsak=s>
command is executed first.  For example, to have space after only the
keywords (my, local, our) you could use B<-nsak="*" -sak="my local our">.

To put a space after all keywords, see the next item.

=item Space between all keywords and opening parens

When an opening paren follows a function or keyword, no space is introduced
after the keyword except for the keywords noted in the previous item.  To
always put a space between a function or keyword and its opening paren,
use the command:

B<-skp>  or B<--space-keyword-paren>

You will probably also want to use the flag B<-sfp> (next item) too.

=item Space between all function names and opening parens

When an opening paren follows a function the default is not to introduce
a space.  To cause a space to be introduced use:

B<-sfp>  or B<--space-function-paren>

  myfunc( $a, $b, $c );    # default 
  myfunc ( $a, $b, $c );   # -sfp

You will probably also want to use the flag B<-skp> (previous item) too.

=item Trimming whitespace around C quotes

B<-tqw> or B<--trim-qw> provide the default behavior of trimming
spaces around multi-line C quotes and indenting them appropriately.

B<-ntqw> or B<--notrim-qw> cause leading and trailing whitespace around
multi-line C quotes to be left unchanged.  This option will not
normally be necessary, but was added for testing purposes, because in
some versions of perl, trimming C quotes changes the syntax tree.

=back

=head2 Comment Controls

Perltidy has a number of ways to control the appearance of both block comments
and side comments.  The term B here refers to a full-line
comment, whereas B will refer to a comment which appears on a
line to the right of some code.

=over 4

=item B<-ibc>,  B<--indent-block-comments>

Block comments normally look best when they are indented to the same
level as the code which follows them.  This is the default behavior, but
you may use B<-nibc> to keep block comments left-justified.  Here is an
example:

             # this comment is indented      (-ibc, default)
	     if ($task) { yyy(); }

The alternative is B<-nibc>:

 # this comment is not indented              (-nibc)
	     if ($task) { yyy(); }

See also the next item, B<-isbc>, as well as B<-sbc>, for other ways to
have some indented and some outdented block comments.

=item B<-isbc>,  B<--indent-spaced-block-comments>

If there is no leading space on the line, then the comment will not be
indented, and otherwise it may be.

If both B<-ibc> and B<-isbc> are set, then B<-isbc> takes priority.

=item B<-olc>, B<--outdent-long-comments>

When B<-olc> is set, lines which are full-line (block) comments longer
than the value B will have their indentation
removed.  This is the default; use B<-nolc> to prevent outdenting.

=item B<-msc=n>,  B<--minimum-space-to-comment=n>

Side comments look best when lined up several spaces to the right of
code.  Perltidy will try to keep comments at least n spaces to the
right.  The default is n=4 spaces.

=item B<-fpsc=n>,  B<--fixed-position-side-comment=n>

This parameter tells perltidy to line up side comments in column number B
whenever possible.  The default, n=0, is not do do this.

=item B<-hsc>, B<--hanging-side-comments>

By default, perltidy tries to identify and align "hanging side
comments", which are something like this:

        my $IGNORE = 0;    # This is a side comment
                           # This is a hanging side comment
                           # And so is this

A comment is considered to be a hanging side comment if (1) it immediately
follows a line with a side comment, or another hanging side comment, and
(2) there is some leading whitespace on the line.
To deactivate this feature, use B<-nhsc> or B<--nohanging-side-comments>.  
If block comments are preceded by a blank line, or have no leading
whitespace, they will not be mistaken as hanging side comments.

=item Closing Side Comments

A closing side comment is a special comment which perltidy can
automatically create and place after the closing brace of a code block.
They can be useful for code maintenance and debugging.  The command
B<-csc> (or B<--closing-side-comments>) adds or updates closing side
comments.  For example, here is a small code snippet

        sub message {
            if ( !defined( $_[0] ) ) {
                print("Hello, World\n");
            }
            else {
                print( $_[0], "\n" );
            }
        }

And here is the result of processing with C:

        sub message {
            if ( !defined( $_[0] ) ) {
                print("Hello, World\n");
            }
            else {
                print( $_[0], "\n" );
            }
        } ## end sub message

A closing side comment was added for C in this case, but not
for the C and C blocks, because they were below the 6 line
cutoff limit for adding closing side comments.  This limit may be
changed with the B<-csci> command, described below.

The command B<-dcsc> (or B<--delete-closing-side-comments>) reverses this 
process and removes these comments.

Several commands are available to modify the behavior of these two basic
commands, B<-csc> and B<-dcsc>:

=over 4

=item B<-csci=n>, or B<--closing-side-comment-interval=n> 

where C is the minimum number of lines that a block must have in
order for a closing side comment to be added.  The default value is
C.  To illustrate:

        # perltidy -csci=2 -csc
        sub message {
            if ( !defined( $_[0] ) ) {
                print("Hello, World\n");
            } ## end if ( !defined( $_[0] ))
            else {
                print( $_[0], "\n" );
            } ## end else [ if ( !defined( $_[0] ))
        } ## end sub message

Now the C and C blocks are commented.  However, now this has
become very cluttered.

=item B<-cscp=string>, or B<--closing-side-comment-prefix=string> 

where string is the prefix used before the name of the block type.  The
default prefix, shown above, is C<## end>.  This string will be added to
closing side comments, and it will also be used to recognize them in
order to update, delete, and format them.  Any comment identified as a
closing side comment will be placed just a single space to the right of
its closing brace.

=item B<-cscl=string>, or B<--closing-side-comment-list-string> 

where C is a list of block types to be tagged with closing side
comments.  By default, all code block types preceded by a keyword or
label (such as C, C, and so on) will be tagged.  The B<-cscl>
command changes the default list to be any selected block types; see
L.
For example, the following command
requests that only C's, labels, C, and C blocks be
affected by any B<-csc> or B<-dcsc> operation:

   -cscl="sub : BEGIN END"

=item B<-csct=n>, or B<--closing-side-comment-maximum-text=n> 

The text appended to certain block types, such as an C block, is
whatever lies between the keyword introducing the block, such as C,
and the opening brace.  Since this might be too much text for a side
comment, there needs to be a limit, and that is the purpose of this
parameter.  The default value is C, meaning that no additional
tokens will be appended to this text after its length reaches 20
characters.  Omitted text is indicated with C<...>.  (Tokens, including
sub names, are never truncated, however, so actual lengths may exceed
this).  To illustrate, in the above example, the appended text of the
first block is C< ( !defined( $_[0] )...>.  The existing limit of
C caused this text to be truncated, as indicated by the C<...>.  See
the next flag for additional control of the abbreviated text.

=item B<-cscb>, or B<--closing-side-comments-balanced> 

As discussed in the previous item, when the
closing-side-comment-maximum-text limit is exceeded the comment text must
be truncated.  Older versions of perltidy terminated with three dots, and this
can still be achieved with -ncscb:

  perltidy -csc -ncscb
  } ## end foreach my $foo (sort { $b cmp $a ...

However this causes a problem with editors editors which cannot recognize
comments or are not configured to do so because they cannot "bounce" around in
the text correctly.  The B<-cscb> flag has been added to
help them by appending appropriate balancing structure:

  perltidy -csc -cscb
  } ## end foreach my $foo (sort { $b cmp $a ... })

The default is B<-cscb>.

=item B<-csce=n>, or B<--closing-side-comment-else-flag=n> 

The default, B, places the text of the opening C statement after any
terminal C.

If B is used, then each C is also given the text of the opening
C statement.  Also, an C will include the text of a preceding
C statement.  Note that this may result some long closing
side comments.

If B is used, the results will be the same as B whenever the
resulting line length is less than the maximum allowed.
=item B<-cscb>, or B<--closing-side-comments-balanced> 

When using closing-side-comments, and the closing-side-comment-maximum-text
limit is exceeded, then the comment text must be abbreviated.  
It is terminated with three dots if the B<-cscb> flag is negated:

  perltidy -csc -ncscb
  } ## end foreach my $foo (sort { $b cmp $a ...

This causes a problem with older editors which do not recognize comments
because they cannot "bounce" around in the text correctly.  The B<-cscb>
flag tries to help them by appending appropriate terminal balancing structures:

  perltidy -csc -cscb
  } ## end foreach my $foo (sort { $b cmp $a ... })

The default is B<-cscb>.  


=item B<-cscw>, or B<--closing-side-comment-warnings> 

This parameter is intended to help make the initial transition to the use of
closing side comments.  
It causes two
things to happen if a closing side comment replaces an existing, different
closing side comment:  first, an error message will be issued, and second, the
original side comment will be placed alone on a new specially marked comment
line for later attention. 

The intent is to avoid clobbering existing hand-written side comments
which happen to match the pattern of closing side comments. This flag
should only be needed on the first run with B<-csc>.

=back

B 

=over 4

=item *

Closing side comments are only placed on lines terminated with a closing
brace.  Certain closing styles, such as the use of cuddled elses
(B<-ce>), preclude the generation of some closing side comments.

=item *

Please note that adding or deleting of closing side comments takes
place only through the commands B<-csc> or B<-dcsc>.  The other commands,
if used, merely modify the behavior of these two commands.  

=item *

It is recommended that the B<-cscw> flag be used along with B<-csc> on
the first use of perltidy on a given file.  This will prevent loss of
any existing side comment data which happens to have the csc prefix.

=item *

Once you use B<-csc>, you should continue to use it so that any
closing side comments remain correct as code changes.  Otherwise, these
comments will become incorrect as the code is updated.

=item *

If you edit the closing side comments generated by perltidy, you must also
change the prefix to be different from the closing side comment prefix.
Otherwise, your edits will be lost when you rerun perltidy with B<-csc>.   For
example, you could simply change C<## end> to be C<## End>, since the test is
case sensitive.  You may also want to use the B<-ssc> flag to keep these
modified closing side comments spaced the same as actual closing side comments.

=item *

Temporarily generating closing side comments is a useful technique for
exploring and/or debugging a perl script, especially one written by someone
else.  You can always remove them with B<-dcsc>.

=back

=item Static Block Comments

Static block comments are block comments with a special leading pattern,
C<##> by default, which will be treated slightly differently from other
block comments.  They effectively behave as if they had glue along their
left and top edges, because they stick to the left edge and previous line
when there is no blank spaces in those places.  This option is
particularly useful for controlling how commented code is displayed.

=over 4

=item B<-sbc>, B<--static-block-comments>

When B<-sbc> is used, a block comment with a special leading pattern, C<##> by
default, will be treated specially. 

Comments so identified  are treated as follows: 

=over 4

=item *

If there is no leading space on the line, then the comment will not
be indented, and otherwise it may be,

=item *

no new blank line will be
inserted before such a comment, and 

=item *

such a comment will never become
a hanging side comment.  

=back

For example, assuming C<@month_of_year> is
left-adjusted:

    @month_of_year = (    # -sbc (default)
        'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun', 'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct',
    ##  'Dec', 'Nov'
        'Nov', 'Dec');

Without this convention, the above code would become

    @month_of_year = (   # -nsbc
        'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun', 'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct',
  
        ##  'Dec', 'Nov'
        'Nov', 'Dec'
    );

which is not as clear.
The default is to use B<-sbc>.  This may be deactivated with B<-nsbc>.

=item B<-sbcp=string>, B<--static-block-comment-prefix=string>

This parameter defines the prefix used to identify static block comments
when the B<-sbc> parameter is set.  The default prefix is C<##>,
corresponding to C<-sbcp=##>.  The prefix is actually part of a perl 
pattern used to match lines and it must either begin with C<#> or C<^#>.  
In the first case a prefix ^\s* will be added to match any leading
whitespace, while in the second case the pattern will match only
comments with no leading whitespace.  For example, to
identify all comments as static block comments, one would use C<-sbcp=#>.
To identify all left-adjusted comments as static block comments, use C<-sbcp='^#'>.

Please note that B<-sbcp> merely defines the pattern used to identify static
block comments; it will not be used unless the switch B<-sbc> is set.  Also,
please be aware that since this string is used in a perl regular expression
which identifies these comments, it must enable a valid regular expression to
be formed.

A pattern which can be useful is:

    -sbcp=^#{2,}[^\s#] 

This pattern requires a static block comment to have at least one character
which is neither a # nor a space.  It allows a line containing only '#'
characters to be rejected as a static block comment.  Such lines are often used
at the start and end of header information in subroutines and should not be
separated from the intervening comments, which typically begin with just a
single '#'.

=item B<-osbc>, B<--outdent-static-block-comments>

The command B<-osbc> will will cause static block comments to be outdented by 2
spaces (or whatever B<-ci=n> has been set to), if possible.

=back

=item Static Side Comments

Static side comments are side comments with a special leading pattern.
This option can be useful for controlling how commented code is displayed
when it is a side comment.

=over 4

=item B<-ssc>, B<--static-side-comments>

When B<-ssc> is used, a side comment with a static leading pattern, which is
C<##> by default, will be be spaced only a single space from previous
character, and it will not be vertically aligned with other side comments.

The default is B<-nssc>.

=item B<-sscp=string>, B<--static-side-comment-prefix=string>

This parameter defines the prefix used to identify static side comments
when the B<-ssc> parameter is set.  The default prefix is C<##>,
corresponding to C<-sscp=##>.  

Please note that B<-sscp> merely defines the pattern used to identify
static side comments; it will not be used unless the switch B<-ssc> is
set.  Also, note that this string is used in a perl regular expression
which identifies these comments, so it must enable a valid regular
expression to be formed.

=back


=back

=head2 Skipping Selected Sections of Code

Selected lines of code may be passed verbatim to the output without any
formatting.  This feature is enabled by default but can be disabled with
the B<--noformat-skipping> or B<-nfs> flag.  It should be used sparingly to
avoid littering code with markers, but it might be helpful for working
around occasional problems.  For example it might be useful for keeping
the indentation of old commented code unchanged, keeping indentation of
long blocks of aligned comments unchanged, keeping certain list
formatting unchanged, or working around a glitch in perltidy.

=over 4

=item B<-fs>,  B<--format-skipping>

This flag, which is enabled by default, causes any code between
special beginning and ending comment markers to be passed to the
output without formatting.  The default beginning marker is #<<<
and the default ending marker is #>>> but they
may be changed (see next items below).  Additional text may appear on
these special comment lines provided that it is separated from the
marker by at least one space.  For example

 #<<<  do not let perltidy touch this
    my @list = (1,
                1, 1,
                1, 2, 1,
                1, 3, 3, 1,
                1, 4, 6, 4, 1,);
 #>>>

The comment markers may be placed at any location that a block comment may
appear.  If they do not appear to be working, use the -log flag and examine the
F<.LOG> file.  Use B<-nfs> to disable this feature.

=item B<-fsb=string>,  B<--format-skipping-begin=string>

The B<-fsb=string> parameter may be used to change the beginning marker for
format skipping.  The default is equivalent to -fsb='#<<<'.  The string that
you enter must begin with a # and should be in quotes as necessary to get past
the command shell of your system.  It is actually the leading text of a pattern
that is constructed by appending a '\s', so you must also include backslashes
for characters to be taken literally rather than as patterns.  

Some examples show how example strings become patterns:

 -fsb='#\{\{\{' becomes /^#\{\{\{\s/  which matches  #{{{ but not #{{{{
 -fsb='#\*\*'   becomes /^#\*\*\s/    which matches  #** but not #***
 -fsb='#\*{2,}' becomes /^#\*{2,}\s/  which matches  #** and #***** 

=item B<-fse=string>,  B<--format-skipping-end=string>

The B<-fsb=string> is the corresponding parameter used to change the
ending marker for format skipping.  The default is equivalent to
-fse='#<<<'.  

=back

=head2 Line Break Control

The parameters in this section control breaks after
non-blank lines of code.  Blank lines are controlled
separately by parameters in the section L.

=over 4

=item B<-fnl>,  B<--freeze-newlines>

If you do not want any changes to the line breaks within
lines of code in your script, set
B<-fnl>, and they will remain fixed, and the rest of the commands in
this section and sections 
L,
L. 
You may want to use B<-noll> with this.

Note: If you also want to keep your blank lines exactly
as they are, you can use the B<-fbl> flag which is described
in the section L.

=item B<-ce>,   B<--cuddled-else>

Enable the "cuddled else" style, in which C and C are
follow immediately after the curly brace closing the previous block.
The default is not to use cuddled elses, and is indicated with the flag
B<-nce> or B<--nocuddled-else>.  Here is a comparison of the
alternatives:

  if ($task) {
      yyy();
  } else {    # -ce
      zzz();
  }

  if ($task) {
	yyy();
  }
  else {    # -nce  (default)
	zzz();
  }

=item B<-bl>,    B<--opening-brace-on-new-line>     

Use the flag B<-bl> to place the opening brace on a new line:

  if ( $input_file eq '-' )    # -bl 
  {                          
      important_function();
  }

This flag applies to all structural blocks, including named sub's (unless
the B<-sbl> flag is set -- see next item).

The default style, B<-nbl>, places an opening brace on the same line as
the keyword introducing it.  For example,

  if ( $input_file eq '-' ) {   # -nbl (default)

=item B<-sbl>,    B<--opening-sub-brace-on-new-line>     

The flag B<-sbl> can be used to override the value of B<-bl> for
the opening braces of named sub's.  For example, 

 perltidy -sbl

produces this result:

 sub message
 {
    if (!defined($_[0])) {
        print("Hello, World\n");
    }
    else {
        print($_[0], "\n");
    }
 }

This flag is negated with B<-nsbl>.  If B<-sbl> is not specified,
the value of B<-bl> is used.

=item B<-asbl>,    B<--opening-anonymous-sub-brace-on-new-line>     

The flag B<-asbl> is like the B<-sbl> flag except that it applies
to anonymous sub's instead of named subs. For example

 perltidy -asbl

produces this result:

 $a = sub
 {
     if ( !defined( $_[0] ) ) {
         print("Hello, World\n");
     }
     else {
         print( $_[0], "\n" );
     }
 };

This flag is negated with B<-nasbl>, and the default is B<-nasbl>.

=item B<-bli>,    B<--brace-left-and-indent>     

The flag B<-bli> is the same as B<-bl> but in addition it causes one 
unit of continuation indentation ( see B<-ci> ) to be placed before 
an opening and closing block braces.

For example,

        if ( $input_file eq '-' )    # -bli
          {
            important_function();
          }

By default, this extra indentation occurs for blocks of type:
B, B, B, B, B, B, B, 
B, B, and also with a preceding label.  The next item
shows how to change this.

=item B<-blil=s>,    B<--brace-left-and-indent-list=s>     

Use this parameter to change the types of block braces for which the
B<-bli> flag applies; see L.  For example,
B<-blil='if elsif else'> would apply it to only C blocks.

=item B<-bar>,    B<--opening-brace-always-on-right>     

The default style, B<-nbl> places the opening code block brace on a new
line if it does not fit on the same line as the opening keyword, like
this:

        if ( $bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2
          || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4 )
        {
            big_waste_of_time();
        }

To force the opening brace to always be on the right, use the B<-bar>
flag.  In this case, the above example becomes

        if ( $bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2
          || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4 ) {
            big_waste_of_time();
        }

A conflict occurs if both B<-bl> and B<-bar> are specified.

=item B<-otr>,  B<--opening-token-right> and related flags

The B<-otr> flag is a hint that perltidy should not place a break between a
comma and an opening token.  For example:

    # default formatting
    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} },
      {
        accno       => $ref->{accno},
        description => $ref->{description}
      };

    # perltidy -otr
    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} }, {
        accno       => $ref->{accno},
        description => $ref->{description}
      };

The flag B<-otr> is actually a synonym for three other flags
which can be used to control parens, hash braces, and square brackets
separately if desired:

  -opr  or --opening-paren-right
  -ohbr or --opening-hash-brace-right
  -osbr or --opening-square-bracket-right

=item Vertical tightness of non-block curly braces, parentheses, and square brackets.

These parameters control what shall be called vertical tightness.  Here are the
main points:

=over 4

=item *

Opening tokens (except for block braces) are controlled by B<-vt=n>, or
B<--vertical-tightness=n>, where

 -vt=0 always break a line after opening token (default). 
 -vt=1 do not break unless this would produce more than one 
         step in indentation in a line.
 -vt=2 never break a line after opening token

=item *

You must also use the B<-lp> flag when you use the B<-vt> flag; the
reason is explained below.

=item *

Closing tokens (except for block braces) are controlled by B<-vtc=n>, or
B<--vertical-tightness-closing=n>, where

 -vtc=0 always break a line before a closing token (default), 
 -vtc=1 do not break before a closing token which is followed 
        by a semicolon or another closing token, and is not in 
        a list environment.
 -vtc=2 never break before a closing token.

The rules for B<-vtc=1> are designed to maintain a reasonable balance
between tightness and readability in complex lists.

=item *

Different controls may be applied to to different token types,
and it is also possible to control block braces; see below.

=item *

Finally, please note that these vertical tightness flags are merely
hints to the formatter, and it cannot always follow them.  Things which
make it difficult or impossible include comments, blank lines, blocks of
code within a list, and possibly the lack of the B<-lp> parameter.
Also, these flags may be ignored for very small lists (2 or 3 lines in
length).

=back

Here are some examples: 

    # perltidy -lp -vt=0 -vtc=0
    %romanNumerals = (
                       one   => 'I',
                       two   => 'II',
                       three => 'III',
                       four  => 'IV',
    );

    # perltidy -lp -vt=1 -vtc=0
    %romanNumerals = ( one   => 'I',
                       two   => 'II',
                       three => 'III',
                       four  => 'IV',
    );

    # perltidy -lp -vt=1 -vtc=1
    %romanNumerals = ( one   => 'I',
                       two   => 'II',
                       three => 'III',
                       four  => 'IV', );

The difference between B<-vt=1> and B<-vt=2> is shown here:

    # perltidy -lp -vt=1 
    $init->add(
                mysprintf( "(void)find_threadsv(%s);",
                           cstring( $threadsv_names[ $op->targ ] )
                )
    );

    # perltidy -lp -vt=2 
    $init->add( mysprintf( "(void)find_threadsv(%s);",
                           cstring( $threadsv_names[ $op->targ ] )
                )
    );

With B<-vt=1>, the line ending in C does not combine with the next
line because the next line is not balanced.  This can help with
readability, but B<-vt=2> can be used to ignore this rule.

The tightest, and least readable, code is produced with both C<-vt=2> and
C<-vtc=2>:

    # perltidy -lp -vt=2 -vtc=2
    $init->add( mysprintf( "(void)find_threadsv(%s);",
                           cstring( $threadsv_names[ $op->targ ] ) ) );

Notice how the code in all of these examples collapses vertically as
B<-vt> increases, but the indentation remains unchanged.  This is
because perltidy implements the B<-vt> parameter by first formatting as
if B<-vt=0>, and then simply overwriting one output line on top of the
next, if possible, to achieve the desired vertical tightness.  The
B<-lp> indentation style has been designed to allow this vertical
collapse to occur, which is why it is required for the B<-vt> parameter.

The B<-vt=n> and B<-vtc=n> parameters apply to each type of container
token.  If desired, vertical tightness controls can be applied
independently to each of the closing container token types.

The parameters for controlling parentheses are B<-pvt=n> or
B<--paren-vertical-tightness=n>, and B<-pcvt=n> or
B<--paren-vertical-tightness-closing=n>.

Likewise, the parameters for square brackets are B<-sbvt=n> or
B<--square-bracket-vertical-tightness=n>, and B<-sbcvt=n> or
B<--square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing=n>.

Finally, the parameters for controlling non-code block braces are
B<-bvt=n> or B<--brace-vertical-tightness=n>, and B<-bcvt=n> or
B<--brace-vertical-tightness-closing=n>.

In fact, the parameter B<-vt=n> is actually just an abbreviation for
B<-pvt=n -bvt=n sbvt=n>, and likewise B<-vtc=n> is an abbreviation
for B<-pvtc=n -bvtc=n sbvtc=n>.

=item B<-bbvt=n> or B<--block-brace-vertical-tightness=n>

The B<-bbvt=n> flag is just like the B<-vt=n> flag but applies
to opening code block braces.

 -bbvt=0 break after opening block brace (default). 
 -bbvt=1 do not break unless this would produce more than one 
         step in indentation in a line.
 -bbvt=2 do not break after opening block brace.

It is necessary to also use either B<-bl> or B<-bli> for this to work,
because, as with other vertical tightness controls, it is implemented by
simply overwriting a line ending with an opening block brace with the
subsequent line.  For example:

    # perltidy -bli -bbvt=0
    if ( open( FILE, "< $File" ) )
      {
        while ( $File =  )
          {
            $In .= $File;
            $count++;
          }
        close(FILE);
      }

    # perltidy -bli -bbvt=1
    if ( open( FILE, "< $File" ) )
      { while ( $File =  )
          { $In .= $File;
            $count++;
          }
        close(FILE);
      }

By default this applies to blocks associated with keywords B,
B, B, B, B, B, B, B,
B, and also with a preceding label.  This can be changed with
the parameter B<-bbvtl=string>, or
B<--block-brace-vertical-tightness-list=string>, where B is a
space-separated list of block types.  For more information on the
possible values of this string, see L

For example, if we want to just apply this style to C,
C, and C blocks, we could use 
C.

There is no vertical tightness control for closing block braces; with
the exception of one-line blocks, they will normally remain on a 
separate line.

=item B<-sot>,  B<--stack-opening-tokens> and related flags

The B<-sot> flag tells perltidy to "stack" opening tokens
when possible to avoid lines with isolated opening tokens.

For example:

    # default
    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(
        {
            binary       => 1,
            sep_char     => $opt_c,
            always_quote => 1,
        }
    );

    # -sot
    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new( {
            binary       => 1,
            sep_char     => $opt_c,
            always_quote => 1,
        }
    );

For detailed control of individual closing tokens the following
controls can be used:

  -sop  or --stack-opening-paren
  -sohb or --stack-opening-hash-brace
  -sosb or --stack-opening-square-bracket

The flag B<-sot> is a synonym for B<-sop -sohb -sosb>.

=item B<-sct>,  B<--stack-closing-tokens> and related flags

The B<-sct> flag tells perltidy to "stack" closing tokens
when possible to avoid lines with isolated closing tokens.

For example:

    # default
    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(
        {
            binary       => 1,
            sep_char     => $opt_c,
            always_quote => 1,
        }
    );

    # -sct
    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(
        {
            binary       => 1,
            sep_char     => $opt_c,
            always_quote => 1,
        } );

The B<-sct> flag is somewhat similar to the B<-vtc> flags, and in some
cases it can give a similar result.  The difference is that the B<-vtc>
flags try to avoid lines with leading opening tokens by "hiding" them at
the end of a previous line, whereas the B<-sct> flag merely tries to
reduce the number of lines with isolated closing tokens by stacking them
but does not try to hide them.  For example:

    # -vtc=2
    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(
        {
            binary       => 1,
            sep_char     => $opt_c,
            always_quote => 1, } );

For detailed control of the stacking of individual closing tokens the
following controls can be used:

  -scp  or --stack-closing-paren
  -schb or --stack-closing-hash-brace
  -scsb or --stack-closing-square-bracket

The flag B<-sct> is a synonym for B<-scp -schb -scsb>.

=item B<-dnl>,  B<--delete-old-newlines>

By default, perltidy first deletes all old line break locations, and then it
looks for good break points to match the desired line length.  Use B<-ndnl>
or  B<--nodelete-old-newlines> to force perltidy to retain all old line break
points.  

=item B<-anl>,  B<--add-newlines>

By default, perltidy will add line breaks when necessary to create
continuations of long lines and to improve the script appearance.  Use
B<-nanl> or B<--noadd-newlines> to prevent any new line breaks.  

This flag does not prevent perltidy from eliminating existing line
breaks; see B<--freeze-newlines> to completely prevent changes to line
break points.

=item Controlling whether perltidy breaks before or after operators

Four command line parameters provide some control over whether
a line break should be before or after specific token types.
Two parameters give detailed control:

B<-wba=s> or B<--want-break-after=s>, and

B<-wbb=s> or B<--want-break-before=s>.

These parameters are each followed by a quoted string, B, containing
a list of token types (separated only by spaces).  No more than one of each
of these parameters should be specified, because repeating a
command-line parameter always overwrites the previous one before
perltidy ever sees it.

By default, perltidy breaks B these token types:
  % + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < >  | & 
  = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=

And perltidy breaks B these token types by default:
  . << >> -> && || //

To illustrate, to cause a break after a concatenation operator, C<'.'>,
rather than before it, the command line would be

  -wba="."

As another example, the following command would cause a break before 
math operators C<'+'>, C<'-'>, C<'/'>, and C<'*'>:

  -wbb="+ - / *"

These commands should work well for most of the token types that perltidy uses
(use B<--dump-token-types> for a list).  Also try the B<-D> flag on a short
snippet of code and look at the .DEBUG file to see the tokenization.  However,
for a few token types there may be conflicts with hardwired logic which cause
unexpected results.  One example is curly braces, which should be controlled
with the parameter B provided for that purpose.

B Be sure to put these tokens in quotes to avoid having them
misinterpreted by your command shell.

Two additional parameters are available which, though they provide no further
capability, can simplify input are:

B<-baao> or B<--break-after-all-operators>,

B<-bbao> or B<--break-before-all-operators>.

The -baao sets the default to be to break after all of the following operators:

    % + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < > | & 
    = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=
    . : ? && || and or err xor

and the B<-bbao> flag sets the default to break before all of these operators.
These can be used to define an initial break preference which can be fine-tuned
with the B<-wba> and B<-wbb> flags.  For example, to break before all operators
except an B<=> one could use --bbao -wba='=' rather than listing every
single perl operator except B<=> on a -wbb flag.

=back

=head2 Controlling List Formatting

Perltidy attempts to place comma-separated arrays of values in tables
which look good.  Its default algorithms usually work well, and they
have been improving with each release, but several parameters are
available to control list formatting.

=over 4

=item B<-boc>,  B<--break-at-old-comma-breakpoints>

This flag tells perltidy to try to break at all old commas.  This is not
the default.  Normally, perltidy makes a best guess at list formatting,
and seldom uses old comma breakpoints.  Usually this works well,
but consider:

    my @list = (1,
                1, 1,
                1, 2, 1,
                1, 3, 3, 1,
                1, 4, 6, 4, 1,);

The default formatting will flatten this down to one line:

    # perltidy (default)
    my @list = ( 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 3, 3, 1, 1, 4, 6, 4, 1, );

which hides the structure. Using B<-boc>, plus additional flags
to retain the original style, yields

    # perltidy -boc -lp -pt=2 -vt=1 -vtc=1
    my @list = (1,
                1, 1,
                1, 2, 1,
                1, 3, 3, 1,
                1, 4, 6, 4, 1,);

A disadvantage of this flag is that all tables in the file
must already be nicely formatted.  For another possibility see
the -fs flag in L.

=item B<-mft=n>,  B<--maximum-fields-per-table=n>

If the computed number of fields for any table exceeds B, then it
will be reduced to B.  The default value for B is a large number,
40.  While this value should probably be left unchanged as a general
rule, it might be used on a small section of code to force a list to
have a particular number of fields per line, and then either the B<-boc>
flag could be used to retain this formatting, or a single comment could
be introduced somewhere to freeze the formatting in future applications
of perltidy.

    # perltidy -mft=2
    @month_of_year = (    
        'Jan', 'Feb',
        'Mar', 'Apr',
        'May', 'Jun',
        'Jul', 'Aug',
        'Sep', 'Oct',
        'Nov', 'Dec'
    );

=item B<-cab=n>,  B<--comma-arrow-breakpoints=n>

A comma which follows a comma arrow, '=>', requires special
consideration.  In a long list, it is common to break at all such
commas.  This parameter can be used to control how perltidy breaks at
these commas.  (However, it will have no effect if old comma breaks are
being forced because B<-boc> is used).  The possible values of B are:

 n=0 break at all commas after =>  
 n=1 stable: break at all commas after => unless this would break
     an existing one-line container (default)
 n=2 break at all commas after =>, but try to form the maximum
     maximum one-line container lengths
 n=3 do not treat commas after => specially at all 

For example, given the following single line, perltidy by default will
not add any line breaks because it would break the existing one-line
container:

    bless { B => $B, Root => $Root } => $package;

Using B<-cab=0> will force a break after each comma-arrow item:

    # perltidy -cab=0:
    bless {
        B    => $B,
        Root => $Root
    } => $package;

If perltidy is subsequently run with this container broken, then by
default it will break after each '=>' because the container is now
broken.  To reform a one-line container, the parameter B<-cab=2> would
be needed.

The flag B<-cab=3> can be used to prevent these commas from being
treated specially.  In this case, an item such as "01" => 31 is
treated as a single item in a table.  The number of fields in this table
will be determined by the same rules that are used for any other table.
Here is an example.
    
    # perltidy -cab=3
    my %last_day = (
        "01" => 31, "02" => 29, "03" => 31, "04" => 30,
        "05" => 31, "06" => 30, "07" => 31, "08" => 31,
        "09" => 30, "10" => 31, "11" => 30, "12" => 31
    );

=back

=head2 Retaining or Ignoring Existing Line Breaks

Several additional parameters are available for controlling the extent
to which line breaks in the input script influence the output script.
In most cases, the default parameter values are set so that, if a choice
is possible, the output style follows the input style.  For example, if
a short logical container is broken in the input script, then the
default behavior is for it to remain broken in the output script.

Most of the parameters in this section would only be required for a
one-time conversion of a script from short container lengths to longer
container lengths.  The opposite effect, of converting long container
lengths to shorter lengths, can be obtained by temporarily using a short
maximum line length.

=over 4

=item B<-bol>,  B<--break-at-old-logical-breakpoints>

By default, if a logical expression is broken at a C<&&>, C<||>, C,
or C, then the container will remain broken.  Also, breaks
at internal keywords C and C will normally be retained.
To prevent this, and thus form longer lines, use B<-nbol>.

=item B<-bok>,  B<--break-at-old-keyword-breakpoints>

By default, perltidy will retain a breakpoint before keywords which may
return lists, such as C and .  This allows chains of these
operators to be displayed one per line.  Use B<-nbok> to prevent
retaining these breakpoints.

=item B<-bot>,  B<--break-at-old-ternary-breakpoints>

By default, if a conditional (ternary) operator is broken at a C<:>,
then it will remain broken.  To prevent this, and thereby
form longer lines, use B<-nbot>.

=item B<-boa>,  B<--break-at-old-attribute-breakpoints>

By default, if an attribute list is broken at a C<:> in the source file, then
it will remain broken.  For example, given the following code, the line breaks
at the ':'s will be retained:
       
                    my @field
                      : field
                      : Default(1)
                      : Get('Name' => 'foo') : Set('Name');

If the attributes are on a single line in the source code then they will remain
on a single line if possible.

To prevent this, and thereby always form longer lines, use B<-nboa>.  

=item B<-iob>,  B<--ignore-old-breakpoints>

Use this flag to tell perltidy to ignore existing line breaks to the
maximum extent possible.  This will tend to produce the longest possible
containers, regardless of type, which do not exceed the line length
limit.

=item B<-kis>,  B<--keep-interior-semicolons>

Use the B<-kis> flag to prevent breaking at a semicolon if
there was no break there in the input file.  Normally
perltidy places a newline after each semicolon which
terminates a statement unless several statements are
contained within a one-line brace block.  To illustrate,
consider the following input lines:

    dbmclose(%verb_delim); undef %verb_delim;
    dbmclose(%expanded); undef %expanded;

The default is to break after each statement, giving

    dbmclose(%verb_delim);
    undef %verb_delim;
    dbmclose(%expanded);
    undef %expanded;

With B the multiple statements are retained:

    dbmclose(%verb_delim); undef %verb_delim;
    dbmclose(%expanded);   undef %expanded;

The statements are still subject to the specified value
of B and will be broken if this 
maximum is exceeed.

=back

=head2 Blank Line Control

Blank lines can improve the readability of a script if they are carefully
placed.  Perltidy has several commands for controlling the insertion,
retention, and removal of blank lines.  

=over 4

=item B<-fbl>,  B<--freeze-blank-lines>

Set B<-fbl> if you want to the blank lines in your script to
remain exactly as they are.  The rest of the parameters in
this section may then be ignored.  (Note: setting the B<-fbl> flag
is equivalent to setting B<-mbl=0> and B<-kbl=2>).

=item B<-bbc>,  B<--blanks-before-comments>

A blank line will be introduced before a full-line comment.  This is the
default.  Use B<-nbbc> or  B<--noblanks-before-comments> to prevent
such blank lines from being introduced.

=item B<-blbs=n>,  B<--blank-lines-before-subs=n>

The parameter B<-blbs=n> requests that least B blank lines precede a sub
definition which does not follow a comment and which is more than one-line
long.  The default is <-blbs=1>.  B and B blocks are included.

The requested number of blanks statement will be inserted regardless of of the
value of B<--maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=n> (B<-mbl=n>) with the exception
that if B<-mbl=0> then no blanks will be output.

This parameter interacts with the value B of the parameter B<--maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=k> (B<-mbl=k>) as follows:

1. If B<-mbl=0> then no blanks will be output.  This allows all blanks to be suppressed with a single parameter.  Otherwise,

2. If the number of old blank lines in the script is less than B then
additional blanks will be inserted to make the total B regardless of the
value of B<-mbl=k>.  

3. If the number of old blank lines in the script equals or exceeds B then
this parameter has no effect, however the total will not exceed
value specified on the B<-mbl=k> flag.


=item B<-blbp=n>,  B<--blank-lines-before-packages=n>

The parameter B<-blbp=n> requests that least B blank lines precede a package
which does not follow a comment.  The default is <-blbp=1>.  

This parameter interacts with the value B of the parameter
B<--maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=k> (B<-mbl=k>) in the same way as described
for the previous item B<-blbs=n>.


=item B<-bbs>,  B<--blanks-before-subs>

For compatability with previous versions, B<-bbs> or B<--blanks-before-subs> 
is equivalent to F<-blbp=1> and F<-blbs=1>.  

Likewise, B<-nbbs> or B<--noblanks-before-subs> 
is equivalent to F<-blbp=0> and F<-blbs=0>.  

=item B<-bbb>,  B<--blanks-before-blocks>

A blank line will be introduced before blocks of coding delimited by
B, B, B, B, and B, B, in the following
circumstances:

=over 4

=item *

The block is not preceded by a comment.

=item *

The block is not a one-line block.

=item *

The number of consecutive non-blank lines at the current indentation depth is at least B<-lbl>
(see next section).

=back

This is the default.  The intention of this option is to introduce
some space within dense coding.
This is negated with B<-nbbb> or  B<--noblanks-before-blocks>.

=item B<-lbl=n> B<--long-block-line-count=n>

This controls how often perltidy is allowed to add blank lines before 
certain block types (see previous section).  The default is 8.  Entering
a value of B<0> is equivalent to entering a very large number.

=item B<-mbl=n> B<--maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=n>   

This parameter specifies the maximum number of consecutive blank lines which
will be output within code sections of a script.  The default is n=1.  If the
input file has more than n consecutive blank lines, the number will be reduced
to n except as noted above for the B<-blbp> and B<-blbs> parameters.  If B
then no blank lines will be output (unless all old blank lines are retained
with the B<-kbl=2> flag of the next section).

This flag obviously does not apply to pod sections,
here-documents, and quotes.  

=item B<-kbl=n>,  B<--keep-old-blank-lines=n>

The B<-kbl=n> flag gives you control over how your existing blank lines are
treated.  

The possible values of B are:

 n=0 ignore all old blank lines
 n=1 stable: keep old blanks, but limited by the value of the B<-mbl=n> flag
 n=2 keep all old blank lines, regardless of the value of the B<-mbl=n> flag

The default is B.  

=item B<-sob>,  B<--swallow-optional-blank-lines>

This is equivalent to B and is included for compatability with
previous versions.

=item B<-nsob>,  B<--noswallow-optional-blank-lines>

This is equivalent to B and is included for compatability with
previous versions.

=back

=head2 Styles

A style refers to a convenient collection of existing parameters.

=over 4

=item B<-gnu>, B<--gnu-style>

B<-gnu> gives an approximation to the GNU Coding Standards (which do
not apply to perl) as they are sometimes implemented.  At present, this
style overrides the default style with the following parameters:

    -lp -bl -noll -pt=2 -bt=2 -sbt=2 -icp

=item B<-pbp>, B<--perl-best-practices>

B<-pbp> is an abbreviation for the parameters in the book B
by Damian Conway:

    -l=78 -i=4 -ci=4 -st -se -vt=2 -cti=0 -pt=1 -bt=1 -sbt=1 -bbt=1 -nsfs -nolq
    -wbb="% + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < > | & = 
          **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x="

Note that the -st and -se flags make perltidy act as a filter on one file only.  
These can be overridden with -nst and -nse if necessary.

=back

=head2 Other Controls

=over 4

=item Deleting selected text 

Perltidy can selectively delete comments and/or pod documentation.  The
command B<-dac> or  B<--delete-all-comments> will delete all comments
B all pod documentation, leaving just code and any leading system
control lines.

The command B<-dp> or B<--delete-pod> will remove all pod documentation
(but not comments).

Two commands which remove comments (but not pod) are: B<-dbc> or
B<--delete-block-comments> and B<-dsc> or  B<--delete-side-comments>.
(Hanging side comments will be deleted with block comments here.)

The negatives of these commands also work, and are the defaults.  When
block comments are deleted, any leading 'hash-bang' will be retained.
Also, if the B<-x> flag is used, any system commands before a leading
hash-bang will be retained (even if they are in the form of comments).

=item Writing selected text to a file

When perltidy writes a formatted text file, it has the ability to also
send selected text to a file with a F<.TEE> extension.  This text can
include comments and pod documentation.  

The command B<-tac> or  B<--tee-all-comments> will write all comments
B all pod documentation.

The command B<-tp> or B<--tee-pod> will write all pod documentation (but
not comments).

The commands which write comments (but not pod) are: B<-tbc> or
B<--tee-block-comments> and B<-tsc> or  B<--tee-side-comments>.
(Hanging side comments will be written with block comments here.)

The negatives of these commands also work, and are the defaults.  

=item Using a F<.perltidyrc> command file

If you use perltidy frequently, you probably won't be happy until you
create a F<.perltidyrc> file to avoid typing commonly-used parameters.
Perltidy will first look in your current directory for a command file
named F<.perltidyrc>.  If it does not find one, it will continue looking
for one in other standard locations.  

These other locations are system-dependent, and may be displayed with
the command C.  Under Unix systems, it will first look
for an environment variable B.  Then it will look for a
F<.perltidyrc> file in the home directory, and then for a system-wide
file F, and then it will look for
F.  Note that these last two system-wide files do not
have a leading dot.  Further system-dependent information will be found
in the INSTALL file distributed with perltidy.

Under Windows, perltidy will also search for a configuration file named perltidy.ini since Windows does not allow files with a leading period (.).
Use C to see the possbile locations for your system.
An example might be F.

Another option is the use of the PERLTIDY environment variable.
The method for setting environment variables depends upon the version of
Windows that you are using.  Instructions for Windows 95 and later versions can
be found here:

http://www.netmanage.com/000/20021101_005_tcm21-6336.pdf

Under Windows NT / 2000 / XP the PERLTIDY environment variable can be placed in
either the user section or the system section.  The later makes the
configuration file common to all users on the machine.  Be sure to enter the
full path of the configuration file in the value of the environment variable.
Ex.  PERLTIDY=C:\Documents and Settings\perltidy.ini

The configuation file is free format, and simply a list of parameters, just as
they would be entered on a command line.  Any number of lines may be used, with
any number of parameters per line, although it may be easiest to read with one
parameter per line.  Comment text begins with a #, and there must
also be a space before the # for side comments.  It is a good idea to
put complex parameters in either single or double quotes.

Here is an example of a F<.perltidyrc> file:

  # This is a simple of a .perltidyrc configuration file
  # This implements a highly spaced style
  -se    # errors to standard error output
  -w     # show all warnings
  -bl	 # braces on new lines
  -pt=0  # parens not tight at all
  -bt=0  # braces not tight
  -sbt=0 # square brackets not tight

The parameters in the F<.perltidyrc> file are installed first, so any
parameters given on the command line will have priority over them.  

To avoid confusion, perltidy ignores any command in the .perltidyrc
file which would cause some kind of dump and an exit.  These are:

 -h -v -ddf -dln -dop -dsn -dtt -dwls -dwrs -ss

There are several options may be helpful in debugging a F<.perltidyrc>
file:  

=over 4

=item *

A very helpful command is B<--dump-profile> or B<-dpro>.  It writes a
list of all configuration filenames tested to standard output, and 
if a file is found, it dumps the content to standard output before
exiting.  So, to find out where perltidy looks for its configuration
files, and which one if any it selects, just enter 

  perltidy -dpro

=item *

It may be simplest to develop and test configuration files with
alternative names, and invoke them with B<-pro=filename> on the command
line.  Then rename the desired file to F<.perltidyrc> when finished.

=item *

The parameters in the F<.perltidyrc> file can be switched off with 
the B<-npro> option.

=item *

The commands B<--dump-options>, B<--dump-defaults>, B<--dump-long-names>,
and B<--dump-short-names>, all described below, may all be helpful.

=back

=item Creating a new abbreviation

A special notation is available for use in a F<.perltidyrc> file
for creating an abbreviation for a group
of options.  This can be used to create a
shorthand for one or more styles which are frequently, but not always,
used.  The notation is to group the options within curly braces which
are preceded by the name of the alias (without leading dashes), like this:

	newword {
	-opt1
	-opt2
	}

where B is the abbreviation, and B, etc, are existing parameters
I.  The main syntax requirement is that
the new abbreviation must begin on a new line.
Space before and after the curly braces is optional.
For a
specific example, the following line

	airy {-bl -pt=0 -bt=0 -sbt=0}

could be placed in a F<.perltidyrc> file, and then invoked at will with

	perltidy -airy somefile.pl

(Either C<-airy> or C<--airy> may be used).

=item Skipping leading non-perl commands with B<-x> or B<--look-for-hash-bang>

If your script has leading lines of system commands or other text which
are not valid perl code, and which are separated from the start of the
perl code by a "hash-bang" line, ( a line of the form C<#!...perl> ),
you must use the B<-x> flag to tell perltidy not to parse and format any
lines before the "hash-bang" line.  This option also invokes perl with a
-x flag when checking the syntax.  This option was originally added to
allow perltidy to parse interactive VMS scripts, but it should be used
for any script which is normally invoked with C.

=item  Making a file unreadable

The goal of perltidy is to improve the readability of files, but there
are two commands which have the opposite effect, B<--mangle> and
B<--extrude>.  They are actually
merely aliases for combinations of other parameters.  Both of these
strip all possible whitespace, but leave comments and pod documents,
so that they are essentially reversible.  The
difference between these is that B<--mangle> puts the fewest possible
line breaks in a script while B<--extrude> puts the maximum possible.
Note that these options do not provided any meaningful obfuscation, because
perltidy can be used to reformat the files.  They were originally
developed to help test the tokenization logic of perltidy, but they
have other uses.
One use for B<--mangle> is the following:

  perltidy --mangle myfile.pl -st | perltidy -o myfile.pl.new

This will form the maximum possible number of one-line blocks (see next
section), and can sometimes help clean up a badly formatted script.

A similar technique can be used with B<--extrude> instead of B<--mangle>
to make the minimum number of one-line blocks.

Another use for B<--mangle> is to combine it with B<-dac> to reduce
the file size of a perl script.

=item  One-line blocks 

There are a few points to note regarding one-line blocks.  A one-line
block is something like this,

	if ($x > 0) { $y = 1 / $x }  

where the contents within the curly braces is short enough to fit
on a single line.

With few exceptions, perltidy retains existing one-line blocks, if it
is possible within the line-length constraint, but it does not attempt
to form new ones.  In other words, perltidy will try to follow the
one-line block style of the input file.

If an existing one-line block is longer than the maximum line length,
however, it will be broken into multiple lines.  When this happens, perltidy
checks for and adds any optional terminating semicolon (unless the B<-nasc>
option is used) if the block is a code block.  

The main exception is that perltidy will attempt to form new one-line
blocks following the keywords C, C, and C, because
these code blocks are often small and most clearly displayed in a single
line.

One-line block rules can conflict with the cuddled-else option.  When
the cuddled-else option is used, perltidy retains existing one-line
blocks, even if they do not obey cuddled-else formatting.

Occasionally, when one-line blocks get broken because they exceed the
available line length, the formatting will violate the requested brace style.
If this happens, reformatting the script a second time should correct
the problem.

=item  Debugging 

The following flags are available for debugging:

B<--dump-defaults> or B<-ddf> will write the default option set to standard output and quit

B<--dump-profile> or B<-dpro>  will write the name of the current 
configuration file and its contents to standard output and quit.

B<--dump-options> or B<-dop>  will write current option set to standard
output and quit.  

B<--dump-long-names> or B<-dln>  will write all command line long names (passed 
to Get_options) to standard output and quit.

B<--dump-short-names>  or B<-dsn> will write all command line short names 
to standard output and quit.

B<--dump-token-types> or B<-dtt>  will write a list of all token types 
to standard output and quit.

B<--dump-want-left-space> or B<-dwls>  will write the hash %want_left_space
to standard output and quit.  See the section on controlling whitespace
around tokens.

B<--dump-want-right-space> or B<-dwrs>  will write the hash %want_right_space
to standard output and quit.  See the section on controlling whitespace
around tokens.

B<-DEBUG>  will write a file with extension F<.DEBUG> for each input file 
showing the tokenization of all lines of code.

=item Working with MakeMaker, AutoLoader and SelfLoader

The first $VERSION line of a file which might be eval'd by MakeMaker
is passed through unchanged except for indentation.  
Use B<--nopass-version-line>, or B<-npvl>, to deactivate this feature.

If the AutoLoader module is used, perltidy will continue formatting
code after seeing an __END__ line.
Use B<--nolook-for-autoloader>, or B<-nlal>, to deactivate this feature.

Likewise, if the SelfLoader module is used, perltidy will continue formatting
code after seeing a __DATA__ line.
Use B<--nolook-for-selfloader>, or B<-nlsl>, to deactivate this feature.

=item Working around problems with older version of Perl 

Perltidy contains a number of rules which help avoid known subtleties
and problems with older versions of perl, and these rules always
take priority over whatever formatting flags have been set.  For example,
perltidy will usually avoid starting a new line with a bareword, because
this might cause problems if C is active.

There is no way to override these rules.

=back

=head1 HTML OPTIONS

=over 4

=item  The B<-html> master switch

The flag B<-html> causes perltidy to write an html file with extension
F<.html>.  So, for example, the following command

	perltidy -html somefile.pl

will produce a syntax-colored html file named F
which may be viewed with a browser.

B: In this case, perltidy does not do any formatting to the
input file, and it does not write a formatted file with extension
F<.tdy>.  This means that two perltidy runs are required to create a
fully reformatted, html copy of a script.  

=item  The B<-pre> flag for code snippets

When the B<-pre> flag is given, only the pre-formatted section, within
the 
 and 
 tags, will be output.  This simplifies inclusion
of the output in other files.  The default is to output a complete
web page.

=item  The B<-nnn> flag for line numbering

When the B<-nnn> flag is given, the output lines will be numbered.

=item  The B<-toc>, or B<--html-table-of-contents> flag

By default, a table of contents to packages and subroutines will be
written at the start of html output.  Use B<-ntoc> to prevent this.
This might be useful, for example, for a pod document which contains a
number of unrelated code snippets.  This flag only influences the code
table of contents; it has no effect on any table of contents produced by
pod2html (see next item).

=item  The B<-pod>, or B<--pod2html> flag

There are two options for formatting pod documentation.  The default is
to pass the pod through the Pod::Html module (which forms the basis of
the pod2html utility).  Any code sections are formatted by perltidy, and
the results then merged.  Note: perltidy creates a temporary file when
Pod::Html is used; see L<"FILES">.  Also, Pod::Html creates temporary
files for its cache.

NOTE: Perltidy counts the number of C<=cut> lines, and either moves the
pod text to the top of the html file if there is one C<=cut>, or leaves
the pod text in its original order (interleaved with code) otherwise.

Most of the flags accepted by pod2html may be included in the perltidy
command line, and they will be passed to pod2html.  In some cases,
the flags have a prefix C to emphasize that they are for the
pod2html, and this prefix will be removed before they are passed to
pod2html.  The flags which have the additional C prefix are:

   --[no]podheader --[no]podindex --[no]podrecurse --[no]podquiet 
   --[no]podverbose --podflush

The flags which are unchanged from their use in pod2html are:

   --backlink=s --cachedir=s --htmlroot=s --libpods=s --title=s
   --podpath=s --podroot=s 

where 's' is an appropriate character string.  Not all of these flags are
available in older versions of Pod::Html.  See your Pod::Html documentation for
more information.

The alternative, indicated with B<-npod>, is not to use Pod::Html, but
rather to format pod text in italics (or whatever the stylesheet
indicates), without special html markup.  This is useful, for example,
if pod is being used as an alternative way to write comments.

=item  The B<-frm>, or B<--frames> flag

By default, a single html output file is produced.  This can be changed
with the B<-frm> option, which creates a frame holding a table of
contents in the left panel and the source code in the right side. This
simplifies code browsing.  Assume, for example, that the input file is
F.  Then, for default file extension choices, these three
files will be created:

 MyModule.pm.html      - the frame
 MyModule.pm.toc.html  - the table of contents
 MyModule.pm.src.html  - the formatted source code

Obviously this file naming scheme requires that output be directed to a real
file (as opposed to, say, standard output).  If this is not the
case, or if the file extension is unknown, the B<-frm> option will be
ignored.

=item  The B<-text=s>, or B<--html-toc-extension> flag

Use this flag to specify the extra file extension of the table of contents file
when html frames are used.  The default is "toc".
See L.

=item  The B<-sext=s>, or B<--html-src-extension> flag

Use this flag to specify the extra file extension of the content file when html
frames are used.  The default is "src".
See L.

=item  The B<-hent>, or B<--html-entities> flag

This flag controls the use of Html::Entities for html formatting.  By
default, the module Html::Entities is used to encode special symbols.
This may not be the right thing for some browser/language
combinations.  Use --nohtml-entities or -nhent to prevent this.

=item  Style Sheets

Style sheets make it very convenient to control and adjust the
appearance of html pages.  The default behavior is to write a page of
html with an embedded style sheet.

An alternative to an embedded style sheet is to create a page with a
link to an external style sheet.  This is indicated with the
B<-css=filename>,  where the external style sheet is F.  The
external style sheet F will be created if and only if it does
not exist.  This option is useful for controlling multiple pages from a
single style sheet.

To cause perltidy to write a style sheet to standard output and exit,
use the B<-ss>, or B<--stylesheet>, flag.  This is useful if the style
sheet could not be written for some reason, such as if the B<-pre> flag
was used.  Thus, for example,
  
  perltidy -html -ss >mystyle.css

will write a style sheet with the default properties to file
F.

The use of style sheets is encouraged, but a web page without a style
sheets can be created with the flag B<-nss>.  Use this option if you
must to be sure that older browsers (roughly speaking, versions prior to
4.0 of Netscape Navigator and Internet Explorer) can display the
syntax-coloring of the html files.

=item  Controlling HTML properties

Note: It is usually more convenient to accept the default properties
and then edit the stylesheet which is produced.  However, this section
shows how to control the properties with flags to perltidy.

Syntax colors may be changed from their default values by flags of the either
the long form, B<-html-color-xxxxxx=n>, or more conveniently the short form,
B<-hcx=n>, where B is one of the following words, and B is the
corresponding abbreviation:

      Token Type             xxxxxx           x 
      ----------             --------         --
      comment                comment          c
      number                 numeric          n
      identifier             identifier       i
      bareword, function     bareword         w
      keyword                keyword          k
      quite, pattern         quote            q
      here doc text          here-doc-text    h
      here doc target        here-doc-target  hh
      punctuation            punctuation      pu
      parentheses            paren            p
      structural braces      structure        s
      semicolon              semicolon        sc
      colon                  colon            co
      comma                  comma            cm
      label                  label            j
      sub definition name    subroutine       m
      pod text               pod-text         pd

A default set of colors has been defined, but they may be changed by providing
values to any of the following parameters, where B is either a 6 digit 
hex RGB color value or an ascii name for a color, such as 'red'.

To illustrate, the following command will produce an html 
file F with "aqua" keywords:

	perltidy -html -hck=00ffff somefile.pl

and this should be equivalent for most browsers:

	perltidy -html -hck=aqua somefile.pl

Perltidy merely writes any non-hex names that it sees in the html file.
The following 16 color names are defined in the HTML 3.2 standard:

	black   => 000000,
	silver  => c0c0c0,
	gray    => 808080,
	white   => ffffff,
	maroon  => 800000,
	red     => ff0000,
	purple  => 800080,
	fuchsia => ff00ff,
	green   => 008000,
	lime    => 00ff00,
	olive   => 808000,
	yellow  => ffff00
	navy    => 000080,
	blue    => 0000ff,
	teal    => 008080,
	aqua    => 00ffff,

Many more names are supported in specific browsers, but it is safest
to use the hex codes for other colors.  Helpful color tables can be
located with an internet search for "HTML color tables". 

Besides color, two other character attributes may be set: bold, and italics.
To set a token type to use bold, use the flag
B<--html-bold-xxxxxx> or B<-hbx>, where B or B are the long
or short names from the above table.  Conversely, to set a token type to 
NOT use bold, use B<--nohtml-bold-xxxxxx> or B<-nhbx>.

Likewise, to set a token type to use an italic font, use the flag
B<--html-italic-xxxxxx> or B<-hix>, where again B or B are the
long or short names from the above table.  And to set a token type to
NOT use italics, use B<--nohtml-italic-xxxxxx> or B<-nhix>.

For example, to use bold braces and lime color, non-bold, italics keywords the
following command would be used:

	perltidy -html -hbs -hck=00FF00 -nhbk -hik somefile.pl

The background color can be specified with B<--html-color-background=n>,
or B<-hcbg=n> for short, where n is a 6 character hex RGB value.  The
default color of text is the value given to B, which is
black as a default.

Here are some notes and hints:

1. If you find a preferred set of these parameters, you may want
to create a F<.perltidyrc> file containing them.  See the perltidy man
page for an explanation.

2. Rather than specifying values for these parameters, it is probably
easier to accept the defaults and then edit a style sheet.  The style
sheet contains comments which should make this easy.

3. The syntax-colored html files can be very large, so it may be best to
split large files into smaller pieces to improve download times.

=back

=head1 SOME COMMON INPUT CONVENTIONS

=head2 Specifying Block Types

Several parameters which refer to code block types may be customized by also
specifying an associated list of block types.  The type of a block is the name
of the keyword which introduces that block, such as B, B, or B.
An exception is a labeled block, which has no keyword, and should be specified
with just a colon.

For example, the following parameter specifies C, labels, C, and
C blocks:

   -cscl="sub : BEGIN END"

(the meaning of the -cscl parameter is described above.)  Note that
quotes are required around the list of block types because of the
spaces.

=head2 Specifying File Extensions

Several parameters allow default file extensions to be overridden.  For
example, a backup file extension may be specified with B<-bext=ext>,
where B is some new extension.  In order to provides the user some
flexibility, the following convention is used in all cases to decide if
a leading '.' should be used.  If the extension C begins with
C, C, or C<0-9>, then it will be appended to the filename with
an intermediate '.' (or perhaps an '_' on VMS systems).  Otherwise, it
will be appended directly.  

For example, suppose the file is F.  For C<-bext=old>, a '.' is
added to give F.  For C<-bext=.old>, no additional '.' is
added, so again the backup file is F.  For C<-bext=~>, then no
dot is added, and the backup file will be F  .  

=head1 SWITCHES WHICH MAY BE NEGATED

The following list shows all short parameter names which allow a prefix
'n' to produce the negated form:

 D    anl asc  aws  b    bbb bbc bbs  bl   bli  boc bok  bol  bot  ce
 csc  dac dbc  dcsc ddf  dln dnl dop  dp   dpro dsc dsm  dsn  dtt  dwls
 dwrs dws f    fll  frm  fs  hsc html ibc  icb  icp iob  isbc lal  log
 lp   lsl ohbr okw  ola  oll opr opt  osbr otr  ple ple  pod  pvl  q
 sbc  sbl schb scp  scsb sct se  sfp  sfs  skp  sob sohb sop  sosb sot
 ssc  st  sts  syn  t    tac tbc toc  tp   tqw  tsc w    x    bar  kis

Equivalently, the prefix 'no' or 'no-' on the corresponding long names may be
used.

=head1 LIMITATIONS

=over 4

=item  Parsing Limitations

Perltidy should work properly on most perl scripts.  It does a lot of
self-checking, but still, it is possible that an error could be
introduced and go undetected.  Therefore, it is essential to make
careful backups and to test reformatted scripts.

The main current limitation is that perltidy does not scan modules
included with 'use' statements.  This makes it necessary to guess the
context of any bare words introduced by such modules.  Perltidy has good
guessing algorithms, but they are not infallible.  When it must guess,
it leaves a message in the log file.

If you encounter a bug, please report it.

=item  What perltidy does not parse and format

Perltidy indents but does not reformat comments and C quotes. 
Perltidy does not in any way modify the contents of here documents or
quoted text, even if they contain source code.  (You could, however,
reformat them separately).  Perltidy does not format 'format' sections
in any way.  And, of course, it does not modify pod documents.

=back

=head1 FILES

=over 4

=item Temporary files

Under the -html option with the default --pod2html flag, a temporary file is
required to pass text to Pod::Html.  Unix systems will try to use the POSIX
tmpnam() function.  Otherwise the file F will be temporarily
created in the current working directory.

=item Special files when standard input is used

When standard input is used, the log file, if saved, is F,
and any errors are written to F unless the B<-se> flag is
set.  These are saved in the current working directory.  

=item Files overwritten

The following file extensions are used by perltidy, and files with these
extensions may be overwritten or deleted: F<.ERR>, F<.LOG>, F<.TEE>,
and/or F<.tdy>, F<.html>, and F<.bak>, depending on the run type and
settings.

=item  Files extensions limitations

Perltidy does not operate on files for which the run could produce a file with
a duplicated file extension.  These extensions include F<.LOG>, F<.ERR>,
F<.TEE>, and perhaps F<.tdy> and F<.bak>, depending on the run type.  The
purpose of this rule is to prevent generating confusing filenames such as
F.

=back

=head1 SEE ALSO

perlstyle(1), Perl::Tidy(3)

=head1 VERSION

This man page documents perltidy version 20120701.

=head1 CREDITS

Michael Cartmell supplied code for adaptation to VMS and helped with
v-strings.

Yves Orton supplied code for adaptation to the various versions
of Windows. 

Axel Rose supplied a patch for MacPerl.

Hugh S. Myers designed and implemented the initial Perl::Tidy module interface. 

Many others have supplied key ideas, suggestions, and bug reports;
see the CHANGES file.

=head1 AUTHOR

  Steve Hancock
  email: perltidy at users.sourceforge.net
  http://perltidy.sourceforge.net

=head1 COPYRIGHT

Copyright (c) 2000-2010 by Steve Hancock

=head1 LICENSE

This package is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the "GNU General Public License".

Please refer to the file "COPYING" for details.

=head1 DISCLAIMER

This package is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

See the "GNU General Public License" for more details.
Perl-Tidy-20120701/lib/0000750000175000017500000000000011774075057013375 5ustar  stevestevePerl-Tidy-20120701/lib/Perl/0000750000175000017500000000000011774075057014277 5ustar  stevestevePerl-Tidy-20120701/lib/Perl/Tidy.pm0000644000175000017500000410637211774062763015570 0ustar  stevesteve#
############################################################
#
#    perltidy - a perl script indenter and formatter
#
#    Copyright (c) 2000-2012 by Steve Hancock
#    Distributed under the GPL license agreement; see file COPYING
#
#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
#    (at your option) any later version.
#
#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
#    GNU General Public License for more details.
#
#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
#
#    For brief instructions instructions, try 'perltidy -h'.
#    For more complete documentation, try 'man perltidy'
#    or visit http://perltidy.sourceforge.net
#
#    This script is an example of the default style.  It was formatted with:
#
#      perltidy Tidy.pm
#
#    Code Contributions: See ChangeLog.html for a complete history.
#      Michael Cartmell supplied code for adaptation to VMS and helped with
#        v-strings.
#      Hugh S. Myers supplied sub streamhandle and the supporting code to
#        create a Perl::Tidy module which can operate on strings, arrays, etc.
#      Yves Orton supplied coding to help detect Windows versions.
#      Axel Rose supplied a patch for MacPerl.
#      Sebastien Aperghis-Tramoni supplied a patch for the defined or operator.
#      Dan Tyrell contributed a patch for binary I/O.
#      Ueli Hugenschmidt contributed a patch for -fpsc
#      Sam Kington supplied a patch to identify the initial indentation of
#      entabbed code.
#      jonathan swartz supplied patches for:
#      * .../ pattern, which looks upwards from directory
#      * --notidy, to be used in directories where we want to avoid
#        accidentally tidying
#      * prefilter and postfilter
#      * iterations option
#
#      Many others have supplied key ideas, suggestions, and bug reports;
#        see the CHANGES file.
#
############################################################

package Perl::Tidy;
use 5.004;    # need IO::File from 5.004 or later
BEGIN { $^W = 1; }    # turn on warnings

use strict;
use Exporter;
use Carp;
$|++;

use vars qw{
  $VERSION
  @ISA
  @EXPORT
  $missing_file_spec
};

@ISA    = qw( Exporter );
@EXPORT = qw( &perltidy );

use Cwd;
use IO::File;
use File::Basename;
use File::Copy;

BEGIN {
    ( $VERSION = q($Id: Tidy.pm,v 1.74 2012/07/01 13:56:49 perltidy Exp $) ) =~ s/^.*\s+(\d+)\/(\d+)\/(\d+).*$/$1$2$3/; # all one line for MakeMaker
}

sub streamhandle {

    # given filename and mode (r or w), create an object which:
    #   has a 'getline' method if mode='r', and
    #   has a 'print' method if mode='w'.
    # The objects also need a 'close' method.
    #
    # How the object is made:
    #
    # if $filename is:     Make object using:
    # ----------------     -----------------
    # '-'                  (STDIN if mode = 'r', STDOUT if mode='w')
    # string               IO::File
    # ARRAY  ref           Perl::Tidy::IOScalarArray (formerly IO::ScalarArray)
    # STRING ref           Perl::Tidy::IOScalar      (formerly IO::Scalar)
    # object               object
    #                      (check for 'print' method for 'w' mode)
    #                      (check for 'getline' method for 'r' mode)
    my $ref = ref( my $filename = shift );
    my $mode = shift;
    my $New;
    my $fh;

    # handle a reference
    if ($ref) {
        if ( $ref eq 'ARRAY' ) {
            $New = sub { Perl::Tidy::IOScalarArray->new(@_) };
        }
        elsif ( $ref eq 'SCALAR' ) {
            $New = sub { Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new(@_) };
        }
        else {

            # Accept an object with a getline method for reading. Note:
            # IO::File is built-in and does not respond to the defined
            # operator.  If this causes trouble, the check can be
            # skipped and we can just let it crash if there is no
            # getline.
            if ( $mode =~ /[rR]/ ) {
                if ( $ref eq 'IO::File' || defined &{ $ref . "::getline" } ) {
                    $New = sub { $filename };
                }
                else {
                    $New = sub { undef };
                    confess <new(@_) };
        }
    }
    $fh = $New->( $filename, $mode )
      or warn "Couldn't open file:$filename in mode:$mode : $!\n";
    return $fh, ( $ref or $filename );
}

sub find_input_line_ending {

    # Peek at a file and return first line ending character.
    # Quietly return undef in case of any trouble.
    my ($input_file) = @_;
    my $ending;

    # silently ignore input from object or stdin
    if ( ref($input_file) || $input_file eq '-' ) {
        return $ending;
    }
    open( INFILE, $input_file ) || return $ending;

    binmode INFILE;
    my $buf;
    read( INFILE, $buf, 1024 );
    close INFILE;
    if ( $buf && $buf =~ /([\012\015]+)/ ) {
        my $test = $1;

        # dos
        if ( $test =~ /^(\015\012)+$/ ) { $ending = "\015\012" }

        # mac
        elsif ( $test =~ /^\015+$/ ) { $ending = "\015" }

        # unix
        elsif ( $test =~ /^\012+$/ ) { $ending = "\012" }

        # unknown
        else { }
    }

    # no ending seen
    else { }

    return $ending;
}

sub catfile {

    # concatenate a path and file basename
    # returns undef in case of error

    BEGIN { eval "require File::Spec"; $missing_file_spec = $@; }

    # use File::Spec if we can
    unless ($missing_file_spec) {
        return File::Spec->catfile(@_);
    }

    # Perl 5.004 systems may not have File::Spec so we'll make
    # a simple try.  We assume File::Basename is available.
    # return undef if not successful.
    my $name      = pop @_;
    my $path      = join '/', @_;
    my $test_file = $path . $name;
    my ( $test_name, $test_path ) = fileparse($test_file);
    return $test_file if ( $test_name eq $name );
    return undef if ( $^O eq 'VMS' );

    # this should work at least for Windows and Unix:
    $test_file = $path . '/' . $name;
    ( $test_name, $test_path ) = fileparse($test_file);
    return $test_file if ( $test_name eq $name );
    return undef;
}

sub make_temporary_filename {

    # Make a temporary filename.
    # FIXME: return both a name and opened filehandle
    #
    # The POSIX tmpnam() function tends to be unreliable for non-unix systems
    # (at least for the win32 systems that I've tested), so use a pre-defined
    # name for them.  A disadvantage of this is that two perltidy
    # runs in the same working directory may conflict.  However, the chance of
    # that is small and managable by the user, especially on systems for which
    # the POSIX tmpnam function doesn't work.
    my $name = "perltidy.TMP";
    if ( $^O =~ /win32|dos/i || $^O eq 'VMS' || $^O eq 'MacOs' ) {
        return $name;
    }
    eval "use POSIX qw(tmpnam)";
    if ($@) { return $name }
    use IO::File;

    # just make a couple of tries before giving up and using the default
    for ( 0 .. 3 ) {
        my $tmpname = tmpnam();
        my $fh = IO::File->new( $tmpname, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL );
        if ($fh) {
            $fh->close();
            return ($tmpname);
            last;
        }
    }
    return ($name);
}

# Here is a map of the flow of data from the input source to the output
# line sink:
#
# LineSource-->Tokenizer-->Formatter-->VerticalAligner-->FileWriter-->
#       input                         groups                 output
#       lines   tokens      lines       of          lines    lines
#                                      lines
#
# The names correspond to the package names responsible for the unit processes.
#
# The overall process is controlled by the "main" package.
#
# LineSource is the stream of input lines
#
# Tokenizer analyzes a line and breaks it into tokens, peeking ahead
# if necessary.  A token is any section of the input line which should be
# manipulated as a single entity during formatting.  For example, a single
# ',' character is a token, and so is an entire side comment.  It handles
# the complexities of Perl syntax, such as distinguishing between '<<' as
# a shift operator and as a here-document, or distinguishing between '/'
# as a divide symbol and as a pattern delimiter.
#
# Formatter inserts and deletes whitespace between tokens, and breaks
# sequences of tokens at appropriate points as output lines.  It bases its
# decisions on the default rules as modified by any command-line options.
#
# VerticalAligner collects groups of lines together and tries to line up
# certain tokens, such as '=>', '#', and '=' by adding whitespace.
#
# FileWriter simply writes lines to the output stream.
#
# The Logger package, not shown, records significant events and warning
# messages.  It writes a .LOG file, which may be saved with a
# '-log' or a '-g' flag.

{

    # variables needed by interrupt handler:
    my $tokenizer;
    my $input_file;

    # this routine may be called to give a status report if interrupted.  If a
    # parameter is given, it will call exit with that parameter.  This is no
    # longer used because it works under Unix but not under Windows.
    sub interrupt_handler {

        my $exit_flag = shift;
        print STDERR "perltidy interrupted";
        if ($tokenizer) {
            my $input_line_number =
              Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer::get_input_line_number();
            print STDERR " at line $input_line_number";
        }
        if ($input_file) {

            if   ( ref $input_file ) { print STDERR " of reference to:" }
            else                     { print STDERR " of file:" }
            print STDERR " $input_file";
        }
        print STDERR "\n";
        exit $exit_flag if defined($exit_flag);
    }

    sub perltidy {

        my %defaults = (
            argv                  => undef,
            destination           => undef,
            formatter             => undef,
            logfile               => undef,
            errorfile             => undef,
            perltidyrc            => undef,
            source                => undef,
            stderr                => undef,
            dump_options          => undef,
            dump_options_type     => undef,
            dump_getopt_flags     => undef,
            dump_options_category => undef,
            dump_options_range    => undef,
            dump_abbreviations    => undef,
            prefilter             => undef,
            postfilter            => undef,
        );

        # don't overwrite callers ARGV
        local @ARGV = @ARGV;

        my %input_hash = @_;

        if ( my @bad_keys = grep { !exists $defaults{$_} } keys %input_hash ) {
            local $" = ')(';
            my @good_keys = sort keys %defaults;
            @bad_keys = sort @bad_keys;
            confess <('dump_options');
        my $dump_getopt_flags     = $get_hash_ref->('dump_getopt_flags');
        my $dump_options_category = $get_hash_ref->('dump_options_category');
        my $dump_abbreviations    = $get_hash_ref->('dump_abbreviations');
        my $dump_options_range    = $get_hash_ref->('dump_options_range');

        # validate dump_options_type
        if ( defined($dump_options) ) {
            unless ( defined($dump_options_type) ) {
                $dump_options_type = 'perltidyrc';
            }
            unless ( $dump_options_type =~ /^(perltidyrc|full)$/ ) {
                croak <new();
        }

        # see if ARGV is overridden
        if ( defined($argv) ) {

            my $rargv = ref $argv;
            if ( $rargv eq 'SCALAR' ) { $argv = $$argv; $rargv = undef }

            # ref to ARRAY
            if ($rargv) {
                if ( $rargv eq 'ARRAY' ) {
                    @ARGV = @$argv;
                }
                else {
                    croak <{$opt} = $flag;
            }
        }

        if ( defined($dump_options_category) ) {
            $quit_now = 1;
            %{$dump_options_category} = %{$roption_category};
        }

        if ( defined($dump_options_range) ) {
            $quit_now = 1;
            %{$dump_options_range} = %{$roption_range};
        }

        if ( defined($dump_abbreviations) ) {
            $quit_now = 1;
            %{$dump_abbreviations} = %{$rexpansion};
        }

        if ( defined($dump_options) ) {
            $quit_now = 1;
            %{$dump_options} = %{$rOpts};
        }

        return if ($quit_now);

        # make printable string of options for this run as possible diagnostic
        my $readable_options = readable_options( $rOpts, $roption_string );

        # dump from command line
        if ( $rOpts->{'dump-options'} ) {
            print STDOUT $readable_options;
            exit 0;
        }

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # check parameters and their interactions
        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        check_options( $rOpts, $is_Windows, $Windows_type,
            $rpending_complaint );

        if ($user_formatter) {
            $rOpts->{'format'} = 'user';
        }

        # there must be one entry here for every possible format
        my %default_file_extension = (
            tidy => 'tdy',
            html => 'html',
            user => '',
        );

        # be sure we have a valid output format
        unless ( exists $default_file_extension{ $rOpts->{'format'} } ) {
            my $formats = join ' ',
              sort map { "'" . $_ . "'" } keys %default_file_extension;
            my $fmt = $rOpts->{'format'};
            die "-format='$fmt' but must be one of: $formats\n";
        }

        my $output_extension =
          make_extension( $rOpts->{'output-file-extension'},
            $default_file_extension{ $rOpts->{'format'} }, $dot );

        # If the backup extension contains a / character then the backup should
        # be deleted when the -b option is used.   On older versions of
        # perltidy this will generate an error message due to an illegal
        # file name.
        #
        # A backup file will still be generated but will be deleted
        # at the end.  If -bext='/' then this extension will be
        # the default 'bak'.  Otherwise it will be whatever characters
        # remains after all '/' characters are removed.  For example:
        # -bext         extension     slashes
        #  '/'          bak           1
        #  '/delete'    delete        1
        #  'delete/'    delete        1
        #  '/dev/null'  devnull       2    (Currently not allowed)
        my $bext = $rOpts->{'backup-file-extension'};
        my $delete_backup = ( $rOpts->{'backup-file-extension'} =~ s/\///g );

        # At present only one forward slash is allowed.  In the future multiple
        # slashes may be allowed to allow for other options
        if ( $delete_backup > 1 ) {
            die "-bext=$bext contains more than one '/'\n";
        }

        my $backup_extension =
          make_extension( $rOpts->{'backup-file-extension'}, 'bak', $dot );

        my $html_toc_extension =
          make_extension( $rOpts->{'html-toc-extension'}, 'toc', $dot );

        my $html_src_extension =
          make_extension( $rOpts->{'html-src-extension'}, 'src', $dot );

        # check for -b option;
        # silently ignore unless beautify mode
        my $in_place_modify = $rOpts->{'backup-and-modify-in-place'}
          && $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy';

        # turn off -b with warnings in case of conflicts with other options
        if ($in_place_modify) {
            if ( $rOpts->{'standard-output'} ) {
                warn "Ignoring -b; you may not use -b and -st together\n";
                $in_place_modify = 0;
            }
            if ($destination_stream) {
                warn
"Ignoring -b; you may not specify a destination stream and -b together\n";
                $in_place_modify = 0;
            }
            if ( ref($source_stream) ) {
                warn
"Ignoring -b; you may not specify a source array and -b together\n";
                $in_place_modify = 0;
            }
            if ( $rOpts->{'outfile'} ) {
                warn "Ignoring -b; you may not use -b and -o together\n";
                $in_place_modify = 0;
            }
            if ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-path'} ) ) {
                warn "Ignoring -b; you may not use -b and -opath together\n";
                $in_place_modify = 0;
            }
        }

        Perl::Tidy::Formatter::check_options($rOpts);
        if ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'html' ) {
            Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter->check_options($rOpts);
        }

        # make the pattern of file extensions that we shouldn't touch
        my $forbidden_file_extensions = "(($dot_pattern)(LOG|DEBUG|ERR|TEE)";
        if ($output_extension) {
            my $ext = quotemeta($output_extension);
            $forbidden_file_extensions .= "|$ext";
        }
        if ( $in_place_modify && $backup_extension ) {
            my $ext = quotemeta($backup_extension);
            $forbidden_file_extensions .= "|$ext";
        }
        $forbidden_file_extensions .= ')$';

        # Create a diagnostics object if requested;
        # This is only useful for code development
        my $diagnostics_object = undef;
        if ( $rOpts->{'DIAGNOSTICS'} ) {
            $diagnostics_object = Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics->new();
        }

        # no filenames should be given if input is from an array
        if ($source_stream) {
            if ( @ARGV > 0 ) {
                die
"You may not specify any filenames when a source array is given\n";
            }

            # we'll stuff the source array into ARGV
            unshift( @ARGV, $source_stream );

            # No special treatment for source stream which is a filename.
            # This will enable checks for binary files and other bad stuff.
            $source_stream = undef unless ref($source_stream);
        }

        # use stdin by default if no source array and no args
        else {
            unshift( @ARGV, '-' ) unless @ARGV;
        }

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # Ready to go...
        # main loop to process all files in argument list
        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        my $number_of_files = @ARGV;
        my $formatter       = undef;
        $tokenizer = undef;
        while ( $input_file = shift @ARGV ) {
            my $fileroot;
            my $input_file_permissions;

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # prepare this input stream
            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            if ($source_stream) {
                $fileroot = "perltidy";
            }
            elsif ( $input_file eq '-' ) {    # '-' indicates input from STDIN
                $fileroot = "perltidy";   # root name to use for .ERR, .LOG, etc
                $in_place_modify = 0;
            }
            else {
                $fileroot = $input_file;
                unless ( -e $input_file ) {

                    # file doesn't exist - check for a file glob
                    if ( $input_file =~ /([\?\*\[\{])/ ) {

                        # Windows shell may not remove quotes, so do it
                        my $input_file = $input_file;
                        if ( $input_file =~ /^\'(.+)\'$/ ) { $input_file = $1 }
                        if ( $input_file =~ /^\"(.+)\"$/ ) { $input_file = $1 }
                        my $pattern = fileglob_to_re($input_file);
                        ##eval "/$pattern/";
                        if ( !$@ && opendir( DIR, './' ) ) {
                            my @files =
                              grep { /$pattern/ && !-d $_ } readdir(DIR);
                            closedir(DIR);
                            if (@files) {
                                unshift @ARGV, @files;
                                next;
                            }
                        }
                    }
                    print "skipping file: '$input_file': no matches found\n";
                    next;
                }

                unless ( -f $input_file ) {
                    print "skipping file: $input_file: not a regular file\n";
                    next;
                }

                # As a safety precaution, skip zero length files.
                # If for example a source file got clobberred somehow,
                # the old .tdy or .bak files might still exist so we
                # shouldn't overwrite them with zero length files.
                unless ( -s $input_file ) {
                    print "skipping file: $input_file: Zero size\n";
                    next;
                }

                unless ( ( -T $input_file ) || $rOpts->{'force-read-binary'} ) {
                    print
"skipping file: $input_file: Non-text (override with -f)\n";
                    next;
                }

                # we should have a valid filename now
                $fileroot               = $input_file;
                $input_file_permissions = ( stat $input_file )[2] & 07777;

                if ( $^O eq 'VMS' ) {
                    ( $fileroot, $dot ) = check_vms_filename($fileroot);
                }

                # add option to change path here
                if ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-path'} ) ) {

                    my ( $base, $old_path ) = fileparse($fileroot);
                    my $new_path = $rOpts->{'output-path'};
                    unless ( -d $new_path ) {
                        unless ( mkdir $new_path, 0777 ) {
                            die "unable to create directory $new_path: $!\n";
                        }
                    }
                    my $path = $new_path;
                    $fileroot = catfile( $path, $base );
                    unless ($fileroot) {
                        die <new( $input_file, $rOpts,
                $rpending_logfile_message );
            next unless ($source_object);

            # Prefilters and postfilters: The prefilter is a code reference
            # that will be applied to the source before tidying, and the
            # postfilter is a code reference to the result before outputting.
            if ($prefilter) {
                my $buf = '';
                while ( my $line = $source_object->get_line() ) {
                    $buf .= $line;
                }
                $buf = $prefilter->($buf);

                $source_object = Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( \$buf, $rOpts,
                    $rpending_logfile_message );
            }

            # register this file name with the Diagnostics package
            $diagnostics_object->set_input_file($input_file)
              if $diagnostics_object;

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # prepare the output stream
            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            my $output_file = undef;
            my $actual_output_extension;

            if ( $rOpts->{'outfile'} ) {

                if ( $number_of_files <= 1 ) {

                    if ( $rOpts->{'standard-output'} ) {
                        die "You may not use -o and -st together\n";
                    }
                    elsif ($destination_stream) {
                        die
"You may not specify a destination array and -o together\n";
                    }
                    elsif ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-path'} ) ) {
                        die "You may not specify -o and -opath together\n";
                    }
                    elsif ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-file-extension'} ) ) {
                        die "You may not specify -o and -oext together\n";
                    }
                    $output_file = $rOpts->{outfile};

                    # make sure user gives a file name after -o
                    if ( $output_file =~ /^-/ ) {
                        die "You must specify a valid filename after -o\n";
                    }

                    # do not overwrite input file with -o
                    if ( defined($input_file_permissions)
                        && ( $output_file eq $input_file ) )
                    {
                        die
                          "Use 'perltidy -b $input_file' to modify in-place\n";
                    }
                }
                else {
                    die "You may not use -o with more than one input file\n";
                }
            }
            elsif ( $rOpts->{'standard-output'} ) {
                if ($destination_stream) {
                    die
"You may not specify a destination array and -st together\n";
                }
                $output_file = '-';

                if ( $number_of_files <= 1 ) {
                }
                else {
                    die "You may not use -st with more than one input file\n";
                }
            }
            elsif ($destination_stream) {
                $output_file = $destination_stream;
            }
            elsif ($source_stream) {  # source but no destination goes to stdout
                $output_file = '-';
            }
            elsif ( $input_file eq '-' ) {
                $output_file = '-';
            }
            else {
                if ($in_place_modify) {
                    $output_file = IO::File->new_tmpfile()
                      or die "cannot open temp file for -b option: $!\n";
                }
                else {
                    $actual_output_extension = $output_extension;
                    $output_file             = $fileroot . $output_extension;
                }
            }

            # the 'sink_object' knows how to write the output file
            my $tee_file = $fileroot . $dot . "TEE";

            my $line_separator = $rOpts->{'output-line-ending'};
            if ( $rOpts->{'preserve-line-endings'} ) {
                $line_separator = find_input_line_ending($input_file);
            }

            # Eventually all I/O may be done with binmode, but for now it is
            # only done when a user requests a particular line separator
            # through the -ple or -ole flags
            my $binmode = 0;
            if   ( defined($line_separator) ) { $binmode        = 1 }
            else                              { $line_separator = "\n" }

            my ( $sink_object, $postfilter_buffer );
            if ($postfilter) {
                $sink_object =
                  Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( \$postfilter_buffer, $tee_file,
                    $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message,
                    $binmode );
            }
            else {
                $sink_object =
                  Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( $output_file, $tee_file,
                    $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message,
                    $binmode );
            }

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # initialize the error logger
            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            my $warning_file = $fileroot . $dot . "ERR";
            if ($errorfile_stream) { $warning_file = $errorfile_stream }
            my $log_file = $fileroot . $dot . "LOG";
            if ($logfile_stream) { $log_file = $logfile_stream }

            my $logger_object =
              Perl::Tidy::Logger->new( $rOpts, $log_file, $warning_file,
                $saw_extrude );
            write_logfile_header(
                $rOpts,        $logger_object, $config_file,
                $rraw_options, $Windows_type,  $readable_options,
            );
            if ($$rpending_logfile_message) {
                $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($$rpending_logfile_message);
            }
            if ($$rpending_complaint) {
                $logger_object->complain($$rpending_complaint);
            }

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # initialize the debug object, if any
            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            my $debugger_object = undef;
            if ( $rOpts->{DEBUG} ) {
                $debugger_object =
                  Perl::Tidy::Debugger->new( $fileroot . $dot . "DEBUG" );
            }

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # loop over iterations for one source stream
            #---------------------------------------------------------------

            # We will do a convergence test if 3 or more iterations are allowed.
            # It would be pointless for fewer because we have to make at least
            # two passes before we can see if we are converged, and the test
            # would just slow things down.
            my $max_iterations = $rOpts->{'iterations'};
            my $convergence_log_message;
            my %saw_md5;
            my $do_convergence_test = $max_iterations > 2;
            if ($do_convergence_test) {
                eval "use Digest::MD5 qw(md5_hex)";
                $do_convergence_test = !$@;
            }

            # save objects to allow redirecting output during iterations
            my $sink_object_final     = $sink_object;
            my $debugger_object_final = $debugger_object;
            my $logger_object_final   = $logger_object;

            for ( my $iter = 1 ; $iter <= $max_iterations ; $iter++ ) {

                # send output stream to temp buffers until last iteration
                my $sink_buffer;
                if ( $iter < $max_iterations ) {
                    $sink_object =
                      Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( \$sink_buffer, $tee_file,
                        $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message,
                        $binmode );
                }
                else {
                    $sink_object = $sink_object_final;
                }

                # Save logger, debugger output only on pass 1 because:
                # (1) line number references must be to the starting
                # source, not an intermediate result, and
                # (2) we need to know if there are errors so we can stop the
                # iterations early if necessary.
                if ( $iter > 1 ) {
                    $debugger_object = undef;
                    $logger_object   = undef;
                }

                #------------------------------------------------------------
                # create a formatter for this file : html writer or
                # pretty printer
                #------------------------------------------------------------

                # we have to delete any old formatter because, for safety,
                # the formatter will check to see that there is only one.
                $formatter = undef;

                if ($user_formatter) {
                    $formatter = $user_formatter;
                }
                elsif ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'html' ) {
                    $formatter =
                      Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter->new( $fileroot, $output_file,
                        $actual_output_extension, $html_toc_extension,
                        $html_src_extension );
                }
                elsif ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy' ) {
                    $formatter = Perl::Tidy::Formatter->new(
                        logger_object      => $logger_object,
                        diagnostics_object => $diagnostics_object,
                        sink_object        => $sink_object,
                    );
                }
                else {
                    die "I don't know how to do -format=$rOpts->{'format'}\n";
                }

                unless ($formatter) {
                    die
                      "Unable to continue with $rOpts->{'format'} formatting\n";
                }

                #---------------------------------------------------------------
                # create the tokenizer for this file
                #---------------------------------------------------------------
                $tokenizer = undef;    # must destroy old tokenizer
                $tokenizer = Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer->new(
                    source_object      => $source_object,
                    logger_object      => $logger_object,
                    debugger_object    => $debugger_object,
                    diagnostics_object => $diagnostics_object,
                    starting_level => $rOpts->{'starting-indentation-level'},
                    tabs           => $rOpts->{'tabs'},
                    entab_leading_space => $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'},
                    indent_columns      => $rOpts->{'indent-columns'},
                    look_for_hash_bang  => $rOpts->{'look-for-hash-bang'},
                    look_for_autoloader => $rOpts->{'look-for-autoloader'},
                    look_for_selfloader => $rOpts->{'look-for-selfloader'},
                    trim_qw             => $rOpts->{'trim-qw'},
                );

                #---------------------------------------------------------------
                # now we can do it
                #---------------------------------------------------------------
                process_this_file( $tokenizer, $formatter );

                #---------------------------------------------------------------
                # close the input source and report errors
                #---------------------------------------------------------------
                $source_object->close_input_file();

                # line source for next iteration (if any) comes from the current
                # temporary output buffer
                if ( $iter < $max_iterations ) {

                    $sink_object->close_output_file();
                    $source_object =
                      Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( \$sink_buffer, $rOpts,
                        $rpending_logfile_message );

                    # stop iterations if errors or converged
                    my $stop_now = $logger_object->{_warning_count};
                    if ($stop_now) {
                        $convergence_log_message = <write_diagnostics(
                                    $convergence_log_message)
                                  if $diagnostics_object;
                            }
                            else {
                                $convergence_log_message = <write_diagnostics(
                                    $convergence_log_message)
                                  if $diagnostics_object && $iterm > 2;
                            }
                        }
                    } ## end if ($do_convergence_test)

                    if ($stop_now) {

                        # we are stopping the iterations early;
                        # copy the output stream to its final destination
                        $sink_object = $sink_object_final;
                        while ( my $line = $source_object->get_line() ) {
                            $sink_object->write_line($line);
                        }
                        $source_object->close_input_file();
                        last;
                    }
                } ## end if ( $iter < $max_iterations)
            }    # end loop over iterations for one source file

            # restore objects which have been temporarily undefined
            # for second and higher iterations
            $debugger_object = $debugger_object_final;
            $logger_object   = $logger_object_final;

            $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($convergence_log_message)
              if $convergence_log_message;

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # Perform any postfilter operation
            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            if ($postfilter) {
                $sink_object->close_output_file();
                $sink_object =
                  Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( $output_file, $tee_file,
                    $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message,
                    $binmode );
                my $buf = $postfilter->($postfilter_buffer);
                $source_object =
                  Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( \$buf, $rOpts,
                    $rpending_logfile_message );
                ##chomp $buf;
                ##foreach my $line ( split( "\n", $buf , -1) ) {
                while ( my $line = $source_object->get_line() ) {
                    $sink_object->write_line($line);
                }
                $source_object->close_input_file();
            }

            # Save names of the input and output files for syntax check
            my $ifname = $input_file;
            my $ofname = $output_file;

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # handle the -b option (backup and modify in-place)
            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            if ($in_place_modify) {
                unless ( -f $input_file ) {

                    # oh, oh, no real file to backup ..
                    # shouldn't happen because of numerous preliminary checks
                    die
"problem with -b backing up input file '$input_file': not a file\n";
                }
                my $backup_name = $input_file . $backup_extension;
                if ( -f $backup_name ) {
                    unlink($backup_name)
                      or die
"unable to remove previous '$backup_name' for -b option; check permissions: $!\n";
                }

                # backup the input file
                # we use copy for symlinks, move for regular files
                if ( -l $input_file ) {
                    File::Copy::copy( $input_file, $backup_name )
                      or die "File::Copy failed trying to backup source: $!";
                }
                else {
                    rename( $input_file, $backup_name )
                      or die
"problem renaming $input_file to $backup_name for -b option: $!\n";
                }
                $ifname = $backup_name;

                # copy the output to the original input file
                # NOTE: it would be nice to just close $output_file and use
                # File::Copy::copy here, but in this case $output_file is the
                # handle of an open nameless temporary file so we would lose
                # everything if we closed it.
                seek( $output_file, 0, 0 )
                  or die
                  "unable to rewind a temporary file for -b option: $!\n";
                my $fout = IO::File->new("> $input_file")
                  or die
"problem re-opening $input_file for write for -b option; check file and directory permissions: $!\n";
                binmode $fout;
                my $line;
                while ( $line = $output_file->getline() ) {
                    $fout->print($line);
                }
                $fout->close();
                $output_file = $input_file;
                $ofname      = $input_file;
            }

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # clean up and report errors
            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            $sink_object->close_output_file()    if $sink_object;
            $debugger_object->close_debug_file() if $debugger_object;

            # set output file permissions
            if ( $output_file && -f $output_file && !-l $output_file ) {
                if ($input_file_permissions) {

                    # give output script same permissions as input script, but
                    # make it user-writable or else we can't run perltidy again.
                    # Thus we retain whatever executable flags were set.
                    if ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy' ) {
                        chmod( $input_file_permissions | 0600, $output_file );
                    }

                    # else use default permissions for html and any other format
                }
            }

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # Do syntax check if requested and possible
            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            my $infile_syntax_ok = 0;    # -1 no  0=don't know   1 yes
            if (   $logger_object
                && $rOpts->{'check-syntax'}
                && $ifname
                && $ofname )
            {
                $infile_syntax_ok =
                  check_syntax( $ifname, $ofname, $logger_object, $rOpts );
            }

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # remove the original file for in-place modify as follows:
            #   $delete_backup=0 never
            #   $delete_backup=1 only if no errors
            #   $delete_backup>1 always  : CURRENTLY NOT ALLOWED, see above
            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            if (   $in_place_modify
                && $delete_backup
                && -f $ifname
                && ( $delete_backup > 1 || !$logger_object->{_warning_count} ) )
            {

                # As an added safety precaution, do not delete the source file
                # if its size has dropped from positive to zero, since this
                # could indicate a disaster of some kind, including a hardware
                # failure.  Actually, this could happen if you had a file of
                # all comments (or pod) and deleted everything with -dac (-dap)
                # for some reason.
                if ( !-s $output_file && -s $ifname && $delete_backup == 1 ) {
                    warn(
"output file '$output_file' missing or zero length; original '$ifname' not deleted\n"
                    );
                }
                else {
                    unlink($ifname)
                      or die
"unable to remove previous '$ifname' for -b option; check permissions: $!\n";
                }
            }

            $logger_object->finish( $infile_syntax_ok, $formatter )
              if $logger_object;
        }    # end of main loop to process all files
    }    # end of main program perltidy
}

sub get_stream_as_named_file {

    # Return the name of a file containing a stream of data, creating
    # a temporary file if necessary.
    # Given:
    #  $stream - the name of a file or stream
    # Returns:
    #  $fname = name of file if possible, or undef
    #  $if_tmpfile = true if temp file, undef if not temp file
    #
    # This routine is needed for passing actual files to Perl for
    # a syntax check.
    my ($stream) = @_;
    my $is_tmpfile;
    my $fname;
    if ($stream) {
        if ( ref($stream) ) {
            my ( $fh_stream, $fh_name ) =
              Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $stream, 'r' );
            if ($fh_stream) {
                my ( $fout, $tmpnam );

                # FIXME: fix the tmpnam routine to return an open filehandle
                $tmpnam = Perl::Tidy::make_temporary_filename();
                $fout = IO::File->new( $tmpnam, 'w' );

                if ($fout) {
                    $fname      = $tmpnam;
                    $is_tmpfile = 1;
                    binmode $fout;
                    while ( my $line = $fh_stream->getline() ) {
                        $fout->print($line);
                    }
                    $fout->close();
                }
                $fh_stream->close();
            }
        }
        elsif ( $stream ne '-' && -f $stream ) {
            $fname = $stream;
        }
    }
    return ( $fname, $is_tmpfile );
}

sub fileglob_to_re {

    # modified (corrected) from version in find2perl
    my $x = shift;
    $x =~ s#([./^\$()])#\\$1#g;    # escape special characters
    $x =~ s#\*#.*#g;               # '*' -> '.*'
    $x =~ s#\?#.#g;                # '?' -> '.'
    "^$x\\z";                      # match whole word
}

sub make_extension {

    # Make a file extension, including any leading '.' if necessary
    # The '.' may actually be an '_' under VMS
    my ( $extension, $default, $dot ) = @_;

    # Use the default if none specified
    $extension = $default unless ($extension);

    # Only extensions with these leading characters get a '.'
    # This rule gives the user some freedom
    if ( $extension =~ /^[a-zA-Z0-9]/ ) {
        $extension = $dot . $extension;
    }
    return $extension;
}

sub write_logfile_header {
    my (
        $rOpts,        $logger_object, $config_file,
        $rraw_options, $Windows_type,  $readable_options
    ) = @_;
    $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(
"perltidy version $VERSION log file on a $^O system, OLD_PERL_VERSION=$]\n"
    );
    if ($Windows_type) {
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry("Windows type is $Windows_type\n");
    }
    my $options_string = join( ' ', @$rraw_options );

    if ($config_file) {
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(
            "Found Configuration File >>> $config_file \n");
    }
    $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(
        "Configuration and command line parameters for this run:\n");
    $logger_object->write_logfile_entry("$options_string\n");

    if ( $rOpts->{'DEBUG'} || $rOpts->{'show-options'} ) {
        $rOpts->{'logfile'} = 1;    # force logfile to be saved
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(
            "Final parameter set for this run\n");
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(
            "------------------------------------\n");

        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($readable_options);

        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(
            "------------------------------------\n");
    }
    $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(
        "To find error messages search for 'WARNING' with your editor\n");
}

sub generate_options {

    ######################################################################
    # Generate and return references to:
    #  @option_string - the list of options to be passed to Getopt::Long
    #  @defaults - the list of default options
    #  %expansion - a hash showing how all abbreviations are expanded
    #  %category - a hash giving the general category of each option
    #  %option_range - a hash giving the valid ranges of certain options

    # Note: a few options are not documented in the man page and usage
    # message. This is because these are experimental or debug options and
    # may or may not be retained in future versions.
    #
    # Here are the undocumented flags as far as I know.  Any of them
    # may disappear at any time.  They are mainly for fine-tuning
    # and debugging.
    #
    # fll --> fuzzy-line-length           # a trivial parameter which gets
    #                                       turned off for the extrude option
    #                                       which is mainly for debugging
    # chk --> check-multiline-quotes      # check for old bug; to be deleted
    # scl --> short-concatenation-item-length   # helps break at '.'
    # recombine                           # for debugging line breaks
    # valign                              # for debugging vertical alignment
    # I   --> DIAGNOSTICS                 # for debugging
    ######################################################################

    # here is a summary of the Getopt codes:
    #  does not take an argument
    # =s takes a mandatory string
    # :s takes an optional string  (DO NOT USE - filenames will get eaten up)
    # =i takes a mandatory integer
    # :i takes an optional integer (NOT RECOMMENDED - can cause trouble)
    # ! does not take an argument and may be negated
    #  i.e., -foo and -nofoo are allowed
    # a double dash signals the end of the options list
    #
    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    # Define the option string passed to GetOptions.
    #---------------------------------------------------------------

    my @option_string   = ();
    my %expansion       = ();
    my %option_category = ();
    my %option_range    = ();
    my $rexpansion      = \%expansion;

    # names of categories in manual
    # leading integers will allow sorting
    my @category_name = (
        '0. I/O control',
        '1. Basic formatting options',
        '2. Code indentation control',
        '3. Whitespace control',
        '4. Comment controls',
        '5. Linebreak controls',
        '6. Controlling list formatting',
        '7. Retaining or ignoring existing line breaks',
        '8. Blank line control',
        '9. Other controls',
        '10. HTML options',
        '11. pod2html options',
        '12. Controlling HTML properties',
        '13. Debugging',
    );

    #  These options are parsed directly by perltidy:
    #    help h
    #    version v
    #  However, they are included in the option set so that they will
    #  be seen in the options dump.

    # These long option names have no abbreviations or are treated specially
    @option_string = qw(
      html!
      noprofile
      no-profile
      npro
      recombine!
      valign!
      notidy
    );

    my $category = 13;    # Debugging
    foreach (@option_string) {
        my $opt = $_;     # must avoid changing the actual flag
        $opt =~ s/!$//;
        $option_category{$opt} = $category_name[$category];
    }

    $category = 11;                                       # HTML
    $option_category{html} = $category_name[$category];

    # routine to install and check options
    my $add_option = sub {
        my ( $long_name, $short_name, $flag ) = @_;
        push @option_string, $long_name . $flag;
        $option_category{$long_name} = $category_name[$category];
        if ($short_name) {
            if ( $expansion{$short_name} ) {
                my $existing_name = $expansion{$short_name}[0];
                die
"redefining abbreviation $short_name for $long_name; already used for $existing_name\n";
            }
            $expansion{$short_name} = [$long_name];
            if ( $flag eq '!' ) {
                my $nshort_name = 'n' . $short_name;
                my $nolong_name = 'no' . $long_name;
                if ( $expansion{$nshort_name} ) {
                    my $existing_name = $expansion{$nshort_name}[0];
                    die
"attempting to redefine abbreviation $nshort_name for $nolong_name; already used for $existing_name\n";
                }
                $expansion{$nshort_name} = [$nolong_name];
            }
        }
    };

    # Install long option names which have a simple abbreviation.
    # Options with code '!' get standard negation ('no' for long names,
    # 'n' for abbreviations).  Categories follow the manual.

    ###########################
    $category = 0;    # I/O_Control
    ###########################
    $add_option->( 'backup-and-modify-in-place', 'b',     '!' );
    $add_option->( 'backup-file-extension',      'bext',  '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'force-read-binary',          'f',     '!' );
    $add_option->( 'format',                     'fmt',   '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'iterations',                 'it',    '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'logfile',                    'log',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'logfile-gap',                'g',     ':i' );
    $add_option->( 'outfile',                    'o',     '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'output-file-extension',      'oext',  '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'output-path',                'opath', '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'profile',                    'pro',   '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'quiet',                      'q',     '!' );
    $add_option->( 'standard-error-output',      'se',    '!' );
    $add_option->( 'standard-output',            'st',    '!' );
    $add_option->( 'warning-output',             'w',     '!' );

    # options which are both toggle switches and values moved here
    # to hide from tidyview (which does not show category 0 flags):
    # -ole moved here from category 1
    # -sil moved here from category 2
    $add_option->( 'output-line-ending',         'ole', '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'starting-indentation-level', 'sil', '=i' );

    ########################################
    $category = 1;    # Basic formatting options
    ########################################
    $add_option->( 'check-syntax',             'syn',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'entab-leading-whitespace', 'et',   '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'indent-columns',           'i',    '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'maximum-line-length',      'l',    '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'perl-syntax-check-flags',  'pscf', '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'preserve-line-endings',    'ple',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'tabs',                     't',    '!' );

    ########################################
    $category = 2;    # Code indentation control
    ########################################
    $add_option->( 'continuation-indentation',           'ci',   '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'line-up-parentheses',                'lp',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'outdent-keyword-list',               'okwl', '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'outdent-keywords',                   'okw',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'outdent-labels',                     'ola',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'outdent-long-quotes',                'olq',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'indent-closing-brace',               'icb',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'closing-token-indentation',          'cti',  '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'closing-paren-indentation',          'cpi',  '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'closing-brace-indentation',          'cbi',  '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'closing-square-bracket-indentation', 'csbi', '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'brace-left-and-indent',              'bli',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'brace-left-and-indent-list',         'blil', '=s' );

    ########################################
    $category = 3;    # Whitespace control
    ########################################
    $add_option->( 'add-semicolons',                            'asc',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'add-whitespace',                            'aws',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'block-brace-tightness',                     'bbt',   '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'brace-tightness',                           'bt',    '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'delete-old-whitespace',                     'dws',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'delete-semicolons',                         'dsm',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'nospace-after-keyword',                     'nsak',  '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'nowant-left-space',                         'nwls',  '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'nowant-right-space',                        'nwrs',  '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'paren-tightness',                           'pt',    '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'space-after-keyword',                       'sak',   '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'space-for-semicolon',                       'sfs',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'space-function-paren',                      'sfp',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'space-keyword-paren',                       'skp',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'space-terminal-semicolon',                  'sts',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'square-bracket-tightness',                  'sbt',   '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'square-bracket-vertical-tightness',         'sbvt',  '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing', 'sbvtc', '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'trim-qw',                                   'tqw',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'want-left-space',                           'wls',   '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'want-right-space',                          'wrs',   '=s' );

    ########################################
    $category = 4;    # Comment controls
    ########################################
    $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-else-flag',    'csce', '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-interval',     'csci', '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-list',         'cscl', '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-maximum-text', 'csct', '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-prefix',       'cscp', '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-warnings',     'cscw', '!' );
    $add_option->( 'closing-side-comments',             'csc',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'closing-side-comments-balanced',    'cscb', '!' );
    $add_option->( 'format-skipping',                   'fs',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'format-skipping-begin',             'fsb',  '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'format-skipping-end',               'fse',  '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'hanging-side-comments',             'hsc',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'indent-block-comments',             'ibc',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'indent-spaced-block-comments',      'isbc', '!' );
    $add_option->( 'fixed-position-side-comment',       'fpsc', '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'minimum-space-to-comment',          'msc',  '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'outdent-long-comments',             'olc',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'outdent-static-block-comments',     'osbc', '!' );
    $add_option->( 'static-block-comment-prefix',       'sbcp', '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'static-block-comments',             'sbc',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'static-side-comment-prefix',        'sscp', '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'static-side-comments',              'ssc',  '!' );

    ########################################
    $category = 5;    # Linebreak controls
    ########################################
    $add_option->( 'add-newlines',                            'anl',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'block-brace-vertical-tightness',          'bbvt',  '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'block-brace-vertical-tightness-list',     'bbvtl', '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'brace-vertical-tightness',                'bvt',   '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'brace-vertical-tightness-closing',        'bvtc',  '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'cuddled-else',                            'ce',    '!' );
    $add_option->( 'delete-old-newlines',                     'dnl',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'opening-brace-always-on-right',           'bar',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'opening-brace-on-new-line',               'bl',    '!' );
    $add_option->( 'opening-hash-brace-right',                'ohbr',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'opening-paren-right',                     'opr',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'opening-square-bracket-right',            'osbr',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'opening-anonymous-sub-brace-on-new-line', 'asbl',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'opening-sub-brace-on-new-line',           'sbl',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'paren-vertical-tightness',                'pvt',   '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'paren-vertical-tightness-closing',        'pvtc',  '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'stack-closing-hash-brace',                'schb',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'stack-closing-paren',                     'scp',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'stack-closing-square-bracket',            'scsb',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'stack-opening-hash-brace',                'sohb',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'stack-opening-paren',                     'sop',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'stack-opening-square-bracket',            'sosb',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'vertical-tightness',                      'vt',    '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'vertical-tightness-closing',              'vtc',   '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'want-break-after',                        'wba',   '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'want-break-before',                       'wbb',   '=s' );
    $add_option->( 'break-after-all-operators',               'baao',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'break-before-all-operators',              'bbao',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'keep-interior-semicolons',                'kis',   '!' );

    ########################################
    $category = 6;    # Controlling list formatting
    ########################################
    $add_option->( 'break-at-old-comma-breakpoints', 'boc', '!' );
    $add_option->( 'comma-arrow-breakpoints',        'cab', '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'maximum-fields-per-table',       'mft', '=i' );

    ########################################
    $category = 7;    # Retaining or ignoring existing line breaks
    ########################################
    $add_option->( 'break-at-old-keyword-breakpoints',   'bok', '!' );
    $add_option->( 'break-at-old-logical-breakpoints',   'bol', '!' );
    $add_option->( 'break-at-old-ternary-breakpoints',   'bot', '!' );
    $add_option->( 'break-at-old-attribute-breakpoints', 'boa', '!' );
    $add_option->( 'ignore-old-breakpoints',             'iob', '!' );

    ########################################
    $category = 8;    # Blank line control
    ########################################
    $add_option->( 'blanks-before-blocks',            'bbb',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'blanks-before-comments',          'bbc',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'blank-lines-before-subs',         'blbs', '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'blank-lines-before-packages',     'blbp', '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'long-block-line-count',           'lbl',  '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'maximum-consecutive-blank-lines', 'mbl',  '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'keep-old-blank-lines',            'kbl',  '=i' );

    ########################################
    $category = 9;    # Other controls
    ########################################
    $add_option->( 'delete-block-comments',        'dbc',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'delete-closing-side-comments', 'dcsc', '!' );
    $add_option->( 'delete-pod',                   'dp',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'delete-side-comments',         'dsc',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'tee-block-comments',           'tbc',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'tee-pod',                      'tp',   '!' );
    $add_option->( 'tee-side-comments',            'tsc',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'look-for-autoloader',          'lal',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'look-for-hash-bang',           'x',    '!' );
    $add_option->( 'look-for-selfloader',          'lsl',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'pass-version-line',            'pvl',  '!' );

    ########################################
    $category = 13;    # Debugging
    ########################################
    $add_option->( 'DEBUG',                           'D',    '!' );
    $add_option->( 'DIAGNOSTICS',                     'I',    '!' );
    $add_option->( 'check-multiline-quotes',          'chk',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'dump-defaults',                   'ddf',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'dump-long-names',                 'dln',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'dump-options',                    'dop',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'dump-profile',                    'dpro', '!' );
    $add_option->( 'dump-short-names',                'dsn',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'dump-token-types',                'dtt',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'dump-want-left-space',            'dwls', '!' );
    $add_option->( 'dump-want-right-space',           'dwrs', '!' );
    $add_option->( 'fuzzy-line-length',               'fll',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'help',                            'h',    '' );
    $add_option->( 'short-concatenation-item-length', 'scl',  '=i' );
    $add_option->( 'show-options',                    'opt',  '!' );
    $add_option->( 'version',                         'v',    '' );

    #---------------------------------------------------------------------

    # The Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter will add its own options to the string
    Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter->make_getopt_long_names( \@option_string );

    ########################################
    # Set categories 10, 11, 12
    ########################################
    # Based on their known order
    $category = 12;    # HTML properties
    foreach my $opt (@option_string) {
        my $long_name = $opt;
        $long_name =~ s/(!|=.*|:.*)$//;
        unless ( defined( $option_category{$long_name} ) ) {
            if ( $long_name =~ /^html-linked/ ) {
                $category = 10;    # HTML options
            }
            elsif ( $long_name =~ /^pod2html/ ) {
                $category = 11;    # Pod2html
            }
            $option_category{$long_name} = $category_name[$category];
        }
    }

    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    # Assign valid ranges to certain options
    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    # In the future, these may be used to make preliminary checks
    # hash keys are long names
    # If key or value is undefined:
    #   strings may have any value
    #   integer ranges are >=0
    # If value is defined:
    #   value is [qw(any valid words)] for strings
    #   value is [min, max] for integers
    #   if min is undefined, there is no lower limit
    #   if max is undefined, there is no upper limit
    # Parameters not listed here have defaults
    %option_range = (
        'format'             => [ 'tidy', 'html', 'user' ],
        'output-line-ending' => [ 'dos',  'win',  'mac', 'unix' ],

        'block-brace-tightness'    => [ 0, 2 ],
        'brace-tightness'          => [ 0, 2 ],
        'paren-tightness'          => [ 0, 2 ],
        'square-bracket-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ],

        'block-brace-vertical-tightness'            => [ 0, 2 ],
        'brace-vertical-tightness'                  => [ 0, 2 ],
        'brace-vertical-tightness-closing'          => [ 0, 2 ],
        'paren-vertical-tightness'                  => [ 0, 2 ],
        'paren-vertical-tightness-closing'          => [ 0, 2 ],
        'square-bracket-vertical-tightness'         => [ 0, 2 ],
        'square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing' => [ 0, 2 ],
        'vertical-tightness'                        => [ 0, 2 ],
        'vertical-tightness-closing'                => [ 0, 2 ],

        'closing-brace-indentation'          => [ 0, 3 ],
        'closing-paren-indentation'          => [ 0, 3 ],
        'closing-square-bracket-indentation' => [ 0, 3 ],
        'closing-token-indentation'          => [ 0, 3 ],

        'closing-side-comment-else-flag' => [ 0, 2 ],
        'comma-arrow-breakpoints'        => [ 0, 3 ],
    );

    # Note: we could actually allow negative ci if someone really wants it:
    # $option_range{'continuation-indentation'} = [ undef, undef ];

    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    # Assign default values to the above options here, except
    # for 'outfile' and 'help'.
    # These settings should approximate the perlstyle(1) suggestions.
    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    my @defaults = qw(
      add-newlines
      add-semicolons
      add-whitespace
      blanks-before-blocks
      blanks-before-comments
      blank-lines-before-subs=1
      blank-lines-before-packages=1
      block-brace-tightness=0
      block-brace-vertical-tightness=0
      brace-tightness=1
      brace-vertical-tightness-closing=0
      brace-vertical-tightness=0
      break-at-old-logical-breakpoints
      break-at-old-ternary-breakpoints
      break-at-old-attribute-breakpoints
      break-at-old-keyword-breakpoints
      comma-arrow-breakpoints=1
      nocheck-syntax
      closing-side-comment-interval=6
      closing-side-comment-maximum-text=20
      closing-side-comment-else-flag=0
      closing-side-comments-balanced
      closing-paren-indentation=0
      closing-brace-indentation=0
      closing-square-bracket-indentation=0
      continuation-indentation=2
      delete-old-newlines
      delete-semicolons
      fuzzy-line-length
      hanging-side-comments
      indent-block-comments
      indent-columns=4
      iterations=1
      keep-old-blank-lines=1
      long-block-line-count=8
      look-for-autoloader
      look-for-selfloader
      maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=1
      maximum-fields-per-table=0
      maximum-line-length=80
      minimum-space-to-comment=4
      nobrace-left-and-indent
      nocuddled-else
      nodelete-old-whitespace
      nohtml
      nologfile
      noquiet
      noshow-options
      nostatic-side-comments
      notabs
      nowarning-output
      outdent-labels
      outdent-long-quotes
      outdent-long-comments
      paren-tightness=1
      paren-vertical-tightness-closing=0
      paren-vertical-tightness=0
      pass-version-line
      recombine
      valign
      short-concatenation-item-length=8
      space-for-semicolon
      square-bracket-tightness=1
      square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing=0
      square-bracket-vertical-tightness=0
      static-block-comments
      trim-qw
      format=tidy
      backup-file-extension=bak
      format-skipping

      pod2html
      html-table-of-contents
      html-entities
    );

    push @defaults, "perl-syntax-check-flags=-c -T";

    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    # Define abbreviations which will be expanded into the above primitives.
    # These may be defined recursively.
    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    %expansion = (
        %expansion,
        'freeze-newlines'   => [qw(noadd-newlines nodelete-old-newlines)],
        'fnl'               => [qw(freeze-newlines)],
        'freeze-whitespace' => [qw(noadd-whitespace nodelete-old-whitespace)],
        'fws'               => [qw(freeze-whitespace)],
        'freeze-blank-lines' =>
          [qw(maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=0 keep-old-blank-lines=2)],
        'fbl'                => [qw(freeze-blank-lines)],
        'indent-only'        => [qw(freeze-newlines freeze-whitespace)],
        'outdent-long-lines' => [qw(outdent-long-quotes outdent-long-comments)],
        'nooutdent-long-lines' =>
          [qw(nooutdent-long-quotes nooutdent-long-comments)],
        'noll' => [qw(nooutdent-long-lines)],
        'io'   => [qw(indent-only)],
        'delete-all-comments' =>
          [qw(delete-block-comments delete-side-comments delete-pod)],
        'nodelete-all-comments' =>
          [qw(nodelete-block-comments nodelete-side-comments nodelete-pod)],
        'dac'  => [qw(delete-all-comments)],
        'ndac' => [qw(nodelete-all-comments)],
        'gnu'  => [qw(gnu-style)],
        'pbp'  => [qw(perl-best-practices)],
        'tee-all-comments' =>
          [qw(tee-block-comments tee-side-comments tee-pod)],
        'notee-all-comments' =>
          [qw(notee-block-comments notee-side-comments notee-pod)],
        'tac'   => [qw(tee-all-comments)],
        'ntac'  => [qw(notee-all-comments)],
        'html'  => [qw(format=html)],
        'nhtml' => [qw(format=tidy)],
        'tidy'  => [qw(format=tidy)],

        'swallow-optional-blank-lines'   => [qw(kbl=0)],
        'noswallow-optional-blank-lines' => [qw(kbl=1)],
        'sob'                            => [qw(kbl=0)],
        'nsob'                           => [qw(kbl=1)],

        'break-after-comma-arrows'   => [qw(cab=0)],
        'nobreak-after-comma-arrows' => [qw(cab=1)],
        'baa'                        => [qw(cab=0)],
        'nbaa'                       => [qw(cab=1)],

        'blanks-before-subs'   => [qw(blbs=1 blbp=1)],
        'bbs'                  => [qw(blbs=1 blbp=1)],
        'noblanks-before-subs' => [qw(blbs=0 blbp=0)],
        'nbbs'                 => [qw(blbs=0 blbp=0)],

        'break-at-old-trinary-breakpoints' => [qw(bot)],

        'cti=0' => [qw(cpi=0 cbi=0 csbi=0)],
        'cti=1' => [qw(cpi=1 cbi=1 csbi=1)],
        'cti=2' => [qw(cpi=2 cbi=2 csbi=2)],
        'icp'   => [qw(cpi=2 cbi=2 csbi=2)],
        'nicp'  => [qw(cpi=0 cbi=0 csbi=0)],

        'closing-token-indentation=0' => [qw(cpi=0 cbi=0 csbi=0)],
        'closing-token-indentation=1' => [qw(cpi=1 cbi=1 csbi=1)],
        'closing-token-indentation=2' => [qw(cpi=2 cbi=2 csbi=2)],
        'indent-closing-paren'        => [qw(cpi=2 cbi=2 csbi=2)],
        'noindent-closing-paren'      => [qw(cpi=0 cbi=0 csbi=0)],

        'vt=0' => [qw(pvt=0 bvt=0 sbvt=0)],
        'vt=1' => [qw(pvt=1 bvt=1 sbvt=1)],
        'vt=2' => [qw(pvt=2 bvt=2 sbvt=2)],

        'vertical-tightness=0' => [qw(pvt=0 bvt=0 sbvt=0)],
        'vertical-tightness=1' => [qw(pvt=1 bvt=1 sbvt=1)],
        'vertical-tightness=2' => [qw(pvt=2 bvt=2 sbvt=2)],

        'vtc=0' => [qw(pvtc=0 bvtc=0 sbvtc=0)],
        'vtc=1' => [qw(pvtc=1 bvtc=1 sbvtc=1)],
        'vtc=2' => [qw(pvtc=2 bvtc=2 sbvtc=2)],

        'vertical-tightness-closing=0' => [qw(pvtc=0 bvtc=0 sbvtc=0)],
        'vertical-tightness-closing=1' => [qw(pvtc=1 bvtc=1 sbvtc=1)],
        'vertical-tightness-closing=2' => [qw(pvtc=2 bvtc=2 sbvtc=2)],

        'otr'                   => [qw(opr ohbr osbr)],
        'opening-token-right'   => [qw(opr ohbr osbr)],
        'notr'                  => [qw(nopr nohbr nosbr)],
        'noopening-token-right' => [qw(nopr nohbr nosbr)],

        'sot'                    => [qw(sop sohb sosb)],
        'nsot'                   => [qw(nsop nsohb nsosb)],
        'stack-opening-tokens'   => [qw(sop sohb sosb)],
        'nostack-opening-tokens' => [qw(nsop nsohb nsosb)],

        'sct'                    => [qw(scp schb scsb)],
        'stack-closing-tokens'   => => [qw(scp schb scsb)],
        'nsct'                   => [qw(nscp nschb nscsb)],
        'nostack-opening-tokens' => [qw(nscp nschb nscsb)],

        # 'mangle' originally deleted pod and comments, but to keep it
        # reversible, it no longer does.  But if you really want to
        # delete them, just use:
        #   -mangle -dac

        # An interesting use for 'mangle' is to do this:
        #    perltidy -mangle myfile.pl -st | perltidy -o myfile.pl.new
        # which will form as many one-line blocks as possible

        'mangle' => [
            qw(
              check-syntax
              keep-old-blank-lines=0
              delete-old-newlines
              delete-old-whitespace
              delete-semicolons
              indent-columns=0
              maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=0
              maximum-line-length=100000
              noadd-newlines
              noadd-semicolons
              noadd-whitespace
              noblanks-before-blocks
              blank-lines-before-subs=0
              blank-lines-before-packages=0
              notabs
              )
        ],

        # 'extrude' originally deleted pod and comments, but to keep it
        # reversible, it no longer does.  But if you really want to
        # delete them, just use
        #   extrude -dac
        #
        # An interesting use for 'extrude' is to do this:
        #    perltidy -extrude myfile.pl -st | perltidy -o myfile.pl.new
        # which will break up all one-line blocks.

        'extrude' => [
            qw(
              check-syntax
              ci=0
              delete-old-newlines
              delete-old-whitespace
              delete-semicolons
              indent-columns=0
              maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=0
              maximum-line-length=1
              noadd-semicolons
              noadd-whitespace
              noblanks-before-blocks
              blank-lines-before-subs=0
              blank-lines-before-packages=0
              nofuzzy-line-length
              notabs
              norecombine
              )
        ],

        # this style tries to follow the GNU Coding Standards (which do
        # not really apply to perl but which are followed by some perl
        # programmers).
        'gnu-style' => [
            qw(
              lp bl noll pt=2 bt=2 sbt=2 cpi=1 csbi=1 cbi=1
              )
        ],

        # Style suggested in Damian Conway's Perl Best Practices
        'perl-best-practices' => [
            qw(l=78 i=4 ci=4 st se vt=2 cti=0 pt=1 bt=1 sbt=1 bbt=1 nsfs nolq),
q(wbb=% + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < > | & = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=)
        ],

        # Additional styles can be added here
    );

    Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter->make_abbreviated_names( \%expansion );

    # Uncomment next line to dump all expansions for debugging:
    # dump_short_names(\%expansion);
    return (
        \@option_string,   \@defaults, \%expansion,
        \%option_category, \%option_range
    );

}    # end of generate_options

sub process_command_line {

    my (
        $perltidyrc_stream,  $is_Windows, $Windows_type,
        $rpending_complaint, $dump_options_type
    ) = @_;

    use Getopt::Long;

    my (
        $roption_string,   $rdefaults, $rexpansion,
        $roption_category, $roption_range
    ) = generate_options();

    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    # set the defaults by passing the above list through GetOptions
    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    my %Opts = ();
    {
        local @ARGV;
        my $i;

        # do not load the defaults if we are just dumping perltidyrc
        unless ( $dump_options_type eq 'perltidyrc' ) {
            for $i (@$rdefaults) { push @ARGV, "--" . $i }
        }

        # Patch to save users Getopt::Long configuration
        # and set to Getopt::Long defaults.  Use eval to avoid
        # breaking old versions of Perl without these routines.
        my $glc;
        eval { $glc = Getopt::Long::Configure() };
        unless ($@) {
            eval { Getopt::Long::ConfigDefaults() };
        }
        else { $glc = undef }

        if ( !GetOptions( \%Opts, @$roption_string ) ) {
            die "Programming Bug: error in setting default options";
        }

        # Patch to put the previous Getopt::Long configuration back
        eval { Getopt::Long::Configure($glc) } if defined $glc;
    }

    my $word;
    my @raw_options        = ();
    my $config_file        = "";
    my $saw_ignore_profile = 0;
    my $saw_extrude        = 0;
    my $saw_dump_profile   = 0;
    my $i;

    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    # Take a first look at the command-line parameters.  Do as many
    # immediate dumps as possible, which can avoid confusion if the
    # perltidyrc file has an error.
    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    foreach $i (@ARGV) {

        $i =~ s/^--/-/;
        if ( $i =~ /^-(npro|noprofile|no-profile)$/ ) {
            $saw_ignore_profile = 1;
        }

        # note: this must come before -pro and -profile, below:
        elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-profile|dpro)$/ ) {
            $saw_dump_profile = 1;
        }
        elsif ( $i =~ /^-(pro|profile)=(.+)/ ) {
            if ($config_file) {
                warn
"Only one -pro=filename allowed, using '$2' instead of '$config_file'\n";
            }
            $config_file = $2;

            # resolve /.../, meaning look upwards from directory
            if ( defined($config_file) ) {
                if ( my ( $start_dir, $search_file ) =
                    ( $config_file =~ m{^(.*)\.\.\./(.*)$} ) )
                {
                    $start_dir = '.' if !$start_dir;
                    $start_dir = Cwd::realpath($start_dir);
                    if ( my $found_file =
                        find_file_upwards( $start_dir, $search_file ) )
                    {
                        $config_file = $found_file;
                    }
                }
            }
            unless ( -e $config_file ) {
                warn "cannot find file given with -pro=$config_file: $!\n";
                $config_file = "";
            }
        }
        elsif ( $i =~ /^-(pro|profile)=?$/ ) {
            die "usage: -pro=filename or --profile=filename, no spaces\n";
        }
        elsif ( $i =~ /^-extrude$/ ) {
            $saw_extrude = 1;
        }
        elsif ( $i =~ /^-(help|h|HELP|H|\?)$/ ) {
            usage();
            exit 0;
        }
        elsif ( $i =~ /^-(version|v)$/ ) {
            show_version();
            exit 0;
        }
        elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-defaults|ddf)$/ ) {
            dump_defaults(@$rdefaults);
            exit 0;
        }
        elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-long-names|dln)$/ ) {
            dump_long_names(@$roption_string);
            exit 0;
        }
        elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-short-names|dsn)$/ ) {
            dump_short_names($rexpansion);
            exit 0;
        }
        elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-token-types|dtt)$/ ) {
            Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer->dump_token_types(*STDOUT);
            exit 0;
        }
    }

    if ( $saw_dump_profile && $saw_ignore_profile ) {
        warn "No profile to dump because of -npro\n";
        exit 1;
    }

    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    # read any .perltidyrc configuration file
    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    unless ($saw_ignore_profile) {

        # resolve possible conflict between $perltidyrc_stream passed
        # as call parameter to perltidy and -pro=filename on command
        # line.
        if ($perltidyrc_stream) {
            if ($config_file) {
                warn <{'vertical-tightness'} ) {
        my $vt = $rOpts->{'vertical-tightness'};
        $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness'}          = $vt;
        $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness'} = $vt;
        $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness'}          = $vt;
    }

    if ( defined $rOpts->{'vertical-tightness-closing'} ) {
        my $vtc = $rOpts->{'vertical-tightness-closing'};
        $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness-closing'}          = $vtc;
        $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing'} = $vtc;
        $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness-closing'}          = $vtc;
    }

    if ( defined $rOpts->{'closing-token-indentation'} ) {
        my $cti = $rOpts->{'closing-token-indentation'};
        $rOpts->{'closing-square-bracket-indentation'} = $cti;
        $rOpts->{'closing-brace-indentation'}          = $cti;
        $rOpts->{'closing-paren-indentation'}          = $cti;
    }

    # In quiet mode, there is no log file and hence no way to report
    # results of syntax check, so don't do it.
    if ( $rOpts->{'quiet'} ) {
        $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0;
    }

    # can't check syntax if no output
    if ( $rOpts->{'format'} ne 'tidy' ) {
        $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0;
    }

    # Never let Windows 9x/Me systems run syntax check -- this will prevent a
    # wide variety of nasty problems on these systems, because they cannot
    # reliably run backticks.  Don't even think about changing this!
    if (   $rOpts->{'check-syntax'}
        && $is_Windows
        && ( !$Windows_type || $Windows_type =~ /^(9|Me)/ ) )
    {
        $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0;
    }

    # It's really a bad idea to check syntax as root unless you wrote
    # the script yourself.  FIXME: not sure if this works with VMS
    unless ($is_Windows) {

        if ( $< == 0 && $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} ) {
            $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0;
            $$rpending_complaint .=
"Syntax check deactivated for safety; you shouldn't run this as root\n";
        }
    }

    # check iteration count and quietly fix if necessary:
    # - iterations option only applies to code beautification mode
    # - the convergence check should stop most runs on iteration 2, and
    #   virtually all on iteration 3.  But we'll allow up to 6.
    if ( $rOpts->{'format'} ne 'tidy' ) {
        $rOpts->{'iterations'} = 1;
    }
    elsif ( defined( $rOpts->{'iterations'} ) ) {
        if    ( $rOpts->{'iterations'} <= 0 ) { $rOpts->{'iterations'} = 1 }
        elsif ( $rOpts->{'iterations'} > 6 )  { $rOpts->{'iterations'} = 6 }
    }
    else {
        $rOpts->{'iterations'} = 1;
    }

    # check for reasonable number of blank lines and fix to avoid problems
    if ( $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-subs'} ) {
        if ( $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-subs'} < 0 ) {
            $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-subs'} = 0;
            warn "negative value of -blbs, setting 0\n";
        }
        if ( $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-subs'} > 100 ) {
            warn "unreasonably large value of -blbs, reducing\n";
            $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-subs'} = 100;
        }
    }
    if ( $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-packages'} ) {
        if ( $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-packages'} < 0 ) {
            warn "negative value of -blbp, setting 0\n";
            $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-packages'} = 0;
        }
        if ( $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-packages'} > 100 ) {
            warn "unreasonably large value of -blbp, reducing\n";
            $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-packages'} = 100;
        }
    }

    # see if user set a non-negative logfile-gap
    if ( defined( $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} ) && $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} >= 0 ) {

        # a zero gap will be taken as a 1
        if ( $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} == 0 ) {
            $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} = 1;
        }

        # setting a non-negative logfile gap causes logfile to be saved
        $rOpts->{'logfile'} = 1;
    }

    # not setting logfile gap, or setting it negative, causes default of 50
    else {
        $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} = 50;
    }

    # set short-cut flag when only indentation is to be done.
    # Note that the user may or may not have already set the
    # indent-only flag.
    if (   !$rOpts->{'add-whitespace'}
        && !$rOpts->{'delete-old-whitespace'}
        && !$rOpts->{'add-newlines'}
        && !$rOpts->{'delete-old-newlines'} )
    {
        $rOpts->{'indent-only'} = 1;
    }

    # -isbc implies -ibc
    if ( $rOpts->{'indent-spaced-block-comments'} ) {
        $rOpts->{'indent-block-comments'} = 1;
    }

    # -bli flag implies -bl
    if ( $rOpts->{'brace-left-and-indent'} ) {
        $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'} = 1;
    }

    if (   $rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'}
        && $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'} )
    {
        warn <{'opening-brace-on-new-line'} = 0;
    }

    # it simplifies things if -bl is 0 rather than undefined
    if ( !defined( $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'} ) ) {
        $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'} = 0;
    }

    # -sbl defaults to -bl if not defined
    if ( !defined( $rOpts->{'opening-sub-brace-on-new-line'} ) ) {
        $rOpts->{'opening-sub-brace-on-new-line'} =
          $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'};
    }

    if ( $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} ) {
        if ( $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} < 0 ) {
            warn "-et=n must use a positive integer; ignoring -et\n";
            $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} = undef;
        }

        # entab leading whitespace has priority over the older 'tabs' option
        if ( $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) { $rOpts->{'tabs'} = 0; }
    }
}

sub find_file_upwards {
    my ( $search_dir, $search_file ) = @_;

    $search_dir  =~ s{/+$}{};
    $search_file =~ s{^/+}{};

    while (1) {
        my $try_path = "$search_dir/$search_file";
        if ( -f $try_path ) {
            return $try_path;
        }
        elsif ( $search_dir eq '/' ) {
            return undef;
        }
        else {
            $search_dir = dirname($search_dir);
        }
    }
}

sub expand_command_abbreviations {

    # go through @ARGV and expand any abbreviations

    my ( $rexpansion, $rraw_options, $config_file ) = @_;
    my ($word);

    # set a pass limit to prevent an infinite loop;
    # 10 should be plenty, but it may be increased to allow deeply
    # nested expansions.
    my $max_passes = 10;
    my @new_argv   = ();

    # keep looping until all expansions have been converted into actual
    # dash parameters..
    for ( my $pass_count = 0 ; $pass_count <= $max_passes ; $pass_count++ ) {
        my @new_argv     = ();
        my $abbrev_count = 0;

        # loop over each item in @ARGV..
        foreach $word (@ARGV) {

            # convert any leading 'no-' to just 'no'
            if ( $word =~ /^(-[-]?no)-(.*)/ ) { $word = $1 . $2 }

            # if it is a dash flag (instead of a file name)..
            if ( $word =~ /^-[-]?([\w\-]+)(.*)/ ) {

                my $abr   = $1;
                my $flags = $2;

                # save the raw input for debug output in case of circular refs
                if ( $pass_count == 0 ) {
                    push( @$rraw_options, $word );
                }

                # recombine abbreviation and flag, if necessary,
                # to allow abbreviations with arguments such as '-vt=1'
                if ( $rexpansion->{ $abr . $flags } ) {
                    $abr   = $abr . $flags;
                    $flags = "";
                }

                # if we see this dash item in the expansion hash..
                if ( $rexpansion->{$abr} ) {
                    $abbrev_count++;

                    # stuff all of the words that it expands to into the
                    # new arg list for the next pass
                    foreach my $abbrev ( @{ $rexpansion->{$abr} } ) {
                        next unless $abbrev;    # for safety; shouldn't happen
                        push( @new_argv, '--' . $abbrev . $flags );
                    }
                }

                # not in expansion hash, must be actual long name
                else {
                    push( @new_argv, $word );
                }
            }

            # not a dash item, so just save it for the next pass
            else {
                push( @new_argv, $word );
            }
        }    # end of this pass

        # update parameter list @ARGV to the new one
        @ARGV = @new_argv;
        last unless ( $abbrev_count > 0 );

        # make sure we are not in an infinite loop
        if ( $pass_count == $max_passes ) {
            print STDERR
"I'm tired. We seem to be in an infinite loop trying to expand aliases.\n";
            print STDERR "Here are the raw options\n";
            local $" = ')(';
            print STDERR "(@$rraw_options)\n";
            my $num = @new_argv;

            if ( $num < 50 ) {
                print STDERR "After $max_passes passes here is ARGV\n";
                print STDERR "(@new_argv)\n";
            }
            else {
                print STDERR "After $max_passes passes ARGV has $num entries\n";
            }

            if ($config_file) {
                die <<"DIE";
Please check your configuration file $config_file for circular-references. 
To deactivate it, use -npro.
DIE
            }
            else {
                die <<'DIE';
Program bug - circular-references in the %expansion hash, probably due to
a recent program change.
DIE
            }
        }    # end of check for circular references
    }    # end of loop over all passes
}

# Debug routine -- this will dump the expansion hash
sub dump_short_names {
    my $rexpansion = shift;
    print STDOUT < @list\n";
    }
}

sub check_vms_filename {

    # given a valid filename (the perltidy input file)
    # create a modified filename and separator character
    # suitable for VMS.
    #
    # Contributed by Michael Cartmell
    #
    my ( $base, $path ) = fileparse( $_[0] );

    # remove explicit ; version
    $base =~ s/;-?\d*$//

      # remove explicit . version ie two dots in filename NB ^ escapes a dot
      or $base =~ s/(          # begin capture $1
                  (?:^|[^^])\. # match a dot not preceded by a caret
                  (?:          # followed by nothing
                    |          # or
                    .*[^^]     # anything ending in a non caret
                  )
                )              # end capture $1
                \.-?\d*$       # match . version number
              /$1/x;

    # normalise filename, if there are no unescaped dots then append one
    $base .= '.' unless $base =~ /(?:^|[^^])\./;

    # if we don't already have an extension then we just append the extention
    my $separator = ( $base =~ /\.$/ ) ? "" : "_";
    return ( $path . $base, $separator );
}

sub Win_OS_Type {

    # TODO: are these more standard names?
    # Win32s Win95 Win98 WinMe WinNT3.51 WinNT4 Win2000 WinXP/.Net Win2003

    # Returns a string that determines what MS OS we are on.
    # Returns win32s,95,98,Me,NT3.51,NT4,2000,XP/.Net,Win2003
    # Returns blank string if not an MS system.
    # Original code contributed by: Yves Orton
    # We need to know this to decide where to look for config files

    my $rpending_complaint = shift;
    my $os                 = "";
    return $os unless $^O =~ /win32|dos/i;    # is it a MS box?

    # Systems built from Perl source may not have Win32.pm
    # But probably have Win32::GetOSVersion() anyway so the
    # following line is not 'required':
    # return $os unless eval('require Win32');

    # Use the standard API call to determine the version
    my ( $undef, $major, $minor, $build, $id );
    eval { ( $undef, $major, $minor, $build, $id ) = Win32::GetOSVersion() };

    #
    #    NAME                   ID   MAJOR  MINOR
    #    Windows NT 4           2      4       0
    #    Windows 2000           2      5       0
    #    Windows XP             2      5       1
    #    Windows Server 2003    2      5       2

    return "win32s" unless $id;    # If id==0 then its a win32s box.
    $os = {                        # Magic numbers from MSDN
                                   # documentation of GetOSVersion
        1 => {
            0  => "95",
            10 => "98",
            90 => "Me"
        },
        2 => {
            0  => "2000",          # or NT 4, see below
            1  => "XP/.Net",
            2  => "Win2003",
            51 => "NT3.51"
        }
    }->{$id}->{$minor};

    # If $os is undefined, the above code is out of date.  Suggested updates
    # are welcome.
    unless ( defined $os ) {
        $os = "";
        $$rpending_complaint .= <($config_file);
    if ($is_Windows) {
        $config_file = "perltidy.ini";
        return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file);
    }

    # Default environment vars.
    my @envs = qw(PERLTIDY HOME);

    # Check the NT/2k/XP locations, first a local machine def, then a
    # network def
    push @envs, qw(USERPROFILE HOMESHARE) if $^O =~ /win32/i;

    # Now go through the enviornment ...
    foreach my $var (@envs) {
        $$rconfig_file_chatter .= "# Examining: \$ENV{$var}";
        if ( defined( $ENV{$var} ) ) {
            $$rconfig_file_chatter .= " = $ENV{$var}\n";

            # test ENV{ PERLTIDY } as file:
            if ( $var eq 'PERLTIDY' ) {
                $config_file = "$ENV{$var}";
                return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file);
            }

            # test ENV as directory:
            $config_file = catfile( $ENV{$var}, ".perltidyrc" );
            return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file);

            if ($is_Windows) {
                $config_file = catfile( $ENV{$var}, "perltidy.ini" );
                return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file);
            }
        }
        else {
            $$rconfig_file_chatter .= "\n";
        }
    }

    # then look for a system-wide definition
    # where to look varies with OS
    if ($is_Windows) {

        if ($Windows_type) {
            my ( $os, $system, $allusers ) =
              Win_Config_Locs( $rpending_complaint, $Windows_type );

            # Check All Users directory, if there is one.
            # i.e. C:\Documents and Settings\User\perltidy.ini
            if ($allusers) {

                $config_file = catfile( $allusers, ".perltidyrc" );
                return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file);

                $config_file = catfile( $allusers, "perltidy.ini" );
                return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file);
            }

            # Check system directory.
            # retain old code in case someone has been able to create
            # a file with a leading period.
            $config_file = catfile( $system, ".perltidyrc" );
            return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file);

            $config_file = catfile( $system, "perltidy.ini" );
            return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file);
        }
    }

    # Place to add customization code for other systems
    elsif ( $^O eq 'OS2' ) {
    }
    elsif ( $^O eq 'MacOS' ) {
    }
    elsif ( $^O eq 'VMS' ) {
    }

    # Assume some kind of Unix
    else {

        $config_file = "/usr/local/etc/perltidyrc";
        return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file);

        $config_file = "/etc/perltidyrc";
        return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file);
    }

    # Couldn't find a config file
    return;
}

sub Win_Config_Locs {

    # In scalar context returns the OS name (95 98 ME NT3.51 NT4 2000 XP),
    # or undef if its not a win32 OS.  In list context returns OS, System
    # Directory, and All Users Directory.  All Users will be empty on a
    # 9x/Me box.  Contributed by: Yves Orton.

    my $rpending_complaint = shift;
    my $os = (@_) ? shift : Win_OS_Type();
    return unless $os;

    my $system   = "";
    my $allusers = "";

    if ( $os =~ /9[58]|Me/ ) {
        $system = "C:/Windows";
    }
    elsif ( $os =~ /NT|XP|200?/ ) {
        $system = ( $os =~ /XP/ ) ? "C:/Windows/" : "C:/WinNT/";
        $allusers =
          ( $os =~ /NT/ )
          ? "C:/WinNT/profiles/All Users/"
          : "C:/Documents and Settings/All Users/";
    }
    else {

        # This currently would only happen on a win32s computer.  I dont have
        # one to test, so I am unsure how to proceed.  Suggestions welcome!
        $$rpending_complaint .=
"I dont know a sensible place to look for config files on an $os system.\n";
        return;
    }
    return wantarray ? ( $os, $system, $allusers ) : $os;
}

sub dump_config_file {
    my $fh                   = shift;
    my $config_file          = shift;
    my $rconfig_file_chatter = shift;
    print STDOUT "$$rconfig_file_chatter";
    if ($fh) {
        print STDOUT "# Dump of file: '$config_file'\n";
        while ( my $line = $fh->getline() ) { print STDOUT $line }
        eval { $fh->close() };
    }
    else {
        print STDOUT "# ...no config file found\n";
    }
}

sub read_config_file {

    my ( $fh, $config_file, $rexpansion ) = @_;
    my @config_list = ();

    # file is bad if non-empty $death_message is returned
    my $death_message = "";

    my $name = undef;
    my $line_no;
    while ( my $line = $fh->getline() ) {
        $line_no++;
        chomp $line;
        ( $line, $death_message ) =
          strip_comment( $line, $config_file, $line_no );
        last if ($death_message);
        next unless $line;
        $line =~ s/^\s*(.*?)\s*$/$1/;    # trim both ends
        next unless $line;

        # look for something of the general form
        #    newname { body }
        # or just
        #    body

        my $body = $line;
        my ($newname);
        if ( $line =~ /^((\w+)\s*\{)(.*)\}$/ ) {
            ( $newname, $body ) = ( $2, $3, );
        }
        if ($body) {

            # handle a new alias definition
            if ($newname) {
                if ($name) {
                    $death_message =
"No '}' seen after $name and before $newname in config file $config_file line $.\n";
                    last;
                }
                $name = $newname;

                if ( ${$rexpansion}{$name} ) {
                    local $" = ')(';
                    my @names = sort keys %$rexpansion;
                    $death_message =
                        "Here is a list of all installed aliases\n(@names)\n"
                      . "Attempting to redefine alias ($name) in config file $config_file line $.\n";
                    last;
                }
                ${$rexpansion}{$name} = [];
            }

            # now do the body
            if ($body) {

                my ( $rbody_parts, $msg ) = parse_args($body);
                if ($msg) {
                    $death_message = <close() };
    return ( \@config_list, $death_message );
}

sub strip_comment {

    # Strip any comment from a command line
    my ( $instr, $config_file, $line_no ) = @_;
    my $msg = "";

    # check for full-line comment
    if ( $instr =~ /^\s*#/ ) {
        return ( "", $msg );
    }

    # nothing to do if no comments
    if ( $instr !~ /#/ ) {
        return ( $instr, $msg );
    }

    # handle case of no quotes
    elsif ( $instr !~ /['"]/ ) {

        # We now require a space before the # of a side comment
        # this allows something like:
        #    -sbcp=#
        # Otherwise, it would have to be quoted:
        #    -sbcp='#'
        $instr =~ s/\s+\#.*$//;
        return ( $instr, $msg );
    }

    # handle comments and quotes
    my $outstr     = "";
    my $quote_char = "";
    while (1) {

        # looking for ending quote character
        if ($quote_char) {
            if ( $instr =~ /\G($quote_char)/gc ) {
                $quote_char = "";
                $outstr .= $1;
            }
            elsif ( $instr =~ /\G(.)/gc ) {
                $outstr .= $1;
            }

            # error..we reached the end without seeing the ending quote char
            else {
                $msg = < in this text:
$instr
Please fix this line or use -npro to avoid reading this file
EOM
                last;
            }
        }

        # accumulating characters and looking for start of a quoted string
        else {
            if ( $instr =~ /\G([\"\'])/gc ) {
                $outstr .= $1;
                $quote_char = $1;
            }

            # Note: not yet enforcing the space-before-hash rule for side
            # comments if the parameter is quoted.
            elsif ( $instr =~ /\G#/gc ) {
                last;
            }
            elsif ( $instr =~ /\G(.)/gc ) {
                $outstr .= $1;
            }
            else {
                last;
            }
        }
    }
    return ( $outstr, $msg );
}

sub parse_args {

    # Parse a command string containing multiple string with possible
    # quotes, into individual commands.  It might look like this, for example:
    #
    #    -wba=" + - "  -some-thing -wbb='. && ||'
    #
    # There is no need, at present, to handle escaped quote characters.
    # (They are not perltidy tokens, so needn't be in strings).

    my ($body)     = @_;
    my @body_parts = ();
    my $quote_char = "";
    my $part       = "";
    my $msg        = "";
    while (1) {

        # looking for ending quote character
        if ($quote_char) {
            if ( $body =~ /\G($quote_char)/gc ) {
                $quote_char = "";
            }
            elsif ( $body =~ /\G(.)/gc ) {
                $part .= $1;
            }

            # error..we reached the end without seeing the ending quote char
            else {
                if ( length($part) ) { push @body_parts, $part; }
                $msg = < in this text:
$body
EOM
                last;
            }
        }

        # accumulating characters and looking for start of a quoted string
        else {
            if ( $body =~ /\G([\"\'])/gc ) {
                $quote_char = $1;
            }
            elsif ( $body =~ /\G(\s+)/gc ) {
                if ( length($part) ) { push @body_parts, $part; }
                $part = "";
            }
            elsif ( $body =~ /\G(.)/gc ) {
                $part .= $1;
            }
            else {
                if ( length($part) ) { push @body_parts, $part; }
                last;
            }
        }
    }
    return ( \@body_parts, $msg );
}

sub dump_long_names {

    my @names = sort @_;
    print STDOUT < does not take an argument
# =s takes a mandatory string
# :s takes an optional string
# =i takes a mandatory integer
# :i takes an optional integer
# ! does not take an argument and may be negated
#  i.e., -foo and -nofoo are allowed
# a double dash signals the end of the options list
#
#---------------------------------------------------------------
EOM

    foreach (@names) { print STDOUT "$_\n" }
}

sub dump_defaults {
    my @defaults = sort @_;
    print STDOUT "Default command line options:\n";
    foreach (@_) { print STDOUT "$_\n" }
}

sub readable_options {

    # return options for this run as a string which could be
    # put in a perltidyrc file
    my ( $rOpts, $roption_string ) = @_;
    my %Getopt_flags;
    my $rGetopt_flags    = \%Getopt_flags;
    my $readable_options = "# Final parameter set for this run.\n";
    $readable_options .=
      "# See utility 'perltidyrc_dump.pl' for nicer formatting.\n";
    foreach my $opt ( @{$roption_string} ) {
        my $flag = "";
        if ( $opt =~ /(.*)(!|=.*)$/ ) {
            $opt  = $1;
            $flag = $2;
        }
        if ( defined( $rOpts->{$opt} ) ) {
            $rGetopt_flags->{$opt} = $flag;
        }
    }
    foreach my $key ( sort keys %{$rOpts} ) {
        my $flag   = $rGetopt_flags->{$key};
        my $value  = $rOpts->{$key};
        my $prefix = '--';
        my $suffix = "";
        if ($flag) {
            if ( $flag =~ /^=/ ) {
                if ( $value !~ /^\d+$/ ) { $value = '"' . $value . '"' }
                $suffix = "=" . $value;
            }
            elsif ( $flag =~ /^!/ ) {
                $prefix .= "no" unless ($value);
            }
            else {

                # shouldn't happen
                $readable_options .=
                  "# ERROR in dump_options: unrecognized flag $flag for $key\n";
            }
        }
        $readable_options .= $prefix . $key . $suffix . "\n";
    }
    return $readable_options;
}

sub show_version {
    print <<"EOM";
This is perltidy, v$VERSION 

Copyright 2000-2012, Steve Hancock

Perltidy is free software and may be copied under the terms of the GNU
General Public License, which is included in the distribution files.

Complete documentation for perltidy can be found using 'man perltidy'
or on the internet at http://perltidy.sourceforge.net.
EOM
}

sub usage {

    print STDOUT <outfile
    perltidy [ options ] outfile

Options have short and long forms. Short forms are shown; see
man pages for long forms.  Note: '=s' indicates a required string,
and '=n' indicates a required integer.

I/O control
 -h      show this help
 -o=file name of the output file (only if single input file)
 -oext=s change output extension from 'tdy' to s
 -opath=path  change path to be 'path' for output files
 -b      backup original to .bak and modify file in-place
 -bext=s change default backup extension from 'bak' to s
 -q      deactivate error messages (for running under editor)
 -w      include non-critical warning messages in the .ERR error output
 -syn    run perl -c to check syntax (default under unix systems)
 -log    save .LOG file, which has useful diagnostics
 -f      force perltidy to read a binary file
 -g      like -log but writes more detailed .LOG file, for debugging scripts
 -opt    write the set of options actually used to a .LOG file
 -npro   ignore .perltidyrc configuration command file 
 -pro=file   read configuration commands from file instead of .perltidyrc 
 -st     send output to standard output, STDOUT
 -se     send error output to standard error output, STDERR
 -v      display version number to standard output and quit

Basic Options:
 -i=n    use n columns per indentation level (default n=4)
 -t      tabs: use one tab character per indentation level, not recommeded
 -nt     no tabs: use n spaces per indentation level (default)
 -et=n   entab leading whitespace n spaces per tab; not recommended
 -io     "indent only": just do indentation, no other formatting.
 -sil=n  set starting indentation level to n;  use if auto detection fails
 -ole=s  specify output line ending (s=dos or win, mac, unix)
 -ple    keep output line endings same as input (input must be filename)

Whitespace Control
 -fws    freeze whitespace; this disables all whitespace changes
           and disables the following switches:
 -bt=n   sets brace tightness,  n= (0 = loose, 1=default, 2 = tight)
 -bbt    same as -bt but for code block braces; same as -bt if not given
 -bbvt   block braces vertically tight; use with -bl or -bli
 -bbvtl=s  make -bbvt to apply to selected list of block types
 -pt=n   paren tightness (n=0, 1 or 2)
 -sbt=n  square bracket tightness (n=0, 1, or 2)
 -bvt=n  brace vertical tightness, 
         n=(0=open, 1=close unless multiple steps on a line, 2=always close)
 -pvt=n  paren vertical tightness (see -bvt for n)
 -sbvt=n square bracket vertical tightness (see -bvt for n)
 -bvtc=n closing brace vertical tightness: 
         n=(0=open, 1=sometimes close, 2=always close)
 -pvtc=n closing paren vertical tightness, see -bvtc for n.
 -sbvtc=n closing square bracket vertical tightness, see -bvtc for n.
 -ci=n   sets continuation indentation=n,  default is n=2 spaces
 -lp     line up parentheses, brackets, and non-BLOCK braces
 -sfs    add space before semicolon in for( ; ; )
 -aws    allow perltidy to add whitespace (default)
 -dws    delete all old non-essential whitespace 
 -icb    indent closing brace of a code block
 -cti=n  closing indentation of paren, square bracket, or non-block brace: 
         n=0 none, =1 align with opening, =2 one full indentation level
 -icp    equivalent to -cti=2
 -wls=s  want space left of tokens in string; i.e. -nwls='+ - * /'
 -wrs=s  want space right of tokens in string;
 -sts    put space before terminal semicolon of a statement
 -sak=s  put space between keywords given in s and '(';
 -nsak=s no space between keywords in s and '('; i.e. -nsak='my our local'

Line Break Control
 -fnl    freeze newlines; this disables all line break changes
            and disables the following switches:
 -anl    add newlines;  ok to introduce new line breaks
 -bbs    add blank line before subs and packages
 -bbc    add blank line before block comments
 -bbb    add blank line between major blocks
 -kbl=n  keep old blank lines? 0=no, 1=some, 2=all
 -mbl=n  maximum consecutive blank lines to output (default=1)
 -ce     cuddled else; use this style: '} else {'
 -dnl    delete old newlines (default)
 -l=n    maximum line length;  default n=80
 -bl     opening brace on new line 
 -sbl    opening sub brace on new line.  value of -bl is used if not given.
 -bli    opening brace on new line and indented
 -bar    opening brace always on right, even for long clauses
 -vt=n   vertical tightness (requires -lp); n controls break after opening
         token: 0=never  1=no break if next line balanced   2=no break
 -vtc=n  vertical tightness of closing container; n controls if closing
         token starts new line: 0=always  1=not unless list  1=never
 -wba=s  want break after tokens in string; i.e. wba=': .'
 -wbb=s  want break before tokens in string

Following Old Breakpoints
 -kis    keep interior semicolons.  Allows multiple statements per line.
 -boc    break at old comma breaks: turns off all automatic list formatting
 -bol    break at old logical breakpoints: or, and, ||, && (default)
 -bok    break at old list keyword breakpoints such as map, sort (default)
 -bot    break at old conditional (ternary ?:) operator breakpoints (default)
 -boa    break at old attribute breakpoints 
 -cab=n  break at commas after a comma-arrow (=>):
         n=0 break at all commas after =>
         n=1 stable: break unless this breaks an existing one-line container
         n=2 break only if a one-line container cannot be formed
         n=3 do not treat commas after => specially at all

Comment controls
 -ibc    indent block comments (default)
 -isbc   indent spaced block comments; may indent unless no leading space
 -msc=n  minimum desired spaces to side comment, default 4
 -fpsc=n fix position for side comments; default 0;
 -csc    add or update closing side comments after closing BLOCK brace
 -dcsc   delete closing side comments created by a -csc command
 -cscp=s change closing side comment prefix to be other than '## end'
 -cscl=s change closing side comment to apply to selected list of blocks
 -csci=n minimum number of lines needed to apply a -csc tag, default n=6
 -csct=n maximum number of columns of appended text, default n=20 
 -cscw   causes warning if old side comment is overwritten with -csc

 -sbc    use 'static block comments' identified by leading '##' (default)
 -sbcp=s change static block comment identifier to be other than '##'
 -osbc   outdent static block comments

 -ssc    use 'static side comments' identified by leading '##' (default)
 -sscp=s change static side comment identifier to be other than '##'

Delete selected text
 -dac    delete all comments AND pod
 -dbc    delete block comments     
 -dsc    delete side comments  
 -dp     delete pod

Send selected text to a '.TEE' file
 -tac    tee all comments AND pod
 -tbc    tee block comments       
 -tsc    tee side comments       
 -tp     tee pod           

Outdenting
 -olq    outdent long quoted strings (default) 
 -olc    outdent a long block comment line
 -ola    outdent statement labels
 -okw    outdent control keywords (redo, next, last, goto, return)
 -okwl=s specify alternative keywords for -okw command

Other controls
 -mft=n  maximum fields per table; default n=40
 -x      do not format lines before hash-bang line (i.e., for VMS)
 -asc    allows perltidy to add a ';' when missing (default)
 -dsm    allows perltidy to delete an unnecessary ';'  (default)

Combinations of other parameters
 -gnu     attempt to follow GNU Coding Standards as applied to perl
 -mangle  remove as many newlines as possible (but keep comments and pods)
 -extrude  insert as many newlines as possible

Dump and die, debugging
 -dop    dump options used in this run to standard output and quit
 -ddf    dump default options to standard output and quit
 -dsn    dump all option short names to standard output and quit
 -dln    dump option long names to standard output and quit
 -dpro   dump whatever configuration file is in effect to standard output
 -dtt    dump all token types to standard output and quit

HTML
 -html write an html file (see 'man perl2web' for many options)
       Note: when -html is used, no indentation or formatting are done.
       Hint: try perltidy -html -css=mystyle.css filename.pl
       and edit mystyle.css to change the appearance of filename.html.
       -nnn gives line numbers
       -pre only writes out 
..
 code section
       -toc places a table of contents to subs at the top (default)
       -pod passes pod text through pod2html (default)
       -frm write html as a frame (3 files)
       -text=s extra extension for table of contents if -frm, default='toc'
       -sext=s extra extension for file content if -frm, default='src'

A prefix of "n" negates short form toggle switches, and a prefix of "no"
negates the long forms.  For example, -nasc means don't add missing
semicolons.  

If you are unable to see this entire text, try "perltidy -h | more"
For more detailed information, and additional options, try "man perltidy",
or go to the perltidy home page at http://perltidy.sourceforge.net
EOF

}

sub process_this_file {

    my ( $truth, $beauty ) = @_;

    # loop to process each line of this file
    while ( my $line_of_tokens = $truth->get_line() ) {
        $beauty->write_line($line_of_tokens);
    }

    # finish up
    eval { $beauty->finish_formatting() };
    $truth->report_tokenization_errors();
}

sub check_syntax {

    # Use 'perl -c' to make sure that we did not create bad syntax
    # This is a very good independent check for programming errors
    #
    # Given names of the input and output files, ($istream, $ostream),
    # we do the following:
    # - check syntax of the input file
    # - if bad, all done (could be an incomplete code snippet)
    # - if infile syntax ok, then check syntax of the output file;
    #   - if outfile syntax bad, issue warning; this implies a code bug!
    # - set and return flag "infile_syntax_ok" : =-1 bad 0 unknown 1 good

    my ( $istream, $ostream, $logger_object, $rOpts ) = @_;
    my $infile_syntax_ok = 0;
    my $line_of_dashes   = '-' x 42 . "\n";

    my $flags = $rOpts->{'perl-syntax-check-flags'};

    # be sure we invoke perl with -c
    # note: perl will accept repeated flags like '-c -c'.  It is safest
    # to append another -c than try to find an interior bundled c, as
    # in -Tc, because such a 'c' might be in a quoted string, for example.
    if ( $flags !~ /(^-c|\s+-c)/ ) { $flags .= " -c" }

    # be sure we invoke perl with -x if requested
    # same comments about repeated parameters applies
    if ( $rOpts->{'look-for-hash-bang'} ) {
        if ( $flags !~ /(^-x|\s+-x)/ ) { $flags .= " -x" }
    }

    # this shouldn't happen unless a termporary file couldn't be made
    if ( $istream eq '-' ) {
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(
            "Cannot run perl -c on STDIN and STDOUT\n");
        return $infile_syntax_ok;
    }

    $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(
        "checking input file syntax with perl $flags\n");

    # Not all operating systems/shells support redirection of the standard
    # error output.
    my $error_redirection = ( $^O eq 'VMS' ) ? "" : '2>&1';

    my ( $istream_filename, $perl_output ) =
      do_syntax_check( $istream, $flags, $error_redirection );
    $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(
        "Input stream passed to Perl as file $istream_filename\n");
    $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($line_of_dashes);
    $logger_object->write_logfile_entry("$perl_output\n");

    if ( $perl_output =~ /syntax\s*OK/ ) {
        $infile_syntax_ok = 1;
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($line_of_dashes);
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(
            "checking output file syntax with perl $flags ...\n");
        my ( $ostream_filename, $perl_output ) =
          do_syntax_check( $ostream, $flags, $error_redirection );
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(
            "Output stream passed to Perl as file $ostream_filename\n");
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($line_of_dashes);
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry("$perl_output\n");

        unless ( $perl_output =~ /syntax\s*OK/ ) {
            $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($line_of_dashes);
            $logger_object->warning(
"The output file has a syntax error when tested with perl $flags $ostream !\n"
            );
            $logger_object->warning(
                "This implies an error in perltidy; the file $ostream is bad\n"
            );
            $logger_object->report_definite_bug();

            # the perl version number will be helpful for diagnosing the problem
            $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(
                qx/perl -v $error_redirection/ . "\n" );
        }
    }
    else {

        # Only warn of perl -c syntax errors.  Other messages,
        # such as missing modules, are too common.  They can be
        # seen by running with perltidy -w
        $logger_object->complain("A syntax check using perl $flags\n");
        $logger_object->complain(
            "for the output in file $istream_filename gives:\n");
        $logger_object->complain($line_of_dashes);
        $logger_object->complain("$perl_output\n");
        $logger_object->complain($line_of_dashes);
        $infile_syntax_ok = -1;
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($line_of_dashes);
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(
"The output file will not be checked because of input file problems\n"
        );
    }
    return $infile_syntax_ok;
}

sub do_syntax_check {
    my ( $stream, $flags, $error_redirection ) = @_;

    # We need a named input file for executing perl
    my ( $stream_filename, $is_tmpfile ) = get_stream_as_named_file($stream);

    # TODO: Need to add name of file to log somewhere
    # otherwise Perl output is hard to read
    if ( !$stream_filename ) { return $stream_filename, "" }

    # We have to quote the filename in case it has unusual characters
    # or spaces.  Example: this filename #CM11.pm# gives trouble.
    my $quoted_stream_filename = '"' . $stream_filename . '"';

    # Under VMS something like -T will become -t (and an error) so we
    # will put quotes around the flags.  Double quotes seem to work on
    # Unix/Windows/VMS, but this may not work on all systems.  (Single
    # quotes do not work under Windows).  It could become necessary to
    # put double quotes around each flag, such as:  -"c"  -"T"
    # We may eventually need some system-dependent coding here.
    $flags = '"' . $flags . '"';

    # now wish for luck...
    my $msg = qx/perl $flags $quoted_stream_filename $error_redirection/;

    unlink $stream_filename if ($is_tmpfile);
    return $stream_filename, $msg;
}

#####################################################################
#
# This is a stripped down version of IO::Scalar
# Given a reference to a scalar, it supplies either:
# a getline method which reads lines (mode='r'), or
# a print method which reads lines (mode='w')
#
#####################################################################
package Perl::Tidy::IOScalar;
use Carp;

sub new {
    my ( $package, $rscalar, $mode ) = @_;
    my $ref = ref $rscalar;
    if ( $ref ne 'SCALAR' ) {
        confess <[1];
    if ( $mode ne 'r' ) {
        confess <[2]++;
    return $self->[0]->[$i];
}

sub print {
    my $self = shift;
    my $mode = $self->[1];
    if ( $mode ne 'w' ) {
        confess <[0] } .= $_[0];
}
sub close { return }

#####################################################################
#
# This is a stripped down version of IO::ScalarArray
# Given a reference to an array, it supplies either:
# a getline method which reads lines (mode='r'), or
# a print method which reads lines (mode='w')
#
# NOTE: this routine assumes that that there aren't any embedded
# newlines within any of the array elements.  There are no checks
# for that.
#
#####################################################################
package Perl::Tidy::IOScalarArray;
use Carp;

sub new {
    my ( $package, $rarray, $mode ) = @_;
    my $ref = ref $rarray;
    if ( $ref ne 'ARRAY' ) {
        confess <[1];
    if ( $mode ne 'r' ) {
        confess <[2]++;
    return $self->[0]->[$i];
}

sub print {
    my $self = shift;
    my $mode = $self->[1];
    if ( $mode ne 'w' ) {
        confess <[0] }, $_[0];
}
sub close { return }

#####################################################################
#
# the Perl::Tidy::LineSource class supplies an object with a 'get_line()' method
# which returns the next line to be parsed
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::LineSource;

sub new {

    my ( $class, $input_file, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message ) = @_;

    my $input_line_ending;
    if ( $rOpts->{'preserve-line-endings'} ) {
        $input_line_ending = Perl::Tidy::find_input_line_ending($input_file);
    }

    ( my $fh, $input_file ) = Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $input_file, 'r' );
    return undef unless $fh;

    # in order to check output syntax when standard output is used,
    # or when it is an object, we have to make a copy of the file
    if ( ( $input_file eq '-' || ref $input_file ) && $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} )
    {

        # Turning off syntax check when input output is used.
        # The reason is that temporary files cause problems on
        # on many systems.
        $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0;

        $$rpending_logfile_message .= < $fh,
        _filename          => $input_file,
        _input_line_ending => $input_line_ending,
        _rinput_buffer     => [],
        _started           => 0,
    }, $class;
}

sub close_input_file {
    my $self = shift;
    eval { $self->{_fh}->close() };
}

sub get_line {
    my $self          = shift;
    my $line          = undef;
    my $fh            = $self->{_fh};
    my $rinput_buffer = $self->{_rinput_buffer};

    if ( scalar(@$rinput_buffer) ) {
        $line = shift @$rinput_buffer;
    }
    else {
        $line = $fh->getline();

        # patch to read raw mac files under unix, dos
        # see if the first line has embedded \r's
        if ( $line && !$self->{_started} ) {
            if ( $line =~ /[\015][^\015\012]/ ) {

                # found one -- break the line up and store in a buffer
                @$rinput_buffer = map { $_ . "\n" } split /\015/, $line;
                my $count = @$rinput_buffer;
                $line = shift @$rinput_buffer;
            }
            $self->{_started}++;
        }
    }
    return $line;
}

#####################################################################
#
# the Perl::Tidy::LineSink class supplies a write_line method for
# actual file writing
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::LineSink;

sub new {

    my ( $class, $output_file, $tee_file, $line_separator, $rOpts,
        $rpending_logfile_message, $binmode )
      = @_;
    my $fh     = undef;
    my $fh_tee = undef;

    my $output_file_open = 0;

    if ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy' ) {
        ( $fh, $output_file ) = Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $output_file, 'w' );
        unless ($fh) { die "Cannot write to output stream\n"; }
        $output_file_open = 1;
        if ($binmode) {
            if ( ref($fh) eq 'IO::File' ) {
                binmode $fh;
            }
            if ( $output_file eq '-' ) { binmode STDOUT }
        }
    }

    # in order to check output syntax when standard output is used,
    # or when it is an object, we have to make a copy of the file
    if ( $output_file eq '-' || ref $output_file ) {
        if ( $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} ) {

            # Turning off syntax check when standard output is used.
            # The reason is that temporary files cause problems on
            # on many systems.
            $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0;
            $$rpending_logfile_message .= < $fh,
        _fh_tee           => $fh_tee,
        _output_file      => $output_file,
        _output_file_open => $output_file_open,
        _tee_flag         => 0,
        _tee_file         => $tee_file,
        _tee_file_opened  => 0,
        _line_separator   => $line_separator,
        _binmode          => $binmode,
    }, $class;
}

sub write_line {

    my $self = shift;
    my $fh   = $self->{_fh};

    my $output_file_open = $self->{_output_file_open};
    chomp $_[0];
    $_[0] .= $self->{_line_separator};

    $fh->print( $_[0] ) if ( $self->{_output_file_open} );

    if ( $self->{_tee_flag} ) {
        unless ( $self->{_tee_file_opened} ) { $self->really_open_tee_file() }
        my $fh_tee = $self->{_fh_tee};
        print $fh_tee $_[0];
    }
}

sub tee_on {
    my $self = shift;
    $self->{_tee_flag} = 1;
}

sub tee_off {
    my $self = shift;
    $self->{_tee_flag} = 0;
}

sub really_open_tee_file {
    my $self     = shift;
    my $tee_file = $self->{_tee_file};
    my $fh_tee;
    $fh_tee = IO::File->new(">$tee_file")
      or die("couldn't open TEE file $tee_file: $!\n");
    binmode $fh_tee if $self->{_binmode};
    $self->{_tee_file_opened} = 1;
    $self->{_fh_tee}          = $fh_tee;
}

sub close_output_file {
    my $self = shift;
    eval { $self->{_fh}->close() } if $self->{_output_file_open};
    $self->close_tee_file();
}

sub close_tee_file {
    my $self = shift;

    if ( $self->{_tee_file_opened} ) {
        eval { $self->{_fh_tee}->close() };
        $self->{_tee_file_opened} = 0;
    }
}

#####################################################################
#
# The Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics class writes the DIAGNOSTICS file, which is
# useful for program development.
#
# Only one such file is created regardless of the number of input
# files processed.  This allows the results of processing many files
# to be summarized in a single file.
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics;

sub new {

    my $class = shift;
    bless {
        _write_diagnostics_count => 0,
        _last_diagnostic_file    => "",
        _input_file              => "",
        _fh                      => undef,
    }, $class;
}

sub set_input_file {
    my $self = shift;
    $self->{_input_file} = $_[0];
}

# This is a diagnostic routine which is useful for program development.
# Output from debug messages go to a file named DIAGNOSTICS, where
# they are labeled by file and line.  This allows many files to be
# scanned at once for some particular condition of interest.
sub write_diagnostics {
    my $self = shift;

    unless ( $self->{_write_diagnostics_count} ) {
        open DIAGNOSTICS, ">DIAGNOSTICS"
          or death("couldn't open DIAGNOSTICS: $!\n");
    }

    my $last_diagnostic_file = $self->{_last_diagnostic_file};
    my $input_file           = $self->{_input_file};
    if ( $last_diagnostic_file ne $input_file ) {
        print DIAGNOSTICS "\nFILE:$input_file\n";
    }
    $self->{_last_diagnostic_file} = $input_file;
    my $input_line_number = Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer::get_input_line_number();
    print DIAGNOSTICS "$input_line_number:\t@_";
    $self->{_write_diagnostics_count}++;
}

#####################################################################
#
# The Perl::Tidy::Logger class writes the .LOG and .ERR files
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::Logger;

sub new {
    my $class = shift;
    my $fh;
    my ( $rOpts, $log_file, $warning_file, $saw_extrude ) = @_;

    # remove any old error output file
    unless ( ref($warning_file) ) {
        if ( -e $warning_file ) { unlink($warning_file) }
    }

    bless {
        _log_file                      => $log_file,
        _rOpts                         => $rOpts,
        _fh_warnings                   => undef,
        _last_input_line_written       => 0,
        _at_end_of_file                => 0,
        _use_prefix                    => 1,
        _block_log_output              => 0,
        _line_of_tokens                => undef,
        _output_line_number            => undef,
        _wrote_line_information_string => 0,
        _wrote_column_headings         => 0,
        _warning_file                  => $warning_file,
        _warning_count                 => 0,
        _complaint_count               => 0,
        _saw_code_bug    => -1,             # -1=no 0=maybe 1=for sure
        _saw_brace_error => 0,
        _saw_extrude     => $saw_extrude,
        _output_array    => [],
    }, $class;
}

sub close_log_file {

    my $self = shift;
    if ( $self->{_fh_warnings} ) {
        eval { $self->{_fh_warnings}->close() };
        $self->{_fh_warnings} = undef;
    }
}

sub get_warning_count {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->{_warning_count};
}

sub get_use_prefix {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->{_use_prefix};
}

sub block_log_output {
    my $self = shift;
    $self->{_block_log_output} = 1;
}

sub unblock_log_output {
    my $self = shift;
    $self->{_block_log_output} = 0;
}

sub interrupt_logfile {
    my $self = shift;
    $self->{_use_prefix} = 0;
    $self->warning("\n");
    $self->write_logfile_entry( '#' x 24 . "  WARNING  " . '#' x 25 . "\n" );
}

sub resume_logfile {
    my $self = shift;
    $self->write_logfile_entry( '#' x 60 . "\n" );
    $self->{_use_prefix} = 1;
}

sub we_are_at_the_last_line {
    my $self = shift;
    unless ( $self->{_wrote_line_information_string} ) {
        $self->write_logfile_entry("Last line\n\n");
    }
    $self->{_at_end_of_file} = 1;
}

# record some stuff in case we go down in flames
sub black_box {
    my $self = shift;
    my ( $line_of_tokens, $output_line_number ) = @_;
    my $input_line        = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};
    my $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};

    # save line information in case we have to write a logfile message
    $self->{_line_of_tokens}                = $line_of_tokens;
    $self->{_output_line_number}            = $output_line_number;
    $self->{_wrote_line_information_string} = 0;

    my $last_input_line_written = $self->{_last_input_line_written};
    my $rOpts                   = $self->{_rOpts};
    if (
        (
            ( $input_line_number - $last_input_line_written ) >=
            $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'}
        )
        || ( $input_line =~ /^\s*(sub|package)\s+(\w+)/ )
      )
    {
        my $rlevels                      = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels};
        my $structural_indentation_level = $$rlevels[0];
        $self->{_last_input_line_written} = $input_line_number;
        ( my $out_str = $input_line ) =~ s/^\s*//;
        chomp $out_str;

        $out_str = ( '.' x $structural_indentation_level ) . $out_str;

        if ( length($out_str) > 35 ) {
            $out_str = substr( $out_str, 0, 35 ) . " ....";
        }
        $self->logfile_output( "", "$out_str\n" );
    }
}

sub write_logfile_entry {
    my $self = shift;

    # add leading >>> to avoid confusing error mesages and code
    $self->logfile_output( ">>>", "@_" );
}

sub write_column_headings {
    my $self = shift;

    $self->{_wrote_column_headings} = 1;
    my $routput_array = $self->{_output_array};
    push @{$routput_array}, <>>)
lines  levels i k            (code begins with one '.' per indent level)
------  ----- - - --------   -------------------------------------------
EOM
}

sub make_line_information_string {

    # make columns of information when a logfile message needs to go out
    my $self                    = shift;
    my $line_of_tokens          = $self->{_line_of_tokens};
    my $input_line_number       = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};
    my $line_information_string = "";
    if ($input_line_number) {

        my $output_line_number   = $self->{_output_line_number};
        my $brace_depth          = $line_of_tokens->{_curly_brace_depth};
        my $paren_depth          = $line_of_tokens->{_paren_depth};
        my $square_bracket_depth = $line_of_tokens->{_square_bracket_depth};
        my $python_indentation_level =
          $line_of_tokens->{_python_indentation_level};
        my $rlevels         = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels};
        my $rnesting_tokens = $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_tokens};
        my $rci_levels      = $line_of_tokens->{_rci_levels};
        my $rnesting_blocks = $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_blocks};

        my $structural_indentation_level = $$rlevels[0];

        $self->write_column_headings() unless $self->{_wrote_column_headings};

        # keep logfile columns aligned for scripts up to 999 lines;
        # for longer scripts it doesn't really matter
        my $extra_space = "";
        $extra_space .=
            ( $input_line_number < 10 )  ? "  "
          : ( $input_line_number < 100 ) ? " "
          :                                "";
        $extra_space .=
            ( $output_line_number < 10 )  ? "  "
          : ( $output_line_number < 100 ) ? " "
          :                                 "";

        # there are 2 possible nesting strings:
        # the original which looks like this:  (0 [1 {2
        # the new one, which looks like this:  {{[
        # the new one is easier to read, and shows the order, but
        # could be arbitrarily long, so we use it unless it is too long
        my $nesting_string =
          "($paren_depth [$square_bracket_depth {$brace_depth";
        my $nesting_string_new = $$rnesting_tokens[0];

        my $ci_level = $$rci_levels[0];
        if ( $ci_level > 9 ) { $ci_level = '*' }
        my $bk = ( $$rnesting_blocks[0] =~ /1$/ ) ? '1' : '0';

        if ( length($nesting_string_new) <= 8 ) {
            $nesting_string =
              $nesting_string_new . " " x ( 8 - length($nesting_string_new) );
        }
        if ( $python_indentation_level < 0 ) { $python_indentation_level = 0 }
        $line_information_string =
"L$input_line_number:$output_line_number$extra_space i$python_indentation_level:$structural_indentation_level $ci_level $bk $nesting_string";
    }
    return $line_information_string;
}

sub logfile_output {
    my $self = shift;
    my ( $prompt, $msg ) = @_;
    return if ( $self->{_block_log_output} );

    my $routput_array = $self->{_output_array};
    if ( $self->{_at_end_of_file} || !$self->{_use_prefix} ) {
        push @{$routput_array}, "$msg";
    }
    else {
        my $line_information_string = $self->make_line_information_string();
        $self->{_wrote_line_information_string} = 1;

        if ($line_information_string) {
            push @{$routput_array}, "$line_information_string   $prompt$msg";
        }
        else {
            push @{$routput_array}, "$msg";
        }
    }
}

sub get_saw_brace_error {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->{_saw_brace_error};
}

sub increment_brace_error {
    my $self = shift;
    $self->{_saw_brace_error}++;
}

sub brace_warning {
    my $self = shift;
    use constant BRACE_WARNING_LIMIT => 10;
    my $saw_brace_error = $self->{_saw_brace_error};

    if ( $saw_brace_error < BRACE_WARNING_LIMIT ) {
        $self->warning(@_);
    }
    $saw_brace_error++;
    $self->{_saw_brace_error} = $saw_brace_error;

    if ( $saw_brace_error == BRACE_WARNING_LIMIT ) {
        $self->warning("No further warnings of this type will be given\n");
    }
}

sub complain {

    # handle non-critical warning messages based on input flag
    my $self  = shift;
    my $rOpts = $self->{_rOpts};

    # these appear in .ERR output only if -w flag is used
    if ( $rOpts->{'warning-output'} ) {
        $self->warning(@_);
    }

    # otherwise, they go to the .LOG file
    else {
        $self->{_complaint_count}++;
        $self->write_logfile_entry(@_);
    }
}

sub warning {

    # report errors to .ERR file (or stdout)
    my $self = shift;
    use constant WARNING_LIMIT => 50;

    my $rOpts = $self->{_rOpts};
    unless ( $rOpts->{'quiet'} ) {

        my $warning_count = $self->{_warning_count};
        unless ($warning_count) {
            my $warning_file = $self->{_warning_file};
            my $fh_warnings;
            if ( $rOpts->{'standard-error-output'} ) {
                $fh_warnings = *STDERR;
            }
            else {
                ( $fh_warnings, my $filename ) =
                  Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $warning_file, 'w' );
                $fh_warnings or die("couldn't open $filename $!\n");
                warn "## Please see file $filename\n" unless ref($warning_file);
            }
            $self->{_fh_warnings} = $fh_warnings;
        }

        my $fh_warnings = $self->{_fh_warnings};
        if ( $warning_count < WARNING_LIMIT ) {
            if ( $self->get_use_prefix() > 0 ) {
                my $input_line_number =
                  Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer::get_input_line_number();
                $fh_warnings->print("$input_line_number:\t@_");
                $self->write_logfile_entry("WARNING: @_");
            }
            else {
                $fh_warnings->print(@_);
                $self->write_logfile_entry(@_);
            }
        }
        $warning_count++;
        $self->{_warning_count} = $warning_count;

        if ( $warning_count == WARNING_LIMIT ) {
            $fh_warnings->print("No further warnings will be given\n");
        }
    }
}

# programming bug codes:
#   -1 = no bug
#    0 = maybe, not sure.
#    1 = definitely
sub report_possible_bug {
    my $self         = shift;
    my $saw_code_bug = $self->{_saw_code_bug};
    $self->{_saw_code_bug} = ( $saw_code_bug < 0 ) ? 0 : $saw_code_bug;
}

sub report_definite_bug {
    my $self = shift;
    $self->{_saw_code_bug} = 1;
}

sub ask_user_for_bug_report {
    my $self = shift;

    my ( $infile_syntax_ok, $formatter ) = @_;
    my $saw_code_bug = $self->{_saw_code_bug};
    if ( ( $saw_code_bug == 0 ) && ( $infile_syntax_ok == 1 ) ) {
        $self->warning(<{_saw_extrude} ) {
            $self->warning(<warning(<get_added_semicolon_count();
            };
            if ( $added_semicolon_count > 0 ) {
                $self->warning(<{_rOpts};
    my $warning_count = $self->{_warning_count};
    my $saw_code_bug  = $self->{_saw_code_bug};

    my $save_logfile =
         ( $saw_code_bug == 0 && $infile_syntax_ok == 1 )
      || $saw_code_bug == 1
      || $rOpts->{'logfile'};
    my $log_file = $self->{_log_file};
    if ($warning_count) {
        if ($save_logfile) {
            $self->block_log_output();    # avoid echoing this to the logfile
            $self->warning(
                "The logfile $log_file may contain useful information\n");
            $self->unblock_log_output();
        }

        if ( $self->{_complaint_count} > 0 ) {
            $self->warning(
"To see $self->{_complaint_count} non-critical warnings rerun with -w\n"
            );
        }

        if ( $self->{_saw_brace_error}
            && ( $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} > 1 || !$save_logfile ) )
        {
            $self->warning("To save a full .LOG file rerun with -g\n");
        }
    }
    $self->ask_user_for_bug_report( $infile_syntax_ok, $formatter );

    if ($save_logfile) {
        my $log_file = $self->{_log_file};
        my ( $fh, $filename ) = Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $log_file, 'w' );
        if ($fh) {
            my $routput_array = $self->{_output_array};
            foreach ( @{$routput_array} ) { $fh->print($_) }
            eval { $fh->close() };
        }
    }
}

#####################################################################
#
# The Perl::Tidy::DevNull class supplies a dummy print method
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::DevNull;
sub new { return bless {}, $_[0] }
sub print { return }
sub close { return }

#####################################################################
#
# The Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter class writes a copy of the input stream in html
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter;

use File::Basename;

# class variables
use vars qw{
  %html_color
  %html_bold
  %html_italic
  %token_short_names
  %short_to_long_names
  $rOpts
  $css_filename
  $css_linkname
  $missing_html_entities
};

# replace unsafe characters with HTML entity representation if HTML::Entities
# is available
{ eval "use HTML::Entities"; $missing_html_entities = $@; }

sub new {

    my ( $class, $input_file, $html_file, $extension, $html_toc_extension,
        $html_src_extension )
      = @_;

    my $html_file_opened = 0;
    my $html_fh;
    ( $html_fh, my $html_filename ) =
      Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $html_file, 'w' );
    unless ($html_fh) {
        warn("can't open $html_file: $!\n");
        return undef;
    }
    $html_file_opened = 1;

    if ( !$input_file || $input_file eq '-' || ref($input_file) ) {
        $input_file = "NONAME";
    }

    # write the table of contents to a string
    my $toc_string;
    my $html_toc_fh = Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new( \$toc_string, 'w' );

    my $html_pre_fh;
    my @pre_string_stack;
    if ( $rOpts->{'html-pre-only'} ) {

        # pre section goes directly to the output stream
        $html_pre_fh = $html_fh;
        $html_pre_fh->print( <<"PRE_END");

PRE_END
    }
    else {

        # pre section go out to a temporary string
        my $pre_string;
        $html_pre_fh = Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new( \$pre_string, 'w' );
        push @pre_string_stack, \$pre_string;
    }

    # pod text gets diverted if the 'pod2html' is used
    my $html_pod_fh;
    my $pod_string;
    if ( $rOpts->{'pod2html'} ) {
        if ( $rOpts->{'html-pre-only'} ) {
            undef $rOpts->{'pod2html'};
        }
        else {
            eval "use Pod::Html";
            if ($@) {
                warn
"unable to find Pod::Html; cannot use pod2html\n-npod disables this message\n";
                undef $rOpts->{'pod2html'};
            }
            else {
                $html_pod_fh = Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new( \$pod_string, 'w' );
            }
        }
    }

    my $toc_filename;
    my $src_filename;
    if ( $rOpts->{'frames'} ) {
        unless ($extension) {
            warn
"cannot use frames without a specified output extension; ignoring -frm\n";
            undef $rOpts->{'frames'};
        }
        else {
            $toc_filename = $input_file . $html_toc_extension . $extension;
            $src_filename = $input_file . $html_src_extension . $extension;
        }
    }

    # ----------------------------------------------------------
    # Output is now directed as follows:
    # html_toc_fh <-- table of contents items
    # html_pre_fh <-- the 
 section of formatted code, except:
    # html_pod_fh <-- pod goes here with the pod2html option
    # ----------------------------------------------------------

    my $title = $rOpts->{'title'};
    unless ($title) {
        ( $title, my $path ) = fileparse($input_file);
    }
    my $toc_item_count = 0;
    my $in_toc_package = "";
    my $last_level     = 0;
    bless {
        _input_file        => $input_file,          # name of input file
        _title             => $title,               # title, unescaped
        _html_file         => $html_file,           # name of .html output file
        _toc_filename      => $toc_filename,        # for frames option
        _src_filename      => $src_filename,        # for frames option
        _html_file_opened  => $html_file_opened,    # a flag
        _html_fh           => $html_fh,             # the output stream
        _html_pre_fh       => $html_pre_fh,         # pre section goes here
        _rpre_string_stack => \@pre_string_stack,   # stack of pre sections
        _html_pod_fh       => $html_pod_fh,         # pod goes here if pod2html
        _rpod_string       => \$pod_string,         # string holding pod
        _pod_cut_count     => 0,                    # how many =cut's?
        _html_toc_fh       => $html_toc_fh,         # fh for table of contents
        _rtoc_string       => \$toc_string,         # string holding toc
        _rtoc_item_count   => \$toc_item_count,     # how many toc items
        _rin_toc_package   => \$in_toc_package,     # package name
        _rtoc_name_count   => {},                   # hash to track unique names
        _rpackage_stack    => [],                   # stack to check for package
                                                    # name changes
        _rlast_level       => \$last_level,         # brace indentation level
    }, $class;
}

sub add_toc_item {

    # Add an item to the html table of contents.
    # This is called even if no table of contents is written,
    # because we still want to put the anchors in the 
 text.
    # We are given an anchor name and its type; types are:
    #      'package', 'sub', '__END__', '__DATA__', 'EOF'
    # There must be an 'EOF' call at the end to wrap things up.
    my $self = shift;
    my ( $name, $type ) = @_;
    my $html_toc_fh     = $self->{_html_toc_fh};
    my $html_pre_fh     = $self->{_html_pre_fh};
    my $rtoc_name_count = $self->{_rtoc_name_count};
    my $rtoc_item_count = $self->{_rtoc_item_count};
    my $rlast_level     = $self->{_rlast_level};
    my $rin_toc_package = $self->{_rin_toc_package};
    my $rpackage_stack  = $self->{_rpackage_stack};

    # packages contain sublists of subs, so to avoid errors all package
    # items are written and finished with the following routines
    my $end_package_list = sub {
        if ($$rin_toc_package) {
            $html_toc_fh->print("\n\n");
            $$rin_toc_package = "";
        }
    };

    my $start_package_list = sub {
        my ( $unique_name, $package ) = @_;
        if ($$rin_toc_package) { $end_package_list->() }
        $html_toc_fh->print(<package $package

    
EOM
        $$rin_toc_package = $package;
    };

    # start the table of contents on the first item
    unless ($$rtoc_item_count) {

        # but just quit if we hit EOF without any other entries
        # in this case, there will be no toc
        return if ( $type eq 'EOF' );
        $html_toc_fh->print( <<"TOC_END");


      
TOC_END
    }
    $$rtoc_item_count++;

    # make a unique anchor name for this location:
    #   - packages get a 'package-' prefix
    #   - subs use their names
    my $unique_name = $name;
    if ( $type eq 'package' ) { $unique_name = "package-$name" }

    # append '-1', '-2', etc if necessary to make unique; this will
    # be unique because subs and packages cannot have a '-'
    if ( my $count = $rtoc_name_count->{ lc $unique_name }++ ) {
        $unique_name .= "-$count";
    }

    #   - all names get terminal '-' if pod2html is used, to avoid
    #     conflicts with anchor names created by pod2html
    if ( $rOpts->{'pod2html'} ) { $unique_name .= '-' }

    # start/stop lists of subs
    if ( $type eq 'sub' ) {
        my $package = $rpackage_stack->[$$rlast_level];
        unless ($package) { $package = 'main' }

        # if we're already in a package/sub list, be sure its the right
        # package or else close it
        if ( $$rin_toc_package && $$rin_toc_package ne $package ) {
            $end_package_list->();
        }

        # start a package/sub list if necessary
        unless ($$rin_toc_package) {
            $start_package_list->( $unique_name, $package );
        }
    }

    # now write an entry in the toc for this item
    if ( $type eq 'package' ) {
        $start_package_list->( $unique_name, $name );
    }
    elsif ( $type eq 'sub' ) {
        $html_toc_fh->print("
    • $name
      • \n");
    }
    else {
        $end_package_list->();
        $html_toc_fh->print("
    • $name
      • \n");
    }

    # write the anchor in the 
       section
    $html_pre_fh->print("");

    # end the table of contents, if any, on the end of file
    if ( $type eq 'EOF' ) {
        $html_toc_fh->print( <<"TOC_END");

    

TOC_END
    }
}

BEGIN {

    # This is the official list of tokens which may be identified by the
    # user.  Long names are used as getopt keys.  Short names are
    # convenient short abbreviations for specifying input.  Short names
    # somewhat resemble token type characters, but are often different
    # because they may only be alphanumeric, to allow command line
    # input.  Also, note that because of case insensitivity of html,
    # this table must be in a single case only (I've chosen to use all
    # lower case).
    # When adding NEW_TOKENS: update this hash table
    # short names => long names
    %short_to_long_names = (
        'n'  => 'numeric',
        'p'  => 'paren',
        'q'  => 'quote',
        's'  => 'structure',
        'c'  => 'comment',
        'v'  => 'v-string',
        'cm' => 'comma',
        'w'  => 'bareword',
        'co' => 'colon',
        'pu' => 'punctuation',
        'i'  => 'identifier',
        'j'  => 'label',
        'h'  => 'here-doc-target',
        'hh' => 'here-doc-text',
        'k'  => 'keyword',
        'sc' => 'semicolon',
        'm'  => 'subroutine',
        'pd' => 'pod-text',
    );

    # Now we have to map actual token types into one of the above short
    # names; any token types not mapped will get 'punctuation'
    # properties.

    # The values of this hash table correspond to the keys of the
    # previous hash table.
    # The keys of this hash table are token types and can be seen
    # by running with --dump-token-types (-dtt).

    # When adding NEW_TOKENS: update this hash table
    # $type => $short_name
    %token_short_names = (
        '#'  => 'c',
        'n'  => 'n',
        'v'  => 'v',
        'k'  => 'k',
        'F'  => 'k',
        'Q'  => 'q',
        'q'  => 'q',
        'J'  => 'j',
        'j'  => 'j',
        'h'  => 'h',
        'H'  => 'hh',
        'w'  => 'w',
        ','  => 'cm',
        '=>' => 'cm',
        ';'  => 'sc',
        ':'  => 'co',
        'f'  => 'sc',
        '('  => 'p',
        ')'  => 'p',
        'M'  => 'm',
        'P'  => 'pd',
        'A'  => 'co',
    );

    # These token types will all be called identifiers for now
    # FIXME: need to separate user defined modules as separate type
    my @identifier = qw" i t U C Y Z G :: ";
    @token_short_names{@identifier} = ('i') x scalar(@identifier);

    # These token types will be called 'structure'
    my @structure = qw" { } ";
    @token_short_names{@structure} = ('s') x scalar(@structure);

    # OLD NOTES: save for reference
    # Any of these could be added later if it would be useful.
    # For now, they will by default become punctuation
    #    my @list = qw" L R [ ] ";
    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('non-structure') x scalar(@list);
    #
    #    my @list = qw"
    #      / /= * *= ** **= + += - -= % %= = ++ -- << <<= >> >>= pp p m mm
    #      ";
    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('math') x scalar(@list);
    #
    #    my @list = qw" & &= ~ ~= ^ ^= | |= ";
    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('bit') x scalar(@list);
    #
    #    my @list = qw" == != < > <= <=> ";
    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('numerical-comparison') x scalar(@list);
    #
    #    my @list = qw" && || ! &&= ||= //= ";
    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('logical') x scalar(@list);
    #
    #    my @list = qw" . .= =~ !~ x x= ";
    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('string-operators') x scalar(@list);
    #
    #    # Incomplete..
    #    my @list = qw" .. -> <> ... \ ? ";
    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('misc-operators') x scalar(@list);

}

sub make_getopt_long_names {
    my $class = shift;
    my ($rgetopt_names) = @_;
    while ( my ( $short_name, $name ) = each %short_to_long_names ) {
        push @$rgetopt_names, "html-color-$name=s";
        push @$rgetopt_names, "html-italic-$name!";
        push @$rgetopt_names, "html-bold-$name!";
    }
    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-color-background=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-linked-style-sheet=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "nohtml-style-sheets";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-pre-only";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-line-numbers";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-entities!";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "stylesheet";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-table-of-contents!";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "pod2html!";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "frames!";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-toc-extension=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-src-extension=s";

    # Pod::Html parameters:
    push @$rgetopt_names, "backlink=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "cachedir=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "htmlroot=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "libpods=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "podpath=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "podroot=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "title=s";

    # Pod::Html parameters with leading 'pod' which will be removed
    # before the call to Pod::Html
    push @$rgetopt_names, "podquiet!";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "podverbose!";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "podrecurse!";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "podflush";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "podheader!";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "podindex!";
}

sub make_abbreviated_names {

    # We're appending things like this to the expansion list:
    #      'hcc'    => [qw(html-color-comment)],
    #      'hck'    => [qw(html-color-keyword)],
    #  etc
    my $class = shift;
    my ($rexpansion) = @_;

    # abbreviations for color/bold/italic properties
    while ( my ( $short_name, $long_name ) = each %short_to_long_names ) {
        ${$rexpansion}{"hc$short_name"}  = ["html-color-$long_name"];
        ${$rexpansion}{"hb$short_name"}  = ["html-bold-$long_name"];
        ${$rexpansion}{"hi$short_name"}  = ["html-italic-$long_name"];
        ${$rexpansion}{"nhb$short_name"} = ["nohtml-bold-$long_name"];
        ${$rexpansion}{"nhi$short_name"} = ["nohtml-italic-$long_name"];
    }

    # abbreviations for all other html options
    ${$rexpansion}{"hcbg"}  = ["html-color-background"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"pre"}   = ["html-pre-only"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"toc"}   = ["html-table-of-contents"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"ntoc"}  = ["nohtml-table-of-contents"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"nnn"}   = ["html-line-numbers"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"hent"}  = ["html-entities"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"nhent"} = ["nohtml-entities"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"css"}   = ["html-linked-style-sheet"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"nss"}   = ["nohtml-style-sheets"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"ss"}    = ["stylesheet"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"pod"}   = ["pod2html"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"npod"}  = ["nopod2html"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"frm"}   = ["frames"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"nfrm"}  = ["noframes"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"text"}  = ["html-toc-extension"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"sext"}  = ["html-src-extension"];
}

sub check_options {

    # This will be called once after options have been parsed
    my $class = shift;
    $rOpts = shift;

    # X11 color names for default settings that seemed to look ok
    # (these color names are only used for programming clarity; the hex
    # numbers are actually written)
    use constant ForestGreen   => "#228B22";
    use constant SaddleBrown   => "#8B4513";
    use constant magenta4      => "#8B008B";
    use constant IndianRed3    => "#CD5555";
    use constant DeepSkyBlue4  => "#00688B";
    use constant MediumOrchid3 => "#B452CD";
    use constant black         => "#000000";
    use constant white         => "#FFFFFF";
    use constant red           => "#FF0000";

    # set default color, bold, italic properties
    # anything not listed here will be given the default (punctuation) color --
    # these types currently not listed and get default: ws pu s sc cm co p
    # When adding NEW_TOKENS: add an entry here if you don't want defaults

    # set_default_properties( $short_name, default_color, bold?, italic? );
    set_default_properties( 'c',  ForestGreen,   0, 0 );
    set_default_properties( 'pd', ForestGreen,   0, 1 );
    set_default_properties( 'k',  magenta4,      1, 0 );    # was SaddleBrown
    set_default_properties( 'q',  IndianRed3,    0, 0 );
    set_default_properties( 'hh', IndianRed3,    0, 1 );
    set_default_properties( 'h',  IndianRed3,    1, 0 );
    set_default_properties( 'i',  DeepSkyBlue4,  0, 0 );
    set_default_properties( 'w',  black,         0, 0 );
    set_default_properties( 'n',  MediumOrchid3, 0, 0 );
    set_default_properties( 'v',  MediumOrchid3, 0, 0 );
    set_default_properties( 'j',  IndianRed3,    1, 0 );
    set_default_properties( 'm',  red,           1, 0 );

    set_default_color( 'html-color-background',  white );
    set_default_color( 'html-color-punctuation', black );

    # setup property lookup tables for tokens based on their short names
    # every token type has a short name, and will use these tables
    # to do the html markup
    while ( my ( $short_name, $long_name ) = each %short_to_long_names ) {
        $html_color{$short_name}  = $rOpts->{"html-color-$long_name"};
        $html_bold{$short_name}   = $rOpts->{"html-bold-$long_name"};
        $html_italic{$short_name} = $rOpts->{"html-italic-$long_name"};
    }

    # write style sheet to STDOUT and die if requested
    if ( defined( $rOpts->{'stylesheet'} ) ) {
        write_style_sheet_file('-');
        exit 0;
    }

    # make sure user gives a file name after -css
    if ( defined( $rOpts->{'html-linked-style-sheet'} ) ) {
        $css_linkname = $rOpts->{'html-linked-style-sheet'};
        if ( $css_linkname =~ /^-/ ) {
            die "You must specify a valid filename after -css\n";
        }
    }

    # check for conflict
    if ( $css_linkname && $rOpts->{'nohtml-style-sheets'} ) {
        $rOpts->{'nohtml-style-sheets'} = 0;
        warning("You can't specify both -css and -nss; -nss ignored\n");
    }

    # write a style sheet file if necessary
    if ($css_linkname) {

        # if the selected filename exists, don't write, because user may
        # have done some work by hand to create it; use backup name instead
        # Also, this will avoid a potential disaster in which the user
        # forgets to specify the style sheet, like this:
        #    perltidy -html -css myfile1.pl myfile2.pl
        # This would cause myfile1.pl to parsed as the style sheet by GetOpts
        my $css_filename = $css_linkname;
        unless ( -e $css_filename ) {
            write_style_sheet_file($css_filename);
        }
    }
    $missing_html_entities = 1 unless $rOpts->{'html-entities'};
}

sub write_style_sheet_file {

    my $css_filename = shift;
    my $fh;
    unless ( $fh = IO::File->new("> $css_filename") ) {
        die "can't open $css_filename: $!\n";
    }
    write_style_sheet_data($fh);
    eval { $fh->close };
}

sub write_style_sheet_data {

    # write the style sheet data to an open file handle
    my $fh = shift;

    my $bg_color   = $rOpts->{'html-color-background'};
    my $text_color = $rOpts->{'html-color-punctuation'};

    # pre-bgcolor is new, and may not be defined
    my $pre_bg_color = $rOpts->{'html-pre-color-background'};
    $pre_bg_color = $bg_color unless $pre_bg_color;

    $fh->print(<<"EOM");
/* default style sheet generated by perltidy */
body {background: $bg_color; color: $text_color}
pre { color: $text_color; 
      background: $pre_bg_color;
      font-family: courier;
    } 

EOM

    foreach my $short_name ( sort keys %short_to_long_names ) {
        my $long_name = $short_to_long_names{$short_name};

        my $abbrev = '.' . $short_name;
        if ( length($short_name) == 1 ) { $abbrev .= ' ' }    # for alignment
        my $color = $html_color{$short_name};
        if ( !defined($color) ) { $color = $text_color }
        $fh->print("$abbrev \{ color: $color;");

        if ( $html_bold{$short_name} ) {
            $fh->print(" font-weight:bold;");
        }

        if ( $html_italic{$short_name} ) {
            $fh->print(" font-style:italic;");
        }
        $fh->print("} /* $long_name */\n");
    }
}

sub set_default_color {

    # make sure that options hash $rOpts->{$key} contains a valid color
    my ( $key, $color ) = @_;
    if ( $rOpts->{$key} ) { $color = $rOpts->{$key} }
    $rOpts->{$key} = check_RGB($color);
}

sub check_RGB {

    # if color is a 6 digit hex RGB value, prepend a #, otherwise
    # assume that it is a valid ascii color name
    my ($color) = @_;
    if ( $color =~ /^[0-9a-fA-F]{6,6}$/ ) { $color = "#$color" }
    return $color;
}

sub set_default_properties {
    my ( $short_name, $color, $bold, $italic ) = @_;

    set_default_color( "html-color-$short_to_long_names{$short_name}", $color );
    my $key;
    $key = "html-bold-$short_to_long_names{$short_name}";
    $rOpts->{$key} = ( defined $rOpts->{$key} ) ? $rOpts->{$key} : $bold;
    $key = "html-italic-$short_to_long_names{$short_name}";
    $rOpts->{$key} = ( defined $rOpts->{$key} ) ? $rOpts->{$key} : $italic;
}

sub pod_to_html {

    # Use Pod::Html to process the pod and make the page
    # then merge the perltidy code sections into it.
    # return 1 if success, 0 otherwise
    my $self = shift;
    my ( $pod_string, $css_string, $toc_string, $rpre_string_stack ) = @_;
    my $input_file   = $self->{_input_file};
    my $title        = $self->{_title};
    my $success_flag = 0;

    # don't try to use pod2html if no pod
    unless ($pod_string) {
        return $success_flag;
    }

    # Pod::Html requires a real temporary filename
    # If we are making a frame, we have a name available
    # Otherwise, we have to fine one
    my $tmpfile;
    if ( $rOpts->{'frames'} ) {
        $tmpfile = $self->{_toc_filename};
    }
    else {
        $tmpfile = Perl::Tidy::make_temporary_filename();
    }
    my $fh_tmp = IO::File->new( $tmpfile, 'w' );
    unless ($fh_tmp) {
        warn "unable to open temporary file $tmpfile; cannot use pod2html\n";
        return $success_flag;
    }

    #------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Warning: a temporary file is open; we have to clean up if
    # things go bad.  From here on all returns should be by going to
    # RETURN so that the temporary file gets unlinked.
    #------------------------------------------------------------------

    # write the pod text to the temporary file
    $fh_tmp->print($pod_string);
    $fh_tmp->close();

    # Hand off the pod to pod2html.
    # Note that we can use the same temporary filename for input and output
    # because of the way pod2html works.
    {

        my @args;
        push @args, "--infile=$tmpfile", "--outfile=$tmpfile", "--title=$title";
        my $kw;

        # Flags with string args:
        # "backlink=s", "cachedir=s", "htmlroot=s", "libpods=s",
        # "podpath=s", "podroot=s"
        # Note: -css=s is handled by perltidy itself
        foreach $kw (qw(backlink cachedir htmlroot libpods podpath podroot)) {
            if ( $rOpts->{$kw} ) { push @args, "--$kw=$rOpts->{$kw}" }
        }

        # Toggle switches; these have extra leading 'pod'
        # "header!", "index!", "recurse!", "quiet!", "verbose!"
        foreach $kw (qw(podheader podindex podrecurse podquiet podverbose)) {
            my $kwd = $kw;    # allows us to strip 'pod'
            if ( $rOpts->{$kw} ) { $kwd =~ s/^pod//; push @args, "--$kwd" }
            elsif ( defined( $rOpts->{$kw} ) ) {
                $kwd =~ s/^pod//;
                push @args, "--no$kwd";
            }
        }

        # "flush",
        $kw = 'podflush';
        if ( $rOpts->{$kw} ) { $kw =~ s/^pod//; push @args, "--$kw" }

        # Must clean up if pod2html dies (it can);
        # Be careful not to overwrite callers __DIE__ routine
        local $SIG{__DIE__} = sub {
            print $_[0];
            unlink $tmpfile if -e $tmpfile;
            exit 1;
        };

        pod2html(@args);
    }
    $fh_tmp = IO::File->new( $tmpfile, 'r' );
    unless ($fh_tmp) {

        # this error shouldn't happen ... we just used this filename
        warn "unable to open temporary file $tmpfile; cannot use pod2html\n";
        goto RETURN;
    }

    my $html_fh = $self->{_html_fh};
    my @toc;
    my $in_toc;
    my $no_print;

    # This routine will write the html selectively and store the toc
    my $html_print = sub {
        foreach (@_) {
            $html_fh->print($_) unless ($no_print);
            if ($in_toc) { push @toc, $_ }
        }
    };

    # loop over lines of html output from pod2html and merge in
    # the necessary perltidy html sections
    my ( $saw_body, $saw_index, $saw_body_end );
    while ( my $line = $fh_tmp->getline() ) {

        if ( $line =~ /^\s*\s*$/i ) {
            my $date = localtime;
            $html_print->("\n");
            $html_print->($line);
        }

        # Copy the perltidy css, if any, after  tag
        elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*\s*$/i ) {
            $saw_body = 1;
            $html_print->($css_string) if $css_string;
            $html_print->($line);

            # add a top anchor and heading
            $html_print->("\n");
            $title = escape_html($title);
            $html_print->("
    $title
    \n");
        }
        elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*\s*$/i ) {
            $in_toc = 1;

            # when frames are used, an extra table of contents in the
            # contents panel is confusing, so don't print it
            $no_print = $rOpts->{'frames'}
              || !$rOpts->{'html-table-of-contents'};
            $html_print->("
    Doc Index:
    \n") if $rOpts->{'frames'};
            $html_print->($line);
        }

        # Copy the perltidy toc, if any, after the Pod::Html toc
        elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*\s*$/i ) {
            $saw_index = 1;
            $html_print->($line);
            if ($toc_string) {
                $html_print->("
    \n") if $rOpts->{'frames'};
                $html_print->("
    Code Index:
    \n");
                my @toc = map { $_ .= "\n" } split /\n/, $toc_string;
                $html_print->(@toc);
            }
            $in_toc   = 0;
            $no_print = 0;
        }

        # Copy one perltidy section after each marker
        elsif ( $line =~ /^(.*)(.*)$/ ) {
            $line = $2;
            $html_print->($1) if $1;

            # Intermingle code and pod sections if we saw multiple =cut's.
            if ( $self->{_pod_cut_count} > 1 ) {
                my $rpre_string = shift(@$rpre_string_stack);
                if ($$rpre_string) {
                    $html_print->('
    ');
                    $html_print->($$rpre_string);
                    $html_print->('
    ');
                }
                else {

                    # shouldn't happen: we stored a string before writing
                    # each marker.
                    warn
"Problem merging html stream with pod2html; order may be wrong\n";
                }
                $html_print->($line);
            }

            # If didn't see multiple =cut lines, we'll put the pod out first
            # and then the code, because it's less confusing.
            else {

                # since we are not intermixing code and pod, we don't need
                # or want any 
     lines which separated pod and code
                $html_print->($line) unless ( $line =~ /^\s*
    \s*$/i );
            }
        }

        # Copy any remaining code section before the  tag
        elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*<\/body>\s*$/i ) {
            $saw_body_end = 1;
            if (@$rpre_string_stack) {
                unless ( $self->{_pod_cut_count} > 1 ) {
                    $html_print->('
    ');
                }
                while ( my $rpre_string = shift(@$rpre_string_stack) ) {
                    $html_print->('
    ');
                    $html_print->($$rpre_string);
                    $html_print->('
    ');
                }
            }
            $html_print->($line);
        }
        else {
            $html_print->($line);
        }
    }

    $success_flag = 1;
    unless ($saw_body) {
        warn "Did not see  in pod2html output\n";
        $success_flag = 0;
    }
    unless ($saw_body_end) {
        warn "Did not see  in pod2html output\n";
        $success_flag = 0;
    }
    unless ($saw_index) {
        warn "Did not find INDEX END in pod2html output\n";
        $success_flag = 0;
    }

  RETURN:
    eval { $html_fh->close() };

    # note that we have to unlink tmpfile before making frames
    # because the tmpfile may be one of the names used for frames
    unlink $tmpfile if -e $tmpfile;
    if ( $success_flag && $rOpts->{'frames'} ) {
        $self->make_frame( \@toc );
    }
    return $success_flag;
}

sub make_frame {

    # Make a frame with table of contents in the left panel
    # and the text in the right panel.
    # On entry:
    #  $html_filename contains the no-frames html output
    #  $rtoc is a reference to an array with the table of contents
    my $self          = shift;
    my ($rtoc)        = @_;
    my $input_file    = $self->{_input_file};
    my $html_filename = $self->{_html_file};
    my $toc_filename  = $self->{_toc_filename};
    my $src_filename  = $self->{_src_filename};
    my $title         = $self->{_title};
    $title = escape_html($title);

    # FUTURE input parameter:
    my $top_basename = "";

    # We need to produce 3 html files:
    # 1. - the table of contents
    # 2. - the contents (source code) itself
    # 3. - the frame which contains them

    # get basenames for relative links
    my ( $toc_basename, $toc_path ) = fileparse($toc_filename);
    my ( $src_basename, $src_path ) = fileparse($src_filename);

    # 1. Make the table of contents panel, with appropriate changes
    # to the anchor names
    my $src_frame_name = 'SRC';
    my $first_anchor =
      write_toc_html( $title, $toc_filename, $src_basename, $rtoc,
        $src_frame_name );

    # 2. The current .html filename is renamed to be the contents panel
    rename( $html_filename, $src_filename )
      or die "Cannot rename $html_filename to $src_filename:$!\n";

    # 3. Then use the original html filename for the frame
    write_frame_html(
        $title,        $html_filename, $top_basename,
        $toc_basename, $src_basename,  $src_frame_name
    );
}

sub write_toc_html {

    # write a separate html table of contents file for frames
    my ( $title, $toc_filename, $src_basename, $rtoc, $src_frame_name ) = @_;
    my $fh = IO::File->new( $toc_filename, 'w' )
      or die "Cannot open $toc_filename:$!\n";
    $fh->print(<

$title



    $title
    
EOM

    my $first_anchor =
      change_anchor_names( $rtoc, $src_basename, "$src_frame_name" );
    $fh->print( join "", @$rtoc );

    $fh->print(<

EOM

}

sub write_frame_html {

    # write an html file to be the table of contents frame
    my (
        $title,        $frame_filename, $top_basename,
        $toc_basename, $src_basename,   $src_frame_name
    ) = @_;

    my $fh = IO::File->new( $frame_filename, 'w' )
      or die "Cannot open $toc_basename:$!\n";

    $fh->print(<



$title

EOM

    # two left panels, one right, if master index file
    if ($top_basename) {
        $fh->print(<




EOM
    }

    # one left panels, one right, if no master index file
    else {
        $fh->print(<

EOM
    }
    $fh->print(<

<body>
<p>If you see this message, you are using a non-frame-capable web client.</p>
<p>This document contains:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="$toc_basename">A table of contents</a></li>
<li><a href="$src_basename">The source code</a></li>
</ul>
</body>



EOM
}

sub change_anchor_names {

    # add a filename and target to anchors
    # also return the first anchor
    my ( $rlines, $filename, $target ) = @_;
    my $first_anchor;
    foreach my $line (@$rlines) {

        #  We're looking for lines like this:
        #  
  • SYNOPSIS
    • 
        #  ----  -       --------  -----------------
        #  $1              $4            $5
        if ( $line =~ /^(.*)]*>(.*)$/i ) {
            my $pre  = $1;
            my $name = $4;
            my $post = $5;
            my $href = "$filename#$name";
            $line = "$pre$post\n";
            unless ($first_anchor) { $first_anchor = $href }
        }
    }
    return $first_anchor;
}

sub close_html_file {
    my $self = shift;
    return unless $self->{_html_file_opened};

    my $html_fh     = $self->{_html_fh};
    my $rtoc_string = $self->{_rtoc_string};

    # There are 3 basic paths to html output...

    # ---------------------------------
    # Path 1: finish up if in -pre mode
    # ---------------------------------
    if ( $rOpts->{'html-pre-only'} ) {
        $html_fh->print( <<"PRE_END");


PRE_END
        eval { $html_fh->close() };
        return;
    }

    # Finish the index
    $self->add_toc_item( 'EOF', 'EOF' );

    my $rpre_string_stack = $self->{_rpre_string_stack};

    # Patch to darken the 
 background color in case of pod2html and
    # interleaved code/documentation.  Otherwise, the distinction
    # between code and documentation is blurred.
    if (   $rOpts->{pod2html}
        && $self->{_pod_cut_count} >= 1
        && $rOpts->{'html-color-background'} eq '#FFFFFF' )
    {
        $rOpts->{'html-pre-color-background'} = '#F0F0F0';
    }

    # put the css or its link into a string, if used
    my $css_string;
    my $fh_css = Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new( \$css_string, 'w' );

    # use css linked to another file
    if ( $rOpts->{'html-linked-style-sheet'} ) {
        $fh_css->print(
            qq()
        );
    }

    # use css embedded in this file
    elsif ( !$rOpts->{'nohtml-style-sheets'} ) {
        $fh_css->print( <<'ENDCSS');

ENDCSS
    }

    # -----------------------------------------------------------
    # path 2: use pod2html if requested
    #         If we fail for some reason, continue on to path 3
    # -----------------------------------------------------------
    if ( $rOpts->{'pod2html'} ) {
        my $rpod_string = $self->{_rpod_string};
        $self->pod_to_html( $$rpod_string, $css_string, $$rtoc_string,
            $rpre_string_stack )
          && return;
    }

    # --------------------------------------------------
    # path 3: write code in html, with pod only in italics
    # --------------------------------------------------
    my $input_file = $self->{_input_file};
    my $title      = escape_html($input_file);
    my $date       = localtime;
    $html_fh->print( <<"HTML_START");




$title
HTML_START

    # output the css, if used
    if ($css_string) {
        $html_fh->print($css_string);
        $html_fh->print( <<"ENDCSS");


ENDCSS
    }
    else {

        $html_fh->print( <<"HTML_START");

{'html-color-background'}\" text=\"$rOpts->{'html-color-punctuation'}\">
HTML_START
    }

    $html_fh->print("\n");
    $html_fh->print( <<"EOM");

$title

EOM

    # copy the table of contents
    if (   $$rtoc_string
        && !$rOpts->{'frames'}
        && $rOpts->{'html-table-of-contents'} )
    {
        $html_fh->print($$rtoc_string);
    }

    # copy the pre section(s)
    my $fname_comment = $input_file;
    $fname_comment =~ s/--+/-/g;    # protect HTML comment tags
    $html_fh->print( <<"END_PRE");




END_PRE

    foreach my $rpre_string (@$rpre_string_stack) {
        $html_fh->print($$rpre_string);
    }

    # and finish the html page
    $html_fh->print( <<"HTML_END");




HTML_END
    eval { $html_fh->close() };    # could be object without close method

    if ( $rOpts->{'frames'} ) {
        my @toc = map { $_ .= "\n" } split /\n/, $$rtoc_string;
        $self->make_frame( \@toc );
    }
}

sub markup_tokens {
    my $self = shift;
    my ( $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rlevels ) = @_;
    my ( @colored_tokens, $j, $string, $type, $token, $level );
    my $rlast_level    = $self->{_rlast_level};
    my $rpackage_stack = $self->{_rpackage_stack};

    for ( $j = 0 ; $j < @$rtoken_type ; $j++ ) {
        $type  = $$rtoken_type[$j];
        $token = $$rtokens[$j];
        $level = $$rlevels[$j];
        $level = 0 if ( $level < 0 );

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # Update the package stack.  The package stack is needed to keep
        # the toc correct because some packages may be declared within
        # blocks and go out of scope when we leave the block.
        #-------------------------------------------------------
        if ( $level > $$rlast_level ) {
            unless ( $rpackage_stack->[ $level - 1 ] ) {
                $rpackage_stack->[ $level - 1 ] = 'main';
            }
            $rpackage_stack->[$level] = $rpackage_stack->[ $level - 1 ];
        }
        elsif ( $level < $$rlast_level ) {
            my $package = $rpackage_stack->[$level];
            unless ($package) { $package = 'main' }

            # if we change packages due to a nesting change, we
            # have to make an entry in the toc
            if ( $package ne $rpackage_stack->[ $level + 1 ] ) {
                $self->add_toc_item( $package, 'package' );
            }
        }
        $$rlast_level = $level;

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # Intercept a sub name here; split it
        # into keyword 'sub' and sub name; and add an
        # entry in the toc
        #-------------------------------------------------------
        if ( $type eq 'i' && $token =~ /^(sub\s+)(\w.*)$/ ) {
            $token = $self->markup_html_element( $1, 'k' );
            push @colored_tokens, $token;
            $token = $2;
            $type  = 'M';

            # but don't include sub declarations in the toc;
            # these wlll have leading token types 'i;'
            my $signature = join "", @$rtoken_type;
            unless ( $signature =~ /^i;/ ) {
                my $subname = $token;
                $subname =~ s/[\s\(].*$//; # remove any attributes and prototype
                $self->add_toc_item( $subname, 'sub' );
            }
        }

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # Intercept a package name here; split it
        # into keyword 'package' and name; add to the toc,
        # and update the package stack
        #-------------------------------------------------------
        if ( $type eq 'i' && $token =~ /^(package\s+)(\w.*)$/ ) {
            $token = $self->markup_html_element( $1, 'k' );
            push @colored_tokens, $token;
            $token = $2;
            $type  = 'i';
            $self->add_toc_item( "$token", 'package' );
            $rpackage_stack->[$level] = $token;
        }

        $token = $self->markup_html_element( $token, $type );
        push @colored_tokens, $token;
    }
    return ( \@colored_tokens );
}

sub markup_html_element {
    my $self = shift;
    my ( $token, $type ) = @_;

    return $token if ( $type eq 'b' );    # skip a blank token
    return $token if ( $token =~ /^\s*$/ );    # skip a blank line
    $token = escape_html($token);

    # get the short abbreviation for this token type
    my $short_name = $token_short_names{$type};
    if ( !defined($short_name) ) {
        $short_name = "pu";                    # punctuation is default
    }

    # handle style sheets..
    if ( !$rOpts->{'nohtml-style-sheets'} ) {
        if ( $short_name ne 'pu' ) {
            $token = qq() . $token . "";
        }
    }

    # handle no style sheets..
    else {
        my $color = $html_color{$short_name};

        if ( $color && ( $color ne $rOpts->{'html-color-punctuation'} ) ) {
            $token = qq() . $token . "";
        }
        if ( $html_italic{$short_name} ) { $token = "$token" }
        if ( $html_bold{$short_name} )   { $token = "$token" }
    }
    return $token;
}

sub escape_html {

    my $token = shift;
    if ($missing_html_entities) {
        $token =~ s/\&/&/g;
        $token =~ s/\/>/g;
        $token =~ s/\"/"/g;
    }
    else {
        HTML::Entities::encode_entities($token);
    }
    return $token;
}

sub finish_formatting {

    # called after last line
    my $self = shift;
    $self->close_html_file();
    return;
}

sub write_line {

    my $self = shift;
    return unless $self->{_html_file_opened};
    my $html_pre_fh      = $self->{_html_pre_fh};
    my ($line_of_tokens) = @_;
    my $line_type        = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type};
    my $input_line       = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};
    my $line_number      = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};
    chomp $input_line;

    # markup line of code..
    my $html_line;
    if ( $line_type eq 'CODE' ) {
        my $rtoken_type = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type};
        my $rtokens     = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens};
        my $rlevels     = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels};

        if ( $input_line =~ /(^\s*)/ ) {
            $html_line = $1;
        }
        else {
            $html_line = "";
        }
        my ($rcolored_tokens) =
          $self->markup_tokens( $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rlevels );
        $html_line .= join '', @$rcolored_tokens;
    }

    # markup line of non-code..
    else {
        my $line_character;
        if    ( $line_type eq 'HERE' )       { $line_character = 'H' }
        elsif ( $line_type eq 'HERE_END' )   { $line_character = 'h' }
        elsif ( $line_type eq 'FORMAT' )     { $line_character = 'H' }
        elsif ( $line_type eq 'FORMAT_END' ) { $line_character = 'h' }
        elsif ( $line_type eq 'SYSTEM' )     { $line_character = 'c' }
        elsif ( $line_type eq 'END_START' ) {
            $line_character = 'k';
            $self->add_toc_item( '__END__', '__END__' );
        }
        elsif ( $line_type eq 'DATA_START' ) {
            $line_character = 'k';
            $self->add_toc_item( '__DATA__', '__DATA__' );
        }
        elsif ( $line_type =~ /^POD/ ) {
            $line_character = 'P';
            if ( $rOpts->{'pod2html'} ) {
                my $html_pod_fh = $self->{_html_pod_fh};
                if ( $line_type eq 'POD_START' ) {

                    my $rpre_string_stack = $self->{_rpre_string_stack};
                    my $rpre_string       = $rpre_string_stack->[-1];

                    # if we have written any non-blank lines to the
                    # current pre section, start writing to a new output
                    # string
                    if ( $$rpre_string =~ /\S/ ) {
                        my $pre_string;
                        $html_pre_fh =
                          Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new( \$pre_string, 'w' );
                        $self->{_html_pre_fh} = $html_pre_fh;
                        push @$rpre_string_stack, \$pre_string;

                        # leave a marker in the pod stream so we know
                        # where to put the pre section we just
                        # finished.
                        my $for_html = '=for html';    # don't confuse pod utils
                        $html_pod_fh->print(<

EOM
                    }

                    # otherwise, just clear the current string and start
                    # over
                    else {
                        $$rpre_string = "";
                        $html_pod_fh->print("\n");
                    }
                }
                $html_pod_fh->print( $input_line . "\n" );
                if ( $line_type eq 'POD_END' ) {
                    $self->{_pod_cut_count}++;
                    $html_pod_fh->print("\n");
                }
                return;
            }
        }
        else { $line_character = 'Q' }
        $html_line = $self->markup_html_element( $input_line, $line_character );
    }

    # add the line number if requested
    if ( $rOpts->{'html-line-numbers'} ) {
        my $extra_space .=
            ( $line_number < 10 )   ? "   "
          : ( $line_number < 100 )  ? "  "
          : ( $line_number < 1000 ) ? " "
          :                           "";
        $html_line = $extra_space . $line_number . " " . $html_line;
    }

    # write the line
    $html_pre_fh->print("$html_line\n");
}

#####################################################################
#
# The Perl::Tidy::Formatter package adds indentation, whitespace, and
# line breaks to the token stream
#
# WARNING: This is not a real class for speed reasons.  Only one
# Formatter may be used.
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::Formatter;

BEGIN {

    # Caution: these debug flags produce a lot of output
    # They should all be 0 except when debugging small scripts
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BOND    => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK   => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_CI      => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FLUSH   => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FORCE   => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_LIST    => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_OUTPUT  => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_SPARSE  => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_STORE   => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP  => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE   => 0;

    my $debug_warning = sub {
        print "FORMATTER_DEBUGGING with key $_[0]\n";
    };

    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BOND    && $debug_warning->('BOND');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK   && $debug_warning->('BREAK');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_CI      && $debug_warning->('CI');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FLUSH   && $debug_warning->('FLUSH');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FORCE   && $debug_warning->('FORCE');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_LIST    && $debug_warning->('LIST');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK && $debug_warning->('NOBREAK');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_OUTPUT  && $debug_warning->('OUTPUT');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_SPARSE  && $debug_warning->('SPARSE');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_STORE   && $debug_warning->('STORE');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP  && $debug_warning->('UNDOBP');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE   && $debug_warning->('WHITE');
}

use Carp;
use vars qw{

  @gnu_stack
  $max_gnu_stack_index
  $gnu_position_predictor
  $line_start_index_to_go
  $last_indentation_written
  $last_unadjusted_indentation
  $last_leading_token
  $last_output_short_opening_token

  $saw_VERSION_in_this_file
  $saw_END_or_DATA_

  @gnu_item_list
  $max_gnu_item_index
  $gnu_sequence_number
  $last_output_indentation
  %last_gnu_equals
  %gnu_comma_count
  %gnu_arrow_count

  @block_type_to_go
  @type_sequence_to_go
  @container_environment_to_go
  @bond_strength_to_go
  @forced_breakpoint_to_go
  @lengths_to_go
  @levels_to_go
  @leading_spaces_to_go
  @reduced_spaces_to_go
  @matching_token_to_go
  @mate_index_to_go
  @nesting_blocks_to_go
  @ci_levels_to_go
  @nesting_depth_to_go
  @nobreak_to_go
  @old_breakpoint_to_go
  @tokens_to_go
  @types_to_go

  %saved_opening_indentation

  $max_index_to_go
  $comma_count_in_batch
  $old_line_count_in_batch
  $last_nonblank_index_to_go
  $last_nonblank_type_to_go
  $last_nonblank_token_to_go
  $last_last_nonblank_index_to_go
  $last_last_nonblank_type_to_go
  $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go
  @nonblank_lines_at_depth
  $starting_in_quote
  $ending_in_quote

  $in_format_skipping_section
  $format_skipping_pattern_begin
  $format_skipping_pattern_end

  $forced_breakpoint_count
  $forced_breakpoint_undo_count
  @forced_breakpoint_undo_stack
  %postponed_breakpoint

  $tabbing
  $embedded_tab_count
  $first_embedded_tab_at
  $last_embedded_tab_at
  $deleted_semicolon_count
  $first_deleted_semicolon_at
  $last_deleted_semicolon_at
  $added_semicolon_count
  $first_added_semicolon_at
  $last_added_semicolon_at
  $first_tabbing_disagreement
  $last_tabbing_disagreement
  $in_tabbing_disagreement
  $tabbing_disagreement_count
  $input_line_tabbing

  $last_line_type
  $last_line_leading_type
  $last_line_leading_level
  $last_last_line_leading_level

  %block_leading_text
  %block_opening_line_number
  $csc_new_statement_ok
  $csc_last_label
  %csc_block_label
  $accumulating_text_for_block
  $leading_block_text
  $rleading_block_if_elsif_text
  $leading_block_text_level
  $leading_block_text_length_exceeded
  $leading_block_text_line_length
  $leading_block_text_line_number
  $closing_side_comment_prefix_pattern
  $closing_side_comment_list_pattern

  $last_nonblank_token
  $last_nonblank_type
  $last_last_nonblank_token
  $last_last_nonblank_type
  $last_nonblank_block_type
  $last_output_level
  %is_do_follower
  %is_if_brace_follower
  %space_after_keyword
  $rbrace_follower
  $looking_for_else
  %is_last_next_redo_return
  %is_other_brace_follower
  %is_else_brace_follower
  %is_anon_sub_brace_follower
  %is_anon_sub_1_brace_follower
  %is_sort_map_grep
  %is_sort_map_grep_eval
  %is_sort_map_grep_eval_do
  %is_block_without_semicolon
  %is_if_unless
  %is_and_or
  %is_assignment
  %is_chain_operator
  %is_if_unless_and_or_last_next_redo_return
  %is_until_while_for_if_elsif_else

  @has_broken_sublist
  @dont_align
  @want_comma_break

  $is_static_block_comment
  $index_start_one_line_block
  $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct
  $index_max_forced_break
  $input_line_number
  $diagnostics_object
  $vertical_aligner_object
  $logger_object
  $file_writer_object
  $formatter_self
  @ci_stack
  $last_line_had_side_comment
  %want_break_before
  %outdent_keyword
  $static_block_comment_pattern
  $static_side_comment_pattern
  %opening_vertical_tightness
  %closing_vertical_tightness
  %closing_token_indentation
  $some_closing_token_indentation

  %opening_token_right
  %stack_opening_token
  %stack_closing_token

  $block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern

  $rOpts_add_newlines
  $rOpts_add_whitespace
  $rOpts_block_brace_tightness
  $rOpts_block_brace_vertical_tightness
  $rOpts_brace_left_and_indent
  $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints
  $rOpts_break_at_old_keyword_breakpoints
  $rOpts_break_at_old_comma_breakpoints
  $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints
  $rOpts_break_at_old_ternary_breakpoints
  $rOpts_break_at_old_attribute_breakpoints
  $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag
  $rOpts_closing_side_comment_maximum_text
  $rOpts_continuation_indentation
  $rOpts_cuddled_else
  $rOpts_delete_old_whitespace
  $rOpts_fuzzy_line_length
  $rOpts_indent_columns
  $rOpts_line_up_parentheses
  $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table
  $rOpts_maximum_line_length
  $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length
  $rOpts_keep_old_blank_lines
  $rOpts_ignore_old_breakpoints
  $rOpts_format_skipping
  $rOpts_space_function_paren
  $rOpts_space_keyword_paren
  $rOpts_keep_interior_semicolons

  $half_maximum_line_length

  %is_opening_type
  %is_closing_type
  %is_keyword_returning_list
  %tightness
  %matching_token
  $rOpts
  %right_bond_strength
  %left_bond_strength
  %binary_ws_rules
  %want_left_space
  %want_right_space
  %is_digraph
  %is_trigraph
  $bli_pattern
  $bli_list_string
  %is_closing_type
  %is_opening_type
  %is_closing_token
  %is_opening_token
};

BEGIN {

    # default list of block types for which -bli would apply
    $bli_list_string = 'if else elsif unless while for foreach do : sub';

    @_ = qw(
      .. :: << >> ** && .. || // -> => += -= .= %= &= |= ^= *= <>
      <= >= == =~ !~ != ++ -- /= x=
    );
    @is_digraph{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw( ... **= <<= >>= &&= ||= //= <=> );
    @is_trigraph{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(
      = **= += *= &= <<= &&=
      -= /= |= >>= ||= //=
      .= %= ^=
      x=
    );
    @is_assignment{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(
      grep
      keys
      map
      reverse
      sort
      split
    );
    @is_keyword_returning_list{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(is if unless and or err last next redo return);
    @is_if_unless_and_or_last_next_redo_return{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # always break after a closing curly of these block types:
    @_ = qw(until while for if elsif else);
    @is_until_while_for_if_elsif_else{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(last next redo return);
    @is_last_next_redo_return{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(sort map grep);
    @is_sort_map_grep{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(sort map grep eval);
    @is_sort_map_grep_eval{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(sort map grep eval do);
    @is_sort_map_grep_eval_do{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(if unless);
    @is_if_unless{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(and or err);
    @is_and_or{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # Identify certain operators which often occur in chains.
    # Note: the minus (-) causes a side effect of padding of the first line in
    # something like this (by sub set_logical_padding):
    #    Checkbutton => 'Transmission checked',
    #   -variable    => \$TRANS
    # This usually improves appearance so it seems ok.
    @_ = qw(&& || and or : ? . + - * /);
    @is_chain_operator{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # We can remove semicolons after blocks preceded by these keywords
    @_ =
      qw(BEGIN END CHECK INIT AUTOLOAD DESTROY UNITCHECK continue if elsif else
      unless while until for foreach given when default);
    @is_block_without_semicolon{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # 'L' is token for opening { at hash key
    @_ = qw" L { ( [ ";
    @is_opening_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # 'R' is token for closing } at hash key
    @_ = qw" R } ) ] ";
    @is_closing_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw" { ( [ ";
    @is_opening_token{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw" } ) ] ";
    @is_closing_token{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
}

# whitespace codes
use constant WS_YES      => 1;
use constant WS_OPTIONAL => 0;
use constant WS_NO       => -1;

# Token bond strengths.
use constant NO_BREAK    => 10000;
use constant VERY_STRONG => 100;
use constant STRONG      => 2.1;
use constant NOMINAL     => 1.1;
use constant WEAK        => 0.8;
use constant VERY_WEAK   => 0.55;

# values for testing indexes in output array
use constant UNDEFINED_INDEX => -1;

# Maximum number of little messages; probably need not be changed.
use constant MAX_NAG_MESSAGES => 6;

# increment between sequence numbers for each type
# For example, ?: pairs might have numbers 7,11,15,...
use constant TYPE_SEQUENCE_INCREMENT => 4;

{

    # methods to count instances
    my $_count = 0;
    sub get_count        { $_count; }
    sub _increment_count { ++$_count }
    sub _decrement_count { --$_count }
}

sub trim {

    # trim leading and trailing whitespace from a string
    $_[0] =~ s/\s+$//;
    $_[0] =~ s/^\s+//;
    return $_[0];
}

sub split_words {

    # given a string containing words separated by whitespace,
    # return the list of words
    my ($str) = @_;
    return unless $str;
    $str =~ s/\s+$//;
    $str =~ s/^\s+//;
    return split( /\s+/, $str );
}

# interface to Perl::Tidy::Logger routines
sub warning {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->warning(@_);
    }
}

sub complain {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->complain(@_);
    }
}

sub write_logfile_entry {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(@_);
    }
}

sub black_box {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->black_box(@_);
    }
}

sub report_definite_bug {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->report_definite_bug();
    }
}

sub get_saw_brace_error {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->get_saw_brace_error();
    }
}

sub we_are_at_the_last_line {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->we_are_at_the_last_line();
    }
}

# interface to Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics routine
sub write_diagnostics {

    if ($diagnostics_object) {
        $diagnostics_object->write_diagnostics(@_);
    }
}

sub get_added_semicolon_count {
    my $self = shift;
    return $added_semicolon_count;
}

sub DESTROY {
    $_[0]->_decrement_count();
}

sub new {

    my $class = shift;

    # we are given an object with a write_line() method to take lines
    my %defaults = (
        sink_object        => undef,
        diagnostics_object => undef,
        logger_object      => undef,
    );
    my %args = ( %defaults, @_ );

    $logger_object      = $args{logger_object};
    $diagnostics_object = $args{diagnostics_object};

    # we create another object with a get_line() and peek_ahead() method
    my $sink_object = $args{sink_object};
    $file_writer_object =
      Perl::Tidy::FileWriter->new( $sink_object, $rOpts, $logger_object );

    # initialize the leading whitespace stack to negative levels
    # so that we can never run off the end of the stack
    $gnu_position_predictor = 0;    # where the current token is predicted to be
    $max_gnu_stack_index    = 0;
    $max_gnu_item_index     = -1;
    $gnu_stack[0] = new_lp_indentation_item( 0, -1, -1, 0, 0 );
    @gnu_item_list                   = ();
    $last_output_indentation         = 0;
    $last_indentation_written        = 0;
    $last_unadjusted_indentation     = 0;
    $last_leading_token              = "";
    $last_output_short_opening_token = 0;

    $saw_VERSION_in_this_file = !$rOpts->{'pass-version-line'};
    $saw_END_or_DATA_         = 0;

    @block_type_to_go            = ();
    @type_sequence_to_go         = ();
    @container_environment_to_go = ();
    @bond_strength_to_go         = ();
    @forced_breakpoint_to_go     = ();
    @lengths_to_go               = ();    # line length to start of ith token
    @levels_to_go                = ();
    @matching_token_to_go        = ();
    @mate_index_to_go            = ();
    @nesting_blocks_to_go        = ();
    @ci_levels_to_go             = ();
    @nesting_depth_to_go         = (0);
    @nobreak_to_go               = ();
    @old_breakpoint_to_go        = ();
    @tokens_to_go                = ();
    @types_to_go                 = ();
    @leading_spaces_to_go        = ();
    @reduced_spaces_to_go        = ();

    @dont_align         = ();
    @has_broken_sublist = ();
    @want_comma_break   = ();

    @ci_stack                   = ("");
    $first_tabbing_disagreement = 0;
    $last_tabbing_disagreement  = 0;
    $tabbing_disagreement_count = 0;
    $in_tabbing_disagreement    = 0;
    $input_line_tabbing         = undef;

    $last_line_type               = "";
    $last_last_line_leading_level = 0;
    $last_line_leading_level      = 0;
    $last_line_leading_type       = '#';

    $last_nonblank_token        = ';';
    $last_nonblank_type         = ';';
    $last_last_nonblank_token   = ';';
    $last_last_nonblank_type    = ';';
    $last_nonblank_block_type   = "";
    $last_output_level          = 0;
    $looking_for_else           = 0;
    $embedded_tab_count         = 0;
    $first_embedded_tab_at      = 0;
    $last_embedded_tab_at       = 0;
    $deleted_semicolon_count    = 0;
    $first_deleted_semicolon_at = 0;
    $last_deleted_semicolon_at  = 0;
    $added_semicolon_count      = 0;
    $first_added_semicolon_at   = 0;
    $last_added_semicolon_at    = 0;
    $last_line_had_side_comment = 0;
    $is_static_block_comment    = 0;
    %postponed_breakpoint       = ();

    # variables for adding side comments
    %block_leading_text        = ();
    %block_opening_line_number = ();
    $csc_new_statement_ok      = 1;
    %csc_block_label           = ();

    %saved_opening_indentation  = ();
    $in_format_skipping_section = 0;

    reset_block_text_accumulator();

    prepare_for_new_input_lines();

    $vertical_aligner_object =
      Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner->initialize( $rOpts, $file_writer_object,
        $logger_object, $diagnostics_object );

    if ( $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} ) {
        write_logfile_entry(
"Leading whitespace will be entabbed with $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} spaces per tab\n"
        );
    }
    elsif ( $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) {
        write_logfile_entry("Indentation will be with a tab character\n");
    }
    else {
        write_logfile_entry(
            "Indentation will be with $rOpts->{'indent-columns'} spaces\n");
    }

    # This was the start of a formatter referent, but object-oriented
    # coding has turned out to be too slow here.
    $formatter_self = {};

    bless $formatter_self, $class;

    # Safety check..this is not a class yet
    if ( _increment_count() > 1 ) {
        confess
"Attempt to create more than 1 object in $class, which is not a true class yet\n";
    }
    return $formatter_self;
}

sub prepare_for_new_input_lines {

    $gnu_sequence_number++;    # increment output batch counter
    %last_gnu_equals                = ();
    %gnu_comma_count                = ();
    %gnu_arrow_count                = ();
    $line_start_index_to_go         = 0;
    $max_gnu_item_index             = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
    $index_max_forced_break         = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
    $max_index_to_go                = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
    $last_nonblank_index_to_go      = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
    $last_nonblank_type_to_go       = '';
    $last_nonblank_token_to_go      = '';
    $last_last_nonblank_index_to_go = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
    $last_last_nonblank_type_to_go  = '';
    $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go = '';
    $forced_breakpoint_count        = 0;
    $forced_breakpoint_undo_count   = 0;
    $rbrace_follower                = undef;
    $lengths_to_go[0]               = 0;
    $old_line_count_in_batch        = 1;
    $comma_count_in_batch           = 0;
    $starting_in_quote              = 0;

    destroy_one_line_block();
}

sub write_line {

    my $self = shift;
    my ($line_of_tokens) = @_;

    my $line_type  = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type};
    my $input_line = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};

    if ( $rOpts->{notidy} ) {
        write_unindented_line($input_line);
        $last_line_type = $line_type;
        return;
    }

    # _line_type codes are:
    #   SYSTEM         - system-specific code before hash-bang line
    #   CODE           - line of perl code (including comments)
    #   POD_START      - line starting pod, such as '=head'
    #   POD            - pod documentation text
    #   POD_END        - last line of pod section, '=cut'
    #   HERE           - text of here-document
    #   HERE_END       - last line of here-doc (target word)
    #   FORMAT         - format section
    #   FORMAT_END     - last line of format section, '.'
    #   DATA_START     - __DATA__ line
    #   DATA           - unidentified text following __DATA__
    #   END_START      - __END__ line
    #   END            - unidentified text following __END__
    #   ERROR          - we are in big trouble, probably not a perl script

    # put a blank line after an =cut which comes before __END__ and __DATA__
    # (required by podchecker)
    if ( $last_line_type eq 'POD_END' && !$saw_END_or_DATA_ ) {
        $file_writer_object->reset_consecutive_blank_lines();
        if ( $input_line !~ /^\s*$/ ) { want_blank_line() }
    }

    # handle line of code..
    if ( $line_type eq 'CODE' ) {

        # let logger see all non-blank lines of code
        if ( $input_line !~ /^\s*$/ ) {
            my $output_line_number =
              $vertical_aligner_object->get_output_line_number();
            black_box( $line_of_tokens, $output_line_number );
        }
        print_line_of_tokens($line_of_tokens);
    }

    # handle line of non-code..
    else {

        # set special flags
        my $skip_line = 0;
        my $tee_line  = 0;
        if ( $line_type =~ /^POD/ ) {

            # Pod docs should have a preceding blank line.  But stay
            # out of __END__ and __DATA__ sections, because
            # the user may be using this section for any purpose whatsoever
            if ( $rOpts->{'delete-pod'} ) { $skip_line = 1; }
            if ( $rOpts->{'tee-pod'} )    { $tee_line  = 1; }
            if (  !$skip_line
                && $line_type eq 'POD_START'
                && !$saw_END_or_DATA_ )
            {
                want_blank_line();
            }
        }

        # leave the blank counters in a predictable state
        # after __END__ or __DATA__
        elsif ( $line_type =~ /^(END_START|DATA_START)$/ ) {
            $file_writer_object->reset_consecutive_blank_lines();
            $saw_END_or_DATA_ = 1;
        }

        # write unindented non-code line
        if ( !$skip_line ) {
            if ($tee_line) { $file_writer_object->tee_on() }
            write_unindented_line($input_line);
            if ($tee_line) { $file_writer_object->tee_off() }
        }
    }
    $last_line_type = $line_type;
}

sub create_one_line_block {
    $index_start_one_line_block            = $_[0];
    $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct = $_[1];
}

sub destroy_one_line_block {
    $index_start_one_line_block            = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
    $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct = 0;
}

sub leading_spaces_to_go {

    # return the number of indentation spaces for a token in the output stream;
    # these were previously stored by 'set_leading_whitespace'.

    return get_SPACES( $leading_spaces_to_go[ $_[0] ] );

}

sub get_SPACES {

    # return the number of leading spaces associated with an indentation
    # variable $indentation is either a constant number of spaces or an object
    # with a get_SPACES method.
    my $indentation = shift;
    return ref($indentation) ? $indentation->get_SPACES() : $indentation;
}

sub get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES {

    # return the number of spaces (+ means shift right, - means shift left)
    # that we would like to shift a group of lines with the same indentation
    # to get them to line up with their opening parens
    my $indentation = shift;
    return ref($indentation) ? $indentation->get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES() : 0;
}

sub get_AVAILABLE_SPACES_to_go {

    my $item = $leading_spaces_to_go[ $_[0] ];

    # return the number of available leading spaces associated with an
    # indentation variable.  $indentation is either a constant number of
    # spaces or an object with a get_AVAILABLE_SPACES method.
    return ref($item) ? $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES() : 0;
}

sub new_lp_indentation_item {

    # this is an interface to the IndentationItem class
    my ( $spaces, $level, $ci_level, $available_spaces, $align_paren ) = @_;

    # A negative level implies not to store the item in the item_list
    my $index = 0;
    if ( $level >= 0 ) { $index = ++$max_gnu_item_index; }

    my $item = Perl::Tidy::IndentationItem->new(
        $spaces,      $level,
        $ci_level,    $available_spaces,
        $index,       $gnu_sequence_number,
        $align_paren, $max_gnu_stack_index,
        $line_start_index_to_go,
    );

    if ( $level >= 0 ) {
        $gnu_item_list[$max_gnu_item_index] = $item;
    }

    return $item;
}

sub set_leading_whitespace {

    # This routine defines leading whitespace
    # given: the level and continuation_level of a token,
    # define: space count of leading string which would apply if it
    # were the first token of a new line.

    my ( $level, $ci_level, $in_continued_quote ) = @_;

    # modify for -bli, which adds one continuation indentation for
    # opening braces
    if (   $rOpts_brace_left_and_indent
        && $max_index_to_go == 0
        && $block_type_to_go[$max_index_to_go] =~ /$bli_pattern/o )
    {
        $ci_level++;
    }

    # patch to avoid trouble when input file has negative indentation.
    # other logic should catch this error.
    if ( $level < 0 ) { $level = 0 }

    #-------------------------------------------
    # handle the standard indentation scheme
    #-------------------------------------------
    unless ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses) {
        my $space_count =
          $ci_level * $rOpts_continuation_indentation +
          $level * $rOpts_indent_columns;
        my $ci_spaces =
          ( $ci_level == 0 ) ? 0 : $rOpts_continuation_indentation;

        if ($in_continued_quote) {
            $space_count = 0;
            $ci_spaces   = 0;
        }
        $leading_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $space_count;
        $reduced_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $space_count - $ci_spaces;
        return;
    }

    #-------------------------------------------------------------
    # handle case of -lp indentation..
    #-------------------------------------------------------------

    # The continued_quote flag means that this is the first token of a
    # line, and it is the continuation of some kind of multi-line quote
    # or pattern.  It requires special treatment because it must have no
    # added leading whitespace. So we create a special indentation item
    # which is not in the stack.
    if ($in_continued_quote) {
        my $space_count     = 0;
        my $available_space = 0;
        $level = -1;    # flag to prevent storing in item_list
        $leading_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] =
          $reduced_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] =
          new_lp_indentation_item( $space_count, $level, $ci_level,
            $available_space, 0 );
        return;
    }

    # get the top state from the stack
    my $space_count      = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_SPACES();
    my $current_level    = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_LEVEL();
    my $current_ci_level = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_CI_LEVEL();

    my $type        = $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
    my $token       = $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
    my $total_depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];

    if ( $type eq '{' || $type eq '(' ) {

        $gnu_comma_count{ $total_depth + 1 } = 0;
        $gnu_arrow_count{ $total_depth + 1 } = 0;

        # If we come to an opening token after an '=' token of some type,
        # see if it would be helpful to 'break' after the '=' to save space
        my $last_equals = $last_gnu_equals{$total_depth};
        if ( $last_equals && $last_equals > $line_start_index_to_go ) {

            # find the position if we break at the '='
            my $i_test = $last_equals;
            if ( $types_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ] eq 'b' ) { $i_test++ }

            # TESTING
            ##my $too_close = ($i_test==$max_index_to_go-1);

            my $test_position = total_line_length( $i_test, $max_index_to_go );

            if (

                # the equals is not just before an open paren (testing)
                ##!$too_close &&

                # if we are beyond the midpoint
                $gnu_position_predictor > $half_maximum_line_length

                # or we are beyont the 1/4 point and there was an old
                # break at the equals
                || (
                    $gnu_position_predictor > $half_maximum_line_length / 2
                    && (
                        $old_breakpoint_to_go[$last_equals]
                        || (   $last_equals > 0
                            && $old_breakpoint_to_go[ $last_equals - 1 ] )
                        || (   $last_equals > 1
                            && $types_to_go[ $last_equals - 1 ] eq 'b'
                            && $old_breakpoint_to_go[ $last_equals - 2 ] )
                    )
                )
              )
            {

                # then make the switch -- note that we do not set a real
                # breakpoint here because we may not really need one; sub
                # scan_list will do that if necessary
                $line_start_index_to_go = $i_test + 1;
                $gnu_position_predictor = $test_position;
            }
        }
    }

    # Check for decreasing depth ..
    # Note that one token may have both decreasing and then increasing
    # depth. For example, (level, ci) can go from (1,1) to (2,0).  So,
    # in this example we would first go back to (1,0) then up to (2,0)
    # in a single call.
    if ( $level < $current_level || $ci_level < $current_ci_level ) {

        # loop to find the first entry at or completely below this level
        my ( $lev, $ci_lev );
        while (1) {
            if ($max_gnu_stack_index) {

                # save index of token which closes this level
                $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->set_CLOSED($max_index_to_go);

                # Undo any extra indentation if we saw no commas
                my $available_spaces =
                  $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();

                my $comma_count = 0;
                my $arrow_count = 0;
                if ( $type eq '}' || $type eq ')' ) {
                    $comma_count = $gnu_comma_count{$total_depth};
                    $arrow_count = $gnu_arrow_count{$total_depth};
                    $comma_count = 0 unless $comma_count;
                    $arrow_count = 0 unless $arrow_count;
                }
                $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->set_COMMA_COUNT($comma_count);
                $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->set_ARROW_COUNT($arrow_count);

                if ( $available_spaces > 0 ) {

                    if ( $comma_count <= 0 || $arrow_count > 0 ) {

                        my $i = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_INDEX();
                        my $seqno =
                          $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]
                          ->get_SEQUENCE_NUMBER();

                        # Be sure this item was created in this batch.  This
                        # should be true because we delete any available
                        # space from open items at the end of each batch.
                        if (   $gnu_sequence_number != $seqno
                            || $i > $max_gnu_item_index )
                        {
                            warning(
"Program bug with -lp.  seqno=$seqno should be $gnu_sequence_number and i=$i should be less than max=$max_gnu_item_index\n"
                            );
                            report_definite_bug();
                        }

                        else {
                            if ( $arrow_count == 0 ) {
                                $gnu_item_list[$i]
                                  ->permanently_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES(
                                    $available_spaces);
                            }
                            else {
                                $gnu_item_list[$i]
                                  ->tentatively_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES(
                                    $available_spaces);
                            }

                            my $j;
                            for (
                                $j = $i + 1 ;
                                $j <= $max_gnu_item_index ;
                                $j++
                              )
                            {
                                $gnu_item_list[$j]
                                  ->decrease_SPACES($available_spaces);
                            }
                        }
                    }
                }

                # go down one level
                --$max_gnu_stack_index;
                $lev    = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_LEVEL();
                $ci_lev = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_CI_LEVEL();

                # stop when we reach a level at or below the current level
                if ( $lev <= $level && $ci_lev <= $ci_level ) {
                    $space_count =
                      $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_SPACES();
                    $current_level    = $lev;
                    $current_ci_level = $ci_lev;
                    last;
                }
            }

            # reached bottom of stack .. should never happen because
            # only negative levels can get here, and $level was forced
            # to be positive above.
            else {
                warning(
"program bug with -lp: stack_error. level=$level; lev=$lev; ci_level=$ci_level; ci_lev=$ci_lev; rerun with -nlp\n"
                );
                report_definite_bug();
                last;
            }
        }
    }

    # handle increasing depth
    if ( $level > $current_level || $ci_level > $current_ci_level ) {

        # Compute the standard incremental whitespace.  This will be
        # the minimum incremental whitespace that will be used.  This
        # choice results in a smooth transition between the gnu-style
        # and the standard style.
        my $standard_increment =
          ( $level - $current_level ) * $rOpts_indent_columns +
          ( $ci_level - $current_ci_level ) * $rOpts_continuation_indentation;

        # Now we have to define how much extra incremental space
        # ("$available_space") we want.  This extra space will be
        # reduced as necessary when long lines are encountered or when
        # it becomes clear that we do not have a good list.
        my $available_space = 0;
        my $align_paren     = 0;
        my $excess          = 0;

        # initialization on empty stack..
        if ( $max_gnu_stack_index == 0 ) {
            $space_count = $level * $rOpts_indent_columns;
        }

        # if this is a BLOCK, add the standard increment
        elsif ($last_nonblank_block_type) {
            $space_count += $standard_increment;
        }

        # if last nonblank token was not structural indentation,
        # just use standard increment
        elsif ( $last_nonblank_type ne '{' ) {
            $space_count += $standard_increment;
        }

        # otherwise use the space to the first non-blank level change token
        else {

            $space_count = $gnu_position_predictor;

            my $min_gnu_indentation =
              $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_SPACES();

            $available_space = $space_count - $min_gnu_indentation;
            if ( $available_space >= $standard_increment ) {
                $min_gnu_indentation += $standard_increment;
            }
            elsif ( $available_space > 1 ) {
                $min_gnu_indentation += $available_space + 1;
            }
            elsif ( $last_nonblank_token =~ /^[\{\[\(]$/ ) {
                if ( ( $tightness{$last_nonblank_token} < 2 ) ) {
                    $min_gnu_indentation += 2;
                }
                else {
                    $min_gnu_indentation += 1;
                }
            }
            else {
                $min_gnu_indentation += $standard_increment;
            }
            $available_space = $space_count - $min_gnu_indentation;

            if ( $available_space < 0 ) {
                $space_count     = $min_gnu_indentation;
                $available_space = 0;
            }
            $align_paren = 1;
        }

        # update state, but not on a blank token
        if ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] ne 'b' ) {

            $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->set_HAVE_CHILD(1);

            ++$max_gnu_stack_index;
            $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index] =
              new_lp_indentation_item( $space_count, $level, $ci_level,
                $available_space, $align_paren );

            # If the opening paren is beyond the half-line length, then
            # we will use the minimum (standard) indentation.  This will
            # help avoid problems associated with running out of space
            # near the end of a line.  As a result, in deeply nested
            # lists, there will be some indentations which are limited
            # to this minimum standard indentation. But the most deeply
            # nested container will still probably be able to shift its
            # parameters to the right for proper alignment, so in most
            # cases this will not be noticable.
            if (   $available_space > 0
                && $space_count > $half_maximum_line_length )
            {
                $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]
                  ->tentatively_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($available_space);
            }
        }
    }

    # Count commas and look for non-list characters.  Once we see a
    # non-list character, we give up and don't look for any more commas.
    if ( $type eq '=>' ) {
        $gnu_arrow_count{$total_depth}++;

        # tentatively treating '=>' like '=' for estimating breaks
        # TODO: this could use some experimentation
        $last_gnu_equals{$total_depth} = $max_index_to_go;
    }

    elsif ( $type eq ',' ) {
        $gnu_comma_count{$total_depth}++;
    }

    elsif ( $is_assignment{$type} ) {
        $last_gnu_equals{$total_depth} = $max_index_to_go;
    }

    # this token might start a new line
    # if this is a non-blank..
    if ( $type ne 'b' ) {

        # and if ..
        if (

            # this is the first nonblank token of the line
            $max_index_to_go == 1 && $types_to_go[0] eq 'b'

            # or previous character was one of these:
            || $last_nonblank_type_to_go =~ /^([\:\?\,f])$/

            # or previous character was opening and this does not close it
            || ( $last_nonblank_type_to_go eq '{' && $type ne '}' )
            || ( $last_nonblank_type_to_go eq '(' and $type ne ')' )

            # or this token is one of these:
            || $type =~ /^([\.]|\|\||\&\&)$/

            # or this is a closing structure
            || (   $last_nonblank_type_to_go eq '}'
                && $last_nonblank_token_to_go eq $last_nonblank_type_to_go )

            # or previous token was keyword 'return'
            || ( $last_nonblank_type_to_go eq 'k'
                && ( $last_nonblank_token_to_go eq 'return' && $type ne '{' ) )

            # or starting a new line at certain keywords is fine
            || (   $type eq 'k'
                && $is_if_unless_and_or_last_next_redo_return{$token} )

            # or this is after an assignment after a closing structure
            || (
                $is_assignment{$last_nonblank_type_to_go}
                && (
                    $last_last_nonblank_type_to_go =~ /^[\}\)\]]$/

                    # and it is significantly to the right
                    || $gnu_position_predictor > $half_maximum_line_length
                )
            )
          )
        {
            check_for_long_gnu_style_lines();
            $line_start_index_to_go = $max_index_to_go;

            # back up 1 token if we want to break before that type
            # otherwise, we may strand tokens like '?' or ':' on a line
            if ( $line_start_index_to_go > 0 ) {
                if ( $last_nonblank_type_to_go eq 'k' ) {

                    if ( $want_break_before{$last_nonblank_token_to_go} ) {
                        $line_start_index_to_go--;
                    }
                }
                elsif ( $want_break_before{$last_nonblank_type_to_go} ) {
                    $line_start_index_to_go--;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    # remember the predicted position of this token on the output line
    if ( $max_index_to_go > $line_start_index_to_go ) {
        $gnu_position_predictor =
          total_line_length( $line_start_index_to_go, $max_index_to_go );
    }
    else {
        $gnu_position_predictor = $space_count +
          token_sequence_length( $max_index_to_go, $max_index_to_go );
    }

    # store the indentation object for this token
    # this allows us to manipulate the leading whitespace
    # (in case we have to reduce indentation to fit a line) without
    # having to change any token values
    $leading_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index];
    $reduced_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] =
      ( $max_gnu_stack_index > 0 && $ci_level )
      ? $gnu_stack[ $max_gnu_stack_index - 1 ]
      : $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index];
    return;
}

sub check_for_long_gnu_style_lines {

    # look at the current estimated maximum line length, and
    # remove some whitespace if it exceeds the desired maximum

    # this is only for the '-lp' style
    return unless ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses);

    # nothing can be done if no stack items defined for this line
    return if ( $max_gnu_item_index == UNDEFINED_INDEX );

    # see if we have exceeded the maximum desired line length
    # keep 2 extra free because they are needed in some cases
    # (result of trial-and-error testing)
    my $spaces_needed =
      $gnu_position_predictor - $rOpts_maximum_line_length + 2;

    return if ( $spaces_needed <= 0 );

    # We are over the limit, so try to remove a requested number of
    # spaces from leading whitespace.  We are only allowed to remove
    # from whitespace items created on this batch, since others have
    # already been used and cannot be undone.
    my @candidates = ();
    my $i;

    # loop over all whitespace items created for the current batch
    for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $max_gnu_item_index ; $i++ ) {
        my $item = $gnu_item_list[$i];

        # item must still be open to be a candidate (otherwise it
        # cannot influence the current token)
        next if ( $item->get_CLOSED() >= 0 );

        my $available_spaces = $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();

        if ( $available_spaces > 0 ) {
            push( @candidates, [ $i, $available_spaces ] );
        }
    }

    return unless (@candidates);

    # sort by available whitespace so that we can remove whitespace
    # from the maximum available first
    @candidates = sort { $b->[1] <=> $a->[1] } @candidates;

    # keep removing whitespace until we are done or have no more
    my $candidate;
    foreach $candidate (@candidates) {
        my ( $i, $available_spaces ) = @{$candidate};
        my $deleted_spaces =
          ( $available_spaces > $spaces_needed )
          ? $spaces_needed
          : $available_spaces;

        # remove the incremental space from this item
        $gnu_item_list[$i]->decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($deleted_spaces);

        my $i_debug = $i;

        # update the leading whitespace of this item and all items
        # that came after it
        for ( ; $i <= $max_gnu_item_index ; $i++ ) {

            my $old_spaces = $gnu_item_list[$i]->get_SPACES();
            if ( $old_spaces >= $deleted_spaces ) {
                $gnu_item_list[$i]->decrease_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
            }

            # shouldn't happen except for code bug:
            else {
                my $level        = $gnu_item_list[$i_debug]->get_LEVEL();
                my $ci_level     = $gnu_item_list[$i_debug]->get_CI_LEVEL();
                my $old_level    = $gnu_item_list[$i]->get_LEVEL();
                my $old_ci_level = $gnu_item_list[$i]->get_CI_LEVEL();
                warning(
"program bug with -lp: want to delete $deleted_spaces from item $i, but old=$old_spaces deleted: lev=$level ci=$ci_level  deleted: level=$old_level ci=$ci_level\n"
                );
                report_definite_bug();
            }
        }
        $gnu_position_predictor -= $deleted_spaces;
        $spaces_needed          -= $deleted_spaces;
        last unless ( $spaces_needed > 0 );
    }
}

sub finish_lp_batch {

    # This routine is called once after each each output stream batch is
    # finished to undo indentation for all incomplete -lp
    # indentation levels.  It is too risky to leave a level open,
    # because then we can't backtrack in case of a long line to follow.
    # This means that comments and blank lines will disrupt this
    # indentation style.  But the vertical aligner may be able to
    # get the space back if there are side comments.

    # this is only for the 'lp' style
    return unless ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses);

    # nothing can be done if no stack items defined for this line
    return if ( $max_gnu_item_index == UNDEFINED_INDEX );

    # loop over all whitespace items created for the current batch
    my $i;
    for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $max_gnu_item_index ; $i++ ) {
        my $item = $gnu_item_list[$i];

        # only look for open items
        next if ( $item->get_CLOSED() >= 0 );

        # Tentatively remove all of the available space
        # (The vertical aligner will try to get it back later)
        my $available_spaces = $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();
        if ( $available_spaces > 0 ) {

            # delete incremental space for this item
            $gnu_item_list[$i]
              ->tentatively_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($available_spaces);

            # Reduce the total indentation space of any nodes that follow
            # Note that any such nodes must necessarily be dependents
            # of this node.
            foreach ( $i + 1 .. $max_gnu_item_index ) {
                $gnu_item_list[$_]->decrease_SPACES($available_spaces);
            }
        }
    }
    return;
}

sub reduce_lp_indentation {

    # reduce the leading whitespace at token $i if possible by $spaces_needed
    # (a large value of $spaces_needed will remove all excess space)
    # NOTE: to be called from scan_list only for a sequence of tokens
    # contained between opening and closing parens/braces/brackets

    my ( $i, $spaces_wanted ) = @_;
    my $deleted_spaces = 0;

    my $item             = $leading_spaces_to_go[$i];
    my $available_spaces = $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();

    if (
        $available_spaces > 0
        && ( ( $spaces_wanted <= $available_spaces )
            || !$item->get_HAVE_CHILD() )
      )
    {

        # we'll remove these spaces, but mark them as recoverable
        $deleted_spaces =
          $item->tentatively_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($spaces_wanted);
    }

    return $deleted_spaces;
}

sub token_sequence_length {

    # return length of tokens ($ifirst .. $ilast) including first & last
    # returns 0 if $ifirst > $ilast
    my $ifirst = shift;
    my $ilast  = shift;
    return 0 if ( $ilast < 0 || $ifirst > $ilast );
    return $lengths_to_go[ $ilast + 1 ] if ( $ifirst < 0 );
    return $lengths_to_go[ $ilast + 1 ] - $lengths_to_go[$ifirst];
}

sub total_line_length {

    # return length of a line of tokens ($ifirst .. $ilast)
    my $ifirst = shift;
    my $ilast  = shift;
    if ( $ifirst < 0 ) { $ifirst = 0 }

    return leading_spaces_to_go($ifirst) +
      token_sequence_length( $ifirst, $ilast );
}

sub excess_line_length {

    # return number of characters by which a line of tokens ($ifirst..$ilast)
    # exceeds the allowable line length.
    my $ifirst = shift;
    my $ilast  = shift;
    if ( $ifirst < 0 ) { $ifirst = 0 }
    return leading_spaces_to_go($ifirst) +
      token_sequence_length( $ifirst, $ilast ) - $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
}

sub finish_formatting {

    # flush buffer and write any informative messages
    my $self = shift;

    flush();
    $file_writer_object->decrement_output_line_number()
      ;    # fix up line number since it was incremented
    we_are_at_the_last_line();
    if ( $added_semicolon_count > 0 ) {
        my $first = ( $added_semicolon_count > 1 ) ? "First" : "";
        my $what =
          ( $added_semicolon_count > 1 ) ? "semicolons were" : "semicolon was";
        write_logfile_entry("$added_semicolon_count $what added:\n");
        write_logfile_entry(
            "  $first at input line $first_added_semicolon_at\n");

        if ( $added_semicolon_count > 1 ) {
            write_logfile_entry(
                "   Last at input line $last_added_semicolon_at\n");
        }
        write_logfile_entry("  (Use -nasc to prevent semicolon addition)\n");
        write_logfile_entry("\n");
    }

    if ( $deleted_semicolon_count > 0 ) {
        my $first = ( $deleted_semicolon_count > 1 ) ? "First" : "";
        my $what =
          ( $deleted_semicolon_count > 1 )
          ? "semicolons were"
          : "semicolon was";
        write_logfile_entry(
            "$deleted_semicolon_count unnecessary $what deleted:\n");
        write_logfile_entry(
            "  $first at input line $first_deleted_semicolon_at\n");

        if ( $deleted_semicolon_count > 1 ) {
            write_logfile_entry(
                "   Last at input line $last_deleted_semicolon_at\n");
        }
        write_logfile_entry("  (Use -ndsc to prevent semicolon deletion)\n");
        write_logfile_entry("\n");
    }

    if ( $embedded_tab_count > 0 ) {
        my $first = ( $embedded_tab_count > 1 ) ? "First" : "";
        my $what =
          ( $embedded_tab_count > 1 )
          ? "quotes or patterns"
          : "quote or pattern";
        write_logfile_entry("$embedded_tab_count $what had embedded tabs:\n");
        write_logfile_entry(
"This means the display of this script could vary with device or software\n"
        );
        write_logfile_entry("  $first at input line $first_embedded_tab_at\n");

        if ( $embedded_tab_count > 1 ) {
            write_logfile_entry(
                "   Last at input line $last_embedded_tab_at\n");
        }
        write_logfile_entry("\n");
    }

    if ($first_tabbing_disagreement) {
        write_logfile_entry(
"First indentation disagreement seen at input line $first_tabbing_disagreement\n"
        );
    }

    if ($in_tabbing_disagreement) {
        write_logfile_entry(
"Ending with indentation disagreement which started at input line $in_tabbing_disagreement\n"
        );
    }
    else {

        if ($last_tabbing_disagreement) {

            write_logfile_entry(
"Last indentation disagreement seen at input line $last_tabbing_disagreement\n"
            );
        }
        else {
            write_logfile_entry("No indentation disagreement seen\n");
        }
    }
    write_logfile_entry("\n");

    $vertical_aligner_object->report_anything_unusual();

    $file_writer_object->report_line_length_errors();
}

sub check_options {

    # This routine is called to check the Opts hash after it is defined

    ($rOpts) = @_;
    my ( $tabbing_string, $tab_msg );

    make_static_block_comment_pattern();
    make_static_side_comment_pattern();
    make_closing_side_comment_prefix();
    make_closing_side_comment_list_pattern();
    $format_skipping_pattern_begin =
      make_format_skipping_pattern( 'format-skipping-begin', '#<<<' );
    $format_skipping_pattern_end =
      make_format_skipping_pattern( 'format-skipping-end', '#>>>' );

    # If closing side comments ARE selected, then we can safely
    # delete old closing side comments unless closing side comment
    # warnings are requested.  This is a good idea because it will
    # eliminate any old csc's which fall below the line count threshold.
    # We cannot do this if warnings are turned on, though, because we
    # might delete some text which has been added.  So that must
    # be handled when comments are created.
    if ( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comments'} ) {
        if ( !$rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-warnings'} ) {
            $rOpts->{'delete-closing-side-comments'} = 1;
        }
    }

    # If closing side comments ARE NOT selected, but warnings ARE
    # selected and we ARE DELETING csc's, then we will pretend to be
    # adding with a huge interval.  This will force the comments to be
    # generated for comparison with the old comments, but not added.
    elsif ( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-warnings'} ) {
        if ( $rOpts->{'delete-closing-side-comments'} ) {
            $rOpts->{'delete-closing-side-comments'}  = 0;
            $rOpts->{'closing-side-comments'}         = 1;
            $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-interval'} = 100000000;
        }
    }

    make_bli_pattern();
    make_block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern();

    if ( $rOpts->{'line-up-parentheses'} ) {

        if (   $rOpts->{'indent-only'}
            || !$rOpts->{'add-newlines'}
            || !$rOpts->{'delete-old-newlines'} )
        {
            warn <{'line-up-parentheses'} = 0;
        }
    }

    # At present, tabs are not compatable with the line-up-parentheses style
    # (it would be possible to entab the total leading whitespace
    # just prior to writing the line, if desired).
    if ( $rOpts->{'line-up-parentheses'} && $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) {
        warn <{'tabs'} = 0;
    }

    # Likewise, tabs are not compatable with outdenting..
    if ( $rOpts->{'outdent-keywords'} && $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) {
        warn <{'tabs'} = 0;
    }

    if ( $rOpts->{'outdent-labels'} && $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) {
        warn <{'tabs'} = 0;
    }

    if ( !$rOpts->{'space-for-semicolon'} ) {
        $want_left_space{'f'} = -1;
    }

    if ( $rOpts->{'space-terminal-semicolon'} ) {
        $want_left_space{';'} = 1;
    }

    # implement outdenting preferences for keywords
    %outdent_keyword = ();
    unless ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'outdent-keyword-okl'} ) ) {
        @_ = qw(next last redo goto return);    # defaults
    }

    # FUTURE: if not a keyword, assume that it is an identifier
    foreach (@_) {
        if ( $Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer::is_keyword{$_} ) {
            $outdent_keyword{$_} = 1;
        }
        else {
            warn "ignoring '$_' in -okwl list; not a perl keyword";
        }
    }

    # implement user whitespace preferences
    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'want-left-space'} ) ) {
        @want_left_space{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'want-right-space'} ) ) {
        @want_right_space{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'nowant-left-space'} ) ) {
        @want_left_space{@_} = (-1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'nowant-right-space'} ) ) {
        @want_right_space{@_} = (-1) x scalar(@_);
    }
    if ( $rOpts->{'dump-want-left-space'} ) {
        dump_want_left_space(*STDOUT);
        exit 0;
    }

    if ( $rOpts->{'dump-want-right-space'} ) {
        dump_want_right_space(*STDOUT);
        exit 0;
    }

    # default keywords for which space is introduced before an opening paren
    # (at present, including them messes up vertical alignment)
    @_ = qw(my local our and or err eq ne if else elsif until
      unless while for foreach return switch case given when);
    @space_after_keyword{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # first remove any or all of these if desired
    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'nospace-after-keyword'} ) ) {

        # -nsak='*' selects all the above keywords
        if ( @_ == 1 && $_[0] eq '*' ) { @_ = keys(%space_after_keyword) }
        @space_after_keyword{@_} = (0) x scalar(@_);
    }

    # then allow user to add to these defaults
    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'space-after-keyword'} ) ) {
        @space_after_keyword{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    # implement user break preferences
    my @all_operators = qw(% + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < > | &
      = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=
      . : ? && || and or err xor
    );

    my $break_after = sub {
        foreach my $tok (@_) {
            if ( $tok eq '?' ) { $tok = ':' }    # patch to coordinate ?/:
            my $lbs = $left_bond_strength{$tok};
            my $rbs = $right_bond_strength{$tok};
            if ( defined($lbs) && defined($rbs) && $lbs < $rbs ) {
                ( $right_bond_strength{$tok}, $left_bond_strength{$tok} ) =
                  ( $lbs, $rbs );
            }
        }
    };

    my $break_before = sub {
        foreach my $tok (@_) {
            my $lbs = $left_bond_strength{$tok};
            my $rbs = $right_bond_strength{$tok};
            if ( defined($lbs) && defined($rbs) && $rbs < $lbs ) {
                ( $right_bond_strength{$tok}, $left_bond_strength{$tok} ) =
                  ( $lbs, $rbs );
            }
        }
    };

    $break_after->(@all_operators) if ( $rOpts->{'break-after-all-operators'} );
    $break_before->(@all_operators)
      if ( $rOpts->{'break-before-all-operators'} );

    $break_after->( split_words( $rOpts->{'want-break-after'} ) );
    $break_before->( split_words( $rOpts->{'want-break-before'} ) );

    # make note if breaks are before certain key types
    %want_break_before = ();
    foreach my $tok ( @all_operators, ',' ) {
        $want_break_before{$tok} =
          $left_bond_strength{$tok} < $right_bond_strength{$tok};
    }

    # Coordinate ?/: breaks, which must be similar
    if ( !$want_break_before{':'} ) {
        $want_break_before{'?'}   = $want_break_before{':'};
        $right_bond_strength{'?'} = $right_bond_strength{':'} + 0.01;
        $left_bond_strength{'?'}  = NO_BREAK;
    }

    # Define here tokens which may follow the closing brace of a do statement
    # on the same line, as in:
    #   } while ( $something);
    @_ = qw(until while unless if ; : );
    push @_, ',';
    @is_do_follower{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # These tokens may follow the closing brace of an if or elsif block.
    # In other words, for cuddled else we want code to look like:
    #   } elsif ( $something) {
    #   } else {
    if ( $rOpts->{'cuddled-else'} ) {
        @_ = qw(else elsif);
        @is_if_brace_follower{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }
    else {
        %is_if_brace_follower = ();
    }

    # nothing can follow the closing curly of an else { } block:
    %is_else_brace_follower = ();

    # what can follow a multi-line anonymous sub definition closing curly:
    @_ = qw# ; : => or and  && || ~~ !~~ ) #;
    push @_, ',';
    @is_anon_sub_brace_follower{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # what can follow a one-line anonynomous sub closing curly:
    # one-line anonumous subs also have ']' here...
    # see tk3.t and PP.pm
    @_ = qw#  ; : => or and  && || ) ] ~~ !~~ #;
    push @_, ',';
    @is_anon_sub_1_brace_follower{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # What can follow a closing curly of a block
    # which is not an if/elsif/else/do/sort/map/grep/eval/sub
    # Testfiles: 'Toolbar.pm', 'Menubar.pm', bless.t, '3rules.pl'
    @_ = qw#  ; : => or and  && || ) #;
    push @_, ',';

    # allow cuddled continue if cuddled else is specified
    if ( $rOpts->{'cuddled-else'} ) { push @_, 'continue'; }

    @is_other_brace_follower{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    $right_bond_strength{'{'} = WEAK;
    $left_bond_strength{'{'}  = VERY_STRONG;

    # make -l=0  equal to -l=infinite
    if ( !$rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'} ) {
        $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'} = 1000000;
    }

    # make -lbl=0  equal to -lbl=infinite
    if ( !$rOpts->{'long-block-line-count'} ) {
        $rOpts->{'long-block-line-count'} = 1000000;
    }

    my $ole = $rOpts->{'output-line-ending'};
    if ($ole) {
        my %endings = (
            dos  => "\015\012",
            win  => "\015\012",
            mac  => "\015",
            unix => "\012",
        );
        $ole = lc $ole;
        unless ( $rOpts->{'output-line-ending'} = $endings{$ole} ) {
            my $str = join " ", keys %endings;
            die <{'preserve-line-endings'} ) {
            warn "Ignoring -ple; conflicts with -ole\n";
            $rOpts->{'preserve-line-endings'} = undef;
        }
    }

    # hashes used to simplify setting whitespace
    %tightness = (
        '{' => $rOpts->{'brace-tightness'},
        '}' => $rOpts->{'brace-tightness'},
        '(' => $rOpts->{'paren-tightness'},
        ')' => $rOpts->{'paren-tightness'},
        '[' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-tightness'},
        ']' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-tightness'},
    );
    %matching_token = (
        '{' => '}',
        '(' => ')',
        '[' => ']',
        '?' => ':',
    );

    # frequently used parameters
    $rOpts_add_newlines          = $rOpts->{'add-newlines'};
    $rOpts_add_whitespace        = $rOpts->{'add-whitespace'};
    $rOpts_block_brace_tightness = $rOpts->{'block-brace-tightness'};
    $rOpts_block_brace_vertical_tightness =
      $rOpts->{'block-brace-vertical-tightness'};
    $rOpts_brace_left_and_indent   = $rOpts->{'brace-left-and-indent'};
    $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints = $rOpts->{'comma-arrow-breakpoints'};
    $rOpts_break_at_old_ternary_breakpoints =
      $rOpts->{'break-at-old-ternary-breakpoints'};
    $rOpts_break_at_old_attribute_breakpoints =
      $rOpts->{'break-at-old-attribute-breakpoints'};
    $rOpts_break_at_old_comma_breakpoints =
      $rOpts->{'break-at-old-comma-breakpoints'};
    $rOpts_break_at_old_keyword_breakpoints =
      $rOpts->{'break-at-old-keyword-breakpoints'};
    $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints =
      $rOpts->{'break-at-old-logical-breakpoints'};
    $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag =
      $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-else-flag'};
    $rOpts_closing_side_comment_maximum_text =
      $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-maximum-text'};
    $rOpts_continuation_indentation = $rOpts->{'continuation-indentation'};
    $rOpts_cuddled_else             = $rOpts->{'cuddled-else'};
    $rOpts_delete_old_whitespace    = $rOpts->{'delete-old-whitespace'};
    $rOpts_fuzzy_line_length        = $rOpts->{'fuzzy-line-length'};
    $rOpts_indent_columns           = $rOpts->{'indent-columns'};
    $rOpts_line_up_parentheses      = $rOpts->{'line-up-parentheses'};
    $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table = $rOpts->{'maximum-fields-per-table'};
    $rOpts_maximum_line_length      = $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'};
    $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length =
      $rOpts->{'short-concatenation-item-length'};
    $rOpts_keep_old_blank_lines     = $rOpts->{'keep-old-blank-lines'};
    $rOpts_ignore_old_breakpoints   = $rOpts->{'ignore-old-breakpoints'};
    $rOpts_format_skipping          = $rOpts->{'format-skipping'};
    $rOpts_space_function_paren     = $rOpts->{'space-function-paren'};
    $rOpts_space_keyword_paren      = $rOpts->{'space-keyword-paren'};
    $rOpts_keep_interior_semicolons = $rOpts->{'keep-interior-semicolons'};
    $half_maximum_line_length       = $rOpts_maximum_line_length / 2;

    # Note that both opening and closing tokens can access the opening
    # and closing flags of their container types.
    %opening_vertical_tightness = (
        '(' => $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness'},
        '{' => $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness'},
        '[' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness'},
        ')' => $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness'},
        '}' => $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness'},
        ']' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness'},
    );

    %closing_vertical_tightness = (
        '(' => $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness-closing'},
        '{' => $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness-closing'},
        '[' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing'},
        ')' => $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness-closing'},
        '}' => $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness-closing'},
        ']' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing'},
    );

    # assume flag for '>' same as ')' for closing qw quotes
    %closing_token_indentation = (
        ')' => $rOpts->{'closing-paren-indentation'},
        '}' => $rOpts->{'closing-brace-indentation'},
        ']' => $rOpts->{'closing-square-bracket-indentation'},
        '>' => $rOpts->{'closing-paren-indentation'},
    );

    # flag indicating if any closing tokens are indented
    $some_closing_token_indentation =
         $rOpts->{'closing-paren-indentation'}
      || $rOpts->{'closing-brace-indentation'}
      || $rOpts->{'closing-square-bracket-indentation'}
      || $rOpts->{'indent-closing-brace'};

    %opening_token_right = (
        '(' => $rOpts->{'opening-paren-right'},
        '{' => $rOpts->{'opening-hash-brace-right'},
        '[' => $rOpts->{'opening-square-bracket-right'},
    );

    %stack_opening_token = (
        '(' => $rOpts->{'stack-opening-paren'},
        '{' => $rOpts->{'stack-opening-hash-brace'},
        '[' => $rOpts->{'stack-opening-square-bracket'},
    );

    %stack_closing_token = (
        ')' => $rOpts->{'stack-closing-paren'},
        '}' => $rOpts->{'stack-closing-hash-brace'},
        ']' => $rOpts->{'stack-closing-square-bracket'},
    );
}

sub make_static_block_comment_pattern {

    # create the pattern used to identify static block comments
    $static_block_comment_pattern = '^\s*##';

    # allow the user to change it
    if ( $rOpts->{'static-block-comment-prefix'} ) {
        my $prefix = $rOpts->{'static-block-comment-prefix'};
        $prefix =~ s/^\s*//;
        my $pattern = $prefix;

        # user may give leading caret to force matching left comments only
        if ( $prefix !~ /^\^#/ ) {
            if ( $prefix !~ /^#/ ) {
                die
"ERROR: the -sbcp prefix is '$prefix' but must begin with '#' or '^#'\n";
            }
            $pattern = '^\s*' . $prefix;
        }
        eval "'##'=~/$pattern/";
        if ($@) {
            die
"ERROR: the -sbc prefix '$prefix' causes the invalid regex '$pattern'\n";
        }
        $static_block_comment_pattern = $pattern;
    }
}

sub make_format_skipping_pattern {
    my ( $opt_name, $default ) = @_;
    my $param = $rOpts->{$opt_name};
    unless ($param) { $param = $default }
    $param =~ s/^\s*//;
    if ( $param !~ /^#/ ) {
        die "ERROR: the $opt_name parameter '$param' must begin with '#'\n";
    }
    my $pattern = '^' . $param . '\s';
    eval "'#'=~/$pattern/";
    if ($@) {
        die
"ERROR: the $opt_name parameter '$param' causes the invalid regex '$pattern'\n";
    }
    return $pattern;
}

sub make_closing_side_comment_list_pattern {

    # turn any input list into a regex for recognizing selected block types
    $closing_side_comment_list_pattern = '^\w+';
    if ( defined( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-list'} )
        && $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-list'} )
    {
        $closing_side_comment_list_pattern =
          make_block_pattern( '-cscl', $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-list'} );
    }
}

sub make_bli_pattern {

    if ( defined( $rOpts->{'brace-left-and-indent-list'} )
        && $rOpts->{'brace-left-and-indent-list'} )
    {
        $bli_list_string = $rOpts->{'brace-left-and-indent-list'};
    }

    $bli_pattern = make_block_pattern( '-blil', $bli_list_string );
}

sub make_block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern {

    # turn any input list into a regex for recognizing selected block types
    $block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern =
      '^((if|else|elsif|unless|while|for|foreach|do|\w+:)$|sub)';

    if ( defined( $rOpts->{'block-brace-vertical-tightness-list'} )
        && $rOpts->{'block-brace-vertical-tightness-list'} )
    {
        $block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern =
          make_block_pattern( '-bbvtl',
            $rOpts->{'block-brace-vertical-tightness-list'} );
    }
}

sub make_block_pattern {

    #  given a string of block-type keywords, return a regex to match them
    #  The only tricky part is that labels are indicated with a single ':'
    #  and the 'sub' token text may have additional text after it (name of
    #  sub).
    #
    #  Example:
    #
    #   input string: "if else elsif unless while for foreach do : sub";
    #   pattern:  '^((if|else|elsif|unless|while|for|foreach|do|\w+:)$|sub)';

    my ( $abbrev, $string ) = @_;
    my @list  = split_words($string);
    my @words = ();
    my %seen;
    for my $i (@list) {
        next if $seen{$i};
        $seen{$i} = 1;
        if ( $i eq 'sub' ) {
        }
        elsif ( $i eq ':' ) {
            push @words, '\w+:';
        }
        elsif ( $i =~ /^\w/ ) {
            push @words, $i;
        }
        else {
            warn "unrecognized block type $i after $abbrev, ignoring\n";
        }
    }
    my $pattern = '(' . join( '|', @words ) . ')$';
    if ( $seen{'sub'} ) {
        $pattern = '(' . $pattern . '|sub)';
    }
    $pattern = '^' . $pattern;
    return $pattern;
}

sub make_static_side_comment_pattern {

    # create the pattern used to identify static side comments
    $static_side_comment_pattern = '^##';

    # allow the user to change it
    if ( $rOpts->{'static-side-comment-prefix'} ) {
        my $prefix = $rOpts->{'static-side-comment-prefix'};
        $prefix =~ s/^\s*//;
        my $pattern = '^' . $prefix;
        eval "'##'=~/$pattern/";
        if ($@) {
            die
"ERROR: the -sscp prefix '$prefix' causes the invalid regex '$pattern'\n";
        }
        $static_side_comment_pattern = $pattern;
    }
}

sub make_closing_side_comment_prefix {

    # Be sure we have a valid closing side comment prefix
    my $csc_prefix = $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-prefix'};
    my $csc_prefix_pattern;
    if ( !defined($csc_prefix) ) {
        $csc_prefix         = '## end';
        $csc_prefix_pattern = '^##\s+end';
    }
    else {
        my $test_csc_prefix = $csc_prefix;
        if ( $test_csc_prefix !~ /^#/ ) {
            $test_csc_prefix = '#' . $test_csc_prefix;
        }

        # make a regex to recognize the prefix
        my $test_csc_prefix_pattern = $test_csc_prefix;

        # escape any special characters
        $test_csc_prefix_pattern =~ s/([^#\s\w])/\\$1/g;

        $test_csc_prefix_pattern = '^' . $test_csc_prefix_pattern;

        # allow exact number of intermediate spaces to vary
        $test_csc_prefix_pattern =~ s/\s+/\\s\+/g;

        # make sure we have a good pattern
        # if we fail this we probably have an error in escaping
        # characters.
        eval "'##'=~/$test_csc_prefix_pattern/";
        if ($@) {

            # shouldn't happen..must have screwed up escaping, above
            report_definite_bug();
            warn
"Program Error: the -cscp prefix '$csc_prefix' caused the invalid regex '$csc_prefix_pattern'\n";

            # just warn and keep going with defaults
            warn "Please consider using a simpler -cscp prefix\n";
            warn "Using default -cscp instead; please check output\n";
        }
        else {
            $csc_prefix         = $test_csc_prefix;
            $csc_prefix_pattern = $test_csc_prefix_pattern;
        }
    }
    $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-prefix'} = $csc_prefix;
    $closing_side_comment_prefix_pattern = $csc_prefix_pattern;
}

sub dump_want_left_space {
    my $fh = shift;
    local $" = "\n";
    print $fh <1;
          #   $a = $b - III;
          # and even this:
          #   $a = - III;
          || ( ( $tokenl eq '-' )
            && ( $typer =~ /^[wC]$/ && $tokenr =~ /^[_A-Za-z]/ ) )

          # '= -' should not become =- or you will get a warning
          # about reversed -=
          # || ($tokenr eq '-')

          # keep a space between a quote and a bareword to prevent the
          # bareword from becomming a quote modifier.
          || ( ( $typel eq 'Q' ) && ( $tokenr =~ /^[a-zA-Z_]/ ) )

          # keep a space between a token ending in '$' and any word;
          # this caused trouble:  "die @$ if $@"
          || ( ( $typel eq 'i' && $tokenl =~ /\$$/ )
            && ( $tokenr =~ /^[a-zA-Z_]/ ) )

          # perl is very fussy about spaces before <<
          || ( $tokenr =~ /^\<\' is excluded because it never gets space
        # parentheses and brackets are excluded since they are handled specially
        # curly braces are included but may be overridden by logic, such as
        # newline logic.

        # NEW_TOKENS: create a whitespace rule here.  This can be as
        # simple as adding your new letter to @spaces_both_sides, for
        # example.

        @_ = qw" L { ( [ ";
        @is_opening_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

        @_ = qw" R } ) ] ";
        @is_closing_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

        my @spaces_both_sides = qw"
          + - * / % ? = . : x < > | & ^ .. << >> ** && .. || // => += -=
          .= %= x= &= |= ^= *= <> <= >= == =~ !~ /= != ... <<= >>= ~~ !~~
          &&= ||= //= <=> A k f w F n C Y U G v
          ";

        my @spaces_left_side = qw"
          t ! ~ m p { \ h pp mm Z j
          ";
        push( @spaces_left_side, '#' );    # avoids warning message

        my @spaces_right_side = qw"
          ; } ) ] R J ++ -- **=
          ";
        push( @spaces_right_side, ',' );    # avoids warning message
        @want_left_space{@spaces_both_sides} = (1) x scalar(@spaces_both_sides);
        @want_right_space{@spaces_both_sides} =
          (1) x scalar(@spaces_both_sides);
        @want_left_space{@spaces_left_side}  = (1) x scalar(@spaces_left_side);
        @want_right_space{@spaces_left_side} = (-1) x scalar(@spaces_left_side);
        @want_left_space{@spaces_right_side} =
          (-1) x scalar(@spaces_right_side);
        @want_right_space{@spaces_right_side} =
          (1) x scalar(@spaces_right_side);
        $want_left_space{'L'}   = WS_NO;
        $want_left_space{'->'}  = WS_NO;
        $want_right_space{'->'} = WS_NO;
        $want_left_space{'**'}  = WS_NO;
        $want_right_space{'**'} = WS_NO;

        # hash type information must stay tightly bound
        # as in :  ${xxxx}
        $binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'{'} = WS_YES;
        $binary_ws_rules{'k'}{'{'} = WS_YES;
        $binary_ws_rules{'U'}{'{'} = WS_YES;
        $binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'['} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'R'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'R'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'t'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'t'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'}'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'}'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'$'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'$'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'@'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'@'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'='}{'L'} = WS_YES;

        # the following includes ') {'
        # as in :    if ( xxx ) { yyy }
        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{')'}{'{'} = WS_YES;
        $binary_ws_rules{')'}{'['} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'['} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'}'}{'['} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'R'}{'['} = WS_NO;

        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'++'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'--'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{')'}{'++'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{')'}{'--'} = WS_NO;

        $binary_ws_rules{'R'}{'++'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'R'}{'--'} = WS_NO;

        ########################################################
        # should no longer be necessary (see niek.pl)
        ##$binary_ws_rules{'k'}{':'} = WS_NO;     # keep colon with label
        ##$binary_ws_rules{'w'}{':'} = WS_NO;
        ########################################################
        $binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'Q'} = WS_YES;
        $binary_ws_rules{'n'}{'('} = WS_YES;    # occurs in 'use package n ()'

        # FIXME: we need to split 'i' into variables and functions
        # and have no space for functions but space for variables.  For now,
        # I have a special patch in the special rules below
        $binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'('} = WS_NO;

        $binary_ws_rules{'w'}{'('} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'w'}{'{'} = WS_YES;
    }
    my ( $jmax, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rblock_type ) = @_;
    my ( $last_token, $last_type, $last_block_type, $token, $type,
        $block_type );
    my (@white_space_flag);
    my $j_tight_closing_paren = -1;

    if ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 ) {
        $token      = $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
        $type       = $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
        $block_type = $block_type_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
    }
    else {
        $token      = ' ';
        $type       = 'b';
        $block_type = '';
    }

    # loop over all tokens
    my ( $j, $ws );

    for ( $j = 0 ; $j <= $jmax ; $j++ ) {

        if ( $$rtoken_type[$j] eq 'b' ) {
            $white_space_flag[$j] = WS_OPTIONAL;
            next;
        }

        # set a default value, to be changed as needed
        $ws              = undef;
        $last_token      = $token;
        $last_type       = $type;
        $last_block_type = $block_type;
        $token           = $$rtokens[$j];
        $type            = $$rtoken_type[$j];
        $block_type      = $$rblock_type[$j];

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # section 1:
        # handle space on the inside of opening braces
        #---------------------------------------------------------------

        #    /^[L\{\(\[]$/
        if ( $is_opening_type{$last_type} ) {

            $j_tight_closing_paren = -1;

            # let's keep empty matched braces together: () {} []
            # except for BLOCKS
            if ( $token eq $matching_token{$last_token} ) {
                if ($block_type) {
                    $ws = WS_YES;
                }
                else {
                    $ws = WS_NO;
                }
            }
            else {

                # we're considering the right of an opening brace
                # tightness = 0 means always pad inside with space
                # tightness = 1 means pad inside if "complex"
                # tightness = 2 means never pad inside with space

                my $tightness;
                if (   $last_type eq '{'
                    && $last_token eq '{'
                    && $last_block_type )
                {
                    $tightness = $rOpts_block_brace_tightness;
                }
                else { $tightness = $tightness{$last_token} }

    #=================================================================
    # Patch for fabrice_bug.pl
    # We must always avoid spaces around a bare word beginning with ^ as in:
    #    my $before = ${^PREMATCH};
    # Because all of the following cause an error in perl:
    #    my $before = ${ ^PREMATCH };
    #    my $before = ${ ^PREMATCH};
    #    my $before = ${^PREMATCH };
    # So if brace tightness flag is -bt=0 we must temporarily reset to bt=1.
    # Note that here we must set tightness=1 and not 2 so that the closing space
    # is also avoided (via the $j_tight_closing_paren flag in coding)
                if ( $type eq 'w' && $token =~ /^\^/ ) { $tightness = 1 }

              #=================================================================

                if ( $tightness <= 0 ) {
                    $ws = WS_YES;
                }
                elsif ( $tightness > 1 ) {
                    $ws = WS_NO;
                }
                else {

                    # Patch to count '-foo' as single token so that
                    # each of  $a{-foo} and $a{foo} and $a{'foo'} do
                    # not get spaces with default formatting.
                    my $j_here = $j;
                    ++$j_here
                      if ( $token eq '-'
                        && $last_token eq '{'
                        && $$rtoken_type[ $j + 1 ] eq 'w' );

                    # $j_next is where a closing token should be if
                    # the container has a single token
                    my $j_next =
                      ( $$rtoken_type[ $j_here + 1 ] eq 'b' )
                      ? $j_here + 2
                      : $j_here + 1;
                    my $tok_next  = $$rtokens[$j_next];
                    my $type_next = $$rtoken_type[$j_next];

                    # for tightness = 1, if there is just one token
                    # within the matching pair, we will keep it tight
                    if (
                        $tok_next eq $matching_token{$last_token}

                        # but watch out for this: [ [ ]    (misc.t)
                        && $last_token ne $token
                      )
                    {

                        # remember where to put the space for the closing paren
                        $j_tight_closing_paren = $j_next;
                        $ws                    = WS_NO;
                    }
                    else {
                        $ws = WS_YES;
                    }
                }
            }
        }    # done with opening braces and brackets
        my $ws_1 = $ws
          if FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE;

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # section 2:
        # handle space on inside of closing brace pairs
        #---------------------------------------------------------------

        #   /[\}\)\]R]/
        if ( $is_closing_type{$type} ) {

            if ( $j == $j_tight_closing_paren ) {

                $j_tight_closing_paren = -1;
                $ws                    = WS_NO;
            }
            else {

                if ( !defined($ws) ) {

                    my $tightness;
                    if ( $type eq '}' && $token eq '}' && $block_type ) {
                        $tightness = $rOpts_block_brace_tightness;
                    }
                    else { $tightness = $tightness{$token} }

                    $ws = ( $tightness > 1 ) ? WS_NO : WS_YES;
                }
            }
        }

        my $ws_2 = $ws
          if FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE;

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # section 3:
        # use the binary table
        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        if ( !defined($ws) ) {
            $ws = $binary_ws_rules{$last_type}{$type};
        }
        my $ws_3 = $ws
          if FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE;

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # section 4:
        # some special cases
        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        if ( $token eq '(' ) {

            # This will have to be tweaked as tokenization changes.
            # We usually want a space at '} (', for example:
            #     map { 1 * $_; } ( $y, $M, $w, $d, $h, $m, $s );
            #
            # But not others:
            #     &{ $_->[1] }( delete $_[$#_]{ $_->[0] } );
            # At present, the above & block is marked as type L/R so this case
            # won't go through here.
            if ( $last_type eq '}' ) { $ws = WS_YES }

            # NOTE: some older versions of Perl had occasional problems if
            # spaces are introduced between keywords or functions and opening
            # parens.  So the default is not to do this except is certain
            # cases.  The current Perl seems to tolerate spaces.

            # Space between keyword and '('
            elsif ( $last_type eq 'k' ) {
                $ws = WS_NO
                  unless ( $rOpts_space_keyword_paren
                    || $space_after_keyword{$last_token} );
            }

            # Space between function and '('
            # -----------------------------------------------------
            # 'w' and 'i' checks for something like:
            #   myfun(    &myfun(   ->myfun(
            # -----------------------------------------------------
            elsif (( $last_type =~ /^[wUG]$/ )
                || ( $last_type =~ /^[wi]$/ && $last_token =~ /^(\&|->)/ ) )
            {
                $ws = WS_NO unless ($rOpts_space_function_paren);
            }

            # space between something like $i and ( in
            # for $i ( 0 .. 20 ) {
            # FIXME: eventually, type 'i' needs to be split into multiple
            # token types so this can be a hardwired rule.
            elsif ( $last_type eq 'i' && $last_token =~ /^[\$\%\@]/ ) {
                $ws = WS_YES;
            }

            # allow constant function followed by '()' to retain no space
            elsif ( $last_type eq 'C' && $$rtokens[ $j + 1 ] eq ')' ) {
                $ws = WS_NO;
            }
        }

        # patch for SWITCH/CASE: make space at ']{' optional
        # since the '{' might begin a case or when block
        elsif ( ( $token eq '{' && $type ne 'L' ) && $last_token eq ']' ) {
            $ws = WS_OPTIONAL;
        }

        # keep space between 'sub' and '{' for anonymous sub definition
        if ( $type eq '{' ) {
            if ( $last_token eq 'sub' ) {
                $ws = WS_YES;
            }

            # this is needed to avoid no space in '){'
            if ( $last_token eq ')' && $token eq '{' ) { $ws = WS_YES }

            # avoid any space before the brace or bracket in something like
            #  @opts{'a','b',...}
            if ( $last_type eq 'i' && $last_token =~ /^\@/ ) {
                $ws = WS_NO;
            }
        }

        elsif ( $type eq 'i' ) {

            # never a space before ->
            if ( $token =~ /^\-\>/ ) {
                $ws = WS_NO;
            }
        }

        # retain any space between '-' and bare word
        elsif ( $type eq 'w' || $type eq 'C' ) {
            $ws = WS_OPTIONAL if $last_type eq '-';

            # never a space before ->
            if ( $token =~ /^\-\>/ ) {
                $ws = WS_NO;
            }
        }

        # retain any space between '-' and bare word
        # example: avoid space between 'USER' and '-' here:
        #   $myhash{USER-NAME}='steve';
        elsif ( $type eq 'm' || $type eq '-' ) {
            $ws = WS_OPTIONAL if ( $last_type eq 'w' );
        }

        # always space before side comment
        elsif ( $type eq '#' ) { $ws = WS_YES if $j > 0 }

        # always preserver whatever space was used after a possible
        # filehandle (except _) or here doc operator
        if (
            $type ne '#'
            && ( ( $last_type eq 'Z' && $last_token ne '_' )
                || $last_type eq 'h' )
          )
        {
            $ws = WS_OPTIONAL;
        }

        my $ws_4 = $ws
          if FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE;

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # section 5:
        # default rules not covered above
        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # if we fall through to here,
        # look at the pre-defined hash tables for the two tokens, and
        # if (they are equal) use the common value
        # if (either is zero or undef) use the other
        # if (either is -1) use it
        # That is,
        # left  vs right
        #  1    vs    1     -->  1
        #  0    vs    0     -->  0
        # -1    vs   -1     --> -1
        #
        #  0    vs   -1     --> -1
        #  0    vs    1     -->  1
        #  1    vs    0     -->  1
        # -1    vs    0     --> -1
        #
        # -1    vs    1     --> -1
        #  1    vs   -1     --> -1
        if ( !defined($ws) ) {
            my $wl = $want_left_space{$type};
            my $wr = $want_right_space{$last_type};
            if ( !defined($wl) ) { $wl = 0 }
            if ( !defined($wr) ) { $wr = 0 }
            $ws = ( ( $wl == $wr ) || ( $wl == -1 ) || !$wr ) ? $wl : $wr;
        }

        if ( !defined($ws) ) {
            $ws = 0;
            write_diagnostics(
                "WS flag is undefined for tokens $last_token $token\n");
        }

        # Treat newline as a whitespace. Otherwise, we might combine
        # 'Send' and '-recipients' here according to the above rules:
        #    my $msg = new Fax::Send
        #      -recipients => $to,
        #      -data => $data;
        if ( $ws == 0 && $j == 0 ) { $ws = 1 }

        if (   ( $ws == 0 )
            && $j > 0
            && $j < $jmax
            && ( $last_type !~ /^[Zh]$/ ) )
        {

            # If this happens, we have a non-fatal but undesirable
            # hole in the above rules which should be patched.
            write_diagnostics(
                "WS flag is zero for tokens $last_token $token\n");
        }
        $white_space_flag[$j] = $ws;

        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE && do {
            my $str = substr( $last_token, 0, 15 );
            $str .= ' ' x ( 16 - length($str) );
            if ( !defined($ws_1) ) { $ws_1 = "*" }
            if ( !defined($ws_2) ) { $ws_2 = "*" }
            if ( !defined($ws_3) ) { $ws_3 = "*" }
            if ( !defined($ws_4) ) { $ws_4 = "*" }
            print
"WHITE:  i=$j $str $last_type $type $ws_1 : $ws_2 : $ws_3 : $ws_4 : $ws \n";
        };
    }
    return \@white_space_flag;
}

{    # begin print_line_of_tokens

    my $rtoken_type;
    my $rtokens;
    my $rlevels;
    my $rslevels;
    my $rblock_type;
    my $rcontainer_type;
    my $rcontainer_environment;
    my $rtype_sequence;
    my $input_line;
    my $rnesting_tokens;
    my $rci_levels;
    my $rnesting_blocks;

    my $in_quote;
    my $python_indentation_level;

    # These local token variables are stored by store_token_to_go:
    my $block_type;
    my $ci_level;
    my $container_environment;
    my $container_type;
    my $in_continued_quote;
    my $level;
    my $nesting_blocks;
    my $no_internal_newlines;
    my $slevel;
    my $token;
    my $type;
    my $type_sequence;

    # routine to pull the jth token from the line of tokens
    sub extract_token {
        my $j = shift;
        $token                 = $$rtokens[$j];
        $type                  = $$rtoken_type[$j];
        $block_type            = $$rblock_type[$j];
        $container_type        = $$rcontainer_type[$j];
        $container_environment = $$rcontainer_environment[$j];
        $type_sequence         = $$rtype_sequence[$j];
        $level                 = $$rlevels[$j];
        $slevel                = $$rslevels[$j];
        $nesting_blocks        = $$rnesting_blocks[$j];
        $ci_level              = $$rci_levels[$j];
    }

    {
        my @saved_token;

        sub save_current_token {

            @saved_token = (
                $block_type,            $ci_level,
                $container_environment, $container_type,
                $in_continued_quote,    $level,
                $nesting_blocks,        $no_internal_newlines,
                $slevel,                $token,
                $type,                  $type_sequence,
            );
        }

        sub restore_current_token {
            (
                $block_type,            $ci_level,
                $container_environment, $container_type,
                $in_continued_quote,    $level,
                $nesting_blocks,        $no_internal_newlines,
                $slevel,                $token,
                $type,                  $type_sequence,
            ) = @saved_token;
        }
    }

    # Routine to place the current token into the output stream.
    # Called once per output token.
    sub store_token_to_go {

        my $flag = $no_internal_newlines;
        if ( $_[0] ) { $flag = 1 }

        $tokens_to_go[ ++$max_index_to_go ]            = $token;
        $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go]                 = $type;
        $nobreak_to_go[$max_index_to_go]               = $flag;
        $old_breakpoint_to_go[$max_index_to_go]        = 0;
        $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$max_index_to_go]     = 0;
        $block_type_to_go[$max_index_to_go]            = $block_type;
        $type_sequence_to_go[$max_index_to_go]         = $type_sequence;
        $container_environment_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $container_environment;
        $nesting_blocks_to_go[$max_index_to_go]        = $nesting_blocks;
        $ci_levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go]             = $ci_level;
        $mate_index_to_go[$max_index_to_go]            = -1;
        $matching_token_to_go[$max_index_to_go]        = '';
        $bond_strength_to_go[$max_index_to_go]         = 0;

        # Note: negative levels are currently retained as a diagnostic so that
        # the 'final indentation level' is correctly reported for bad scripts.
        # But this means that every use of $level as an index must be checked.
        # If this becomes too much of a problem, we might give up and just clip
        # them at zero.
        ## $levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = ( $level > 0 ) ? $level : 0;
        $levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $level;
        $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = ( $slevel >= 0 ) ? $slevel : 0;
        $lengths_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ] =
          $lengths_to_go[$max_index_to_go] + length($token);

        # Define the indentation that this token would have if it started
        # a new line.  We have to do this now because we need to know this
        # when considering one-line blocks.
        set_leading_whitespace( $level, $ci_level, $in_continued_quote );

        if ( $type ne 'b' ) {
            $last_last_nonblank_index_to_go = $last_nonblank_index_to_go;
            $last_last_nonblank_type_to_go  = $last_nonblank_type_to_go;
            $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go = $last_nonblank_token_to_go;
            $last_nonblank_index_to_go      = $max_index_to_go;
            $last_nonblank_type_to_go       = $type;
            $last_nonblank_token_to_go      = $token;
            if ( $type eq ',' ) {
                $comma_count_in_batch++;
            }
        }

        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_STORE && do {
            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
            print
"STORE: from $a $c: storing token $token type $type lev=$level slev=$slevel at $max_index_to_go\n";
        };
    }

    sub insert_new_token_to_go {

        # insert a new token into the output stream.  use same level as
        # previous token; assumes a character at max_index_to_go.
        save_current_token();
        ( $token, $type, $slevel, $no_internal_newlines ) = @_;

        if ( $max_index_to_go == UNDEFINED_INDEX ) {
            warning("code bug: bad call to insert_new_token_to_go\n");
        }
        $level = $levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];

        # FIXME: it seems to be necessary to use the next, rather than
        # previous, value of this variable when creating a new blank (align.t)
        #my $slevel         = $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
        $nesting_blocks        = $nesting_blocks_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
        $ci_level              = $ci_levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
        $container_environment = $container_environment_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
        $in_continued_quote    = 0;
        $block_type            = "";
        $type_sequence         = "";
        store_token_to_go();
        restore_current_token();
        return;
    }

    sub print_line_of_tokens {

        my $line_of_tokens = shift;

        # This routine is called once per input line to process all of
        # the tokens on that line.  This is the first stage of
        # beautification.
        #
        # Full-line comments and blank lines may be processed immediately.
        #
        # For normal lines of code, the tokens are stored one-by-one,
        # via calls to 'sub store_token_to_go', until a known line break
        # point is reached.  Then, the batch of collected tokens is
        # passed along to 'sub output_line_to_go' for further
        # processing.  This routine decides if there should be
        # whitespace between each pair of non-white tokens, so later
        # routines only need to decide on any additional line breaks.
        # Any whitespace is initally a single space character.  Later,
        # the vertical aligner may expand that to be multiple space
        # characters if necessary for alignment.

        # extract input line number for error messages
        $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};

        $rtoken_type            = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type};
        $rtokens                = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens};
        $rlevels                = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels};
        $rslevels               = $line_of_tokens->{_rslevels};
        $rblock_type            = $line_of_tokens->{_rblock_type};
        $rcontainer_type        = $line_of_tokens->{_rcontainer_type};
        $rcontainer_environment = $line_of_tokens->{_rcontainer_environment};
        $rtype_sequence         = $line_of_tokens->{_rtype_sequence};
        $input_line             = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};
        $rnesting_tokens        = $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_tokens};
        $rci_levels             = $line_of_tokens->{_rci_levels};
        $rnesting_blocks        = $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_blocks};

        $in_continued_quote = $starting_in_quote =
          $line_of_tokens->{_starting_in_quote};
        $in_quote        = $line_of_tokens->{_ending_in_quote};
        $ending_in_quote = $in_quote;
        $python_indentation_level =
          $line_of_tokens->{_python_indentation_level};

        my $j;
        my $j_next;
        my $jmax;
        my $next_nonblank_token;
        my $next_nonblank_token_type;
        my $rwhite_space_flag;

        $jmax                    = @$rtokens - 1;
        $block_type              = "";
        $container_type          = "";
        $container_environment   = "";
        $type_sequence           = "";
        $no_internal_newlines    = 1 - $rOpts_add_newlines;
        $is_static_block_comment = 0;

        # Handle a continued quote..
        if ($in_continued_quote) {

            # A line which is entirely a quote or pattern must go out
            # verbatim.  Note: the \n is contained in $input_line.
            if ( $jmax <= 0 ) {
                if ( ( $input_line =~ "\t" ) ) {
                    note_embedded_tab();
                }
                write_unindented_line("$input_line");
                $last_line_had_side_comment = 0;
                return;
            }

            # prior to version 20010406, perltidy had a bug which placed
            # continuation indentation before the last line of some multiline
            # quotes and patterns -- exactly the lines passing this way.
            # To help find affected lines in scripts run with these
            # versions, run with '-chk', and it will warn of any quotes or
            # patterns which might have been modified by these early
            # versions.
            if ( $rOpts->{'check-multiline-quotes'} && $input_line =~ /^ / ) {
                warning(
"-chk: please check this line for extra leading whitespace\n"
                );
            }
        }

        # Write line verbatim if we are in a formatting skip section
        if ($in_format_skipping_section) {
            write_unindented_line("$input_line");
            $last_line_had_side_comment = 0;

            # Note: extra space appended to comment simplifies pattern matching
            if (   $jmax == 0
                && $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#'
                && ( $$rtokens[0] . " " ) =~ /$format_skipping_pattern_end/o )
            {
                $in_format_skipping_section = 0;
                write_logfile_entry("Exiting formatting skip section\n");
                $file_writer_object->reset_consecutive_blank_lines();
            }
            return;
        }

        # See if we are entering a formatting skip section
        if (   $rOpts_format_skipping
            && $jmax == 0
            && $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#'
            && ( $$rtokens[0] . " " ) =~ /$format_skipping_pattern_begin/o )
        {
            flush();
            $in_format_skipping_section = 1;
            write_logfile_entry("Entering formatting skip section\n");
            write_unindented_line("$input_line");
            $last_line_had_side_comment = 0;
            return;
        }

        # delete trailing blank tokens
        if ( $jmax > 0 && $$rtoken_type[$jmax] eq 'b' ) { $jmax-- }

        # Handle a blank line..
        if ( $jmax < 0 ) {

            # If keep-old-blank-lines is zero, we delete all
            # old blank lines and let the blank line rules generate any
            # needed blanks.
            if ($rOpts_keep_old_blank_lines) {
                flush();
                $file_writer_object->write_blank_code_line(
                    $rOpts_keep_old_blank_lines == 2 );
                $last_line_leading_type = 'b';
            }
            $last_line_had_side_comment = 0;
            return;
        }

        # see if this is a static block comment (starts with ## by default)
        my $is_static_block_comment_without_leading_space = 0;
        if (   $jmax == 0
            && $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#'
            && $rOpts->{'static-block-comments'}
            && $input_line =~ /$static_block_comment_pattern/o )
        {
            $is_static_block_comment = 1;
            $is_static_block_comment_without_leading_space =
              substr( $input_line, 0, 1 ) eq '#';
        }

        # Check for comments which are line directives
        # Treat exactly as static block comments without leading space
        # reference: perlsyn, near end, section Plain Old Comments (Not!)
        # example: '# line 42 "new_filename.plx"'
        if (
               $jmax == 0
            && $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#'
            && $input_line =~ /^\#   \s*
                               line \s+ (\d+)   \s*
                               (?:\s("?)([^"]+)\2)? \s*
                               $/x
          )
        {
            $is_static_block_comment                       = 1;
            $is_static_block_comment_without_leading_space = 1;
        }

        # create a hanging side comment if appropriate
        if (
               $jmax == 0
            && $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#'    # only token is a comment
            && $last_line_had_side_comment    # last line had side comment
            && $input_line =~ /^\s/           # there is some leading space
            && !$is_static_block_comment    # do not make static comment hanging
            && $rOpts->{'hanging-side-comments'}    # user is allowing
                                                    # hanging side comments
                                                    # like this
          )
        {

            # We will insert an empty qw string at the start of the token list
            # to force this comment to be a side comment. The vertical aligner
            # should then line it up with the previous side comment.
            unshift @$rtoken_type,            'q';
            unshift @$rtokens,                '';
            unshift @$rlevels,                $$rlevels[0];
            unshift @$rslevels,               $$rslevels[0];
            unshift @$rblock_type,            '';
            unshift @$rcontainer_type,        '';
            unshift @$rcontainer_environment, '';
            unshift @$rtype_sequence,         '';
            unshift @$rnesting_tokens,        $$rnesting_tokens[0];
            unshift @$rci_levels,             $$rci_levels[0];
            unshift @$rnesting_blocks,        $$rnesting_blocks[0];
            $jmax = 1;
        }

        # remember if this line has a side comment
        $last_line_had_side_comment =
          ( $jmax > 0 && $$rtoken_type[$jmax] eq '#' );

        # Handle a block (full-line) comment..
        if ( ( $jmax == 0 ) && ( $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#' ) ) {

            if ( $rOpts->{'delete-block-comments'} ) { return }

            if ( $rOpts->{'tee-block-comments'} ) {
                $file_writer_object->tee_on();
            }

            destroy_one_line_block();
            output_line_to_go();

            # output a blank line before block comments
            if (
                # unless we follow a blank or comment line
                $last_line_leading_type !~ /^[#b]$/

                # only if allowed
                && $rOpts->{'blanks-before-comments'}

                # not if this is an empty comment line
                && $$rtokens[0] ne '#'

                # not after a short line ending in an opening token
                # because we already have space above this comment.
                # Note that the first comment in this if block, after
                # the 'if (', does not get a blank line because of this.
                && !$last_output_short_opening_token

                # never before static block comments
                && !$is_static_block_comment
              )
            {
                flush();    # switching to new output stream
                $file_writer_object->write_blank_code_line();
                $last_line_leading_type = 'b';
            }

            # TRIM COMMENTS -- This could be turned off as a option
            $$rtokens[0] =~ s/\s*$//;    # trim right end

            if (
                $rOpts->{'indent-block-comments'}
                && (  !$rOpts->{'indent-spaced-block-comments'}
                    || $input_line =~ /^\s+/ )
                && !$is_static_block_comment_without_leading_space
              )
            {
                extract_token(0);
                store_token_to_go();
                output_line_to_go();
            }
            else {
                flush();    # switching to new output stream
                $file_writer_object->write_code_line( $$rtokens[0] . "\n" );
                $last_line_leading_type = '#';
            }
            if ( $rOpts->{'tee-block-comments'} ) {
                $file_writer_object->tee_off();
            }
            return;
        }

        # compare input/output indentation except for continuation lines
        # (because they have an unknown amount of initial blank space)
        # and lines which are quotes (because they may have been outdented)
        # Note: this test is placed here because we know the continuation flag
        # at this point, which allows us to avoid non-meaningful checks.
        my $structural_indentation_level = $$rlevels[0];
        compare_indentation_levels( $python_indentation_level,
            $structural_indentation_level )
          unless ( $python_indentation_level < 0
            || ( $$rci_levels[0] > 0 )
            || ( ( $python_indentation_level == 0 ) && $$rtoken_type[0] eq 'Q' )
          );

        #   Patch needed for MakeMaker.  Do not break a statement
        #   in which $VERSION may be calculated.  See MakeMaker.pm;
        #   this is based on the coding in it.
        #   The first line of a file that matches this will be eval'd:
        #       /([\$*])(([\w\:\']*)\bVERSION)\b.*\=/
        #   Examples:
        #     *VERSION = \'1.01';
        #     ( $VERSION ) = '$Revision: 1.74 $ ' =~ /\$Revision:\s+([^\s]+)/;
        #   We will pass such a line straight through without breaking
        #   it unless -npvl is used

        my $is_VERSION_statement = 0;

        if (
              !$saw_VERSION_in_this_file
            && $input_line =~ /VERSION/    # quick check to reject most lines
            && $input_line =~ /([\$*])(([\w\:\']*)\bVERSION)\b.*\=/
          )
        {
            $saw_VERSION_in_this_file = 1;
            $is_VERSION_statement     = 1;
            write_logfile_entry("passing VERSION line; -npvl deactivates\n");
            $no_internal_newlines = 1;
        }

        # take care of indentation-only
        # NOTE: In previous versions we sent all qw lines out immediately here.
        # No longer doing this: also write a line which is entirely a 'qw' list
        # to allow stacking of opening and closing tokens.  Note that interior
        # qw lines will still go out at the end of this routine.
        if ( $rOpts->{'indent-only'} ) {
            flush();
            trim($input_line);

            extract_token(0);
            $token                 = $input_line;
            $type                  = 'q';
            $block_type            = "";
            $container_type        = "";
            $container_environment = "";
            $type_sequence         = "";
            store_token_to_go();
            output_line_to_go();
            return;
        }

        push( @$rtokens,     ' ', ' ' );   # making $j+2 valid simplifies coding
        push( @$rtoken_type, 'b', 'b' );
        ($rwhite_space_flag) =
          set_white_space_flag( $jmax, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rblock_type );

        # find input tabbing to allow checks for tabbing disagreement
        ## not used for now
        ##$input_line_tabbing = "";
        ##if ( $input_line =~ /^(\s*)/ ) { $input_line_tabbing = $1; }

        # if the buffer hasn't been flushed, add a leading space if
        # necessary to keep essential whitespace. This is really only
        # necessary if we are squeezing out all ws.
        if ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 ) {

            $old_line_count_in_batch++;

            if (
                is_essential_whitespace(
                    $last_last_nonblank_token,
                    $last_last_nonblank_type,
                    $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go],
                    $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go],
                    $$rtokens[0],
                    $$rtoken_type[0]
                )
              )
            {
                my $slevel = $$rslevels[0];
                insert_new_token_to_go( ' ', 'b', $slevel,
                    $no_internal_newlines );
            }
        }

        # If we just saw the end of an elsif block, write nag message
        # if we do not see another elseif or an else.
        if ($looking_for_else) {

            unless ( $$rtokens[0] =~ /^(elsif|else)$/ ) {
                write_logfile_entry("(No else block)\n");
            }
            $looking_for_else = 0;
        }

        # This is a good place to kill incomplete one-line blocks
        if (   ( $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct == 0 )
            && ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 )
            && ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq ';' )
            && ( $$rtokens[0] ne '}' ) )
        {
            destroy_one_line_block();
            output_line_to_go();
        }

        # loop to process the tokens one-by-one
        $type  = 'b';
        $token = "";

        foreach $j ( 0 .. $jmax ) {

            # pull out the local values for this token
            extract_token($j);

            if ( $type eq '#' ) {

                # trim trailing whitespace
                # (there is no option at present to prevent this)
                $token =~ s/\s*$//;

                if (
                    $rOpts->{'delete-side-comments'}

                    # delete closing side comments if necessary
                    || (   $rOpts->{'delete-closing-side-comments'}
                        && $token =~ /$closing_side_comment_prefix_pattern/o
                        && $last_nonblank_block_type =~
                        /$closing_side_comment_list_pattern/o )
                  )
                {
                    if ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq 'b' ) {
                        unstore_token_to_go();
                    }
                    last;
                }
            }

            # If we are continuing after seeing a right curly brace, flush
            # buffer unless we see what we are looking for, as in
            #   } else ...
            if ( $rbrace_follower && $type ne 'b' ) {

                unless ( $rbrace_follower->{$token} ) {
                    output_line_to_go();
                }
                $rbrace_follower = undef;
            }

            $j_next = ( $$rtoken_type[ $j + 1 ] eq 'b' ) ? $j + 2 : $j + 1;
            $next_nonblank_token      = $$rtokens[$j_next];
            $next_nonblank_token_type = $$rtoken_type[$j_next];

            #--------------------------------------------------------
            # Start of section to patch token text
            #--------------------------------------------------------

            # Modify certain tokens here for whitespace
            # The following is not yet done, but could be:
            #   sub (x x x)
            if ( $type =~ /^[wit]$/ ) {

                # Examples:
                # change '$  var'  to '$var' etc
                #        '-> new'  to '->new'
                if ( $token =~ /^([\$\&\%\*\@]|\-\>)\s/ ) {
                    $token =~ s/\s*//g;
                }

                if ( $token =~ /^sub/ ) { $token =~ s/\s+/ /g }

                # trim identifiers of trailing blanks which can occur
                # under some unusual circumstances, such as if the
                # identifier 'witch' has trailing blanks on input here:
                #
                # sub
                # witch
                # ()   # prototype may be on new line ...
                # ...
                if ( $type eq 'i' ) { $token =~ s/\s+$//g }
            }

            # change 'LABEL   :'   to 'LABEL:'
            elsif ( $type eq 'J' ) { $token =~ s/\s+//g }

            # patch to add space to something like "x10"
            # This avoids having to split this token in the pre-tokenizer
            elsif ( $type eq 'n' ) {
                if ( $token =~ /^x\d+/ ) { $token =~ s/x/x / }
            }

            elsif ( $type eq 'Q' ) {
                note_embedded_tab() if ( $token =~ "\t" );

                # make note of something like '$var = s/xxx/yyy/;'
                # in case it should have been '$var =~ s/xxx/yyy/;'
                if (
                       $token =~ /^(s|tr|y|m|\/)/
                    && $last_nonblank_token =~ /^(=|==|!=)$/

                    # precededed by simple scalar
                    && $last_last_nonblank_type eq 'i'
                    && $last_last_nonblank_token =~ /^\$/

                    # followed by some kind of termination
                    # (but give complaint if we can's see far enough ahead)
                    && $next_nonblank_token =~ /^[; \)\}]$/

                    # scalar is not decleared
                    && !(
                           $types_to_go[0] eq 'k'
                        && $tokens_to_go[0] =~ /^(my|our|local)$/
                    )
                  )
                {
                    my $guess = substr( $last_nonblank_token, 0, 1 ) . '~';
                    complain(
"Note: be sure you want '$last_nonblank_token' instead of '$guess' here\n"
                    );
                }
            }

           # trim blanks from right of qw quotes
           # (To avoid trimming qw quotes use -ntqw; the tokenizer handles this)
            elsif ( $type eq 'q' ) {
                $token =~ s/\s*$//;
                note_embedded_tab() if ( $token =~ "\t" );
            }

            #--------------------------------------------------------
            # End of section to patch token text
            #--------------------------------------------------------

            # insert any needed whitespace
            if (   ( $type ne 'b' )
                && ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 )
                && ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] ne 'b' )
                && $rOpts_add_whitespace )
            {
                my $ws = $$rwhite_space_flag[$j];

                if ( $ws == 1 ) {
                    insert_new_token_to_go( ' ', 'b', $slevel,
                        $no_internal_newlines );
                }
            }

            # Do not allow breaks which would promote a side comment to a
            # block comment.  In order to allow a break before an opening
            # or closing BLOCK, followed by a side comment, those sections
            # of code will handle this flag separately.
            my $side_comment_follows = ( $next_nonblank_token_type eq '#' );
            my $is_opening_BLOCK =
              (      $type eq '{'
                  && $token eq '{'
                  && $block_type
                  && $block_type ne 't' );
            my $is_closing_BLOCK =
              (      $type eq '}'
                  && $token eq '}'
                  && $block_type
                  && $block_type ne 't' );

            if (   $side_comment_follows
                && !$is_opening_BLOCK
                && !$is_closing_BLOCK )
            {
                $no_internal_newlines = 1;
            }

            # We're only going to handle breaking for code BLOCKS at this
            # (top) level.  Other indentation breaks will be handled by
            # sub scan_list, which is better suited to dealing with them.
            if ($is_opening_BLOCK) {

                # Tentatively output this token.  This is required before
                # calling starting_one_line_block.  We may have to unstore
                # it, though, if we have to break before it.
                store_token_to_go($side_comment_follows);

                # Look ahead to see if we might form a one-line block
                my $too_long =
                  starting_one_line_block( $j, $jmax, $level, $slevel,
                    $ci_level, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rblock_type );
                clear_breakpoint_undo_stack();

                # to simplify the logic below, set a flag to indicate if
                # this opening brace is far from the keyword which introduces it
                my $keyword_on_same_line = 1;
                if (   ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 )
                    && ( $last_nonblank_type eq ')' ) )
                {
                    if (   $block_type =~ /^(if|else|elsif)$/
                        && ( $tokens_to_go[0] eq '}' )
                        && $rOpts_cuddled_else )
                    {
                        $keyword_on_same_line = 1;
                    }
                    elsif ( ( $slevel < $nesting_depth_to_go[0] ) || $too_long )
                    {
                        $keyword_on_same_line = 0;
                    }
                }

                # decide if user requested break before '{'
                my $want_break =

                  # use -bl flag if not a sub block of any type
                  $block_type !~ /^sub/
                  ? $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'}

                  # use -sbl flag for a named sub block
                  : $block_type !~ /^sub\W*$/
                  ? $rOpts->{'opening-sub-brace-on-new-line'}

                  # use -asbl flag for an anonymous sub block
                  : $rOpts->{'opening-anonymous-sub-brace-on-new-line'};

                # Break before an opening '{' ...
                if (

                    # if requested
                    $want_break

                    # and we were unable to start looking for a block,
                    && $index_start_one_line_block == UNDEFINED_INDEX

                    # or if it will not be on same line as its keyword, so that
                    # it will be outdented (eval.t, overload.t), and the user
                    # has not insisted on keeping it on the right
                    || (   !$keyword_on_same_line
                        && !$rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'} )

                  )
                {

                    # but only if allowed
                    unless ($no_internal_newlines) {

                        # since we already stored this token, we must unstore it
                        unstore_token_to_go();

                        # then output the line
                        output_line_to_go();

                        # and now store this token at the start of a new line
                        store_token_to_go($side_comment_follows);
                    }
                }

                # Now update for side comment
                if ($side_comment_follows) { $no_internal_newlines = 1 }

                # now output this line
                unless ($no_internal_newlines) {
                    output_line_to_go();
                }
            }

            elsif ($is_closing_BLOCK) {

                # If there is a pending one-line block ..
                if ( $index_start_one_line_block != UNDEFINED_INDEX ) {

                    # we have to terminate it if..
                    if (

                    # it is too long (final length may be different from
                    # initial estimate). note: must allow 1 space for this token
                        excess_line_length( $index_start_one_line_block,
                            $max_index_to_go ) >= 0

                        # or if it has too many semicolons
                        || (   $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct == 0
                            && $last_nonblank_type ne ';' )
                      )
                    {
                        destroy_one_line_block();
                    }
                }

                # put a break before this closing curly brace if appropriate
                unless ( $no_internal_newlines
                    || $index_start_one_line_block != UNDEFINED_INDEX )
                {

                    # add missing semicolon if ...
                    # there are some tokens
                    if (
                        ( $max_index_to_go > 0 )

                        # and we don't have one
                        && ( $last_nonblank_type ne ';' )

                        # patch until some block type issues are fixed:
                        # Do not add semi-colon for block types '{',
                        # '}', and ';' because we cannot be sure yet
                        # that this is a block and not an anonomyous
                        # hash (blktype.t, blktype1.t)
                        && ( $block_type !~ /^[\{\};]$/ )

                        # patch: and do not add semi-colons for recently
                        # added block types (see tmp/semicolon.t)
                        && ( $block_type !~
                            /^(switch|case|given|when|default)$/ )

                        # it seems best not to add semicolons in these
                        # special block types: sort|map|grep
                        && ( !$is_sort_map_grep{$block_type} )

                        # and we are allowed to do so.
                        && $rOpts->{'add-semicolons'}
                      )
                    {

                        save_current_token();
                        $token  = ';';
                        $type   = ';';
                        $level  = $levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
                        $slevel = $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
                        $nesting_blocks =
                          $nesting_blocks_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
                        $ci_level       = $ci_levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
                        $block_type     = "";
                        $container_type = "";
                        $container_environment = "";
                        $type_sequence         = "";

                        # Note - we remove any blank AFTER extracting its
                        # parameters such as level, etc, above
                        if ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq 'b' ) {
                            unstore_token_to_go();
                        }
                        store_token_to_go();

                        note_added_semicolon();
                        restore_current_token();
                    }

                    # then write out everything before this closing curly brace
                    output_line_to_go();

                }

                # Now update for side comment
                if ($side_comment_follows) { $no_internal_newlines = 1 }

                # store the closing curly brace
                store_token_to_go();

                # ok, we just stored a closing curly brace.  Often, but
                # not always, we want to end the line immediately.
                # So now we have to check for special cases.

                # if this '}' successfully ends a one-line block..
                my $is_one_line_block = 0;
                my $keep_going        = 0;
                if ( $index_start_one_line_block != UNDEFINED_INDEX ) {

                    # Remember the type of token just before the
                    # opening brace.  It would be more general to use
                    # a stack, but this will work for one-line blocks.
                    $is_one_line_block =
                      $types_to_go[$index_start_one_line_block];

                    # we have to actually make it by removing tentative
                    # breaks that were set within it
                    undo_forced_breakpoint_stack(0);
                    set_nobreaks( $index_start_one_line_block,
                        $max_index_to_go - 1 );

                    # then re-initialize for the next one-line block
                    destroy_one_line_block();

                    # then decide if we want to break after the '}' ..
                    # We will keep going to allow certain brace followers as in:
                    #   do { $ifclosed = 1; last } unless $losing;
                    #
                    # But make a line break if the curly ends a
                    # significant block:
                    if (
                        $is_block_without_semicolon{$block_type}

                        # if needless semicolon follows we handle it later
                        && $next_nonblank_token ne ';'
                      )
                    {
                        output_line_to_go() unless ($no_internal_newlines);
                    }
                }

                # set string indicating what we need to look for brace follower
                # tokens
                if ( $block_type eq 'do' ) {
                    $rbrace_follower = \%is_do_follower;
                }
                elsif ( $block_type =~ /^(if|elsif|unless)$/ ) {
                    $rbrace_follower = \%is_if_brace_follower;
                }
                elsif ( $block_type eq 'else' ) {
                    $rbrace_follower = \%is_else_brace_follower;
                }

                # added eval for borris.t
                elsif ($is_sort_map_grep_eval{$block_type}
                    || $is_one_line_block eq 'G' )
                {
                    $rbrace_follower = undef;
                    $keep_going      = 1;
                }

                # anonymous sub
                elsif ( $block_type =~ /^sub\W*$/ ) {

                    if ($is_one_line_block) {
                        $rbrace_follower = \%is_anon_sub_1_brace_follower;
                    }
                    else {
                        $rbrace_follower = \%is_anon_sub_brace_follower;
                    }
                }

                # None of the above: specify what can follow a closing
                # brace of a block which is not an
                # if/elsif/else/do/sort/map/grep/eval
                # Testfiles:
                # 'Toolbar.pm', 'Menubar.pm', bless.t, '3rules.pl', 'break1.t
                else {
                    $rbrace_follower = \%is_other_brace_follower;
                }

                # See if an elsif block is followed by another elsif or else;
                # complain if not.
                if ( $block_type eq 'elsif' ) {

                    if ( $next_nonblank_token_type eq 'b' ) {    # end of line?
                        $looking_for_else = 1;    # ok, check on next line
                    }
                    else {

                        unless ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^(elsif|else)$/ ) {
                            write_logfile_entry("No else block :(\n");
                        }
                    }
                }

                # keep going after certain block types (map,sort,grep,eval)
                # added eval for borris.t
                if ($keep_going) {

                    # keep going
                }

                # if no more tokens, postpone decision until re-entring
                elsif ( ( $next_nonblank_token_type eq 'b' )
                    && $rOpts_add_newlines )
                {
                    unless ($rbrace_follower) {
                        output_line_to_go() unless ($no_internal_newlines);
                    }
                }

                elsif ($rbrace_follower) {

                    unless ( $rbrace_follower->{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
                        output_line_to_go() unless ($no_internal_newlines);
                    }
                    $rbrace_follower = undef;
                }

                else {
                    output_line_to_go() unless ($no_internal_newlines);
                }

            }    # end treatment of closing block token

            # handle semicolon
            elsif ( $type eq ';' ) {

                # kill one-line blocks with too many semicolons
                $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct--;
                if (
                    ( $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct < 0 )
                    || (   $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct == 0
                        && $next_nonblank_token_type !~ /^[b\}]$/ )
                  )
                {
                    destroy_one_line_block();
                }

                # Remove unnecessary semicolons, but not after bare
                # blocks, where it could be unsafe if the brace is
                # mistokenized.
                if (
                    (
                        $last_nonblank_token eq '}'
                        && (
                            $is_block_without_semicolon{
                                $last_nonblank_block_type}
                            || $last_nonblank_block_type =~ /^sub\s+\w/
                            || $last_nonblank_block_type =~ /^\w+:$/ )
                    )
                    || $last_nonblank_type eq ';'
                  )
                {

                    if (
                        $rOpts->{'delete-semicolons'}

                        # don't delete ; before a # because it would promote it
                        # to a block comment
                        && ( $next_nonblank_token_type ne '#' )
                      )
                    {
                        note_deleted_semicolon();
                        output_line_to_go()
                          unless ( $no_internal_newlines
                            || $index_start_one_line_block != UNDEFINED_INDEX );
                        next;
                    }
                    else {
                        write_logfile_entry("Extra ';'\n");
                    }
                }
                store_token_to_go();

                output_line_to_go()
                  unless ( $no_internal_newlines
                    || ( $rOpts_keep_interior_semicolons && $j < $jmax )
                    || ( $next_nonblank_token eq '}' ) );

            }

            # handle here_doc target string
            elsif ( $type eq 'h' ) {
                $no_internal_newlines =
                  1;    # no newlines after seeing here-target
                destroy_one_line_block();
                store_token_to_go();
            }

            # handle all other token types
            else {

                # if this is a blank...
                if ( $type eq 'b' ) {

                    # make it just one character
                    $token = ' ' if $rOpts_add_whitespace;

                    # delete it if unwanted by whitespace rules
                    # or we are deleting all whitespace
                    my $ws = $$rwhite_space_flag[ $j + 1 ];
                    if ( ( defined($ws) && $ws == -1 )
                        || $rOpts_delete_old_whitespace )
                    {

                        # unless it might make a syntax error
                        next
                          unless is_essential_whitespace(
                            $last_last_nonblank_token,
                            $last_last_nonblank_type,
                            $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go],
                            $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go],
                            $$rtokens[ $j + 1 ],
                            $$rtoken_type[ $j + 1 ]
                          );
                    }
                }
                store_token_to_go();
            }

            # remember two previous nonblank OUTPUT tokens
            if ( $type ne '#' && $type ne 'b' ) {
                $last_last_nonblank_token = $last_nonblank_token;
                $last_last_nonblank_type  = $last_nonblank_type;
                $last_nonblank_token      = $token;
                $last_nonblank_type       = $type;
                $last_nonblank_block_type = $block_type;
            }

            # unset the continued-quote flag since it only applies to the
            # first token, and we want to resume normal formatting if
            # there are additional tokens on the line
            $in_continued_quote = 0;

        }    # end of loop over all tokens in this 'line_of_tokens'

        # we have to flush ..
        if (

            # if there is a side comment
            ( ( $type eq '#' ) && !$rOpts->{'delete-side-comments'} )

            # if this line ends in a quote
            # NOTE: This is critically important for insuring that quoted lines
            # do not get processed by things like -sot and -sct
            || $in_quote

            # if this is a VERSION statement
            || $is_VERSION_statement

            # to keep a label on one line if that is how it is now
            || ( ( $type eq 'J' ) && ( $max_index_to_go == 0 ) )

            # if we are instructed to keep all old line breaks
            || !$rOpts->{'delete-old-newlines'}
          )
        {
            destroy_one_line_block();
            output_line_to_go();
        }

        # mark old line breakpoints in current output stream
        if ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 && !$rOpts_ignore_old_breakpoints ) {
            $old_breakpoint_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = 1;
        }
    }    # end sub print_line_of_tokens
}    # end print_line_of_tokens

# sub output_line_to_go sends one logical line of tokens on down the
# pipeline to the VerticalAligner package, breaking the line into continuation
# lines as necessary.  The line of tokens is ready to go in the "to_go"
# arrays.
sub output_line_to_go {

    # debug stuff; this routine can be called from many points
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_OUTPUT && do {
        my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller;
        write_diagnostics(
"OUTPUT: output_line_to_go called: $a $c $last_nonblank_type $last_nonblank_token, one_line=$index_start_one_line_block, tokens to write=$max_index_to_go\n"
        );
        my $output_str = join "", @tokens_to_go[ 0 .. $max_index_to_go ];
        write_diagnostics("$output_str\n");
    };

    # just set a tentative breakpoint if we might be in a one-line block
    if ( $index_start_one_line_block != UNDEFINED_INDEX ) {
        set_forced_breakpoint($max_index_to_go);
        return;
    }

    my $cscw_block_comment;
    $cscw_block_comment = add_closing_side_comment()
      if ( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comments'} && $max_index_to_go >= 0 );

    match_opening_and_closing_tokens();

    # tell the -lp option we are outputting a batch so it can close
    # any unfinished items in its stack
    finish_lp_batch();

    # If this line ends in a code block brace, set breaks at any
    # previous closing code block braces to breakup a chain of code
    # blocks on one line.  This is very rare but can happen for
    # user-defined subs.  For example we might be looking at this:
    #  BOOL { $server_data{uptime} > 0; } NUM { $server_data{load}; } STR {
    my $saw_good_break = 0;    # flag to force breaks even if short line
    if (

        # looking for opening or closing block brace
        $block_type_to_go[$max_index_to_go]

        # but not one of these which are never duplicated on a line:
        # until|while|for|if|elsif|else
        && !$is_block_without_semicolon{ $block_type_to_go[$max_index_to_go] }
      )
    {
        my $lev = $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];

        # Walk backwards from the end and
        # set break at any closing block braces at the same level.
        # But quit if we are not in a chain of blocks.
        for ( my $i = $max_index_to_go - 1 ; $i >= 0 ; $i-- ) {
            last if ( $levels_to_go[$i] < $lev );    # stop at a lower level
            next if ( $levels_to_go[$i] > $lev );    # skip past higher level

            if ( $block_type_to_go[$i] ) {
                if ( $tokens_to_go[$i] eq '}' ) {
                    set_forced_breakpoint($i);
                    $saw_good_break = 1;
                }
            }

            # quit if we see anything besides words, function, blanks
            # at this level
            elsif ( $types_to_go[$i] !~ /^[\(\)Gwib]$/ ) { last }
        }
    }

    my $imin = 0;
    my $imax = $max_index_to_go;

    # trim any blank tokens
    if ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 ) {
        if ( $types_to_go[$imin] eq 'b' ) { $imin++ }
        if ( $types_to_go[$imax] eq 'b' ) { $imax-- }
    }

    # anything left to write?
    if ( $imin <= $imax ) {

        # add a blank line before certain key types but not after a comment
        ##if ( $last_line_leading_type !~ /^[#b]/ ) {
        if ( $last_line_leading_type !~ /^[#]/ ) {
            my $want_blank    = 0;
            my $leading_token = $tokens_to_go[$imin];
            my $leading_type  = $types_to_go[$imin];

            # blank lines before subs except declarations and one-liners
            # MCONVERSION LOCATION - for sub tokenization change
            if ( $leading_token =~ /^(sub\s)/ && $leading_type eq 'i' ) {
                $want_blank = $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-subs'}
                  if (
                    terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, $imin,
                        $imax ) !~ /^[\;\}]$/
                  );
            }

            # break before all package declarations
            # MCONVERSION LOCATION - for tokenizaton change
            elsif ($leading_token =~ /^(package\s)/
                && $leading_type eq 'i' )
            {
                $want_blank = $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-packages'};
            }

            # break before certain key blocks except one-liners
            if ( $leading_token =~ /^(BEGIN|END)$/ && $leading_type eq 'k' ) {
                $want_blank = $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-subs'}
                  if (
                    terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, $imin,
                        $imax ) ne '}'
                  );
            }

            # Break before certain block types if we haven't had a
            # break at this level for a while.  This is the
            # difficult decision..
            elsif ($leading_type eq 'k'
                && $last_line_leading_type ne 'b'
                && $leading_token =~ /^(unless|if|while|until|for|foreach)$/ )
            {
                my $lc = $nonblank_lines_at_depth[$last_line_leading_level];
                if ( !defined($lc) ) { $lc = 0 }

                $want_blank =
                     $rOpts->{'blanks-before-blocks'}
                  && $lc >= $rOpts->{'long-block-line-count'}
                  && $file_writer_object->get_consecutive_nonblank_lines() >=
                  $rOpts->{'long-block-line-count'}
                  && (
                    terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, $imin,
                        $imax ) ne '}'
                  );
            }

            if ($want_blank) {

                # future: send blank line down normal path to VerticalAligner
                Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::flush();
                $file_writer_object->require_blank_code_lines($want_blank);
            }
        }

        # update blank line variables and count number of consecutive
        # non-blank, non-comment lines at this level
        $last_last_line_leading_level = $last_line_leading_level;
        $last_line_leading_level      = $levels_to_go[$imin];
        if ( $last_line_leading_level < 0 ) { $last_line_leading_level = 0 }
        $last_line_leading_type = $types_to_go[$imin];
        if (   $last_line_leading_level == $last_last_line_leading_level
            && $last_line_leading_type ne 'b'
            && $last_line_leading_type ne '#'
            && defined( $nonblank_lines_at_depth[$last_line_leading_level] ) )
        {
            $nonblank_lines_at_depth[$last_line_leading_level]++;
        }
        else {
            $nonblank_lines_at_depth[$last_line_leading_level] = 1;
        }

        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FLUSH && do {
            my ( $package, $file, $line ) = caller;
            print
"FLUSH: flushing from $package $file $line, types= $types_to_go[$imin] to $types_to_go[$imax]\n";
        };

        # add a couple of extra terminal blank tokens
        pad_array_to_go();

        # set all forced breakpoints for good list formatting
        my $is_long_line = excess_line_length( $imin, $max_index_to_go ) > 0;

        if (
            $max_index_to_go > 0
            && (
                   $is_long_line
                || $old_line_count_in_batch > 1
                || is_unbalanced_batch()
                || (
                    $comma_count_in_batch
                    && (   $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table > 0
                        || $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints == 0 )
                )
            )
          )
        {
            $saw_good_break ||= scan_list();
        }

        # let $ri_first and $ri_last be references to lists of
        # first and last tokens of line fragments to output..
        my ( $ri_first, $ri_last );

        # write a single line if..
        if (

            # we aren't allowed to add any newlines
            !$rOpts_add_newlines

            # or, we don't already have an interior breakpoint
            # and we didn't see a good breakpoint
            || (
                   !$forced_breakpoint_count
                && !$saw_good_break

                # and this line is 'short'
                && !$is_long_line
            )
          )
        {
            @$ri_first = ($imin);
            @$ri_last  = ($imax);
        }

        # otherwise use multiple lines
        else {

            ( $ri_first, $ri_last, my $colon_count ) =
              set_continuation_breaks($saw_good_break);

            break_all_chain_tokens( $ri_first, $ri_last );

            break_equals( $ri_first, $ri_last );

            # now we do a correction step to clean this up a bit
            # (The only time we would not do this is for debugging)
            if ( $rOpts->{'recombine'} ) {
                ( $ri_first, $ri_last ) =
                  recombine_breakpoints( $ri_first, $ri_last );
            }

            insert_final_breaks( $ri_first, $ri_last ) if $colon_count;
        }

        # do corrector step if -lp option is used
        my $do_not_pad = 0;
        if ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses) {
            $do_not_pad = correct_lp_indentation( $ri_first, $ri_last );
        }
        send_lines_to_vertical_aligner( $ri_first, $ri_last, $do_not_pad );
    }
    prepare_for_new_input_lines();

    # output any new -cscw block comment
    if ($cscw_block_comment) {
        flush();
        $file_writer_object->write_code_line( $cscw_block_comment . "\n" );
    }
}

sub note_added_semicolon {
    $last_added_semicolon_at = $input_line_number;
    if ( $added_semicolon_count == 0 ) {
        $first_added_semicolon_at = $last_added_semicolon_at;
    }
    $added_semicolon_count++;
    write_logfile_entry("Added ';' here\n");
}

sub note_deleted_semicolon {
    $last_deleted_semicolon_at = $input_line_number;
    if ( $deleted_semicolon_count == 0 ) {
        $first_deleted_semicolon_at = $last_deleted_semicolon_at;
    }
    $deleted_semicolon_count++;
    write_logfile_entry("Deleted unnecessary ';'\n");    # i hope ;)
}

sub note_embedded_tab {
    $embedded_tab_count++;
    $last_embedded_tab_at = $input_line_number;
    if ( !$first_embedded_tab_at ) {
        $first_embedded_tab_at = $last_embedded_tab_at;
    }

    if ( $embedded_tab_count <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
        write_logfile_entry("Embedded tabs in quote or pattern\n");
    }
}

sub starting_one_line_block {

    # after seeing an opening curly brace, look for the closing brace
    # and see if the entire block will fit on a line.  This routine is
    # not always right because it uses the old whitespace, so a check
    # is made later (at the closing brace) to make sure we really
    # have a one-line block.  We have to do this preliminary check,
    # though, because otherwise we would always break at a semicolon
    # within a one-line block if the block contains multiple statements.

    my ( $j, $jmax, $level, $slevel, $ci_level, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
        $rblock_type )
      = @_;

    # kill any current block - we can only go 1 deep
    destroy_one_line_block();

    # return value:
    #  1=distance from start of block to opening brace exceeds line length
    #  0=otherwise

    my $i_start = 0;

    # shouldn't happen: there must have been a prior call to
    # store_token_to_go to put the opening brace in the output stream
    if ( $max_index_to_go < 0 ) {
        warning("program bug: store_token_to_go called incorrectly\n");
        report_definite_bug();
    }
    else {

        # cannot use one-line blocks with cuddled else else/elsif lines
        if ( ( $tokens_to_go[0] eq '}' ) && $rOpts_cuddled_else ) {
            return 0;
        }
    }

    my $block_type = $$rblock_type[$j];

    # find the starting keyword for this block (such as 'if', 'else', ...)

    if ( $block_type =~ /^[\{\}\;\:]$/ ) {
        $i_start = $max_index_to_go;
    }

    elsif ( $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go eq ')' ) {

        # For something like "if (xxx) {", the keyword "if" will be
        # just after the most recent break. This will be 0 unless
        # we have just killed a one-line block and are starting another.
        # (doif.t)
        $i_start = $index_max_forced_break + 1;
        if ( $types_to_go[$i_start] eq 'b' ) {
            $i_start++;
        }

        unless ( $tokens_to_go[$i_start] eq $block_type ) {
            return 0;
        }
    }

    # the previous nonblank token should start these block types
    elsif (
        ( $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go eq $block_type )
        || (   $block_type =~ /^sub/
            && $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go =~ /^sub/ )
      )
    {
        $i_start = $last_last_nonblank_index_to_go;
    }

    # patch for SWITCH/CASE to retain one-line case/when blocks
    elsif ( $block_type eq 'case' || $block_type eq 'when' ) {
        $i_start = $index_max_forced_break + 1;
        if ( $types_to_go[$i_start] eq 'b' ) {
            $i_start++;
        }
        unless ( $tokens_to_go[$i_start] eq $block_type ) {
            return 0;
        }
    }

    else {
        return 1;
    }

    my $pos = total_line_length( $i_start, $max_index_to_go ) - 1;

    my $i;

    # see if length is too long to even start
    if ( $pos > $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
        return 1;
    }

    for ( $i = $j + 1 ; $i <= $jmax ; $i++ ) {

        # old whitespace could be arbitrarily large, so don't use it
        if   ( $$rtoken_type[$i] eq 'b' ) { $pos += 1 }
        else                              { $pos += length( $$rtokens[$i] ) }

        # Return false result if we exceed the maximum line length,
        if ( $pos > $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
            return 0;
        }

        # or encounter another opening brace before finding the closing brace.
        elsif ($$rtokens[$i] eq '{'
            && $$rtoken_type[$i] eq '{'
            && $$rblock_type[$i] )
        {
            return 0;
        }

        # if we find our closing brace..
        elsif ($$rtokens[$i] eq '}'
            && $$rtoken_type[$i] eq '}'
            && $$rblock_type[$i] )
        {

            # be sure any trailing comment also fits on the line
            my $i_nonblank =
              ( $$rtoken_type[ $i + 1 ] eq 'b' ) ? $i + 2 : $i + 1;

            # Patch for one-line sort/map/grep/eval blocks with side comments:
            # We will ignore the side comment length for sort/map/grep/eval
            # because this can lead to statements which change every time
            # perltidy is run.  Here is an example from Denis Moskowitz which
            # oscillates between these two states without this patch:

## --------
## grep { $_->foo ne 'bar' } # asdfa asdf asdf asdf asdf asdf asdf asdf asdf asdf asdf
##  @baz;
##
## grep {
##     $_->foo ne 'bar'
##   }    # asdfa asdf asdf asdf asdf asdf asdf asdf asdf asdf asdf
##   @baz;
## --------

            # When the first line is input it gets broken apart by the main
            # line break logic in sub print_line_of_tokens.
            # When the second line is input it gets recombined by
            # print_line_of_tokens and passed to the output routines.  The
            # output routines (set_continuation_breaks) do not break it apart
            # because the bond strengths are set to the highest possible value
            # for grep/map/eval/sort blocks, so the first version gets output.
            # It would be possible to fix this by changing bond strengths,
            # but they are high to prevent errors in older versions of perl.

            if ( $$rtoken_type[$i_nonblank] eq '#'
                && !$is_sort_map_grep{$block_type} )
            {

                ## POSSIBLE FUTURE PATCH FOR IGNORING SIDE COMMENT LENGTHS
                ## WHEN CHECKING FOR ONE-LINE BLOCKS:
                ##  if (flag set) then (just add 1 to pos)
                $pos += length( $$rtokens[$i_nonblank] );

                if ( $i_nonblank > $i + 1 ) {

                    # source whitespace could be anything, assume
                    # at least one space before the hash on output
                    if ( $$rtoken_type[ $i + 1 ] eq 'b' ) { $pos += 1 }
                    else { $pos += length( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] ) }
                }

                if ( $pos >= $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
                    return 0;
                }
            }

            # ok, it's a one-line block
            create_one_line_block( $i_start, 20 );
            return 0;
        }

        # just keep going for other characters
        else {
        }
    }

    # Allow certain types of new one-line blocks to form by joining
    # input lines.  These can be safely done, but for other block types,
    # we keep old one-line blocks but do not form new ones. It is not
    # always a good idea to make as many one-line blocks as possible,
    # so other types are not done.  The user can always use -mangle.
    if ( $is_sort_map_grep_eval{$block_type} ) {
        create_one_line_block( $i_start, 1 );
    }

    return 0;
}

sub unstore_token_to_go {

    # remove most recent token from output stream
    if ( $max_index_to_go > 0 ) {
        $max_index_to_go--;
    }
    else {
        $max_index_to_go = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
    }

}

sub want_blank_line {
    flush();
    $file_writer_object->want_blank_line();
}

sub write_unindented_line {
    flush();
    $file_writer_object->write_line( $_[0] );
}

sub undo_ci {

    # Undo continuation indentation in certain sequences
    # For example, we can undo continuation indation in sort/map/grep chains
    #    my $dat1 = pack( "n*",
    #        map { $_, $lookup->{$_} }
    #          sort { $a <=> $b }
    #          grep { $lookup->{$_} ne $default } keys %$lookup );
    # To align the map/sort/grep keywords like this:
    #    my $dat1 = pack( "n*",
    #        map { $_, $lookup->{$_} }
    #        sort { $a <=> $b }
    #        grep { $lookup->{$_} ne $default } keys %$lookup );
    my ( $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
    my ( $line_1, $line_2, $lev_last );
    my $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated;
    my $max_line = @$ri_first - 1;

    # looking at each line of this batch..
    # We are looking at leading tokens and looking for a sequence
    # all at the same level and higher level than enclosing lines.
    foreach my $line ( 0 .. $max_line ) {

        my $ibeg = $$ri_first[$line];
        my $lev  = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
        if ( $line > 0 ) {

            # if we have started a chain..
            if ($line_1) {

                # see if it continues..
                if ( $lev == $lev_last ) {
                    if (   $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'k'
                        && $is_sort_map_grep{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] } )
                    {

                        # chain continues...
                        # check for chain ending at end of a a statement
                        if ( $line == $max_line ) {

                            # see of this line ends a statement
                            my $iend = $$ri_last[$line];
                            $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated =
                              $types_to_go[$iend] eq ';'

                              # with possible side comment
                              || ( $types_to_go[$iend] eq '#'
                                && $iend - $ibeg >= 2
                                && $types_to_go[ $iend - 2 ] eq ';'
                                && $types_to_go[ $iend - 1 ] eq 'b' );
                        }
                        $line_2 = $line if ($this_line_is_semicolon_terminated);
                    }
                    else {

                        # kill chain
                        $line_1 = undef;
                    }
                }
                elsif ( $lev < $lev_last ) {

                    # chain ends with previous line
                    $line_2 = $line - 1;
                }
                elsif ( $lev > $lev_last ) {

                    # kill chain
                    $line_1 = undef;
                }

                # undo the continuation indentation if a chain ends
                if ( defined($line_2) && defined($line_1) ) {
                    my $continuation_line_count = $line_2 - $line_1 + 1;
                    @ci_levels_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $line_2 ] ] =
                      (0) x ($continuation_line_count);
                    @leading_spaces_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $line_2 ] ] =
                      @reduced_spaces_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $line_2 ] ];
                    $line_1 = undef;
                }
            }

            # not in a chain yet..
            else {

                # look for start of a new sort/map/grep chain
                if ( $lev > $lev_last ) {
                    if (   $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'k'
                        && $is_sort_map_grep{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] } )
                    {
                        $line_1 = $line;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        $lev_last = $lev;
    }
}

sub undo_lp_ci {

    # If there is a single, long parameter within parens, like this:
    #
    #  $self->command( "/msg "
    #        . $infoline->chan
    #        . " You said $1, but did you know that it's square was "
    #        . $1 * $1 . " ?" );
    #
    # we can remove the continuation indentation of the 2nd and higher lines
    # to achieve this effect, which is more pleasing:
    #
    #  $self->command("/msg "
    #                 . $infoline->chan
    #                 . " You said $1, but did you know that it's square was "
    #                 . $1 * $1 . " ?");

    my ( $line_open, $i_start, $closing_index, $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
    my $max_line = @$ri_first - 1;

    # must be multiple lines
    return unless $max_line > $line_open;

    my $lev_start     = $levels_to_go[$i_start];
    my $ci_start_plus = 1 + $ci_levels_to_go[$i_start];

    # see if all additional lines in this container have continuation
    # indentation
    my $n;
    my $line_1 = 1 + $line_open;
    for ( $n = $line_1 ; $n <= $max_line ; ++$n ) {
        my $ibeg = $$ri_first[$n];
        my $iend = $$ri_last[$n];
        if ( $ibeg eq $closing_index ) { $n--; last }
        return if ( $lev_start != $levels_to_go[$ibeg] );
        return if ( $ci_start_plus != $ci_levels_to_go[$ibeg] );
        last   if ( $closing_index <= $iend );
    }

    # we can reduce the indentation of all continuation lines
    my $continuation_line_count = $n - $line_open;
    @ci_levels_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $n ] ] =
      (0) x ($continuation_line_count);
    @leading_spaces_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $n ] ] =
      @reduced_spaces_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $n ] ];
}

sub set_logical_padding {

    # Look at a batch of lines and see if extra padding can improve the
    # alignment when there are certain leading operators. Here is an
    # example, in which some extra space is introduced before
    # '( $year' to make it line up with the subsequent lines:
    #
    #       if (   ( $Year < 1601 )
    #           || ( $Year > 2899 )
    #           || ( $EndYear < 1601 )
    #           || ( $EndYear > 2899 ) )
    #       {
    #           &Error_OutOfRange;
    #       }
    #
    my ( $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
    my $max_line = @$ri_first - 1;

    my ( $ibeg, $ibeg_next, $ibegm, $iend, $iendm, $ipad, $line, $pad_spaces,
        $tok_next, $type_next, $has_leading_op_next, $has_leading_op );

    # looking at each line of this batch..
    foreach $line ( 0 .. $max_line - 1 ) {

        # see if the next line begins with a logical operator
        $ibeg      = $$ri_first[$line];
        $iend      = $$ri_last[$line];
        $ibeg_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 1 ];
        $tok_next  = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
        $type_next = $types_to_go[$ibeg_next];

        $has_leading_op_next = ( $tok_next =~ /^\w/ )
          ? $is_chain_operator{$tok_next}      # + - * / : ? && ||
          : $is_chain_operator{$type_next};    # and, or

        next unless ($has_leading_op_next);

        # next line must not be at lesser depth
        next
          if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] > $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] );

        # identify the token in this line to be padded on the left
        $ipad = undef;

        # handle lines at same depth...
        if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] == $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] ) {

            # if this is not first line of the batch ...
            if ( $line > 0 ) {

                # and we have leading operator..
                next if $has_leading_op;

                # Introduce padding if..
                # 1. the previous line is at lesser depth, or
                # 2. the previous line ends in an assignment
                # 3. the previous line ends in a 'return'
                # 4. the previous line ends in a comma
                # Example 1: previous line at lesser depth
                #       if (   ( $Year < 1601 )      # <- we are here but
                #           || ( $Year > 2899 )      #  list has not yet
                #           || ( $EndYear < 1601 )   # collapsed vertically
                #           || ( $EndYear > 2899 ) )
                #       {
                #
                # Example 2: previous line ending in assignment:
                #    $leapyear =
                #        $year % 4   ? 0     # <- We are here
                #      : $year % 100 ? 1
                #      : $year % 400 ? 0
                #      : 1;
                #
                # Example 3: previous line ending in comma:
                #    push @expr,
                #        /test/   ? undef
                #      : eval($_) ? 1
                #      : eval($_) ? 1
                #      :            0;

                # be sure levels agree (do not indent after an indented 'if')
                next if ( $levels_to_go[$ibeg] ne $levels_to_go[$ibeg_next] );

                # allow padding on first line after a comma but only if:
                # (1) this is line 2 and
                # (2) there are at more than three lines and
                # (3) lines 3 and 4 have the same leading operator
                # These rules try to prevent padding within a long
                # comma-separated list.
                my $ok_comma;
                if (   $types_to_go[$iendm] eq ','
                    && $line == 1
                    && $max_line > 2 )
                {
                    my $ibeg_next_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 2 ];
                    my $tok_next_next  = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next_next];
                    $ok_comma = $tok_next_next eq $tok_next;
                }

                next
                  unless (
                       $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$iendm] }
                    || $ok_comma
                    || ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibegm] <
                        $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] )
                    || (   $types_to_go[$iendm] eq 'k'
                        && $tokens_to_go[$iendm] eq 'return' )
                  );

                # we will add padding before the first token
                $ipad = $ibeg;
            }

            # for first line of the batch..
            else {

                # WARNING: Never indent if first line is starting in a
                # continued quote, which would change the quote.
                next if $starting_in_quote;

                # if this is text after closing '}'
                # then look for an interior token to pad
                if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq '}' ) {

                }

                # otherwise, we might pad if it looks really good
                else {

                    # we might pad token $ibeg, so be sure that it
                    # is at the same depth as the next line.
                    next
                      if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] !=
                        $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] );

                    # We can pad on line 1 of a statement if at least 3
                    # lines will be aligned. Otherwise, it
                    # can look very confusing.

                 # We have to be careful not to pad if there are too few
                 # lines.  The current rule is:
                 # (1) in general we require at least 3 consecutive lines
                 # with the same leading chain operator token,
                 # (2) but an exception is that we only require two lines
                 # with leading colons if there are no more lines.  For example,
                 # the first $i in the following snippet would get padding
                 # by the second rule:
                 #
                 #   $i == 1 ? ( "First", "Color" )
                 # : $i == 2 ? ( "Then",  "Rarity" )
                 # :           ( "Then",  "Name" );

                    if ( $max_line > 1 ) {
                        my $leading_token = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
                        my $tokens_differ;

                        # never indent line 1 of a '.' series because
                        # previous line is most likely at same level.
                        # TODO: we should also look at the leasing_spaces
                        # of the last output line and skip if it is same
                        # as this line.
                        next if ( $leading_token eq '.' );

                        my $count = 1;
                        foreach my $l ( 2 .. 3 ) {
                            last if ( $line + $l > $max_line );
                            my $ibeg_next_next = $$ri_first[ $line + $l ];
                            if ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next_next] ne
                                $leading_token )
                            {
                                $tokens_differ = 1;
                                last;
                            }
                            $count++;
                        }
                        next if ($tokens_differ);
                        next if ( $count < 3 && $leading_token ne ':' );
                        $ipad = $ibeg;
                    }
                    else {
                        next;
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        # find interior token to pad if necessary
        if ( !defined($ipad) ) {

            for ( my $i = $ibeg ; ( $i < $iend ) && !$ipad ; $i++ ) {

                # find any unclosed container
                next
                  unless ( $type_sequence_to_go[$i]
                    && $mate_index_to_go[$i] > $iend );

                # find next nonblank token to pad
                $ipad = $i + 1;
                if ( $types_to_go[$ipad] eq 'b' ) {
                    $ipad++;
                    last if ( $ipad > $iend );
                }
            }
            last unless $ipad;
        }

        # We cannot pad a leading token at the lowest level because
        # it could cause a bug in which the starting indentation
        # level is guessed incorrectly each time the code is run
        # though perltidy, thus causing the code to march off to
        # the right.  For example, the following snippet would have
        # this problem:

##     ov_method mycan( $package, '(""' ),       $package
##  or ov_method mycan( $package, '(0+' ),       $package
##  or ov_method mycan( $package, '(bool' ),     $package
##  or ov_method mycan( $package, '(nomethod' ), $package;

        # If this snippet is within a block this won't happen
        # unless the user just processes the snippet alone within
        # an editor.  In that case either the user will see and
        # fix the problem or it will be corrected next time the
        # entire file is processed with perltidy.
        next if ( $ipad == 0 && $levels_to_go[$ipad] == 0 );

        # next line must not be at greater depth
        my $iend_next = $$ri_last[ $line + 1 ];
        next
          if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[ $iend_next + 1 ] >
            $nesting_depth_to_go[$ipad] );

        # lines must be somewhat similar to be padded..
        my $inext_next = $ibeg_next + 1;
        if ( $types_to_go[$inext_next] eq 'b' ) {
            $inext_next++;
        }
        my $type      = $types_to_go[$ipad];
        my $type_next = $types_to_go[ $ipad + 1 ];

        # see if there are multiple continuation lines
        my $logical_continuation_lines = 1;
        if ( $line + 2 <= $max_line ) {
            my $leading_token  = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
            my $ibeg_next_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 2 ];
            if (   $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next_next] eq $leading_token
                && $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] eq
                $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next_next] )
            {
                $logical_continuation_lines++;
            }
        }

        # see if leading types match
        my $types_match = $types_to_go[$inext_next] eq $type;
        my $matches_without_bang;

        # if first line has leading ! then compare the following token
        if ( !$types_match && $type eq '!' ) {
            $types_match = $matches_without_bang =
              $types_to_go[$inext_next] eq $types_to_go[ $ipad + 1 ];
        }

        if (

            # either we have multiple continuation lines to follow
            # and we are not padding the first token
            ( $logical_continuation_lines > 1 && $ipad > 0 )

            # or..
            || (

                # types must match
                $types_match

                # and keywords must match if keyword
                && !(
                       $type eq 'k'
                    && $tokens_to_go[$ipad] ne $tokens_to_go[$inext_next]
                )
            )
          )
        {

            #----------------------begin special checks--------------
            #
            # SPECIAL CHECK 1:
            # A check is needed before we can make the pad.
            # If we are in a list with some long items, we want each
            # item to stand out.  So in the following example, the
            # first line begining with '$casefold->' would look good
            # padded to align with the next line, but then it
            # would be indented more than the last line, so we
            # won't do it.
            #
            #  ok(
            #      $casefold->{code}         eq '0041'
            #        && $casefold->{status}  eq 'C'
            #        && $casefold->{mapping} eq '0061',
            #      'casefold 0x41'
            #  );
            #
            # Note:
            # It would be faster, and almost as good, to use a comma
            # count, and not pad if comma_count > 1 and the previous
            # line did not end with a comma.
            #
            my $ok_to_pad = 1;

            my $ibg   = $$ri_first[ $line + 1 ];
            my $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[ $ibg + 1 ];

            # just use simplified formula for leading spaces to avoid
            # needless sub calls
            my $lsp = $levels_to_go[$ibg] + $ci_levels_to_go[$ibg];

            # look at each line beyond the next ..
            my $l = $line + 1;
            foreach $l ( $line + 2 .. $max_line ) {
                my $ibg = $$ri_first[$l];

                # quit looking at the end of this container
                last
                  if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[ $ibg + 1 ] < $depth )
                  || ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibg] < $depth );

                # cannot do the pad if a later line would be
                # outdented more
                if ( $levels_to_go[$ibg] + $ci_levels_to_go[$ibg] < $lsp ) {
                    $ok_to_pad = 0;
                    last;
                }
            }

            # don't pad if we end in a broken list
            if ( $l == $max_line ) {
                my $i2 = $$ri_last[$l];
                if ( $types_to_go[$i2] eq '#' ) {
                    my $i1 = $$ri_first[$l];
                    next
                      if (
                        terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, $i1,
                            $i2 ) eq ','
                      );
                }
            }

            # SPECIAL CHECK 2:
            # a minus may introduce a quoted variable, and we will
            # add the pad only if this line begins with a bare word,
            # such as for the word 'Button' here:
            #    [
            #         Button      => "Print letter \"~$_\"",
            #        -command     => [ sub { print "$_[0]\n" }, $_ ],
            #        -accelerator => "Meta+$_"
            #    ];
            #
            #  On the other hand, if 'Button' is quoted, it looks best
            #  not to pad:
            #    [
            #        'Button'     => "Print letter \"~$_\"",
            #        -command     => [ sub { print "$_[0]\n" }, $_ ],
            #        -accelerator => "Meta+$_"
            #    ];
            if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_next] eq 'm' ) {
                $ok_to_pad = 0 if $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'Q';
            }

            next unless $ok_to_pad;

            #----------------------end special check---------------

            my $length_1 = total_line_length( $ibeg,      $ipad - 1 );
            my $length_2 = total_line_length( $ibeg_next, $inext_next - 1 );
            $pad_spaces = $length_2 - $length_1;

            # If the first line has a leading ! and the second does
            # not, then remove one space to try to align the next
            # leading characters, which are often the same.  For example:
            #  if (  !$ts
            #      || $ts == $self->Holder
            #      || $self->Holder->Type eq "Arena" )
            #
            # This usually helps readability, but if there are subsequent
            # ! operators things will still get messed up.  For example:
            #
            #  if (  !exists $Net::DNS::typesbyname{$qtype}
            #      && exists $Net::DNS::classesbyname{$qtype}
            #      && !exists $Net::DNS::classesbyname{$qclass}
            #      && exists $Net::DNS::typesbyname{$qclass} )
            # We can't fix that.
            if ($matches_without_bang) { $pad_spaces-- }

            # make sure this won't change if -lp is used
            my $indentation_1 = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg];
            if ( ref($indentation_1) ) {
                if ( $indentation_1->get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES() == 0 ) {
                    my $indentation_2 = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg_next];
                    unless ( $indentation_2->get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES() == 0 ) {
                        $pad_spaces = 0;
                    }
                }
            }

            # we might be able to handle a pad of -1 by removing a blank
            # token
            if ( $pad_spaces < 0 ) {

                if ( $pad_spaces == -1 ) {
                    if ( $ipad > $ibeg && $types_to_go[ $ipad - 1 ] eq 'b' ) {
                        $tokens_to_go[ $ipad - 1 ] = '';
                    }
                }
                $pad_spaces = 0;
            }

            # now apply any padding for alignment
            if ( $ipad >= 0 && $pad_spaces ) {

                my $length_t = total_line_length( $ibeg, $iend );
                if ( $pad_spaces + $length_t <= $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
                    $tokens_to_go[$ipad] =
                      ' ' x $pad_spaces . $tokens_to_go[$ipad];
                }
            }
        }
    }
    continue {
        $iendm          = $iend;
        $ibegm          = $ibeg;
        $has_leading_op = $has_leading_op_next;
    }    # end of loop over lines
    return;
}

sub correct_lp_indentation {

    # When the -lp option is used, we need to make a last pass through
    # each line to correct the indentation positions in case they differ
    # from the predictions.  This is necessary because perltidy uses a
    # predictor/corrector method for aligning with opening parens.  The
    # predictor is usually good, but sometimes stumbles.  The corrector
    # tries to patch things up once the actual opening paren locations
    # are known.
    my ( $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
    my $do_not_pad = 0;

    #  Note on flag '$do_not_pad':
    #  We want to avoid a situation like this, where the aligner inserts
    #  whitespace before the '=' to align it with a previous '=', because
    #  otherwise the parens might become mis-aligned in a situation like
    #  this, where the '=' has become aligned with the previous line,
    #  pushing the opening '(' forward beyond where we want it.
    #
    #  $mkFloor::currentRoom = '';
    #  $mkFloor::c_entry     = $c->Entry(
    #                                 -width        => '10',
    #                                 -relief       => 'sunken',
    #                                 ...
    #                                 );
    #
    #  We leave it to the aligner to decide how to do this.

    # first remove continuation indentation if appropriate
    my $max_line = @$ri_first - 1;

    # looking at each line of this batch..
    my ( $ibeg, $iend );
    my $line;
    foreach $line ( 0 .. $max_line ) {
        $ibeg = $$ri_first[$line];
        $iend = $$ri_last[$line];

        # looking at each token in this output line..
        my $i;
        foreach $i ( $ibeg .. $iend ) {

            # How many space characters to place before this token
            # for special alignment.  Actual padding is done in the
            # continue block.

            # looking for next unvisited indentation item
            my $indentation = $leading_spaces_to_go[$i];
            if ( !$indentation->get_MARKED() ) {
                $indentation->set_MARKED(1);

                # looking for indentation item for which we are aligning
                # with parens, braces, and brackets
                next unless ( $indentation->get_ALIGN_PAREN() );

                # skip closed container on this line
                if ( $i > $ibeg ) {
                    my $im = $i - 1;
                    if ( $types_to_go[$im] eq 'b' && $im > $ibeg ) { $im-- }
                    if (   $type_sequence_to_go[$im]
                        && $mate_index_to_go[$im] <= $iend )
                    {
                        next;
                    }
                }

                if ( $line == 1 && $i == $ibeg ) {
                    $do_not_pad = 1;
                }

                # Ok, let's see what the error is and try to fix it
                my $actual_pos;
                my $predicted_pos = $indentation->get_SPACES();
                if ( $i > $ibeg ) {

                    # token is mid-line - use length to previous token
                    $actual_pos = total_line_length( $ibeg, $i - 1 );

                    # for mid-line token, we must check to see if all
                    # additional lines have continuation indentation,
                    # and remove it if so.  Otherwise, we do not get
                    # good alignment.
                    my $closing_index = $indentation->get_CLOSED();
                    if ( $closing_index > $iend ) {
                        my $ibeg_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 1 ];
                        if ( $ci_levels_to_go[$ibeg_next] > 0 ) {
                            undo_lp_ci( $line, $i, $closing_index, $ri_first,
                                $ri_last );
                        }
                    }
                }
                elsif ( $line > 0 ) {

                    # handle case where token starts a new line;
                    # use length of previous line
                    my $ibegm = $$ri_first[ $line - 1 ];
                    my $iendm = $$ri_last[ $line - 1 ];
                    $actual_pos = total_line_length( $ibegm, $iendm );

                    # follow -pt style
                    ++$actual_pos
                      if ( $types_to_go[ $iendm + 1 ] eq 'b' );
                }
                else {

                    # token is first character of first line of batch
                    $actual_pos = $predicted_pos;
                }

                my $move_right = $actual_pos - $predicted_pos;

                # done if no error to correct (gnu2.t)
                if ( $move_right == 0 ) {
                    $indentation->set_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($move_right);
                    next;
                }

                # if we have not seen closure for this indentation in
                # this batch, we can only pass on a request to the
                # vertical aligner
                my $closing_index = $indentation->get_CLOSED();

                if ( $closing_index < 0 ) {
                    $indentation->set_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($move_right);
                    next;
                }

                # If necessary, look ahead to see if there is really any
                # leading whitespace dependent on this whitespace, and
                # also find the longest line using this whitespace.
                # Since it is always safe to move left if there are no
                # dependents, we only need to do this if we may have
                # dependent nodes or need to move right.

                my $right_margin = 0;
                my $have_child   = $indentation->get_HAVE_CHILD();

                my %saw_indentation;
                my $line_count = 1;
                $saw_indentation{$indentation} = $indentation;

                if ( $have_child || $move_right > 0 ) {
                    $have_child = 0;
                    my $max_length = 0;
                    if ( $i == $ibeg ) {
                        $max_length = total_line_length( $ibeg, $iend );
                    }

                    # look ahead at the rest of the lines of this batch..
                    my $line_t;
                    foreach $line_t ( $line + 1 .. $max_line ) {
                        my $ibeg_t = $$ri_first[$line_t];
                        my $iend_t = $$ri_last[$line_t];
                        last if ( $closing_index <= $ibeg_t );

                        # remember all different indentation objects
                        my $indentation_t = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg_t];
                        $saw_indentation{$indentation_t} = $indentation_t;
                        $line_count++;

                        # remember longest line in the group
                        my $length_t = total_line_length( $ibeg_t, $iend_t );
                        if ( $length_t > $max_length ) {
                            $max_length = $length_t;
                        }
                    }
                    $right_margin = $rOpts_maximum_line_length - $max_length;
                    if ( $right_margin < 0 ) { $right_margin = 0 }
                }

                my $first_line_comma_count =
                  grep { $_ eq ',' } @types_to_go[ $ibeg .. $iend ];
                my $comma_count = $indentation->get_COMMA_COUNT();
                my $arrow_count = $indentation->get_ARROW_COUNT();

                # This is a simple approximate test for vertical alignment:
                # if we broke just after an opening paren, brace, bracket,
                # and there are 2 or more commas in the first line,
                # and there are no '=>'s,
                # then we are probably vertically aligned.  We could set
                # an exact flag in sub scan_list, but this is good
                # enough.
                my $indentation_count = keys %saw_indentation;
                my $is_vertically_aligned =
                  (      $i == $ibeg
                      && $first_line_comma_count > 1
                      && $indentation_count == 1
                      && ( $arrow_count == 0 || $arrow_count == $line_count ) );

                # Make the move if possible ..
                if (

                    # we can always move left
                    $move_right < 0

                    # but we should only move right if we are sure it will
                    # not spoil vertical alignment
                    || ( $comma_count == 0 )
                    || ( $comma_count > 0 && !$is_vertically_aligned )
                  )
                {
                    my $move =
                      ( $move_right <= $right_margin )
                      ? $move_right
                      : $right_margin;

                    foreach ( keys %saw_indentation ) {
                        $saw_indentation{$_}
                          ->permanently_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES( -$move );
                    }
                }

                # Otherwise, record what we want and the vertical aligner
                # will try to recover it.
                else {
                    $indentation->set_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($move_right);
                }
            }
        }
    }
    return $do_not_pad;
}

# flush is called to output any tokens in the pipeline, so that
# an alternate source of lines can be written in the correct order

sub flush {
    destroy_one_line_block();
    output_line_to_go();
    Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::flush();
}

sub reset_block_text_accumulator {

    # save text after 'if' and 'elsif' to append after 'else'
    if ($accumulating_text_for_block) {

        if ( $accumulating_text_for_block =~ /^(if|elsif)$/ ) {
            push @{$rleading_block_if_elsif_text}, $leading_block_text;
        }
    }
    $accumulating_text_for_block        = "";
    $leading_block_text                 = "";
    $leading_block_text_level           = 0;
    $leading_block_text_length_exceeded = 0;
    $leading_block_text_line_number     = 0;
    $leading_block_text_line_length     = 0;
}

sub set_block_text_accumulator {
    my $i = shift;
    $accumulating_text_for_block = $tokens_to_go[$i];
    if ( $accumulating_text_for_block !~ /^els/ ) {
        $rleading_block_if_elsif_text = [];
    }
    $leading_block_text       = "";
    $leading_block_text_level = $levels_to_go[$i];
    $leading_block_text_line_number =
      $vertical_aligner_object->get_output_line_number();
    $leading_block_text_length_exceeded = 0;

    # this will contain the column number of the last character
    # of the closing side comment
    ##$csc_last_label="" unless $csc_last_label;
    $leading_block_text_line_length =
      length($csc_last_label) +
      length($accumulating_text_for_block) +
      length( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-prefix'} ) +
      $leading_block_text_level * $rOpts_indent_columns + 3;
}

sub accumulate_block_text {
    my $i = shift;

    # accumulate leading text for -csc, ignoring any side comments
    if (   $accumulating_text_for_block
        && !$leading_block_text_length_exceeded
        && $types_to_go[$i] ne '#' )
    {

        my $added_length = length( $tokens_to_go[$i] );
        $added_length += 1 if $i == 0;
        my $new_line_length = $leading_block_text_line_length + $added_length;

        # we can add this text if we don't exceed some limits..
        if (

            # we must not have already exceeded the text length limit
            length($leading_block_text) <
            $rOpts_closing_side_comment_maximum_text

            # and either:
            # the new total line length must be below the line length limit
            # or the new length must be below the text length limit
            # (ie, we may allow one token to exceed the text length limit)
            && ( $new_line_length < $rOpts_maximum_line_length
                || length($leading_block_text) + $added_length <
                $rOpts_closing_side_comment_maximum_text )

            # UNLESS: we are adding a closing paren before the brace we seek.
            # This is an attempt to avoid situations where the ... to be
            # added are longer than the omitted right paren, as in:

            #   foreach my $item (@a_rather_long_variable_name_here) {
            #      &whatever;
            #   } ## end foreach my $item (@a_rather_long_variable_name_here...

            || (
                $tokens_to_go[$i] eq ')'
                && (
                    (
                           $i + 1 <= $max_index_to_go
                        && $block_type_to_go[ $i + 1 ] eq
                        $accumulating_text_for_block
                    )
                    || (   $i + 2 <= $max_index_to_go
                        && $block_type_to_go[ $i + 2 ] eq
                        $accumulating_text_for_block )
                )
            )
          )
        {

            # add an extra space at each newline
            if ( $i == 0 ) { $leading_block_text .= ' ' }

            # add the token text
            $leading_block_text .= $tokens_to_go[$i];
            $leading_block_text_line_length = $new_line_length;
        }

        # show that text was truncated if necessary
        elsif ( $types_to_go[$i] ne 'b' ) {
            $leading_block_text_length_exceeded = 1;
            $leading_block_text .= '...';
        }
    }
}

{
    my %is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach;

    BEGIN {

        # These block types may have text between the keyword and opening
        # curly.  Note: 'else' does not, but must be included to allow trailing
        # if/elsif text to be appended.
        # patch for SWITCH/CASE: added 'case' and 'when'
        @_ = qw(if elsif else unless while until for foreach case when);
        @is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    sub accumulate_csc_text {

        # called once per output buffer when -csc is used. Accumulates
        # the text placed after certain closing block braces.
        # Defines and returns the following for this buffer:

        my $block_leading_text = "";    # the leading text of the last '}'
        my $rblock_leading_if_elsif_text;
        my $i_block_leading_text =
          -1;    # index of token owning block_leading_text
        my $block_line_count    = 100;    # how many lines the block spans
        my $terminal_type       = 'b';    # type of last nonblank token
        my $i_terminal          = 0;      # index of last nonblank token
        my $terminal_block_type = "";

        # update most recent statement label
        $csc_last_label = "" unless ($csc_last_label);
        if ( $types_to_go[0] eq 'J' ) { $csc_last_label = $tokens_to_go[0] }
        my $block_label = $csc_last_label;

        # Loop over all tokens of this batch
        for my $i ( 0 .. $max_index_to_go ) {
            my $type       = $types_to_go[$i];
            my $block_type = $block_type_to_go[$i];
            my $token      = $tokens_to_go[$i];

            # remember last nonblank token type
            if ( $type ne '#' && $type ne 'b' ) {
                $terminal_type       = $type;
                $terminal_block_type = $block_type;
                $i_terminal          = $i;
            }

            my $type_sequence = $type_sequence_to_go[$i];
            if ( $block_type && $type_sequence ) {

                if ( $token eq '}' ) {

                    # restore any leading text saved when we entered this block
                    if ( defined( $block_leading_text{$type_sequence} ) ) {
                        ( $block_leading_text, $rblock_leading_if_elsif_text ) =
                          @{ $block_leading_text{$type_sequence} };
                        $i_block_leading_text = $i;
                        delete $block_leading_text{$type_sequence};
                        $rleading_block_if_elsif_text =
                          $rblock_leading_if_elsif_text;
                    }

                    if ( defined( $csc_block_label{$type_sequence} ) ) {
                        $block_label = $csc_block_label{$type_sequence};
                        delete $csc_block_label{$type_sequence};
                    }

                    # if we run into a '}' then we probably started accumulating
                    # at something like a trailing 'if' clause..no harm done.
                    if (   $accumulating_text_for_block
                        && $levels_to_go[$i] <= $leading_block_text_level )
                    {
                        my $lev = $levels_to_go[$i];
                        reset_block_text_accumulator();
                    }

                    if ( defined( $block_opening_line_number{$type_sequence} ) )
                    {
                        my $output_line_number =
                          $vertical_aligner_object->get_output_line_number();
                        $block_line_count =
                          $output_line_number -
                          $block_opening_line_number{$type_sequence} + 1;
                        delete $block_opening_line_number{$type_sequence};
                    }
                    else {

                        # Error: block opening line undefined for this line..
                        # This shouldn't be possible, but it is not a
                        # significant problem.
                    }
                }

                elsif ( $token eq '{' ) {

                    my $line_number =
                      $vertical_aligner_object->get_output_line_number();
                    $block_opening_line_number{$type_sequence} = $line_number;

                    # set a label for this block, except for
                    # a bare block which already has the label
                    # A label can only be used on the next {
                    if ( $block_type =~ /:$/ ) { $csc_last_label = "" }
                    $csc_block_label{$type_sequence} = $csc_last_label;
                    $csc_last_label = "";

                    if (   $accumulating_text_for_block
                        && $levels_to_go[$i] == $leading_block_text_level )
                    {

                        if ( $accumulating_text_for_block eq $block_type ) {

                            # save any leading text before we enter this block
                            $block_leading_text{$type_sequence} = [
                                $leading_block_text,
                                $rleading_block_if_elsif_text
                            ];
                            $block_opening_line_number{$type_sequence} =
                              $leading_block_text_line_number;
                            reset_block_text_accumulator();
                        }
                        else {

                            # shouldn't happen, but not a serious error.
                            # We were accumulating -csc text for block type
                            # $accumulating_text_for_block and unexpectedly
                            # encountered a '{' for block type $block_type.
                        }
                    }
                }
            }

            if (   $type eq 'k'
                && $csc_new_statement_ok
                && $is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach{$token}
                && $token =~ /$closing_side_comment_list_pattern/o )
            {
                set_block_text_accumulator($i);
            }
            else {

                # note: ignoring type 'q' because of tricks being played
                # with 'q' for hanging side comments
                if ( $type ne 'b' && $type ne '#' && $type ne 'q' ) {
                    $csc_new_statement_ok =
                      ( $block_type || $type eq 'J' || $type eq ';' );
                }
                if (   $type eq ';'
                    && $accumulating_text_for_block
                    && $levels_to_go[$i] == $leading_block_text_level )
                {
                    reset_block_text_accumulator();
                }
                else {
                    accumulate_block_text($i);
                }
            }
        }

        # Treat an 'else' block specially by adding preceding 'if' and
        # 'elsif' text.  Otherwise, the 'end else' is not helpful,
        # especially for cuddled-else formatting.
        if ( $terminal_block_type =~ /^els/ && $rblock_leading_if_elsif_text ) {
            $block_leading_text =
              make_else_csc_text( $i_terminal, $terminal_block_type,
                $block_leading_text, $rblock_leading_if_elsif_text );
        }

        # if this line ends in a label then remember it for the next pass
        $csc_last_label = "";
        if ( $terminal_type eq 'J' ) {
            $csc_last_label = $tokens_to_go[$i_terminal];
        }

        return ( $terminal_type, $i_terminal, $i_block_leading_text,
            $block_leading_text, $block_line_count, $block_label );
    }
}

sub make_else_csc_text {

    # create additional -csc text for an 'else' and optionally 'elsif',
    # depending on the value of switch
    # $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag:
    #
    #  = 0 add 'if' text to trailing else
    #  = 1 same as 0 plus:
    #      add 'if' to 'elsif's if can fit in line length
    #      add last 'elsif' to trailing else if can fit in one line
    #  = 2 same as 1 but do not check if exceed line length
    #
    # $rif_elsif_text = a reference to a list of all previous closing
    # side comments created for this if block
    #
    my ( $i_terminal, $block_type, $block_leading_text, $rif_elsif_text ) = @_;
    my $csc_text = $block_leading_text;

    if ( $block_type eq 'elsif' && $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag == 0 )
    {
        return $csc_text;
    }

    my $count = @{$rif_elsif_text};
    return $csc_text unless ($count);

    my $if_text = '[ if' . $rif_elsif_text->[0];

    # always show the leading 'if' text on 'else'
    if ( $block_type eq 'else' ) {
        $csc_text .= $if_text;
    }

    # see if that's all
    if ( $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag == 0 ) {
        return $csc_text;
    }

    my $last_elsif_text = "";
    if ( $count > 1 ) {
        $last_elsif_text = ' [elsif' . $rif_elsif_text->[ $count - 1 ];
        if ( $count > 2 ) { $last_elsif_text = ' [...' . $last_elsif_text; }
    }

    # tentatively append one more item
    my $saved_text = $csc_text;
    if ( $block_type eq 'else' ) {
        $csc_text .= $last_elsif_text;
    }
    else {
        $csc_text .= ' ' . $if_text;
    }

    # all done if no length checks requested
    if ( $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag == 2 ) {
        return $csc_text;
    }

    # undo it if line length exceeded
    my $length =
      length($csc_text) +
      length($block_type) +
      length( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-prefix'} ) +
      $levels_to_go[$i_terminal] * $rOpts_indent_columns + 3;
    if ( $length > $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
        $csc_text = $saved_text;
    }
    return $csc_text;
}

{    # sub balance_csc_text

    my %matching_char;

    BEGIN {
        %matching_char = (
            '{' => '}',
            '(' => ')',
            '[' => ']',
            '}' => '{',
            ')' => '(',
            ']' => '[',
        );
    }

    sub balance_csc_text {

        # Append characters to balance a closing side comment so that editors
        # such as vim can correctly jump through code.
        # Simple Example:
        #  input  = ## end foreach my $foo ( sort { $b  ...
        #  output = ## end foreach my $foo ( sort { $b  ...})

        # NOTE: This routine does not currently filter out structures within
        # quoted text because the bounce algorithims in text editors do not
        # necessarily do this either (a version of vim was checked and
        # did not do this).

        # Some complex examples which will cause trouble for some editors:
        #  while ( $mask_string =~ /\{[^{]*?\}/g ) {
        #  if ( $mask_str =~ /\}\s*els[^\{\}]+\{$/ ) {
        #  if ( $1 eq '{' ) {
        # test file test1/braces.pl has many such examples.

        my ($csc) = @_;

        # loop to examine characters one-by-one, RIGHT to LEFT and
        # build a balancing ending, LEFT to RIGHT.
        for ( my $pos = length($csc) - 1 ; $pos >= 0 ; $pos-- ) {

            my $char = substr( $csc, $pos, 1 );

            # ignore everything except structural characters
            next unless ( $matching_char{$char} );

            # pop most recently appended character
            my $top = chop($csc);

            # push it back plus the mate to the newest character
            # unless they balance each other.
            $csc = $csc . $top . $matching_char{$char} unless $top eq $char;
        }

        # return the balanced string
        return $csc;
    }
}

sub add_closing_side_comment {

    # add closing side comments after closing block braces if -csc used
    my $cscw_block_comment;

    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    # Step 1: loop through all tokens of this line to accumulate
    # the text needed to create the closing side comments. Also see
    # how the line ends.
    #---------------------------------------------------------------

    my ( $terminal_type, $i_terminal, $i_block_leading_text,
        $block_leading_text, $block_line_count, $block_label )
      = accumulate_csc_text();

    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    # Step 2: make the closing side comment if this ends a block
    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    my $have_side_comment = $i_terminal != $max_index_to_go;

    # if this line might end in a block closure..
    if (
        $terminal_type eq '}'

        # ..and either
        && (

            # the block is long enough
            ( $block_line_count >= $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-interval'} )

            # or there is an existing comment to check
            || (   $have_side_comment
                && $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-warnings'} )
        )

        # .. and if this is one of the types of interest
        && $block_type_to_go[$i_terminal] =~
        /$closing_side_comment_list_pattern/o

        # .. but not an anonymous sub
        # These are not normally of interest, and their closing braces are
        # often followed by commas or semicolons anyway.  This also avoids
        # possible erratic output due to line numbering inconsistencies
        # in the cases where their closing braces terminate a line.
        && $block_type_to_go[$i_terminal] ne 'sub'

        # ..and the corresponding opening brace must is not in this batch
        # (because we do not need to tag one-line blocks, although this
        # should also be caught with a positive -csci value)
        && $mate_index_to_go[$i_terminal] < 0

        # ..and either
        && (

            # this is the last token (line doesnt have a side comment)
            !$have_side_comment

            # or the old side comment is a closing side comment
            || $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go] =~
            /$closing_side_comment_prefix_pattern/o
        )
      )
    {

        # then make the closing side comment text
        if ($block_label) { $block_label .= " " }
        my $token =
"$rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-prefix'} $block_label$block_type_to_go[$i_terminal]";

        # append any extra descriptive text collected above
        if ( $i_block_leading_text == $i_terminal ) {
            $token .= $block_leading_text;
        }

        $token = balance_csc_text($token)
          if $rOpts->{'closing-side-comments-balanced'};

        $token =~ s/\s*$//;    # trim any trailing whitespace

        # handle case of existing closing side comment
        if ($have_side_comment) {

            # warn if requested and tokens differ significantly
            if ( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-warnings'} ) {
                my $old_csc = $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
                my $new_csc = $token;
                $new_csc =~ s/\s+//g;            # trim all whitespace
                $old_csc =~ s/\s+//g;            # trim all whitespace
                $new_csc =~ s/[\]\)\}\s]*$//;    # trim trailing structures
                $old_csc =~ s/[\]\)\}\s]*$//;    # trim trailing structures
                $new_csc =~ s/(\.\.\.)$//;       # trim trailing '...'
                my $new_trailing_dots = $1;
                $old_csc =~ s/(\.\.\.)\s*$//;    # trim trailing '...'

                # Patch to handle multiple closing side comments at
                # else and elsif's.  These have become too complicated
                # to check, so if we see an indication of
                # '[ if' or '[ # elsif', then assume they were made
                # by perltidy.
                if ( $block_type_to_go[$i_terminal] eq 'else' ) {
                    if ( $old_csc =~ /\[\s*elsif/ ) { $old_csc = $new_csc }
                }
                elsif ( $block_type_to_go[$i_terminal] eq 'elsif' ) {
                    if ( $old_csc =~ /\[\s*if/ ) { $old_csc = $new_csc }
                }

                # if old comment is contained in new comment,
                # only compare the common part.
                if ( length($new_csc) > length($old_csc) ) {
                    $new_csc = substr( $new_csc, 0, length($old_csc) );
                }

                # if the new comment is shorter and has been limited,
                # only compare the common part.
                if ( length($new_csc) < length($old_csc) && $new_trailing_dots )
                {
                    $old_csc = substr( $old_csc, 0, length($new_csc) );
                }

                # any remaining difference?
                if ( $new_csc ne $old_csc ) {

                    # just leave the old comment if we are below the threshold
                    # for creating side comments
                    if ( $block_line_count <
                        $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-interval'} )
                    {
                        $token = undef;
                    }

                    # otherwise we'll make a note of it
                    else {

                        warning(
"perltidy -cscw replaced: $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go]\n"
                        );

                     # save the old side comment in a new trailing block comment
                        my ( $day, $month, $year ) = (localtime)[ 3, 4, 5 ];
                        $year  += 1900;
                        $month += 1;
                        $cscw_block_comment =
"## perltidy -cscw $year-$month-$day: $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go]";
                    }
                }
                else {

                    # No differences.. we can safely delete old comment if we
                    # are below the threshold
                    if ( $block_line_count <
                        $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-interval'} )
                    {
                        $token = undef;
                        unstore_token_to_go()
                          if ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq '#' );
                        unstore_token_to_go()
                          if ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq 'b' );
                    }
                }
            }

            # switch to the new csc (unless we deleted it!)
            $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $token if $token;
        }

        # handle case of NO existing closing side comment
        else {

            # insert the new side comment into the output token stream
            my $type          = '#';
            my $block_type    = '';
            my $type_sequence = '';
            my $container_environment =
              $container_environment_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
            my $level                = $levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
            my $slevel               = $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
            my $no_internal_newlines = 0;

            my $nesting_blocks     = $nesting_blocks_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
            my $ci_level           = $ci_levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
            my $in_continued_quote = 0;

            # first insert a blank token
            insert_new_token_to_go( ' ', 'b', $slevel, $no_internal_newlines );

            # then the side comment
            insert_new_token_to_go( $token, $type, $slevel,
                $no_internal_newlines );
        }
    }
    return $cscw_block_comment;
}

sub previous_nonblank_token {
    my ($i)  = @_;
    my $name = "";
    my $im   = $i - 1;
    return "" if ( $im < 0 );
    if ( $types_to_go[$im] eq 'b' ) { $im--; }
    return "" if ( $im < 0 );
    $name = $tokens_to_go[$im];

    # prepend any sub name to an isolated -> to avoid unwanted alignments
    # [test case is test8/penco.pl]
    if ( $name eq '->' ) {
        $im--;
        if ( $im >= 0 && $types_to_go[$im] ne 'b' ) {
            $name = $tokens_to_go[$im] . $name;
        }
    }
    return $name;
}

sub send_lines_to_vertical_aligner {

    my ( $ri_first, $ri_last, $do_not_pad ) = @_;

    my $rindentation_list = [0];    # ref to indentations for each line

    # define the array @matching_token_to_go for the output tokens
    # which will be non-blank for each special token (such as =>)
    # for which alignment is required.
    set_vertical_alignment_markers( $ri_first, $ri_last );

    # flush if necessary to avoid unwanted alignment
    my $must_flush = 0;
    if ( @$ri_first > 1 ) {

        # flush before a long if statement
        if ( $types_to_go[0] eq 'k' && $tokens_to_go[0] =~ /^(if|unless)$/ ) {
            $must_flush = 1;
        }
    }
    if ($must_flush) {
        Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::flush();
    }

    undo_ci( $ri_first, $ri_last );

    set_logical_padding( $ri_first, $ri_last );

    # loop to prepare each line for shipment
    my $n_last_line = @$ri_first - 1;
    my $in_comma_list;
    for my $n ( 0 .. $n_last_line ) {
        my $ibeg = $$ri_first[$n];
        my $iend = $$ri_last[$n];

        my ( $rtokens, $rfields, $rpatterns ) =
          make_alignment_patterns( $ibeg, $iend );

        # Set flag to show how much level changes between this line
        # and the next line, if we have it.
        my $ljump = 0;
        if ( $n < $n_last_line ) {
            my $ibegp = $$ri_first[ $n + 1 ];
            $ljump = $levels_to_go[$ibegp] - $levels_to_go[$iend];
        }

        my ( $indentation, $lev, $level_end, $terminal_type,
            $is_semicolon_terminated, $is_outdented_line )
          = set_adjusted_indentation( $ibeg, $iend, $rfields, $rpatterns,
            $ri_first, $ri_last, $rindentation_list, $ljump );

        # we will allow outdenting of long lines..
        my $outdent_long_lines = (

            # which are long quotes, if allowed
            ( $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'Q' && $rOpts->{'outdent-long-quotes'} )

            # which are long block comments, if allowed
              || (
                   $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq '#'
                && $rOpts->{'outdent-long-comments'}

                # but not if this is a static block comment
                && !$is_static_block_comment
              )
        );

        my $level_jump =
          $nesting_depth_to_go[ $iend + 1 ] - $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg];

        my $rvertical_tightness_flags =
          set_vertical_tightness_flags( $n, $n_last_line, $ibeg, $iend,
            $ri_first, $ri_last );

        # flush an outdented line to avoid any unwanted vertical alignment
        Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::flush() if ($is_outdented_line);

        my $is_terminal_ternary = 0;
        if (   $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] eq ':'
            || $n > 0 && $tokens_to_go[ $$ri_last[ $n - 1 ] ] eq ':' )
        {
            if (   ( $terminal_type eq ';' && $level_end <= $lev )
                || ( $level_end < $lev ) )
            {
                $is_terminal_ternary = 1;
            }
        }

        # send this new line down the pipe
        my $forced_breakpoint = $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend];
        Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::append_line(
            $lev,
            $level_end,
            $indentation,
            $rfields,
            $rtokens,
            $rpatterns,
            $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend] || $in_comma_list,
            $outdent_long_lines,
            $is_terminal_ternary,
            $is_semicolon_terminated,
            $do_not_pad,
            $rvertical_tightness_flags,
            $level_jump,
        );
        $in_comma_list =
          $tokens_to_go[$iend] eq ',' && $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend];

        # flush an outdented line to avoid any unwanted vertical alignment
        Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::flush() if ($is_outdented_line);

        $do_not_pad = 0;

        # Set flag indicating if this line ends in an opening
        # token and is very short, so that a blank line is not
        # needed if the subsequent line is a comment.
        # Examples of what we are looking for:
        #   {
        #   && (
        #   BEGIN {
        #   default {
        #   sub {
        $last_output_short_opening_token

          # line ends in opening token
          = $types_to_go[$iend] =~ /^[\{\(\[L]$/

          # and either
          && (
            # line has either single opening token
            $iend == $ibeg

            # or is a single token followed by opening token.
            # Note that sub identifiers have blanks like 'sub doit'
            || ( $iend - $ibeg <= 2 && $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] !~ /\s+/ )
          )

          # and limit total to 10 character widths
          && token_sequence_length( $ibeg, $iend ) <= 10;

##        $last_output_short_opening_token =
##             $types_to_go[$iend] =~ /^[\{\(\[L]$/
##          && $iend - $ibeg <= 2
##          && $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] !~ /^sub/
##          && token_sequence_length( $ibeg, $iend ) <= 10;

    }    # end of loop to output each line

    # remember indentation of lines containing opening containers for
    # later use by sub set_adjusted_indentation
    save_opening_indentation( $ri_first, $ri_last, $rindentation_list );
}

{        # begin make_alignment_patterns

    my %block_type_map;
    my %keyword_map;

    BEGIN {

        # map related block names into a common name to
        # allow alignment
        %block_type_map = (
            'unless'  => 'if',
            'else'    => 'if',
            'elsif'   => 'if',
            'when'    => 'if',
            'default' => 'if',
            'case'    => 'if',
            'sort'    => 'map',
            'grep'    => 'map',
        );

        # map certain keywords to the same 'if' class to align
        # long if/elsif sequences. [elsif.pl]
        %keyword_map = (
            'unless'  => 'if',
            'else'    => 'if',
            'elsif'   => 'if',
            'when'    => 'given',
            'default' => 'given',
            'case'    => 'switch',

            # treat an 'undef' similar to numbers and quotes
            'undef' => 'Q',
        );
    }

    sub make_alignment_patterns {

        # Here we do some important preliminary work for the
        # vertical aligner.  We create three arrays for one
        # output line. These arrays contain strings that can
        # be tested by the vertical aligner to see if
        # consecutive lines can be aligned vertically.
        #
        # The three arrays are indexed on the vertical
        # alignment fields and are:
        # @tokens - a list of any vertical alignment tokens for this line.
        #   These are tokens, such as '=' '&&' '#' etc which
        #   we want to might align vertically.  These are
        #   decorated with various information such as
        #   nesting depth to prevent unwanted vertical
        #   alignment matches.
        # @fields - the actual text of the line between the vertical alignment
        #   tokens.
        # @patterns - a modified list of token types, one for each alignment
        #   field.  These should normally each match before alignment is
        #   allowed, even when the alignment tokens match.
        my ( $ibeg, $iend ) = @_;
        my @tokens   = ();
        my @fields   = ();
        my @patterns = ();
        my $i_start  = $ibeg;
        my $i;

        my $depth                 = 0;
        my @container_name        = ("");
        my @multiple_comma_arrows = (undef);

        my $j = 0;    # field index

        $patterns[0] = "";
        for $i ( $ibeg .. $iend ) {

            # Keep track of containers balanced on this line only.
            # These are used below to prevent unwanted cross-line alignments.
            # Unbalanced containers already avoid aligning across
            # container boundaries.
            if ( $tokens_to_go[$i] eq '(' ) {

                # if container is balanced on this line...
                my $i_mate = $mate_index_to_go[$i];
                if ( $i_mate > $i && $i_mate <= $iend ) {
                    $depth++;
                    my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$i];
                    my $count = comma_arrow_count($seqno);
                    $multiple_comma_arrows[$depth] = $count && $count > 1;

                    # Append the previous token name to make the container name
                    # more unique.  This name will also be given to any commas
                    # within this container, and it helps avoid undesirable
                    # alignments of different types of containers.
                    my $name = previous_nonblank_token($i);
                    $name =~ s/^->//;
                    $container_name[$depth] = "+" . $name;

                    # Make the container name even more unique if necessary.
                    # If we are not vertically aligning this opening paren,
                    # append a character count to avoid bad alignment because
                    # it usually looks bad to align commas within continers
                    # for which the opening parens do not align.  Here
                    # is an example very BAD alignment of commas (because
                    # the atan2 functions are not all aligned):
                    #    $XY =
                    #      $X * $RTYSQP1 * atan2( $X, $RTYSQP1 ) +
                    #      $Y * $RTXSQP1 * atan2( $Y, $RTXSQP1 ) -
                    #      $X * atan2( $X,            1 ) -
                    #      $Y * atan2( $Y,            1 );
                    #
                    # On the other hand, it is usually okay to align commas if
                    # opening parens align, such as:
                    #    glVertex3d( $cx + $s * $xs, $cy,            $z );
                    #    glVertex3d( $cx,            $cy + $s * $ys, $z );
                    #    glVertex3d( $cx - $s * $xs, $cy,            $z );
                    #    glVertex3d( $cx,            $cy - $s * $ys, $z );
                    #
                    # To distinguish between these situations, we will
                    # append the length of the line from the previous matching
                    # token, or beginning of line, to the function name.  This
                    # will allow the vertical aligner to reject undesirable
                    # matches.

                    # if we are not aligning on this paren...
                    if ( $matching_token_to_go[$i] eq '' ) {

                        # Sum length from previous alignment, or start of line.
                        # Note that we have to sum token lengths here because
                        # padding has been done and so array $lengths_to_go
                        # is now wrong.
                        my $len =
                          length(
                            join( '', @tokens_to_go[ $i_start .. $i - 1 ] ) );
                        $len += leading_spaces_to_go($i_start)
                          if ( $i_start == $ibeg );

                        # tack length onto the container name to make unique
                        $container_name[$depth] .= "-" . $len;
                    }
                }
            }
            elsif ( $tokens_to_go[$i] eq ')' ) {
                $depth-- if $depth > 0;
            }

            # if we find a new synchronization token, we are done with
            # a field
            if ( $i > $i_start && $matching_token_to_go[$i] ne '' ) {

                my $tok = my $raw_tok = $matching_token_to_go[$i];

                # make separators in different nesting depths unique
                # by appending the nesting depth digit.
                if ( $raw_tok ne '#' ) {
                    $tok .= "$nesting_depth_to_go[$i]";
                }

                # also decorate commas with any container name to avoid
                # unwanted cross-line alignments.
                if ( $raw_tok eq ',' || $raw_tok eq '=>' ) {
                    if ( $container_name[$depth] ) {
                        $tok .= $container_name[$depth];
                    }
                }

                # Patch to avoid aligning leading and trailing if, unless.
                # Mark trailing if, unless statements with container names.
                # This makes them different from leading if, unless which
                # are not so marked at present.  If we ever need to name
                # them too, we could use ci to distinguish them.
                # Example problem to avoid:
                #    return ( 2, "DBERROR" )
                #      if ( $retval == 2 );
                #    if   ( scalar @_ ) {
                #        my ( $a, $b, $c, $d, $e, $f ) = @_;
                #    }
                if ( $raw_tok eq '(' ) {
                    my $ci = $ci_levels_to_go[$ibeg];
                    if (   $container_name[$depth] =~ /^\+(if|unless)/
                        && $ci )
                    {
                        $tok .= $container_name[$depth];
                    }
                }

                # Decorate block braces with block types to avoid
                # unwanted alignments such as the following:
                # foreach ( @{$routput_array} ) { $fh->print($_) }
                # eval                          { $fh->close() };
                if ( $raw_tok eq '{' && $block_type_to_go[$i] ) {
                    my $block_type = $block_type_to_go[$i];

                    # map certain related block types to allow
                    # else blocks to align
                    $block_type = $block_type_map{$block_type}
                      if ( defined( $block_type_map{$block_type} ) );

                    # remove sub names to allow one-line sub braces to align
                    # regardless of name
                    if ( $block_type =~ /^sub / ) { $block_type = 'sub' }

                    # allow all control-type blocks to align
                    if ( $block_type =~ /^[A-Z]+$/ ) { $block_type = 'BEGIN' }

                    $tok .= $block_type;
                }

                # concatenate the text of the consecutive tokens to form
                # the field
                push( @fields,
                    join( '', @tokens_to_go[ $i_start .. $i - 1 ] ) );

                # store the alignment token for this field
                push( @tokens, $tok );

                # get ready for the next batch
                $i_start = $i;
                $j++;
                $patterns[$j] = "";
            }

            # continue accumulating tokens
            # handle non-keywords..
            if ( $types_to_go[$i] ne 'k' ) {
                my $type = $types_to_go[$i];

                # Mark most things before arrows as a quote to
                # get them to line up. Testfile: mixed.pl.
                if ( ( $i < $iend - 1 ) && ( $type =~ /^[wnC]$/ ) ) {
                    my $next_type = $types_to_go[ $i + 1 ];
                    my $i_next_nonblank =
                      ( ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ? $i + 2 : $i + 1 );

                    if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq '=>' ) {
                        $type = 'Q';

                        # Patch to ignore leading minus before words,
                        # by changing pattern 'mQ' into just 'Q',
                        # so that we can align things like this:
                        #  Button   => "Print letter \"~$_\"",
                        #  -command => [ sub { print "$_[0]\n" }, $_ ],
                        if ( $patterns[$j] eq 'm' ) { $patterns[$j] = "" }
                    }
                }

                # patch to make numbers and quotes align
                if ( $type eq 'n' ) { $type = 'Q' }

                # patch to ignore any ! in patterns
                if ( $type eq '!' ) { $type = '' }

                $patterns[$j] .= $type;
            }

            # for keywords we have to use the actual text
            else {

                my $tok = $tokens_to_go[$i];

                # but map certain keywords to a common string to allow
                # alignment.
                $tok = $keyword_map{$tok}
                  if ( defined( $keyword_map{$tok} ) );
                $patterns[$j] .= $tok;
            }
        }

        # done with this line .. join text of tokens to make the last field
        push( @fields, join( '', @tokens_to_go[ $i_start .. $iend ] ) );
        return ( \@tokens, \@fields, \@patterns );
    }

}    # end make_alignment_patterns

{    # begin unmatched_indexes

    # closure to keep track of unbalanced containers.
    # arrays shared by the routines in this block:
    my @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch;
    my @unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch;
    my %comma_arrow_count;

    sub is_unbalanced_batch {
        @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch +
          @unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch;
    }

    sub comma_arrow_count {
        my $seqno = $_[0];
        return $comma_arrow_count{$seqno};
    }

    sub match_opening_and_closing_tokens {

        # Match up indexes of opening and closing braces, etc, in this batch.
        # This has to be done after all tokens are stored because unstoring
        # of tokens would otherwise cause trouble.

        @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch = ();
        @unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch = ();
        %comma_arrow_count                       = ();

        my ( $i, $i_mate, $token );
        foreach $i ( 0 .. $max_index_to_go ) {
            if ( $type_sequence_to_go[$i] ) {
                $token = $tokens_to_go[$i];
                if ( $token =~ /^[\(\[\{\?]$/ ) {
                    push @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch, $i;
                }
                elsif ( $token =~ /^[\)\]\}\:]$/ ) {

                    $i_mate = pop @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch;
                    if ( defined($i_mate) && $i_mate >= 0 ) {
                        if ( $type_sequence_to_go[$i_mate] ==
                            $type_sequence_to_go[$i] )
                        {
                            $mate_index_to_go[$i]      = $i_mate;
                            $mate_index_to_go[$i_mate] = $i;
                        }
                        else {
                            push @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch,
                              $i_mate;
                            push @unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch, $i;
                        }
                    }
                    else {
                        push @unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch, $i;
                    }
                }
            }
            elsif ( $tokens_to_go[$i] eq '=>' ) {
                if (@unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch) {
                    my $j     = $unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch[-1];
                    my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$j];
                    $comma_arrow_count{$seqno}++;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    sub save_opening_indentation {

        # This should be called after each batch of tokens is output. It
        # saves indentations of lines of all unmatched opening tokens.
        # These will be used by sub get_opening_indentation.

        my ( $ri_first, $ri_last, $rindentation_list ) = @_;

        # we no longer need indentations of any saved indentations which
        # are unmatched closing tokens in this batch, because we will
        # never encounter them again.  So we can delete them to keep
        # the hash size down.
        foreach (@unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch) {
            my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$_];
            delete $saved_opening_indentation{$seqno};
        }

        # we need to save indentations of any unmatched opening tokens
        # in this batch because we may need them in a subsequent batch.
        foreach (@unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch) {
            my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$_];
            $saved_opening_indentation{$seqno} = [
                lookup_opening_indentation(
                    $_, $ri_first, $ri_last, $rindentation_list
                )
            ];
        }
    }
}    # end unmatched_indexes

sub get_opening_indentation {

    # get the indentation of the line which output the opening token
    # corresponding to a given closing token in the current output batch.
    #
    # given:
    # $i_closing - index in this line of a closing token ')' '}' or ']'
    #
    # $ri_first - reference to list of the first index $i for each output
    #               line in this batch
    # $ri_last - reference to list of the last index $i for each output line
    #              in this batch
    # $rindentation_list - reference to a list containing the indentation
    #            used for each line.
    #
    # return:
    #   -the indentation of the line which contained the opening token
    #    which matches the token at index $i_opening
    #   -and its offset (number of columns) from the start of the line
    #
    my ( $i_closing, $ri_first, $ri_last, $rindentation_list ) = @_;

    # first, see if the opening token is in the current batch
    my $i_opening = $mate_index_to_go[$i_closing];
    my ( $indent, $offset, $is_leading, $exists );
    $exists = 1;
    if ( $i_opening >= 0 ) {

        # it is..look up the indentation
        ( $indent, $offset, $is_leading ) =
          lookup_opening_indentation( $i_opening, $ri_first, $ri_last,
            $rindentation_list );
    }

    # if not, it should have been stored in the hash by a previous batch
    else {
        my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$i_closing];
        if ($seqno) {
            if ( $saved_opening_indentation{$seqno} ) {
                ( $indent, $offset, $is_leading ) =
                  @{ $saved_opening_indentation{$seqno} };
            }

            # some kind of serious error
            # (example is badfile.t)
            else {
                $indent     = 0;
                $offset     = 0;
                $is_leading = 0;
                $exists     = 0;
            }
        }

        # if no sequence number it must be an unbalanced container
        else {
            $indent     = 0;
            $offset     = 0;
            $is_leading = 0;
            $exists     = 0;
        }
    }
    return ( $indent, $offset, $is_leading, $exists );
}

sub lookup_opening_indentation {

    # get the indentation of the line in the current output batch
    # which output a selected opening token
    #
    # given:
    #   $i_opening - index of an opening token in the current output batch
    #                whose line indentation we need
    #   $ri_first - reference to list of the first index $i for each output
    #               line in this batch
    #   $ri_last - reference to list of the last index $i for each output line
    #              in this batch
    #   $rindentation_list - reference to a list containing the indentation
    #            used for each line.  (NOTE: the first slot in
    #            this list is the last returned line number, and this is
    #            followed by the list of indentations).
    #
    # return
    #   -the indentation of the line which contained token $i_opening
    #   -and its offset (number of columns) from the start of the line

    my ( $i_opening, $ri_start, $ri_last, $rindentation_list ) = @_;

    my $nline = $rindentation_list->[0];    # line number of previous lookup

    # reset line location if necessary
    $nline = 0 if ( $i_opening < $ri_start->[$nline] );

    # find the correct line
    unless ( $i_opening > $ri_last->[-1] ) {
        while ( $i_opening > $ri_last->[$nline] ) { $nline++; }
    }

    # error - token index is out of bounds - shouldn't happen
    else {
        warning(
"non-fatal program bug in lookup_opening_indentation - index out of range\n"
        );
        report_definite_bug();
        $nline = $#{$ri_last};
    }

    $rindentation_list->[0] =
      $nline;    # save line number to start looking next call
    my $ibeg       = $ri_start->[$nline];
    my $offset     = token_sequence_length( $ibeg, $i_opening ) - 1;
    my $is_leading = ( $ibeg == $i_opening );
    return ( $rindentation_list->[ $nline + 1 ], $offset, $is_leading );
}

{
    my %is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach;

    BEGIN {

        # These block types may have text between the keyword and opening
        # curly.  Note: 'else' does not, but must be included to allow trailing
        # if/elsif text to be appended.
        # patch for SWITCH/CASE: added 'case' and 'when'
        @_ = qw(if elsif else unless while until for foreach case when);
        @is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    sub set_adjusted_indentation {

        # This routine has the final say regarding the actual indentation of
        # a line.  It starts with the basic indentation which has been
        # defined for the leading token, and then takes into account any
        # options that the user has set regarding special indenting and
        # outdenting.

        my ( $ibeg, $iend, $rfields, $rpatterns, $ri_first, $ri_last,
            $rindentation_list, $level_jump )
          = @_;

        # we need to know the last token of this line
        my ( $terminal_type, $i_terminal ) =
          terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, $ibeg, $iend );

        my $is_outdented_line = 0;

        my $is_semicolon_terminated = $terminal_type eq ';'
          && $nesting_depth_to_go[$iend] < $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg];

        ##########################################################
        # Section 1: set a flag and a default indentation
        #
        # Most lines are indented according to the initial token.
        # But it is common to outdent to the level just after the
        # terminal token in certain cases...
        # adjust_indentation flag:
        #       0 - do not adjust
        #       1 - outdent
        #       2 - vertically align with opening token
        #       3 - indent
        ##########################################################
        my $adjust_indentation         = 0;
        my $default_adjust_indentation = $adjust_indentation;

        my (
            $opening_indentation, $opening_offset,
            $is_leading,          $opening_exists
        );

        # if we are at a closing token of some type..
        if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg] =~ /^[\)\}\]R]$/ ) {

            # get the indentation of the line containing the corresponding
            # opening token
            (
                $opening_indentation, $opening_offset,
                $is_leading,          $opening_exists
              )
              = get_opening_indentation( $ibeg, $ri_first, $ri_last,
                $rindentation_list );

            # First set the default behavior:
            if (

                # default behavior is to outdent closing lines
                # of the form:   ");  };  ];  )->xxx;"
                $is_semicolon_terminated

                # and 'cuddled parens' of the form:   ")->pack("
                || (
                       $terminal_type eq '('
                    && $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq ')'
                    && ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$iend] + 1 ==
                        $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] )
                )

                # and when the next line is at a lower indentation level
                # PATCH: and only if the style allows undoing continuation
                # for all closing token types. We should really wait until
                # the indentation of the next line is known and then make
                # a decision, but that would require another pass.
                || ( $level_jump < 0 && !$some_closing_token_indentation )
              )
            {
                $adjust_indentation = 1;
            }

            # outdent something like '),'
            if (
                $terminal_type eq ','

                # allow just one character before the comma
                && $i_terminal == $ibeg + 1

                # requre LIST environment; otherwise, we may outdent too much --
                # this can happen in calls without parentheses (overload.t);
                && $container_environment_to_go[$i_terminal] eq 'LIST'
              )
            {
                $adjust_indentation = 1;
            }

            # undo continuation indentation of a terminal closing token if
            # it is the last token before a level decrease.  This will allow
            # a closing token to line up with its opening counterpart, and
            # avoids a indentation jump larger than 1 level.
            if (   $types_to_go[$i_terminal] =~ /^[\}\]\)R]$/
                && $i_terminal == $ibeg )
            {
                my $ci        = $ci_levels_to_go[$ibeg];
                my $lev       = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
                my $next_type = $types_to_go[ $ibeg + 1 ];
                my $i_next_nonblank =
                  ( ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ? $ibeg + 2 : $ibeg + 1 );
                if (   $i_next_nonblank <= $max_index_to_go
                    && $levels_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] < $lev )
                {
                    $adjust_indentation = 1;
                }
            }

            # YVES patch 1 of 2:
            # Undo ci of line with leading closing eval brace,
            # but not beyond the indention of the line with
            # the opening brace.
            if (   $block_type_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'eval'
                && !$rOpts->{'line-up-parentheses'}
                && !$rOpts->{'indent-closing-brace'} )
            {
                (
                    $opening_indentation, $opening_offset,
                    $is_leading,          $opening_exists
                  )
                  = get_opening_indentation( $ibeg, $ri_first, $ri_last,
                    $rindentation_list );
                my $indentation = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg];
                if ( defined($opening_indentation)
                    && $indentation > $opening_indentation )
                {
                    $adjust_indentation = 1;
                }
            }

            $default_adjust_indentation = $adjust_indentation;

            # Now modify default behavior according to user request:
            # handle option to indent non-blocks of the form );  };  ];
            # But don't do special indentation to something like ')->pack('
            if ( !$block_type_to_go[$ibeg] ) {
                my $cti = $closing_token_indentation{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] };
                if ( $cti == 1 ) {
                    if (   $i_terminal <= $ibeg + 1
                        || $is_semicolon_terminated )
                    {
                        $adjust_indentation = 2;
                    }
                    else {
                        $adjust_indentation = 0;
                    }
                }
                elsif ( $cti == 2 ) {
                    if ($is_semicolon_terminated) {
                        $adjust_indentation = 3;
                    }
                    else {
                        $adjust_indentation = 0;
                    }
                }
                elsif ( $cti == 3 ) {
                    $adjust_indentation = 3;
                }
            }

            # handle option to indent blocks
            else {
                if (
                    $rOpts->{'indent-closing-brace'}
                    && (
                        $i_terminal == $ibeg    #  isolated terminal '}'
                        || $is_semicolon_terminated
                    )
                  )                             #  } xxxx ;
                {
                    $adjust_indentation = 3;
                }
            }
        }

        # if at ');', '};', '>;', and '];' of a terminal qw quote
        elsif ($$rpatterns[0] =~ /^qb*;$/
            && $$rfields[0] =~ /^([\)\}\]\>]);$/ )
        {
            if ( $closing_token_indentation{$1} == 0 ) {
                $adjust_indentation = 1;
            }
            else {
                $adjust_indentation = 3;
            }
        }

        # if line begins with a ':', align it with any
        # previous line leading with corresponding ?
        elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq ':' ) {
            (
                $opening_indentation, $opening_offset,
                $is_leading,          $opening_exists
              )
              = get_opening_indentation( $ibeg, $ri_first, $ri_last,
                $rindentation_list );
            if ($is_leading) { $adjust_indentation = 2; }
        }

        ##########################################################
        # Section 2: set indentation according to flag set above
        #
        # Select the indentation object to define leading
        # whitespace.  If we are outdenting something like '} } );'
        # then we want to use one level below the last token
        # ($i_terminal) in order to get it to fully outdent through
        # all levels.
        ##########################################################
        my $indentation;
        my $lev;
        my $level_end = $levels_to_go[$iend];

        if ( $adjust_indentation == 0 ) {
            $indentation = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg];
            $lev         = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
        }
        elsif ( $adjust_indentation == 1 ) {
            $indentation = $reduced_spaces_to_go[$i_terminal];
            $lev         = $levels_to_go[$i_terminal];
        }

        # handle indented closing token which aligns with opening token
        elsif ( $adjust_indentation == 2 ) {

            # handle option to align closing token with opening token
            $lev = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];

            # calculate spaces needed to align with opening token
            my $space_count =
              get_SPACES($opening_indentation) + $opening_offset;

            # Indent less than the previous line.
            #
            # Problem: For -lp we don't exactly know what it was if there
            # were recoverable spaces sent to the aligner.  A good solution
            # would be to force a flush of the vertical alignment buffer, so
            # that we would know.  For now, this rule is used for -lp:
            #
            # When the last line did not start with a closing token we will
            # be optimistic that the aligner will recover everything wanted.
            #
            # This rule will prevent us from breaking a hierarchy of closing
            # tokens, and in a worst case will leave a closing paren too far
            # indented, but this is better than frequently leaving it not
            # indented enough.
            my $last_spaces = get_SPACES($last_indentation_written);
            if ( $last_leading_token !~ /^[\}\]\)]$/ ) {
                $last_spaces +=
                  get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($last_indentation_written);
            }

            # reset the indentation to the new space count if it works
            # only options are all or none: nothing in-between looks good
            $lev = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
            if ( $space_count < $last_spaces ) {
                if ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses) {
                    my $lev = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
                    $indentation =
                      new_lp_indentation_item( $space_count, $lev, 0, 0, 0 );
                }
                else {
                    $indentation = $space_count;
                }
            }

            # revert to default if it doesnt work
            else {
                $space_count = leading_spaces_to_go($ibeg);
                if ( $default_adjust_indentation == 0 ) {
                    $indentation = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg];
                }
                elsif ( $default_adjust_indentation == 1 ) {
                    $indentation = $reduced_spaces_to_go[$i_terminal];
                    $lev         = $levels_to_go[$i_terminal];
                }
            }
        }

        # Full indentaion of closing tokens (-icb and -icp or -cti=2)
        else {

            # handle -icb (indented closing code block braces)
            # Updated method for indented block braces: indent one full level if
            # there is no continuation indentation.  This will occur for major
            # structures such as sub, if, else, but not for things like map
            # blocks.
            #
            # Note: only code blocks without continuation indentation are
            # handled here (if, else, unless, ..). In the following snippet,
            # the terminal brace of the sort block will have continuation
            # indentation as shown so it will not be handled by the coding
            # here.  We would have to undo the continuation indentation to do
            # this, but it probably looks ok as is.  This is a possible future
            # update for semicolon terminated lines.
            #
            #     if ($sortby eq 'date' or $sortby eq 'size') {
            #         @files = sort {
            #             $file_data{$a}{$sortby} <=> $file_data{$b}{$sortby}
            #                 or $a cmp $b
            #                 } @files;
            #         }
            #
            if (   $block_type_to_go[$ibeg]
                && $ci_levels_to_go[$i_terminal] == 0 )
            {
                my $spaces = get_SPACES( $leading_spaces_to_go[$i_terminal] );
                $indentation = $spaces + $rOpts_indent_columns;

                # NOTE: for -lp we could create a new indentation object, but
                # there is probably no need to do it
            }

            # handle -icp and any -icb block braces which fall through above
            # test such as the 'sort' block mentioned above.
            else {

                # There are currently two ways to handle -icp...
                # One way is to use the indentation of the previous line:
                # $indentation = $last_indentation_written;

                # The other way is to use the indentation that the previous line
                # would have had if it hadn't been adjusted:
                $indentation = $last_unadjusted_indentation;

                # Current method: use the minimum of the two. This avoids
                # inconsistent indentation.
                if ( get_SPACES($last_indentation_written) <
                    get_SPACES($indentation) )
                {
                    $indentation = $last_indentation_written;
                }
            }

            # use previous indentation but use own level
            # to cause list to be flushed properly
            $lev = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
        }

        # remember indentation except for multi-line quotes, which get
        # no indentation
        unless ( $ibeg == 0 && $starting_in_quote ) {
            $last_indentation_written    = $indentation;
            $last_unadjusted_indentation = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg];
            $last_leading_token          = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg];
        }

        # be sure lines with leading closing tokens are not outdented more
        # than the line which contained the corresponding opening token.

        #############################################################
        # updated per bug report in alex_bug.pl: we must not
        # mess with the indentation of closing logical braces so
        # we must treat something like '} else {' as if it were
        # an isolated brace my $is_isolated_block_brace = (
        # $iend == $ibeg ) && $block_type_to_go[$ibeg];
        #############################################################
        my $is_isolated_block_brace = $block_type_to_go[$ibeg]
          && ( $iend == $ibeg
            || $is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach{
                $block_type_to_go[$ibeg]
            } );

        # only do this for a ':; which is aligned with its leading '?'
        my $is_unaligned_colon = $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq ':' && !$is_leading;
        if (   defined($opening_indentation)
            && !$is_isolated_block_brace
            && !$is_unaligned_colon )
        {
            if ( get_SPACES($opening_indentation) > get_SPACES($indentation) ) {
                $indentation = $opening_indentation;
            }
        }

        # remember the indentation of each line of this batch
        push @{$rindentation_list}, $indentation;

        # outdent lines with certain leading tokens...
        if (

            # must be first word of this batch
            $ibeg == 0

            # and ...
            && (

                # certain leading keywords if requested
                (
                       $rOpts->{'outdent-keywords'}
                    && $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'k'
                    && $outdent_keyword{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] }
                )

                # or labels if requested
                || ( $rOpts->{'outdent-labels'} && $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'J' )

                # or static block comments if requested
                || (   $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq '#'
                    && $rOpts->{'outdent-static-block-comments'}
                    && $is_static_block_comment )
            )
          )

        {
            my $space_count = leading_spaces_to_go($ibeg);
            if ( $space_count > 0 ) {
                $space_count -= $rOpts_continuation_indentation;
                $is_outdented_line = 1;
                if ( $space_count < 0 ) { $space_count = 0 }

                # do not promote a spaced static block comment to non-spaced;
                # this is not normally necessary but could be for some
                # unusual user inputs (such as -ci = -i)
                if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq '#' && $space_count == 0 ) {
                    $space_count = 1;
                }

                if ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses) {
                    $indentation =
                      new_lp_indentation_item( $space_count, $lev, 0, 0, 0 );
                }
                else {
                    $indentation = $space_count;
                }
            }
        }

        return ( $indentation, $lev, $level_end, $terminal_type,
            $is_semicolon_terminated, $is_outdented_line );
    }
}

sub set_vertical_tightness_flags {

    my ( $n, $n_last_line, $ibeg, $iend, $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;

    # Define vertical tightness controls for the nth line of a batch.
    # We create an array of parameters which tell the vertical aligner
    # if we should combine this line with the next line to achieve the
    # desired vertical tightness.  The array of parameters contains:
    #
    #   [0] type: 1=is opening tok 2=is closing tok  3=is opening block brace
    #   [1] flag: if opening: 1=no multiple steps, 2=multiple steps ok
    #             if closing: spaces of padding to use
    #   [2] sequence number of container
    #   [3] valid flag: do not append if this flag is false. Will be
    #       true if appropriate -vt flag is set.  Otherwise, Will be
    #       made true only for 2 line container in parens with -lp
    #
    # These flags are used by sub set_leading_whitespace in
    # the vertical aligner

    my $rvertical_tightness_flags = [ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ];

    # For non-BLOCK tokens, we will need to examine the next line
    # too, so we won't consider the last line.
    if ( $n < $n_last_line ) {

        # see if last token is an opening token...not a BLOCK...
        my $ibeg_next = $$ri_first[ $n + 1 ];
        my $token_end = $tokens_to_go[$iend];
        my $iend_next = $$ri_last[ $n + 1 ];
        if (
               $type_sequence_to_go[$iend]
            && !$block_type_to_go[$iend]
            && $is_opening_token{$token_end}
            && (
                $opening_vertical_tightness{$token_end} > 0

                # allow 2-line method call to be closed up
                || (   $rOpts_line_up_parentheses
                    && $token_end eq '('
                    && $iend > $ibeg
                    && $types_to_go[ $iend - 1 ] ne 'b' )
            )
          )
        {

            # avoid multiple jumps in nesting depth in one line if
            # requested
            my $ovt       = $opening_vertical_tightness{$token_end};
            my $iend_next = $$ri_last[ $n + 1 ];
            unless (
                $ovt < 2
                && ( $nesting_depth_to_go[ $iend_next + 1 ] !=
                    $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] )
              )
            {

                # If -vt flag has not been set, mark this as invalid
                # and aligner will validate it if it sees the closing paren
                # within 2 lines.
                my $valid_flag = $ovt;
                @{$rvertical_tightness_flags} =
                  ( 1, $ovt, $type_sequence_to_go[$iend], $valid_flag );
            }
        }

        # see if first token of next line is a closing token...
        # ..and be sure this line does not have a side comment
        my $token_next = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
        if (   $type_sequence_to_go[$ibeg_next]
            && !$block_type_to_go[$ibeg_next]
            && $is_closing_token{$token_next}
            && $types_to_go[$iend] !~ '#' )    # for safety, shouldn't happen!
        {
            my $ovt = $opening_vertical_tightness{$token_next};
            my $cvt = $closing_vertical_tightness{$token_next};
            if (

                # never append a trailing line like   )->pack(
                # because it will throw off later alignment
                (
                    $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] ==
                    $nesting_depth_to_go[ $iend_next + 1 ] + 1
                )
                && (
                    $cvt == 2
                    || (
                        $container_environment_to_go[$ibeg_next] ne 'LIST'
                        && (
                            $cvt == 1

                            # allow closing up 2-line method calls
                            || (   $rOpts_line_up_parentheses
                                && $token_next eq ')' )
                        )
                    )
                )
              )
            {

                # decide which trailing closing tokens to append..
                my $ok = 0;
                if ( $cvt == 2 || $iend_next == $ibeg_next ) { $ok = 1 }
                else {
                    my $str = join( '',
                        @types_to_go[ $ibeg_next + 1 .. $ibeg_next + 2 ] );

                    # append closing token if followed by comment or ';'
                    if ( $str =~ /^b?[#;]/ ) { $ok = 1 }
                }

                if ($ok) {
                    my $valid_flag = $cvt;
                    @{$rvertical_tightness_flags} = (
                        2,
                        $tightness{$token_next} == 2 ? 0 : 1,
                        $type_sequence_to_go[$ibeg_next], $valid_flag,
                    );
                }
            }
        }

        # Opening Token Right
        # If requested, move an isolated trailing opening token to the end of
        # the previous line which ended in a comma.  We could do this
        # in sub recombine_breakpoints but that would cause problems
        # with -lp formatting.  The problem is that indentation will
        # quickly move far to the right in nested expressions.  By
        # doing it after indentation has been set, we avoid changes
        # to the indentation.  Actual movement of the token takes place
        # in sub write_leader_and_string.
        if (
            $opening_token_right{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next] }

            # previous line is not opening
            # (use -sot to combine with it)
            && !$is_opening_token{$token_end}

            # previous line ended in one of these
            # (add other cases if necessary; '=>' and '.' are not necessary
            ##&& ($is_opening_token{$token_end} || $token_end eq ',')
            && !$block_type_to_go[$ibeg_next]

            # this is a line with just an opening token
            && (   $iend_next == $ibeg_next
                || $iend_next == $ibeg_next + 2
                && $types_to_go[$iend_next] eq '#' )

            # looks bad if we align vertically with the wrong container
            && $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] ne $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next]
          )
        {
            my $valid_flag = 1;
            my $spaces = ( $types_to_go[ $ibeg_next - 1 ] eq 'b' ) ? 1 : 0;
            @{$rvertical_tightness_flags} =
              ( 2, $spaces, $type_sequence_to_go[$ibeg_next], $valid_flag, );
        }

        # Stacking of opening and closing tokens
        my $stackable;
        my $token_beg_next = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];

        # patch to make something like 'qw(' behave like an opening paren
        # (aran.t)
        if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_next] eq 'q' ) {
            if ( $token_beg_next =~ /^qw\s*([\[\(\{])$/ ) {
                $token_beg_next = $1;
            }
        }

        if (   $is_closing_token{$token_end}
            && $is_closing_token{$token_beg_next} )
        {
            $stackable = $stack_closing_token{$token_beg_next}
              unless ( $block_type_to_go[$ibeg_next] )
              ;    # shouldn't happen; just checking
        }
        elsif ($is_opening_token{$token_end}
            && $is_opening_token{$token_beg_next} )
        {
            $stackable = $stack_opening_token{$token_beg_next}
              unless ( $block_type_to_go[$ibeg_next] )
              ;    # shouldn't happen; just checking
        }

        if ($stackable) {

            my $is_semicolon_terminated;
            if ( $n + 1 == $n_last_line ) {
                my ( $terminal_type, $i_terminal ) = terminal_type(
                    \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go,
                    $ibeg_next,    $iend_next
                );
                $is_semicolon_terminated = $terminal_type eq ';'
                  && $nesting_depth_to_go[$iend_next] <
                  $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next];
            }

            # this must be a line with just an opening token
            # or end in a semicolon
            if (
                $is_semicolon_terminated
                || (   $iend_next == $ibeg_next
                    || $iend_next == $ibeg_next + 2
                    && $types_to_go[$iend_next] eq '#' )
              )
            {
                my $valid_flag = 1;
                my $spaces = ( $types_to_go[ $ibeg_next - 1 ] eq 'b' ) ? 1 : 0;
                @{$rvertical_tightness_flags} =
                  ( 2, $spaces, $type_sequence_to_go[$ibeg_next], $valid_flag,
                  );
            }
        }
    }

    # Check for a last line with isolated opening BLOCK curly
    elsif ($rOpts_block_brace_vertical_tightness
        && $ibeg eq $iend
        && $types_to_go[$iend] eq '{'
        && $block_type_to_go[$iend] =~
        /$block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern/o )
    {
        @{$rvertical_tightness_flags} =
          ( 3, $rOpts_block_brace_vertical_tightness, 0, 1 );
    }

    # pack in the sequence numbers of the ends of this line
    $rvertical_tightness_flags->[4] = get_seqno($ibeg);
    $rvertical_tightness_flags->[5] = get_seqno($iend);
    return $rvertical_tightness_flags;
}

sub get_seqno {

    # get opening and closing sequence numbers of a token for the vertical
    # aligner.  Assign qw quotes a value to allow qw opening and closing tokens
    # to be treated somewhat like opening and closing tokens for stacking
    # tokens by the vertical aligner.
    my ($ii) = @_;
    my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$ii];
    if ( $types_to_go[$ii] eq 'q' ) {
        my $SEQ_QW = -1;
        if ( $ii > 0 ) {
            $seqno = $SEQ_QW if ( $tokens_to_go[$ii] =~ /^qw\s*[\(\{\[]/ );
        }
        else {
            if ( !$ending_in_quote ) {
                $seqno = $SEQ_QW if ( $tokens_to_go[$ii] =~ /[\)\}\]]$/ );
            }
        }
    }
    return ($seqno);
}

{
    my %is_vertical_alignment_type;
    my %is_vertical_alignment_keyword;

    BEGIN {

        @_ = qw#
          = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=
          { ? : => =~ && || // ~~ !~~
          #;
        @is_vertical_alignment_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

        @_ = qw(if unless and or err eq ne for foreach while until);
        @is_vertical_alignment_keyword{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    sub set_vertical_alignment_markers {

        # This routine takes the first step toward vertical alignment of the
        # lines of output text.  It looks for certain tokens which can serve as
        # vertical alignment markers (such as an '=').
        #
        # Method: We look at each token $i in this output batch and set
        # $matching_token_to_go[$i] equal to those tokens at which we would
        # accept vertical alignment.

        # nothing to do if we aren't allowed to change whitespace
        if ( !$rOpts_add_whitespace ) {
            for my $i ( 0 .. $max_index_to_go ) {
                $matching_token_to_go[$i] = '';
            }
            return;
        }

        my ( $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;

        # remember the index of last nonblank token before any sidecomment
        my $i_terminal = $max_index_to_go;
        if ( $types_to_go[$i_terminal] eq '#' ) {
            if ( $i_terminal > 0 && $types_to_go[ --$i_terminal ] eq 'b' ) {
                if ( $i_terminal > 0 ) { --$i_terminal }
            }
        }

        # look at each line of this batch..
        my $last_vertical_alignment_before_index;
        my $vert_last_nonblank_type;
        my $vert_last_nonblank_token;
        my $vert_last_nonblank_block_type;
        my $max_line = @$ri_first - 1;
        my ( $i, $type, $token, $block_type, $alignment_type );
        my ( $ibeg, $iend, $line );

        foreach $line ( 0 .. $max_line ) {
            $ibeg                                 = $$ri_first[$line];
            $iend                                 = $$ri_last[$line];
            $last_vertical_alignment_before_index = -1;
            $vert_last_nonblank_type              = '';
            $vert_last_nonblank_token             = '';
            $vert_last_nonblank_block_type        = '';

            # look at each token in this output line..
            foreach $i ( $ibeg .. $iend ) {
                $alignment_type = '';
                $type           = $types_to_go[$i];
                $block_type     = $block_type_to_go[$i];
                $token          = $tokens_to_go[$i];

                # check for flag indicating that we should not align
                # this token
                if ( $matching_token_to_go[$i] ) {
                    $matching_token_to_go[$i] = '';
                    next;
                }

                #--------------------------------------------------------
                # First see if we want to align BEFORE this token
                #--------------------------------------------------------

                # The first possible token that we can align before
                # is index 2 because: 1) it doesn't normally make sense to
                # align before the first token and 2) the second
                # token must be a blank if we are to align before
                # the third
                if ( $i < $ibeg + 2 ) { }

                # must follow a blank token
                elsif ( $types_to_go[ $i - 1 ] ne 'b' ) { }

                # align a side comment --
                elsif ( $type eq '#' ) {

                    unless (

                        # it is a static side comment
                        (
                               $rOpts->{'static-side-comments'}
                            && $token =~ /$static_side_comment_pattern/o
                        )

                        # or a closing side comment
                        || (   $vert_last_nonblank_block_type
                            && $token =~
                            /$closing_side_comment_prefix_pattern/o )
                      )
                    {
                        $alignment_type = $type;
                    }    ## Example of a static side comment
                }

                # otherwise, do not align two in a row to create a
                # blank field
                elsif ( $last_vertical_alignment_before_index == $i - 2 ) { }

                # align before one of these keywords
                # (within a line, since $i>1)
                elsif ( $type eq 'k' ) {

                    #  /^(if|unless|and|or|eq|ne)$/
                    if ( $is_vertical_alignment_keyword{$token} ) {
                        $alignment_type = $token;
                    }
                }

                # align before one of these types..
                # Note: add '.' after new vertical aligner is operational
                elsif ( $is_vertical_alignment_type{$type} ) {
                    $alignment_type = $token;

                    # Do not align a terminal token.  Although it might
                    # occasionally look ok to do this, it has been found to be
                    # a good general rule.  The main problems are:
                    # (1) that the terminal token (such as an = or :) might get
                    # moved far to the right where it is hard to see because
                    # nothing follows it, and
                    # (2) doing so may prevent other good alignments.
                    if ( $i == $iend || $i >= $i_terminal ) {
                        $alignment_type = "";
                    }

                    # Do not align leading ': (' or '. ('.  This would prevent
                    # alignment in something like the following:
                    #   $extra_space .=
                    #       ( $input_line_number < 10 )  ? "  "
                    #     : ( $input_line_number < 100 ) ? " "
                    #     :                                "";
                    # or
                    #  $code =
                    #      ( $case_matters ? $accessor : " lc($accessor) " )
                    #    . ( $yesno        ? " eq "       : " ne " )
                    if (   $i == $ibeg + 2
                        && $types_to_go[$ibeg] =~ /^[\.\:]$/
                        && $types_to_go[ $i - 1 ] eq 'b' )
                    {
                        $alignment_type = "";
                    }

                    # For a paren after keyword, only align something like this:
                    #    if    ( $a ) { &a }
                    #    elsif ( $b ) { &b }
                    if ( $token eq '(' && $vert_last_nonblank_type eq 'k' ) {
                        $alignment_type = ""
                          unless $vert_last_nonblank_token =~
                          /^(if|unless|elsif)$/;
                    }

                    # be sure the alignment tokens are unique
                    # This didn't work well: reason not determined
                    # if ($token ne $type) {$alignment_type .= $type}
                }

                # NOTE: This is deactivated because it causes the previous
                # if/elsif alignment to fail
                #elsif ( $type eq '}' && $token eq '}' && $block_type_to_go[$i])
                #{ $alignment_type = $type; }

                if ($alignment_type) {
                    $last_vertical_alignment_before_index = $i;
                }

                #--------------------------------------------------------
                # Next see if we want to align AFTER the previous nonblank
                #--------------------------------------------------------

                # We want to line up ',' and interior ';' tokens, with the added
                # space AFTER these tokens.  (Note: interior ';' is included
                # because it may occur in short blocks).
                if (

                    # we haven't already set it
                    !$alignment_type

                    # and its not the first token of the line
                    && ( $i > $ibeg )

                    # and it follows a blank
                    && $types_to_go[ $i - 1 ] eq 'b'

                    # and previous token IS one of these:
                    && ( $vert_last_nonblank_type =~ /^[\,\;]$/ )

                    # and it's NOT one of these
                    && ( $type !~ /^[b\#\)\]\}]$/ )

                    # then go ahead and align
                  )

                {
                    $alignment_type = $vert_last_nonblank_type;
                }

                #--------------------------------------------------------
                # then store the value
                #--------------------------------------------------------
                $matching_token_to_go[$i] = $alignment_type;
                if ( $type ne 'b' ) {
                    $vert_last_nonblank_type       = $type;
                    $vert_last_nonblank_token      = $token;
                    $vert_last_nonblank_block_type = $block_type;
                }
            }
        }
    }
}

sub terminal_type {

    #    returns type of last token on this line (terminal token), as follows:
    #    returns # for a full-line comment
    #    returns ' ' for a blank line
    #    otherwise returns final token type

    my ( $rtype, $rblock_type, $ibeg, $iend ) = @_;

    # check for full-line comment..
    if ( $$rtype[$ibeg] eq '#' ) {
        return wantarray ? ( $$rtype[$ibeg], $ibeg ) : $$rtype[$ibeg];
    }
    else {

        # start at end and walk bakwards..
        for ( my $i = $iend ; $i >= $ibeg ; $i-- ) {

            # skip past any side comment and blanks
            next if ( $$rtype[$i] eq 'b' );
            next if ( $$rtype[$i] eq '#' );

            # found it..make sure it is a BLOCK termination,
            # but hide a terminal } after sort/grep/map because it is not
            # necessarily the end of the line.  (terminal.t)
            my $terminal_type = $$rtype[$i];
            if (
                $terminal_type eq '}'
                && ( !$$rblock_type[$i]
                    || ( $is_sort_map_grep_eval_do{ $$rblock_type[$i] } ) )
              )
            {
                $terminal_type = 'b';
            }
            return wantarray ? ( $terminal_type, $i ) : $terminal_type;
        }

        # empty line
        return wantarray ? ( ' ', $ibeg ) : ' ';
    }
}

{
    my %is_good_keyword_breakpoint;
    my %is_lt_gt_le_ge;

    sub set_bond_strengths {

        BEGIN {

            @_ = qw(if unless while until for foreach);
            @is_good_keyword_breakpoint{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

            @_ = qw(lt gt le ge);
            @is_lt_gt_le_ge{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

            ###############################################################
            # NOTE: NO_BREAK's set here are HINTS which may not be honored;
            # essential NO_BREAKS's must be enforced in section 2, below.
            ###############################################################

            # adding NEW_TOKENS: add a left and right bond strength by
            # mimmicking what is done for an existing token type.  You
            # can skip this step at first and take the default, then
            # tweak later to get desired results.

            # The bond strengths should roughly follow precenence order where
            # possible.  If you make changes, please check the results very
            # carefully on a variety of scripts.

            # no break around possible filehandle
            $left_bond_strength{'Z'}  = NO_BREAK;
            $right_bond_strength{'Z'} = NO_BREAK;

            # never put a bare word on a new line:
            # example print (STDERR, "bla"); will fail with break after (
            $left_bond_strength{'w'} = NO_BREAK;

        # blanks always have infinite strength to force breaks after real tokens
            $right_bond_strength{'b'} = NO_BREAK;

            # try not to break on exponentation
            @_                       = qw" ** .. ... <=> ";
            @left_bond_strength{@_}  = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @right_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);

            # The comma-arrow has very low precedence but not a good break point
            $left_bond_strength{'=>'}  = NO_BREAK;
            $right_bond_strength{'=>'} = NOMINAL;

            # ok to break after label
            $left_bond_strength{'J'}  = NO_BREAK;
            $right_bond_strength{'J'} = NOMINAL;
            $left_bond_strength{'j'}  = STRONG;
            $right_bond_strength{'j'} = STRONG;
            $left_bond_strength{'A'}  = STRONG;
            $right_bond_strength{'A'} = STRONG;

            $left_bond_strength{'->'}  = STRONG;
            $right_bond_strength{'->'} = VERY_STRONG;

            # breaking AFTER modulus operator is ok:
            @_ = qw" % ";
            @left_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @right_bond_strength{@_} =
              ( 0.1 * NOMINAL + 0.9 * STRONG ) x scalar(@_);

            # Break AFTER math operators * and /
            @_                       = qw" * / x  ";
            @left_bond_strength{@_}  = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @right_bond_strength{@_} = (NOMINAL) x scalar(@_);

            # Break AFTER weakest math operators + and -
            # Make them weaker than * but a bit stronger than '.'
            @_ = qw" + - ";
            @left_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @right_bond_strength{@_} =
              ( 0.91 * NOMINAL + 0.09 * WEAK ) x scalar(@_);

            # breaking BEFORE these is just ok:
            @_                       = qw" >> << ";
            @right_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @left_bond_strength{@_}  = (NOMINAL) x scalar(@_);

            # breaking before the string concatenation operator seems best
            # because it can be hard to see at the end of a line
            $right_bond_strength{'.'} = STRONG;
            $left_bond_strength{'.'}  = 0.9 * NOMINAL + 0.1 * WEAK;

            @_                       = qw"} ] ) ";
            @left_bond_strength{@_}  = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @right_bond_strength{@_} = (NOMINAL) x scalar(@_);

            # make these a little weaker than nominal so that they get
            # favored for end-of-line characters
            @_ = qw"!= == =~ !~ ~~ !~~";
            @left_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @right_bond_strength{@_} =
              ( 0.9 * NOMINAL + 0.1 * WEAK ) x scalar(@_);

            # break AFTER these
            @_ = qw" < >  | & >= <=";
            @left_bond_strength{@_} = (VERY_STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @right_bond_strength{@_} =
              ( 0.8 * NOMINAL + 0.2 * WEAK ) x scalar(@_);

            # breaking either before or after a quote is ok
            # but bias for breaking before a quote
            $left_bond_strength{'Q'}  = NOMINAL;
            $right_bond_strength{'Q'} = NOMINAL + 0.02;
            $left_bond_strength{'q'}  = NOMINAL;
            $right_bond_strength{'q'} = NOMINAL;

            # starting a line with a keyword is usually ok
            $left_bond_strength{'k'} = NOMINAL;

            # we usually want to bond a keyword strongly to what immediately
            # follows, rather than leaving it stranded at the end of a line
            $right_bond_strength{'k'} = STRONG;

            $left_bond_strength{'G'}  = NOMINAL;
            $right_bond_strength{'G'} = STRONG;

            # it is good to break AFTER various assignment operators
            @_ = qw(
              = **= += *= &= <<= &&=
              -= /= |= >>= ||= //=
              .= %= ^=
              x=
            );
            @left_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @right_bond_strength{@_} =
              ( 0.4 * WEAK + 0.6 * VERY_WEAK ) x scalar(@_);

            # break BEFORE '&&' and '||' and '//'
            # set strength of '||' to same as '=' so that chains like
            # $a = $b || $c || $d   will break before the first '||'
            $right_bond_strength{'||'} = NOMINAL;
            $left_bond_strength{'||'}  = $right_bond_strength{'='};

            # same thing for '//'
            $right_bond_strength{'//'} = NOMINAL;
            $left_bond_strength{'//'}  = $right_bond_strength{'='};

            # set strength of && a little higher than ||
            $right_bond_strength{'&&'} = NOMINAL;
            $left_bond_strength{'&&'}  = $left_bond_strength{'||'} + 0.1;

            $left_bond_strength{';'}  = VERY_STRONG;
            $right_bond_strength{';'} = VERY_WEAK;
            $left_bond_strength{'f'}  = VERY_STRONG;

            # make right strength of for ';' a little less than '='
            # to make for contents break after the ';' to avoid this:
            #   for ( $j = $number_of_fields - 1 ; $j < $item_count ; $j +=
            #     $number_of_fields )
            # and make it weaker than ',' and 'and' too
            $right_bond_strength{'f'} = VERY_WEAK - 0.03;

            # The strengths of ?/: should be somewhere between
            # an '=' and a quote (NOMINAL),
            # make strength of ':' slightly less than '?' to help
            # break long chains of ? : after the colons
            $left_bond_strength{':'}  = 0.4 * WEAK + 0.6 * NOMINAL;
            $right_bond_strength{':'} = NO_BREAK;
            $left_bond_strength{'?'}  = $left_bond_strength{':'} + 0.01;
            $right_bond_strength{'?'} = NO_BREAK;

            $left_bond_strength{','}  = VERY_STRONG;
            $right_bond_strength{','} = VERY_WEAK;

            # Set bond strengths of certain keywords
            # make 'or', 'err', 'and' slightly weaker than a ','
            $left_bond_strength{'and'}  = VERY_WEAK - 0.01;
            $left_bond_strength{'or'}   = VERY_WEAK - 0.02;
            $left_bond_strength{'err'}  = VERY_WEAK - 0.02;
            $left_bond_strength{'xor'}  = NOMINAL;
            $right_bond_strength{'and'} = NOMINAL;
            $right_bond_strength{'or'}  = NOMINAL;
            $right_bond_strength{'err'} = NOMINAL;
            $right_bond_strength{'xor'} = STRONG;
        }

        # patch-its always ok to break at end of line
        $nobreak_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = 0;

        # adding a small 'bias' to strengths is a simple way to make a line
        # break at the first of a sequence of identical terms.  For example,
        # to force long string of conditional operators to break with
        # each line ending in a ':', we can add a small number to the bond
        # strength of each ':'
        my $colon_bias = 0;
        my $amp_bias   = 0;
        my $bar_bias   = 0;
        my $and_bias   = 0;
        my $or_bias    = 0;
        my $dot_bias   = 0;
        my $f_bias     = 0;
        my $code_bias  = -.01;
        my $type       = 'b';
        my $token      = ' ';
        my $last_type;
        my $last_nonblank_type  = $type;
        my $last_nonblank_token = $token;
        my $delta_bias          = 0.0001;
        my $list_str            = $left_bond_strength{'?'};

        my ( $block_type, $i_next, $i_next_nonblank, $next_nonblank_token,
            $next_nonblank_type, $next_token, $next_type, $total_nesting_depth,
        );

        # preliminary loop to compute bond strengths
        for ( my $i = 0 ; $i <= $max_index_to_go ; $i++ ) {
            $last_type = $type;
            if ( $type ne 'b' ) {
                $last_nonblank_type  = $type;
                $last_nonblank_token = $token;
            }
            $type = $types_to_go[$i];

            # strength on both sides of a blank is the same
            if ( $type eq 'b' && $last_type ne 'b' ) {
                $bond_strength_to_go[$i] = $bond_strength_to_go[ $i - 1 ];
                next;
            }

            $token               = $tokens_to_go[$i];
            $block_type          = $block_type_to_go[$i];
            $i_next              = $i + 1;
            $next_type           = $types_to_go[$i_next];
            $next_token          = $tokens_to_go[$i_next];
            $total_nesting_depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_next];
            $i_next_nonblank     = ( ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ? $i + 2 : $i + 1 );
            $next_nonblank_type  = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
            $next_nonblank_token = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];

            # Some token chemistry...  The decision about where to break a
            # line depends upon a "bond strength" between tokens.  The LOWER
            # the bond strength, the MORE likely a break.  The strength
            # values are based on trial-and-error, and need to be tweaked
            # occasionally to get desired results.  Things to keep in mind
            # are:
            #   1. relative strengths are important.  small differences
            #      in strengths can make big formatting differences.
            #   2. each indentation level adds one unit of bond strength
            #   3. a value of NO_BREAK makes an unbreakable bond
            #   4. a value of VERY_WEAK is the strength of a ','
            #   5. values below NOMINAL are considered ok break points
            #   6. values above NOMINAL are considered poor break points
            # We are computing the strength of the bond between the current
            # token and the NEXT token.
            my $bond_str = VERY_STRONG;    # a default, high strength

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # section 1:
            # use minimum of left and right bond strengths if defined;
            # digraphs and trigraphs like to break on their left
            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            my $bsr = $right_bond_strength{$type};

            if ( !defined($bsr) ) {

                if ( $is_digraph{$type} || $is_trigraph{$type} ) {
                    $bsr = STRONG;
                }
                else {
                    $bsr = VERY_STRONG;
                }
            }

            # define right bond strengths of certain keywords
            if ( $type eq 'k' && defined( $right_bond_strength{$token} ) ) {
                $bsr = $right_bond_strength{$token};
            }
            elsif ( $token eq 'ne' or $token eq 'eq' ) {
                $bsr = NOMINAL;
            }
            my $bsl = $left_bond_strength{$next_nonblank_type};

            # set terminal bond strength to the nominal value
            # this will cause good preceding breaks to be retained
            if ( $i_next_nonblank > $max_index_to_go ) {
                $bsl = NOMINAL;
            }

            if ( !defined($bsl) ) {

                if (   $is_digraph{$next_nonblank_type}
                    || $is_trigraph{$next_nonblank_type} )
                {
                    $bsl = WEAK;
                }
                else {
                    $bsl = VERY_STRONG;
                }
            }

            # define right bond strengths of certain keywords
            if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'k'
                && defined( $left_bond_strength{$next_nonblank_token} ) )
            {
                $bsl = $left_bond_strength{$next_nonblank_token};
            }
            elsif ($next_nonblank_token eq 'ne'
                or $next_nonblank_token eq 'eq' )
            {
                $bsl = NOMINAL;
            }
            elsif ( $is_lt_gt_le_ge{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
                $bsl = 0.9 * NOMINAL + 0.1 * STRONG;
            }

            # Note: it might seem that we would want to keep a NO_BREAK if
            # either token has this value.  This didn't work, because in an
            # arrow list, it prevents the comma from separating from the
            # following bare word (which is probably quoted by its arrow).
            # So necessary NO_BREAK's have to be handled as special cases
            # in the final section.
            $bond_str = ( $bsr < $bsl ) ? $bsr : $bsl;
            my $bond_str_1 = $bond_str;

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # section 2:
            # special cases
            #---------------------------------------------------------------

            # allow long lines before final { in an if statement, as in:
            #    if (..........
            #      ..........)
            #    {
            #
            # Otherwise, the line before the { tends to be too short.
            if ( $type eq ')' ) {
                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '{' ) {
                    $bond_str = VERY_WEAK + 0.03;
                }
            }

            elsif ( $type eq '(' ) {
                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '{' ) {
                    $bond_str = NOMINAL;
                }
            }

            # break on something like '} (', but keep this stronger than a ','
            # example is in 'howe.pl'
            elsif ( $type eq 'R' or $type eq '}' ) {
                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '(' ) {
                    $bond_str = 0.8 * VERY_WEAK + 0.2 * WEAK;
                }
            }

            #-----------------------------------------------------------------
            # adjust bond strength bias
            #-----------------------------------------------------------------

            # add any bias set by sub scan_list at old comma break points.
            elsif ( $type eq ',' ) {
                $bond_str += $bond_strength_to_go[$i];
            }

            elsif ( $type eq 'f' ) {
                $bond_str += $f_bias;
                $f_bias   += $delta_bias;
            }

          # in long ?: conditionals, bias toward just one set per line (colon.t)
            elsif ( $type eq ':' ) {
                if ( !$want_break_before{$type} ) {
                    $bond_str   += $colon_bias;
                    $colon_bias += $delta_bias;
                }
            }

            if (   $next_nonblank_type eq ':'
                && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_type} )
            {
                $bond_str   += $colon_bias;
                $colon_bias += $delta_bias;
            }

            # if leading '.' is used, align all but 'short' quotes;
            # the idea is to not place something like "\n" on a single line.
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '.' ) {
                if ( $want_break_before{'.'} ) {
                    unless (
                        $last_nonblank_type eq '.'
                        && (
                            length($token) <=
                            $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length )
                        && ( $token !~ /^[\)\]\}]$/ )
                      )
                    {
                        $dot_bias += $delta_bias;
                    }
                    $bond_str += $dot_bias;
                }
            }
            elsif ($next_nonblank_type eq '&&'
                && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_type} )
            {
                $bond_str += $amp_bias;
                $amp_bias += $delta_bias;
            }
            elsif ($next_nonblank_type eq '||'
                && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_type} )
            {
                $bond_str += $bar_bias;
                $bar_bias += $delta_bias;
            }
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'k' ) {

                if (   $next_nonblank_token eq 'and'
                    && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_token} )
                {
                    $bond_str += $and_bias;
                    $and_bias += $delta_bias;
                }
                elsif ($next_nonblank_token =~ /^(or|err)$/
                    && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_token} )
                {
                    $bond_str += $or_bias;
                    $or_bias  += $delta_bias;
                }

                # FIXME: needs more testing
                elsif ( $is_keyword_returning_list{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
                    $bond_str = $list_str if ( $bond_str > $list_str );
                }
                elsif ( $token eq 'err'
                    && !$want_break_before{$token} )
                {
                    $bond_str += $or_bias;
                    $or_bias  += $delta_bias;
                }
            }

            if ( $type eq ':'
                && !$want_break_before{$type} )
            {
                $bond_str   += $colon_bias;
                $colon_bias += $delta_bias;
            }
            elsif ( $type eq '&&'
                && !$want_break_before{$type} )
            {
                $bond_str += $amp_bias;
                $amp_bias += $delta_bias;
            }
            elsif ( $type eq '||'
                && !$want_break_before{$type} )
            {
                $bond_str += $bar_bias;
                $bar_bias += $delta_bias;
            }
            elsif ( $type eq 'k' ) {

                if ( $token eq 'and'
                    && !$want_break_before{$token} )
                {
                    $bond_str += $and_bias;
                    $and_bias += $delta_bias;
                }
                elsif ( $token eq 'or'
                    && !$want_break_before{$token} )
                {
                    $bond_str += $or_bias;
                    $or_bias  += $delta_bias;
                }
            }

            # keep matrix and hash indices together
            # but make them a little below STRONG to allow breaking open
            # something like {'some-word'}{'some-very-long-word'} at the }{
            # (bracebrk.t)
            if (   ( $type eq ']' or $type eq 'R' )
                && ( $next_nonblank_type eq '[' or $next_nonblank_type eq 'L' )
              )
            {
                $bond_str = 0.9 * STRONG + 0.1 * NOMINAL;
            }

            if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^->/ ) {

                # increase strength to the point where a break in the following
                # will be after the opening paren rather than at the arrow:
                #    $a->$b($c);
                if ( $type eq 'i' ) {
                    $bond_str = 1.45 * STRONG;
                }

                elsif ( $type =~ /^[\)\]\}R]$/ ) {
                    $bond_str = 0.1 * STRONG + 0.9 * NOMINAL;
                }

                # otherwise make strength before an '->' a little over a '+'
                else {
                    if ( $bond_str <= NOMINAL ) {
                        $bond_str = NOMINAL + 0.01;
                    }
                }
            }

            if ( $token eq ')' && $next_nonblank_token eq '[' ) {
                $bond_str = 0.2 * STRONG + 0.8 * NOMINAL;
            }

            # map1.t -- correct for a quirk in perl
            if (   $token eq '('
                && $next_nonblank_type eq 'i'
                && $last_nonblank_type eq 'k'
                && $is_sort_map_grep{$last_nonblank_token} )

              #     /^(sort|map|grep)$/ )
            {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
            }

            # extrude.t: do not break before paren at:
            #    -l pid_filename(
            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'F' && $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
            }

            # good to break after end of code blocks
            if ( $type eq '}' && $block_type ) {

                $bond_str = 0.5 * WEAK + 0.5 * VERY_WEAK + $code_bias;
                $code_bias += $delta_bias;
            }

            if ( $type eq 'k' ) {

                # allow certain control keywords to stand out
                if (   $next_nonblank_type eq 'k'
                    && $is_last_next_redo_return{$token} )
                {
                    $bond_str = 0.45 * WEAK + 0.55 * VERY_WEAK;
                }

# Don't break after keyword my.  This is a quick fix for a
# rare problem with perl. An example is this line from file
# Container.pm:
# foreach my $question( Debian::DebConf::ConfigDb::gettree( $this->{'question'} ) )

                if ( $token eq 'my' ) {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }

            }

            # good to break before 'if', 'unless', etc
            if ( $is_if_brace_follower{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
                $bond_str = VERY_WEAK;
            }

            if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'k' ) {

                # keywords like 'unless', 'if', etc, within statements
                # make good breaks
                if ( $is_good_keyword_breakpoint{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
                    $bond_str = VERY_WEAK / 1.05;
                }
            }

            # try not to break before a comma-arrow
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '=>' ) {
                if ( $bond_str < STRONG ) { $bond_str = STRONG }
            }

         #----------------------------------------------------------------------
         # only set NO_BREAK's from here on
         #----------------------------------------------------------------------
            if ( $type eq 'C' or $type eq 'U' ) {

                # use strict requires that bare word and => not be separated
                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '=>' ) {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }

                # Never break between a bareword and a following paren because
                # perl may give an error.  For example, if a break is placed
                # between 'to_filehandle' and its '(' the following line will
                # give a syntax error [Carp.pm]: my( $no) =fileno(
                # to_filehandle( $in)) ;
                if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }
            }

           # use strict requires that bare word within braces not start new line
            elsif ( $type eq 'L' ) {

                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'w' ) {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }
            }

            # in older version of perl, use strict can cause problems with
            # breaks before bare words following opening parens.  For example,
            # this will fail under older versions if a break is made between
            # '(' and 'MAIL':
            #  use strict;
            #  open( MAIL, "a long filename or command");
            #  close MAIL;
            elsif ( $type eq '{' ) {

                if ( $token eq '(' && $next_nonblank_type eq 'w' ) {

                    # but it's fine to break if the word is followed by a '=>'
                    # or if it is obviously a sub call
                    my $i_next_next_nonblank = $i_next_nonblank + 1;
                    my $next_next_type = $types_to_go[$i_next_next_nonblank];
                    if (   $next_next_type eq 'b'
                        && $i_next_nonblank < $max_index_to_go )
                    {
                        $i_next_next_nonblank++;
                        $next_next_type = $types_to_go[$i_next_next_nonblank];
                    }

                    ##if ( $next_next_type ne '=>' ) {
                    # these are ok: '->xxx', '=>', '('

                    # We'll check for an old breakpoint and keep a leading
                    # bareword if it was that way in the input file.
                    # Presumably it was ok that way.  For example, the
                    # following would remain unchanged:
                    #
                    # @months = (
                    #   January,   February, March,    April,
                    #   May,       June,     July,     August,
                    #   September, October,  November, December,
                    # );
                    #
                    # This should be sufficient:
                    if ( !$old_breakpoint_to_go[$i]
                        && ( $next_next_type eq ',' || $next_next_type eq '}' )
                      )
                    {
                        $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                    }
                }
            }

            elsif ( $type eq 'w' ) {

                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'R' ) {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }

                # use strict requires that bare word and => not be separated
                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '=>' ) {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }
            }

            # in fact, use strict hates bare words on any new line.  For
            # example, a break before the underscore here provokes the
            # wrath of use strict:
            # if ( -r $fn && ( -s _ || $AllowZeroFilesize)) {
            elsif ( $type eq 'F' ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
            }

            # use strict does not allow separating type info from trailing { }
            # testfile is readmail.pl
            elsif ( $type eq 't' or $type eq 'i' ) {

                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'L' ) {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }
            }

            # Do not break between a possible filehandle and a ? or / and do
            # not introduce a break after it if there is no blank
            # (extrude.t)
            elsif ( $type eq 'Z' ) {

                # dont break..
                if (

                    # if there is no blank and we do not want one. Examples:
                    #    print $x++    # do not break after $x
                    #    print HTML"HELLO"   # break ok after HTML
                    (
                           $next_type ne 'b'
                        && defined( $want_left_space{$next_type} )
                        && $want_left_space{$next_type} == WS_NO
                    )

                    # or we might be followed by the start of a quote
                    || $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\/\?]$/
                  )
                {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }
            }

            # Do not break before a possible file handle
            if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'Z' ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
            }

            # As a defensive measure, do not break between a '(' and a
            # filehandle.  In some cases, this can cause an error.  For
            # example, the following program works:
            #    my $msg="hi!\n";
            #    print
            #    ( STDOUT
            #    $msg
            #    );
            #
            # But this program fails:
            #    my $msg="hi!\n";
            #    print
            #    (
            #    STDOUT
            #    $msg
            #    );
            #
            # This is normally only a problem with the 'extrude' option
            if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'Y' && $token eq '(' ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
            }

            # Breaking before a ++ can cause perl to guess wrong. For
            # example the following line will cause a syntax error
            # with -extrude if we break between '$i' and '++' [fixstyle2]
            #   print( ( $i++ & 1 ) ? $_ : ( $change{$_} || $_ ) );
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '++' ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
            }

            # Breaking before a ? before a quote can cause trouble if
            # they are not separated by a blank.
            # Example: a syntax error occurs if you break before the ? here
            #  my$logic=join$all?' && ':' || ',@regexps;
            # From: Professional_Perl_Programming_Code/multifind.pl
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '?' ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK
                  if ( $types_to_go[ $i_next_nonblank + 1 ] eq 'Q' );
            }

            # Breaking before a . followed by a number
            # can cause trouble if there is no intervening space
            # Example: a syntax error occurs if you break before the .2 here
            #  $str .= pack($endian.2, ensurrogate($ord));
            # From: perl58/Unicode.pm
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '.' ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK
                  if ( $types_to_go[ $i_next_nonblank + 1 ] eq 'n' );
            }

            # patch to put cuddled elses back together when on multiple
            # lines, as in: } \n else \n { \n
            if ($rOpts_cuddled_else) {

                if (   ( $token eq 'else' ) && ( $next_nonblank_type eq '{' )
                    || ( $type eq '}' ) && ( $next_nonblank_token eq 'else' ) )
                {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }
            }

            # keep '}' together with ';'
            if ( ( $token eq '}' ) && ( $next_nonblank_type eq ';' ) ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
            }

            # never break between sub name and opening paren
            if ( ( $type eq 'w' ) && ( $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
            }

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # section 3:
            # now take nesting depth into account
            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # final strength incorporates the bond strength and nesting depth
            my $strength;

            if ( defined($bond_str) && !$nobreak_to_go[$i] ) {
                if ( $total_nesting_depth > 0 ) {
                    $strength = $bond_str + $total_nesting_depth;
                }
                else {
                    $strength = $bond_str;
                }
            }
            else {
                $strength = NO_BREAK;
            }

            # always break after side comment
            if ( $type eq '#' ) { $strength = 0 }

            $bond_strength_to_go[$i] = $strength;

            FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BOND && do {
                my $str = substr( $token, 0, 15 );
                $str .= ' ' x ( 16 - length($str) );
                print
"BOND:  i=$i $str $type $next_nonblank_type depth=$total_nesting_depth strength=$bond_str_1 -> $bond_str -> $strength \n";
            };
        }
    }

}

sub pad_array_to_go {

    # to simplify coding in scan_list and set_bond_strengths, it helps
    # to create some extra blank tokens at the end of the arrays
    $tokens_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ] = '';
    $tokens_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 2 ] = '';
    $types_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ]  = 'b';
    $types_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 2 ]  = 'b';
    $nesting_depth_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ] =
      $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];

    #    /^[R\}\)\]]$/
    if ( $is_closing_type{ $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] } ) {
        if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go] <= 0 ) {

            # shouldn't happen:
            unless ( get_saw_brace_error() ) {
                warning(
"Program bug in scan_list: hit nesting error which should have been caught\n"
                );
                report_definite_bug();
            }
        }
        else {
            $nesting_depth_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ] -= 1;
        }
    }

    #       /^[L\{\(\[]$/
    elsif ( $is_opening_type{ $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] } ) {
        $nesting_depth_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ] += 1;
    }
}

{    # begin scan_list

    my (
        $block_type,                $current_depth,
        $depth,                     $i,
        $i_last_nonblank_token,     $last_colon_sequence_number,
        $last_nonblank_token,       $last_nonblank_type,
        $last_old_breakpoint_count, $minimum_depth,
        $next_nonblank_block_type,  $next_nonblank_token,
        $next_nonblank_type,        $old_breakpoint_count,
        $starting_breakpoint_count, $starting_depth,
        $token,                     $type,
        $type_sequence,
    );

    my (
        @breakpoint_stack,              @breakpoint_undo_stack,
        @comma_index,                   @container_type,
        @identifier_count_stack,        @index_before_arrow,
        @interrupted_list,              @item_count_stack,
        @last_comma_index,              @last_dot_index,
        @last_nonblank_type,            @old_breakpoint_count_stack,
        @opening_structure_index_stack, @rfor_semicolon_list,
        @has_old_logical_breakpoints,   @rand_or_list,
        @i_equals,
    );

    # routine to define essential variables when we go 'up' to
    # a new depth
    sub check_for_new_minimum_depth {
        my $depth = shift;
        if ( $depth < $minimum_depth ) {

            $minimum_depth = $depth;

            # these arrays need not retain values between calls
            $breakpoint_stack[$depth]              = $starting_breakpoint_count;
            $container_type[$depth]                = "";
            $identifier_count_stack[$depth]        = 0;
            $index_before_arrow[$depth]            = -1;
            $interrupted_list[$depth]              = 1;
            $item_count_stack[$depth]              = 0;
            $last_nonblank_type[$depth]            = "";
            $opening_structure_index_stack[$depth] = -1;

            $breakpoint_undo_stack[$depth]       = undef;
            $comma_index[$depth]                 = undef;
            $last_comma_index[$depth]            = undef;
            $last_dot_index[$depth]              = undef;
            $old_breakpoint_count_stack[$depth]  = undef;
            $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth] = 0;
            $rand_or_list[$depth]                = [];
            $rfor_semicolon_list[$depth]         = [];
            $i_equals[$depth]                    = -1;

            # these arrays must retain values between calls
            if ( !defined( $has_broken_sublist[$depth] ) ) {
                $dont_align[$depth]         = 0;
                $has_broken_sublist[$depth] = 0;
                $want_comma_break[$depth]   = 0;
            }
        }
    }

    # routine to decide which commas to break at within a container;
    # returns:
    #   $bp_count = number of comma breakpoints set
    #   $do_not_break_apart = a flag indicating if container need not
    #     be broken open
    sub set_comma_breakpoints {

        my $dd                 = shift;
        my $bp_count           = 0;
        my $do_not_break_apart = 0;

        # anything to do?
        if ( $item_count_stack[$dd] ) {

            # handle commas not in containers...
            if ( $dont_align[$dd] ) {
                do_uncontained_comma_breaks($dd);
            }

            # handle commas within containers...
            else {
                my $fbc = $forced_breakpoint_count;

                # always open comma lists not preceded by keywords,
                # barewords, identifiers (that is, anything that doesn't
                # look like a function call)
                my $must_break_open = $last_nonblank_type[$dd] !~ /^[kwiU]$/;

                set_comma_breakpoints_do(
                    $dd,
                    $opening_structure_index_stack[$dd],
                    $i,
                    $item_count_stack[$dd],
                    $identifier_count_stack[$dd],
                    $comma_index[$dd],
                    $next_nonblank_type,
                    $container_type[$dd],
                    $interrupted_list[$dd],
                    \$do_not_break_apart,
                    $must_break_open,
                );
                $bp_count = $forced_breakpoint_count - $fbc;
                $do_not_break_apart = 0 if $must_break_open;
            }
        }
        return ( $bp_count, $do_not_break_apart );
    }

    sub do_uncontained_comma_breaks {

        # Handle commas not in containers...
        # This is a catch-all routine for commas that we
        # don't know what to do with because the don't fall
        # within containers.  We will bias the bond strength
        # to break at commas which ended lines in the input
        # file.  This usually works better than just trying
        # to put as many items on a line as possible.  A
        # downside is that if the input file is garbage it
        # won't work very well. However, the user can always
        # prevent following the old breakpoints with the
        # -iob flag.
        my $dd                    = shift;
        my $bias                  = -.01;
        my $old_comma_break_count = 0;
        foreach my $ii ( @{ $comma_index[$dd] } ) {
            if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$ii] ) {
                $old_comma_break_count++;
                $bond_strength_to_go[$ii] = $bias;

                # reduce bias magnitude to force breaks in order
                $bias *= 0.99;
            }
        }

        # Also put a break before the first comma if
        # (1) there was a break there in the input, and
        # (2) that was exactly one previous break in the input
        # (3) there are multiple old comma breaks
        #
        # For example, we will follow the user and break after
        # 'print' in this snippet:
        #    print
        #      "conformability (Not the same dimension)\n",
        #      "\t", $have, " is ", text_unit($hu), "\n",
        #      "\t", $want, " is ", text_unit($wu), "\n",
        #      ;
        #  But we will not force a break after the first comma here
        #  (causes a blinker):
        #        $heap->{stream}->set_output_filter(
        #            poe::filter::reference->new('myotherfreezer') ),
        #          ;
        #
        my $i_first_comma = $comma_index[$dd]->[0];
        if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$i_first_comma] ) {
            my $level_comma = $levels_to_go[$i_first_comma];
            my $ibreak      = -1;
            my $obp_count   = 0;
            for ( my $ii = $i_first_comma - 1 ; $ii >= 0 ; $ii -= 1 ) {
                if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$ii] ) {
                    $obp_count++;
                    last if ( $obp_count > 1 );
                    $ibreak = $ii
                      if ( $levels_to_go[$ii] == $level_comma );
                }
            }
            if ( $ibreak >= 0 && $obp_count == 1 && $old_comma_break_count > 1 )
            {
                set_forced_breakpoint($ibreak);
            }
        }
    }

    my %is_logical_container;

    BEGIN {
        @_ = qw# if elsif unless while and or err not && | || ? : ! #;
        @is_logical_container{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    sub set_for_semicolon_breakpoints {
        my $dd = shift;
        foreach ( @{ $rfor_semicolon_list[$dd] } ) {
            set_forced_breakpoint($_);
        }
    }

    sub set_logical_breakpoints {
        my $dd = shift;
        if (
               $item_count_stack[$dd] == 0
            && $is_logical_container{ $container_type[$dd] }

            || $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$dd]
          )
        {

            # Look for breaks in this order:
            # 0   1    2   3
            # or  and  ||  &&
            foreach my $i ( 0 .. 3 ) {
                if ( $rand_or_list[$dd][$i] ) {
                    foreach ( @{ $rand_or_list[$dd][$i] } ) {
                        set_forced_breakpoint($_);
                    }

                    # break at any 'if' and 'unless' too
                    foreach ( @{ $rand_or_list[$dd][4] } ) {
                        set_forced_breakpoint($_);
                    }
                    $rand_or_list[$dd] = [];
                    last;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    sub is_unbreakable_container {

        # never break a container of one of these types
        # because bad things can happen (map1.t)
        my $dd = shift;
        $is_sort_map_grep{ $container_type[$dd] };
    }

    sub scan_list {

        # This routine is responsible for setting line breaks for all lists,
        # so that hierarchical structure can be displayed and so that list
        # items can be vertically aligned.  The output of this routine is
        # stored in the array @forced_breakpoint_to_go, which is used to set
        # final breakpoints.

        $starting_depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[0];

        $block_type                 = ' ';
        $current_depth              = $starting_depth;
        $i                          = -1;
        $last_colon_sequence_number = -1;
        $last_nonblank_token        = ';';
        $last_nonblank_type         = ';';
        $last_nonblank_block_type   = ' ';
        $last_old_breakpoint_count  = 0;
        $minimum_depth = $current_depth + 1;    # forces update in check below
        $old_breakpoint_count      = 0;
        $starting_breakpoint_count = $forced_breakpoint_count;
        $token                     = ';';
        $type                      = ';';
        $type_sequence             = '';

        check_for_new_minimum_depth($current_depth);

        my $is_long_line = excess_line_length( 0, $max_index_to_go ) > 0;
        my $want_previous_breakpoint = -1;

        my $saw_good_breakpoint;
        my $i_line_end   = -1;
        my $i_line_start = -1;

        # loop over all tokens in this batch
        while ( ++$i <= $max_index_to_go ) {
            if ( $type ne 'b' ) {
                $i_last_nonblank_token    = $i - 1;
                $last_nonblank_type       = $type;
                $last_nonblank_token      = $token;
                $last_nonblank_block_type = $block_type;
            }
            $type          = $types_to_go[$i];
            $block_type    = $block_type_to_go[$i];
            $token         = $tokens_to_go[$i];
            $type_sequence = $type_sequence_to_go[$i];
            my $next_type       = $types_to_go[ $i + 1 ];
            my $next_token      = $tokens_to_go[ $i + 1 ];
            my $i_next_nonblank = ( ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ? $i + 2 : $i + 1 );
            $next_nonblank_type       = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
            $next_nonblank_token      = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
            $next_nonblank_block_type = $block_type_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];

            # set break if flag was set
            if ( $want_previous_breakpoint >= 0 ) {
                set_forced_breakpoint($want_previous_breakpoint);
                $want_previous_breakpoint = -1;
            }

            $last_old_breakpoint_count = $old_breakpoint_count;
            if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$i] ) {
                $i_line_end   = $i;
                $i_line_start = $i_next_nonblank;

                $old_breakpoint_count++;

                # Break before certain keywords if user broke there and
                # this is a 'safe' break point. The idea is to retain
                # any preferred breaks for sequential list operations,
                # like a schwartzian transform.
                if ($rOpts_break_at_old_keyword_breakpoints) {
                    if (
                           $next_nonblank_type eq 'k'
                        && $is_keyword_returning_list{$next_nonblank_token}
                        && (   $type =~ /^[=\)\]\}Riw]$/
                            || $type eq 'k'
                            && $is_keyword_returning_list{$token} )
                      )
                    {

                        # we actually have to set this break next time through
                        # the loop because if we are at a closing token (such
                        # as '}') which forms a one-line block, this break might
                        # get undone.
                        $want_previous_breakpoint = $i;
                    }
                }

                # Break before attributes if user broke there
                if ($rOpts_break_at_old_attribute_breakpoints) {
                    if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'A' ) {
                        $want_previous_breakpoint = $i;
                    }
                }
            }
            next if ( $type eq 'b' );
            $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[ $i + 1 ];

            # safety check - be sure we always break after a comment
            # Shouldn't happen .. an error here probably means that the
            # nobreak flag did not get turned off correctly during
            # formatting.
            if ( $type eq '#' ) {
                if ( $i != $max_index_to_go ) {
                    warning(
"Non-fatal program bug: backup logic needed to break after a comment\n"
                    );
                    report_definite_bug();
                    $nobreak_to_go[$i] = 0;
                    set_forced_breakpoint($i);
                }
            }

            # Force breakpoints at certain tokens in long lines.
            # Note that such breakpoints will be undone later if these tokens
            # are fully contained within parens on a line.
            if (

                # break before a keyword within a line
                $type eq 'k'
                && $i > 0

                # if one of these keywords:
                && $token =~ /^(if|unless|while|until|for)$/

                # but do not break at something like '1 while'
                && ( $last_nonblank_type ne 'n' || $i > 2 )

                # and let keywords follow a closing 'do' brace
                && $last_nonblank_block_type ne 'do'

                && (
                    $is_long_line

                    # or container is broken (by side-comment, etc)
                    || (   $next_nonblank_token eq '('
                        && $mate_index_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] < $i )
                )
              )
            {
                set_forced_breakpoint( $i - 1 );
            }

            # remember locations of '||'  and '&&' for possible breaks if we
            # decide this is a long logical expression.
            if ( $type eq '||' ) {
                push @{ $rand_or_list[$depth][2] }, $i;
                ++$has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth]
                  if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
                    && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints );
            }
            elsif ( $type eq '&&' ) {
                push @{ $rand_or_list[$depth][3] }, $i;
                ++$has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth]
                  if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
                    && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints );
            }
            elsif ( $type eq 'f' ) {
                push @{ $rfor_semicolon_list[$depth] }, $i;
            }
            elsif ( $type eq 'k' ) {
                if ( $token eq 'and' ) {
                    push @{ $rand_or_list[$depth][1] }, $i;
                    ++$has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth]
                      if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
                        && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints );
                }

                # break immediately at 'or's which are probably not in a logical
                # block -- but we will break in logical breaks below so that
                # they do not add to the forced_breakpoint_count
                elsif ( $token eq 'or' ) {
                    push @{ $rand_or_list[$depth][0] }, $i;
                    ++$has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth]
                      if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
                        && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints );
                    if ( $is_logical_container{ $container_type[$depth] } ) {
                    }
                    else {
                        if ($is_long_line) { set_forced_breakpoint($i) }
                        elsif ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
                            && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints )
                        {
                            $saw_good_breakpoint = 1;
                        }
                    }
                }
                elsif ( $token eq 'if' || $token eq 'unless' ) {
                    push @{ $rand_or_list[$depth][4] }, $i;
                    if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
                        && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints )
                    {
                        set_forced_breakpoint($i);
                    }
                }
            }
            elsif ( $is_assignment{$type} ) {
                $i_equals[$depth] = $i;
            }

            if ($type_sequence) {

                # handle any postponed closing breakpoints
                if ( $token =~ /^[\)\]\}\:]$/ ) {
                    if ( $type eq ':' ) {
                        $last_colon_sequence_number = $type_sequence;

                        # retain break at a ':' line break
                        if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
                            && $rOpts_break_at_old_ternary_breakpoints )
                        {

                            # TESTING:
                            set_forced_breakpoint($i);

                            # break at previous '='
                            if ( $i_equals[$depth] > 0 ) {
                                set_forced_breakpoint( $i_equals[$depth] );
                                $i_equals[$depth] = -1;
                            }
                        }
                    }
                    if ( defined( $postponed_breakpoint{$type_sequence} ) ) {
                        my $inc = ( $type eq ':' ) ? 0 : 1;
                        set_forced_breakpoint( $i - $inc );
                        delete $postponed_breakpoint{$type_sequence};
                    }
                }

                # set breaks at ?/: if they will get separated (and are
                # not a ?/: chain), or if the '?' is at the end of the
                # line
                elsif ( $token eq '?' ) {
                    my $i_colon = $mate_index_to_go[$i];
                    if (
                        $i_colon <= 0  # the ':' is not in this batch
                        || $i == 0     # this '?' is the first token of the line
                        || $i ==
                        $max_index_to_go    # or this '?' is the last token
                      )
                    {

                        # don't break at a '?' if preceded by ':' on
                        # this line of previous ?/: pair on this line.
                        # This is an attempt to preserve a chain of ?/:
                        # expressions (elsif2.t).  And don't break if
                        # this has a side comment.
                        set_forced_breakpoint($i)
                          unless (
                            $type_sequence == (
                                $last_colon_sequence_number +
                                  TYPE_SEQUENCE_INCREMENT
                            )
                            || $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq '#'
                          );
                        set_closing_breakpoint($i);
                    }
                }
            }

#print "LISTX sees: i=$i type=$type  tok=$token  block=$block_type depth=$depth\n";

            #------------------------------------------------------------
            # Handle Increasing Depth..
            #
            # prepare for a new list when depth increases
            # token $i is a '(','{', or '['
            #------------------------------------------------------------
            if ( $depth > $current_depth ) {

                $breakpoint_stack[$depth]       = $forced_breakpoint_count;
                $breakpoint_undo_stack[$depth]  = $forced_breakpoint_undo_count;
                $has_broken_sublist[$depth]     = 0;
                $identifier_count_stack[$depth] = 0;
                $index_before_arrow[$depth]     = -1;
                $interrupted_list[$depth]       = 0;
                $item_count_stack[$depth]       = 0;
                $last_comma_index[$depth]       = undef;
                $last_dot_index[$depth]         = undef;
                $last_nonblank_type[$depth]     = $last_nonblank_type;
                $old_breakpoint_count_stack[$depth]    = $old_breakpoint_count;
                $opening_structure_index_stack[$depth] = $i;
                $rand_or_list[$depth]                  = [];
                $rfor_semicolon_list[$depth]           = [];
                $i_equals[$depth]                      = -1;
                $want_comma_break[$depth]              = 0;
                $container_type[$depth] =
                  ( $last_nonblank_type =~ /^(k|=>|&&|\|\||\?|\:|\.)$/ )
                  ? $last_nonblank_token
                  : "";
                $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth] = 0;

                # if line ends here then signal closing token to break
                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'b' || $next_nonblank_type eq '#' )
                {
                    set_closing_breakpoint($i);
                }

                # Not all lists of values should be vertically aligned..
                $dont_align[$depth] =

                  # code BLOCKS are handled at a higher level
                  ( $block_type ne "" )

                  # certain paren lists
                  || ( $type eq '(' ) && (

                    # it does not usually look good to align a list of
                    # identifiers in a parameter list, as in:
                    #    my($var1, $var2, ...)
                    # (This test should probably be refined, for now I'm just
                    # testing for any keyword)
                    ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'k' )

                    # a trailing '(' usually indicates a non-list
                    || ( $next_nonblank_type eq '(' )
                  );

                # patch to outdent opening brace of long if/for/..
                # statements (like this one).  See similar coding in
                # set_continuation breaks.  We have also catch it here for
                # short line fragments which otherwise will not go through
                # set_continuation_breaks.
                if (
                    $block_type

                    # if we have the ')' but not its '(' in this batch..
                    && ( $last_nonblank_token eq ')' )
                    && $mate_index_to_go[$i_last_nonblank_token] < 0

                    # and user wants brace to left
                    && !$rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'}

                    && ( $type  eq '{' )    # should be true
                    && ( $token eq '{' )    # should be true
                  )
                {
                    set_forced_breakpoint( $i - 1 );
                }
            }

            #------------------------------------------------------------
            # Handle Decreasing Depth..
            #
            # finish off any old list when depth decreases
            # token $i is a ')','}', or ']'
            #------------------------------------------------------------
            elsif ( $depth < $current_depth ) {

                check_for_new_minimum_depth($depth);

                # force all outer logical containers to break after we see on
                # old breakpoint
                $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth] ||=
                  $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$current_depth];

                # Patch to break between ') {' if the paren list is broken.
                # There is similar logic in set_continuation_breaks for
                # non-broken lists.
                if (   $token eq ')'
                    && $next_nonblank_block_type
                    && $interrupted_list[$current_depth]
                    && $next_nonblank_type eq '{'
                    && !$rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'} )
                {
                    set_forced_breakpoint($i);
                }

#print "LISTY sees: i=$i type=$type  tok=$token  block=$block_type depth=$depth next=$next_nonblank_type next_block=$next_nonblank_block_type inter=$interrupted_list[$current_depth]\n";

                # set breaks at commas if necessary
                my ( $bp_count, $do_not_break_apart ) =
                  set_comma_breakpoints($current_depth);

                my $i_opening = $opening_structure_index_stack[$current_depth];
                my $saw_opening_structure = ( $i_opening >= 0 );

                # this term is long if we had to break at interior commas..
                my $is_long_term = $bp_count > 0;

                # ..or if the length between opening and closing parens exceeds
                # allowed line length
                if ( !$is_long_term && $saw_opening_structure ) {
                    my $i_opening_minus = find_token_starting_list($i_opening);

                    # Note: we have to allow for one extra space after a
                    # closing token so that we do not strand a comma or
                    # semicolon, hence the '>=' here (oneline.t)
                    $is_long_term =
                      excess_line_length( $i_opening_minus, $i ) >= 0;
                }

                # We've set breaks after all comma-arrows.  Now we have to
                # undo them if this can be a one-line block
                # (the only breakpoints set will be due to comma-arrows)
                if (

                    # user doesn't require breaking after all comma-arrows
                    ( $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints != 0 )

                    # and if the opening structure is in this batch
                    && $saw_opening_structure

                    # and either on the same old line
                    && (
                        $old_breakpoint_count_stack[$current_depth] ==
                        $last_old_breakpoint_count

                        # or user wants to form long blocks with arrows
                        || $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints == 2
                    )

                  # and we made some breakpoints between the opening and closing
                    && ( $breakpoint_undo_stack[$current_depth] <
                        $forced_breakpoint_undo_count )

                    # and this block is short enough to fit on one line
                    # Note: use < because need 1 more space for possible comma
                    && !$is_long_term

                  )
                {
                    undo_forced_breakpoint_stack(
                        $breakpoint_undo_stack[$current_depth] );
                }

                # now see if we have any comma breakpoints left
                my $has_comma_breakpoints =
                  ( $breakpoint_stack[$current_depth] !=
                      $forced_breakpoint_count );

                # update broken-sublist flag of the outer container
                $has_broken_sublist[$depth] =
                     $has_broken_sublist[$depth]
                  || $has_broken_sublist[$current_depth]
                  || $is_long_term
                  || $has_comma_breakpoints;

# Having come to the closing ')', '}', or ']', now we have to decide if we
# should 'open up' the structure by placing breaks at the opening and
# closing containers.  This is a tricky decision.  Here are some of the
# basic considerations:
#
# -If this is a BLOCK container, then any breakpoints will have already
# been set (and according to user preferences), so we need do nothing here.
#
# -If we have a comma-separated list for which we can align the list items,
# then we need to do so because otherwise the vertical aligner cannot
# currently do the alignment.
#
# -If this container does itself contain a container which has been broken
# open, then it should be broken open to properly show the structure.
#
# -If there is nothing to align, and no other reason to break apart,
# then do not do it.
#
# We will not break open the parens of a long but 'simple' logical expression.
# For example:
#
# This is an example of a simple logical expression and its formatting:
#
#     if ( $bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2
#         || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4 )
#
# Most people would prefer this than the 'spacey' version:
#
#     if (
#         $bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2
#         || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4
#     )
#
# To illustrate the rules for breaking logical expressions, consider:
#
#             FULLY DENSE:
#             if ( $opt_excl
#                 and ( exists $ids_excl_uc{$id_uc}
#                     or grep $id_uc =~ /$_/, @ids_excl_uc ))
#
# This is on the verge of being difficult to read.  The current default is to
# open it up like this:
#
#             DEFAULT:
#             if (
#                 $opt_excl
#                 and ( exists $ids_excl_uc{$id_uc}
#                     or grep $id_uc =~ /$_/, @ids_excl_uc )
#               )
#
# This is a compromise which tries to avoid being too dense and to spacey.
# A more spaced version would be:
#
#             SPACEY:
#             if (
#                 $opt_excl
#                 and (
#                     exists $ids_excl_uc{$id_uc}
#                     or grep $id_uc =~ /$_/, @ids_excl_uc
#                 )
#               )
#
# Some people might prefer the spacey version -- an option could be added.  The
# innermost expression contains a long block '( exists $ids_...  ')'.
#
# Here is how the logic goes: We will force a break at the 'or' that the
# innermost expression contains, but we will not break apart its opening and
# closing containers because (1) it contains no multi-line sub-containers itself,
# and (2) there is no alignment to be gained by breaking it open like this
#
#             and (
#                 exists $ids_excl_uc{$id_uc}
#                 or grep $id_uc =~ /$_/, @ids_excl_uc
#             )
#
# (although this looks perfectly ok and might be good for long expressions).  The
# outer 'if' container, though, contains a broken sub-container, so it will be
# broken open to avoid too much density.  Also, since it contains no 'or's, there
# will be a forced break at its 'and'.

                # set some flags telling something about this container..
                my $is_simple_logical_expression = 0;
                if (   $item_count_stack[$current_depth] == 0
                    && $saw_opening_structure
                    && $tokens_to_go[$i_opening] eq '('
                    && $is_logical_container{ $container_type[$current_depth] }
                  )
                {

                    # This seems to be a simple logical expression with
                    # no existing breakpoints.  Set a flag to prevent
                    # opening it up.
                    if ( !$has_comma_breakpoints ) {
                        $is_simple_logical_expression = 1;
                    }

                    # This seems to be a simple logical expression with
                    # breakpoints (broken sublists, for example).  Break
                    # at all 'or's and '||'s.
                    else {
                        set_logical_breakpoints($current_depth);
                    }
                }

                if ( $is_long_term
                    && @{ $rfor_semicolon_list[$current_depth] } )
                {
                    set_for_semicolon_breakpoints($current_depth);

                    # open up a long 'for' or 'foreach' container to allow
                    # leading term alignment unless -lp is used.
                    $has_comma_breakpoints = 1
                      unless $rOpts_line_up_parentheses;
                }

                if (

                    # breaks for code BLOCKS are handled at a higher level
                    !$block_type

                    # we do not need to break at the top level of an 'if'
                    # type expression
                    && !$is_simple_logical_expression

                    ## modification to keep ': (' containers vertically tight;
                    ## but probably better to let user set -vt=1 to avoid
                    ## inconsistency with other paren types
                    ## && ($container_type[$current_depth] ne ':')

                    # otherwise, we require one of these reasons for breaking:
                    && (

                        # - this term has forced line breaks
                        $has_comma_breakpoints

                       # - the opening container is separated from this batch
                       #   for some reason (comment, blank line, code block)
                       # - this is a non-paren container spanning multiple lines
                        || !$saw_opening_structure

                        # - this is a long block contained in another breakable
                        #   container
                        || (   $is_long_term
                            && $container_environment_to_go[$i_opening] ne
                            'BLOCK' )
                    )
                  )
                {

                    # For -lp option, we must put a breakpoint before
                    # the token which has been identified as starting
                    # this indentation level.  This is necessary for
                    # proper alignment.
                    if ( $rOpts_line_up_parentheses && $saw_opening_structure )
                    {
                        my $item = $leading_spaces_to_go[ $i_opening + 1 ];
                        if (   $i_opening + 1 < $max_index_to_go
                            && $types_to_go[ $i_opening + 1 ] eq 'b' )
                        {
                            $item = $leading_spaces_to_go[ $i_opening + 2 ];
                        }
                        if ( defined($item) ) {
                            my $i_start_2 = $item->get_STARTING_INDEX();
                            if (
                                defined($i_start_2)

                                # we are breaking after an opening brace, paren,
                                # so don't break before it too
                                && $i_start_2 ne $i_opening
                              )
                            {

                                # Only break for breakpoints at the same
                                # indentation level as the opening paren
                                my $test1 = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_opening];
                                my $test2 = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_start_2];
                                if ( $test2 == $test1 ) {
                                    set_forced_breakpoint( $i_start_2 - 1 );
                                }
                            }
                        }
                    }

                    # break after opening structure.
                    # note: break before closing structure will be automatic
                    if ( $minimum_depth <= $current_depth ) {

                        set_forced_breakpoint($i_opening)
                          unless ( $do_not_break_apart
                            || is_unbreakable_container($current_depth) );

                        # break at '.' of lower depth level before opening token
                        if ( $last_dot_index[$depth] ) {
                            set_forced_breakpoint( $last_dot_index[$depth] );
                        }

                        # break before opening structure if preeced by another
                        # closing structure and a comma.  This is normally
                        # done by the previous closing brace, but not
                        # if it was a one-line block.
                        if ( $i_opening > 2 ) {
                            my $i_prev =
                              ( $types_to_go[ $i_opening - 1 ] eq 'b' )
                              ? $i_opening - 2
                              : $i_opening - 1;

                            if (   $types_to_go[$i_prev] eq ','
                                && $types_to_go[ $i_prev - 1 ] =~ /^[\)\}]$/ )
                            {
                                set_forced_breakpoint($i_prev);
                            }

                            # also break before something like ':('  or '?('
                            # if appropriate.
                            elsif (
                                $types_to_go[$i_prev] =~ /^([k\:\?]|&&|\|\|)$/ )
                            {
                                my $token_prev = $tokens_to_go[$i_prev];
                                if ( $want_break_before{$token_prev} ) {
                                    set_forced_breakpoint($i_prev);
                                }
                            }
                        }
                    }

                    # break after comma following closing structure
                    if ( $next_type eq ',' ) {
                        set_forced_breakpoint( $i + 1 );
                    }

                    # break before an '=' following closing structure
                    if (
                        $is_assignment{$next_nonblank_type}
                        && ( $breakpoint_stack[$current_depth] !=
                            $forced_breakpoint_count )
                      )
                    {
                        set_forced_breakpoint($i);
                    }

                    # break at any comma before the opening structure Added
                    # for -lp, but seems to be good in general.  It isn't
                    # obvious how far back to look; the '5' below seems to
                    # work well and will catch the comma in something like
                    #  push @list, myfunc( $param, $param, ..

                    my $icomma = $last_comma_index[$depth];
                    if ( defined($icomma) && ( $i_opening - $icomma ) < 5 ) {
                        unless ( $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$icomma] ) {
                            set_forced_breakpoint($icomma);
                        }
                    }
                }    # end logic to open up a container

                # Break open a logical container open if it was already open
                elsif ($is_simple_logical_expression
                    && $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$current_depth] )
                {
                    set_logical_breakpoints($current_depth);
                }

                # Handle long container which does not get opened up
                elsif ($is_long_term) {

                    # must set fake breakpoint to alert outer containers that
                    # they are complex
                    set_fake_breakpoint();
                }
            }

            #------------------------------------------------------------
            # Handle this token
            #------------------------------------------------------------

            $current_depth = $depth;

            # handle comma-arrow
            if ( $type eq '=>' ) {
                next if ( $last_nonblank_type eq '=>' );
                next if $rOpts_break_at_old_comma_breakpoints;
                next if $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints == 3;
                $want_comma_break[$depth]   = 1;
                $index_before_arrow[$depth] = $i_last_nonblank_token;
                next;
            }

            elsif ( $type eq '.' ) {
                $last_dot_index[$depth] = $i;
            }

            # Turn off alignment if we are sure that this is not a list
            # environment.  To be safe, we will do this if we see certain
            # non-list tokens, such as ';', and also the environment is
            # not a list.  Note that '=' could be in any of the = operators
            # (lextest.t). We can't just use the reported environment
            # because it can be incorrect in some cases.
            elsif ( ( $type =~ /^[\;\<\>\~]$/ || $is_assignment{$type} )
                && $container_environment_to_go[$i] ne 'LIST' )
            {
                $dont_align[$depth]         = 1;
                $want_comma_break[$depth]   = 0;
                $index_before_arrow[$depth] = -1;
            }

            # now just handle any commas
            next unless ( $type eq ',' );

            $last_dot_index[$depth]   = undef;
            $last_comma_index[$depth] = $i;

            # break here if this comma follows a '=>'
            # but not if there is a side comment after the comma
            if ( $want_comma_break[$depth] ) {

                if ( $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\)\}\]R]$/ ) {
                    $want_comma_break[$depth]   = 0;
                    $index_before_arrow[$depth] = -1;
                    next;
                }

                set_forced_breakpoint($i) unless ( $next_nonblank_type eq '#' );

                # break before the previous token if it looks safe
                # Example of something that we will not try to break before:
                #   DBI::SQL_SMALLINT() => $ado_consts->{adSmallInt},
                # Also we don't want to break at a binary operator (like +):
                # $c->createOval(
                #    $x + $R, $y +
                #    $R => $x - $R,
                #    $y - $R, -fill   => 'black',
                # );
                my $ibreak = $index_before_arrow[$depth] - 1;
                if (   $ibreak > 0
                    && $tokens_to_go[ $ibreak + 1 ] !~ /^[\)\}\]]$/ )
                {
                    if ( $tokens_to_go[$ibreak] eq '-' ) { $ibreak-- }
                    if ( $types_to_go[$ibreak]  eq 'b' ) { $ibreak-- }
                    if ( $types_to_go[$ibreak] =~ /^[,wiZCUG\(\{\[]$/ ) {

                        # don't break pointer calls, such as the following:
                        #  File::Spec->curdir  => 1,
                        # (This is tokenized as adjacent 'w' tokens)
                        if ( $tokens_to_go[ $ibreak + 1 ] !~ /^->/ ) {
                            set_forced_breakpoint($ibreak);
                        }
                    }
                }

                $want_comma_break[$depth]   = 0;
                $index_before_arrow[$depth] = -1;

                # handle list which mixes '=>'s and ','s:
                # treat any list items so far as an interrupted list
                $interrupted_list[$depth] = 1;
                next;
            }

            # break after all commas above starting depth
            if ( $depth < $starting_depth && !$dont_align[$depth] ) {
                set_forced_breakpoint($i) unless ( $next_nonblank_type eq '#' );
                next;
            }

            # add this comma to the list..
            my $item_count = $item_count_stack[$depth];
            if ( $item_count == 0 ) {

                # but do not form a list with no opening structure
                # for example:

                #            open INFILE_COPY, ">$input_file_copy"
                #              or die ("very long message");

                if ( ( $opening_structure_index_stack[$depth] < 0 )
                    && $container_environment_to_go[$i] eq 'BLOCK' )
                {
                    $dont_align[$depth] = 1;
                }
            }

            $comma_index[$depth][$item_count] = $i;
            ++$item_count_stack[$depth];
            if ( $last_nonblank_type =~ /^[iR\]]$/ ) {
                $identifier_count_stack[$depth]++;
            }
        }

        #-------------------------------------------
        # end of loop over all tokens in this batch
        #-------------------------------------------

        # set breaks for any unfinished lists ..
        for ( my $dd = $current_depth ; $dd >= $minimum_depth ; $dd-- ) {

            $interrupted_list[$dd] = 1;
            $has_broken_sublist[$dd] = 1 if ( $dd < $current_depth );
            set_comma_breakpoints($dd);
            set_logical_breakpoints($dd)
              if ( $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$dd] );
            set_for_semicolon_breakpoints($dd);

            # break open container...
            my $i_opening = $opening_structure_index_stack[$dd];
            set_forced_breakpoint($i_opening)
              unless (
                is_unbreakable_container($dd)

                # Avoid a break which would place an isolated ' or "
                # on a line
                || (   $type eq 'Q'
                    && $i_opening >= $max_index_to_go - 2
                    && $token =~ /^['"]$/ )
              );
        }

        # Return a flag indicating if the input file had some good breakpoints.
        # This flag will be used to force a break in a line shorter than the
        # allowed line length.
        if ( $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$current_depth] ) {
            $saw_good_breakpoint = 1;
        }
        return $saw_good_breakpoint;
    }
}    # end scan_list

sub find_token_starting_list {

    # When testing to see if a block will fit on one line, some
    # previous token(s) may also need to be on the line; particularly
    # if this is a sub call.  So we will look back at least one
    # token. NOTE: This isn't perfect, but not critical, because
    # if we mis-identify a block, it will be wrapped and therefore
    # fixed the next time it is formatted.
    my $i_opening_paren = shift;
    my $i_opening_minus = $i_opening_paren;
    my $im1             = $i_opening_paren - 1;
    my $im2             = $i_opening_paren - 2;
    my $im3             = $i_opening_paren - 3;
    my $typem1          = $types_to_go[$im1];
    my $typem2          = $im2 >= 0 ? $types_to_go[$im2] : 'b';
    if ( $typem1 eq ',' || ( $typem1 eq 'b' && $typem2 eq ',' ) ) {
        $i_opening_minus = $i_opening_paren;
    }
    elsif ( $tokens_to_go[$i_opening_paren] eq '(' ) {
        $i_opening_minus = $im1 if $im1 >= 0;

        # walk back to improve length estimate
        for ( my $j = $im1 ; $j >= 0 ; $j-- ) {
            last if ( $types_to_go[$j] =~ /^[\(\[\{L\}\]\)Rb,]$/ );
            $i_opening_minus = $j;
        }
        if ( $types_to_go[$i_opening_minus] eq 'b' ) { $i_opening_minus++ }
    }
    elsif ( $typem1 eq 'k' ) { $i_opening_minus = $im1 }
    elsif ( $typem1 eq 'b' && $im2 >= 0 && $types_to_go[$im2] eq 'k' ) {
        $i_opening_minus = $im2;
    }
    return $i_opening_minus;
}

{    # begin set_comma_breakpoints_do

    my %is_keyword_with_special_leading_term;

    BEGIN {

        # These keywords have prototypes which allow a special leading item
        # followed by a list
        @_ =
          qw(formline grep kill map printf sprintf push chmod join pack unshift);
        @is_keyword_with_special_leading_term{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    sub set_comma_breakpoints_do {

        # Given a list with some commas, set breakpoints at some of the
        # commas, if necessary, to make it easy to read.  This list is
        # an example:
        my (
            $depth,               $i_opening_paren,  $i_closing_paren,
            $item_count,          $identifier_count, $rcomma_index,
            $next_nonblank_type,  $list_type,        $interrupted,
            $rdo_not_break_apart, $must_break_open,
        ) = @_;

        # nothing to do if no commas seen
        return if ( $item_count < 1 );
        my $i_first_comma     = $$rcomma_index[0];
        my $i_true_last_comma = $$rcomma_index[ $item_count - 1 ];
        my $i_last_comma      = $i_true_last_comma;
        if ( $i_last_comma >= $max_index_to_go ) {
            $i_last_comma = $$rcomma_index[ --$item_count - 1 ];
            return if ( $item_count < 1 );
        }

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # find lengths of all items in the list to calculate page layout
        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        my $comma_count = $item_count;
        my @item_lengths;
        my @i_term_begin;
        my @i_term_end;
        my @i_term_comma;
        my $i_prev_plus;
        my @max_length = ( 0, 0 );
        my $first_term_length;
        my $i      = $i_opening_paren;
        my $is_odd = 1;

        for ( my $j = 0 ; $j < $comma_count ; $j++ ) {
            $is_odd      = 1 - $is_odd;
            $i_prev_plus = $i + 1;
            $i           = $$rcomma_index[$j];

            my $i_term_end =
              ( $types_to_go[ $i - 1 ] eq 'b' ) ? $i - 2 : $i - 1;
            my $i_term_begin =
              ( $types_to_go[$i_prev_plus] eq 'b' )
              ? $i_prev_plus + 1
              : $i_prev_plus;
            push @i_term_begin, $i_term_begin;
            push @i_term_end,   $i_term_end;
            push @i_term_comma, $i;

            # note: currently adding 2 to all lengths (for comma and space)
            my $length =
              2 + token_sequence_length( $i_term_begin, $i_term_end );
            push @item_lengths, $length;

            if ( $j == 0 ) {
                $first_term_length = $length;
            }
            else {

                if ( $length > $max_length[$is_odd] ) {
                    $max_length[$is_odd] = $length;
                }
            }
        }

        # now we have to make a distinction between the comma count and item
        # count, because the item count will be one greater than the comma
        # count if the last item is not terminated with a comma
        my $i_b =
          ( $types_to_go[ $i_last_comma + 1 ] eq 'b' )
          ? $i_last_comma + 1
          : $i_last_comma;
        my $i_e =
          ( $types_to_go[ $i_closing_paren - 1 ] eq 'b' )
          ? $i_closing_paren - 2
          : $i_closing_paren - 1;
        my $i_effective_last_comma = $i_last_comma;

        my $last_item_length = token_sequence_length( $i_b + 1, $i_e );

        if ( $last_item_length > 0 ) {

            # add 2 to length because other lengths include a comma and a blank
            $last_item_length += 2;
            push @item_lengths, $last_item_length;
            push @i_term_begin, $i_b + 1;
            push @i_term_end,   $i_e;
            push @i_term_comma, undef;

            my $i_odd = $item_count % 2;

            if ( $last_item_length > $max_length[$i_odd] ) {
                $max_length[$i_odd] = $last_item_length;
            }

            $item_count++;
            $i_effective_last_comma = $i_e + 1;

            if ( $types_to_go[ $i_b + 1 ] =~ /^[iR\]]$/ ) {
                $identifier_count++;
            }
        }

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # End of length calculations
        #---------------------------------------------------------------

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # Compound List Rule 1:
        # Break at (almost) every comma for a list containing a broken
        # sublist.  This has higher priority than the Interrupted List
        # Rule.
        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        if ( $has_broken_sublist[$depth] ) {

            # Break at every comma except for a comma between two
            # simple, small terms.  This prevents long vertical
            # columns of, say, just 0's.
            my $small_length = 10;    # 2 + actual maximum length wanted

            # We'll insert a break in long runs of small terms to
            # allow alignment in uniform tables.
            my $skipped_count = 0;
            my $columns       = table_columns_available($i_first_comma);
            my $fields        = int( $columns / $small_length );
            if (   $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table
                && $fields > $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table )
            {
                $fields = $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table;
            }
            my $max_skipped_count = $fields - 1;

            my $is_simple_last_term = 0;
            my $is_simple_next_term = 0;
            foreach my $j ( 0 .. $item_count ) {
                $is_simple_last_term = $is_simple_next_term;
                $is_simple_next_term = 0;
                if (   $j < $item_count
                    && $i_term_end[$j] == $i_term_begin[$j]
                    && $item_lengths[$j] <= $small_length )
                {
                    $is_simple_next_term = 1;
                }
                next if $j == 0;
                if (   $is_simple_last_term
                    && $is_simple_next_term
                    && $skipped_count < $max_skipped_count )
                {
                    $skipped_count++;
                }
                else {
                    $skipped_count = 0;
                    my $i = $i_term_comma[ $j - 1 ];
                    last unless defined $i;
                    set_forced_breakpoint($i);
                }
            }

            # always break at the last comma if this list is
            # interrupted; we wouldn't want to leave a terminal '{', for
            # example.
            if ($interrupted) { set_forced_breakpoint($i_true_last_comma) }
            return;
        }

#my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
#print "LISTX: in set_list $a $c interupt=$interrupted count=$item_count
#i_first = $i_first_comma  i_last=$i_last_comma max=$max_index_to_go\n";
#print "depth=$depth has_broken=$has_broken_sublist[$depth] is_multi=$is_multiline opening_paren=($i_opening_paren) \n";

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # Interrupted List Rule:
        # A list is is forced to use old breakpoints if it was interrupted
        # by side comments or blank lines, or requested by user.
        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        if (   $rOpts_break_at_old_comma_breakpoints
            || $interrupted
            || $i_opening_paren < 0 )
        {
            copy_old_breakpoints( $i_first_comma, $i_true_last_comma );
            return;
        }

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # Looks like a list of items.  We have to look at it and size it up.
        #---------------------------------------------------------------

        my $opening_token = $tokens_to_go[$i_opening_paren];
        my $opening_environment =
          $container_environment_to_go[$i_opening_paren];

        #-------------------------------------------------------------------
        # Return if this will fit on one line
        #-------------------------------------------------------------------

        my $i_opening_minus = find_token_starting_list($i_opening_paren);
        return
          unless excess_line_length( $i_opening_minus, $i_closing_paren ) > 0;

        #-------------------------------------------------------------------
        # Now we know that this block spans multiple lines; we have to set
        # at least one breakpoint -- real or fake -- as a signal to break
        # open any outer containers.
        #-------------------------------------------------------------------
        set_fake_breakpoint();

        # be sure we do not extend beyond the current list length
        if ( $i_effective_last_comma >= $max_index_to_go ) {
            $i_effective_last_comma = $max_index_to_go - 1;
        }

        # Set a flag indicating if we need to break open to keep -lp
        # items aligned.  This is necessary if any of the list terms
        # exceeds the available space after the '('.
        my $need_lp_break_open = $must_break_open;
        if ( $rOpts_line_up_parentheses && !$must_break_open ) {
            my $columns_if_unbroken = $rOpts_maximum_line_length -
              total_line_length( $i_opening_minus, $i_opening_paren );
            $need_lp_break_open =
                 ( $max_length[0] > $columns_if_unbroken )
              || ( $max_length[1] > $columns_if_unbroken )
              || ( $first_term_length > $columns_if_unbroken );
        }

        # Specify if the list must have an even number of fields or not.
        # It is generally safest to assume an even number, because the
        # list items might be a hash list.  But if we can be sure that
        # it is not a hash, then we can allow an odd number for more
        # flexibility.
        my $odd_or_even = 2;    # 1 = odd field count ok, 2 = want even count

        if (   $identifier_count >= $item_count - 1
            || $is_assignment{$next_nonblank_type}
            || ( $list_type && $list_type ne '=>' && $list_type !~ /^[\:\?]$/ )
          )
        {
            $odd_or_even = 1;
        }

        # do we have a long first term which should be
        # left on a line by itself?
        my $use_separate_first_term = (
            $odd_or_even == 1       # only if we can use 1 field/line
              && $item_count > 3    # need several items
              && $first_term_length >
              2 * $max_length[0] - 2    # need long first term
              && $first_term_length >
              2 * $max_length[1] - 2    # need long first term
        );

        # or do we know from the type of list that the first term should
        # be placed alone?
        if ( !$use_separate_first_term ) {
            if ( $is_keyword_with_special_leading_term{$list_type} ) {
                $use_separate_first_term = 1;

                # should the container be broken open?
                if ( $item_count < 3 ) {
                    if ( $i_first_comma - $i_opening_paren < 4 ) {
                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
                    }
                }
                elsif ($first_term_length < 20
                    && $i_first_comma - $i_opening_paren < 4 )
                {
                    my $columns = table_columns_available($i_first_comma);
                    if ( $first_term_length < $columns ) {
                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        # if so,
        if ($use_separate_first_term) {

            # ..set a break and update starting values
            $use_separate_first_term = 1;
            set_forced_breakpoint($i_first_comma);
            $i_opening_paren = $i_first_comma;
            $i_first_comma   = $$rcomma_index[1];
            $item_count--;
            return if $comma_count == 1;
            shift @item_lengths;
            shift @i_term_begin;
            shift @i_term_end;
            shift @i_term_comma;
        }

        # if not, update the metrics to include the first term
        else {
            if ( $first_term_length > $max_length[0] ) {
                $max_length[0] = $first_term_length;
            }
        }

        # Field width parameters
        my $pair_width = ( $max_length[0] + $max_length[1] );
        my $max_width =
          ( $max_length[0] > $max_length[1] ) ? $max_length[0] : $max_length[1];

        # Number of free columns across the page width for laying out tables
        my $columns = table_columns_available($i_first_comma);

        # Estimated maximum number of fields which fit this space
        # This will be our first guess
        my $number_of_fields_max =
          maximum_number_of_fields( $columns, $odd_or_even, $max_width,
            $pair_width );
        my $number_of_fields = $number_of_fields_max;

        # Find the best-looking number of fields
        # and make this our second guess if possible
        my ( $number_of_fields_best, $ri_ragged_break_list,
            $new_identifier_count )
          = study_list_complexity( \@i_term_begin, \@i_term_end, \@item_lengths,
            $max_width );

        if (   $number_of_fields_best != 0
            && $number_of_fields_best < $number_of_fields_max )
        {
            $number_of_fields = $number_of_fields_best;
        }

        # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
        # If we are crowded and the -lp option is being used, try to
        # undo some indentation
        # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
        if (
            $rOpts_line_up_parentheses
            && (
                $number_of_fields == 0
                || (   $number_of_fields == 1
                    && $number_of_fields != $number_of_fields_best )
            )
          )
        {
            my $available_spaces = get_AVAILABLE_SPACES_to_go($i_first_comma);
            if ( $available_spaces > 0 ) {

                my $spaces_wanted = $max_width - $columns;    # for 1 field

                if ( $number_of_fields_best == 0 ) {
                    $number_of_fields_best =
                      get_maximum_fields_wanted( \@item_lengths );
                }

                if ( $number_of_fields_best != 1 ) {
                    my $spaces_wanted_2 =
                      1 + $pair_width - $columns;             # for 2 fields
                    if ( $available_spaces > $spaces_wanted_2 ) {
                        $spaces_wanted = $spaces_wanted_2;
                    }
                }

                if ( $spaces_wanted > 0 ) {
                    my $deleted_spaces =
                      reduce_lp_indentation( $i_first_comma, $spaces_wanted );

                    # redo the math
                    if ( $deleted_spaces > 0 ) {
                        $columns = table_columns_available($i_first_comma);
                        $number_of_fields_max =
                          maximum_number_of_fields( $columns, $odd_or_even,
                            $max_width, $pair_width );
                        $number_of_fields = $number_of_fields_max;

                        if (   $number_of_fields_best == 1
                            && $number_of_fields >= 1 )
                        {
                            $number_of_fields = $number_of_fields_best;
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        # try for one column if two won't work
        if ( $number_of_fields <= 0 ) {
            $number_of_fields = int( $columns / $max_width );
        }

        # The user can place an upper bound on the number of fields,
        # which can be useful for doing maintenance on tables
        if (   $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table
            && $number_of_fields > $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table )
        {
            $number_of_fields = $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table;
        }

        # How many columns (characters) and lines would this container take
        # if no additional whitespace were added?
        my $packed_columns = token_sequence_length( $i_opening_paren + 1,
            $i_effective_last_comma + 1 );
        if ( $columns <= 0 ) { $columns = 1 }    # avoid divide by zero
        my $packed_lines = 1 + int( $packed_columns / $columns );

        # are we an item contained in an outer list?
        my $in_hierarchical_list = $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\}\,]$/;

        if ( $number_of_fields <= 0 ) {

#         #---------------------------------------------------------------
#         # We're in trouble.  We can't find a single field width that works.
#         # There is no simple answer here; we may have a single long list
#         # item, or many.
#         #---------------------------------------------------------------
#
#         In many cases, it may be best to not force a break if there is just one
#         comma, because the standard continuation break logic will do a better
#         job without it.
#
#         In the common case that all but one of the terms can fit
#         on a single line, it may look better not to break open the
#         containing parens.  Consider, for example
#
#             $color =
#               join ( '/',
#                 sort { $color_value{$::a} <=> $color_value{$::b}; }
#                 keys %colors );
#
#         which will look like this with the container broken:
#
#             $color = join (
#                 '/',
#                 sort { $color_value{$::a} <=> $color_value{$::b}; } keys %colors
#             );
#
#         Here is an example of this rule for a long last term:
#
#             log_message( 0, 256, 128,
#                 "Number of routes in adj-RIB-in to be considered: $peercount" );
#
#         And here is an example with a long first term:
#
#         $s = sprintf(
# "%2d wallclock secs (%$f usr %$f sys + %$f cusr %$f csys = %$f CPU)",
#             $r, $pu, $ps, $cu, $cs, $tt
#           )
#           if $style eq 'all';

            my $i_last_comma = $$rcomma_index[ $comma_count - 1 ];
            my $long_last_term = excess_line_length( 0, $i_last_comma ) <= 0;
            my $long_first_term =
              excess_line_length( $i_first_comma + 1, $max_index_to_go ) <= 0;

            # break at every comma ...
            if (

                # if requested by user or is best looking
                $number_of_fields_best == 1

                # or if this is a sublist of a larger list
                || $in_hierarchical_list

                # or if multiple commas and we dont have a long first or last
                # term
                || ( $comma_count > 1
                    && !( $long_last_term || $long_first_term ) )
              )
            {
                foreach ( 0 .. $comma_count - 1 ) {
                    set_forced_breakpoint( $$rcomma_index[$_] );
                }
            }
            elsif ($long_last_term) {

                set_forced_breakpoint($i_last_comma);
                $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1 unless $must_break_open;
            }
            elsif ($long_first_term) {

                set_forced_breakpoint($i_first_comma);
            }
            else {

                # let breaks be defined by default bond strength logic
            }
            return;
        }

        # --------------------------------------------------------
        # We have a tentative field count that seems to work.
        # How many lines will this require?
        # --------------------------------------------------------
        my $formatted_lines = $item_count / ($number_of_fields);
        if ( $formatted_lines != int $formatted_lines ) {
            $formatted_lines = 1 + int $formatted_lines;
        }

        # So far we've been trying to fill out to the right margin.  But
        # compact tables are easier to read, so let's see if we can use fewer
        # fields without increasing the number of lines.
        $number_of_fields =
          compactify_table( $item_count, $number_of_fields, $formatted_lines,
            $odd_or_even );

        # How many spaces across the page will we fill?
        my $columns_per_line =
          ( int $number_of_fields / 2 ) * $pair_width +
          ( $number_of_fields % 2 ) * $max_width;

        my $formatted_columns;

        if ( $number_of_fields > 1 ) {
            $formatted_columns =
              ( $pair_width * ( int( $item_count / 2 ) ) +
                  ( $item_count % 2 ) * $max_width );
        }
        else {
            $formatted_columns = $max_width * $item_count;
        }
        if ( $formatted_columns < $packed_columns ) {
            $formatted_columns = $packed_columns;
        }

        my $unused_columns = $formatted_columns - $packed_columns;

        # set some empirical parameters to help decide if we should try to
        # align; high sparsity does not look good, especially with few lines
        my $sparsity = ($unused_columns) / ($formatted_columns);
        my $max_allowed_sparsity =
            ( $item_count < 3 )    ? 0.1
          : ( $packed_lines == 1 ) ? 0.15
          : ( $packed_lines == 2 ) ? 0.4
          :                          0.7;

        # Begin check for shortcut methods, which avoid treating a list
        # as a table for relatively small parenthesized lists.  These
        # are usually easier to read if not formatted as tables.
        if (
            $packed_lines <= 2    # probably can fit in 2 lines
            && $item_count < 9    # doesn't have too many items
            && $opening_environment eq 'BLOCK'    # not a sub-container
            && $opening_token       eq '('        # is paren list
          )
        {

            # Shortcut method 1: for -lp and just one comma:
            # This is a no-brainer, just break at the comma.
            if (
                $rOpts_line_up_parentheses        # -lp
                && $item_count == 2               # two items, one comma
                && !$must_break_open
              )
            {
                my $i_break = $$rcomma_index[0];
                set_forced_breakpoint($i_break);
                $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
                set_non_alignment_flags( $comma_count, $rcomma_index );
                return;

            }

            # method 2 is for most small ragged lists which might look
            # best if not displayed as a table.
            if (
                ( $number_of_fields == 2 && $item_count == 3 )
                || (
                    $new_identifier_count > 0    # isn't all quotes
                    && $sparsity > 0.15
                )    # would be fairly spaced gaps if aligned
              )
            {

                my $break_count = set_ragged_breakpoints( \@i_term_comma,
                    $ri_ragged_break_list );
                ++$break_count if ($use_separate_first_term);

                # NOTE: we should really use the true break count here,
                # which can be greater if there are large terms and
                # little space, but usually this will work well enough.
                unless ($must_break_open) {

                    if ( $break_count <= 1 ) {
                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
                    }
                    elsif ( $rOpts_line_up_parentheses && !$need_lp_break_open )
                    {
                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
                    }
                }
                set_non_alignment_flags( $comma_count, $rcomma_index );
                return;
            }

        }    # end shortcut methods

        # debug stuff

        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_SPARSE && do {
            print
"SPARSE:cols=$columns commas=$comma_count items:$item_count ids=$identifier_count pairwidth=$pair_width fields=$number_of_fields lines packed: $packed_lines packed_cols=$packed_columns fmtd:$formatted_lines cols /line:$columns_per_line  unused:$unused_columns fmtd:$formatted_columns sparsity=$sparsity allow=$max_allowed_sparsity\n";

        };

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # Compound List Rule 2:
        # If this list is too long for one line, and it is an item of a
        # larger list, then we must format it, regardless of sparsity
        # (ian.t).  One reason that we have to do this is to trigger
        # Compound List Rule 1, above, which causes breaks at all commas of
        # all outer lists.  In this way, the structure will be properly
        # displayed.
        #---------------------------------------------------------------

        # Decide if this list is too long for one line unless broken
        my $total_columns = table_columns_available($i_opening_paren);
        my $too_long      = $packed_columns > $total_columns;

        # For a paren list, include the length of the token just before the
        # '(' because this is likely a sub call, and we would have to
        # include the sub name on the same line as the list.  This is still
        # imprecise, but not too bad.  (steve.t)
        if ( !$too_long && $i_opening_paren > 0 && $opening_token eq '(' ) {

            $too_long = excess_line_length( $i_opening_minus,
                $i_effective_last_comma + 1 ) > 0;
        }

        # FIXME: For an item after a '=>', try to include the length of the
        # thing before the '=>'.  This is crude and should be improved by
        # actually looking back token by token.
        if ( !$too_long && $i_opening_paren > 0 && $list_type eq '=>' ) {
            my $i_opening_minus = $i_opening_paren - 4;
            if ( $i_opening_minus >= 0 ) {
                $too_long = excess_line_length( $i_opening_minus,
                    $i_effective_last_comma + 1 ) > 0;
            }
        }

        # Always break lists contained in '[' and '{' if too long for 1 line,
        # and always break lists which are too long and part of a more complex
        # structure.
        my $must_break_open_container = $must_break_open
          || ( $too_long
            && ( $in_hierarchical_list || $opening_token ne '(' ) );

#print "LISTX: next=$next_nonblank_type  avail cols=$columns packed=$packed_columns must format = $must_break_open_container too-long=$too_long  opening=$opening_token list_type=$list_type formatted_lines=$formatted_lines  packed=$packed_lines max_sparsity= $max_allowed_sparsity sparsity=$sparsity \n";

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # The main decision:
        # Now decide if we will align the data into aligned columns.  Do not
        # attempt to align columns if this is a tiny table or it would be
        # too spaced.  It seems that the more packed lines we have, the
        # sparser the list that can be allowed and still look ok.
        #---------------------------------------------------------------

        if (   ( $formatted_lines < 3 && $packed_lines < $formatted_lines )
            || ( $formatted_lines < 2 )
            || ( $unused_columns > $max_allowed_sparsity * $formatted_columns )
          )
        {

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # too sparse: would look ugly if aligned in a table;
            #---------------------------------------------------------------

            # use old breakpoints if this is a 'big' list
            # FIXME: goal is to improve set_ragged_breakpoints so that
            # this is not necessary.
            if ( $packed_lines > 2 && $item_count > 10 ) {
                write_logfile_entry("List sparse: using old breakpoints\n");
                copy_old_breakpoints( $i_first_comma, $i_last_comma );
            }

            # let the continuation logic handle it if 2 lines
            else {

                my $break_count = set_ragged_breakpoints( \@i_term_comma,
                    $ri_ragged_break_list );
                ++$break_count if ($use_separate_first_term);

                unless ($must_break_open_container) {
                    if ( $break_count <= 1 ) {
                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
                    }
                    elsif ( $rOpts_line_up_parentheses && !$need_lp_break_open )
                    {
                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
                    }
                }
                set_non_alignment_flags( $comma_count, $rcomma_index );
            }
            return;
        }

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # go ahead and format as a table
        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        write_logfile_entry(
            "List: auto formatting with $number_of_fields fields/row\n");

        my $j_first_break =
          $use_separate_first_term ? $number_of_fields : $number_of_fields - 1;

        for (
            my $j = $j_first_break ;
            $j < $comma_count ;
            $j += $number_of_fields
          )
        {
            my $i = $$rcomma_index[$j];
            set_forced_breakpoint($i);
        }
        return;
    }
}

sub set_non_alignment_flags {

    # set flag which indicates that these commas should not be
    # aligned
    my ( $comma_count, $rcomma_index ) = @_;
    foreach ( 0 .. $comma_count - 1 ) {
        $matching_token_to_go[ $$rcomma_index[$_] ] = 1;
    }
}

sub study_list_complexity {

    # Look for complex tables which should be formatted with one term per line.
    # Returns the following:
    #
    #  \@i_ragged_break_list = list of good breakpoints to avoid lines
    #    which are hard to read
    #  $number_of_fields_best = suggested number of fields based on
    #    complexity; = 0 if any number may be used.
    #
    my ( $ri_term_begin, $ri_term_end, $ritem_lengths, $max_width ) = @_;
    my $item_count            = @{$ri_term_begin};
    my $complex_item_count    = 0;
    my $number_of_fields_best = $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table;
    my $i_max                 = @{$ritem_lengths} - 1;
    ##my @item_complexity;

    my $i_last_last_break = -3;
    my $i_last_break      = -2;
    my @i_ragged_break_list;

    my $definitely_complex = 30;
    my $definitely_simple  = 12;
    my $quote_count        = 0;

    for my $i ( 0 .. $i_max ) {
        my $ib = $ri_term_begin->[$i];
        my $ie = $ri_term_end->[$i];

        # define complexity: start with the actual term length
        my $weighted_length = ( $ritem_lengths->[$i] - 2 );

        ##TBD: join types here and check for variations
        ##my $str=join "", @tokens_to_go[$ib..$ie];

        my $is_quote = 0;
        if ( $types_to_go[$ib] =~ /^[qQ]$/ ) {
            $is_quote = 1;
            $quote_count++;
        }
        elsif ( $types_to_go[$ib] =~ /^[w\-]$/ ) {
            $quote_count++;
        }

        if ( $ib eq $ie ) {
            if ( $is_quote && $tokens_to_go[$ib] =~ /\s/ ) {
                $complex_item_count++;
                $weighted_length *= 2;
            }
            else {
            }
        }
        else {
            if ( grep { $_ eq 'b' } @types_to_go[ $ib .. $ie ] ) {
                $complex_item_count++;
                $weighted_length *= 2;
            }
            if ( grep { $_ eq '..' } @types_to_go[ $ib .. $ie ] ) {
                $weighted_length += 4;
            }
        }

        # add weight for extra tokens.
        $weighted_length += 2 * ( $ie - $ib );

##        my $BUB = join '', @tokens_to_go[$ib..$ie];
##        print "# COMPLEXITY:$weighted_length   $BUB\n";

##push @item_complexity, $weighted_length;

        # now mark a ragged break after this item it if it is 'long and
        # complex':
        if ( $weighted_length >= $definitely_complex ) {

            # if we broke after the previous term
            # then break before it too
            if (   $i_last_break == $i - 1
                && $i > 1
                && $i_last_last_break != $i - 2 )
            {

                ## FIXME: don't strand a small term
                pop @i_ragged_break_list;
                push @i_ragged_break_list, $i - 2;
                push @i_ragged_break_list, $i - 1;
            }

            push @i_ragged_break_list, $i;
            $i_last_last_break = $i_last_break;
            $i_last_break      = $i;
        }

        # don't break before a small last term -- it will
        # not look good on a line by itself.
        elsif ($i == $i_max
            && $i_last_break == $i - 1
            && $weighted_length <= $definitely_simple )
        {
            pop @i_ragged_break_list;
        }
    }

    my $identifier_count = $i_max + 1 - $quote_count;

    # Need more tuning here..
    if (   $max_width > 12
        && $complex_item_count > $item_count / 2
        && $number_of_fields_best != 2 )
    {
        $number_of_fields_best = 1;
    }

    return ( $number_of_fields_best, \@i_ragged_break_list, $identifier_count );
}

sub get_maximum_fields_wanted {

    # Not all tables look good with more than one field of items.
    # This routine looks at a table and decides if it should be
    # formatted with just one field or not.
    # This coding is still under development.
    my ($ritem_lengths) = @_;

    my $number_of_fields_best = 0;

    # For just a few items, we tentatively assume just 1 field.
    my $item_count = @{$ritem_lengths};
    if ( $item_count <= 5 ) {
        $number_of_fields_best = 1;
    }

    # For larger tables, look at it both ways and see what looks best
    else {

        my $is_odd            = 1;
        my @max_length        = ( 0, 0 );
        my @last_length_2     = ( undef, undef );
        my @first_length_2    = ( undef, undef );
        my $last_length       = undef;
        my $total_variation_1 = 0;
        my $total_variation_2 = 0;
        my @total_variation_2 = ( 0, 0 );
        for ( my $j = 0 ; $j < $item_count ; $j++ ) {

            $is_odd = 1 - $is_odd;
            my $length = $ritem_lengths->[$j];
            if ( $length > $max_length[$is_odd] ) {
                $max_length[$is_odd] = $length;
            }

            if ( defined($last_length) ) {
                my $dl = abs( $length - $last_length );
                $total_variation_1 += $dl;
            }
            $last_length = $length;

            my $ll = $last_length_2[$is_odd];
            if ( defined($ll) ) {
                my $dl = abs( $length - $ll );
                $total_variation_2[$is_odd] += $dl;
            }
            else {
                $first_length_2[$is_odd] = $length;
            }
            $last_length_2[$is_odd] = $length;
        }
        $total_variation_2 = $total_variation_2[0] + $total_variation_2[1];

        my $factor = ( $item_count > 10 ) ? 1 : ( $item_count > 5 ) ? 0.75 : 0;
        unless ( $total_variation_2 < $factor * $total_variation_1 ) {
            $number_of_fields_best = 1;
        }
    }
    return ($number_of_fields_best);
}

sub table_columns_available {
    my $i_first_comma = shift;
    my $columns =
      $rOpts_maximum_line_length - leading_spaces_to_go($i_first_comma);

    # Patch: the vertical formatter does not line up lines whose lengths
    # exactly equal the available line length because of allowances
    # that must be made for side comments.  Therefore, the number of
    # available columns is reduced by 1 character.
    $columns -= 1;
    return $columns;
}

sub maximum_number_of_fields {

    # how many fields will fit in the available space?
    my ( $columns, $odd_or_even, $max_width, $pair_width ) = @_;
    my $max_pairs        = int( $columns / $pair_width );
    my $number_of_fields = $max_pairs * 2;
    if (   $odd_or_even == 1
        && $max_pairs * $pair_width + $max_width <= $columns )
    {
        $number_of_fields++;
    }
    return $number_of_fields;
}

sub compactify_table {

    # given a table with a certain number of fields and a certain number
    # of lines, see if reducing the number of fields will make it look
    # better.
    my ( $item_count, $number_of_fields, $formatted_lines, $odd_or_even ) = @_;
    if ( $number_of_fields >= $odd_or_even * 2 && $formatted_lines > 0 ) {
        my $min_fields;

        for (
            $min_fields = $number_of_fields ;
            $min_fields >= $odd_or_even
            && $min_fields * $formatted_lines >= $item_count ;
            $min_fields -= $odd_or_even
          )
        {
            $number_of_fields = $min_fields;
        }
    }
    return $number_of_fields;
}

sub set_ragged_breakpoints {

    # Set breakpoints in a list that cannot be formatted nicely as a
    # table.
    my ( $ri_term_comma, $ri_ragged_break_list ) = @_;

    my $break_count = 0;
    foreach (@$ri_ragged_break_list) {
        my $j = $ri_term_comma->[$_];
        if ($j) {
            set_forced_breakpoint($j);
            $break_count++;
        }
    }
    return $break_count;
}

sub copy_old_breakpoints {
    my ( $i_first_comma, $i_last_comma ) = @_;
    for my $i ( $i_first_comma .. $i_last_comma ) {
        if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$i] ) {
            set_forced_breakpoint($i);
        }
    }
}

sub set_nobreaks {
    my ( $i, $j ) = @_;
    if ( $i >= 0 && $i <= $j && $j <= $max_index_to_go ) {

        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK && do {
            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
            print(
"NOBREAK: forced_breakpoint $forced_breakpoint_count from $a $c with i=$i max=$max_index_to_go type=$types_to_go[$i]\n"
            );
        };

        @nobreak_to_go[ $i .. $j ] = (1) x ( $j - $i + 1 );
    }

    # shouldn't happen; non-critical error
    else {
        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK && do {
            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
            print(
"NOBREAK ERROR: from $a $c with i=$i j=$j max=$max_index_to_go\n"
            );
        };
    }
}

sub set_fake_breakpoint {

    # Just bump up the breakpoint count as a signal that there are breaks.
    # This is useful if we have breaks but may want to postpone deciding where
    # to make them.
    $forced_breakpoint_count++;
}

sub set_forced_breakpoint {
    my $i = shift;

    return unless defined $i && $i >= 0;

    # when called with certain tokens, use bond strengths to decide
    # if we break before or after it
    my $token = $tokens_to_go[$i];

    if ( $token =~ /^([\=\.\,\:\?]|and|or|xor|&&|\|\|)$/ ) {
        if ( $want_break_before{$token} && $i >= 0 ) { $i-- }
    }

    # breaks are forced before 'if' and 'unless'
    elsif ( $is_if_unless{$token} ) { $i-- }

    if ( $i >= 0 && $i <= $max_index_to_go ) {
        my $i_nonblank = ( $types_to_go[$i] ne 'b' ) ? $i : $i - 1;

        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FORCE && do {
            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
            print
"FORCE forced_breakpoint $forced_breakpoint_count from $a $c with i=$i_nonblank max=$max_index_to_go tok=$tokens_to_go[$i_nonblank] type=$types_to_go[$i_nonblank] nobr=$nobreak_to_go[$i_nonblank]\n";
        };

        if ( $i_nonblank >= 0 && $nobreak_to_go[$i_nonblank] == 0 ) {
            $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i_nonblank] = 1;

            if ( $i_nonblank > $index_max_forced_break ) {
                $index_max_forced_break = $i_nonblank;
            }
            $forced_breakpoint_count++;
            $forced_breakpoint_undo_stack[ $forced_breakpoint_undo_count++ ] =
              $i_nonblank;

            # if we break at an opening container..break at the closing
            if ( $tokens_to_go[$i_nonblank] =~ /^[\{\[\(\?]$/ ) {
                set_closing_breakpoint($i_nonblank);
            }
        }
    }
}

sub clear_breakpoint_undo_stack {
    $forced_breakpoint_undo_count = 0;
}

sub undo_forced_breakpoint_stack {

    my $i_start = shift;
    if ( $i_start < 0 ) {
        $i_start = 0;
        my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
        warning(
"Program Bug: undo_forced_breakpoint_stack from $a $c has i=$i_start "
        );
    }

    while ( $forced_breakpoint_undo_count > $i_start ) {
        my $i =
          $forced_breakpoint_undo_stack[ --$forced_breakpoint_undo_count ];
        if ( $i >= 0 && $i <= $max_index_to_go ) {
            $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i] = 0;
            $forced_breakpoint_count--;

            FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP && do {
                my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
                print(
"UNDOBP: undo forced_breakpoint i=$i $forced_breakpoint_undo_count from $a $c max=$max_index_to_go\n"
                );
            };
        }

        # shouldn't happen, but not a critical error
        else {
            FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP && do {
                my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
                print(
"Program Bug: undo_forced_breakpoint from $a $c has i=$i but max=$max_index_to_go"
                );
            };
        }
    }
}

{    # begin recombine_breakpoints

    my %is_amp_amp;
    my %is_ternary;
    my %is_math_op;

    BEGIN {

        @_ = qw( && || );
        @is_amp_amp{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

        @_ = qw( ? : );
        @is_ternary{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

        @_ = qw( + - * / );
        @is_math_op{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    sub recombine_breakpoints {

        # sub set_continuation_breaks is very liberal in setting line breaks
        # for long lines, always setting breaks at good breakpoints, even
        # when that creates small lines.  Occasionally small line fragments
        # are produced which would look better if they were combined.
        # That's the task of this routine, recombine_breakpoints.
        #
        # $ri_beg = ref to array of BEGinning indexes of each line
        # $ri_end = ref to array of ENDing indexes of each line
        my ( $ri_beg, $ri_end ) = @_;

        my $more_to_do = 1;

        # We keep looping over all of the lines of this batch
        # until there are no more possible recombinations
        my $nmax_last = @$ri_end;
        while ($more_to_do) {
            my $n_best = 0;
            my $bs_best;
            my $n;
            my $nmax = @$ri_end - 1;

            # safety check for infinite loop
            unless ( $nmax < $nmax_last ) {

            # shouldn't happen because splice below decreases nmax on each pass:
            # but i get paranoid sometimes
                die "Program bug-infinite loop in recombine breakpoints\n";
            }
            $nmax_last  = $nmax;
            $more_to_do = 0;
            my $previous_outdentable_closing_paren;
            my $leading_amp_count = 0;
            my $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated;

            # loop over all remaining lines in this batch
            for $n ( 1 .. $nmax ) {

                #----------------------------------------------------------
                # If we join the current pair of lines,
                # line $n-1 will become the left part of the joined line
                # line $n will become the right part of the joined line
                #
                # Here are Indexes of the endpoint tokens of the two lines:
                #
                #  -----line $n-1--- | -----line $n-----
                #  $ibeg_1   $iend_1 | $ibeg_2   $iend_2
                #                    ^
                #                    |
                # We want to decide if we should remove the line break
                # betwen the tokens at $iend_1 and $ibeg_2
                #
                # We will apply a number of ad-hoc tests to see if joining
                # here will look ok.  The code will just issue a 'next'
                # command if the join doesn't look good.  If we get through
                # the gauntlet of tests, the lines will be recombined.
                #----------------------------------------------------------
                #
                # beginning and ending tokens of the lines we are working on
                my $ibeg_1 = $$ri_beg[ $n - 1 ];
                my $iend_1 = $$ri_end[ $n - 1 ];
                my $iend_2 = $$ri_end[$n];
                my $ibeg_2 = $$ri_beg[$n];

                my $ibeg_nmax = $$ri_beg[$nmax];

                # some beginning indexes of other lines, which may not exist
                my $ibeg_0 = $n > 1          ? $$ri_beg[ $n - 2 ] : -1;
                my $ibeg_3 = $n < $nmax      ? $$ri_beg[ $n + 1 ] : -1;
                my $ibeg_4 = $n + 2 <= $nmax ? $$ri_beg[ $n + 2 ] : -1;

                my $bs_tweak = 0;

                #my $depth_increase=( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_2] -
                #        $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_1] );

##print "RECOMBINE: n=$n imid=$iend_1 if=$ibeg_1 type=$types_to_go[$ibeg_1] =$tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] next_type=$types_to_go[$ibeg_2] next_tok=$tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2]\n";

                # If line $n is the last line, we set some flags and
                # do any special checks for it
                if ( $n == $nmax ) {

                    # a terminal '{' should stay where it is
                    next if $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq '{';

                    # set flag if statement $n ends in ';'
                    $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated =
                      $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq ';'

                      # with possible side comment
                      || ( $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq '#'
                        && $iend_2 - $ibeg_2 >= 2
                        && $types_to_go[ $iend_2 - 2 ] eq ';'
                        && $types_to_go[ $iend_2 - 1 ] eq 'b' );
                }

                #----------------------------------------------------------
                # Section 1: examine token at $iend_1 (right end of first line
                # of pair)
                #----------------------------------------------------------

                # an isolated '}' may join with a ';' terminated segment
                if ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq '}' ) {

                    # Check for cases where combining a semicolon terminated
                    # statement with a previous isolated closing paren will
                    # allow the combined line to be outdented.  This is
                    # generally a good move.  For example, we can join up
                    # the last two lines here:
                    #  (
                    #      $dev,  $ino,   $mode,  $nlink, $uid,     $gid, $rdev,
                    #      $size, $atime, $mtime, $ctime, $blksize, $blocks
                    #    )
                    #    = stat($file);
                    #
                    # to get:
                    #  (
                    #      $dev,  $ino,   $mode,  $nlink, $uid,     $gid, $rdev,
                    #      $size, $atime, $mtime, $ctime, $blksize, $blocks
                    #  ) = stat($file);
                    #
                    # which makes the parens line up.
                    #
                    # Another example, from Joe Matarazzo, probably looks best
                    # with the 'or' clause appended to the trailing paren:
                    #  $self->some_method(
                    #      PARAM1 => 'foo',
                    #      PARAM2 => 'bar'
                    #  ) or die "Some_method didn't work";
                    #
                    $previous_outdentable_closing_paren =
                      $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated    # ends in ';'
                      && $ibeg_1 == $iend_1    # only one token on last line
                      && $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] eq
                      ')'                      # must be structural paren

                      # only &&, ||, and : if no others seen
                      # (but note: our count made below could be wrong
                      # due to intervening comments)
                      && ( $leading_amp_count == 0
                        || $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] !~ /^(:|\&\&|\|\|)$/ )

                      # but leading colons probably line up with with a
                      # previous colon or question (count could be wrong).
                      && $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] ne ':'

                      # only one step in depth allowed.  this line must not
                      # begin with a ')' itself.
                      && ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$iend_1] ==
                        $nesting_depth_to_go[$iend_2] + 1 );

                    # YVES patch 2 of 2:
                    # Allow cuddled eval chains, like this:
                    #   eval {
                    #       #STUFF;
                    #       1; # return true
                    #   } or do {
                    #       #handle error
                    #   };
                    # This patch works together with a patch in
                    # setting adjusted indentation (where the closing eval
                    # brace is outdented if possible).
                    # The problem is that an 'eval' block has continuation
                    # indentation and it looks better to undo it in some
                    # cases.  If we do not use this patch we would get:
                    #   eval {
                    #       #STUFF;
                    #       1; # return true
                    #       }
                    #       or do {
                    #       #handle error
                    #     };
                    # The alternative, for uncuddled style, is to create
                    # a patch in set_adjusted_indentation which undoes
                    # the indentation of a leading line like 'or do {'.
                    # This doesn't work well with -icb through
                    if (
                           $block_type_to_go[$iend_1] eq 'eval'
                        && !$rOpts->{'line-up-parentheses'}
                        && !$rOpts->{'indent-closing-brace'}
                        && $tokens_to_go[$iend_2] eq '{'
                        && (
                            ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] =~ /^(|\&\&|\|\|)$/ )
                            || (   $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'k'
                                && $is_and_or{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] } )
                            || $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] }
                        )
                      )
                    {
                        $previous_outdentable_closing_paren ||= 1;
                    }

                    next
                      unless (
                        $previous_outdentable_closing_paren

                        # handle '.' and '?' specially below
                        || ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] =~ /^[\.\?]$/ )
                      );
                }

                # YVES
                # honor breaks at opening brace
                # Added to prevent recombining something like this:
                #  } || eval { package main;
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq '{' ) {
                    next if $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1];
                }

                # do not recombine lines with ending &&, ||,
                elsif ( $is_amp_amp{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {
                    next unless $want_break_before{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] };
                }

                # keep a terminal colon
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq ':' ) {
                    next unless $want_break_before{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] };
                }

                # Identify and recombine a broken ?/: chain
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq '?' ) {

                    # Do not recombine different levels
                    next
                      if ( $levels_to_go[$ibeg_1] ne $levels_to_go[$ibeg_2] );

                    # do not recombine unless next line ends in :
                    next unless $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq ':';
                }

                # for lines ending in a comma...
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq ',' ) {

                    # Do not recombine at comma which is following the
                    # input bias.
                    # TODO: might be best to make a special flag
                    next if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] );

                 # an isolated '},' may join with an identifier + ';'
                 # this is useful for the class of a 'bless' statement (bless.t)
                    if (   $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq '}'
                        && $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'i' )
                    {
                        next
                          unless ( ( $ibeg_1 == ( $iend_1 - 1 ) )
                            && ( $iend_2 == ( $ibeg_2 + 1 ) )
                            && $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated );

                        # override breakpoint
                        $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;
                    }

                    # but otherwise ..
                    else {

                        # do not recombine after a comma unless this will leave
                        # just 1 more line
                        next unless ( $n + 1 >= $nmax );

                    # do not recombine if there is a change in indentation depth
                        next
                          if (
                            $levels_to_go[$iend_1] != $levels_to_go[$iend_2] );

                        # do not recombine a "complex expression" after a
                        # comma.  "complex" means no parens.
                        my $saw_paren;
                        foreach my $ii ( $ibeg_2 .. $iend_2 ) {
                            if ( $tokens_to_go[$ii] eq '(' ) {
                                $saw_paren = 1;
                                last;
                            }
                        }
                        next if $saw_paren;
                    }
                }

                # opening paren..
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq '(' ) {

                    # No longer doing this
                }

                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq ')' ) {

                    # No longer doing this
                }

                # keep a terminal for-semicolon
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq 'f' ) {
                    next;
                }

                # if '=' at end of line ...
                elsif ( $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {

                    # keep break after = if it was in input stream
                    # this helps prevent 'blinkers'
                    next if $old_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1]

                      # don't strand an isolated '='
                      && $iend_1 != $ibeg_1;

                    my $is_short_quote =
                      (      $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'Q'
                          && $ibeg_2 == $iend_2
                          && length( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] ) <
                          $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length );
                    my $is_ternary =
                      ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq '?'
                          && ( $ibeg_3 >= 0 && $types_to_go[$ibeg_3] eq ':' ) );

                    # always join an isolated '=', a short quote, or if this
                    # will put ?/: at start of adjacent lines
                    if (   $ibeg_1 != $iend_1
                        && !$is_short_quote
                        && !$is_ternary )
                    {
                        next
                          unless (
                            (

                                # unless we can reduce this to two lines
                                $nmax < $n + 2

                             # or three lines, the last with a leading semicolon
                                || (   $nmax == $n + 2
                                    && $types_to_go[$ibeg_nmax] eq ';' )

                                # or the next line ends with a here doc
                                || $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq 'h'

                               # or the next line ends in an open paren or brace
                               # and the break hasn't been forced [dima.t]
                                || (  !$forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1]
                                    && $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq '{' )
                            )

                            # do not recombine if the two lines might align well
                            # this is a very approximate test for this
                            && (   $ibeg_3 >= 0
                                && $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] ne
                                $types_to_go[$ibeg_3] )
                          );

                        # -lp users often prefer this:
                        #  my $title = function($env, $env, $sysarea,
                        #                       "bubba Borrower Entry");
                        #  so we will recombine if -lp is used we have ending
                        #  comma
                        if (  !$rOpts_line_up_parentheses
                            || $types_to_go[$iend_2] ne ',' )
                        {

                           # otherwise, scan the rhs line up to last token for
                           # complexity.  Note that we are not counting the last
                           # token in case it is an opening paren.
                            my $tv    = 0;
                            my $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_2];
                            for ( my $i = $ibeg_2 + 1 ; $i < $iend_2 ; $i++ ) {
                                if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] != $depth ) {
                                    $tv++;
                                    last if ( $tv > 1 );
                                }
                                $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i];
                            }

                         # ok to recombine if no level changes before last token
                            if ( $tv > 0 ) {

                                # otherwise, do not recombine if more than two
                                # level changes.
                                next if ( $tv > 1 );

                              # check total complexity of the two adjacent lines
                              # that will occur if we do this join
                                my $istop =
                                  ( $n < $nmax ) ? $$ri_end[ $n + 1 ] : $iend_2;
                                for ( my $i = $iend_2 ; $i <= $istop ; $i++ ) {
                                    if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] != $depth ) {
                                        $tv++;
                                        last if ( $tv > 2 );
                                    }
                                    $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i];
                                }

                        # do not recombine if total is more than 2 level changes
                                next if ( $tv > 2 );
                            }
                        }
                    }

                    unless ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] =~ /^[\{\(\[]$/ ) {
                        $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;
                    }
                }

                # for keywords..
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq 'k' ) {

                    # make major control keywords stand out
                    # (recombine.t)
                    next
                      if (

                        #/^(last|next|redo|return)$/
                        $is_last_next_redo_return{ $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] }

                        # but only if followed by multiple lines
                        && $n < $nmax
                      );

                    if ( $is_and_or{ $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {
                        next
                          unless $want_break_before{ $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] };
                    }
                }

                # handle trailing + - * /
                elsif ( $is_math_op{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {

                    # combine lines if next line has single number
                    # or a short term followed by same operator
                    my $i_next_nonblank = $ibeg_2;
                    my $i_next_next     = $i_next_nonblank + 1;
                    $i_next_next++ if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_next] eq 'b' );
                    my $number_follows = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'n'
                      && (
                        $i_next_nonblank == $iend_2
                        || (   $i_next_next == $iend_2
                            && $is_math_op{ $types_to_go[$i_next_next] } )
                        || $types_to_go[$i_next_next] eq ';'
                      );

                    # find token before last operator of previous line
                    my $iend_1_minus = $iend_1;
                    $iend_1_minus--
                      if ( $iend_1_minus > $ibeg_1 );
                    $iend_1_minus--
                      if ( $types_to_go[$iend_1_minus] eq 'b'
                        && $iend_1_minus > $ibeg_1 );

                    my $short_term_follows =
                      (      $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq $types_to_go[$iend_1]
                          && $types_to_go[$iend_1_minus] =~ /^[in]$/
                          && $iend_2 <= $ibeg_2 + 2
                          && length( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] ) <
                          $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length );

                    next
                      unless ( $number_follows || $short_term_follows );
                }

                #----------------------------------------------------------
                # Section 2: Now examine token at $ibeg_2 (left end of second
                # line of pair)
                #----------------------------------------------------------

                # join lines identified above as capable of
                # causing an outdented line with leading closing paren
                if ($previous_outdentable_closing_paren) {
                    $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;
                }

                # do not recombine lines with leading :
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq ':' ) {
                    $leading_amp_count++;
                    next if $want_break_before{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] };
                }

                # handle lines with leading &&, ||
                elsif ( $is_amp_amp{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {

                    $leading_amp_count++;

                    # ok to recombine if it follows a ? or :
                    # and is followed by an open paren..
                    my $ok =
                      (      $is_ternary{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] }
                          && $tokens_to_go[$iend_2] eq '(' )

                    # or is followed by a ? or : at same depth
                    #
                    # We are looking for something like this. We can
                    # recombine the && line with the line above to make the
                    # structure more clear:
                    #  return
                    #    exists $G->{Attr}->{V}
                    #    && exists $G->{Attr}->{V}->{$u}
                    #    ? %{ $G->{Attr}->{V}->{$u} }
                    #    : ();
                    #
                    # We should probably leave something like this alone:
                    #  return
                    #       exists $G->{Attr}->{E}
                    #    && exists $G->{Attr}->{E}->{$u}
                    #    && exists $G->{Attr}->{E}->{$u}->{$v}
                    #    ? %{ $G->{Attr}->{E}->{$u}->{$v} }
                    #    : ();
                    # so that we either have all of the &&'s (or ||'s)
                    # on one line, as in the first example, or break at
                    # each one as in the second example.  However, it
                    # sometimes makes things worse to check for this because
                    # it prevents multiple recombinations.  So this is not done.
                      || ( $ibeg_3 >= 0
                        && $is_ternary{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_3] }
                        && $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_3] ==
                        $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_2] );

                    next if !$ok && $want_break_before{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] };
                    $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;

                    # tweak the bond strength to give this joint priority
                    # over ? and :
                    $bs_tweak = 0.25;
                }

                # Identify and recombine a broken ?/: chain
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq '?' ) {

                    # Do not recombine different levels
                    my $lev = $levels_to_go[$ibeg_2];
                    next if ( $lev ne $levels_to_go[$ibeg_1] );

                    # Do not recombine a '?' if either next line or
                    # previous line does not start with a ':'.  The reasons
                    # are that (1) no alignment of the ? will be possible
                    # and (2) the expression is somewhat complex, so the
                    # '?' is harder to see in the interior of the line.
                    my $follows_colon =
                      $ibeg_1 >= 0 && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq ':';
                    my $precedes_colon =
                      $ibeg_3 >= 0 && $types_to_go[$ibeg_3] eq ':';
                    next unless ( $follows_colon || $precedes_colon );

                    # we will always combining a ? line following a : line
                    if ( !$follows_colon ) {

                        # ...otherwise recombine only if it looks like a chain.
                        # we will just look at a few nearby lines to see if
                        # this looks like a chain.
                        my $local_count = 0;
                        foreach my $ii ( $ibeg_0, $ibeg_1, $ibeg_3, $ibeg_4 ) {
                            $local_count++
                              if $ii >= 0
                              && $types_to_go[$ii] eq ':'
                              && $levels_to_go[$ii] == $lev;
                        }
                        next unless ( $local_count > 1 );
                    }
                    $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;
                }

                # do not recombine lines with leading '.'
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] =~ /^(\.)$/ ) {
                    my $i_next_nonblank = $ibeg_2 + 1;
                    if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'b' ) {
                        $i_next_nonblank++;
                    }

                    next
                      unless (

                   # ... unless there is just one and we can reduce
                   # this to two lines if we do.  For example, this
                   #
                   #
                   #  $bodyA .=
                   #    '($dummy, $pat) = &get_next_tex_cmd;' . '$args .= $pat;'
                   #
                   #  looks better than this:
                   #  $bodyA .= '($dummy, $pat) = &get_next_tex_cmd;'
                   #    . '$args .= $pat;'

                        (
                               $n == 2
                            && $n == $nmax
                            && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] ne $types_to_go[$ibeg_2]
                        )

                        #  ... or this would strand a short quote , like this
                        #                . "some long qoute"
                        #                . "\n";
                        || (   $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'Q'
                            && $i_next_nonblank >= $iend_2 - 1
                            && length( $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] ) <
                            $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length )
                      );
                }

                # handle leading keyword..
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'k' ) {

                    # handle leading "or"
                    if ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'or' ) {
                        next
                          unless (
                            $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated
                            && (

                                # following 'if' or 'unless' or 'or'
                                $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'k'
                                && $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] }

                                # important: only combine a very simple or
                                # statement because the step below may have
                                # combined a trailing 'and' with this or,
                                # and we do not want to then combine
                                # everything together
                                && ( $iend_2 - $ibeg_2 <= 7 )
                            )
                          );
                    }

                    # handle leading 'and'
                    elsif ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'and' ) {

                        # Decide if we will combine a single terminal 'and'
                        # after an 'if' or 'unless'.

                        #     This looks best with the 'and' on the same
                        #     line as the 'if':
                        #
                        #         $a = 1
                        #           if $seconds and $nu < 2;
                        #
                        #     But this looks better as shown:
                        #
                        #         $a = 1
                        #           if !$this->{Parents}{$_}
                        #           or $this->{Parents}{$_} eq $_;
                        #
                        next
                          unless (
                            $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated
                            && (

                                # following 'if' or 'unless' or 'or'
                                $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'k'
                                && (   $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] }
                                    || $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'or' )
                            )
                          );
                    }

                    # handle leading "if" and "unless"
                    elsif ( $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {

                      # FIXME: This is still experimental..may not be too useful
                        next
                          unless (
                            $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated

                            #  previous line begins with 'and' or 'or'
                            && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'k'
                            && $is_and_or{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] }

                          );
                    }

                    # handle all other leading keywords
                    else {

                        # keywords look best at start of lines,
                        # but combine things like "1 while"
                        unless ( $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {
                            next
                              if ( ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] ne 'k' )
                                && ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] ne 'while' ) );
                        }
                    }
                }

                # similar treatment of && and || as above for 'and' and 'or':
                # NOTE: This block of code is currently bypassed because
                # of a previous block but is retained for possible future use.
                elsif ( $is_amp_amp{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {

                    # maybe looking at something like:
                    # unless $TEXTONLY || $item =~ m%|p>|a|img)%i;

                    next
                      unless (
                        $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated

                        # previous line begins with an 'if' or 'unless' keyword
                        && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'k'
                        && $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] }

                      );
                }

                # handle leading + - * /
                elsif ( $is_math_op{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {
                    my $i_next_nonblank = $ibeg_2 + 1;
                    if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'b' ) {
                        $i_next_nonblank++;
                    }

                    my $i_next_next = $i_next_nonblank + 1;
                    $i_next_next++ if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_next] eq 'b' );

                    my $is_number = (
                        $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'n'
                          && ( $i_next_nonblank >= $iend_2 - 1
                            || $types_to_go[$i_next_next] eq ';' )
                    );

                    my $iend_1_nonblank =
                      $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq 'b' ? $iend_1 - 1 : $iend_1;
                    my $iend_2_nonblank =
                      $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq 'b' ? $iend_2 - 1 : $iend_2;

                    my $is_short_term =
                      (      $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq $types_to_go[$ibeg_1]
                          && $types_to_go[$iend_2_nonblank] =~ /^[in]$/
                          && $types_to_go[$iend_1_nonblank] =~ /^[in]$/
                          && $iend_2_nonblank <= $ibeg_2 + 2
                          && length( $tokens_to_go[$iend_2_nonblank] ) <
                          $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length );

                    # Combine these lines if this line is a single
                    # number, or if it is a short term with same
                    # operator as the previous line.  For example, in
                    # the following code we will combine all of the
                    # short terms $A, $B, $C, $D, $E, $F, together
                    # instead of leaving them one per line:
                    #  my $time =
                    #    $A * $B * $C * $D * $E * $F *
                    #    ( 2. * $eps * $sigma * $area ) *
                    #    ( 1. / $tcold**3 - 1. / $thot**3 );
                    # This can be important in math-intensive code.
                    next
                      unless (
                           $is_number
                        || $is_short_term

                        # or if we can reduce this to two lines if we do.
                        || (   $n == 2
                            && $n == $nmax
                            && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] ne $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] )
                      );
                }

                # handle line with leading = or similar
                elsif ( $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {
                    next unless ( $n == 1 || $n == $nmax );
                    next
                      unless (

                        # unless we can reduce this to two lines
                        $nmax == 2

                        # or three lines, the last with a leading semicolon
                        || ( $nmax == 3 && $types_to_go[$ibeg_nmax] eq ';' )

                        # or the next line ends with a here doc
                        || $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq 'h'

                        # or this is a short line ending in ;
                        || ( $n == $nmax && $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated )
                      );
                    $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;
                }

                #----------------------------------------------------------
                # Section 3:
                # Combine the lines if we arrive here and it is possible
                #----------------------------------------------------------

                # honor hard breakpoints
                next if ( $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] > 0 );

                my $bs = $bond_strength_to_go[$iend_1] + $bs_tweak;

                # combined line cannot be too long
                my $excess = excess_line_length( $ibeg_1, $iend_2 );
                next if ( $excess > 0 );

                # Require a few extra spaces before recombining lines if we are
                # at an old breakpoint unless this is a simple list or terminal
                # line.  The goal is to avoid oscillating between two
                # quasi-stable end states.  For example this snippet caused
                # problems:
##    my $this =
##    bless {
##        TText => "[" . ( join ',', map { "\"$_\"" } split "\n", $_ ) . "]"
##      },
##      $type;
                next
                  if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1]
                    && !$this_line_is_semicolon_terminated
                    && $n < $nmax
                    && $excess + 4 > 0
                    && $types_to_go[$iend_2] ne ',' );

                # do not recombine if we would skip in indentation levels
                if ( $n < $nmax ) {
                    my $if_next = $$ri_beg[ $n + 1 ];
                    next
                      if (
                           $levels_to_go[$ibeg_1] < $levels_to_go[$ibeg_2]
                        && $levels_to_go[$ibeg_2] < $levels_to_go[$if_next]

                        # but an isolated 'if (' is undesirable
                        && !(
                               $n == 1
                            && $iend_1 - $ibeg_1 <= 2
                            && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1]  eq 'k'
                            && $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'if'
                            && $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] ne '('
                        )
                      );
                }

                # honor no-break's
                next if ( $bs == NO_BREAK );

                # remember the pair with the greatest bond strength
                if ( !$n_best ) {
                    $n_best  = $n;
                    $bs_best = $bs;
                }
                else {

                    if ( $bs > $bs_best ) {
                        $n_best  = $n;
                        $bs_best = $bs;
                    }
                }
            }

            # recombine the pair with the greatest bond strength
            if ($n_best) {
                splice @$ri_beg, $n_best, 1;
                splice @$ri_end, $n_best - 1, 1;

                # keep going if we are still making progress
                $more_to_do++;
            }
        }
        return ( $ri_beg, $ri_end );
    }
}    # end recombine_breakpoints

sub break_all_chain_tokens {

    # scan the current breakpoints looking for breaks at certain "chain
    # operators" (. : && || + etc) which often occur repeatedly in a long
    # statement.  If we see a break at any one, break at all similar tokens
    # within the same container.
    #
    my ( $ri_left, $ri_right ) = @_;

    my %saw_chain_type;
    my %left_chain_type;
    my %right_chain_type;
    my %interior_chain_type;
    my $nmax = @$ri_right - 1;

    # scan the left and right end tokens of all lines
    my $count = 0;
    for my $n ( 0 .. $nmax ) {
        my $il    = $$ri_left[$n];
        my $ir    = $$ri_right[$n];
        my $typel = $types_to_go[$il];
        my $typer = $types_to_go[$ir];
        $typel = '+' if ( $typel eq '-' );    # treat + and - the same
        $typer = '+' if ( $typer eq '-' );
        $typel = '*' if ( $typel eq '/' );    # treat * and / the same
        $typer = '*' if ( $typer eq '/' );
        my $tokenl = $tokens_to_go[$il];
        my $tokenr = $tokens_to_go[$ir];

        if ( $is_chain_operator{$tokenl} && $want_break_before{$typel} ) {
            next if ( $typel eq '?' );
            push @{ $left_chain_type{$typel} }, $il;
            $saw_chain_type{$typel} = 1;
            $count++;
        }
        if ( $is_chain_operator{$tokenr} && !$want_break_before{$typer} ) {
            next if ( $typer eq '?' );
            push @{ $right_chain_type{$typer} }, $ir;
            $saw_chain_type{$typer} = 1;
            $count++;
        }
    }
    return unless $count;

    # now look for any interior tokens of the same types
    $count = 0;
    for my $n ( 0 .. $nmax ) {
        my $il = $$ri_left[$n];
        my $ir = $$ri_right[$n];
        for ( my $i = $il + 1 ; $i < $ir ; $i++ ) {
            my $type = $types_to_go[$i];
            $type = '+' if ( $type eq '-' );
            $type = '*' if ( $type eq '/' );
            if ( $saw_chain_type{$type} ) {
                push @{ $interior_chain_type{$type} }, $i;
                $count++;
            }
        }
    }
    return unless $count;

    # now make a list of all new break points
    my @insert_list;

    # loop over all chain types
    foreach my $type ( keys %saw_chain_type ) {

        # quit if just ONE continuation line with leading .  For example--
        # print LATEXFILE '\framebox{\parbox[c][' . $h . '][t]{' . $w . '}{'
        #  . $contents;
        last if ( $nmax == 1 && $type =~ /^[\.\+]$/ );

        # loop over all interior chain tokens
        foreach my $itest ( @{ $interior_chain_type{$type} } ) {

            # loop over all left end tokens of same type
            if ( $left_chain_type{$type} ) {
                next if $nobreak_to_go[ $itest - 1 ];
                foreach my $i ( @{ $left_chain_type{$type} } ) {
                    next unless in_same_container( $i, $itest );
                    push @insert_list, $itest - 1;

                    # Break at matching ? if this : is at a different level.
                    # For example, the ? before $THRf_DEAD in the following
                    # should get a break if its : gets a break.
                    #
                    # my $flags =
                    #     ( $_ & 1 ) ? ( $_ & 4 ) ? $THRf_DEAD : $THRf_ZOMBIE
                    #   : ( $_ & 4 ) ? $THRf_R_DETACHED
                    #   :              $THRf_R_JOINABLE;
                    if (   $type eq ':'
                        && $levels_to_go[$i] != $levels_to_go[$itest] )
                    {
                        my $i_question = $mate_index_to_go[$itest];
                        if ( $i_question > 0 ) {
                            push @insert_list, $i_question - 1;
                        }
                    }
                    last;
                }
            }

            # loop over all right end tokens of same type
            if ( $right_chain_type{$type} ) {
                next if $nobreak_to_go[$itest];
                foreach my $i ( @{ $right_chain_type{$type} } ) {
                    next unless in_same_container( $i, $itest );
                    push @insert_list, $itest;

                    # break at matching ? if this : is at a different level
                    if (   $type eq ':'
                        && $levels_to_go[$i] != $levels_to_go[$itest] )
                    {
                        my $i_question = $mate_index_to_go[$itest];
                        if ( $i_question >= 0 ) {
                            push @insert_list, $i_question;
                        }
                    }
                    last;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    # insert any new break points
    if (@insert_list) {
        insert_additional_breaks( \@insert_list, $ri_left, $ri_right );
    }
}

sub break_equals {

    # Look for assignment operators that could use a breakpoint.
    # For example, in the following snippet
    #
    #    $HOME = $ENV{HOME}
    #      || $ENV{LOGDIR}
    #      || $pw[7]
    #      || die "no home directory for user $<";
    #
    # we could break at the = to get this, which is a little nicer:
    #    $HOME =
    #         $ENV{HOME}
    #      || $ENV{LOGDIR}
    #      || $pw[7]
    #      || die "no home directory for user $<";
    #
    # The logic here follows the logic in set_logical_padding, which
    # will add the padding in the second line to improve alignment.
    #
    my ( $ri_left, $ri_right ) = @_;
    my $nmax = @$ri_right - 1;
    return unless ( $nmax >= 2 );

    # scan the left ends of first two lines
    my $tokbeg = "";
    my $depth_beg;
    for my $n ( 1 .. 2 ) {
        my $il     = $$ri_left[$n];
        my $typel  = $types_to_go[$il];
        my $tokenl = $tokens_to_go[$il];

        my $has_leading_op = ( $tokenl =~ /^\w/ )
          ? $is_chain_operator{$tokenl}    # + - * / : ? && ||
          : $is_chain_operator{$typel};    # and, or
        return unless ($has_leading_op);
        if ( $n > 1 ) {
            return
              unless ( $tokenl eq $tokbeg
                && $nesting_depth_to_go[$il] eq $depth_beg );
        }
        $tokbeg    = $tokenl;
        $depth_beg = $nesting_depth_to_go[$il];
    }

    # now look for any interior tokens of the same types
    my $il = $$ri_left[0];
    my $ir = $$ri_right[0];

    # now make a list of all new break points
    my @insert_list;
    for ( my $i = $ir - 1 ; $i > $il ; $i-- ) {
        my $type = $types_to_go[$i];
        if (   $is_assignment{$type}
            && $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] eq $depth_beg )
        {
            if ( $want_break_before{$type} ) {
                push @insert_list, $i - 1;
            }
            else {
                push @insert_list, $i;
            }
        }
    }

    # Break after a 'return' followed by a chain of operators
    #  return ( $^O !~ /win32|dos/i )
    #    && ( $^O ne 'VMS' )
    #    && ( $^O ne 'OS2' )
    #    && ( $^O ne 'MacOS' );
    # To give:
    #  return
    #       ( $^O !~ /win32|dos/i )
    #    && ( $^O ne 'VMS' )
    #    && ( $^O ne 'OS2' )
    #    && ( $^O ne 'MacOS' );
    my $i = 0;
    if (   $types_to_go[$i] eq 'k'
        && $tokens_to_go[$i] eq 'return'
        && $ir > $il
        && $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] eq $depth_beg )
    {
        push @insert_list, $i;
    }

    return unless (@insert_list);

    # One final check...
    # scan second and thrid lines and be sure there are no assignments
    # we want to avoid breaking at an = to make something like this:
    #    unless ( $icon =
    #           $html_icons{"$type-$state"}
    #        or $icon = $html_icons{$type}
    #        or $icon = $html_icons{$state} )
    for my $n ( 1 .. 2 ) {
        my $il = $$ri_left[$n];
        my $ir = $$ri_right[$n];
        for ( my $i = $il + 1 ; $i <= $ir ; $i++ ) {
            my $type = $types_to_go[$i];
            return
              if ( $is_assignment{$type}
                && $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] eq $depth_beg );
        }
    }

    # ok, insert any new break point
    if (@insert_list) {
        insert_additional_breaks( \@insert_list, $ri_left, $ri_right );
    }
}

sub insert_final_breaks {

    my ( $ri_left, $ri_right ) = @_;

    my $nmax = @$ri_right - 1;

    # scan the left and right end tokens of all lines
    my $count         = 0;
    my $i_first_colon = -1;
    for my $n ( 0 .. $nmax ) {
        my $il    = $$ri_left[$n];
        my $ir    = $$ri_right[$n];
        my $typel = $types_to_go[$il];
        my $typer = $types_to_go[$ir];
        return if ( $typel eq '?' );
        return if ( $typer eq '?' );
        if    ( $typel eq ':' ) { $i_first_colon = $il; last; }
        elsif ( $typer eq ':' ) { $i_first_colon = $ir; last; }
    }

    # For long ternary chains,
    # if the first : we see has its # ? is in the interior
    # of a preceding line, then see if there are any good
    # breakpoints before the ?.
    if ( $i_first_colon > 0 ) {
        my $i_question = $mate_index_to_go[$i_first_colon];
        if ( $i_question > 0 ) {
            my @insert_list;
            for ( my $ii = $i_question - 1 ; $ii >= 0 ; $ii -= 1 ) {
                my $token = $tokens_to_go[$ii];
                my $type  = $types_to_go[$ii];

                # For now, a good break is either a comma or a 'return'.
                if ( ( $type eq ',' || $type eq 'k' && $token eq 'return' )
                    && in_same_container( $ii, $i_question ) )
                {
                    push @insert_list, $ii;
                    last;
                }
            }

            # insert any new break points
            if (@insert_list) {
                insert_additional_breaks( \@insert_list, $ri_left, $ri_right );
            }
        }
    }
}

sub in_same_container {

    # check to see if tokens at i1 and i2 are in the
    # same container, and not separated by a comma, ? or :
    my ( $i1, $i2 ) = @_;
    my $type  = $types_to_go[$i1];
    my $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i1];
    return unless ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i2] == $depth );
    if ( $i2 < $i1 ) { ( $i1, $i2 ) = ( $i2, $i1 ) }

    ###########################################################
    # This is potentially a very slow routine and not critical.
    # For safety just give up for large differences.
    # See test file 'infinite_loop.txt'
    # TODO: replace this loop with a data structure
    ###########################################################
    return if ( $i2 - $i1 > 200 );

    for ( my $i = $i1 + 1 ; $i < $i2 ; $i++ ) {
        next   if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] > $depth );
        return if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] < $depth );

        my $tok = $tokens_to_go[$i];
        $tok = ',' if $tok eq '=>';    # treat => same as ,

        # Example: we would not want to break at any of these .'s
        #  : "$str"
        if ( $type ne ':' ) {
            return if ( $tok =~ /^[\,\:\?]$/ ) || $tok eq '||' || $tok eq 'or';
        }
        else {
            return if ( $tok =~ /^[\,]$/ );
        }
    }
    return 1;
}

sub set_continuation_breaks {

    # Define an array of indexes for inserting newline characters to
    # keep the line lengths below the maximum desired length.  There is
    # an implied break after the last token, so it need not be included.

    # Method:
    # This routine is part of series of routines which adjust line
    # lengths.  It is only called if a statement is longer than the
    # maximum line length, or if a preliminary scanning located
    # desirable break points.   Sub scan_list has already looked at
    # these tokens and set breakpoints (in array
    # $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i]) where it wants breaks (for example
    # after commas, after opening parens, and before closing parens).
    # This routine will honor these breakpoints and also add additional
    # breakpoints as necessary to keep the line length below the maximum
    # requested.  It bases its decision on where the 'bond strength' is
    # lowest.

    # Output: returns references to the arrays:
    #  @i_first
    #  @i_last
    # which contain the indexes $i of the first and last tokens on each
    # line.

    # In addition, the array:
    #   $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i]
    # may be updated to be =1 for any index $i after which there must be
    # a break.  This signals later routines not to undo the breakpoint.

    my $saw_good_break = shift;
    my @i_first        = ();      # the first index to output
    my @i_last         = ();      # the last index to output
    my @i_colon_breaks = ();      # needed to decide if we have to break at ?'s
    if ( $types_to_go[0] eq ':' ) { push @i_colon_breaks, 0 }

    set_bond_strengths();

    my $imin = 0;
    my $imax = $max_index_to_go;
    if ( $types_to_go[$imin] eq 'b' ) { $imin++ }
    if ( $types_to_go[$imax] eq 'b' ) { $imax-- }
    my $i_begin = $imin;          # index for starting next iteration

    my $leading_spaces          = leading_spaces_to_go($imin);
    my $line_count              = 0;
    my $last_break_strength     = NO_BREAK;
    my $i_last_break            = -1;
    my $max_bias                = 0.001;
    my $tiny_bias               = 0.0001;
    my $leading_alignment_token = "";
    my $leading_alignment_type  = "";

    # see if any ?/:'s are in order
    my $colons_in_order = 1;
    my $last_tok        = "";
    my @colon_list  = grep /^[\?\:]$/, @tokens_to_go[ 0 .. $max_index_to_go ];
    my $colon_count = @colon_list;
    foreach (@colon_list) {
        if ( $_ eq $last_tok ) { $colons_in_order = 0; last }
        $last_tok = $_;
    }

    # This is a sufficient but not necessary condition for colon chain
    my $is_colon_chain = ( $colons_in_order && @colon_list > 2 );

    #-------------------------------------------------------
    # BEGINNING of main loop to set continuation breakpoints
    # Keep iterating until we reach the end
    #-------------------------------------------------------
    while ( $i_begin <= $imax ) {
        my $lowest_strength        = NO_BREAK;
        my $starting_sum           = $lengths_to_go[$i_begin];
        my $i_lowest               = -1;
        my $i_test                 = -1;
        my $lowest_next_token      = '';
        my $lowest_next_type       = 'b';
        my $i_lowest_next_nonblank = -1;

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # BEGINNING of inner loop to find the best next breakpoint
        #-------------------------------------------------------
        for ( $i_test = $i_begin ; $i_test <= $imax ; $i_test++ ) {
            my $type       = $types_to_go[$i_test];
            my $token      = $tokens_to_go[$i_test];
            my $next_type  = $types_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ];
            my $next_token = $tokens_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ];
            my $i_next_nonblank =
              ( ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ? $i_test + 2 : $i_test + 1 );
            my $next_nonblank_type       = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
            my $next_nonblank_token      = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
            my $next_nonblank_block_type = $block_type_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
            my $strength                 = $bond_strength_to_go[$i_test];

            # use old breaks as a tie-breaker.  For example to
            # prevent blinkers with -pbp in this code:

##@keywords{
##    qw/ARG OUTPUT PROTO CONSTRUCTOR RETURNS DESC PARAMS SEEALSO EXAMPLE/}
##    = ();

            # At the same time try to prevent a leading * in this code
            # with the default formatting:
            #
##                return
##                    factorial( $a + $b - 1 ) / factorial( $a - 1 ) / factorial( $b - 1 )
##                  * ( $x**( $a - 1 ) )
##                  * ( ( 1 - $x )**( $b - 1 ) );

            # reduce strength a bit to break ties at an old breakpoint ...
            $strength -= $tiny_bias
              if $old_breakpoint_to_go[$i_test]

              # which is a 'good' breakpoint, meaning ...
              # we don't want to break before it
              && !$want_break_before{$type}

              # and either we want to break before the next token
              # or the next token is not short (i.e. not a '*', '/' etc.)
              && $i_next_nonblank <= $imax
              && (
                $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_type}
                || ( $lengths_to_go[ $i_next_nonblank + 1 ] -
                    $lengths_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] > 2 )
                || $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\(\[\{L]$/
              );

            my $must_break = 0;

            # FIXME: Might want to be able to break after these
            # force an immediate break at certain operators
            # with lower level than the start of the line
            if (
                (
                    $next_nonblank_type =~ /^(\.|\&\&|\|\|)$/
                    || (   $next_nonblank_type eq 'k'
                        && $next_nonblank_token =~ /^(and|or)$/ )
                )
                && ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_begin] >
                    $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] )
              )
            {
                set_forced_breakpoint($i_next_nonblank);
            }

            if (

                # Try to put a break where requested by scan_list
                $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i_test]

                # break between ) { in a continued line so that the '{' can
                # be outdented
                # See similar logic in scan_list which catches instances
                # where a line is just something like ') {'
                || (   $line_count
                    && ( $token              eq ')' )
                    && ( $next_nonblank_type eq '{' )
                    && ($next_nonblank_block_type)
                    && !$rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'} )

                # There is an implied forced break at a terminal opening brace
                || ( ( $type eq '{' ) && ( $i_test == $imax ) )
              )
            {

                # Forced breakpoints must sometimes be overridden, for example
                # because of a side comment causing a NO_BREAK.  It is easier
                # to catch this here than when they are set.
                if ( $strength < NO_BREAK ) {
                    $strength   = $lowest_strength - $tiny_bias;
                    $must_break = 1;
                }
            }

            # quit if a break here would put a good terminal token on
            # the next line and we already have a possible break
            if (
                   !$must_break
                && ( $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\;\,]$/ )
                && (
                    (
                        $leading_spaces +
                        $lengths_to_go[ $i_next_nonblank + 1 ] -
                        $starting_sum
                    ) > $rOpts_maximum_line_length
                )
              )
            {
                last if ( $i_lowest >= 0 );
            }

            # Avoid a break which would strand a single punctuation
            # token.  For example, we do not want to strand a leading
            # '.' which is followed by a long quoted string.
            # But note that we do want to do this with -extrude (l=1)
            # so please test any changes to this code on -extrude.
            if (
                   !$must_break
                && ( $i_test == $i_begin )
                && ( $i_test < $imax )
                && ( $token eq $type )
                && (
                    (
                        $leading_spaces +
                        $lengths_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ] -
                        $starting_sum
                    ) < $rOpts_maximum_line_length
                )
              )
            {
                $i_test++;

                if ( ( $i_test < $imax ) && ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ) {
                    $i_test++;
                }
                redo;
            }

            if ( ( $strength <= $lowest_strength ) && ( $strength < NO_BREAK ) )
            {

                # break at previous best break if it would have produced
                # a leading alignment of certain common tokens, and it
                # is different from the latest candidate break
                last
                  if ($leading_alignment_type);

                # Force at least one breakpoint if old code had good
                # break It is only called if a breakpoint is required or
                # desired.  This will probably need some adjustments
                # over time.  A goal is to try to be sure that, if a new
                # side comment is introduced into formated text, then
                # the same breakpoints will occur.  scbreak.t
                last
                  if (
                    $i_test == $imax                # we are at the end
                    && !$forced_breakpoint_count    #
                    && $saw_good_break              # old line had good break
                    && $type =~ /^[#;\{]$/          # and this line ends in
                                                    # ';' or side comment
                    && $i_last_break < 0        # and we haven't made a break
                    && $i_lowest > 0            # and we saw a possible break
                    && $i_lowest < $imax - 1    # (but not just before this ;)
                    && $strength - $lowest_strength < 0.5 * WEAK # and it's good
                  );

                $lowest_strength        = $strength;
                $i_lowest               = $i_test;
                $lowest_next_token      = $next_nonblank_token;
                $lowest_next_type       = $next_nonblank_type;
                $i_lowest_next_nonblank = $i_next_nonblank;
                last if $must_break;

                # set flags to remember if a break here will produce a
                # leading alignment of certain common tokens
                if (   $line_count > 0
                    && $i_test < $imax
                    && ( $lowest_strength - $last_break_strength <= $max_bias )
                  )
                {
                    my $i_last_end = $i_begin - 1;
                    if ( $types_to_go[$i_last_end] eq 'b' ) { $i_last_end -= 1 }
                    my $tok_beg  = $tokens_to_go[$i_begin];
                    my $type_beg = $types_to_go[$i_begin];
                    if (

                        # check for leading alignment of certain tokens
                        (
                               $tok_beg eq $next_nonblank_token
                            && $is_chain_operator{$tok_beg}
                            && (   $type_beg eq 'k'
                                || $type_beg eq $tok_beg )
                            && $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_begin] >=
                            $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_next_nonblank]
                        )

                        || (   $tokens_to_go[$i_last_end] eq $token
                            && $is_chain_operator{$token}
                            && ( $type eq 'k' || $type eq $token )
                            && $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_last_end] >=
                            $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_test] )
                      )
                    {
                        $leading_alignment_token = $next_nonblank_token;
                        $leading_alignment_type  = $next_nonblank_type;
                    }
                }
            }

            my $too_long =
              ( $i_test >= $imax )
              ? 1
              : (
                (
                    $leading_spaces +
                      $lengths_to_go[ $i_test + 2 ] -
                      $starting_sum
                ) > $rOpts_maximum_line_length
              );

            FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK
              && print
"BREAK: testing i = $i_test imax=$imax $types_to_go[$i_test] $next_nonblank_type leading sp=($leading_spaces) next length = $lengths_to_go[$i_test+2] too_long=$too_long str=$strength\n";

            # allow one extra terminal token after exceeding line length
            # if it would strand this token.
            if (   $rOpts_fuzzy_line_length
                && $too_long
                && ( $i_lowest == $i_test )
                && ( length($token) > 1 )
                && ( $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\;\,]$/ ) )
            {
                $too_long = 0;
            }

            last
              if (
                ( $i_test == $imax )    # we're done if no more tokens,
                || (
                    ( $i_lowest >= 0 )    # or no more space and we have a break
                    && $too_long
                )
              );
        }

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # END of inner loop to find the best next breakpoint
        # Now decide exactly where to put the breakpoint
        #-------------------------------------------------------

        # it's always ok to break at imax if no other break was found
        if ( $i_lowest < 0 ) { $i_lowest = $imax }

        # semi-final index calculation
        my $i_next_nonblank = (
            ( $types_to_go[ $i_lowest + 1 ] eq 'b' )
            ? $i_lowest + 2
            : $i_lowest + 1
        );
        my $next_nonblank_type  = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
        my $next_nonblank_token = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # ?/: rule 1 : if a break here will separate a '?' on this
        # line from its closing ':', then break at the '?' instead.
        #-------------------------------------------------------
        my $i;
        foreach $i ( $i_begin + 1 .. $i_lowest - 1 ) {
            next unless ( $tokens_to_go[$i] eq '?' );

            # do not break if probable sequence of ?/: statements
            next if ($is_colon_chain);

            # do not break if statement is broken by side comment
            next
              if (
                $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq '#'
                && terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, 0,
                    $max_index_to_go ) !~ /^[\;\}]$/
              );

            # no break needed if matching : is also on the line
            next
              if ( $mate_index_to_go[$i] >= 0
                && $mate_index_to_go[$i] <= $i_next_nonblank );

            $i_lowest = $i;
            if ( $want_break_before{'?'} ) { $i_lowest-- }
            last;
        }

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # END of inner loop to find the best next breakpoint:
        # Break the line after the token with index i=$i_lowest
        #-------------------------------------------------------

        # final index calculation
        $i_next_nonblank = (
            ( $types_to_go[ $i_lowest + 1 ] eq 'b' )
            ? $i_lowest + 2
            : $i_lowest + 1
        );
        $next_nonblank_type  = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
        $next_nonblank_token = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];

        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK
          && print "BREAK: best is i = $i_lowest strength = $lowest_strength\n";

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # ?/: rule 2 : if we break at a '?', then break at its ':'
        #
        # Note: this rule is also in sub scan_list to handle a break
        # at the start and end of a line (in case breaks are dictated
        # by side comments).
        #-------------------------------------------------------
        if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '?' ) {
            set_closing_breakpoint($i_next_nonblank);
        }
        elsif ( $types_to_go[$i_lowest] eq '?' ) {
            set_closing_breakpoint($i_lowest);
        }

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # ?/: rule 3 : if we break at a ':' then we save
        # its location for further work below.  We may need to go
        # back and break at its '?'.
        #-------------------------------------------------------
        if ( $next_nonblank_type eq ':' ) {
            push @i_colon_breaks, $i_next_nonblank;
        }
        elsif ( $types_to_go[$i_lowest] eq ':' ) {
            push @i_colon_breaks, $i_lowest;
        }

        # here we should set breaks for all '?'/':' pairs which are
        # separated by this line

        $line_count++;

        # save this line segment, after trimming blanks at the ends
        push( @i_first,
            ( $types_to_go[$i_begin] eq 'b' ) ? $i_begin + 1 : $i_begin );
        push( @i_last,
            ( $types_to_go[$i_lowest] eq 'b' ) ? $i_lowest - 1 : $i_lowest );

        # set a forced breakpoint at a container opening, if necessary, to
        # signal a break at a closing container.  Excepting '(' for now.
        if ( $tokens_to_go[$i_lowest] =~ /^[\{\[]$/
            && !$forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i_lowest] )
        {
            set_closing_breakpoint($i_lowest);
        }

        # get ready to go again
        $i_begin                 = $i_lowest + 1;
        $last_break_strength     = $lowest_strength;
        $i_last_break            = $i_lowest;
        $leading_alignment_token = "";
        $leading_alignment_type  = "";
        $lowest_next_token       = '';
        $lowest_next_type        = 'b';

        if ( ( $i_begin <= $imax ) && ( $types_to_go[$i_begin] eq 'b' ) ) {
            $i_begin++;
        }

        # update indentation size
        if ( $i_begin <= $imax ) {
            $leading_spaces = leading_spaces_to_go($i_begin);
        }
    }

    #-------------------------------------------------------
    # END of main loop to set continuation breakpoints
    # Now go back and make any necessary corrections
    #-------------------------------------------------------

    #-------------------------------------------------------
    # ?/: rule 4 -- if we broke at a ':', then break at
    # corresponding '?' unless this is a chain of ?: expressions
    #-------------------------------------------------------
    if (@i_colon_breaks) {

        # using a simple method for deciding if we are in a ?/: chain --
        # this is a chain if it has multiple ?/: pairs all in order;
        # otherwise not.
        # Note that if line starts in a ':' we count that above as a break
        my $is_chain = ( $colons_in_order && @i_colon_breaks > 1 );

        unless ($is_chain) {
            my @insert_list = ();
            foreach (@i_colon_breaks) {
                my $i_question = $mate_index_to_go[$_];
                if ( $i_question >= 0 ) {
                    if ( $want_break_before{'?'} ) {
                        $i_question--;
                        if (   $i_question > 0
                            && $types_to_go[$i_question] eq 'b' )
                        {
                            $i_question--;
                        }
                    }

                    if ( $i_question >= 0 ) {
                        push @insert_list, $i_question;
                    }
                }
                insert_additional_breaks( \@insert_list, \@i_first, \@i_last );
            }
        }
    }
    return ( \@i_first, \@i_last, $colon_count );
}

sub insert_additional_breaks {

    # this routine will add line breaks at requested locations after
    # sub set_continuation_breaks has made preliminary breaks.

    my ( $ri_break_list, $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
    my $i_f;
    my $i_l;
    my $line_number = 0;
    my $i_break_left;
    foreach $i_break_left ( sort { $a <=> $b } @$ri_break_list ) {

        $i_f = $$ri_first[$line_number];
        $i_l = $$ri_last[$line_number];
        while ( $i_break_left >= $i_l ) {
            $line_number++;

            # shouldn't happen unless caller passes bad indexes
            if ( $line_number >= @$ri_last ) {
                warning(
"Non-fatal program bug: couldn't set break at $i_break_left\n"
                );
                report_definite_bug();
                return;
            }
            $i_f = $$ri_first[$line_number];
            $i_l = $$ri_last[$line_number];
        }

        # Do not leave a blank at the end of a line; back up if necessary
        if ( $types_to_go[$i_break_left] eq 'b' ) { $i_break_left-- }

        my $i_break_right = $i_break_left + 1;
        if ( $types_to_go[$i_break_right] eq 'b' ) { $i_break_right++ }

        if (   $i_break_left >= $i_f
            && $i_break_left < $i_l
            && $i_break_right > $i_f
            && $i_break_right <= $i_l )
        {
            splice( @$ri_first, $line_number, 1, ( $i_f, $i_break_right ) );
            splice( @$ri_last, $line_number, 1, ( $i_break_left, $i_l ) );
        }
    }
}

sub set_closing_breakpoint {

    # set a breakpoint at a matching closing token
    # at present, this is only used to break at a ':' which matches a '?'
    my $i_break = shift;

    if ( $mate_index_to_go[$i_break] >= 0 ) {

        # CAUTION: infinite recursion possible here:
        #   set_closing_breakpoint calls set_forced_breakpoint, and
        #   set_forced_breakpoint call set_closing_breakpoint
        #   ( test files attrib.t, BasicLyx.pm.html).
        # Don't reduce the '2' in the statement below
        if ( $mate_index_to_go[$i_break] > $i_break + 2 ) {

            # break before } ] and ), but sub set_forced_breakpoint will decide
            # to break before or after a ? and :
            my $inc = ( $tokens_to_go[$i_break] eq '?' ) ? 0 : 1;
            set_forced_breakpoint( $mate_index_to_go[$i_break] - $inc );
        }
    }
    else {
        my $type_sequence = $type_sequence_to_go[$i_break];
        if ($type_sequence) {
            my $closing_token = $matching_token{ $tokens_to_go[$i_break] };
            $postponed_breakpoint{$type_sequence} = 1;
        }
    }
}

# check to see if output line tabbing agrees with input line
# this can be very useful for debugging a script which has an extra
# or missing brace
sub compare_indentation_levels {

    my ( $python_indentation_level, $structural_indentation_level ) = @_;
    if ( ( $python_indentation_level ne $structural_indentation_level ) ) {
        $last_tabbing_disagreement = $input_line_number;

        if ($in_tabbing_disagreement) {
        }
        else {
            $tabbing_disagreement_count++;

            if ( $tabbing_disagreement_count <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
                write_logfile_entry(
"Start indentation disagreement: input=$python_indentation_level; output=$structural_indentation_level\n"
                );
            }
            $in_tabbing_disagreement    = $input_line_number;
            $first_tabbing_disagreement = $in_tabbing_disagreement
              unless ($first_tabbing_disagreement);
        }
    }
    else {

        if ($in_tabbing_disagreement) {

            if ( $tabbing_disagreement_count <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
                write_logfile_entry(
"End indentation disagreement from input line $in_tabbing_disagreement\n"
                );

                if ( $tabbing_disagreement_count == MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
                    write_logfile_entry(
                        "No further tabbing disagreements will be noted\n");
                }
            }
            $in_tabbing_disagreement = 0;
        }
    }
}

#####################################################################
#
# the Perl::Tidy::IndentationItem class supplies items which contain
# how much whitespace should be used at the start of a line
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::IndentationItem;

# Indexes for indentation items
use constant SPACES             => 0;     # total leading white spaces
use constant LEVEL              => 1;     # the indentation 'level'
use constant CI_LEVEL           => 2;     # the 'continuation level'
use constant AVAILABLE_SPACES   => 3;     # how many left spaces available
                                          # for this level
use constant CLOSED             => 4;     # index where we saw closing '}'
use constant COMMA_COUNT        => 5;     # how many commas at this level?
use constant SEQUENCE_NUMBER    => 6;     # output batch number
use constant INDEX              => 7;     # index in output batch list
use constant HAVE_CHILD         => 8;     # any dependents?
use constant RECOVERABLE_SPACES => 9;     # how many spaces to the right
                                          # we would like to move to get
                                          # alignment (negative if left)
use constant ALIGN_PAREN        => 10;    # do we want to try to align
                                          # with an opening structure?
use constant MARKED             => 11;    # if visited by corrector logic
use constant STACK_DEPTH        => 12;    # indentation nesting depth
use constant STARTING_INDEX     => 13;    # first token index of this level
use constant ARROW_COUNT        => 14;    # how many =>'s

sub new {

    # Create an 'indentation_item' which describes one level of leading
    # whitespace when the '-lp' indentation is used.  We return
    # a reference to an anonymous array of associated variables.
    # See above constants for storage scheme.
    my (
        $class,               $spaces,           $level,
        $ci_level,            $available_spaces, $index,
        $gnu_sequence_number, $align_paren,      $stack_depth,
        $starting_index,
    ) = @_;
    my $closed            = -1;
    my $arrow_count       = 0;
    my $comma_count       = 0;
    my $have_child        = 0;
    my $want_right_spaces = 0;
    my $marked            = 0;
    bless [
        $spaces,              $level,          $ci_level,
        $available_spaces,    $closed,         $comma_count,
        $gnu_sequence_number, $index,          $have_child,
        $want_right_spaces,   $align_paren,    $marked,
        $stack_depth,         $starting_index, $arrow_count,
    ], $class;
}

sub permanently_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES {

    # make a permanent reduction in the available indentation spaces
    # at one indentation item.  NOTE: if there are child nodes, their
    # total SPACES must be reduced by the caller.

    my ( $item, $spaces_needed ) = @_;
    my $available_spaces = $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();
    my $deleted_spaces =
      ( $available_spaces > $spaces_needed )
      ? $spaces_needed
      : $available_spaces;
    $item->decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
    $item->decrease_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
    $item->set_RECOVERABLE_SPACES(0);

    return $deleted_spaces;
}

sub tentatively_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES {

    # We are asked to tentatively delete $spaces_needed of indentation
    # for a indentation item.  We may want to undo this later.  NOTE: if
    # there are child nodes, their total SPACES must be reduced by the
    # caller.
    my ( $item, $spaces_needed ) = @_;
    my $available_spaces = $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();
    my $deleted_spaces =
      ( $available_spaces > $spaces_needed )
      ? $spaces_needed
      : $available_spaces;
    $item->decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
    $item->decrease_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
    $item->increase_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
    return $deleted_spaces;
}

sub get_STACK_DEPTH {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[STACK_DEPTH];
}

sub get_SPACES {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[SPACES];
}

sub get_MARKED {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[MARKED];
}

sub set_MARKED {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[MARKED] = $value;
    }
    return $self->[MARKED];
}

sub get_AVAILABLE_SPACES {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[AVAILABLE_SPACES];
}

sub decrease_SPACES {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[SPACES] -= $value;
    }
    return $self->[SPACES];
}

sub decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[AVAILABLE_SPACES] -= $value;
    }
    return $self->[AVAILABLE_SPACES];
}

sub get_ALIGN_PAREN {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[ALIGN_PAREN];
}

sub get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[RECOVERABLE_SPACES];
}

sub set_RECOVERABLE_SPACES {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[RECOVERABLE_SPACES] = $value;
    }
    return $self->[RECOVERABLE_SPACES];
}

sub increase_RECOVERABLE_SPACES {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[RECOVERABLE_SPACES] += $value;
    }
    return $self->[RECOVERABLE_SPACES];
}

sub get_CI_LEVEL {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[CI_LEVEL];
}

sub get_LEVEL {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[LEVEL];
}

sub get_SEQUENCE_NUMBER {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[SEQUENCE_NUMBER];
}

sub get_INDEX {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[INDEX];
}

sub get_STARTING_INDEX {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[STARTING_INDEX];
}

sub set_HAVE_CHILD {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[HAVE_CHILD] = $value;
    }
    return $self->[HAVE_CHILD];
}

sub get_HAVE_CHILD {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[HAVE_CHILD];
}

sub set_ARROW_COUNT {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[ARROW_COUNT] = $value;
    }
    return $self->[ARROW_COUNT];
}

sub get_ARROW_COUNT {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[ARROW_COUNT];
}

sub set_COMMA_COUNT {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[COMMA_COUNT] = $value;
    }
    return $self->[COMMA_COUNT];
}

sub get_COMMA_COUNT {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[COMMA_COUNT];
}

sub set_CLOSED {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[CLOSED] = $value;
    }
    return $self->[CLOSED];
}

sub get_CLOSED {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[CLOSED];
}

#####################################################################
#
# the Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Line class supplies an object to
# contain a single output line
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Line;

{

    use strict;
    use Carp;

    use constant JMAX                      => 0;
    use constant JMAX_ORIGINAL_LINE        => 1;
    use constant RTOKENS                   => 2;
    use constant RFIELDS                   => 3;
    use constant RPATTERNS                 => 4;
    use constant INDENTATION               => 5;
    use constant LEADING_SPACE_COUNT       => 6;
    use constant OUTDENT_LONG_LINES        => 7;
    use constant LIST_TYPE                 => 8;
    use constant IS_HANGING_SIDE_COMMENT   => 9;
    use constant RALIGNMENTS               => 10;
    use constant MAXIMUM_LINE_LENGTH       => 11;
    use constant RVERTICAL_TIGHTNESS_FLAGS => 12;

    my %_index_map;
    $_index_map{jmax}                      = JMAX;
    $_index_map{jmax_original_line}        = JMAX_ORIGINAL_LINE;
    $_index_map{rtokens}                   = RTOKENS;
    $_index_map{rfields}                   = RFIELDS;
    $_index_map{rpatterns}                 = RPATTERNS;
    $_index_map{indentation}               = INDENTATION;
    $_index_map{leading_space_count}       = LEADING_SPACE_COUNT;
    $_index_map{outdent_long_lines}        = OUTDENT_LONG_LINES;
    $_index_map{list_type}                 = LIST_TYPE;
    $_index_map{is_hanging_side_comment}   = IS_HANGING_SIDE_COMMENT;
    $_index_map{ralignments}               = RALIGNMENTS;
    $_index_map{maximum_line_length}       = MAXIMUM_LINE_LENGTH;
    $_index_map{rvertical_tightness_flags} = RVERTICAL_TIGHTNESS_FLAGS;

    my @_default_data = ();
    $_default_data[JMAX]                      = undef;
    $_default_data[JMAX_ORIGINAL_LINE]        = undef;
    $_default_data[RTOKENS]                   = undef;
    $_default_data[RFIELDS]                   = undef;
    $_default_data[RPATTERNS]                 = undef;
    $_default_data[INDENTATION]               = undef;
    $_default_data[LEADING_SPACE_COUNT]       = undef;
    $_default_data[OUTDENT_LONG_LINES]        = undef;
    $_default_data[LIST_TYPE]                 = undef;
    $_default_data[IS_HANGING_SIDE_COMMENT]   = undef;
    $_default_data[RALIGNMENTS]               = [];
    $_default_data[MAXIMUM_LINE_LENGTH]       = undef;
    $_default_data[RVERTICAL_TIGHTNESS_FLAGS] = undef;

    {

        # methods to count object population
        my $_count = 0;
        sub get_count        { $_count; }
        sub _increment_count { ++$_count }
        sub _decrement_count { --$_count }
    }

    # Constructor may be called as a class method
    sub new {
        my ( $caller, %arg ) = @_;
        my $caller_is_obj = ref($caller);
        my $class = $caller_is_obj || $caller;
        no strict "refs";
        my $self = bless [], $class;

        $self->[RALIGNMENTS] = [];

        my $index;
        foreach ( keys %_index_map ) {
            $index = $_index_map{$_};
            if    ( exists $arg{$_} ) { $self->[$index] = $arg{$_} }
            elsif ($caller_is_obj)    { $self->[$index] = $caller->[$index] }
            else { $self->[$index] = $_default_data[$index] }
        }

        $self->_increment_count();
        return $self;
    }

    sub DESTROY {
        $_[0]->_decrement_count();
    }

    sub get_jmax                      { $_[0]->[JMAX] }
    sub get_jmax_original_line        { $_[0]->[JMAX_ORIGINAL_LINE] }
    sub get_rtokens                   { $_[0]->[RTOKENS] }
    sub get_rfields                   { $_[0]->[RFIELDS] }
    sub get_rpatterns                 { $_[0]->[RPATTERNS] }
    sub get_indentation               { $_[0]->[INDENTATION] }
    sub get_leading_space_count       { $_[0]->[LEADING_SPACE_COUNT] }
    sub get_outdent_long_lines        { $_[0]->[OUTDENT_LONG_LINES] }
    sub get_list_type                 { $_[0]->[LIST_TYPE] }
    sub get_is_hanging_side_comment   { $_[0]->[IS_HANGING_SIDE_COMMENT] }
    sub get_rvertical_tightness_flags { $_[0]->[RVERTICAL_TIGHTNESS_FLAGS] }

    sub set_column     { $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ]->set_column( $_[2] ) }
    sub get_alignment  { $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ] }
    sub get_alignments { @{ $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS] } }
    sub get_column     { $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ]->get_column() }

    sub get_starting_column {
        $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ]->get_starting_column();
    }

    sub increment_column {
        $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ]->increment_column( $_[2] );
    }
    sub set_alignments { my $self = shift; @{ $self->[RALIGNMENTS] } = @_; }

    sub current_field_width {
        my $self = shift;
        my ($j) = @_;
        if ( $j == 0 ) {
            return $self->get_column($j);
        }
        else {
            return $self->get_column($j) - $self->get_column( $j - 1 );
        }
    }

    sub field_width_growth {
        my $self = shift;
        my $j    = shift;
        return $self->get_column($j) - $self->get_starting_column($j);
    }

    sub starting_field_width {
        my $self = shift;
        my $j    = shift;
        if ( $j == 0 ) {
            return $self->get_starting_column($j);
        }
        else {
            return $self->get_starting_column($j) -
              $self->get_starting_column( $j - 1 );
        }
    }

    sub increase_field_width {

        my $self = shift;
        my ( $j, $pad ) = @_;
        my $jmax = $self->get_jmax();
        for my $k ( $j .. $jmax ) {
            $self->increment_column( $k, $pad );
        }
    }

    sub get_available_space_on_right {
        my $self = shift;
        my $jmax = $self->get_jmax();
        return $self->[MAXIMUM_LINE_LENGTH] - $self->get_column($jmax);
    }

    sub set_jmax                    { $_[0]->[JMAX]                    = $_[1] }
    sub set_jmax_original_line      { $_[0]->[JMAX_ORIGINAL_LINE]      = $_[1] }
    sub set_rtokens                 { $_[0]->[RTOKENS]                 = $_[1] }
    sub set_rfields                 { $_[0]->[RFIELDS]                 = $_[1] }
    sub set_rpatterns               { $_[0]->[RPATTERNS]               = $_[1] }
    sub set_indentation             { $_[0]->[INDENTATION]             = $_[1] }
    sub set_leading_space_count     { $_[0]->[LEADING_SPACE_COUNT]     = $_[1] }
    sub set_outdent_long_lines      { $_[0]->[OUTDENT_LONG_LINES]      = $_[1] }
    sub set_list_type               { $_[0]->[LIST_TYPE]               = $_[1] }
    sub set_is_hanging_side_comment { $_[0]->[IS_HANGING_SIDE_COMMENT] = $_[1] }
    sub set_alignment               { $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ]  = $_[2] }

}

#####################################################################
#
# the Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Alignment class holds information
# on a single column being aligned
#
#####################################################################
package Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Alignment;

{

    use strict;

    #use Carp;

    # Symbolic array indexes
    use constant COLUMN          => 0;    # the current column number
    use constant STARTING_COLUMN => 1;    # column number when created
    use constant MATCHING_TOKEN  => 2;    # what token we are matching
    use constant STARTING_LINE   => 3;    # the line index of creation
    use constant ENDING_LINE     => 4;    # the most recent line to use it
    use constant SAVED_COLUMN    => 5;    # the most recent line to use it
    use constant SERIAL_NUMBER   => 6;    # unique number for this alignment
                                          # (just its index in an array)

    # Correspondence between variables and array indexes
    my %_index_map;
    $_index_map{column}          = COLUMN;
    $_index_map{starting_column} = STARTING_COLUMN;
    $_index_map{matching_token}  = MATCHING_TOKEN;
    $_index_map{starting_line}   = STARTING_LINE;
    $_index_map{ending_line}     = ENDING_LINE;
    $_index_map{saved_column}    = SAVED_COLUMN;
    $_index_map{serial_number}   = SERIAL_NUMBER;

    my @_default_data = ();
    $_default_data[COLUMN]          = undef;
    $_default_data[STARTING_COLUMN] = undef;
    $_default_data[MATCHING_TOKEN]  = undef;
    $_default_data[STARTING_LINE]   = undef;
    $_default_data[ENDING_LINE]     = undef;
    $_default_data[SAVED_COLUMN]    = undef;
    $_default_data[SERIAL_NUMBER]   = undef;

    # class population count
    {
        my $_count = 0;
        sub get_count        { $_count; }
        sub _increment_count { ++$_count }
        sub _decrement_count { --$_count }
    }

    # constructor
    sub new {
        my ( $caller, %arg ) = @_;
        my $caller_is_obj = ref($caller);
        my $class = $caller_is_obj || $caller;
        no strict "refs";
        my $self = bless [], $class;

        foreach ( keys %_index_map ) {
            my $index = $_index_map{$_};
            if    ( exists $arg{$_} ) { $self->[$index] = $arg{$_} }
            elsif ($caller_is_obj)    { $self->[$index] = $caller->[$index] }
            else { $self->[$index] = $_default_data[$index] }
        }
        $self->_increment_count();
        return $self;
    }

    sub DESTROY {
        $_[0]->_decrement_count();
    }

    sub get_column          { return $_[0]->[COLUMN] }
    sub get_starting_column { return $_[0]->[STARTING_COLUMN] }
    sub get_matching_token  { return $_[0]->[MATCHING_TOKEN] }
    sub get_starting_line   { return $_[0]->[STARTING_LINE] }
    sub get_ending_line     { return $_[0]->[ENDING_LINE] }
    sub get_serial_number   { return $_[0]->[SERIAL_NUMBER] }

    sub set_column          { $_[0]->[COLUMN]          = $_[1] }
    sub set_starting_column { $_[0]->[STARTING_COLUMN] = $_[1] }
    sub set_matching_token  { $_[0]->[MATCHING_TOKEN]  = $_[1] }
    sub set_starting_line   { $_[0]->[STARTING_LINE]   = $_[1] }
    sub set_ending_line     { $_[0]->[ENDING_LINE]     = $_[1] }
    sub increment_column { $_[0]->[COLUMN] += $_[1] }

    sub save_column    { $_[0]->[SAVED_COLUMN] = $_[0]->[COLUMN] }
    sub restore_column { $_[0]->[COLUMN]       = $_[0]->[SAVED_COLUMN] }

}

package Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner;

# The Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner package collects output lines and
# attempts to line up certain common tokens, such as => and #, which are
# identified by the calling routine.
#
# There are two main routines: append_line and flush.  Append acts as a
# storage buffer, collecting lines into a group which can be vertically
# aligned.  When alignment is no longer possible or desirable, it dumps
# the group to flush.
#
#     append_line -----> flush
#
#     collects          writes
#     vertical          one
#     groups            group

BEGIN {

    # Caution: these debug flags produce a lot of output
    # They should all be 0 except when debugging small scripts

    use constant VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND  => 0;
    use constant VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 => 0;
    use constant VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TERNARY => 0;

    my $debug_warning = sub {
        print "VALIGN_DEBUGGING with key $_[0]\n";
    };

    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND  && $debug_warning->('APPEND');
    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 && $debug_warning->('APPEND0');

}

use vars qw(
  $vertical_aligner_self
  $current_line
  $maximum_alignment_index
  $ralignment_list
  $maximum_jmax_seen
  $minimum_jmax_seen
  $previous_minimum_jmax_seen
  $previous_maximum_jmax_seen
  $maximum_line_index
  $group_level
  $group_type
  $group_maximum_gap
  $marginal_match
  $last_group_level_written
  $last_leading_space_count
  $extra_indent_ok
  $zero_count
  @group_lines
  $last_comment_column
  $last_side_comment_line_number
  $last_side_comment_length
  $last_side_comment_level
  $outdented_line_count
  $first_outdented_line_at
  $last_outdented_line_at
  $diagnostics_object
  $logger_object
  $file_writer_object
  @side_comment_history
  $comment_leading_space_count
  $is_matching_terminal_line

  $cached_line_text
  $cached_line_type
  $cached_line_flag
  $cached_seqno
  $cached_line_valid
  $cached_line_leading_space_count
  $cached_seqno_string

  $seqno_string
  $last_nonblank_seqno_string

  $rOpts

  $rOpts_maximum_line_length
  $rOpts_continuation_indentation
  $rOpts_indent_columns
  $rOpts_tabs
  $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace
  $rOpts_valign

  $rOpts_fixed_position_side_comment
  $rOpts_minimum_space_to_comment

);

sub initialize {

    my $class;

    ( $class, $rOpts, $file_writer_object, $logger_object, $diagnostics_object )
      = @_;

    # variables describing the entire space group:
    $ralignment_list            = [];
    $group_level                = 0;
    $last_group_level_written   = -1;
    $extra_indent_ok            = 0;    # can we move all lines to the right?
    $last_side_comment_length   = 0;
    $maximum_jmax_seen          = 0;
    $minimum_jmax_seen          = 0;
    $previous_minimum_jmax_seen = 0;
    $previous_maximum_jmax_seen = 0;

    # variables describing each line of the group
    @group_lines = ();                  # list of all lines in group

    $outdented_line_count          = 0;
    $first_outdented_line_at       = 0;
    $last_outdented_line_at        = 0;
    $last_side_comment_line_number = 0;
    $last_side_comment_level       = -1;
    $is_matching_terminal_line     = 0;

    # most recent 3 side comments; [ line number, column ]
    $side_comment_history[0] = [ -300, 0 ];
    $side_comment_history[1] = [ -200, 0 ];
    $side_comment_history[2] = [ -100, 0 ];

    # write_leader_and_string cache:
    $cached_line_text                = "";
    $cached_line_type                = 0;
    $cached_line_flag                = 0;
    $cached_seqno                    = 0;
    $cached_line_valid               = 0;
    $cached_line_leading_space_count = 0;
    $cached_seqno_string             = "";

    # string of sequence numbers joined together
    $seqno_string               = "";
    $last_nonblank_seqno_string = "";

    # frequently used parameters
    $rOpts_indent_columns           = $rOpts->{'indent-columns'};
    $rOpts_tabs                     = $rOpts->{'tabs'};
    $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace = $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'};
    $rOpts_fixed_position_side_comment =
      $rOpts->{'fixed-position-side-comment'};
    $rOpts_minimum_space_to_comment = $rOpts->{'minimum-space-to-comment'};
    $rOpts_maximum_line_length      = $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'};
    $rOpts_valign                   = $rOpts->{'valign'};

    forget_side_comment();

    initialize_for_new_group();

    $vertical_aligner_self = {};
    bless $vertical_aligner_self, $class;
    return $vertical_aligner_self;
}

sub initialize_for_new_group {
    $maximum_line_index      = -1;      # lines in the current group
    $maximum_alignment_index = -1;      # alignments in current group
    $zero_count              = 0;       # count consecutive lines without tokens
    $current_line            = undef;   # line being matched for alignment
    $group_maximum_gap       = 0;       # largest gap introduced
    $group_type              = "";
    $marginal_match          = 0;
    $comment_leading_space_count = 0;
    $last_leading_space_count    = 0;
}

# interface to Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics routines
sub write_diagnostics {
    if ($diagnostics_object) {
        $diagnostics_object->write_diagnostics(@_);
    }
}

# interface to Perl::Tidy::Logger routines
sub warning {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->warning(@_);
    }
}

sub write_logfile_entry {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(@_);
    }
}

sub report_definite_bug {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->report_definite_bug();
    }
}

sub get_SPACES {

    # return the number of leading spaces associated with an indentation
    # variable $indentation is either a constant number of spaces or an
    # object with a get_SPACES method.
    my $indentation = shift;
    return ref($indentation) ? $indentation->get_SPACES() : $indentation;
}

sub get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES {

    # return the number of spaces (+ means shift right, - means shift left)
    # that we would like to shift a group of lines with the same indentation
    # to get them to line up with their opening parens
    my $indentation = shift;
    return ref($indentation) ? $indentation->get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES() : 0;
}

sub get_STACK_DEPTH {

    my $indentation = shift;
    return ref($indentation) ? $indentation->get_STACK_DEPTH() : 0;
}

sub make_alignment {
    my ( $col, $token ) = @_;

    # make one new alignment at column $col which aligns token $token
    ++$maximum_alignment_index;
    my $alignment = new Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Alignment(
        column          => $col,
        starting_column => $col,
        matching_token  => $token,
        starting_line   => $maximum_line_index,
        ending_line     => $maximum_line_index,
        serial_number   => $maximum_alignment_index,
    );
    $ralignment_list->[$maximum_alignment_index] = $alignment;
    return $alignment;
}

sub dump_alignments {
    print
"Current Alignments:\ni\ttoken\tstarting_column\tcolumn\tstarting_line\tending_line\n";
    for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_alignment_index ) {
        my $column          = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_column();
        my $starting_column = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_starting_column();
        my $matching_token  = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_matching_token();
        my $starting_line   = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_starting_line();
        my $ending_line     = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_ending_line();
        print
"$i\t$matching_token\t$starting_column\t$column\t$starting_line\t$ending_line\n";
    }
}

sub save_alignment_columns {
    for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_alignment_index ) {
        $ralignment_list->[$i]->save_column();
    }
}

sub restore_alignment_columns {
    for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_alignment_index ) {
        $ralignment_list->[$i]->restore_column();
    }
}

sub forget_side_comment {
    $last_comment_column = 0;
}

sub append_line {

    # sub append is called to place one line in the current vertical group.
    #
    # The input parameters are:
    #     $level = indentation level of this line
    #     $rfields = reference to array of fields
    #     $rpatterns = reference to array of patterns, one per field
    #     $rtokens   = reference to array of tokens starting fields 1,2,..
    #
    # Here is an example of what this package does.  In this example,
    # we are trying to line up both the '=>' and the '#'.
    #
    #         '18' => 'grave',    #   \`
    #         '19' => 'acute',    #   `'
    #         '20' => 'caron',    #   \v
    # <-tabs-><--field 2 ---><-f3->
    # |            |              |    |
    # |            |              |    |
    # col1        col2         col3 col4
    #
    # The calling routine has already broken the entire line into 3 fields as
    # indicated.  (So the work of identifying promising common tokens has
    # already been done).
    #
    # In this example, there will be 2 tokens being matched: '=>' and '#'.
    # They are the leading parts of fields 2 and 3, but we do need to know
    # what they are so that we can dump a group of lines when these tokens
    # change.
    #
    # The fields contain the actual characters of each field.  The patterns
    # are like the fields, but they contain mainly token types instead
    # of tokens, so they have fewer characters.  They are used to be
    # sure we are matching fields of similar type.
    #
    # In this example, there will be 4 column indexes being adjusted.  The
    # first one is always at zero.  The interior columns are at the start of
    # the matching tokens, and the last one tracks the maximum line length.
    #
    # Basically, each time a new line comes in, it joins the current vertical
    # group if possible.  Otherwise it causes the current group to be dumped
    # and a new group is started.
    #
    # For each new group member, the column locations are increased, as
    # necessary, to make room for the new fields.  When the group is finally
    # output, these column numbers are used to compute the amount of spaces of
    # padding needed for each field.
    #
    # Programming note: the fields are assumed not to have any tab characters.
    # Tabs have been previously removed except for tabs in quoted strings and
    # side comments.  Tabs in these fields can mess up the column counting.
    # The log file warns the user if there are any such tabs.

    my (
        $level,               $level_end,
        $indentation,         $rfields,
        $rtokens,             $rpatterns,
        $is_forced_break,     $outdent_long_lines,
        $is_terminal_ternary, $is_terminal_statement,
        $do_not_pad,          $rvertical_tightness_flags,
        $level_jump,
    ) = @_;

    # number of fields is $jmax
    # number of tokens between fields is $jmax-1
    my $jmax = $#{$rfields};

    my $leading_space_count = get_SPACES($indentation);

    # set outdented flag to be sure we either align within statements or
    # across statement boundaries, but not both.
    my $is_outdented = $last_leading_space_count > $leading_space_count;
    $last_leading_space_count = $leading_space_count;

    # Patch: undo for hanging side comment
    my $is_hanging_side_comment =
      ( $jmax == 1 && $rtokens->[0] eq '#' && $rfields->[0] =~ /^\s*$/ );
    $is_outdented = 0 if $is_hanging_side_comment;

    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 && do {
        print
"APPEND0: entering lines=$maximum_line_index new #fields= $jmax, leading_count=$leading_space_count last_cmt=$last_comment_column force=$is_forced_break\n";
    };

    # Validate cached line if necessary: If we can produce a container
    # with just 2 lines total by combining an existing cached opening
    # token with the closing token to follow, then we will mark both
    # cached flags as valid.
    if ($rvertical_tightness_flags) {
        if (   $maximum_line_index <= 0
            && $cached_line_type
            && $cached_seqno
            && $rvertical_tightness_flags->[2]
            && $rvertical_tightness_flags->[2] == $cached_seqno )
        {
            $rvertical_tightness_flags->[3] ||= 1;
            $cached_line_valid ||= 1;
        }
    }

    # do not join an opening block brace with an unbalanced line
    # unless requested with a flag value of 2
    if (   $cached_line_type == 3
        && $maximum_line_index < 0
        && $cached_line_flag < 2
        && $level_jump != 0 )
    {
        $cached_line_valid = 0;
    }

    # patch until new aligner is finished
    if ($do_not_pad) { my_flush() }

    # shouldn't happen:
    if ( $level < 0 ) { $level = 0 }

    # do not align code across indentation level changes
    # or if vertical alignment is turned off for debugging
    if ( $level != $group_level || $is_outdented || !$rOpts_valign ) {

        # we are allowed to shift a group of lines to the right if its
        # level is greater than the previous and next group
        $extra_indent_ok =
          ( $level < $group_level && $last_group_level_written < $group_level );

        my_flush();

        # If we know that this line will get flushed out by itself because
        # of level changes, we can leave the extra_indent_ok flag set.
        # That way, if we get an external flush call, we will still be
        # able to do some -lp alignment if necessary.
        $extra_indent_ok = ( $is_terminal_statement && $level > $group_level );

        $group_level = $level;

        # wait until after the above flush to get the leading space
        # count because it may have been changed if the -icp flag is in
        # effect
        $leading_space_count = get_SPACES($indentation);

    }

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Patch to collect outdentable block COMMENTS
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    my $is_blank_line = "";
    my $is_block_comment = ( $jmax == 0 && $rfields->[0] =~ /^#/ );
    if ( $group_type eq 'COMMENT' ) {
        if (
            (
                   $is_block_comment
                && $outdent_long_lines
                && $leading_space_count == $comment_leading_space_count
            )
            || $is_blank_line
          )
        {
            $group_lines[ ++$maximum_line_index ] = $rfields->[0];
            return;
        }
        else {
            my_flush();
        }
    }

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # add dummy fields for terminal ternary
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    my $j_terminal_match;
    if ( $is_terminal_ternary && $current_line ) {
        $j_terminal_match =
          fix_terminal_ternary( $rfields, $rtokens, $rpatterns );
        $jmax = @{$rfields} - 1;
    }

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # add dummy fields for else statement
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    if (   $rfields->[0] =~ /^else\s*$/
        && $current_line
        && $level_jump == 0 )
    {
        $j_terminal_match = fix_terminal_else( $rfields, $rtokens, $rpatterns );
        $jmax = @{$rfields} - 1;
    }

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Step 1. Handle simple line of code with no fields to match.
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    if ( $jmax <= 0 ) {
        $zero_count++;

        if ( $maximum_line_index >= 0
            && !get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES( $group_lines[0]->get_indentation() ) )
        {

            # flush the current group if it has some aligned columns..
            if ( $group_lines[0]->get_jmax() > 1 ) { my_flush() }

            # flush current group if we are just collecting side comments..
            elsif (

                # ...and we haven't seen a comment lately
                ( $zero_count > 3 )

                # ..or if this new line doesn't fit to the left of the comments
                || ( ( $leading_space_count + length( $$rfields[0] ) ) >
                    $group_lines[0]->get_column(0) )
              )
            {
                my_flush();
            }
        }

        # patch to start new COMMENT group if this comment may be outdented
        if (   $is_block_comment
            && $outdent_long_lines
            && $maximum_line_index < 0 )
        {
            $group_type                           = 'COMMENT';
            $comment_leading_space_count          = $leading_space_count;
            $group_lines[ ++$maximum_line_index ] = $rfields->[0];
            return;
        }

        # just write this line directly if no current group, no side comment,
        # and no space recovery is needed.
        if ( $maximum_line_index < 0 && !get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($indentation) )
        {
            write_leader_and_string( $leading_space_count, $$rfields[0], 0,
                $outdent_long_lines, $rvertical_tightness_flags );
            return;
        }
    }
    else {
        $zero_count = 0;
    }

    # programming check: (shouldn't happen)
    # an error here implies an incorrect call was made
    if ( $jmax > 0 && ( $#{$rtokens} != ( $jmax - 1 ) ) ) {
        warning(
"Program bug in Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner - number of tokens = $#{$rtokens} should be one less than number of fields: $#{$rfields})\n"
        );
        report_definite_bug();
    }

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # create an object to hold this line
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    my $new_line = new Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Line(
        jmax                      => $jmax,
        jmax_original_line        => $jmax,
        rtokens                   => $rtokens,
        rfields                   => $rfields,
        rpatterns                 => $rpatterns,
        indentation               => $indentation,
        leading_space_count       => $leading_space_count,
        outdent_long_lines        => $outdent_long_lines,
        list_type                 => "",
        is_hanging_side_comment   => $is_hanging_side_comment,
        maximum_line_length       => $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'},
        rvertical_tightness_flags => $rvertical_tightness_flags,
    );

    # Initialize a global flag saying if the last line of the group should
    # match end of group and also terminate the group.  There should be no
    # returns between here and where the flag is handled at the bottom.
    my $col_matching_terminal = 0;
    if ( defined($j_terminal_match) ) {

        # remember the column of the terminal ? or { to match with
        $col_matching_terminal = $current_line->get_column($j_terminal_match);

        # set global flag for sub decide_if_aligned
        $is_matching_terminal_line = 1;
    }

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # It simplifies things to create a zero length side comment
    # if none exists.
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    make_side_comment( $new_line, $level_end );

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Decide if this is a simple list of items.
    # There are 3 list types: none, comma, comma-arrow.
    # We use this below to be less restrictive in deciding what to align.
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    if ($is_forced_break) {
        decide_if_list($new_line);
    }

    if ($current_line) {

        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        # Allow hanging side comment to join current group, if any
        # This will help keep side comments aligned, because otherwise we
        # will have to start a new group, making alignment less likely.
        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        join_hanging_comment( $new_line, $current_line )
          if $is_hanging_side_comment;

        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        # If there is just one previous line, and it has more fields
        # than the new line, try to join fields together to get a match with
        # the new line.  At the present time, only a single leading '=' is
        # allowed to be compressed out.  This is useful in rare cases where
        # a table is forced to use old breakpoints because of side comments,
        # and the table starts out something like this:
        #   my %MonthChars = ('0', 'Jan',   # side comment
        #                     '1', 'Feb',
        #                     '2', 'Mar',
        # Eliminating the '=' field will allow the remaining fields to line up.
        # This situation does not occur if there are no side comments
        # because scan_list would put a break after the opening '('.
        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        eliminate_old_fields( $new_line, $current_line );

        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        # If the new line has more fields than the current group,
        # see if we can match the first fields and combine the remaining
        # fields of the new line.
        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        eliminate_new_fields( $new_line, $current_line );

        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        # Flush previous group unless all common tokens and patterns match..
        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        check_match( $new_line, $current_line );

        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        # See if there is space for this line in the current group (if any)
        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        if ($current_line) {
            check_fit( $new_line, $current_line );
        }
    }

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Append this line to the current group (or start new group)
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    accept_line($new_line);

    # Future update to allow this to vary:
    $current_line = $new_line if ( $maximum_line_index == 0 );

    # output this group if it ends in a terminal else or ternary line
    if ( defined($j_terminal_match) ) {

        # if there is only one line in the group (maybe due to failure to match
        # perfectly with previous lines), then align the ? or { of this
        # terminal line with the previous one unless that would make the line
        # too long
        if ( $maximum_line_index == 0 ) {
            my $col_now = $current_line->get_column($j_terminal_match);
            my $pad     = $col_matching_terminal - $col_now;
            my $padding_available =
              $current_line->get_available_space_on_right();
            if ( $pad > 0 && $pad <= $padding_available ) {
                $current_line->increase_field_width( $j_terminal_match, $pad );
            }
        }
        my_flush();
        $is_matching_terminal_line = 0;
    }

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Step 8. Some old debugging stuff
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND && do {
        print "APPEND fields:";
        dump_array(@$rfields);
        print "APPEND tokens:";
        dump_array(@$rtokens);
        print "APPEND patterns:";
        dump_array(@$rpatterns);
        dump_alignments();
    };

    return;
}

sub join_hanging_comment {

    my $line = shift;
    my $jmax = $line->get_jmax();
    return 0 unless $jmax == 1;    # must be 2 fields
    my $rtokens = $line->get_rtokens();
    return 0 unless $$rtokens[0] eq '#';    # the second field is a comment..
    my $rfields = $line->get_rfields();
    return 0 unless $$rfields[0] =~ /^\s*$/;    # the first field is empty...
    my $old_line            = shift;
    my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();
    return 0
      unless $maximum_field_index > $jmax;    # the current line has more fields
    my $rpatterns = $line->get_rpatterns();

    $line->set_is_hanging_side_comment(1);
    $jmax = $maximum_field_index;
    $line->set_jmax($jmax);
    $$rfields[$jmax]         = $$rfields[1];
    $$rtokens[ $jmax - 1 ]   = $$rtokens[0];
    $$rpatterns[ $jmax - 1 ] = $$rpatterns[0];
    for ( my $j = 1 ; $j < $jmax ; $j++ ) {
        $$rfields[$j]         = " ";  # NOTE: caused glitch unless 1 blank, why?
        $$rtokens[ $j - 1 ]   = "";
        $$rpatterns[ $j - 1 ] = "";
    }
    return 1;
}

sub eliminate_old_fields {

    my $new_line = shift;
    my $jmax     = $new_line->get_jmax();
    if ( $jmax > $maximum_jmax_seen ) { $maximum_jmax_seen = $jmax }
    if ( $jmax < $minimum_jmax_seen ) { $minimum_jmax_seen = $jmax }

    # there must be one previous line
    return unless ( $maximum_line_index == 0 );

    my $old_line            = shift;
    my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();

    ###############################################
    # this line must have fewer fields
    return unless $maximum_field_index > $jmax;
    ###############################################

    # Identify specific cases where field elimination is allowed:
    # case=1: both lines have comma-separated lists, and the first
    #         line has an equals
    # case=2: both lines have leading equals

    # case 1 is the default
    my $case = 1;

    # See if case 2: both lines have leading '='
    # We'll require smiliar leading patterns in this case
    my $old_rtokens   = $old_line->get_rtokens();
    my $rtokens       = $new_line->get_rtokens();
    my $rpatterns     = $new_line->get_rpatterns();
    my $old_rpatterns = $old_line->get_rpatterns();
    if (   $rtokens->[0] =~ /^=\d*$/
        && $old_rtokens->[0]   eq $rtokens->[0]
        && $old_rpatterns->[0] eq $rpatterns->[0] )
    {
        $case = 2;
    }

    # not too many fewer fields in new line for case 1
    return unless ( $case != 1 || $maximum_field_index - 2 <= $jmax );

    # case 1 must have side comment
    my $old_rfields = $old_line->get_rfields();
    return
      if ( $case == 1
        && length( $$old_rfields[$maximum_field_index] ) == 0 );

    my $rfields = $new_line->get_rfields();

    my $hid_equals = 0;

    my @new_alignments        = ();
    my @new_fields            = ();
    my @new_matching_patterns = ();
    my @new_matching_tokens   = ();

    my $j = 0;
    my $k;
    my $current_field   = '';
    my $current_pattern = '';

    # loop over all old tokens
    my $in_match = 0;
    for ( $k = 0 ; $k < $maximum_field_index ; $k++ ) {
        $current_field   .= $$old_rfields[$k];
        $current_pattern .= $$old_rpatterns[$k];
        last if ( $j > $jmax - 1 );

        if ( $$old_rtokens[$k] eq $$rtokens[$j] ) {
            $in_match                  = 1;
            $new_fields[$j]            = $current_field;
            $new_matching_patterns[$j] = $current_pattern;
            $current_field             = '';
            $current_pattern           = '';
            $new_matching_tokens[$j]   = $$old_rtokens[$k];
            $new_alignments[$j]        = $old_line->get_alignment($k);
            $j++;
        }
        else {

            if ( $$old_rtokens[$k] =~ /^\=\d*$/ ) {
                last if ( $case == 2 );    # avoid problems with stuff
                                           # like:   $a=$b=$c=$d;
                $hid_equals = 1;
            }
            last
              if ( $in_match && $case == 1 )
              ;    # disallow gaps in matching field types in case 1
        }
    }

    # Modify the current state if we are successful.
    # We must exactly reach the ends of both lists for success.
    if (   ( $j == $jmax )
        && ( $current_field eq '' )
        && ( $case != 1 || $hid_equals ) )
    {
        $k = $maximum_field_index;
        $current_field   .= $$old_rfields[$k];
        $current_pattern .= $$old_rpatterns[$k];
        $new_fields[$j]            = $current_field;
        $new_matching_patterns[$j] = $current_pattern;

        $new_alignments[$j] = $old_line->get_alignment($k);
        $maximum_field_index = $j;

        $old_line->set_alignments(@new_alignments);
        $old_line->set_jmax($jmax);
        $old_line->set_rtokens( \@new_matching_tokens );
        $old_line->set_rfields( \@new_fields );
        $old_line->set_rpatterns( \@$rpatterns );
    }
}

# create an empty side comment if none exists
sub make_side_comment {
    my $new_line  = shift;
    my $level_end = shift;
    my $jmax      = $new_line->get_jmax();
    my $rtokens   = $new_line->get_rtokens();

    # if line does not have a side comment...
    if ( ( $jmax == 0 ) || ( $$rtokens[ $jmax - 1 ] ne '#' ) ) {
        my $rfields   = $new_line->get_rfields();
        my $rpatterns = $new_line->get_rpatterns();
        $$rtokens[$jmax]     = '#';
        $$rfields[ ++$jmax ] = '';
        $$rpatterns[$jmax]   = '#';
        $new_line->set_jmax($jmax);
        $new_line->set_jmax_original_line($jmax);
    }

    # line has a side comment..
    else {

        # don't remember old side comment location for very long
        my $line_number = $vertical_aligner_self->get_output_line_number();
        my $rfields     = $new_line->get_rfields();
        if (
            $line_number - $last_side_comment_line_number > 12

            # and don't remember comment location across block level changes
            || ( $level_end < $last_side_comment_level && $$rfields[0] =~ /^}/ )
          )
        {
            forget_side_comment();
        }
        $last_side_comment_line_number = $line_number;
        $last_side_comment_level       = $level_end;
    }
}

sub decide_if_list {

    my $line = shift;

    # A list will be taken to be a line with a forced break in which all
    # of the field separators are commas or comma-arrows (except for the
    # trailing #)

    # List separator tokens are things like ',3'   or '=>2',
    # where the trailing digit is the nesting depth.  Allow braces
    # to allow nested list items.
    my $rtokens    = $line->get_rtokens();
    my $test_token = $$rtokens[0];
    if ( $test_token =~ /^(\,|=>)/ ) {
        my $list_type = $test_token;
        my $jmax      = $line->get_jmax();

        foreach ( 1 .. $jmax - 2 ) {
            if ( $$rtokens[$_] !~ /^(\,|=>|\{)/ ) {
                $list_type = "";
                last;
            }
        }
        $line->set_list_type($list_type);
    }
}

sub eliminate_new_fields {

    return unless ( $maximum_line_index >= 0 );
    my ( $new_line, $old_line ) = @_;
    my $jmax = $new_line->get_jmax();

    my $old_rtokens = $old_line->get_rtokens();
    my $rtokens     = $new_line->get_rtokens();
    my $is_assignment =
      ( $rtokens->[0] =~ /^=\d*$/ && ( $old_rtokens->[0] eq $rtokens->[0] ) );

    # must be monotonic variation
    return unless ( $is_assignment || $previous_maximum_jmax_seen <= $jmax );

    # must be more fields in the new line
    my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();
    return unless ( $maximum_field_index < $jmax );

    unless ($is_assignment) {
        return
          unless ( $old_line->get_jmax_original_line() == $minimum_jmax_seen )
          ;    # only if monotonic

        # never combine fields of a comma list
        return
          unless ( $maximum_field_index > 1 )
          && ( $new_line->get_list_type() !~ /^,/ );
    }

    my $rfields       = $new_line->get_rfields();
    my $rpatterns     = $new_line->get_rpatterns();
    my $old_rpatterns = $old_line->get_rpatterns();

    # loop over all OLD tokens except comment and check match
    my $match = 1;
    my $k;
    for ( $k = 0 ; $k < $maximum_field_index - 1 ; $k++ ) {
        if (   ( $$old_rtokens[$k] ne $$rtokens[$k] )
            || ( $$old_rpatterns[$k] ne $$rpatterns[$k] ) )
        {
            $match = 0;
            last;
        }
    }

    # first tokens agree, so combine extra new tokens
    if ($match) {
        for $k ( $maximum_field_index .. $jmax - 1 ) {

            $$rfields[ $maximum_field_index - 1 ] .= $$rfields[$k];
            $$rfields[$k] = "";
            $$rpatterns[ $maximum_field_index - 1 ] .= $$rpatterns[$k];
            $$rpatterns[$k] = "";
        }

        $$rtokens[ $maximum_field_index - 1 ] = '#';
        $$rfields[$maximum_field_index]       = $$rfields[$jmax];
        $$rpatterns[$maximum_field_index]     = $$rpatterns[$jmax];
        $jmax                                 = $maximum_field_index;
    }
    $new_line->set_jmax($jmax);
}

sub fix_terminal_ternary {

    # Add empty fields as necessary to align a ternary term
    # like this:
    #
    #  my $leapyear =
    #      $year % 4   ? 0
    #    : $year % 100 ? 1
    #    : $year % 400 ? 0
    #    :               1;
    #
    # returns 1 if the terminal item should be indented

    my ( $rfields, $rtokens, $rpatterns ) = @_;

    my $jmax        = @{$rfields} - 1;
    my $old_line    = $group_lines[$maximum_line_index];
    my $rfields_old = $old_line->get_rfields();

    my $rpatterns_old       = $old_line->get_rpatterns();
    my $rtokens_old         = $old_line->get_rtokens();
    my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();

    # look for the question mark after the :
    my ($jquestion);
    my $depth_question;
    my $pad = "";
    for ( my $j = 0 ; $j < $maximum_field_index ; $j++ ) {
        my $tok = $rtokens_old->[$j];
        if ( $tok =~ /^\?(\d+)$/ ) {
            $depth_question = $1;

            # depth must be correct
            next unless ( $depth_question eq $group_level );

            $jquestion = $j;
            if ( $rfields_old->[ $j + 1 ] =~ /^(\?\s*)/ ) {
                $pad = " " x length($1);
            }
            else {
                return;    # shouldn't happen
            }
            last;
        }
    }
    return unless ( defined($jquestion) );    # shouldn't happen

    # Now splice the tokens and patterns of the previous line
    # into the else line to insure a match.  Add empty fields
    # as necessary.
    my $jadd = $jquestion;

    # Work on copies of the actual arrays in case we have
    # to return due to an error
    my @fields   = @{$rfields};
    my @patterns = @{$rpatterns};
    my @tokens   = @{$rtokens};

    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TERNARY && do {
        local $" = '><';
        print "CURRENT FIELDS=<@{$rfields_old}>\n";
        print "CURRENT TOKENS=<@{$rtokens_old}>\n";
        print "CURRENT PATTERNS=<@{$rpatterns_old}>\n";
        print "UNMODIFIED FIELDS=<@{$rfields}>\n";
        print "UNMODIFIED TOKENS=<@{$rtokens}>\n";
        print "UNMODIFIED PATTERNS=<@{$rpatterns}>\n";
    };

    # handle cases of leading colon on this line
    if ( $fields[0] =~ /^(:\s*)(.*)$/ ) {

        my ( $colon, $therest ) = ( $1, $2 );

        # Handle sub-case of first field with leading colon plus additional code
        # This is the usual situation as at the '1' below:
        #  ...
        #  : $year % 400 ? 0
        #  :               1;
        if ($therest) {

            # Split the first field after the leading colon and insert padding.
            # Note that this padding will remain even if the terminal value goes
            # out on a separate line.  This does not seem to look to bad, so no
            # mechanism has been included to undo it.
            my $field1 = shift @fields;
            unshift @fields, ( $colon, $pad . $therest );

            # change the leading pattern from : to ?
            return unless ( $patterns[0] =~ s/^\:/?/ );

            # install leading tokens and patterns of existing line
            unshift( @tokens,   @{$rtokens_old}[ 0 .. $jquestion ] );
            unshift( @patterns, @{$rpatterns_old}[ 0 .. $jquestion ] );

            # insert appropriate number of empty fields
            splice( @fields, 1, 0, ('') x $jadd ) if $jadd;
        }

        # handle sub-case of first field just equal to leading colon.
        # This can happen for example in the example below where
        # the leading '(' would create a new alignment token
        # : ( $name =~ /[]}]$/ ) ? ( $mname = $name )
        # :                        ( $mname = $name . '->' );
        else {

            return unless ( $jmax > 0 && $tokens[0] ne '#' ); # shouldn't happen

            # prepend a leading ? onto the second pattern
            $patterns[1] = "?b" . $patterns[1];

            # pad the second field
            $fields[1] = $pad . $fields[1];

            # install leading tokens and patterns of existing line, replacing
            # leading token and inserting appropriate number of empty fields
            splice( @tokens,   0, 1, @{$rtokens_old}[ 0 .. $jquestion ] );
            splice( @patterns, 1, 0, @{$rpatterns_old}[ 1 .. $jquestion ] );
            splice( @fields, 1, 0, ('') x $jadd ) if $jadd;
        }
    }

    # Handle case of no leading colon on this line.  This will
    # be the case when -wba=':' is used.  For example,
    #  $year % 400 ? 0 :
    #                1;
    else {

        # install leading tokens and patterns of existing line
        $patterns[0] = '?' . 'b' . $patterns[0];
        unshift( @tokens,   @{$rtokens_old}[ 0 .. $jquestion ] );
        unshift( @patterns, @{$rpatterns_old}[ 0 .. $jquestion ] );

        # insert appropriate number of empty fields
        $jadd = $jquestion + 1;
        $fields[0] = $pad . $fields[0];
        splice( @fields, 0, 0, ('') x $jadd ) if $jadd;
    }

    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TERNARY && do {
        local $" = '><';
        print "MODIFIED TOKENS=<@tokens>\n";
        print "MODIFIED PATTERNS=<@patterns>\n";
        print "MODIFIED FIELDS=<@fields>\n";
    };

    # all ok .. update the arrays
    @{$rfields}   = @fields;
    @{$rtokens}   = @tokens;
    @{$rpatterns} = @patterns;

    # force a flush after this line
    return $jquestion;
}

sub fix_terminal_else {

    # Add empty fields as necessary to align a balanced terminal
    # else block to a previous if/elsif/unless block,
    # like this:
    #
    #  if   ( 1 || $x ) { print "ok 13\n"; }
    #  else             { print "not ok 13\n"; }
    #
    # returns 1 if the else block should be indented
    #
    my ( $rfields, $rtokens, $rpatterns ) = @_;
    my $jmax = @{$rfields} - 1;
    return unless ( $jmax > 0 );

    # check for balanced else block following if/elsif/unless
    my $rfields_old = $current_line->get_rfields();

    # TBD: add handling for 'case'
    return unless ( $rfields_old->[0] =~ /^(if|elsif|unless)\s*$/ );

    # look for the opening brace after the else, and extrace the depth
    my $tok_brace = $rtokens->[0];
    my $depth_brace;
    if ( $tok_brace =~ /^\{(\d+)/ ) { $depth_brace = $1; }

    # probably:  "else # side_comment"
    else { return }

    my $rpatterns_old       = $current_line->get_rpatterns();
    my $rtokens_old         = $current_line->get_rtokens();
    my $maximum_field_index = $current_line->get_jmax();

    # be sure the previous if/elsif is followed by an opening paren
    my $jparen    = 0;
    my $tok_paren = '(' . $depth_brace;
    my $tok_test  = $rtokens_old->[$jparen];
    return unless ( $tok_test eq $tok_paren );    # shouldn't happen

    # Now find the opening block brace
    my ($jbrace);
    for ( my $j = 1 ; $j < $maximum_field_index ; $j++ ) {
        my $tok = $rtokens_old->[$j];
        if ( $tok eq $tok_brace ) {
            $jbrace = $j;
            last;
        }
    }
    return unless ( defined($jbrace) );           # shouldn't happen

    # Now splice the tokens and patterns of the previous line
    # into the else line to insure a match.  Add empty fields
    # as necessary.
    my $jadd = $jbrace - $jparen;
    splice( @{$rtokens},   0, 0, @{$rtokens_old}[ $jparen .. $jbrace - 1 ] );
    splice( @{$rpatterns}, 1, 0, @{$rpatterns_old}[ $jparen + 1 .. $jbrace ] );
    splice( @{$rfields}, 1, 0, ('') x $jadd );

    # force a flush after this line if it does not follow a case
    return $jbrace
      unless ( $rfields_old->[0] =~ /^case\s*$/ );
}

{    # sub check_match
    my %is_good_alignment;

    BEGIN {

        # Vertically aligning on certain "good" tokens is usually okay
        # so we can be less restrictive in marginal cases.
        @_ = qw( { ? => = );
        push @_, (',');
        @is_good_alignment{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    sub check_match {

        # See if the current line matches the current vertical alignment group.
        # If not, flush the current group.
        my $new_line = shift;
        my $old_line = shift;

        # uses global variables:
        #  $previous_minimum_jmax_seen
        #  $maximum_jmax_seen
        #  $maximum_line_index
        #  $marginal_match
        my $jmax                = $new_line->get_jmax();
        my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();

        # flush if this line has too many fields
        if ( $jmax > $maximum_field_index ) { goto NO_MATCH }

        # flush if adding this line would make a non-monotonic field count
        if (
            ( $maximum_field_index > $jmax )    # this has too few fields
            && (
                ( $previous_minimum_jmax_seen <
                    $jmax )                     # and wouldn't be monotonic
                || ( $old_line->get_jmax_original_line() != $maximum_jmax_seen )
            )
          )
        {
            goto NO_MATCH;
        }

        # otherwise see if this line matches the current group
        my $jmax_original_line      = $new_line->get_jmax_original_line();
        my $is_hanging_side_comment = $new_line->get_is_hanging_side_comment();
        my $rtokens                 = $new_line->get_rtokens();
        my $rfields                 = $new_line->get_rfields();
        my $rpatterns               = $new_line->get_rpatterns();
        my $list_type               = $new_line->get_list_type();

        my $group_list_type = $old_line->get_list_type();
        my $old_rpatterns   = $old_line->get_rpatterns();
        my $old_rtokens     = $old_line->get_rtokens();

        my $jlimit = $jmax - 1;
        if ( $maximum_field_index > $jmax ) {
            $jlimit = $jmax_original_line;
            --$jlimit unless ( length( $new_line->get_rfields()->[$jmax] ) );
        }

        # handle comma-separated lists ..
        if ( $group_list_type && ( $list_type eq $group_list_type ) ) {
            for my $j ( 0 .. $jlimit ) {
                my $old_tok = $$old_rtokens[$j];
                next unless $old_tok;
                my $new_tok = $$rtokens[$j];
                next unless $new_tok;

                # lists always match ...
                # unless they would align any '=>'s with ','s
                goto NO_MATCH
                  if ( $old_tok =~ /^=>/ && $new_tok =~ /^,/
                    || $new_tok =~ /^=>/ && $old_tok =~ /^,/ );
            }
        }

        # do detailed check for everything else except hanging side comments
        elsif ( !$is_hanging_side_comment ) {

            my $leading_space_count = $new_line->get_leading_space_count();

            my $max_pad = 0;
            my $min_pad = 0;
            my $saw_good_alignment;

            for my $j ( 0 .. $jlimit ) {

                my $old_tok = $$old_rtokens[$j];
                my $new_tok = $$rtokens[$j];

                # Note on encoding used for alignment tokens:
                # -------------------------------------------
                # Tokens are "decorated" with information which can help
                # prevent unwanted alignments.  Consider for example the
                # following two lines:
                #   local ( $xn, $xd ) = split( '/', &'rnorm(@_) );
                #   local ( $i, $f ) = &'bdiv( $xn, $xd );
                # There are three alignment tokens in each line, a comma,
                # an =, and a comma.  In the first line these three tokens
                # are encoded as:
                #    ,4+local-18     =3      ,4+split-7
                # and in the second line they are encoded as
                #    ,4+local-18     =3      ,4+&'bdiv-8
                # Tokens always at least have token name and nesting
                # depth.  So in this example the ='s are at depth 3 and
                # the ,'s are at depth 4.  This prevents aligning tokens
                # of different depths.  Commas contain additional
                # information, as follows:
                # ,  {depth} + {container name} - {spaces to opening paren}
                # This allows us to reject matching the rightmost commas
                # in the above two lines, since they are for different
                # function calls.  This encoding is done in
                # 'sub send_lines_to_vertical_aligner'.

                # Pick off actual token.
                # Everything up to the first digit is the actual token.
                my $alignment_token = $new_tok;
                if ( $alignment_token =~ /^([^\d]+)/ ) { $alignment_token = $1 }

                # see if the decorated tokens match
                my $tokens_match = $new_tok eq $old_tok

                  # Exception for matching terminal : of ternary statement..
                  # consider containers prefixed by ? and : a match
                  || ( $new_tok =~ /^,\d*\+\:/ && $old_tok =~ /^,\d*\+\?/ );

                # No match if the alignment tokens differ...
                if ( !$tokens_match ) {

                    # ...Unless this is a side comment
                    if (
                        $j == $jlimit

                        # and there is either at least one alignment token
                        # or this is a single item following a list.  This
                        # latter rule is required for 'December' to join
                        # the following list:
                        # my (@months) = (
                        #     '',       'January',   'February', 'March',
                        #     'April',  'May',       'June',     'July',
                        #     'August', 'September', 'October',  'November',
                        #     'December'
                        # );
                        # If it doesn't then the -lp formatting will fail.
                        && ( $j > 0 || $old_tok =~ /^,/ )
                      )
                    {
                        $marginal_match = 1
                          if ( $marginal_match == 0
                            && $maximum_line_index == 0 );
                        last;
                    }

                    goto NO_MATCH;
                }

                # Calculate amount of padding required to fit this in.
                # $pad is the number of spaces by which we must increase
                # the current field to squeeze in this field.
                my $pad =
                  length( $$rfields[$j] ) - $old_line->current_field_width($j);
                if ( $j == 0 ) { $pad += $leading_space_count; }

                # remember max pads to limit marginal cases
                if ( $alignment_token ne '#' ) {
                    if ( $pad > $max_pad ) { $max_pad = $pad }
                    if ( $pad < $min_pad ) { $min_pad = $pad }
                }
                if ( $is_good_alignment{$alignment_token} ) {
                    $saw_good_alignment = 1;
                }

                # If patterns don't match, we have to be careful...
                if ( $$old_rpatterns[$j] ne $$rpatterns[$j] ) {

                    # flag this as a marginal match since patterns differ
                    $marginal_match = 1
                      if ( $marginal_match == 0 && $maximum_line_index == 0 );

                    # We have to be very careful about aligning commas
                    # when the pattern's don't match, because it can be
                    # worse to create an alignment where none is needed
                    # than to omit one.  Here's an example where the ','s
                    # are not in named continers.  The first line below
                    # should not match the next two:
                    #   ( $a, $b ) = ( $b, $r );
                    #   ( $x1, $x2 ) = ( $x2 - $q * $x1, $x1 );
                    #   ( $y1, $y2 ) = ( $y2 - $q * $y1, $y1 );
                    if ( $alignment_token eq ',' ) {

                       # do not align commas unless they are in named containers
                        goto NO_MATCH unless ( $new_tok =~ /[A-Za-z]/ );
                    }

                    # do not align parens unless patterns match;
                    # large ugly spaces can occur in math expressions.
                    elsif ( $alignment_token eq '(' ) {

                        # But we can allow a match if the parens don't
                        # require any padding.
                        if ( $pad != 0 ) { goto NO_MATCH }
                    }

                    # Handle an '=' alignment with different patterns to
                    # the left.
                    elsif ( $alignment_token eq '=' ) {

                        # It is best to be a little restrictive when
                        # aligning '=' tokens.  Here is an example of
                        # two lines that we will not align:
                        #       my $variable=6;
                        #       $bb=4;
                        # The problem is that one is a 'my' declaration,
                        # and the other isn't, so they're not very similar.
                        # We will filter these out by comparing the first
                        # letter of the pattern.  This is crude, but works
                        # well enough.
                        if (
                            substr( $$old_rpatterns[$j], 0, 1 ) ne
                            substr( $$rpatterns[$j], 0, 1 ) )
                        {
                            goto NO_MATCH;
                        }

                        # If we pass that test, we'll call it a marginal match.
                        # Here is an example of a marginal match:
                        #       $done{$$op} = 1;
                        #       $op         = compile_bblock($op);
                        # The left tokens are both identifiers, but
                        # one accesses a hash and the other doesn't.
                        # We'll let this be a tentative match and undo
                        # it later if we don't find more than 2 lines
                        # in the group.
                        elsif ( $maximum_line_index == 0 ) {
                            $marginal_match =
                              2;    # =2 prevents being undone below
                        }
                    }
                }

                # Don't let line with fewer fields increase column widths
                # ( align3.t )
                if ( $maximum_field_index > $jmax ) {

                    # Exception: suspend this rule to allow last lines to join
                    if ( $pad > 0 ) { goto NO_MATCH; }
                }
            } ## end for my $j ( 0 .. $jlimit)

            # Turn off the "marginal match" flag in some cases...
            # A "marginal match" occurs when the alignment tokens agree
            # but there are differences in the other tokens (patterns).
            # If we leave the marginal match flag set, then the rule is that we
            # will align only if there are more than two lines in the group.
            # We will turn of the flag if we almost have a match
            # and either we have seen a good alignment token or we
            # just need a small pad (2 spaces) to fit.  These rules are
            # the result of experimentation.  Tokens which misaligned by just
            # one or two characters are annoying.  On the other hand,
            # large gaps to less important alignment tokens are also annoying.
            if (   $marginal_match == 1
                && $jmax == $maximum_field_index
                && ( $saw_good_alignment || ( $max_pad < 3 && $min_pad > -3 ) )
              )
            {
                $marginal_match = 0;
            }
            ##print "marginal=$marginal_match saw=$saw_good_alignment jmax=$jmax max=$maximum_field_index maxpad=$max_pad minpad=$min_pad\n";
        }

        # We have a match (even if marginal).
        # If the current line has fewer fields than the current group
        # but otherwise matches, copy the remaining group fields to
        # make it a perfect match.
        if ( $maximum_field_index > $jmax ) {
            my $comment = $$rfields[$jmax];
            for $jmax ( $jlimit .. $maximum_field_index ) {
                $$rtokens[$jmax]     = $$old_rtokens[$jmax];
                $$rfields[ ++$jmax ] = '';
                $$rpatterns[$jmax]   = $$old_rpatterns[$jmax];
            }
            $$rfields[$jmax] = $comment;
            $new_line->set_jmax($jmax);
        }
        return;

      NO_MATCH:
        ##print "BUBBA: no match jmax=$jmax  max=$maximum_field_index $group_list_type lines=$maximum_line_index token=$$old_rtokens[0]\n";
        my_flush();
        return;
    }
}

sub check_fit {

    return unless ( $maximum_line_index >= 0 );
    my $new_line = shift;
    my $old_line = shift;

    my $jmax                    = $new_line->get_jmax();
    my $leading_space_count     = $new_line->get_leading_space_count();
    my $is_hanging_side_comment = $new_line->get_is_hanging_side_comment();
    my $rtokens                 = $new_line->get_rtokens();
    my $rfields                 = $new_line->get_rfields();
    my $rpatterns               = $new_line->get_rpatterns();

    my $group_list_type = $group_lines[0]->get_list_type();

    my $padding_so_far    = 0;
    my $padding_available = $old_line->get_available_space_on_right();

    # save current columns in case this doesn't work
    save_alignment_columns();

    my ( $j, $pad, $eight );
    my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();
    for $j ( 0 .. $jmax ) {

        $pad = length( $$rfields[$j] ) - $old_line->current_field_width($j);

        if ( $j == 0 ) {
            $pad += $leading_space_count;
        }

        # remember largest gap of the group, excluding gap to side comment
        if (   $pad < 0
            && $group_maximum_gap < -$pad
            && $j > 0
            && $j < $jmax - 1 )
        {
            $group_maximum_gap = -$pad;
        }

        next if $pad < 0;

        ## This patch helps sometimes, but it doesn't check to see if
        ## the line is too long even without the side comment.  It needs
        ## to be reworked.
        ##don't let a long token with no trailing side comment push
        ##side comments out, or end a group.  (sidecmt1.t)
        ##next if ($j==$jmax-1 && length($$rfields[$jmax])==0);

        # This line will need space; lets see if we want to accept it..
        if (

            # not if this won't fit
            ( $pad > $padding_available )

            # previously, there were upper bounds placed on padding here
            # (maximum_whitespace_columns), but they were not really helpful

          )
        {

            # revert to starting state then flush; things didn't work out
            restore_alignment_columns();
            my_flush();
            last;
        }

        # patch to avoid excessive gaps in previous lines,
        # due to a line of fewer fields.
        #   return join( ".",
        #       $self->{"dfi"},  $self->{"aa"}, $self->rsvd,     $self->{"rd"},
        #       $self->{"area"}, $self->{"id"}, $self->{"sel"} );
        next if ( $jmax < $maximum_field_index && $j == $jmax - 1 );

        # looks ok, squeeze this field in
        $old_line->increase_field_width( $j, $pad );
        $padding_available -= $pad;

        # remember largest gap of the group, excluding gap to side comment
        if ( $pad > $group_maximum_gap && $j > 0 && $j < $jmax - 1 ) {
            $group_maximum_gap = $pad;
        }
    }
}

sub accept_line {

    # The current line either starts a new alignment group or is
    # accepted into the current alignment group.
    my $new_line = shift;
    $group_lines[ ++$maximum_line_index ] = $new_line;

    # initialize field lengths if starting new group
    if ( $maximum_line_index == 0 ) {

        my $jmax    = $new_line->get_jmax();
        my $rfields = $new_line->get_rfields();
        my $rtokens = $new_line->get_rtokens();
        my $j;
        my $col = $new_line->get_leading_space_count();

        for $j ( 0 .. $jmax ) {
            $col += length( $$rfields[$j] );

            # create initial alignments for the new group
            my $token = "";
            if ( $j < $jmax ) { $token = $$rtokens[$j] }
            my $alignment = make_alignment( $col, $token );
            $new_line->set_alignment( $j, $alignment );
        }

        $maximum_jmax_seen = $jmax;
        $minimum_jmax_seen = $jmax;
    }

    # use previous alignments otherwise
    else {
        my @new_alignments =
          $group_lines[ $maximum_line_index - 1 ]->get_alignments();
        $new_line->set_alignments(@new_alignments);
    }

    # remember group jmax extremes for next call to append_line
    $previous_minimum_jmax_seen = $minimum_jmax_seen;
    $previous_maximum_jmax_seen = $maximum_jmax_seen;
}

sub dump_array {

    # debug routine to dump array contents
    local $" = ')(';
    print "(@_)\n";
}

# flush() sends the current Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner group down the
# pipeline to Perl::Tidy::FileWriter.

# This is the external flush, which also empties the cache
sub flush {

    if ( $maximum_line_index < 0 ) {
        if ($cached_line_type) {
            $seqno_string = $cached_seqno_string;
            entab_and_output( $cached_line_text,
                $cached_line_leading_space_count,
                $last_group_level_written );
            $cached_line_type    = 0;
            $cached_line_text    = "";
            $cached_seqno_string = "";
        }
    }
    else {
        my_flush();
    }
}

# This is the internal flush, which leaves the cache intact
sub my_flush {

    return if ( $maximum_line_index < 0 );

    # handle a group of comment lines
    if ( $group_type eq 'COMMENT' ) {

        VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 && do {
            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
            print
"APPEND0: Flush called from $a $b $c for COMMENT group: lines=$maximum_line_index \n";

        };
        my $leading_space_count = $comment_leading_space_count;
        my $leading_string      = get_leading_string($leading_space_count);

        # zero leading space count if any lines are too long
        my $max_excess = 0;
        for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
            my $str = $group_lines[$i];
            my $excess =
              length($str) + $leading_space_count - $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
            if ( $excess > $max_excess ) {
                $max_excess = $excess;
            }
        }

        if ( $max_excess > 0 ) {
            $leading_space_count -= $max_excess;
            if ( $leading_space_count < 0 ) { $leading_space_count = 0 }
            $last_outdented_line_at =
              $file_writer_object->get_output_line_number();
            unless ($outdented_line_count) {
                $first_outdented_line_at = $last_outdented_line_at;
            }
            $outdented_line_count += ( $maximum_line_index + 1 );
        }

        # write the group of lines
        my $outdent_long_lines = 0;
        for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
            write_leader_and_string( $leading_space_count, $group_lines[$i], 0,
                $outdent_long_lines, "" );
        }
    }

    # handle a group of code lines
    else {

        VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 && do {
            my $group_list_type = $group_lines[0]->get_list_type();
            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
            my $maximum_field_index = $group_lines[0]->get_jmax();
            print
"APPEND0: Flush called from $a $b $c fields=$maximum_field_index list=$group_list_type lines=$maximum_line_index extra=$extra_indent_ok\n";

        };

        # some small groups are best left unaligned
        my $do_not_align = decide_if_aligned();

        # optimize side comment location
        $do_not_align = adjust_side_comment($do_not_align);

        # recover spaces for -lp option if possible
        my $extra_leading_spaces = get_extra_leading_spaces();

        # all lines of this group have the same basic leading spacing
        my $group_leader_length = $group_lines[0]->get_leading_space_count();

        # add extra leading spaces if helpful
        my $min_ci_gap = improve_continuation_indentation( $do_not_align,
            $group_leader_length );

        # loop to output all lines
        for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
            my $line = $group_lines[$i];
            write_vertically_aligned_line( $line, $min_ci_gap, $do_not_align,
                $group_leader_length, $extra_leading_spaces );
        }
    }
    initialize_for_new_group();
}

sub decide_if_aligned {

    # Do not try to align two lines which are not really similar
    return unless $maximum_line_index == 1;
    return if ($is_matching_terminal_line);

    my $group_list_type = $group_lines[0]->get_list_type();

    my $do_not_align = (

        # always align lists
        !$group_list_type

          && (

            # don't align if it was just a marginal match
            $marginal_match

            # don't align two lines with big gap
            || $group_maximum_gap > 12

            # or lines with differing number of alignment tokens
            # TODO: this could be improved.  It occasionally rejects
            # good matches.
            || $previous_maximum_jmax_seen != $previous_minimum_jmax_seen
          )
    );

    # But try to convert them into a simple comment group if the first line
    # a has side comment
    my $rfields             = $group_lines[0]->get_rfields();
    my $maximum_field_index = $group_lines[0]->get_jmax();
    if (   $do_not_align
        && ( $maximum_line_index > 0 )
        && ( length( $$rfields[$maximum_field_index] ) > 0 ) )
    {
        combine_fields();
        $do_not_align = 0;
    }
    return $do_not_align;
}

sub adjust_side_comment {

    my $do_not_align = shift;

    # let's see if we can move the side comment field out a little
    # to improve readability (the last field is always a side comment field)
    my $have_side_comment       = 0;
    my $first_side_comment_line = -1;
    my $maximum_field_index     = $group_lines[0]->get_jmax();
    for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
        my $line = $group_lines[$i];

        if ( length( $line->get_rfields()->[$maximum_field_index] ) ) {
            $have_side_comment       = 1;
            $first_side_comment_line = $i;
            last;
        }
    }

    my $kmax = $maximum_field_index + 1;

    if ($have_side_comment) {

        my $line = $group_lines[0];

        # the maximum space without exceeding the line length:
        my $avail = $line->get_available_space_on_right();

        # try to use the previous comment column
        my $side_comment_column = $line->get_column( $kmax - 2 );
        my $move                = $last_comment_column - $side_comment_column;

##        my $sc_line0 = $side_comment_history[0]->[0];
##        my $sc_col0  = $side_comment_history[0]->[1];
##        my $sc_line1 = $side_comment_history[1]->[0];
##        my $sc_col1  = $side_comment_history[1]->[1];
##        my $sc_line2 = $side_comment_history[2]->[0];
##        my $sc_col2  = $side_comment_history[2]->[1];
##
##        # FUTURE UPDATES:
##        # Be sure to ignore 'do not align' and  '} # end comments'
##        # Find first $move > 0 and $move <= $avail as follows:
##        # 1. try sc_col1 if sc_col1 == sc_col0 && (line-sc_line0) < 12
##        # 2. try sc_col2 if (line-sc_line2) < 12
##        # 3. try min possible space, plus up to 8,
##        # 4. try min possible space

        if ( $kmax > 0 && !$do_not_align ) {

            # but if this doesn't work, give up and use the minimum space
            if ( $move > $avail ) {
                $move = $rOpts_minimum_space_to_comment - 1;
            }

            # but we want some minimum space to the comment
            my $min_move = $rOpts_minimum_space_to_comment - 1;
            if (   $move >= 0
                && $last_side_comment_length > 0
                && ( $first_side_comment_line == 0 )
                && $group_level == $last_group_level_written )
            {
                $min_move = 0;
            }

            if ( $move < $min_move ) {
                $move = $min_move;
            }

            # prevously, an upper bound was placed on $move here,
            # (maximum_space_to_comment), but it was not helpful

            # don't exceed the available space
            if ( $move > $avail ) { $move = $avail }

            # we can only increase space, never decrease
            if ( $move > 0 ) {
                $line->increase_field_width( $maximum_field_index - 1, $move );
            }

            # remember this column for the next group
            $last_comment_column = $line->get_column( $kmax - 2 );
        }
        else {

            # try to at least line up the existing side comment location
            if ( $kmax > 0 && $move > 0 && $move < $avail ) {
                $line->increase_field_width( $maximum_field_index - 1, $move );
                $do_not_align = 0;
            }

            # reset side comment column if we can't align
            else {
                forget_side_comment();
            }
        }
    }
    return $do_not_align;
}

sub improve_continuation_indentation {
    my ( $do_not_align, $group_leader_length ) = @_;

    # See if we can increase the continuation indentation
    # to move all continuation lines closer to the next field
    # (unless it is a comment).
    #
    # '$min_ci_gap'is the extra indentation that we may need to introduce.
    # We will only introduce this to fields which already have some ci.
    # Without this variable, we would occasionally get something like this
    # (Complex.pm):
    #
    # use overload '+' => \&plus,
    #   '-'            => \&minus,
    #   '*'            => \&multiply,
    #   ...
    #   'tan'          => \&tan,
    #   'atan2'        => \&atan2,
    #
    # Whereas with this variable, we can shift variables over to get this:
    #
    # use overload '+' => \&plus,
    #          '-'     => \&minus,
    #          '*'     => \&multiply,
    #          ...
    #          'tan'   => \&tan,
    #          'atan2' => \&atan2,

    ## BUB: Deactivated####################
    # The trouble with this patch is that it may, for example,
    # move in some 'or's  or ':'s, and leave some out, so that the
    # left edge alignment suffers.
    return 0;
    ###########################################

    my $maximum_field_index = $group_lines[0]->get_jmax();

    my $min_ci_gap = $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
    if ( $maximum_field_index > 1 && !$do_not_align ) {

        for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
            my $line                = $group_lines[$i];
            my $leading_space_count = $line->get_leading_space_count();
            my $rfields             = $line->get_rfields();

            my $gap =
              $line->get_column(0) -
              $leading_space_count -
              length( $$rfields[0] );

            if ( $leading_space_count > $group_leader_length ) {
                if ( $gap < $min_ci_gap ) { $min_ci_gap = $gap }
            }
        }

        if ( $min_ci_gap >= $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
            $min_ci_gap = 0;
        }
    }
    else {
        $min_ci_gap = 0;
    }
    return $min_ci_gap;
}

sub write_vertically_aligned_line {

    my ( $line, $min_ci_gap, $do_not_align, $group_leader_length,
        $extra_leading_spaces )
      = @_;
    my $rfields                   = $line->get_rfields();
    my $leading_space_count       = $line->get_leading_space_count();
    my $outdent_long_lines        = $line->get_outdent_long_lines();
    my $maximum_field_index       = $line->get_jmax();
    my $rvertical_tightness_flags = $line->get_rvertical_tightness_flags();

    # add any extra spaces
    if ( $leading_space_count > $group_leader_length ) {
        $leading_space_count += $min_ci_gap;
    }

    my $str = $$rfields[0];

    # loop to concatenate all fields of this line and needed padding
    my $total_pad_count = 0;
    my ( $j, $pad );
    for $j ( 1 .. $maximum_field_index ) {

        # skip zero-length side comments
        last
          if ( ( $j == $maximum_field_index )
            && ( !defined( $$rfields[$j] ) || ( length( $$rfields[$j] ) == 0 ) )
          );

        # compute spaces of padding before this field
        my $col = $line->get_column( $j - 1 );
        $pad = $col - ( length($str) + $leading_space_count );

        if ($do_not_align) {
            $pad =
              ( $j < $maximum_field_index )
              ? 0
              : $rOpts_minimum_space_to_comment - 1;
        }

        # if the -fpsc flag is set, move the side comment to the selected
        # column if and only if it is possible, ignoring constraints on
        # line length and minimum space to comment
        if ( $rOpts_fixed_position_side_comment && $j == $maximum_field_index )
        {
            my $newpad = $pad + $rOpts_fixed_position_side_comment - $col - 1;
            if ( $newpad >= 0 ) { $pad = $newpad; }
        }

        # accumulate the padding
        if ( $pad > 0 ) { $total_pad_count += $pad; }

        # add this field
        if ( !defined $$rfields[$j] ) {
            write_diagnostics("UNDEFined field at j=$j\n");
        }

        # only add padding when we have a finite field;
        # this avoids extra terminal spaces if we have empty fields
        if ( length( $$rfields[$j] ) > 0 ) {
            $str .= ' ' x $total_pad_count;
            $total_pad_count = 0;
            $str .= $$rfields[$j];
        }
        else {
            $total_pad_count = 0;
        }

        # update side comment history buffer
        if ( $j == $maximum_field_index ) {
            my $lineno = $file_writer_object->get_output_line_number();
            shift @side_comment_history;
            push @side_comment_history, [ $lineno, $col ];
        }
    }

    my $side_comment_length = ( length( $$rfields[$maximum_field_index] ) );

    # ship this line off
    write_leader_and_string( $leading_space_count + $extra_leading_spaces,
        $str, $side_comment_length, $outdent_long_lines,
        $rvertical_tightness_flags );
}

sub get_extra_leading_spaces {

    #----------------------------------------------------------
    # Define any extra indentation space (for the -lp option).
    # Here is why:
    # If a list has side comments, sub scan_list must dump the
    # list before it sees everything.  When this happens, it sets
    # the indentation to the standard scheme, but notes how
    # many spaces it would have liked to use.  We may be able
    # to recover that space here in the event that that all of the
    # lines of a list are back together again.
    #----------------------------------------------------------

    my $extra_leading_spaces = 0;
    if ($extra_indent_ok) {
        my $object = $group_lines[0]->get_indentation();
        if ( ref($object) ) {
            my $extra_indentation_spaces_wanted =
              get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($object);

            # all indentation objects must be the same
            my $i;
            for $i ( 1 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
                if ( $object != $group_lines[$i]->get_indentation() ) {
                    $extra_indentation_spaces_wanted = 0;
                    last;
                }
            }

            if ($extra_indentation_spaces_wanted) {

                # the maximum space without exceeding the line length:
                my $avail = $group_lines[0]->get_available_space_on_right();
                $extra_leading_spaces =
                  ( $avail > $extra_indentation_spaces_wanted )
                  ? $extra_indentation_spaces_wanted
                  : $avail;

                # update the indentation object because with -icp the terminal
                # ');' will use the same adjustment.
                $object->permanently_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES(
                    -$extra_leading_spaces );
            }
        }
    }
    return $extra_leading_spaces;
}

sub combine_fields {

    # combine all fields except for the comment field  ( sidecmt.t )
    # Uses global variables:
    #  @group_lines
    #  $maximum_line_index
    my ( $j, $k );
    my $maximum_field_index = $group_lines[0]->get_jmax();
    for ( $j = 0 ; $j <= $maximum_line_index ; $j++ ) {
        my $line    = $group_lines[$j];
        my $rfields = $line->get_rfields();
        foreach ( 1 .. $maximum_field_index - 1 ) {
            $$rfields[0] .= $$rfields[$_];
        }
        $$rfields[1] = $$rfields[$maximum_field_index];

        $line->set_jmax(1);
        $line->set_column( 0, 0 );
        $line->set_column( 1, 0 );

    }
    $maximum_field_index = 1;

    for $j ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
        my $line    = $group_lines[$j];
        my $rfields = $line->get_rfields();
        for $k ( 0 .. $maximum_field_index ) {
            my $pad = length( $$rfields[$k] ) - $line->current_field_width($k);
            if ( $k == 0 ) {
                $pad += $group_lines[$j]->get_leading_space_count();
            }

            if ( $pad > 0 ) { $line->increase_field_width( $k, $pad ) }

        }
    }
}

sub get_output_line_number {

    # the output line number reported to a caller is the number of items
    # written plus the number of items in the buffer
    my $self = shift;
    1 + $maximum_line_index + $file_writer_object->get_output_line_number();
}

sub write_leader_and_string {

    my ( $leading_space_count, $str, $side_comment_length, $outdent_long_lines,
        $rvertical_tightness_flags )
      = @_;

    # handle outdenting of long lines:
    if ($outdent_long_lines) {
        my $excess =
          length($str) -
          $side_comment_length +
          $leading_space_count -
          $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
        if ( $excess > 0 ) {
            $leading_space_count = 0;
            $last_outdented_line_at =
              $file_writer_object->get_output_line_number();

            unless ($outdented_line_count) {
                $first_outdented_line_at = $last_outdented_line_at;
            }
            $outdented_line_count++;
        }
    }

    # Make preliminary leading whitespace.  It could get changed
    # later by entabbing, so we have to keep track of any changes
    # to the leading_space_count from here on.
    my $leading_string =
      $leading_space_count > 0 ? ( ' ' x $leading_space_count ) : "";

    # Unpack any recombination data; it was packed by
    # sub send_lines_to_vertical_aligner. Contents:
    #
    #   [0] type: 1=opening  2=closing  3=opening block brace
    #   [1] flag: if opening: 1=no multiple steps, 2=multiple steps ok
    #             if closing: spaces of padding to use
    #   [2] sequence number of container
    #   [3] valid flag: do not append if this flag is false
    #
    my ( $open_or_close, $tightness_flag, $seqno, $valid, $seqno_beg,
        $seqno_end );
    if ($rvertical_tightness_flags) {
        (
            $open_or_close, $tightness_flag, $seqno, $valid, $seqno_beg,
            $seqno_end
        ) = @{$rvertical_tightness_flags};
    }

    $seqno_string = $seqno_end;

    # handle any cached line ..
    # either append this line to it or write it out
    if ( length($cached_line_text) ) {

        if ( !$cached_line_valid ) {
            entab_and_output( $cached_line_text,
                $cached_line_leading_space_count,
                $last_group_level_written );
        }

        # handle cached line with opening container token
        elsif ( $cached_line_type == 1 || $cached_line_type == 3 ) {

            my $gap = $leading_space_count - length($cached_line_text);

            # handle option of just one tight opening per line:
            if ( $cached_line_flag == 1 ) {
                if ( defined($open_or_close) && $open_or_close == 1 ) {
                    $gap = -1;
                }
            }

            if ( $gap >= 0 ) {
                $leading_string      = $cached_line_text . ' ' x $gap;
                $leading_space_count = $cached_line_leading_space_count;
                $seqno_string        = $cached_seqno_string . ':' . $seqno_beg;
            }
            else {
                entab_and_output( $cached_line_text,
                    $cached_line_leading_space_count,
                    $last_group_level_written );
            }
        }

        # handle cached line to place before this closing container token
        else {
            my $test_line = $cached_line_text . ' ' x $cached_line_flag . $str;

            if ( length($test_line) <= $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {

                $seqno_string = $cached_seqno_string . ':' . $seqno_beg;

                # Patch to outdent closing tokens ending # in ');'
                # If we are joining a line like ');' to a previous stacked
                # set of closing tokens, then decide if we may outdent the
                # combined stack to the indentation of the ');'.  Since we
                # should not normally outdent any of the other tokens more than
                # the indentation of the lines that contained them, we will
                # only do this if all of the corresponding opening
                # tokens were on the same line.  This can happen with
                # -sot and -sct.  For example, it is ok here:
                #   __PACKAGE__->load_components( qw(
                #         PK::Auto
                #         Core
                #   ));
                #
                #   But, for example, we do not outdent in this example because
                #   that would put the closing sub brace out farther than the
                #   opening sub brace:
                #
                #   perltidy -sot -sct
                #   $c->Tk::bind(
                #       '' => sub {
                #           my ($c) = @_;
                #           my $e = $c->XEvent;
                #           itemsUnderArea $c;
                #       } );
                #
                if ( $str =~ /^\);/ && $cached_line_text =~ /^[\)\}\]\s]*$/ ) {

                    # The way to tell this is if the stacked sequence numbers
                    # of this output line are the reverse of the stacked
                    # sequence numbers of the previous non-blank line of
                    # sequence numbers.  So we can join if the previous
                    # nonblank string of tokens is the mirror image.  For
                    # example if stack )}] is 13:8:6 then we are looking for a
                    # leading stack like [{( which is 6:8:13 We only need to
                    # check the two ends, because the intermediate tokens must
                    # fall in order.  Note on speed: having to split on colons
                    # and eliminate multiple colons might appear to be slow,
                    # but it's not an issue because we almost never come
                    # through here.  In a typical file we don't.
                    $seqno_string               =~ s/^:+//;
                    $last_nonblank_seqno_string =~ s/^:+//;
                    $seqno_string               =~ s/:+/:/g;
                    $last_nonblank_seqno_string =~ s/:+/:/g;

                    # how many spaces can we outdent?
                    my $diff =
                      $cached_line_leading_space_count - $leading_space_count;
                    if (   $diff > 0
                        && length($seqno_string)
                        && length($last_nonblank_seqno_string) ==
                        length($seqno_string) )
                    {
                        my @seqno_last =
                          ( split ':', $last_nonblank_seqno_string );
                        my @seqno_now = ( split ':', $seqno_string );
                        if (   $seqno_now[-1] == $seqno_last[0]
                            && $seqno_now[0] == $seqno_last[-1] )
                        {

                            # OK to outdent ..
                            # for absolute safety, be sure we only remove
                            # whitespace
                            my $ws = substr( $test_line, 0, $diff );
                            if ( ( length($ws) == $diff ) && $ws =~ /^\s+$/ ) {

                                $test_line = substr( $test_line, $diff );
                                $cached_line_leading_space_count -= $diff;
                            }

                            # shouldn't happen, but not critical:
                            ##else {
                            ## ERROR transferring indentation here
                            ##}
                        }
                    }
                }

                $str                 = $test_line;
                $leading_string      = "";
                $leading_space_count = $cached_line_leading_space_count;
            }
            else {
                entab_and_output( $cached_line_text,
                    $cached_line_leading_space_count,
                    $last_group_level_written );
            }
        }
    }
    $cached_line_type = 0;
    $cached_line_text = "";

    # make the line to be written
    my $line = $leading_string . $str;

    # write or cache this line
    if ( !$open_or_close || $side_comment_length > 0 ) {
        entab_and_output( $line, $leading_space_count, $group_level );
    }
    else {
        $cached_line_text                = $line;
        $cached_line_type                = $open_or_close;
        $cached_line_flag                = $tightness_flag;
        $cached_seqno                    = $seqno;
        $cached_line_valid               = $valid;
        $cached_line_leading_space_count = $leading_space_count;
        $cached_seqno_string             = $seqno_string;
    }

    $last_group_level_written = $group_level;
    $last_side_comment_length = $side_comment_length;
    $extra_indent_ok          = 0;
}

sub entab_and_output {
    my ( $line, $leading_space_count, $level ) = @_;

    # The line is currently correct if there is no tabbing (recommended!)
    # We may have to lop off some leading spaces and replace with tabs.
    if ( $leading_space_count > 0 ) {

        # Nothing to do if no tabs
        if ( !( $rOpts_tabs || $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace )
            || $rOpts_indent_columns <= 0 )
        {

            # nothing to do
        }

        # Handle entab option
        elsif ($rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace) {
            my $space_count =
              $leading_space_count % $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace;
            my $tab_count =
              int( $leading_space_count / $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace );
            my $leading_string = "\t" x $tab_count . ' ' x $space_count;
            if ( $line =~ /^\s{$leading_space_count,$leading_space_count}/ ) {
                substr( $line, 0, $leading_space_count ) = $leading_string;
            }
            else {

                # shouldn't happen - program error counting whitespace
                # we'll skip entabbing
                warning(
"Error entabbing in entab_and_output: expected count=$leading_space_count\n"
                );
            }
        }

        # Handle option of one tab per level
        else {
            my $leading_string = ( "\t" x $level );
            my $space_count =
              $leading_space_count - $level * $rOpts_indent_columns;

            # shouldn't happen:
            if ( $space_count < 0 ) {
                warning(
"Error entabbing in append_line: for level=$group_level count=$leading_space_count\n"
                );
                $leading_string = ( ' ' x $leading_space_count );
            }
            else {
                $leading_string .= ( ' ' x $space_count );
            }
            if ( $line =~ /^\s{$leading_space_count,$leading_space_count}/ ) {
                substr( $line, 0, $leading_space_count ) = $leading_string;
            }
            else {

                # shouldn't happen - program error counting whitespace
                # we'll skip entabbing
                warning(
"Error entabbing in entab_and_output: expected count=$leading_space_count\n"
                );
            }
        }
    }
    $file_writer_object->write_code_line( $line . "\n" );
    if ($seqno_string) {
        $last_nonblank_seqno_string = $seqno_string;
    }
}

{    # begin get_leading_string

    my @leading_string_cache;

    sub get_leading_string {

        # define the leading whitespace string for this line..
        my $leading_whitespace_count = shift;

        # Handle case of zero whitespace, which includes multi-line quotes
        # (which may have a finite level; this prevents tab problems)
        if ( $leading_whitespace_count <= 0 ) {
            return "";
        }

        # look for previous result
        elsif ( $leading_string_cache[$leading_whitespace_count] ) {
            return $leading_string_cache[$leading_whitespace_count];
        }

        # must compute a string for this number of spaces
        my $leading_string;

        # Handle simple case of no tabs
        if ( !( $rOpts_tabs || $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace )
            || $rOpts_indent_columns <= 0 )
        {
            $leading_string = ( ' ' x $leading_whitespace_count );
        }

        # Handle entab option
        elsif ($rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace) {
            my $space_count =
              $leading_whitespace_count % $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace;
            my $tab_count = int(
                $leading_whitespace_count / $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace );
            $leading_string = "\t" x $tab_count . ' ' x $space_count;
        }

        # Handle option of one tab per level
        else {
            $leading_string = ( "\t" x $group_level );
            my $space_count =
              $leading_whitespace_count - $group_level * $rOpts_indent_columns;

            # shouldn't happen:
            if ( $space_count < 0 ) {
                warning(
"Error in append_line: for level=$group_level count=$leading_whitespace_count\n"
                );
                $leading_string = ( ' ' x $leading_whitespace_count );
            }
            else {
                $leading_string .= ( ' ' x $space_count );
            }
        }
        $leading_string_cache[$leading_whitespace_count] = $leading_string;
        return $leading_string;
    }
}    # end get_leading_string

sub report_anything_unusual {
    my $self = shift;
    if ( $outdented_line_count > 0 ) {
        write_logfile_entry(
            "$outdented_line_count long lines were outdented:\n");
        write_logfile_entry(
            "  First at output line $first_outdented_line_at\n");

        if ( $outdented_line_count > 1 ) {
            write_logfile_entry(
                "   Last at output line $last_outdented_line_at\n");
        }
        write_logfile_entry(
            "  use -noll to prevent outdenting, -l=n to increase line length\n"
        );
        write_logfile_entry("\n");
    }
}

#####################################################################
#
# the Perl::Tidy::FileWriter class writes the output file
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::FileWriter;

# Maximum number of little messages; probably need not be changed.
use constant MAX_NAG_MESSAGES => 6;

sub write_logfile_entry {
    my $self          = shift;
    my $logger_object = $self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(@_);
    }
}

sub new {
    my $class = shift;
    my ( $line_sink_object, $rOpts, $logger_object ) = @_;

    bless {
        _line_sink_object           => $line_sink_object,
        _logger_object              => $logger_object,
        _rOpts                      => $rOpts,
        _output_line_number         => 1,
        _consecutive_blank_lines    => 0,
        _consecutive_nonblank_lines => 0,
        _first_line_length_error    => 0,
        _max_line_length_error      => 0,
        _last_line_length_error     => 0,
        _first_line_length_error_at => 0,
        _max_line_length_error_at   => 0,
        _last_line_length_error_at  => 0,
        _line_length_error_count    => 0,
        _max_output_line_length     => 0,
        _max_output_line_length_at  => 0,
    }, $class;
}

sub tee_on {
    my $self = shift;
    $self->{_line_sink_object}->tee_on();
}

sub tee_off {
    my $self = shift;
    $self->{_line_sink_object}->tee_off();
}

sub get_output_line_number {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->{_output_line_number};
}

sub decrement_output_line_number {
    my $self = shift;
    $self->{_output_line_number}--;
}

sub get_consecutive_nonblank_lines {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->{_consecutive_nonblank_lines};
}

sub reset_consecutive_blank_lines {
    my $self = shift;
    $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines} = 0;
}

sub want_blank_line {
    my $self = shift;
    unless ( $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines} ) {
        $self->write_blank_code_line();
    }
}

sub require_blank_code_lines {

    # write out the requested number of blanks regardless of the value of -mbl
    # unless -mbl=0.  This allows extra blank lines to be written for subs and
    # packages even with the default -mbl=1
    my $self   = shift;
    my $count  = shift;
    my $need   = $count - $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines};
    my $rOpts  = $self->{_rOpts};
    my $forced = $rOpts->{'maximum-consecutive-blank-lines'} > 0;
    for ( my $i = 0 ; $i < $need ; $i++ ) {
        $self->write_blank_code_line($forced);
    }
}

sub write_blank_code_line {
    my $self   = shift;
    my $forced = shift;
    my $rOpts  = $self->{_rOpts};
    return
      if (!$forced
        && $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines} >=
        $rOpts->{'maximum-consecutive-blank-lines'} );
    $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines}++;
    $self->{_consecutive_nonblank_lines} = 0;
    $self->write_line("\n");
}

sub write_code_line {
    my $self = shift;
    my $a    = shift;

    if ( $a =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
        my $rOpts = $self->{_rOpts};
        return
          if ( $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines} >=
            $rOpts->{'maximum-consecutive-blank-lines'} );
        $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines}++;
        $self->{_consecutive_nonblank_lines} = 0;
    }
    else {
        $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines} = 0;
        $self->{_consecutive_nonblank_lines}++;
    }
    $self->write_line($a);
}

sub write_line {
    my $self = shift;
    my $a    = shift;

    # TODO: go through and see if the test is necessary here
    if ( $a =~ /\n$/ ) { $self->{_output_line_number}++; }

    $self->{_line_sink_object}->write_line($a);

    # This calculation of excess line length ignores any internal tabs
    my $rOpts  = $self->{_rOpts};
    my $exceed = length($a) - $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'} - 1;
    if ( $a =~ /^\t+/g ) {
        $exceed += pos($a) * ( $rOpts->{'indent-columns'} - 1 );
    }

    # Note that we just incremented output line number to future value
    # so we must subtract 1 for current line number
    if ( length($a) > 1 + $self->{_max_output_line_length} ) {
        $self->{_max_output_line_length}    = length($a) - 1;
        $self->{_max_output_line_length_at} = $self->{_output_line_number} - 1;
    }

    if ( $exceed > 0 ) {
        my $output_line_number = $self->{_output_line_number};
        $self->{_last_line_length_error}    = $exceed;
        $self->{_last_line_length_error_at} = $output_line_number - 1;
        if ( $self->{_line_length_error_count} == 0 ) {
            $self->{_first_line_length_error}    = $exceed;
            $self->{_first_line_length_error_at} = $output_line_number - 1;
        }

        if (
            $self->{_last_line_length_error} > $self->{_max_line_length_error} )
        {
            $self->{_max_line_length_error}    = $exceed;
            $self->{_max_line_length_error_at} = $output_line_number - 1;
        }

        if ( $self->{_line_length_error_count} < MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
            $self->write_logfile_entry(
                "Line length exceeded by $exceed characters\n");
        }
        $self->{_line_length_error_count}++;
    }

}

sub report_line_length_errors {
    my $self                    = shift;
    my $rOpts                   = $self->{_rOpts};
    my $line_length_error_count = $self->{_line_length_error_count};
    if ( $line_length_error_count == 0 ) {
        $self->write_logfile_entry(
            "No lines exceeded $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'} characters\n");
        my $max_output_line_length    = $self->{_max_output_line_length};
        my $max_output_line_length_at = $self->{_max_output_line_length_at};
        $self->write_logfile_entry(
"  Maximum output line length was $max_output_line_length at line $max_output_line_length_at\n"
        );

    }
    else {

        my $word = ( $line_length_error_count > 1 ) ? "s" : "";
        $self->write_logfile_entry(
"$line_length_error_count output line$word exceeded $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'} characters:\n"
        );

        $word = ( $line_length_error_count > 1 ) ? "First" : "";
        my $first_line_length_error    = $self->{_first_line_length_error};
        my $first_line_length_error_at = $self->{_first_line_length_error_at};
        $self->write_logfile_entry(
" $word at line $first_line_length_error_at by $first_line_length_error characters\n"
        );

        if ( $line_length_error_count > 1 ) {
            my $max_line_length_error     = $self->{_max_line_length_error};
            my $max_line_length_error_at  = $self->{_max_line_length_error_at};
            my $last_line_length_error    = $self->{_last_line_length_error};
            my $last_line_length_error_at = $self->{_last_line_length_error_at};
            $self->write_logfile_entry(
" Maximum at line $max_line_length_error_at by $max_line_length_error characters\n"
            );
            $self->write_logfile_entry(
" Last at line $last_line_length_error_at by $last_line_length_error characters\n"
            );
        }
    }
}

#####################################################################
#
# The Perl::Tidy::Debugger class shows line tokenization
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::Debugger;

sub new {

    my ( $class, $filename ) = @_;

    bless {
        _debug_file        => $filename,
        _debug_file_opened => 0,
        _fh                => undef,
    }, $class;
}

sub really_open_debug_file {

    my $self       = shift;
    my $debug_file = $self->{_debug_file};
    my $fh;
    unless ( $fh = IO::File->new("> $debug_file") ) {
        warn("can't open $debug_file: $!\n");
    }
    $self->{_debug_file_opened} = 1;
    $self->{_fh}                = $fh;
    print $fh
      "Use -dump-token-types (-dtt) to get a list of token type codes\n";
}

sub close_debug_file {

    my $self = shift;
    my $fh   = $self->{_fh};
    if ( $self->{_debug_file_opened} ) {

        eval { $self->{_fh}->close() };
    }
}

sub write_debug_entry {

    # This is a debug dump routine which may be modified as necessary
    # to dump tokens on a line-by-line basis.  The output will be written
    # to the .DEBUG file when the -D flag is entered.
    my $self           = shift;
    my $line_of_tokens = shift;

    my $input_line        = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};
    my $rtoken_type       = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type};
    my $rtokens           = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens};
    my $rlevels           = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels};
    my $rslevels          = $line_of_tokens->{_rslevels};
    my $rblock_type       = $line_of_tokens->{_rblock_type};
    my $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};
    my $line_type         = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type};

    my ( $j, $num );

    my $token_str              = "$input_line_number: ";
    my $reconstructed_original = "$input_line_number: ";
    my $block_str              = "$input_line_number: ";

    #$token_str .= "$line_type: ";
    #$reconstructed_original .= "$line_type: ";

    my $pattern   = "";
    my @next_char = ( '"', '"' );
    my $i_next    = 0;
    unless ( $self->{_debug_file_opened} ) { $self->really_open_debug_file() }
    my $fh = $self->{_fh};

    for ( $j = 0 ; $j < @$rtoken_type ; $j++ ) {

        # testing patterns
        if ( $$rtoken_type[$j] eq 'k' ) {
            $pattern .= $$rtokens[$j];
        }
        else {
            $pattern .= $$rtoken_type[$j];
        }
        $reconstructed_original .= $$rtokens[$j];
        $block_str .= "($$rblock_type[$j])";
        $num = length( $$rtokens[$j] );
        my $type_str = $$rtoken_type[$j];

        # be sure there are no blank tokens (shouldn't happen)
        # This can only happen if a programming error has been made
        # because all valid tokens are non-blank
        if ( $type_str eq ' ' ) {
            print $fh "BLANK TOKEN on the next line\n";
            $type_str = $next_char[$i_next];
            $i_next   = 1 - $i_next;
        }

        if ( length($type_str) == 1 ) {
            $type_str = $type_str x $num;
        }
        $token_str .= $type_str;
    }

    # Write what you want here ...
    # print $fh "$input_line\n";
    # print $fh "$pattern\n";
    print $fh "$reconstructed_original\n";
    print $fh "$token_str\n";

    #print $fh "$block_str\n";
}

#####################################################################
#
# The Perl::Tidy::LineBuffer class supplies a 'get_line()'
# method for returning the next line to be parsed, as well as a
# 'peek_ahead()' method
#
# The input parameter is an object with a 'get_line()' method
# which returns the next line to be parsed
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::LineBuffer;

sub new {

    my $class              = shift;
    my $line_source_object = shift;

    return bless {
        _line_source_object => $line_source_object,
        _rlookahead_buffer  => [],
    }, $class;
}

sub peek_ahead {
    my $self               = shift;
    my $buffer_index       = shift;
    my $line               = undef;
    my $line_source_object = $self->{_line_source_object};
    my $rlookahead_buffer  = $self->{_rlookahead_buffer};
    if ( $buffer_index < scalar(@$rlookahead_buffer) ) {
        $line = $$rlookahead_buffer[$buffer_index];
    }
    else {
        $line = $line_source_object->get_line();
        push( @$rlookahead_buffer, $line );
    }
    return $line;
}

sub get_line {
    my $self               = shift;
    my $line               = undef;
    my $line_source_object = $self->{_line_source_object};
    my $rlookahead_buffer  = $self->{_rlookahead_buffer};

    if ( scalar(@$rlookahead_buffer) ) {
        $line = shift @$rlookahead_buffer;
    }
    else {
        $line = $line_source_object->get_line();
    }
    return $line;
}

########################################################################
#
# the Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer package is essentially a filter which
# reads lines of perl source code from a source object and provides
# corresponding tokenized lines through its get_line() method.  Lines
# flow from the source_object to the caller like this:
#
# source_object --> LineBuffer_object --> Tokenizer -->  calling routine
#   get_line()         get_line()           get_line()     line_of_tokens
#
# The source object can be any object with a get_line() method which
# supplies one line (a character string) perl call.
# The LineBuffer object is created by the Tokenizer.
# The Tokenizer returns a reference to a data structure 'line_of_tokens'
# containing one tokenized line for each call to its get_line() method.
#
# WARNING: This is not a real class yet.  Only one tokenizer my be used.
#
########################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer;

BEGIN {

    # Caution: these debug flags produce a lot of output
    # They should all be 0 except when debugging small scripts

    use constant TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_EXPECT   => 0;
    use constant TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_NSCAN    => 0;
    use constant TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_QUOTE    => 0;
    use constant TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_SCAN_ID  => 0;
    use constant TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_TOKENIZE => 0;

    my $debug_warning = sub {
        print "TOKENIZER_DEBUGGING with key $_[0]\n";
    };

    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_EXPECT   && $debug_warning->('EXPECT');
    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_NSCAN    && $debug_warning->('NSCAN');
    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_QUOTE    && $debug_warning->('QUOTE');
    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_SCAN_ID  && $debug_warning->('SCAN_ID');
    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_TOKENIZE && $debug_warning->('TOKENIZE');

}

use Carp;

# PACKAGE VARIABLES for for processing an entire FILE.
use vars qw{
  $tokenizer_self

  $last_nonblank_token
  $last_nonblank_type
  $last_nonblank_block_type
  $statement_type
  $in_attribute_list
  $current_package
  $context

  %is_constant
  %is_user_function
  %user_function_prototype
  %is_block_function
  %is_block_list_function
  %saw_function_definition

  $brace_depth
  $paren_depth
  $square_bracket_depth

  @current_depth
  @total_depth
  $total_depth
  @nesting_sequence_number
  @current_sequence_number
  @paren_type
  @paren_semicolon_count
  @paren_structural_type
  @brace_type
  @brace_structural_type
  @brace_context
  @brace_package
  @square_bracket_type
  @square_bracket_structural_type
  @depth_array
  @nested_ternary_flag
  @nested_statement_type
  @starting_line_of_current_depth
};

# GLOBAL CONSTANTS for routines in this package
use vars qw{
  %is_indirect_object_taker
  %is_block_operator
  %expecting_operator_token
  %expecting_operator_types
  %expecting_term_types
  %expecting_term_token
  %is_digraph
  %is_file_test_operator
  %is_trigraph
  %is_valid_token_type
  %is_keyword
  %is_code_block_token
  %really_want_term
  @opening_brace_names
  @closing_brace_names
  %is_keyword_taking_list
  %is_q_qq_qw_qx_qr_s_y_tr_m
};

# possible values of operator_expected()
use constant TERM     => -1;
use constant UNKNOWN  => 0;
use constant OPERATOR => 1;

# possible values of context
use constant SCALAR_CONTEXT  => -1;
use constant UNKNOWN_CONTEXT => 0;
use constant LIST_CONTEXT    => 1;

# Maximum number of little messages; probably need not be changed.
use constant MAX_NAG_MESSAGES => 6;

{

    # methods to count instances
    my $_count = 0;
    sub get_count        { $_count; }
    sub _increment_count { ++$_count }
    sub _decrement_count { --$_count }
}

sub DESTROY {
    $_[0]->_decrement_count();
}

sub new {

    my $class = shift;

    # Note: 'tabs' and 'indent_columns' are temporary and should be
    # removed asap
    my %defaults = (
        source_object        => undef,
        debugger_object      => undef,
        diagnostics_object   => undef,
        logger_object        => undef,
        starting_level       => undef,
        indent_columns       => 4,
        tabs                 => 0,
        entab_leading_space  => undef,
        look_for_hash_bang   => 0,
        trim_qw              => 1,
        look_for_autoloader  => 1,
        look_for_selfloader  => 1,
        starting_line_number => 1,
    );
    my %args = ( %defaults, @_ );

    # we are given an object with a get_line() method to supply source lines
    my $source_object = $args{source_object};

    # we create another object with a get_line() and peek_ahead() method
    my $line_buffer_object = Perl::Tidy::LineBuffer->new($source_object);

    # Tokenizer state data is as follows:
    # _rhere_target_list    reference to list of here-doc targets
    # _here_doc_target      the target string for a here document
    # _here_quote_character the type of here-doc quoting (" ' ` or none)
    #                       to determine if interpolation is done
    # _quote_target         character we seek if chasing a quote
    # _line_start_quote     line where we started looking for a long quote
    # _in_here_doc          flag indicating if we are in a here-doc
    # _in_pod               flag set if we are in pod documentation
    # _in_error             flag set if we saw severe error (binary in script)
    # _in_data              flag set if we are in __DATA__ section
    # _in_end               flag set if we are in __END__ section
    # _in_format            flag set if we are in a format description
    # _in_attribute_list    flag telling if we are looking for attributes
    # _in_quote             flag telling if we are chasing a quote
    # _starting_level       indentation level of first line
    # _input_tabstr         string denoting one indentation level of input file
    # _know_input_tabstr    flag indicating if we know _input_tabstr
    # _line_buffer_object   object with get_line() method to supply source code
    # _diagnostics_object   place to write debugging information
    # _unexpected_error_count  error count used to limit output
    # _lower_case_labels_at  line numbers where lower case labels seen
    $tokenizer_self = {
        _rhere_target_list                  => [],
        _in_here_doc                        => 0,
        _here_doc_target                    => "",
        _here_quote_character               => "",
        _in_data                            => 0,
        _in_end                             => 0,
        _in_format                          => 0,
        _in_error                           => 0,
        _in_pod                             => 0,
        _in_attribute_list                  => 0,
        _in_quote                           => 0,
        _quote_target                       => "",
        _line_start_quote                   => -1,
        _starting_level                     => $args{starting_level},
        _know_starting_level                => defined( $args{starting_level} ),
        _tabs                               => $args{tabs},
        _entab_leading_space                => $args{entab_leading_space},
        _indent_columns                     => $args{indent_columns},
        _look_for_hash_bang                 => $args{look_for_hash_bang},
        _trim_qw                            => $args{trim_qw},
        _input_tabstr                       => "",
        _know_input_tabstr                  => -1,
        _last_line_number                   => $args{starting_line_number} - 1,
        _saw_perl_dash_P                    => 0,
        _saw_perl_dash_w                    => 0,
        _saw_use_strict                     => 0,
        _saw_v_string                       => 0,
        _look_for_autoloader                => $args{look_for_autoloader},
        _look_for_selfloader                => $args{look_for_selfloader},
        _saw_autoloader                     => 0,
        _saw_selfloader                     => 0,
        _saw_hash_bang                      => 0,
        _saw_end                            => 0,
        _saw_data                           => 0,
        _saw_negative_indentation           => 0,
        _started_tokenizing                 => 0,
        _line_buffer_object                 => $line_buffer_object,
        _debugger_object                    => $args{debugger_object},
        _diagnostics_object                 => $args{diagnostics_object},
        _logger_object                      => $args{logger_object},
        _unexpected_error_count             => 0,
        _started_looking_for_here_target_at => 0,
        _nearly_matched_here_target_at      => undef,
        _line_text                          => "",
        _rlower_case_labels_at              => undef,
    };

    prepare_for_a_new_file();
    find_starting_indentation_level();

    bless $tokenizer_self, $class;

    # This is not a full class yet, so die if an attempt is made to
    # create more than one object.

    if ( _increment_count() > 1 ) {
        confess
"Attempt to create more than 1 object in $class, which is not a true class yet\n";
    }

    return $tokenizer_self;

}

# interface to Perl::Tidy::Logger routines
sub warning {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->warning(@_);
    }
}

sub complain {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->complain(@_);
    }
}

sub write_logfile_entry {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(@_);
    }
}

sub interrupt_logfile {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->interrupt_logfile();
    }
}

sub resume_logfile {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->resume_logfile();
    }
}

sub increment_brace_error {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->increment_brace_error();
    }
}

sub report_definite_bug {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->report_definite_bug();
    }
}

sub brace_warning {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->brace_warning(@_);
    }
}

sub get_saw_brace_error {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->get_saw_brace_error();
    }
    else {
        0;
    }
}

# interface to Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics routines
sub write_diagnostics {
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_diagnostics_object} ) {
        $tokenizer_self->{_diagnostics_object}->write_diagnostics(@_);
    }
}

sub report_tokenization_errors {

    my $self = shift;

    my $level = get_indentation_level();
    if ( $level != $tokenizer_self->{_starting_level} ) {
        warning("final indentation level: $level\n");
    }

    check_final_nesting_depths();

    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_hash_bang}
        && !$tokenizer_self->{_saw_hash_bang} )
    {
        warning(
            "hit EOF without seeing hash-bang line; maybe don't need -x?\n");
    }

    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_format} ) {
        warning("hit EOF while in format description\n");
    }

    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} ) {

        # Just write log entry if this is after __END__ or __DATA__
        # because this happens to often, and it is not likely to be
        # a parsing error.
        if ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_data} || $tokenizer_self->{_saw_end} ) {
            write_logfile_entry(
"hit eof while in pod documentation (no =cut seen)\n\tthis can cause trouble with some pod utilities\n"
            );
        }

        else {
            complain(
"hit eof while in pod documentation (no =cut seen)\n\tthis can cause trouble with some pod utilities\n"
            );
        }

    }

    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc} ) {
        my $here_doc_target = $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target};
        my $started_looking_for_here_target_at =
          $tokenizer_self->{_started_looking_for_here_target_at};
        if ($here_doc_target) {
            warning(
"hit EOF in here document starting at line $started_looking_for_here_target_at with target: $here_doc_target\n"
            );
        }
        else {
            warning(
"hit EOF in here document starting at line $started_looking_for_here_target_at with empty target string\n"
            );
        }
        my $nearly_matched_here_target_at =
          $tokenizer_self->{_nearly_matched_here_target_at};
        if ($nearly_matched_here_target_at) {
            warning(
"NOTE: almost matched at input line $nearly_matched_here_target_at except for whitespace\n"
            );
        }
    }

    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote} ) {
        my $line_start_quote = $tokenizer_self->{_line_start_quote};
        my $quote_target     = $tokenizer_self->{_quote_target};
        my $what =
          ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_attribute_list} )
          ? "attribute list"
          : "quote/pattern";
        warning(
"hit EOF seeking end of $what starting at line $line_start_quote ending in $quote_target\n"
        );
    }

    unless ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_w} ) {
        if ( $] < 5.006 ) {
            write_logfile_entry("Suggest including '-w parameter'\n");
        }
        else {
            write_logfile_entry("Suggest including 'use warnings;'\n");
        }
    }

    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_P} ) {
        write_logfile_entry("Use of -P parameter for defines is discouraged\n");
    }

    unless ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_use_strict} ) {
        write_logfile_entry("Suggest including 'use strict;'\n");
    }

    # it is suggested that lables have at least one upper case character
    # for legibility and to avoid code breakage as new keywords are introduced
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_rlower_case_labels_at} ) {
        my @lower_case_labels_at =
          @{ $tokenizer_self->{_rlower_case_labels_at} };
        write_logfile_entry(
            "Suggest using upper case characters in label(s)\n");
        local $" = ')(';
        write_logfile_entry("  defined at line(s): (@lower_case_labels_at)\n");
    }
}

sub report_v_string {

    # warn if this version can't handle v-strings
    my $tok = shift;
    unless ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_v_string} ) {
        $tokenizer_self->{_saw_v_string} = $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
    }
    if ( $] < 5.006 ) {
        warning(
"Found v-string '$tok' but v-strings are not implemented in your version of perl; see Camel 3 book ch 2\n"
        );
    }
}

sub get_input_line_number {
    return $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
}

# returns the next tokenized line
sub get_line {

    my $self = shift;

    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self, $brace_depth,
    # $square_bracket_depth, $paren_depth

    my $input_line = $tokenizer_self->{_line_buffer_object}->get_line();
    $tokenizer_self->{_line_text} = $input_line;

    return undef unless ($input_line);

    my $input_line_number = ++$tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};

    # Find and remove what characters terminate this line, including any
    # control r
    my $input_line_separator = "";
    if ( chomp($input_line) ) { $input_line_separator = $/ }

    # TODO: what other characters should be included here?
    if ( $input_line =~ s/((\r|\035|\032)+)$// ) {
        $input_line_separator = $2 . $input_line_separator;
    }

    # for backwards compatability we keep the line text terminated with
    # a newline character
    $input_line .= "\n";
    $tokenizer_self->{_line_text} = $input_line;    # update

    # create a data structure describing this line which will be
    # returned to the caller.

    # _line_type codes are:
    #   SYSTEM         - system-specific code before hash-bang line
    #   CODE           - line of perl code (including comments)
    #   POD_START      - line starting pod, such as '=head'
    #   POD            - pod documentation text
    #   POD_END        - last line of pod section, '=cut'
    #   HERE           - text of here-document
    #   HERE_END       - last line of here-doc (target word)
    #   FORMAT         - format section
    #   FORMAT_END     - last line of format section, '.'
    #   DATA_START     - __DATA__ line
    #   DATA           - unidentified text following __DATA__
    #   END_START      - __END__ line
    #   END            - unidentified text following __END__
    #   ERROR          - we are in big trouble, probably not a perl script

    # Other variables:
    #   _curly_brace_depth     - depth of curly braces at start of line
    #   _square_bracket_depth  - depth of square brackets at start of line
    #   _paren_depth           - depth of parens at start of line
    #   _starting_in_quote     - this line continues a multi-line quote
    #                            (so don't trim leading blanks!)
    #   _ending_in_quote       - this line ends in a multi-line quote
    #                            (so don't trim trailing blanks!)
    my $line_of_tokens = {
        _line_type                => 'EOF',
        _line_text                => $input_line,
        _line_number              => $input_line_number,
        _rtoken_type              => undef,
        _rtokens                  => undef,
        _rlevels                  => undef,
        _rslevels                 => undef,
        _rblock_type              => undef,
        _rcontainer_type          => undef,
        _rcontainer_environment   => undef,
        _rtype_sequence           => undef,
        _rnesting_tokens          => undef,
        _rci_levels               => undef,
        _rnesting_blocks          => undef,
        _python_indentation_level => -1,                   ## 0,
        _starting_in_quote    => 0,                    # to be set by subroutine
        _ending_in_quote      => 0,
        _curly_brace_depth    => $brace_depth,
        _square_bracket_depth => $square_bracket_depth,
        _paren_depth          => $paren_depth,
        _quote_character      => '',
    };

    # must print line unchanged if we are in a here document
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc} ) {

        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'HERE';
        my $here_doc_target      = $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target};
        my $here_quote_character = $tokenizer_self->{_here_quote_character};
        my $candidate_target     = $input_line;
        chomp $candidate_target;
        if ( $candidate_target eq $here_doc_target ) {
            $tokenizer_self->{_nearly_matched_here_target_at} = undef;
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type}                     = 'HERE_END';
            write_logfile_entry("Exiting HERE document $here_doc_target\n");

            my $rhere_target_list = $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list};
            if (@$rhere_target_list) {    # there can be multiple here targets
                ( $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character ) =
                  @{ shift @$rhere_target_list };
                $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target} = $here_doc_target;
                $tokenizer_self->{_here_quote_character} =
                  $here_quote_character;
                write_logfile_entry(
                    "Entering HERE document $here_doc_target\n");
                $tokenizer_self->{_nearly_matched_here_target_at} = undef;
                $tokenizer_self->{_started_looking_for_here_target_at} =
                  $input_line_number;
            }
            else {
                $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc}          = 0;
                $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target}      = "";
                $tokenizer_self->{_here_quote_character} = "";
            }
        }

        # check for error of extra whitespace
        # note for PERL6: leading whitespace is allowed
        else {
            $candidate_target =~ s/\s*$//;
            $candidate_target =~ s/^\s*//;
            if ( $candidate_target eq $here_doc_target ) {
                $tokenizer_self->{_nearly_matched_here_target_at} =
                  $input_line_number;
            }
        }
        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # must print line unchanged if we are in a format section
    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_format} ) {

        if ( $input_line =~ /^\.[\s#]*$/ ) {
            write_logfile_entry("Exiting format section\n");
            $tokenizer_self->{_in_format} = 0;
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'FORMAT_END';
        }
        else {
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'FORMAT';
        }
        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # must print line unchanged if we are in pod documentation
    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} ) {

        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD';
        if ( $input_line =~ /^=cut/ ) {
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_END';
            write_logfile_entry("Exiting POD section\n");
            $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} = 0;
        }
        if ( $input_line =~ /^\#\!.*perl\b/ ) {
            warning(
                "Hash-bang in pod can cause older versions of perl to fail! \n"
            );
        }

        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # must print line unchanged if we have seen a severe error (i.e., we
    # are seeing illegal tokens and connot continue.  Syntax errors do
    # not pass this route).  Calling routine can decide what to do, but
    # the default can be to just pass all lines as if they were after __END__
    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_error} ) {
        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'ERROR';
        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # print line unchanged if we are __DATA__ section
    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_data} ) {

        # ...but look for POD
        # Note that the _in_data and _in_end flags remain set
        # so that we return to that state after seeing the
        # end of a pod section
        if ( $input_line =~ /^=(?!cut)/ ) {
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_START';
            write_logfile_entry("Entering POD section\n");
            $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} = 1;
            return $line_of_tokens;
        }
        else {
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'DATA';
            return $line_of_tokens;
        }
    }

    # print line unchanged if we are in __END__ section
    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_end} ) {

        # ...but look for POD
        # Note that the _in_data and _in_end flags remain set
        # so that we return to that state after seeing the
        # end of a pod section
        if ( $input_line =~ /^=(?!cut)/ ) {
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_START';
            write_logfile_entry("Entering POD section\n");
            $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} = 1;
            return $line_of_tokens;
        }
        else {
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'END';
            return $line_of_tokens;
        }
    }

    # check for a hash-bang line if we haven't seen one
    if ( !$tokenizer_self->{_saw_hash_bang} ) {
        if ( $input_line =~ /^\#\!.*perl\b/ ) {
            $tokenizer_self->{_saw_hash_bang} = $input_line_number;

            # check for -w and -P flags
            if ( $input_line =~ /^\#\!.*perl\s.*-.*P/ ) {
                $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_P} = 1;
            }

            if ( $input_line =~ /^\#\!.*perl\s.*-.*w/ ) {
                $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_w} = 1;
            }

            if (   ( $input_line_number > 1 )
                && ( !$tokenizer_self->{_look_for_hash_bang} ) )
            {

                # this is helpful for VMS systems; we may have accidentally
                # tokenized some DCL commands
                if ( $tokenizer_self->{_started_tokenizing} ) {
                    warning(
"There seems to be a hash-bang after line 1; do you need to run with -x ?\n"
                    );
                }
                else {
                    complain("Useless hash-bang after line 1\n");
                }
            }

            # Report the leading hash-bang as a system line
            # This will prevent -dac from deleting it
            else {
                $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'SYSTEM';
                return $line_of_tokens;
            }
        }
    }

    # wait for a hash-bang before parsing if the user invoked us with -x
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_hash_bang}
        && !$tokenizer_self->{_saw_hash_bang} )
    {
        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'SYSTEM';
        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # a first line of the form ': #' will be marked as SYSTEM
    # since lines of this form may be used by tcsh
    if ( $input_line_number == 1 && $input_line =~ /^\s*\:\s*\#/ ) {
        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'SYSTEM';
        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # now we know that it is ok to tokenize the line...
    # the line tokenizer will modify any of these private variables:
    #        _rhere_target_list
    #        _in_data
    #        _in_end
    #        _in_format
    #        _in_error
    #        _in_pod
    #        _in_quote
    my $ending_in_quote_last = $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote};
    tokenize_this_line($line_of_tokens);

    # Now finish defining the return structure and return it
    $line_of_tokens->{_ending_in_quote} = $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote};

    # handle severe error (binary data in script)
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_error} ) {
        $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote} = 0;    # to avoid any more messages
        warning("Giving up after error\n");
        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'ERROR';
        reset_indentation_level(0);          # avoid error messages
        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # handle start of pod documentation
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} ) {

        # This gets tricky..above a __DATA__ or __END__ section, perl
        # accepts '=cut' as the start of pod section. But afterwards,
        # only pod utilities see it and they may ignore an =cut without
        # leading =head.  In any case, this isn't good.
        if ( $input_line =~ /^=cut\b/ ) {
            if ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_data} || $tokenizer_self->{_saw_end} ) {
                complain("=cut while not in pod ignored\n");
                $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod}    = 0;
                $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_END';
            }
            else {
                $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_START';
                complain(
"=cut starts a pod section .. this can fool pod utilities.\n"
                );
                write_logfile_entry("Entering POD section\n");
            }
        }

        else {
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_START';
            write_logfile_entry("Entering POD section\n");
        }

        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # update indentation levels for log messages
    if ( $input_line !~ /^\s*$/ ) {
        my $rlevels                      = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels};
        my $structural_indentation_level = $$rlevels[0];
        my ( $python_indentation_level, $msg ) =
          find_indentation_level( $input_line, $structural_indentation_level );
        if ($msg) { write_logfile_entry("$msg") }
        if ( $tokenizer_self->{_know_input_tabstr} == 1 ) {
            $line_of_tokens->{_python_indentation_level} =
              $python_indentation_level;
        }
    }

    # see if this line contains here doc targets
    my $rhere_target_list = $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list};
    if (@$rhere_target_list) {

        my ( $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character ) =
          @{ shift @$rhere_target_list };
        $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc}          = 1;
        $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target}      = $here_doc_target;
        $tokenizer_self->{_here_quote_character} = $here_quote_character;
        write_logfile_entry("Entering HERE document $here_doc_target\n");
        $tokenizer_self->{_started_looking_for_here_target_at} =
          $input_line_number;
    }

    # NOTE: __END__ and __DATA__ statements are written unformatted
    # because they can theoretically contain additional characters
    # which are not tokenized (and cannot be read with  either!).
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_data} ) {
        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'DATA_START';
        write_logfile_entry("Starting __DATA__ section\n");
        $tokenizer_self->{_saw_data} = 1;

        # keep parsing after __DATA__ if use SelfLoader was seen
        if ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_selfloader} ) {
            $tokenizer_self->{_in_data} = 0;
            write_logfile_entry(
                "SelfLoader seen, continuing; -nlsl deactivates\n");
        }

        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_end} ) {
        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'END_START';
        write_logfile_entry("Starting __END__ section\n");
        $tokenizer_self->{_saw_end} = 1;

        # keep parsing after __END__ if use AutoLoader was seen
        if ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_autoloader} ) {
            $tokenizer_self->{_in_end} = 0;
            write_logfile_entry(
                "AutoLoader seen, continuing; -nlal deactivates\n");
        }
        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # now, finally, we know that this line is type 'CODE'
    $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'CODE';

    # remember if we have seen any real code
    if (  !$tokenizer_self->{_started_tokenizing}
        && $input_line !~ /^\s*$/
        && $input_line !~ /^\s*#/ )
    {
        $tokenizer_self->{_started_tokenizing} = 1;
    }

    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_debugger_object} ) {
        $tokenizer_self->{_debugger_object}->write_debug_entry($line_of_tokens);
    }

    # Note: if keyword 'format' occurs in this line code, it is still CODE
    # (keyword 'format' need not start a line)
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_format} ) {
        write_logfile_entry("Entering format section\n");
    }

    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote}
        and ( $tokenizer_self->{_line_start_quote} < 0 ) )
    {

        #if ( ( my $quote_target = get_quote_target() ) !~ /^\s*$/ ) {
        if (
            ( my $quote_target = $tokenizer_self->{_quote_target} ) !~ /^\s*$/ )
        {
            $tokenizer_self->{_line_start_quote} = $input_line_number;
            write_logfile_entry(
                "Start multi-line quote or pattern ending in $quote_target\n");
        }
    }
    elsif ( ( $tokenizer_self->{_line_start_quote} >= 0 )
        and !$tokenizer_self->{_in_quote} )
    {
        $tokenizer_self->{_line_start_quote} = -1;
        write_logfile_entry("End of multi-line quote or pattern\n");
    }

    # we are returning a line of CODE
    return $line_of_tokens;
}

sub find_starting_indentation_level {

    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self
    my $starting_level    = 0;
    my $know_input_tabstr = -1;    # flag for find_indentation_level

    # use value if given as parameter
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_know_starting_level} ) {
        $starting_level = $tokenizer_self->{_starting_level};
    }

    # if we know there is a hash_bang line, the level must be zero
    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_hash_bang} ) {
        $tokenizer_self->{_know_starting_level} = 1;
    }

    # otherwise figure it out from the input file
    else {
        my $line;
        my $i                            = 0;
        my $structural_indentation_level = -1; # flag for find_indentation_level

        # keep looking at lines until we find a hash bang or piece of code
        my $msg = "";
        while ( $line =
            $tokenizer_self->{_line_buffer_object}->peek_ahead( $i++ ) )
        {

            # if first line is #! then assume starting level is zero
            if ( $i == 1 && $line =~ /^\#\!/ ) {
                $starting_level = 0;
                last;
            }
            next if ( $line =~ /^\s*#/ );    # skip past comments
            next if ( $line =~ /^\s*$/ );    # skip past blank lines
            ( $starting_level, $msg ) =
              find_indentation_level( $line, $structural_indentation_level );
            if ($msg) { write_logfile_entry("$msg") }
            last;
        }
        $msg = "Line $i implies starting-indentation-level = $starting_level\n";

        if ( $starting_level > 0 ) {

            my $input_tabstr = $tokenizer_self->{_input_tabstr};
            if ( $input_tabstr eq "\t" ) {
                $msg .= "by guessing input tabbing uses 1 tab per level\n";
            }
            else {
                my $cols = length($input_tabstr);
                $msg .=
                  "by guessing input tabbing uses $cols blanks per level\n";
            }
        }
        write_logfile_entry("$msg");
    }
    $tokenizer_self->{_starting_level} = $starting_level;
    reset_indentation_level($starting_level);
}

# Find indentation level given a input line.  At the same time, try to
# figure out the input tabbing scheme.
#
# There are two types of calls:
#
# Type 1: $structural_indentation_level < 0
#  In this case we have to guess $input_tabstr to figure out the level.
#
# Type 2: $structural_indentation_level >= 0
#  In this case the level of this line is known, and this routine can
#  update the tabbing string, if still unknown, to make the level correct.

sub find_indentation_level {
    my ( $line, $structural_indentation_level ) = @_;

    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self
    my $level = 0;
    my $msg   = "";

    my $know_input_tabstr = $tokenizer_self->{_know_input_tabstr};
    my $input_tabstr      = $tokenizer_self->{_input_tabstr};

    # find leading whitespace
    my $leading_whitespace = ( $line =~ /^(\s*)/ ) ? $1 : "";

    # make first guess at input tabbing scheme if necessary
    if ( $know_input_tabstr < 0 ) {

        $know_input_tabstr = 0;

        # When -et=n is used for the output formatting, we will assume that
        # tabs in the input formatting were also produced with -et=n.  This may
        # not be true, but it is the best guess because it will keep leading
        # whitespace unchanged on repeated formatting on small pieces of code
        # when -et=n is used.  Thanks to Sam Kington for this patch.
        if ( my $tabsize = $tokenizer_self->{_entab_leading_space} ) {
            $leading_whitespace =~ s{^ (\t*) }
           { " " x (length($1) * $tabsize) }xe;
            $input_tabstr = " " x $tokenizer_self->{_indent_columns};
        }
        elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_tabs} ) {
            $input_tabstr = "\t";
            if ( length($leading_whitespace) > 0 ) {
                if ( $leading_whitespace !~ /\t/ ) {

                    my $cols = $tokenizer_self->{_indent_columns};

                    if ( length($leading_whitespace) < $cols ) {
                        $cols = length($leading_whitespace);
                    }
                    $input_tabstr = " " x $cols;
                }
            }
        }
        else {
            $input_tabstr = " " x $tokenizer_self->{_indent_columns};

            if ( length($leading_whitespace) > 0 ) {
                if ( $leading_whitespace =~ /^\t/ ) {
                    $input_tabstr = "\t";
                }
            }
        }
        $tokenizer_self->{_know_input_tabstr} = $know_input_tabstr;
        $tokenizer_self->{_input_tabstr}      = $input_tabstr;
    }

    # determine the input tabbing scheme if possible
    if (   ( $know_input_tabstr == 0 )
        && ( length($leading_whitespace) > 0 )
        && ( $structural_indentation_level > 0 ) )
    {
        my $saved_input_tabstr = $input_tabstr;

        # check for common case of one tab per indentation level
        if ( $leading_whitespace eq "\t" x $structural_indentation_level ) {
            if ( $leading_whitespace eq "\t" x $structural_indentation_level ) {
                $input_tabstr = "\t";
                $msg          = "Guessing old indentation was tab character\n";
            }
        }

        else {

            # detab any tabs based on 8 blanks per tab
            my $entabbed = "";
            if ( $leading_whitespace =~ s/^\t+/        /g ) {
                $entabbed = "entabbed";
            }

            # now compute tabbing from number of spaces
            my $columns =
              length($leading_whitespace) / $structural_indentation_level;
            if ( $columns == int $columns ) {
                $msg =
                  "Guessing old indentation was $columns $entabbed spaces\n";
            }
            else {
                $columns = int $columns;
                $msg =
"old indentation is unclear, using $columns $entabbed spaces\n";
            }
            $input_tabstr = " " x $columns;
        }
        $know_input_tabstr                    = 1;
        $tokenizer_self->{_know_input_tabstr} = $know_input_tabstr;
        $tokenizer_self->{_input_tabstr}      = $input_tabstr;

        # see if mistakes were made
        if ( ( $tokenizer_self->{_starting_level} > 0 )
            && !$tokenizer_self->{_know_starting_level} )
        {

            if ( $input_tabstr ne $saved_input_tabstr ) {
                complain(
"I made a bad starting level guess; rerun with a value for -sil \n"
                );
            }
        }
    }

    # use current guess at input tabbing to get input indentation level
    #
    # Patch to handle a common case of entabbed leading whitespace
    # If the leading whitespace equals 4 spaces and we also have
    # tabs, detab the input whitespace assuming 8 spaces per tab.
    if ( length($input_tabstr) == 4 ) {
        $leading_whitespace =~ s/^\t+/        /g;
    }

    if ( ( my $len_tab = length($input_tabstr) ) > 0 ) {
        my $pos = 0;

        while ( substr( $leading_whitespace, $pos, $len_tab ) eq $input_tabstr )
        {
            $pos += $len_tab;
            $level++;
        }
    }
    return ( $level, $msg );
}

# This is a currently unused debug routine
sub dump_functions {

    my $fh = *STDOUT;
    my ( $pkg, $sub );
    foreach $pkg ( keys %is_user_function ) {
        print $fh "\nnon-constant subs in package $pkg\n";

        foreach $sub ( keys %{ $is_user_function{$pkg} } ) {
            my $msg = "";
            if ( $is_block_list_function{$pkg}{$sub} ) {
                $msg = 'block_list';
            }

            if ( $is_block_function{$pkg}{$sub} ) {
                $msg = 'block';
            }
            print $fh "$sub $msg\n";
        }
    }

    foreach $pkg ( keys %is_constant ) {
        print $fh "\nconstants and constant subs in package $pkg\n";

        foreach $sub ( keys %{ $is_constant{$pkg} } ) {
            print $fh "$sub\n";
        }
    }
}

sub ones_count {

    # count number of 1's in a string of 1's and 0's
    # example: ones_count("010101010101") gives 6
    return ( my $cis = $_[0] ) =~ tr/1/0/;
}

sub prepare_for_a_new_file {

    # previous tokens needed to determine what to expect next
    $last_nonblank_token      = ';';    # the only possible starting state which
    $last_nonblank_type       = ';';    # will make a leading brace a code block
    $last_nonblank_block_type = '';

    # scalars for remembering statement types across multiple lines
    $statement_type    = '';            # '' or 'use' or 'sub..' or 'case..'
    $in_attribute_list = 0;

    # scalars for remembering where we are in the file
    $current_package = "main";
    $context         = UNKNOWN_CONTEXT;

    # hashes used to remember function information
    %is_constant             = ();      # user-defined constants
    %is_user_function        = ();      # user-defined functions
    %user_function_prototype = ();      # their prototypes
    %is_block_function       = ();
    %is_block_list_function  = ();
    %saw_function_definition = ();

    # variables used to track depths of various containers
    # and report nesting errors
    $paren_depth          = 0;
    $brace_depth          = 0;
    $square_bracket_depth = 0;
    @current_depth[ 0 .. $#closing_brace_names ] =
      (0) x scalar @closing_brace_names;
    $total_depth = 0;
    @total_depth = ();
    @nesting_sequence_number[ 0 .. $#closing_brace_names ] =
      ( 0 .. $#closing_brace_names );
    @current_sequence_number             = ();
    $paren_type[$paren_depth]            = '';
    $paren_semicolon_count[$paren_depth] = 0;
    $paren_structural_type[$brace_depth] = '';
    $brace_type[$brace_depth] = ';';    # identify opening brace as code block
    $brace_structural_type[$brace_depth]                   = '';
    $brace_context[$brace_depth]                           = UNKNOWN_CONTEXT;
    $brace_package[$paren_depth]                           = $current_package;
    $square_bracket_type[$square_bracket_depth]            = '';
    $square_bracket_structural_type[$square_bracket_depth] = '';

    initialize_tokenizer_state();
}

{                                       # begin tokenize_this_line

    use constant BRACE          => 0;
    use constant SQUARE_BRACKET => 1;
    use constant PAREN          => 2;
    use constant QUESTION_COLON => 3;

    # TV1: scalars for processing one LINE.
    # Re-initialized on each entry to sub tokenize_this_line.
    my (
        $block_type,        $container_type,    $expecting,
        $i,                 $i_tok,             $input_line,
        $input_line_number, $last_nonblank_i,   $max_token_index,
        $next_tok,          $next_type,         $peeked_ahead,
        $prototype,         $rhere_target_list, $rtoken_map,
        $rtoken_type,       $rtokens,           $tok,
        $type,              $type_sequence,     $indent_flag,
    );

    # TV2: refs to ARRAYS for processing one LINE
    # Re-initialized on each call.
    my $routput_token_list     = [];    # stack of output token indexes
    my $routput_token_type     = [];    # token types
    my $routput_block_type     = [];    # types of code block
    my $routput_container_type = [];    # paren types, such as if, elsif, ..
    my $routput_type_sequence  = [];    # nesting sequential number
    my $routput_indent_flag    = [];    #

    # TV3: SCALARS for quote variables.  These are initialized with a
    # subroutine call and continually updated as lines are processed.
    my ( $in_quote, $quote_type, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
        $quoted_string_1, $quoted_string_2, $allowed_quote_modifiers, );

    # TV4: SCALARS for multi-line identifiers and
    # statements. These are initialized with a subroutine call
    # and continually updated as lines are processed.
    my ( $id_scan_state, $identifier, $want_paren, $indented_if_level );

    # TV5: SCALARS for tracking indentation level.
    # Initialized once and continually updated as lines are
    # processed.
    my (
        $nesting_token_string,      $nesting_type_string,
        $nesting_block_string,      $nesting_block_flag,
        $nesting_list_string,       $nesting_list_flag,
        $ci_string_in_tokenizer,    $continuation_string_in_tokenizer,
        $in_statement_continuation, $level_in_tokenizer,
        $slevel_in_tokenizer,       $rslevel_stack,
    );

    # TV6: SCALARS for remembering several previous
    # tokens. Initialized once and continually updated as
    # lines are processed.
    my (
        $last_nonblank_container_type,     $last_nonblank_type_sequence,
        $last_last_nonblank_token,         $last_last_nonblank_type,
        $last_last_nonblank_block_type,    $last_last_nonblank_container_type,
        $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence, $last_nonblank_prototype,
    );

    # ----------------------------------------------------------------
    # beginning of tokenizer variable access and manipulation routines
    # ----------------------------------------------------------------

    sub initialize_tokenizer_state {

        # TV1: initialized on each call
        # TV2: initialized on each call
        # TV3:
        $in_quote                = 0;
        $quote_type              = 'Q';
        $quote_character         = "";
        $quote_pos               = 0;
        $quote_depth             = 0;
        $quoted_string_1         = "";
        $quoted_string_2         = "";
        $allowed_quote_modifiers = "";

        # TV4:
        $id_scan_state     = '';
        $identifier        = '';
        $want_paren        = "";
        $indented_if_level = 0;

        # TV5:
        $nesting_token_string             = "";
        $nesting_type_string              = "";
        $nesting_block_string             = '1';    # initially in a block
        $nesting_block_flag               = 1;
        $nesting_list_string              = '0';    # initially not in a list
        $nesting_list_flag                = 0;      # initially not in a list
        $ci_string_in_tokenizer           = "";
        $continuation_string_in_tokenizer = "0";
        $in_statement_continuation        = 0;
        $level_in_tokenizer               = 0;
        $slevel_in_tokenizer              = 0;
        $rslevel_stack                    = [];

        # TV6:
        $last_nonblank_container_type      = '';
        $last_nonblank_type_sequence       = '';
        $last_last_nonblank_token          = ';';
        $last_last_nonblank_type           = ';';
        $last_last_nonblank_block_type     = '';
        $last_last_nonblank_container_type = '';
        $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence  = '';
        $last_nonblank_prototype           = "";
    }

    sub save_tokenizer_state {

        my $rTV1 = [
            $block_type,        $container_type,    $expecting,
            $i,                 $i_tok,             $input_line,
            $input_line_number, $last_nonblank_i,   $max_token_index,
            $next_tok,          $next_type,         $peeked_ahead,
            $prototype,         $rhere_target_list, $rtoken_map,
            $rtoken_type,       $rtokens,           $tok,
            $type,              $type_sequence,     $indent_flag,
        ];

        my $rTV2 = [
            $routput_token_list,    $routput_token_type,
            $routput_block_type,    $routput_container_type,
            $routput_type_sequence, $routput_indent_flag,
        ];

        my $rTV3 = [
            $in_quote,        $quote_type,
            $quote_character, $quote_pos,
            $quote_depth,     $quoted_string_1,
            $quoted_string_2, $allowed_quote_modifiers,
        ];

        my $rTV4 =
          [ $id_scan_state, $identifier, $want_paren, $indented_if_level ];

        my $rTV5 = [
            $nesting_token_string,      $nesting_type_string,
            $nesting_block_string,      $nesting_block_flag,
            $nesting_list_string,       $nesting_list_flag,
            $ci_string_in_tokenizer,    $continuation_string_in_tokenizer,
            $in_statement_continuation, $level_in_tokenizer,
            $slevel_in_tokenizer,       $rslevel_stack,
        ];

        my $rTV6 = [
            $last_nonblank_container_type,
            $last_nonblank_type_sequence,
            $last_last_nonblank_token,
            $last_last_nonblank_type,
            $last_last_nonblank_block_type,
            $last_last_nonblank_container_type,
            $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence,
            $last_nonblank_prototype,
        ];
        return [ $rTV1, $rTV2, $rTV3, $rTV4, $rTV5, $rTV6 ];
    }

    sub restore_tokenizer_state {
        my ($rstate) = @_;
        my ( $rTV1, $rTV2, $rTV3, $rTV4, $rTV5, $rTV6 ) = @{$rstate};
        (
            $block_type,        $container_type,    $expecting,
            $i,                 $i_tok,             $input_line,
            $input_line_number, $last_nonblank_i,   $max_token_index,
            $next_tok,          $next_type,         $peeked_ahead,
            $prototype,         $rhere_target_list, $rtoken_map,
            $rtoken_type,       $rtokens,           $tok,
            $type,              $type_sequence,     $indent_flag,
        ) = @{$rTV1};

        (
            $routput_token_list,    $routput_token_type,
            $routput_block_type,    $routput_container_type,
            $routput_type_sequence, $routput_type_sequence,
        ) = @{$rTV2};

        (
            $in_quote, $quote_type, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
            $quoted_string_1, $quoted_string_2, $allowed_quote_modifiers,
        ) = @{$rTV3};

        ( $id_scan_state, $identifier, $want_paren, $indented_if_level ) =
          @{$rTV4};

        (
            $nesting_token_string,      $nesting_type_string,
            $nesting_block_string,      $nesting_block_flag,
            $nesting_list_string,       $nesting_list_flag,
            $ci_string_in_tokenizer,    $continuation_string_in_tokenizer,
            $in_statement_continuation, $level_in_tokenizer,
            $slevel_in_tokenizer,       $rslevel_stack,
        ) = @{$rTV5};

        (
            $last_nonblank_container_type,
            $last_nonblank_type_sequence,
            $last_last_nonblank_token,
            $last_last_nonblank_type,
            $last_last_nonblank_block_type,
            $last_last_nonblank_container_type,
            $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence,
            $last_nonblank_prototype,
        ) = @{$rTV6};
    }

    sub get_indentation_level {

        # patch to avoid reporting error if indented if is not terminated
        if ($indented_if_level) { return $level_in_tokenizer - 1 }
        return $level_in_tokenizer;
    }

    sub reset_indentation_level {
        $level_in_tokenizer  = $_[0];
        $slevel_in_tokenizer = $_[0];
        push @{$rslevel_stack}, $slevel_in_tokenizer;
    }

    sub peeked_ahead {
        $peeked_ahead = defined( $_[0] ) ? $_[0] : $peeked_ahead;
    }

    # ------------------------------------------------------------
    # end of tokenizer variable access and manipulation routines
    # ------------------------------------------------------------

    # ------------------------------------------------------------
    # beginning of various scanner interface routines
    # ------------------------------------------------------------
    sub scan_replacement_text {

        # check for here-docs in replacement text invoked by
        # a substitution operator with executable modifier 'e'.
        #
        # given:
        #  $replacement_text
        # return:
        #  $rht = reference to any here-doc targets
        my ($replacement_text) = @_;

        # quick check
        return undef unless ( $replacement_text =~ /<{_logger_object};

        # localize all package variables
        local (
            $tokenizer_self,                 $last_nonblank_token,
            $last_nonblank_type,             $last_nonblank_block_type,
            $statement_type,                 $in_attribute_list,
            $current_package,                $context,
            %is_constant,                    %is_user_function,
            %user_function_prototype,        %is_block_function,
            %is_block_list_function,         %saw_function_definition,
            $brace_depth,                    $paren_depth,
            $square_bracket_depth,           @current_depth,
            @total_depth,                    $total_depth,
            @nesting_sequence_number,        @current_sequence_number,
            @paren_type,                     @paren_semicolon_count,
            @paren_structural_type,          @brace_type,
            @brace_structural_type,          @brace_context,
            @brace_package,                  @square_bracket_type,
            @square_bracket_structural_type, @depth_array,
            @starting_line_of_current_depth, @nested_ternary_flag,
            @nested_statement_type,
        );

        # save all lexical variables
        my $rstate = save_tokenizer_state();
        _decrement_count();    # avoid error check for multiple tokenizers

        # make a new tokenizer
        my $rOpts = {};
        my $rpending_logfile_message;
        my $source_object =
          Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( \$replacement_text, $rOpts,
            $rpending_logfile_message );
        my $tokenizer = Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer->new(
            source_object        => $source_object,
            logger_object        => $logger_object,
            starting_line_number => $input_line_number,
        );

        # scan the replacement text
        1 while ( $tokenizer->get_line() );

        # remove any here doc targets
        my $rht = undef;
        if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc} ) {
            $rht = [];
            push @{$rht},
              [
                $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target},
                $tokenizer_self->{_here_quote_character}
              ];
            if ( $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list} ) {
                push @{$rht}, @{ $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list} };
                $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list} = undef;
            }
            $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc} = undef;
        }

        # now its safe to report errors
        $tokenizer->report_tokenization_errors();

        # restore all tokenizer lexical variables
        restore_tokenizer_state($rstate);

        # return the here doc targets
        return $rht;
    }

    sub scan_bare_identifier {
        ( $i, $tok, $type, $prototype ) =
          scan_bare_identifier_do( $input_line, $i, $tok, $type, $prototype,
            $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );
    }

    sub scan_identifier {
        ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state, $identifier ) =
          scan_identifier_do( $i, $id_scan_state, $identifier, $rtokens,
            $max_token_index, $expecting );
    }

    sub scan_id {
        ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state ) =
          scan_id_do( $input_line, $i, $tok, $rtokens, $rtoken_map,
            $id_scan_state, $max_token_index );
    }

    sub scan_number {
        my $number;
        ( $i, $type, $number ) =
          scan_number_do( $input_line, $i, $rtoken_map, $type,
            $max_token_index );
        return $number;
    }

    # a sub to warn if token found where term expected
    sub error_if_expecting_TERM {
        if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
            if ( $really_want_term{$last_nonblank_type} ) {
                unexpected( $tok, "term", $i_tok, $last_nonblank_i, $rtoken_map,
                    $rtoken_type, $input_line );
                1;
            }
        }
    }

    # a sub to warn if token found where operator expected
    sub error_if_expecting_OPERATOR {
        if ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) {
            my $thing = defined $_[0] ? $_[0] : $tok;
            unexpected( $thing, "operator", $i_tok, $last_nonblank_i,
                $rtoken_map, $rtoken_type, $input_line );
            if ( $i_tok == 0 ) {
                interrupt_logfile();
                warning("Missing ';' above?\n");
                resume_logfile();
            }
            1;
        }
    }

    # ------------------------------------------------------------
    # end scanner interfaces
    # ------------------------------------------------------------

    my %is_for_foreach;
    @_ = qw(for foreach);
    @is_for_foreach{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    my %is_my_our;
    @_ = qw(my our);
    @is_my_our{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # These keywords may introduce blocks after parenthesized expressions,
    # in the form:
    # keyword ( .... ) { BLOCK }
    # patch for SWITCH/CASE: added 'switch' 'case' 'given' 'when'
    my %is_blocktype_with_paren;
    @_ = qw(if elsif unless while until for foreach switch case given when);
    @is_blocktype_with_paren{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # ------------------------------------------------------------
    # begin hash of code for handling most token types
    # ------------------------------------------------------------
    my $tokenization_code = {

        # no special code for these types yet, but syntax checks
        # could be added

##      '!'   => undef,
##      '!='  => undef,
##      '!~'  => undef,
##      '%='  => undef,
##      '&&=' => undef,
##      '&='  => undef,
##      '+='  => undef,
##      '-='  => undef,
##      '..'  => undef,
##      '..'  => undef,
##      '...' => undef,
##      '.='  => undef,
##      '<<=' => undef,
##      '<='  => undef,
##      '<=>' => undef,
##      '<>'  => undef,
##      '='   => undef,
##      '=='  => undef,
##      '=~'  => undef,
##      '>='  => undef,
##      '>>'  => undef,
##      '>>=' => undef,
##      '\\'  => undef,
##      '^='  => undef,
##      '|='  => undef,
##      '||=' => undef,
##      '//=' => undef,
##      '~'   => undef,
##      '~~'  => undef,
##      '!~~'  => undef,

        '>' => sub {
            error_if_expecting_TERM()
              if ( $expecting == TERM );
        },
        '|' => sub {
            error_if_expecting_TERM()
              if ( $expecting == TERM );
        },
        '$' => sub {

            # start looking for a scalar
            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR("Scalar")
              if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
            scan_identifier();

            if ( $identifier eq '$^W' ) {
                $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_w} = 1;
            }

            # Check for indentifier in indirect object slot
            # (vorboard.pl, sort.t).  Something like:
            #   /^(print|printf|sort|exec|system)$/
            if (
                $is_indirect_object_taker{$last_nonblank_token}

                || ( ( $last_nonblank_token eq '(' )
                    && $is_indirect_object_taker{ $paren_type[$paren_depth] } )
                || ( $last_nonblank_type =~ /^[Uw]$/ )    # possible object
              )
            {
                $type = 'Z';
            }
        },
        '(' => sub {

            ++$paren_depth;
            $paren_semicolon_count[$paren_depth] = 0;
            if ($want_paren) {
                $container_type = $want_paren;
                $want_paren     = "";
            }
            else {
                $container_type = $last_nonblank_token;

                # We can check for a syntax error here of unexpected '(',
                # but this is going to get messy...
                if (
                    $expecting == OPERATOR

                    # be sure this is not a method call of the form
                    # &method(...), $method->(..), &{method}(...),
                    # $ref[2](list) is ok & short for $ref[2]->(list)
                    # NOTE: at present, braces in something like &{ xxx }
                    # are not marked as a block, we might have a method call
                    && $last_nonblank_token !~ /^([\]\}\&]|\-\>)/

                  )
                {

                    # ref: camel 3 p 703.
                    if ( $last_last_nonblank_token eq 'do' ) {
                        complain(
"do SUBROUTINE is deprecated; consider & or -> notation\n"
                        );
                    }
                    else {

                        # if this is an empty list, (), then it is not an
                        # error; for example, we might have a constant pi and
                        # invoke it with pi() or just pi;
                        my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
                          find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens,
                            $max_token_index );
                        if ( $next_nonblank_token ne ')' ) {
                            my $hint;
                            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR('(');

                            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'C' ) {
                                $hint =
                                  "$last_nonblank_token has a void prototype\n";
                            }
                            elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'i' ) {
                                if (   $i_tok > 0
                                    && $last_nonblank_token =~ /^\$/ )
                                {
                                    $hint =
"Do you mean '$last_nonblank_token->(' ?\n";
                                }
                            }
                            if ($hint) {
                                interrupt_logfile();
                                warning($hint);
                                resume_logfile();
                            }
                        } ## end if ( $next_nonblank_token...
                    } ## end else [ if ( $last_last_nonblank_token...
                } ## end if ( $expecting == OPERATOR...
            }
            $paren_type[$paren_depth] = $container_type;
            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
              increase_nesting_depth( PAREN, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );

            # propagate types down through nested parens
            # for example: the second paren in 'if ((' would be structural
            # since the first is.

            if ( $last_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
                $type = $last_nonblank_type;
            }

            #     We exclude parens as structural after a ',' because it
            #     causes subtle problems with continuation indentation for
            #     something like this, where the first 'or' will not get
            #     indented.
            #
            #         assert(
            #             __LINE__,
            #             ( not defined $check )
            #               or ref $check
            #               or $check eq "new"
            #               or $check eq "old",
            #         );
            #
            #     Likewise, we exclude parens where a statement can start
            #     because of problems with continuation indentation, like
            #     these:
            #
            #         ($firstline =~ /^#\!.*perl/)
            #         and (print $File::Find::name, "\n")
            #           and (return 1);
            #
            #         (ref($usage_fref) =~ /CODE/)
            #         ? &$usage_fref
            #           : (&blast_usage, &blast_params, &blast_general_params);

            else {
                $type = '{';
            }

            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq ')' ) {
                warning(
                    "Syntax error? found token '$last_nonblank_type' then '('\n"
                );
            }
            $paren_structural_type[$paren_depth] = $type;

        },
        ')' => sub {
            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
              decrease_nesting_depth( PAREN, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );

            if ( $paren_structural_type[$paren_depth] eq '{' ) {
                $type = '}';
            }

            $container_type = $paren_type[$paren_depth];

            #    /^(for|foreach)$/
            if ( $is_for_foreach{ $paren_type[$paren_depth] } ) {
                my $num_sc = $paren_semicolon_count[$paren_depth];
                if ( $num_sc > 0 && $num_sc != 2 ) {
                    warning("Expected 2 ';' in 'for(;;)' but saw $num_sc\n");
                }
            }

            if ( $paren_depth > 0 ) { $paren_depth-- }
        },
        ',' => sub {
            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq ',' ) {
                complain("Repeated ','s \n");
            }

            # patch for operator_expected: note if we are in the list (use.t)
            if ( $statement_type eq 'use' ) { $statement_type = '_use' }
##                FIXME: need to move this elsewhere, perhaps check after a '('
##                elsif ($last_nonblank_token eq '(') {
##                    warning("Leading ','s illegal in some versions of perl\n");
##                }
        },
        ';' => sub {
            $context        = UNKNOWN_CONTEXT;
            $statement_type = '';

            #    /^(for|foreach)$/
            if ( $is_for_foreach{ $paren_type[$paren_depth] } )
            {    # mark ; in for loop

                # Be careful: we do not want a semicolon such as the
                # following to be included:
                #
                #    for (sort {strcoll($a,$b);} keys %investments) {

                if (   $brace_depth == $depth_array[PAREN][BRACE][$paren_depth]
                    && $square_bracket_depth ==
                    $depth_array[PAREN][SQUARE_BRACKET][$paren_depth] )
                {

                    $type = 'f';
                    $paren_semicolon_count[$paren_depth]++;
                }
            }

        },
        '"' => sub {
            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR("String")
              if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
            $in_quote                = 1;
            $type                    = 'Q';
            $allowed_quote_modifiers = "";
        },
        "'" => sub {
            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR("String")
              if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
            $in_quote                = 1;
            $type                    = 'Q';
            $allowed_quote_modifiers = "";
        },
        '`' => sub {
            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR("String")
              if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
            $in_quote                = 1;
            $type                    = 'Q';
            $allowed_quote_modifiers = "";
        },
        '/' => sub {
            my $is_pattern;

            if ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {    # indeterminte, must guess..
                my $msg;
                ( $is_pattern, $msg ) =
                  guess_if_pattern_or_division( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map,
                    $max_token_index );

                if ($msg) {
                    write_diagnostics("DIVIDE:$msg\n");
                    write_logfile_entry($msg);
                }
            }
            else { $is_pattern = ( $expecting == TERM ) }

            if ($is_pattern) {
                $in_quote                = 1;
                $type                    = 'Q';
                $allowed_quote_modifiers = '[msixpodualgc]';
            }
            else {    # not a pattern; check for a /= token

                if ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq '=' ) {    # form token /=
                    $i++;
                    $tok  = '/=';
                    $type = $tok;
                }

              #DEBUG - collecting info on what tokens follow a divide
              # for development of guessing algorithm
              #if ( numerator_expected( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) < 0 ) {
              #    #write_diagnostics( "DIVIDE? $input_line\n" );
              #}
            }
        },
        '{' => sub {

            # if we just saw a ')', we will label this block with
            # its type.  We need to do this to allow sub
            # code_block_type to determine if this brace starts a
            # code block or anonymous hash.  (The type of a paren
            # pair is the preceding token, such as 'if', 'else',
            # etc).
            $container_type = "";

            # ATTRS: for a '{' following an attribute list, reset
            # things to look like we just saw the sub name
            if ( $statement_type =~ /^sub/ ) {
                $last_nonblank_token = $statement_type;
                $last_nonblank_type  = 'i';
                $statement_type      = "";
            }

            # patch for SWITCH/CASE: hide these keywords from an immediately
            # following opening brace
            elsif ( ( $statement_type eq 'case' || $statement_type eq 'when' )
                && $statement_type eq $last_nonblank_token )
            {
                $last_nonblank_token = ";";
            }

            elsif ( $last_nonblank_token eq ')' ) {
                $last_nonblank_token = $paren_type[ $paren_depth + 1 ];

                # defensive move in case of a nesting error (pbug.t)
                # in which this ')' had no previous '('
                # this nesting error will have been caught
                if ( !defined($last_nonblank_token) ) {
                    $last_nonblank_token = 'if';
                }

                # check for syntax error here;
                unless ( $is_blocktype_with_paren{$last_nonblank_token} ) {
                    my $list = join( ' ', sort keys %is_blocktype_with_paren );
                    warning(
                        "syntax error at ') {', didn't see one of: $list\n");
                }
            }

            # patch for paren-less for/foreach glitch, part 2.
            # see note below under 'qw'
            elsif ($last_nonblank_token eq 'qw'
                && $is_for_foreach{$want_paren} )
            {
                $last_nonblank_token = $want_paren;
                if ( $last_last_nonblank_token eq $want_paren ) {
                    warning(
"syntax error at '$want_paren .. {' -- missing \$ loop variable\n"
                    );

                }
                $want_paren = "";
            }

            # now identify which of the three possible types of
            # curly braces we have: hash index container, anonymous
            # hash reference, or code block.

            # non-structural (hash index) curly brace pair
            # get marked 'L' and 'R'
            if ( is_non_structural_brace() ) {
                $type = 'L';

                # patch for SWITCH/CASE:
                # allow paren-less identifier after 'when'
                # if the brace is preceded by a space
                if (   $statement_type eq 'when'
                    && $last_nonblank_type      eq 'i'
                    && $last_last_nonblank_type eq 'k'
                    && ( $i_tok == 0 || $rtoken_type->[ $i_tok - 1 ] eq 'b' ) )
                {
                    $type       = '{';
                    $block_type = $statement_type;
                }
            }

            # code and anonymous hash have the same type, '{', but are
            # distinguished by 'block_type',
            # which will be blank for an anonymous hash
            else {

                $block_type = code_block_type( $i_tok, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
                    $max_token_index );

                # patch to promote bareword type to function taking block
                if (   $block_type
                    && $last_nonblank_type eq 'w'
                    && $last_nonblank_i >= 0 )
                {
                    if ( $routput_token_type->[$last_nonblank_i] eq 'w' ) {
                        $routput_token_type->[$last_nonblank_i] = 'G';
                    }
                }

                # patch for SWITCH/CASE: if we find a stray opening block brace
                # where we might accept a 'case' or 'when' block, then take it
                if (   $statement_type eq 'case'
                    || $statement_type eq 'when' )
                {
                    if ( !$block_type || $block_type eq '}' ) {
                        $block_type = $statement_type;
                    }
                }
            }
            $brace_type[ ++$brace_depth ]        = $block_type;
            $brace_package[$brace_depth]         = $current_package;
            $brace_structural_type[$brace_depth] = $type;
            $brace_context[$brace_depth]         = $context;
            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
              increase_nesting_depth( BRACE, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );
        },
        '}' => sub {
            $block_type = $brace_type[$brace_depth];
            if ($block_type) { $statement_type = '' }
            if ( defined( $brace_package[$brace_depth] ) ) {
                $current_package = $brace_package[$brace_depth];
            }

            # can happen on brace error (caught elsewhere)
            else {
            }
            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
              decrease_nesting_depth( BRACE, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );

            if ( $brace_structural_type[$brace_depth] eq 'L' ) {
                $type = 'R';
            }

            # propagate type information for 'do' and 'eval' blocks.
            # This is necessary to enable us to know if an operator
            # or term is expected next
            if ( $is_block_operator{ $brace_type[$brace_depth] } ) {
                $tok = $brace_type[$brace_depth];
            }

            $context = $brace_context[$brace_depth];
            if ( $brace_depth > 0 ) { $brace_depth--; }
        },
        '&' => sub {    # maybe sub call? start looking

            # We have to check for sub call unless we are sure we
            # are expecting an operator.  This example from s2p
            # got mistaken as a q operator in an early version:
            #   print BODY &q(<<'EOT');
            if ( $expecting != OPERATOR ) {

                # But only look for a sub call if we are expecting a term or
                # if there is no existing space after the &.
                # For example we probably don't want & as sub call here:
                #    Fcntl::S_IRUSR & $mode;
                if ( $expecting == TERM || $next_type ne 'b' ) {
                    scan_identifier();
                }
            }
            else {
            }
        },
        '<' => sub {    # angle operator or less than?

            if ( $expecting != OPERATOR ) {
                ( $i, $type ) =
                  find_angle_operator_termination( $input_line, $i, $rtoken_map,
                    $expecting, $max_token_index );

                if ( $type eq '<' && $expecting == TERM ) {
                    error_if_expecting_TERM();
                    interrupt_logfile();
                    warning("Unterminated <> operator?\n");
                    resume_logfile();
                }
            }
            else {
            }
        },
        '?' => sub {    # ?: conditional or starting pattern?

            my $is_pattern;

            if ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {

                my $msg;
                ( $is_pattern, $msg ) =
                  guess_if_pattern_or_conditional( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map,
                    $max_token_index );

                if ($msg) { write_logfile_entry($msg) }
            }
            else { $is_pattern = ( $expecting == TERM ) }

            if ($is_pattern) {
                $in_quote                = 1;
                $type                    = 'Q';
                $allowed_quote_modifiers = '[msixpodualgc]';
            }
            else {
                ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
                  increase_nesting_depth( QUESTION_COLON,
                    $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );
            }
        },
        '*' => sub {    # typeglob, or multiply?

            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
                scan_identifier();
            }
            else {

                if ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq '=' ) {
                    $tok  = '*=';
                    $type = $tok;
                    $i++;
                }
                elsif ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq '*' ) {
                    $tok  = '**';
                    $type = $tok;
                    $i++;
                    if ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq '=' ) {
                        $tok  = '**=';
                        $type = $tok;
                        $i++;
                    }
                }
            }
        },
        '.' => sub {    # what kind of . ?

            if ( $expecting != OPERATOR ) {
                scan_number();
                if ( $type eq '.' ) {
                    error_if_expecting_TERM()
                      if ( $expecting == TERM );
                }
            }
            else {
            }
        },
        ':' => sub {

            # if this is the first nonblank character, call it a label
            # since perl seems to just swallow it
            if ( $input_line_number == 1 && $last_nonblank_i == -1 ) {
                $type = 'J';
            }

            # ATTRS: check for a ':' which introduces an attribute list
            # (this might eventually get its own token type)
            elsif ( $statement_type =~ /^sub/ ) {
                $type              = 'A';
                $in_attribute_list = 1;
            }

            # check for scalar attribute, such as
            # my $foo : shared = 1;
            elsif ($is_my_our{$statement_type}
                && $current_depth[QUESTION_COLON] == 0 )
            {
                $type              = 'A';
                $in_attribute_list = 1;
            }

            # otherwise, it should be part of a ?/: operator
            else {
                ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
                  decrease_nesting_depth( QUESTION_COLON,
                    $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );
                if ( $last_nonblank_token eq '?' ) {
                    warning("Syntax error near ? :\n");
                }
            }
        },
        '+' => sub {    # what kind of plus?

            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
                my $number = scan_number();

                # unary plus is safest assumption if not a number
                if ( !defined($number) ) { $type = 'p'; }
            }
            elsif ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) {
            }
            else {
                if ( $next_type eq 'w' ) { $type = 'p' }
            }
        },
        '@' => sub {

            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR("Array")
              if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
            scan_identifier();
        },
        '%' => sub {    # hash or modulo?

            # first guess is hash if no following blank
            if ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {
                if ( $next_type ne 'b' ) { $expecting = TERM }
            }
            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
                scan_identifier();
            }
        },
        '[' => sub {
            $square_bracket_type[ ++$square_bracket_depth ] =
              $last_nonblank_token;
            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
              increase_nesting_depth( SQUARE_BRACKET, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );

            # It may seem odd, but structural square brackets have
            # type '{' and '}'.  This simplifies the indentation logic.
            if ( !is_non_structural_brace() ) {
                $type = '{';
            }
            $square_bracket_structural_type[$square_bracket_depth] = $type;
        },
        ']' => sub {
            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
              decrease_nesting_depth( SQUARE_BRACKET, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );

            if ( $square_bracket_structural_type[$square_bracket_depth] eq '{' )
            {
                $type = '}';
            }
            if ( $square_bracket_depth > 0 ) { $square_bracket_depth--; }
        },
        '-' => sub {    # what kind of minus?

            if ( ( $expecting != OPERATOR )
                && $is_file_test_operator{$next_tok} )
            {
                my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
                  find_next_nonblank_token( $i + 1, $rtokens,
                    $max_token_index );

                # check for a quoted word like "-w=>xx";
                # it is sufficient to just check for a following '='
                if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '=' ) {
                    $type = 'm';
                }
                else {
                    $i++;
                    $tok .= $next_tok;
                    $type = 'F';
                }
            }
            elsif ( $expecting == TERM ) {
                my $number = scan_number();

                # maybe part of bareword token? unary is safest
                if ( !defined($number) ) { $type = 'm'; }

            }
            elsif ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) {
            }
            else {

                if ( $next_type eq 'w' ) {
                    $type = 'm';
                }
            }
        },

        '^' => sub {

            # check for special variables like ${^WARNING_BITS}
            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {

                # FIXME: this should work but will not catch errors
                # because we also have to be sure that previous token is
                # a type character ($,@,%).
                if ( $last_nonblank_token eq '{'
                    && ( $next_tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) )
                {

                    if ( $next_tok eq 'W' ) {
                        $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_w} = 1;
                    }
                    $tok  = $tok . $next_tok;
                    $i    = $i + 1;
                    $type = 'w';
                }

                else {
                    unless ( error_if_expecting_TERM() ) {

                        # Something like this is valid but strange:
                        # undef ^I;
                        complain("The '^' seems unusual here\n");
                    }
                }
            }
        },

        '::' => sub {    # probably a sub call
            scan_bare_identifier();
        },
        '<<' => sub {    # maybe a here-doc?
            return
              unless ( $i < $max_token_index )
              ;          # here-doc not possible if end of line

            if ( $expecting != OPERATOR ) {
                my ( $found_target, $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character,
                    $saw_error );
                (
                    $found_target, $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character, $i,
                    $saw_error
                  )
                  = find_here_doc( $expecting, $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map,
                    $max_token_index );

                if ($found_target) {
                    push @{$rhere_target_list},
                      [ $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character ];
                    $type = 'h';
                    if ( length($here_doc_target) > 80 ) {
                        my $truncated = substr( $here_doc_target, 0, 80 );
                        complain("Long here-target: '$truncated' ...\n");
                    }
                    elsif ( $here_doc_target !~ /^[A-Z_]\w+$/ ) {
                        complain(
                            "Unconventional here-target: '$here_doc_target'\n"
                        );
                    }
                }
                elsif ( $expecting == TERM ) {
                    unless ($saw_error) {

                        # shouldn't happen..
                        warning("Program bug; didn't find here doc target\n");
                        report_definite_bug();
                    }
                }
            }
            else {
            }
        },
        '->' => sub {

            # if -> points to a bare word, we must scan for an identifier,
            # otherwise something like ->y would look like the y operator
            scan_identifier();
        },

        # type = 'pp' for pre-increment, '++' for post-increment
        '++' => sub {
            if ( $expecting == TERM ) { $type = 'pp' }
            elsif ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {
                my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
                  find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
                if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '$' ) { $type = 'pp' }
            }
        },

        '=>' => sub {
            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq $tok ) {
                complain("Repeated '=>'s \n");
            }

            # patch for operator_expected: note if we are in the list (use.t)
            # TODO: make version numbers a new token type
            if ( $statement_type eq 'use' ) { $statement_type = '_use' }
        },

        # type = 'mm' for pre-decrement, '--' for post-decrement
        '--' => sub {

            if ( $expecting == TERM ) { $type = 'mm' }
            elsif ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {
                my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
                  find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
                if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '$' ) { $type = 'mm' }
            }
        },

        '&&' => sub {
            error_if_expecting_TERM()
              if ( $expecting == TERM );
        },

        '||' => sub {
            error_if_expecting_TERM()
              if ( $expecting == TERM );
        },

        '//' => sub {
            error_if_expecting_TERM()
              if ( $expecting == TERM );
        },
    };

    # ------------------------------------------------------------
    # end hash of code for handling individual token types
    # ------------------------------------------------------------

    my %matching_start_token = ( '}' => '{', ']' => '[', ')' => '(' );

    # These block types terminate statements and do not need a trailing
    # semicolon
    # patched for SWITCH/CASE/
    my %is_zero_continuation_block_type;
    @_ = qw( } { BEGIN END CHECK INIT AUTOLOAD DESTROY UNITCHECK continue ;
      if elsif else unless while until for foreach switch case given when);
    @is_zero_continuation_block_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    my %is_not_zero_continuation_block_type;
    @_ = qw(sort grep map do eval);
    @is_not_zero_continuation_block_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    my %is_logical_container;
    @_ = qw(if elsif unless while and or err not && !  || for foreach);
    @is_logical_container{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    my %is_binary_type;
    @_ = qw(|| &&);
    @is_binary_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    my %is_binary_keyword;
    @_ = qw(and or err eq ne cmp);
    @is_binary_keyword{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # 'L' is token for opening { at hash key
    my %is_opening_type;
    @_ = qw" L { ( [ ";
    @is_opening_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # 'R' is token for closing } at hash key
    my %is_closing_type;
    @_ = qw" R } ) ] ";
    @is_closing_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    my %is_redo_last_next_goto;
    @_ = qw(redo last next goto);
    @is_redo_last_next_goto{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    my %is_use_require;
    @_ = qw(use require);
    @is_use_require{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    my %is_sub_package;
    @_ = qw(sub package);
    @is_sub_package{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # This hash holds the hash key in $tokenizer_self for these keywords:
    my %is_format_END_DATA = (
        'format'   => '_in_format',
        '__END__'  => '_in_end',
        '__DATA__' => '_in_data',
    );

    # ref: camel 3 p 147,
    # but perl may accept undocumented flags
    # perl 5.10 adds 'p' (preserve)
    # Perl version 5.16, http://perldoc.perl.org/perlop.html,  has these:
    # /PATTERN/msixpodualgc or m?PATTERN?msixpodualgc
    # s/PATTERN/REPLACEMENT/msixpodualgcer
    # y/SEARCHLIST/REPLACEMENTLIST/cdsr
    # tr/SEARCHLIST/REPLACEMENTLIST/cdsr
    # qr/STRING/msixpodual
    my %quote_modifiers = (
        's'  => '[msixpodualgcer]',
        'y'  => '[cdsr]',
        'tr' => '[cdsr]',
        'm'  => '[msixpodualgc]',
        'qr' => '[msixpodual]',
        'q'  => "",
        'qq' => "",
        'qw' => "",
        'qx' => "",
    );

    # table showing how many quoted things to look for after quote operator..
    # s, y, tr have 2 (pattern and replacement)
    # others have 1 (pattern only)
    my %quote_items = (
        's'  => 2,
        'y'  => 2,
        'tr' => 2,
        'm'  => 1,
        'qr' => 1,
        'q'  => 1,
        'qq' => 1,
        'qw' => 1,
        'qx' => 1,
    );

    sub tokenize_this_line {

  # This routine breaks a line of perl code into tokens which are of use in
  # indentation and reformatting.  One of my goals has been to define tokens
  # such that a newline may be inserted between any pair of tokens without
  # changing or invalidating the program. This version comes close to this,
  # although there are necessarily a few exceptions which must be caught by
  # the formatter.  Many of these involve the treatment of bare words.
  #
  # The tokens and their types are returned in arrays.  See previous
  # routine for their names.
  #
  # See also the array "valid_token_types" in the BEGIN section for an
  # up-to-date list.
  #
  # To simplify things, token types are either a single character, or they
  # are identical to the tokens themselves.
  #
  # As a debugging aid, the -D flag creates a file containing a side-by-side
  # comparison of the input string and its tokenization for each line of a file.
  # This is an invaluable debugging aid.
  #
  # In addition to tokens, and some associated quantities, the tokenizer
  # also returns flags indication any special line types.  These include
  # quotes, here_docs, formats.
  #
  # -----------------------------------------------------------------------
  #
  # How to add NEW_TOKENS:
  #
  # New token types will undoubtedly be needed in the future both to keep up
  # with changes in perl and to help adapt the tokenizer to other applications.
  #
  # Here are some notes on the minimal steps.  I wrote these notes while
  # adding the 'v' token type for v-strings, which are things like version
  # numbers 5.6.0, and ip addresses, and will use that as an example.  ( You
  # can use your editor to search for the string "NEW_TOKENS" to find the
  # appropriate sections to change):
  #
  # *. Try to talk somebody else into doing it!  If not, ..
  #
  # *. Make a backup of your current version in case things don't work out!
  #
  # *. Think of a new, unused character for the token type, and add to
  # the array @valid_token_types in the BEGIN section of this package.
  # For example, I used 'v' for v-strings.
  #
  # *. Implement coding to recognize the $type of the token in this routine.
  # This is the hardest part, and is best done by immitating or modifying
  # some of the existing coding.  For example, to recognize v-strings, I
  # patched 'sub scan_bare_identifier' to recognize v-strings beginning with
  # 'v' and 'sub scan_number' to recognize v-strings without the leading 'v'.
  #
  # *. Update sub operator_expected.  This update is critically important but
  # the coding is trivial.  Look at the comments in that routine for help.
  # For v-strings, which should behave like numbers, I just added 'v' to the
  # regex used to handle numbers and strings (types 'n' and 'Q').
  #
  # *. Implement a 'bond strength' rule in sub set_bond_strengths in
  # Perl::Tidy::Formatter for breaking lines around this token type.  You can
  # skip this step and take the default at first, then adjust later to get
  # desired results.  For adding type 'v', I looked at sub bond_strength and
  # saw that number type 'n' was using default strengths, so I didn't do
  # anything.  I may tune it up someday if I don't like the way line
  # breaks with v-strings look.
  #
  # *. Implement a 'whitespace' rule in sub set_white_space_flag in
  # Perl::Tidy::Formatter.  For adding type 'v', I looked at this routine
  # and saw that type 'n' used spaces on both sides, so I just added 'v'
  # to the array @spaces_both_sides.
  #
  # *. Update HtmlWriter package so that users can colorize the token as
  # desired.  This is quite easy; see comments identified by 'NEW_TOKENS' in
  # that package.  For v-strings, I initially chose to use a default color
  # equal to the default for numbers, but it might be nice to change that
  # eventually.
  #
  # *. Update comments in Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer::dump_token_types.
  #
  # *. Run lots and lots of debug tests.  Start with special files designed
  # to test the new token type.  Run with the -D flag to create a .DEBUG
  # file which shows the tokenization.  When these work ok, test as many old
  # scripts as possible.  Start with all of the '.t' files in the 'test'
  # directory of the distribution file.  Compare .tdy output with previous
  # version and updated version to see the differences.  Then include as
  # many more files as possible. My own technique has been to collect a huge
  # number of perl scripts (thousands!) into one directory and run perltidy
  # *, then run diff between the output of the previous version and the
  # current version.
  #
  # *. For another example, search for the smartmatch operator '~~'
  # with your editor to see where updates were made for it.
  #
  # -----------------------------------------------------------------------

        my $line_of_tokens = shift;
        my ($untrimmed_input_line) = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};

        # patch while coding change is underway
        # make callers private data to allow access
        # $tokenizer_self = $caller_tokenizer_self;

        # extract line number for use in error messages
        $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};

        # reinitialize for multi-line quote
        $line_of_tokens->{_starting_in_quote} = $in_quote && $quote_type eq 'Q';

        # check for pod documentation
        if ( ( $untrimmed_input_line =~ /^=[A-Za-z_]/ ) ) {

            # must not be in multi-line quote
            # and must not be in an eqn
            if ( !$in_quote and ( operator_expected( 'b', '=', 'b' ) == TERM ) )
            {
                $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} = 1;
                return;
            }
        }

        $input_line = $untrimmed_input_line;

        chomp $input_line;

        # trim start of this line unless we are continuing a quoted line
        # do not trim end because we might end in a quote (test: deken4.pl)
        # Perl::Tidy::Formatter will delete needless trailing blanks
        unless ( $in_quote && ( $quote_type eq 'Q' ) ) {
            $input_line =~ s/^\s*//;    # trim left end
        }

        # update the copy of the line for use in error messages
        # This must be exactly what we give the pre_tokenizer
        $tokenizer_self->{_line_text} = $input_line;

        # re-initialize for the main loop
        $routput_token_list     = [];    # stack of output token indexes
        $routput_token_type     = [];    # token types
        $routput_block_type     = [];    # types of code block
        $routput_container_type = [];    # paren types, such as if, elsif, ..
        $routput_type_sequence  = [];    # nesting sequential number

        $rhere_target_list = [];

        $tok             = $last_nonblank_token;
        $type            = $last_nonblank_type;
        $prototype       = $last_nonblank_prototype;
        $last_nonblank_i = -1;
        $block_type      = $last_nonblank_block_type;
        $container_type  = $last_nonblank_container_type;
        $type_sequence   = $last_nonblank_type_sequence;
        $indent_flag     = 0;
        $peeked_ahead    = 0;

        # tokenization is done in two stages..
        # stage 1 is a very simple pre-tokenization
        my $max_tokens_wanted = 0; # this signals pre_tokenize to get all tokens

        # a little optimization for a full-line comment
        if ( !$in_quote && ( $input_line =~ /^#/ ) ) {
            $max_tokens_wanted = 1    # no use tokenizing a comment
        }

        # start by breaking the line into pre-tokens
        ( $rtokens, $rtoken_map, $rtoken_type ) =
          pre_tokenize( $input_line, $max_tokens_wanted );

        $max_token_index = scalar(@$rtokens) - 1;
        push( @$rtokens,    ' ', ' ', ' ' ); # extra whitespace simplifies logic
        push( @$rtoken_map, 0,   0,   0 );   # shouldn't be referenced
        push( @$rtoken_type, 'b', 'b', 'b' );

        # initialize for main loop
        for $i ( 0 .. $max_token_index + 3 ) {
            $routput_token_type->[$i]     = "";
            $routput_block_type->[$i]     = "";
            $routput_container_type->[$i] = "";
            $routput_type_sequence->[$i]  = "";
            $routput_indent_flag->[$i]    = 0;
        }
        $i     = -1;
        $i_tok = -1;

        # ------------------------------------------------------------
        # begin main tokenization loop
        # ------------------------------------------------------------

        # we are looking at each pre-token of one line and combining them
        # into tokens
        while ( ++$i <= $max_token_index ) {

            if ($in_quote) {    # continue looking for end of a quote
                $type = $quote_type;

                unless ( @{$routput_token_list} )
                {               # initialize if continuation line
                    push( @{$routput_token_list}, $i );
                    $routput_token_type->[$i] = $type;

                }
                $tok = $quote_character unless ( $quote_character =~ /^\s*$/ );

                # scan for the end of the quote or pattern
                (
                    $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
                    $quoted_string_1, $quoted_string_2
                  )
                  = do_quote(
                    $i,               $in_quote,    $quote_character,
                    $quote_pos,       $quote_depth, $quoted_string_1,
                    $quoted_string_2, $rtokens,     $rtoken_map,
                    $max_token_index
                  );

                # all done if we didn't find it
                last if ($in_quote);

                # save pattern and replacement text for rescanning
                my $qs1 = $quoted_string_1;
                my $qs2 = $quoted_string_2;

                # re-initialize for next search
                $quote_character = '';
                $quote_pos       = 0;
                $quote_type      = 'Q';
                $quoted_string_1 = "";
                $quoted_string_2 = "";
                last if ( ++$i > $max_token_index );

                # look for any modifiers
                if ($allowed_quote_modifiers) {

                    # check for exact quote modifiers
                    if ( $$rtokens[$i] =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {
                        my $str = $$rtokens[$i];
                        my $saw_modifier_e;
                        while ( $str =~ /\G$allowed_quote_modifiers/gc ) {
                            my $pos = pos($str);
                            my $char = substr( $str, $pos - 1, 1 );
                            $saw_modifier_e ||= ( $char eq 'e' );
                        }

                        # For an 'e' quote modifier we must scan the replacement
                        # text for here-doc targets.
                        if ($saw_modifier_e) {

                            my $rht = scan_replacement_text($qs1);

                            # Change type from 'Q' to 'h' for quotes with
                            # here-doc targets so that the formatter (see sub
                            # print_line_of_tokens) will not make any line
                            # breaks after this point.
                            if ($rht) {
                                push @{$rhere_target_list}, @{$rht};
                                $type = 'h';
                                if ( $i_tok < 0 ) {
                                    my $ilast = $routput_token_list->[-1];
                                    $routput_token_type->[$ilast] = $type;
                                }
                            }
                        }

                        if ( defined( pos($str) ) ) {

                            # matched
                            if ( pos($str) == length($str) ) {
                                last if ( ++$i > $max_token_index );
                            }

                            # Looks like a joined quote modifier
                            # and keyword, maybe something like
                            # s/xxx/yyy/gefor @k=...
                            # Example is "galgen.pl".  Would have to split
                            # the word and insert a new token in the
                            # pre-token list.  This is so rare that I haven't
                            # done it.  Will just issue a warning citation.

                            # This error might also be triggered if my quote
                            # modifier characters are incomplete
                            else {
                                warning(< $max_token_index );
                            }
                        }
                        else {

                            # example file: rokicki4.pl
                            # This error might also be triggered if my quote
                            # modifier characters are incomplete
                            write_logfile_entry(
"Note: found word $str at quote modifier location\n"
                            );
                        }
                    }

                    # re-initialize
                    $allowed_quote_modifiers = "";
                }
            }

            unless ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) {

                # try to catch some common errors
                if ( ( $type eq 'n' ) && ( $tok ne '0' ) ) {

                    if ( $last_nonblank_token eq 'eq' ) {
                        complain("Should 'eq' be '==' here ?\n");
                    }
                    elsif ( $last_nonblank_token eq 'ne' ) {
                        complain("Should 'ne' be '!=' here ?\n");
                    }
                }

                $last_last_nonblank_token      = $last_nonblank_token;
                $last_last_nonblank_type       = $last_nonblank_type;
                $last_last_nonblank_block_type = $last_nonblank_block_type;
                $last_last_nonblank_container_type =
                  $last_nonblank_container_type;
                $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence =
                  $last_nonblank_type_sequence;
                $last_nonblank_token          = $tok;
                $last_nonblank_type           = $type;
                $last_nonblank_prototype      = $prototype;
                $last_nonblank_block_type     = $block_type;
                $last_nonblank_container_type = $container_type;
                $last_nonblank_type_sequence  = $type_sequence;
                $last_nonblank_i              = $i_tok;
            }

            # store previous token type
            if ( $i_tok >= 0 ) {
                $routput_token_type->[$i_tok]     = $type;
                $routput_block_type->[$i_tok]     = $block_type;
                $routput_container_type->[$i_tok] = $container_type;
                $routput_type_sequence->[$i_tok]  = $type_sequence;
                $routput_indent_flag->[$i_tok]    = $indent_flag;
            }
            my $pre_tok  = $$rtokens[$i];        # get the next pre-token
            my $pre_type = $$rtoken_type[$i];    # and type
            $tok  = $pre_tok;
            $type = $pre_type;                   # to be modified as necessary
            $block_type = "";    # blank for all tokens except code block braces
            $container_type = "";    # blank for all tokens except some parens
            $type_sequence  = "";    # blank for all tokens except ?/:
            $indent_flag    = 0;
            $prototype = "";    # blank for all tokens except user defined subs
            $i_tok     = $i;

            # this pre-token will start an output token
            push( @{$routput_token_list}, $i_tok );

            # continue gathering identifier if necessary
            # but do not start on blanks and comments
            if ( $id_scan_state && $pre_type !~ /[b#]/ ) {

                if ( $id_scan_state =~ /^(sub|package)/ ) {
                    scan_id();
                }
                else {
                    scan_identifier();
                }

                last if ($id_scan_state);
                next if ( ( $i > 0 ) || $type );

                # didn't find any token; start over
                $type = $pre_type;
                $tok  = $pre_tok;
            }

            # handle whitespace tokens..
            next if ( $type eq 'b' );
            my $prev_tok  = $i > 0 ? $$rtokens[ $i - 1 ]     : ' ';
            my $prev_type = $i > 0 ? $$rtoken_type[ $i - 1 ] : 'b';

            # Build larger tokens where possible, since we are not in a quote.
            #
            # First try to assemble digraphs.  The following tokens are
            # excluded and handled specially:
            # '/=' is excluded because the / might start a pattern.
            # 'x=' is excluded since it might be $x=, with $ on previous line
            # '**' and *= might be typeglobs of punctuation variables
            # I have allowed tokens starting with <, such as <=,
            # because I don't think these could be valid angle operators.
            # test file: storrs4.pl
            my $test_tok   = $tok . $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
            my $combine_ok = $is_digraph{$test_tok};

            # check for special cases which cannot be combined
            if ($combine_ok) {

                # '//' must be defined_or operator if an operator is expected.
                # TODO: Code for other ambiguous digraphs (/=, x=, **, *=)
                # could be migrated here for clarity
                if ( $test_tok eq '//' ) {
                    my $next_type = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
                    my $expecting =
                      operator_expected( $prev_type, $tok, $next_type );
                    $combine_ok = 0 unless ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
                }
            }

            if (
                $combine_ok
                && ( $test_tok ne '/=' )    # might be pattern
                && ( $test_tok ne 'x=' )    # might be $x
                && ( $test_tok ne '**' )    # typeglob?
                && ( $test_tok ne '*=' )    # typeglob?
              )
            {
                $tok = $test_tok;
                $i++;

                # Now try to assemble trigraphs.  Note that all possible
                # perl trigraphs can be constructed by appending a character
                # to a digraph.
                $test_tok = $tok . $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];

                if ( $is_trigraph{$test_tok} ) {
                    $tok = $test_tok;
                    $i++;
                }
            }

            $type      = $tok;
            $next_tok  = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
            $next_type = $$rtoken_type[ $i + 1 ];

            TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_TOKENIZE && do {
                local $" = ')(';
                my @debug_list = (
                    $last_nonblank_token,      $tok,
                    $next_tok,                 $brace_depth,
                    $brace_type[$brace_depth], $paren_depth,
                    $paren_type[$paren_depth]
                );
                print "TOKENIZE:(@debug_list)\n";
            };

            # turn off attribute list on first non-blank, non-bareword
            if ( $pre_type ne 'w' ) { $in_attribute_list = 0 }

            ###############################################################
            # We have the next token, $tok.
            # Now we have to examine this token and decide what it is
            # and define its $type
            #
            # section 1: bare words
            ###############################################################

            if ( $pre_type eq 'w' ) {
                $expecting = operator_expected( $prev_type, $tok, $next_type );
                my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
                  find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );

                # ATTRS: handle sub and variable attributes
                if ($in_attribute_list) {

                    # treat bare word followed by open paren like qw(
                    if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
                        $in_quote                = $quote_items{'q'};
                        $allowed_quote_modifiers = $quote_modifiers{'q'};
                        $type                    = 'q';
                        $quote_type              = 'q';
                        next;
                    }

                    # handle bareword not followed by open paren
                    else {
                        $type = 'w';
                        next;
                    }
                }

                # quote a word followed by => operator
                if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '=' ) {

                    if ( $$rtokens[ $i_next + 1 ] eq '>' ) {
                        if ( $is_constant{$current_package}{$tok} ) {
                            $type = 'C';
                        }
                        elsif ( $is_user_function{$current_package}{$tok} ) {
                            $type = 'U';
                            $prototype =
                              $user_function_prototype{$current_package}{$tok};
                        }
                        elsif ( $tok =~ /^v\d+$/ ) {
                            $type = 'v';
                            report_v_string($tok);
                        }
                        else { $type = 'w' }

                        next;
                    }
                }

     # quote a bare word within braces..like xxx->{s}; note that we
     # must be sure this is not a structural brace, to avoid
     # mistaking {s} in the following for a quoted bare word:
     #     for(@[){s}bla}BLA}
     # Also treat q in something like var{-q} as a bare word, not qoute operator
                if (
                    $next_nonblank_token eq '}'
                    && (
                        $last_nonblank_type eq 'L'
                        || (   $last_nonblank_type eq 'm'
                            && $last_last_nonblank_type eq 'L' )
                    )
                  )
                {
                    $type = 'w';
                    next;
                }

                # a bare word immediately followed by :: is not a keyword;
                # use $tok_kw when testing for keywords to avoid a mistake
                my $tok_kw = $tok;
                if ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq ':' && $$rtokens[ $i + 2 ] eq ':' )
                {
                    $tok_kw .= '::';
                }

                # handle operator x (now we know it isn't $x=)
                if ( ( $tok =~ /^x\d*$/ ) && ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) ) {
                    if ( $tok eq 'x' ) {

                        if ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq '=' ) {    # x=
                            $tok  = 'x=';
                            $type = $tok;
                            $i++;
                        }
                        else {
                            $type = 'x';
                        }
                    }

                    # FIXME: Patch: mark something like x4 as an integer for now
                    # It gets fixed downstream.  This is easier than
                    # splitting the pretoken.
                    else {
                        $type = 'n';
                    }
                }

                elsif ( ( $tok eq 'strict' )
                    and ( $last_nonblank_token eq 'use' ) )
                {
                    $tokenizer_self->{_saw_use_strict} = 1;
                    scan_bare_identifier();
                }

                elsif ( ( $tok eq 'warnings' )
                    and ( $last_nonblank_token eq 'use' ) )
                {
                    $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_w} = 1;

                    # scan as identifier, so that we pick up something like:
                    # use warnings::register
                    scan_bare_identifier();
                }

                elsif (
                       $tok eq 'AutoLoader'
                    && $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_autoloader}
                    && (
                        $last_nonblank_token eq 'use'

                        # these regexes are from AutoSplit.pm, which we want
                        # to mimic
                        || $input_line =~ /^\s*(use|require)\s+AutoLoader\b/
                        || $input_line =~ /\bISA\s*=.*\bAutoLoader\b/
                    )
                  )
                {
                    write_logfile_entry("AutoLoader seen, -nlal deactivates\n");
                    $tokenizer_self->{_saw_autoloader}      = 1;
                    $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_autoloader} = 0;
                    scan_bare_identifier();
                }

                elsif (
                       $tok eq 'SelfLoader'
                    && $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_selfloader}
                    && (   $last_nonblank_token eq 'use'
                        || $input_line =~ /^\s*(use|require)\s+SelfLoader\b/
                        || $input_line =~ /\bISA\s*=.*\bSelfLoader\b/ )
                  )
                {
                    write_logfile_entry("SelfLoader seen, -nlsl deactivates\n");
                    $tokenizer_self->{_saw_selfloader}      = 1;
                    $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_selfloader} = 0;
                    scan_bare_identifier();
                }

                elsif ( ( $tok eq 'constant' )
                    and ( $last_nonblank_token eq 'use' ) )
                {
                    scan_bare_identifier();
                    my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
                      find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens,
                        $max_token_index );

                    if ($next_nonblank_token) {

                        if ( $is_keyword{$next_nonblank_token} ) {

                            # Assume qw is used as a quote and okay, as in:
                            #  use constant qw{ DEBUG 0 };
                            # Not worth trying to parse for just a warning
                            if ( $next_nonblank_token ne 'qw' ) {
                                warning(
"Attempting to define constant '$next_nonblank_token' which is a perl keyword\n"
                                );
                            }
                        }

                        # FIXME: could check for error in which next token is
                        # not a word (number, punctuation, ..)
                        else {
                            $is_constant{$current_package}
                              {$next_nonblank_token} = 1;
                        }
                    }
                }

                # various quote operators
                elsif ( $is_q_qq_qw_qx_qr_s_y_tr_m{$tok} ) {
                    if ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) {

                        # patch for paren-less for/foreach glitch, part 1
                        # perl will accept this construct as valid:
                        #
                        #    foreach my $key qw\Uno Due Tres Quadro\ {
                        #        print "Set $key\n";
                        #    }
                        unless ( $tok eq 'qw' && $is_for_foreach{$want_paren} )
                        {
                            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR();
                        }
                    }
                    $in_quote                = $quote_items{$tok};
                    $allowed_quote_modifiers = $quote_modifiers{$tok};

                   # All quote types are 'Q' except possibly qw quotes.
                   # qw quotes are special in that they may generally be trimmed
                   # of leading and trailing whitespace.  So they are given a
                   # separate type, 'q', unless requested otherwise.
                    $type =
                      ( $tok eq 'qw' && $tokenizer_self->{_trim_qw} )
                      ? 'q'
                      : 'Q';
                    $quote_type = $type;
                }

                # check for a statement label
                elsif (
                       ( $next_nonblank_token eq ':' )
                    && ( $$rtokens[ $i_next + 1 ] ne ':' )
                    && ( $i_next <= $max_token_index )    # colon on same line
                    && label_ok()
                  )
                {
                    if ( $tok !~ /[A-Z]/ ) {
                        push @{ $tokenizer_self->{_rlower_case_labels_at} },
                          $input_line_number;
                    }
                    $type = 'J';
                    $tok .= ':';
                    $i = $i_next;
                    next;
                }

                #      'sub' || 'package'
                elsif ( $is_sub_package{$tok_kw} ) {
                    error_if_expecting_OPERATOR()
                      if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
                    scan_id();
                }

                # Note on token types for format, __DATA__, __END__:
                # It simplifies things to give these type ';', so that when we
                # start rescanning we will be expecting a token of type TERM.
                # We will switch to type 'k' before outputting the tokens.
                elsif ( $is_format_END_DATA{$tok_kw} ) {
                    $type = ';';    # make tokenizer look for TERM next
                    $tokenizer_self->{ $is_format_END_DATA{$tok_kw} } = 1;
                    last;
                }

                elsif ( $is_keyword{$tok_kw} ) {
                    $type = 'k';

                    # Since for and foreach may not be followed immediately
                    # by an opening paren, we have to remember which keyword
                    # is associated with the next '('
                    if ( $is_for_foreach{$tok} ) {
                        if ( new_statement_ok() ) {
                            $want_paren = $tok;
                        }
                    }

                    # recognize 'use' statements, which are special
                    elsif ( $is_use_require{$tok} ) {
                        $statement_type = $tok;
                        error_if_expecting_OPERATOR()
                          if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
                    }

                    # remember my and our to check for trailing ": shared"
                    elsif ( $is_my_our{$tok} ) {
                        $statement_type = $tok;
                    }

                    # Check for misplaced 'elsif' and 'else', but allow isolated
                    # else or elsif blocks to be formatted.  This is indicated
                    # by a last noblank token of ';'
                    elsif ( $tok eq 'elsif' ) {
                        if (   $last_nonblank_token ne ';'
                            && $last_nonblank_block_type !~
                            /^(if|elsif|unless)$/ )
                        {
                            warning(
"expecting '$tok' to follow one of 'if|elsif|unless'\n"
                            );
                        }
                    }
                    elsif ( $tok eq 'else' ) {

                        # patched for SWITCH/CASE
                        if (   $last_nonblank_token ne ';'
                            && $last_nonblank_block_type !~
                            /^(if|elsif|unless|case|when)$/ )
                        {
                            warning(
"expecting '$tok' to follow one of 'if|elsif|unless|case|when'\n"
                            );
                        }
                    }
                    elsif ( $tok eq 'continue' ) {
                        if (   $last_nonblank_token ne ';'
                            && $last_nonblank_block_type !~
                            /(^(\{|\}|;|while|until|for|foreach)|:$)/ )
                        {

                            # note: ';' '{' and '}' in list above
                            # because continues can follow bare blocks;
                            # ':' is labeled block
                            #
                            ############################################
                            # NOTE: This check has been deactivated because
                            # continue has an alternative usage for given/when
                            # blocks in perl 5.10
                            ## warning("'$tok' should follow a block\n");
                            ############################################
                        }
                    }

                    # patch for SWITCH/CASE if 'case' and 'when are
                    # treated as keywords.
                    elsif ( $tok eq 'when' || $tok eq 'case' ) {
                        $statement_type = $tok;    # next '{' is block
                    }

                    #
                    # indent trailing if/unless/while/until
                    # outdenting will be handled by later indentation loop
## DEACTIVATED: unfortunately this can cause some unwanted indentation like:
##$opt_o = 1
##  if !(
##             $opt_b
##          || $opt_c
##          || $opt_d
##          || $opt_f
##          || $opt_i
##          || $opt_l
##          || $opt_o
##          || $opt_x
##  );
##                    if (   $tok =~ /^(if|unless|while|until)$/
##                        && $next_nonblank_token ne '(' )
##                    {
##                        $indent_flag = 1;
##                    }
                }

                # check for inline label following
                #         /^(redo|last|next|goto)$/
                elsif (( $last_nonblank_type eq 'k' )
                    && ( $is_redo_last_next_goto{$last_nonblank_token} ) )
                {
                    $type = 'j';
                    next;
                }

                # something else --
                else {

                    scan_bare_identifier();
                    if ( $type eq 'w' ) {

                        if ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) {

                            # don't complain about possible indirect object
                            # notation.
                            # For example:
                            #   package main;
                            #   sub new($) { ... }
                            #   $b = new A::;  # calls A::new
                            #   $c = new A;    # same thing but suspicious
                            # This will call A::new but we have a 'new' in
                            # main:: which looks like a constant.
                            #
                            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'C' ) {
                                if ( $tok !~ /::$/ ) {
                                    complain(<{$tok};
                if ($code) {
                    $expecting =
                      operator_expected( $prev_type, $tok, $next_type );
                    $code->();
                    redo if $in_quote;
                }
            }
        }

        # -----------------------------
        # end of main tokenization loop
        # -----------------------------

        if ( $i_tok >= 0 ) {
            $routput_token_type->[$i_tok]     = $type;
            $routput_block_type->[$i_tok]     = $block_type;
            $routput_container_type->[$i_tok] = $container_type;
            $routput_type_sequence->[$i_tok]  = $type_sequence;
            $routput_indent_flag->[$i_tok]    = $indent_flag;
        }

        unless ( ( $type eq 'b' ) || ( $type eq '#' ) ) {
            $last_last_nonblank_token          = $last_nonblank_token;
            $last_last_nonblank_type           = $last_nonblank_type;
            $last_last_nonblank_block_type     = $last_nonblank_block_type;
            $last_last_nonblank_container_type = $last_nonblank_container_type;
            $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence  = $last_nonblank_type_sequence;
            $last_nonblank_token               = $tok;
            $last_nonblank_type                = $type;
            $last_nonblank_block_type          = $block_type;
            $last_nonblank_container_type      = $container_type;
            $last_nonblank_type_sequence       = $type_sequence;
            $last_nonblank_prototype           = $prototype;
        }

        # reset indentation level if necessary at a sub or package
        # in an attempt to recover from a nesting error
        if ( $level_in_tokenizer < 0 ) {
            if ( $input_line =~ /^\s*(sub|package)\s+(\w+)/ ) {
                reset_indentation_level(0);
                brace_warning("resetting level to 0 at $1 $2\n");
            }
        }

        # all done tokenizing this line ...
        # now prepare the final list of tokens and types

        my @token_type     = ();   # stack of output token types
        my @block_type     = ();   # stack of output code block types
        my @container_type = ();   # stack of output code container types
        my @type_sequence  = ();   # stack of output type sequence numbers
        my @tokens         = ();   # output tokens
        my @levels         = ();   # structural brace levels of output tokens
        my @slevels        = ();   # secondary nesting levels of output tokens
        my @nesting_tokens = ();   # string of tokens leading to this depth
        my @nesting_types  = ();   # string of token types leading to this depth
        my @nesting_blocks = ();   # string of block types leading to this depth
        my @nesting_lists  = ();   # string of list types leading to this depth
        my @ci_string = ();  # string needed to compute continuation indentation
        my @container_environment = ();    # BLOCK or LIST
        my $container_environment = '';
        my $im                    = -1;    # previous $i value
        my $num;
        my $ci_string_sum = ones_count($ci_string_in_tokenizer);

# Computing Token Indentation
#
#     The final section of the tokenizer forms tokens and also computes
#     parameters needed to find indentation.  It is much easier to do it
#     in the tokenizer than elsewhere.  Here is a brief description of how
#     indentation is computed.  Perl::Tidy computes indentation as the sum
#     of 2 terms:
#
#     (1) structural indentation, such as if/else/elsif blocks
#     (2) continuation indentation, such as long parameter call lists.
#
#     These are occasionally called primary and secondary indentation.
#
#     Structural indentation is introduced by tokens of type '{', although
#     the actual tokens might be '{', '(', or '['.  Structural indentation
#     is of two types: BLOCK and non-BLOCK.  Default structural indentation
#     is 4 characters if the standard indentation scheme is used.
#
#     Continuation indentation is introduced whenever a line at BLOCK level
#     is broken before its termination.  Default continuation indentation
#     is 2 characters in the standard indentation scheme.
#
#     Both types of indentation may be nested arbitrarily deep and
#     interlaced.  The distinction between the two is somewhat arbitrary.
#
#     For each token, we will define two variables which would apply if
#     the current statement were broken just before that token, so that
#     that token started a new line:
#
#     $level = the structural indentation level,
#     $ci_level = the continuation indentation level
#
#     The total indentation will be $level * (4 spaces) + $ci_level * (2 spaces),
#     assuming defaults.  However, in some special cases it is customary
#     to modify $ci_level from this strict value.
#
#     The total structural indentation is easy to compute by adding and
#     subtracting 1 from a saved value as types '{' and '}' are seen.  The
#     running value of this variable is $level_in_tokenizer.
#
#     The total continuation is much more difficult to compute, and requires
#     several variables.  These veriables are:
#
#     $ci_string_in_tokenizer = a string of 1's and 0's indicating, for
#       each indentation level, if there are intervening open secondary
#       structures just prior to that level.
#     $continuation_string_in_tokenizer = a string of 1's and 0's indicating
#       if the last token at that level is "continued", meaning that it
#       is not the first token of an expression.
#     $nesting_block_string = a string of 1's and 0's indicating, for each
#       indentation level, if the level is of type BLOCK or not.
#     $nesting_block_flag = the most recent 1 or 0 of $nesting_block_string
#     $nesting_list_string = a string of 1's and 0's indicating, for each
#       indentation level, if it is is appropriate for list formatting.
#       If so, continuation indentation is used to indent long list items.
#     $nesting_list_flag = the most recent 1 or 0 of $nesting_list_string
#     @{$rslevel_stack} = a stack of total nesting depths at each
#       structural indentation level, where "total nesting depth" means
#       the nesting depth that would occur if every nesting token -- '{', '[',
#       and '(' -- , regardless of context, is used to compute a nesting
#       depth.

        #my $nesting_block_flag = ($nesting_block_string =~ /1$/);
        #my $nesting_list_flag = ($nesting_list_string =~ /1$/);

        my ( $ci_string_i, $level_i, $nesting_block_string_i,
            $nesting_list_string_i, $nesting_token_string_i,
            $nesting_type_string_i, );

        foreach $i ( @{$routput_token_list} )
        {    # scan the list of pre-tokens indexes

            # self-checking for valid token types
            my $type                    = $routput_token_type->[$i];
            my $forced_indentation_flag = $routput_indent_flag->[$i];

            # See if we should undo the $forced_indentation_flag.
            # Forced indentation after 'if', 'unless', 'while' and 'until'
            # expressions without trailing parens is optional and doesn't
            # always look good.  It is usually okay for a trailing logical
            # expression, but if the expression is a function call, code block,
            # or some kind of list it puts in an unwanted extra indentation
            # level which is hard to remove.
            #
            # Example where extra indentation looks ok:
            # return 1
            #   if $det_a < 0 and $det_b > 0
            #       or $det_a > 0 and $det_b < 0;
            #
            # Example where extra indentation is not needed because
            # the eval brace also provides indentation:
            # print "not " if defined eval {
            #     reduce { die if $b > 2; $a + $b } 0, 1, 2, 3, 4;
            # };
            #
            # The following rule works fairly well:
            #   Undo the flag if the end of this line, or start of the next
            #   line, is an opening container token or a comma.
            # This almost always works, but if not after another pass it will
            # be stable.
            if ( $forced_indentation_flag && $type eq 'k' ) {
                my $ixlast  = -1;
                my $ilast   = $routput_token_list->[$ixlast];
                my $toklast = $routput_token_type->[$ilast];
                if ( $toklast eq '#' ) {
                    $ixlast--;
                    $ilast   = $routput_token_list->[$ixlast];
                    $toklast = $routput_token_type->[$ilast];
                }
                if ( $toklast eq 'b' ) {
                    $ixlast--;
                    $ilast   = $routput_token_list->[$ixlast];
                    $toklast = $routput_token_type->[$ilast];
                }
                if ( $toklast =~ /^[\{,]$/ ) {
                    $forced_indentation_flag = 0;
                }
                else {
                    ( $toklast, my $i_next ) =
                      find_next_nonblank_token( $max_token_index, $rtokens,
                        $max_token_index );
                    if ( $toklast =~ /^[\{,]$/ ) {
                        $forced_indentation_flag = 0;
                    }
                }
            }

            # if we are already in an indented if, see if we should outdent
            if ($indented_if_level) {

                # don't try to nest trailing if's - shouldn't happen
                if ( $type eq 'k' ) {
                    $forced_indentation_flag = 0;
                }

                # check for the normal case - outdenting at next ';'
                elsif ( $type eq ';' ) {
                    if ( $level_in_tokenizer == $indented_if_level ) {
                        $forced_indentation_flag = -1;
                        $indented_if_level       = 0;
                    }
                }

                # handle case of missing semicolon
                elsif ( $type eq '}' ) {
                    if ( $level_in_tokenizer == $indented_if_level ) {
                        $indented_if_level = 0;

                        # TBD: This could be a subroutine call
                        $level_in_tokenizer--;
                        if ( @{$rslevel_stack} > 1 ) {
                            pop( @{$rslevel_stack} );
                        }
                        if ( length($nesting_block_string) > 1 )
                        {    # true for valid script
                            chop $nesting_block_string;
                            chop $nesting_list_string;
                        }

                    }
                }
            }

            my $tok = $$rtokens[$i];   # the token, but ONLY if same as pretoken
            $level_i = $level_in_tokenizer;

            # This can happen by running perltidy on non-scripts
            # although it could also be bug introduced by programming change.
            # Perl silently accepts a 032 (^Z) and takes it as the end
            if ( !$is_valid_token_type{$type} ) {
                my $val = ord($type);
                warning(
                    "unexpected character decimal $val ($type) in script\n");
                $tokenizer_self->{_in_error} = 1;
            }

            # ----------------------------------------------------------------
            # TOKEN TYPE PATCHES
            #  output __END__, __DATA__, and format as type 'k' instead of ';'
            # to make html colors correct, etc.
            my $fix_type = $type;
            if ( $type eq ';' && $tok =~ /\w/ ) { $fix_type = 'k' }

            # output anonymous 'sub' as keyword
            if ( $type eq 't' && $tok eq 'sub' ) { $fix_type = 'k' }

            # -----------------------------------------------------------------

            $nesting_token_string_i = $nesting_token_string;
            $nesting_type_string_i  = $nesting_type_string;
            $nesting_block_string_i = $nesting_block_string;
            $nesting_list_string_i  = $nesting_list_string;

            # set primary indentation levels based on structural braces
            # Note: these are set so that the leading braces have a HIGHER
            # level than their CONTENTS, which is convenient for indentation
            # Also, define continuation indentation for each token.
            if ( $type eq '{' || $type eq 'L' || $forced_indentation_flag > 0 )
            {

                # use environment before updating
                $container_environment =
                    $nesting_block_flag ? 'BLOCK'
                  : $nesting_list_flag  ? 'LIST'
                  :                       "";

                # if the difference between total nesting levels is not 1,
                # there are intervening non-structural nesting types between
                # this '{' and the previous unclosed '{'
                my $intervening_secondary_structure = 0;
                if ( @{$rslevel_stack} ) {
                    $intervening_secondary_structure =
                      $slevel_in_tokenizer - $rslevel_stack->[-1];
                }

     # Continuation Indentation
     #
     # Having tried setting continuation indentation both in the formatter and
     # in the tokenizer, I can say that setting it in the tokenizer is much,
     # much easier.  The formatter already has too much to do, and can't
     # make decisions on line breaks without knowing what 'ci' will be at
     # arbitrary locations.
     #
     # But a problem with setting the continuation indentation (ci) here
     # in the tokenizer is that we do not know where line breaks will actually
     # be.  As a result, we don't know if we should propagate continuation
     # indentation to higher levels of structure.
     #
     # For nesting of only structural indentation, we never need to do this.
     # For example, in a long if statement, like this
     #
     #   if ( !$output_block_type[$i]
     #     && ($in_statement_continuation) )
     #   {           <--outdented
     #       do_something();
     #   }
     #
     # the second line has ci but we do normally give the lines within the BLOCK
     # any ci.  This would be true if we had blocks nested arbitrarily deeply.
     #
     # But consider something like this, where we have created a break after
     # an opening paren on line 1, and the paren is not (currently) a
     # structural indentation token:
     #
     # my $file = $menubar->Menubutton(
     #   qw/-text File -underline 0 -menuitems/ => [
     #       [
     #           Cascade    => '~View',
     #           -menuitems => [
     #           ...
     #
     # The second line has ci, so it would seem reasonable to propagate it
     # down, giving the third line 1 ci + 1 indentation.  This suggests the
     # following rule, which is currently used to propagating ci down: if there
     # are any non-structural opening parens (or brackets, or braces), before
     # an opening structural brace, then ci is propagated down, and otherwise
     # not.  The variable $intervening_secondary_structure contains this
     # information for the current token, and the string
     # "$ci_string_in_tokenizer" is a stack of previous values of this
     # variable.

                # save the current states
                push( @{$rslevel_stack}, 1 + $slevel_in_tokenizer );
                $level_in_tokenizer++;

                if ($forced_indentation_flag) {

                    # break BEFORE '?' when there is forced indentation
                    if ( $type eq '?' ) { $level_i = $level_in_tokenizer; }
                    if ( $type eq 'k' ) {
                        $indented_if_level = $level_in_tokenizer;
                    }

                    # do not change container environement here if we are not
                    # at a real list. Adding this check prevents "blinkers"
                    # often near 'unless" clauses, such as in the following
                    # code:
##          next
##            unless -e (
##                    $archive =
##                      File::Spec->catdir( $_, "auto", $root, "$sub$lib_ext" )
##            );

                    $nesting_block_string .= "$nesting_block_flag";
                }
                else {

                    if ( $routput_block_type->[$i] ) {
                        $nesting_block_flag = 1;
                        $nesting_block_string .= '1';
                    }
                    else {
                        $nesting_block_flag = 0;
                        $nesting_block_string .= '0';
                    }
                }

                # we will use continuation indentation within containers
                # which are not blocks and not logical expressions
                my $bit = 0;
                if ( !$routput_block_type->[$i] ) {

                    # propagate flag down at nested open parens
                    if ( $routput_container_type->[$i] eq '(' ) {
                        $bit = 1 if $nesting_list_flag;
                    }

                  # use list continuation if not a logical grouping
                  # /^(if|elsif|unless|while|and|or|not|&&|!|\|\||for|foreach)$/
                    else {
                        $bit = 1
                          unless
                          $is_logical_container{ $routput_container_type->[$i]
                          };
                    }
                }
                $nesting_list_string .= $bit;
                $nesting_list_flag = $bit;

                $ci_string_in_tokenizer .=
                  ( $intervening_secondary_structure != 0 ) ? '1' : '0';
                $ci_string_sum = ones_count($ci_string_in_tokenizer);
                $continuation_string_in_tokenizer .=
                  ( $in_statement_continuation > 0 ) ? '1' : '0';

   #  Sometimes we want to give an opening brace continuation indentation,
   #  and sometimes not.  For code blocks, we don't do it, so that the leading
   #  '{' gets outdented, like this:
   #
   #   if ( !$output_block_type[$i]
   #     && ($in_statement_continuation) )
   #   {           <--outdented
   #
   #  For other types, we will give them continuation indentation.  For example,
   #  here is how a list looks with the opening paren indented:
   #
   #     @LoL =
   #       ( [ "fred", "barney" ], [ "george", "jane", "elroy" ],
   #         [ "homer", "marge", "bart" ], );
   #
   #  This looks best when 'ci' is one-half of the indentation  (i.e., 2 and 4)

                my $total_ci = $ci_string_sum;
                if (
                    !$routput_block_type->[$i]    # patch: skip for BLOCK
                    && ($in_statement_continuation)
                    && !( $forced_indentation_flag && $type eq ':' )
                  )
                {
                    $total_ci += $in_statement_continuation
                      unless ( $ci_string_in_tokenizer =~ /1$/ );
                }

                $ci_string_i               = $total_ci;
                $in_statement_continuation = 0;
            }

            elsif ($type eq '}'
                || $type eq 'R'
                || $forced_indentation_flag < 0 )
            {

                # only a nesting error in the script would prevent popping here
                if ( @{$rslevel_stack} > 1 ) { pop( @{$rslevel_stack} ); }

                $level_i = --$level_in_tokenizer;

                # restore previous level values
                if ( length($nesting_block_string) > 1 )
                {    # true for valid script
                    chop $nesting_block_string;
                    $nesting_block_flag = ( $nesting_block_string =~ /1$/ );
                    chop $nesting_list_string;
                    $nesting_list_flag = ( $nesting_list_string =~ /1$/ );

                    chop $ci_string_in_tokenizer;
                    $ci_string_sum = ones_count($ci_string_in_tokenizer);

                    $in_statement_continuation =
                      chop $continuation_string_in_tokenizer;

                    # zero continuation flag at terminal BLOCK '}' which
                    # ends a statement.
                    if ( $routput_block_type->[$i] ) {

                        # ...These include non-anonymous subs
                        # note: could be sub ::abc { or sub 'abc
                        if ( $routput_block_type->[$i] =~ m/^sub\s*/gc ) {

                         # note: older versions of perl require the /gc modifier
                         # here or else the \G does not work.
                            if ( $routput_block_type->[$i] =~ /\G('|::|\w)/gc )
                            {
                                $in_statement_continuation = 0;
                            }
                        }

# ...and include all block types except user subs with
# block prototypes and these: (sort|grep|map|do|eval)
# /^(\}|\{|BEGIN|END|CHECK|INIT|AUTOLOAD|DESTROY|UNITCHECK|continue|;|if|elsif|else|unless|while|until|for|foreach)$/
                        elsif (
                            $is_zero_continuation_block_type{
                                $routput_block_type->[$i]
                            } )
                        {
                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
                        }

                        # ..but these are not terminal types:
                        #     /^(sort|grep|map|do|eval)$/ )
                        elsif (
                            $is_not_zero_continuation_block_type{
                                $routput_block_type->[$i]
                            } )
                        {
                        }

                        # ..and a block introduced by a label
                        # /^\w+\s*:$/gc ) {
                        elsif ( $routput_block_type->[$i] =~ /:$/ ) {
                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
                        }

                        # user function with block prototype
                        else {
                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
                        }
                    }

                    # If we are in a list, then
                    # we must set continuatoin indentation at the closing
                    # paren of something like this (paren after $check):
                    #     assert(
                    #         __LINE__,
                    #         ( not defined $check )
                    #           or ref $check
                    #           or $check eq "new"
                    #           or $check eq "old",
                    #     );
                    elsif ( $tok eq ')' ) {
                        $in_statement_continuation = 1
                          if $routput_container_type->[$i] =~ /^[;,\{\}]$/;
                    }

                    elsif ( $tok eq ';' ) { $in_statement_continuation = 0 }
                }

                # use environment after updating
                $container_environment =
                    $nesting_block_flag ? 'BLOCK'
                  : $nesting_list_flag  ? 'LIST'
                  :                       "";
                $ci_string_i = $ci_string_sum + $in_statement_continuation;
                $nesting_block_string_i = $nesting_block_string;
                $nesting_list_string_i  = $nesting_list_string;
            }

            # not a structural indentation type..
            else {

                $container_environment =
                    $nesting_block_flag ? 'BLOCK'
                  : $nesting_list_flag  ? 'LIST'
                  :                       "";

                # zero the continuation indentation at certain tokens so
                # that they will be at the same level as its container.  For
                # commas, this simplifies the -lp indentation logic, which
                # counts commas.  For ?: it makes them stand out.
                if ($nesting_list_flag) {
                    if ( $type =~ /^[,\?\:]$/ ) {
                        $in_statement_continuation = 0;
                    }
                }

                # be sure binary operators get continuation indentation
                if (
                    $container_environment
                    && (   $type eq 'k' && $is_binary_keyword{$tok}
                        || $is_binary_type{$type} )
                  )
                {
                    $in_statement_continuation = 1;
                }

                # continuation indentation is sum of any open ci from previous
                # levels plus the current level
                $ci_string_i = $ci_string_sum + $in_statement_continuation;

                # update continuation flag ...
                # if this isn't a blank or comment..
                if ( $type ne 'b' && $type ne '#' ) {

                    # and we are in a BLOCK
                    if ($nesting_block_flag) {

                        # the next token after a ';' and label starts a new stmt
                        if ( $type eq ';' || $type eq 'J' ) {
                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
                        }

                        # otherwise, we are continuing the current statement
                        else {
                            $in_statement_continuation = 1;
                        }
                    }

                    # if we are not in a BLOCK..
                    else {

                        # do not use continuation indentation if not list
                        # environment (could be within if/elsif clause)
                        if ( !$nesting_list_flag ) {
                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
                        }

                       # otherwise, the next token after a ',' starts a new term
                        elsif ( $type eq ',' ) {
                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
                        }

                        # otherwise, we are continuing the current term
                        else {
                            $in_statement_continuation = 1;
                        }
                    }
                }
            }

            if ( $level_in_tokenizer < 0 ) {
                unless ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_negative_indentation} ) {
                    $tokenizer_self->{_saw_negative_indentation} = 1;
                    warning("Starting negative indentation\n");
                }
            }

            # set secondary nesting levels based on all continment token types
            # Note: these are set so that the nesting depth is the depth
            # of the PREVIOUS TOKEN, which is convenient for setting
            # the stength of token bonds
            my $slevel_i = $slevel_in_tokenizer;

            #    /^[L\{\(\[]$/
            if ( $is_opening_type{$type} ) {
                $slevel_in_tokenizer++;
                $nesting_token_string .= $tok;
                $nesting_type_string  .= $type;
            }

            #       /^[R\}\)\]]$/
            elsif ( $is_closing_type{$type} ) {
                $slevel_in_tokenizer--;
                my $char = chop $nesting_token_string;

                if ( $char ne $matching_start_token{$tok} ) {
                    $nesting_token_string .= $char . $tok;
                    $nesting_type_string  .= $type;
                }
                else {
                    chop $nesting_type_string;
                }
            }

            push( @block_type,            $routput_block_type->[$i] );
            push( @ci_string,             $ci_string_i );
            push( @container_environment, $container_environment );
            push( @container_type,        $routput_container_type->[$i] );
            push( @levels,                $level_i );
            push( @nesting_tokens,        $nesting_token_string_i );
            push( @nesting_types,         $nesting_type_string_i );
            push( @slevels,               $slevel_i );
            push( @token_type,            $fix_type );
            push( @type_sequence,         $routput_type_sequence->[$i] );
            push( @nesting_blocks,        $nesting_block_string );
            push( @nesting_lists,         $nesting_list_string );

            # now form the previous token
            if ( $im >= 0 ) {
                $num =
                  $$rtoken_map[$i] - $$rtoken_map[$im];    # how many characters

                if ( $num > 0 ) {
                    push( @tokens,
                        substr( $input_line, $$rtoken_map[$im], $num ) );
                }
            }
            $im = $i;
        }

        $num = length($input_line) - $$rtoken_map[$im];    # make the last token
        if ( $num > 0 ) {
            push( @tokens, substr( $input_line, $$rtoken_map[$im], $num ) );
        }

        $tokenizer_self->{_in_attribute_list} = $in_attribute_list;
        $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote}          = $in_quote;
        $tokenizer_self->{_quote_target} =
          $in_quote ? matching_end_token($quote_character) : "";
        $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list} = $rhere_target_list;

        $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type}            = \@token_type;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens}                = \@tokens;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rblock_type}            = \@block_type;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rcontainer_type}        = \@container_type;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rcontainer_environment} = \@container_environment;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rtype_sequence}         = \@type_sequence;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels}                = \@levels;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rslevels}               = \@slevels;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_tokens}        = \@nesting_tokens;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rci_levels}             = \@ci_string;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_blocks}        = \@nesting_blocks;

        return;
    }
}    # end tokenize_this_line

#########i#############################################################
# Tokenizer routines which assist in identifying token types
#######################################################################

sub operator_expected {

    # Many perl symbols have two or more meanings.  For example, '<<'
    # can be a shift operator or a here-doc operator.  The
    # interpretation of these symbols depends on the current state of
    # the tokenizer, which may either be expecting a term or an
    # operator.  For this example, a << would be a shift if an operator
    # is expected, and a here-doc if a term is expected.  This routine
    # is called to make this decision for any current token.  It returns
    # one of three possible values:
    #
    #     OPERATOR - operator expected (or at least, not a term)
    #     UNKNOWN  - can't tell
    #     TERM     - a term is expected (or at least, not an operator)
    #
    # The decision is based on what has been seen so far.  This
    # information is stored in the "$last_nonblank_type" and
    # "$last_nonblank_token" variables.  For example, if the
    # $last_nonblank_type is '=~', then we are expecting a TERM, whereas
    # if $last_nonblank_type is 'n' (numeric), we are expecting an
    # OPERATOR.
    #
    # If a UNKNOWN is returned, the calling routine must guess. A major
    # goal of this tokenizer is to minimize the possiblity of returning
    # UNKNOWN, because a wrong guess can spoil the formatting of a
    # script.
    #
    # adding NEW_TOKENS: it is critically important that this routine be
    # updated to allow it to determine if an operator or term is to be
    # expected after the new token.  Doing this simply involves adding
    # the new token character to one of the regexes in this routine or
    # to one of the hash lists
    # that it uses, which are initialized in the BEGIN section.
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_type, $last_nonblank_token,
    # $statement_type

    my ( $prev_type, $tok, $next_type ) = @_;

    my $op_expected = UNKNOWN;

#print "tok=$tok last type=$last_nonblank_type last tok=$last_nonblank_token\n";

# Note: function prototype is available for token type 'U' for future
# program development.  It contains the leading and trailing parens,
# and no blanks.  It might be used to eliminate token type 'C', for
# example (prototype = '()'). Thus:
# if ($last_nonblank_type eq 'U') {
#     print "previous token=$last_nonblank_token  type=$last_nonblank_type prototype=$last_nonblank_prototype\n";
# }

    # A possible filehandle (or object) requires some care...
    if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'Z' ) {

        # angle.t
        if ( $last_nonblank_token =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {
            $op_expected = UNKNOWN;
        }

        # For possible file handle like "$a", Perl uses weird parsing rules.
        # For example:
        # print $a/2,"/hi";   - division
        # print $a / 2,"/hi"; - division
        # print $a/ 2,"/hi";  - division
        # print $a /2,"/hi";  - pattern (and error)!
        elsif ( ( $prev_type eq 'b' ) && ( $next_type ne 'b' ) ) {
            $op_expected = TERM;
        }

        # Note when an operation is being done where a
        # filehandle might be expected, since a change in whitespace
        # could change the interpretation of the statement.
        else {
            if ( $tok =~ /^([x\/\+\-\*\%\&\.\?\<]|\>\>)$/ ) {
                complain("operator in print statement not recommended\n");
                $op_expected = OPERATOR;
            }
        }
    }

    # handle something after 'do' and 'eval'
    elsif ( $is_block_operator{$last_nonblank_token} ) {

        # something like $a = eval "expression";
        #                          ^
        if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'k' ) {
            $op_expected = TERM;    # expression or list mode following keyword
        }

        # something like $a = do { BLOCK } / 2;
        #                                  ^
        else {
            $op_expected = OPERATOR;    # block mode following }
        }
    }

    # handle bare word..
    elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'w' ) {

        # unfortunately, we can't tell what type of token to expect next
        # after most bare words
        $op_expected = UNKNOWN;
    }

    # operator, but not term possible after these types
    # Note: moved ')' from type to token because parens in list context
    # get marked as '{' '}' now.  This is a minor glitch in the following:
    #    my %opts = (ref $_[0] eq 'HASH') ? %{shift()} : ();
    #
    elsif (( $last_nonblank_type =~ /^[\]RnviQh]$/ )
        || ( $last_nonblank_token =~ /^(\)|\$|\-\>)/ ) )
    {
        $op_expected = OPERATOR;

        # in a 'use' statement, numbers and v-strings are not true
        # numbers, so to avoid incorrect error messages, we will
        # mark them as unknown for now (use.t)
        # TODO: it would be much nicer to create a new token V for VERSION
        # number in a use statement.  Then this could be a check on type V
        # and related patches which change $statement_type for '=>'
        # and ',' could be removed.  Further, it would clean things up to
        # scan the 'use' statement with a separate subroutine.
        if (   ( $statement_type eq 'use' )
            && ( $last_nonblank_type =~ /^[nv]$/ ) )
        {
            $op_expected = UNKNOWN;
        }
    }

    # no operator after many keywords, such as "die", "warn", etc
    elsif ( $expecting_term_token{$last_nonblank_token} ) {

        # patch for dor.t (defined or).
        # perl functions which may be unary operators
        # TODO: This list is incomplete, and these should be put
        # into a hash.
        if (   $tok eq '/'
            && $next_type          eq '/'
            && $last_nonblank_type eq 'k'
            && $last_nonblank_token =~ /^eof|undef|shift|pop$/ )
        {
            $op_expected = OPERATOR;
        }
        else {
            $op_expected = TERM;
        }
    }

    # no operator after things like + - **  (i.e., other operators)
    elsif ( $expecting_term_types{$last_nonblank_type} ) {
        $op_expected = TERM;
    }

    # a few operators, like "time", have an empty prototype () and so
    # take no parameters but produce a value to operate on
    elsif ( $expecting_operator_token{$last_nonblank_token} ) {
        $op_expected = OPERATOR;
    }

    # post-increment and decrement produce values to be operated on
    elsif ( $expecting_operator_types{$last_nonblank_type} ) {
        $op_expected = OPERATOR;
    }

    # no value to operate on after sub block
    elsif ( $last_nonblank_token =~ /^sub\s/ ) { $op_expected = TERM; }

    # a right brace here indicates the end of a simple block.
    # all non-structural right braces have type 'R'
    # all braces associated with block operator keywords have been given those
    # keywords as "last_nonblank_token" and caught above.
    # (This statement is order dependent, and must come after checking
    # $last_nonblank_token).
    elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq '}' ) {

        # patch for dor.t (defined or).
        if (   $tok eq '/'
            && $next_type eq '/'
            && $last_nonblank_token eq ']' )
        {
            $op_expected = OPERATOR;
        }
        else {
            $op_expected = TERM;
        }
    }

    # something else..what did I forget?
    else {

        # collecting diagnostics on unknown operator types..see what was missed
        $op_expected = UNKNOWN;
        write_diagnostics(
"OP: unknown after type=$last_nonblank_type  token=$last_nonblank_token\n"
        );
    }

    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_EXPECT && do {
        print
"EXPECT: returns $op_expected for last type $last_nonblank_type token $last_nonblank_token\n";
    };
    return $op_expected;
}

sub new_statement_ok {

    # return true if the current token can start a new statement
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_type

    return label_ok()    # a label would be ok here

      || $last_nonblank_type eq 'J';    # or we follow a label

}

sub label_ok {

    # Decide if a bare word followed by a colon here is a label
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_token, $last_nonblank_type,
    # $brace_depth, @brace_type

    # if it follows an opening or closing code block curly brace..
    if ( ( $last_nonblank_token eq '{' || $last_nonblank_token eq '}' )
        && $last_nonblank_type eq $last_nonblank_token )
    {

        # it is a label if and only if the curly encloses a code block
        return $brace_type[$brace_depth];
    }

    # otherwise, it is a label if and only if it follows a ';'
    # (real or fake)
    else {
        return ( $last_nonblank_type eq ';' );
    }
}

sub code_block_type {

    # Decide if this is a block of code, and its type.
    # Must be called only when $type = $token = '{'
    # The problem is to distinguish between the start of a block of code
    # and the start of an anonymous hash reference
    # Returns "" if not code block, otherwise returns 'last_nonblank_token'
    # to indicate the type of code block.  (For example, 'last_nonblank_token'
    # might be 'if' for an if block, 'else' for an else block, etc).
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_token, $last_nonblank_type,
    # $last_nonblank_block_type, $brace_depth, @brace_type

    # handle case of multiple '{'s

# print "BLOCK_TYPE EXAMINING: type=$last_nonblank_type tok=$last_nonblank_token\n";

    my ( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    if (   $last_nonblank_token eq '{'
        && $last_nonblank_type eq $last_nonblank_token )
    {

        # opening brace where a statement may appear is probably
        # a code block but might be and anonymous hash reference
        if ( $brace_type[$brace_depth] ) {
            return decide_if_code_block( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
                $max_token_index );
        }

        # cannot start a code block within an anonymous hash
        else {
            return "";
        }
    }

    elsif ( $last_nonblank_token eq ';' ) {

        # an opening brace where a statement may appear is probably
        # a code block but might be and anonymous hash reference
        return decide_if_code_block( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
            $max_token_index );
    }

    # handle case of '}{'
    elsif ($last_nonblank_token eq '}'
        && $last_nonblank_type eq $last_nonblank_token )
    {

        # a } { situation ...
        # could be hash reference after code block..(blktype1.t)
        if ($last_nonblank_block_type) {
            return decide_if_code_block( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
                $max_token_index );
        }

        # must be a block if it follows a closing hash reference
        else {
            return $last_nonblank_token;
        }
    }

    # NOTE: braces after type characters start code blocks, but for
    # simplicity these are not identified as such.  See also
    # sub is_non_structural_brace.
    # elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 't' ) {
    #    return $last_nonblank_token;
    # }

    # brace after label:
    elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'J' ) {
        return $last_nonblank_token;
    }

# otherwise, look at previous token.  This must be a code block if
# it follows any of these:
# /^(BEGIN|END|CHECK|INIT|AUTOLOAD|DESTROY|UNITCHECK|continue|if|elsif|else|unless|do|while|until|eval|for|foreach|map|grep|sort)$/
    elsif ( $is_code_block_token{$last_nonblank_token} ) {

        # Bug Patch: Note that the opening brace after the 'if' in the following
        # snippet is an anonymous hash ref and not a code block!
        #   print 'hi' if { x => 1, }->{x};
        # We can identify this situation because the last nonblank type
        # will be a keyword (instead of a closing peren)
        if (   $last_nonblank_token =~ /^(if|unless)$/
            && $last_nonblank_type eq 'k' )
        {
            return "";
        }
        else {
            return $last_nonblank_token;
        }
    }

    # or a sub definition
    elsif ( ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'i' || $last_nonblank_type eq 't' )
        && $last_nonblank_token =~ /^(sub|package)\b/ )
    {
        return $last_nonblank_token;
    }

    # user-defined subs with block parameters (like grep/map/eval)
    elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'G' ) {
        return $last_nonblank_token;
    }

    # check bareword
    elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'w' ) {
        return decide_if_code_block( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
            $max_token_index );
    }

    # anything else must be anonymous hash reference
    else {
        return "";
    }
}

sub decide_if_code_block {

    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_token
    my ( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
      find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );

    # we are at a '{' where a statement may appear.
    # We must decide if this brace starts an anonymous hash or a code
    # block.
    # return "" if anonymous hash, and $last_nonblank_token otherwise

    # initialize to be code BLOCK
    my $code_block_type = $last_nonblank_token;

    # Check for the common case of an empty anonymous hash reference:
    # Maybe something like sub { { } }
    if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '}' ) {
        $code_block_type = "";
    }

    else {

        # To guess if this '{' is an anonymous hash reference, look ahead
        # and test as follows:
        #
        # it is a hash reference if next come:
        #   - a string or digit followed by a comma or =>
        #   - bareword followed by =>
        # otherwise it is a code block
        #
        # Examples of anonymous hash ref:
        # {'aa',};
        # {1,2}
        #
        # Examples of code blocks:
        # {1; print "hello\n", 1;}
        # {$a,1};

        # We are only going to look ahead one more (nonblank/comment) line.
        # Strange formatting could cause a bad guess, but that's unlikely.
        my @pre_types  = @$rtoken_type[ $i + 1 .. $max_token_index ];
        my @pre_tokens = @$rtokens[ $i + 1 .. $max_token_index ];
        my ( $rpre_tokens, $rpre_types ) =
          peek_ahead_for_n_nonblank_pre_tokens(20);    # 20 is arbitrary but
                                                       # generous, and prevents
                                                       # wasting lots of
                                                       # time in mangled files
        if ( defined($rpre_types) && @$rpre_types ) {
            push @pre_types,  @$rpre_types;
            push @pre_tokens, @$rpre_tokens;
        }

        # put a sentinal token to simplify stopping the search
        push @pre_types, '}';

        my $jbeg = 0;
        $jbeg = 1 if $pre_types[0] eq 'b';

        # first look for one of these
        #  - bareword
        #  - bareword with leading -
        #  - digit
        #  - quoted string
        my $j = $jbeg;
        if ( $pre_types[$j] =~ /^[\'\"]/ ) {

            # find the closing quote; don't worry about escapes
            my $quote_mark = $pre_types[$j];
            for ( my $k = $j + 1 ; $k < $#pre_types ; $k++ ) {
                if ( $pre_types[$k] eq $quote_mark ) {
                    $j = $k + 1;
                    my $next = $pre_types[$j];
                    last;
                }
            }
        }
        elsif ( $pre_types[$j] eq 'd' ) {
            $j++;
        }
        elsif ( $pre_types[$j] eq 'w' ) {
            unless ( $is_keyword{ $pre_tokens[$j] } ) {
                $j++;
            }
        }
        elsif ( $pre_types[$j] eq '-' && $pre_types[ ++$j ] eq 'w' ) {
            $j++;
        }
        if ( $j > $jbeg ) {

            $j++ if $pre_types[$j] eq 'b';

            # it's a hash ref if a comma or => follow next
            if ( $pre_types[$j] eq ','
                || ( $pre_types[$j] eq '=' && $pre_types[ ++$j ] eq '>' ) )
            {
                $code_block_type = "";
            }
        }
    }

    return $code_block_type;
}

sub unexpected {

    # report unexpected token type and show where it is
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self
    my ( $found, $expecting, $i_tok, $last_nonblank_i, $rpretoken_map,
        $rpretoken_type, $input_line )
      = @_;

    if ( ++$tokenizer_self->{_unexpected_error_count} <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
        my $msg = "found $found where $expecting expected";
        my $pos = $$rpretoken_map[$i_tok];
        interrupt_logfile();
        my $input_line_number = $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
        my ( $offset, $numbered_line, $underline ) =
          make_numbered_line( $input_line_number, $input_line, $pos );
        $underline = write_on_underline( $underline, $pos - $offset, '^' );

        my $trailer = "";
        if ( ( $i_tok > 0 ) && ( $last_nonblank_i >= 0 ) ) {
            my $pos_prev = $$rpretoken_map[$last_nonblank_i];
            my $num;
            if ( $$rpretoken_type[ $i_tok - 1 ] eq 'b' ) {
                $num = $$rpretoken_map[ $i_tok - 1 ] - $pos_prev;
            }
            else {
                $num = $pos - $pos_prev;
            }
            if ( $num > 40 ) { $num = 40; $pos_prev = $pos - 40; }

            $underline =
              write_on_underline( $underline, $pos_prev - $offset, '-' x $num );
            $trailer = " (previous token underlined)";
        }
        warning( $numbered_line . "\n" );
        warning( $underline . "\n" );
        warning( $msg . $trailer . "\n" );
        resume_logfile();
    }
}

sub is_non_structural_brace {

    # Decide if a brace or bracket is structural or non-structural
    # by looking at the previous token and type
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_type, $last_nonblank_token

    # EXPERIMENTAL: Mark slices as structural; idea was to improve formatting.
    # Tentatively deactivated because it caused the wrong operator expectation
    # for this code:
    #      $user = @vars[1] / 100;
    # Must update sub operator_expected before re-implementing.
    # if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'i' && $last_nonblank_token =~ /^@/ ) {
    #    return 0;
    # }

    # NOTE: braces after type characters start code blocks, but for
    # simplicity these are not identified as such.  See also
    # sub code_block_type
    # if ($last_nonblank_type eq 't') {return 0}

    # otherwise, it is non-structural if it is decorated
    # by type information.
    # For example, the '{' here is non-structural:   ${xxx}
    (
        $last_nonblank_token =~ /^([\$\@\*\&\%\)]|->|::)/

          # or if we follow a hash or array closing curly brace or bracket
          # For example, the second '{' in this is non-structural: $a{'x'}{'y'}
          # because the first '}' would have been given type 'R'
          || $last_nonblank_type =~ /^([R\]])$/
    );
}

#########i#############################################################
# Tokenizer routines for tracking container nesting depths
#######################################################################

# The following routines keep track of nesting depths of the nesting
# types, ( [ { and ?.  This is necessary for determining the indentation
# level, and also for debugging programs.  Not only do they keep track of
# nesting depths of the individual brace types, but they check that each
# of the other brace types is balanced within matching pairs.  For
# example, if the program sees this sequence:
#
#         {  ( ( ) }
#
# then it can determine that there is an extra left paren somewhere
# between the { and the }.  And so on with every other possible
# combination of outer and inner brace types.  For another
# example:
#
#         ( [ ..... ]  ] )
#
# which has an extra ] within the parens.
#
# The brace types have indexes 0 .. 3 which are indexes into
# the matrices.
#
# The pair ? : are treated as just another nesting type, with ? acting
# as the opening brace and : acting as the closing brace.
#
# The matrix
#
#         $depth_array[$a][$b][ $current_depth[$a] ] = $current_depth[$b];
#
# saves the nesting depth of brace type $b (where $b is either of the other
# nesting types) when brace type $a enters a new depth.  When this depth
# decreases, a check is made that the current depth of brace types $b is
# unchanged, or otherwise there must have been an error.  This can
# be very useful for localizing errors, particularly when perl runs to
# the end of a large file (such as this one) and announces that there
# is a problem somewhere.
#
# A numerical sequence number is maintained for every nesting type,
# so that each matching pair can be uniquely identified in a simple
# way.

sub increase_nesting_depth {
    my ( $aa, $pos ) = @_;

    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self, @current_depth,
    # @current_sequence_number, @depth_array, @starting_line_of_current_depth,
    # $statement_type
    my $bb;
    $current_depth[$aa]++;
    $total_depth++;
    $total_depth[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] ] = $total_depth;
    my $input_line_number = $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
    my $input_line        = $tokenizer_self->{_line_text};

    # Sequence numbers increment by number of items.  This keeps
    # a unique set of numbers but still allows the relative location
    # of any type to be determined.
    $nesting_sequence_number[$aa] += scalar(@closing_brace_names);
    my $seqno = $nesting_sequence_number[$aa];
    $current_sequence_number[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] ] = $seqno;

    $starting_line_of_current_depth[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] ] =
      [ $input_line_number, $input_line, $pos ];

    for $bb ( 0 .. $#closing_brace_names ) {
        next if ( $bb == $aa );
        $depth_array[$aa][$bb][ $current_depth[$aa] ] = $current_depth[$bb];
    }

    # set a flag for indenting a nested ternary statement
    my $indent = 0;
    if ( $aa == QUESTION_COLON ) {
        $nested_ternary_flag[ $current_depth[$aa] ] = 0;
        if ( $current_depth[$aa] > 1 ) {
            if ( $nested_ternary_flag[ $current_depth[$aa] - 1 ] == 0 ) {
                my $pdepth = $total_depth[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] - 1 ];
                if ( $pdepth == $total_depth - 1 ) {
                    $indent = 1;
                    $nested_ternary_flag[ $current_depth[$aa] - 1 ] = -1;
                }
            }
        }
    }
    $nested_statement_type[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] ] = $statement_type;
    $statement_type = "";
    return ( $seqno, $indent );
}

sub decrease_nesting_depth {

    my ( $aa, $pos ) = @_;

    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self, @current_depth,
    # @current_sequence_number, @depth_array, @starting_line_of_current_depth
    # $statement_type
    my $bb;
    my $seqno             = 0;
    my $input_line_number = $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
    my $input_line        = $tokenizer_self->{_line_text};

    my $outdent = 0;
    $total_depth--;
    if ( $current_depth[$aa] > 0 ) {

        # set a flag for un-indenting after seeing a nested ternary statement
        $seqno = $current_sequence_number[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] ];
        if ( $aa == QUESTION_COLON ) {
            $outdent = $nested_ternary_flag[ $current_depth[$aa] ];
        }
        $statement_type = $nested_statement_type[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] ];

        # check that any brace types $bb contained within are balanced
        for $bb ( 0 .. $#closing_brace_names ) {
            next if ( $bb == $aa );

            unless ( $depth_array[$aa][$bb][ $current_depth[$aa] ] ==
                $current_depth[$bb] )
            {
                my $diff =
                  $current_depth[$bb] -
                  $depth_array[$aa][$bb][ $current_depth[$aa] ];

                # don't whine too many times
                my $saw_brace_error = get_saw_brace_error();
                if (
                    $saw_brace_error <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES

                    # if too many closing types have occured, we probably
                    # already caught this error
                    && ( ( $diff > 0 ) || ( $saw_brace_error <= 0 ) )
                  )
                {
                    interrupt_logfile();
                    my $rsl =
                      $starting_line_of_current_depth[$aa]
                      [ $current_depth[$aa] ];
                    my $sl  = $$rsl[0];
                    my $rel = [ $input_line_number, $input_line, $pos ];
                    my $el  = $$rel[0];
                    my ($ess);

                    if ( $diff == 1 || $diff == -1 ) {
                        $ess = '';
                    }
                    else {
                        $ess = 's';
                    }
                    my $bname =
                      ( $diff > 0 )
                      ? $opening_brace_names[$bb]
                      : $closing_brace_names[$bb];
                    write_error_indicator_pair( @$rsl, '^' );
                    my $msg = <<"EOM";
Found $diff extra $bname$ess between $opening_brace_names[$aa] on line $sl and $closing_brace_names[$aa] on line $el
EOM

                    if ( $diff > 0 ) {
                        my $rml =
                          $starting_line_of_current_depth[$bb]
                          [ $current_depth[$bb] ];
                        my $ml = $$rml[0];
                        $msg .=
"    The most recent un-matched $bname is on line $ml\n";
                        write_error_indicator_pair( @$rml, '^' );
                    }
                    write_error_indicator_pair( @$rel, '^' );
                    warning($msg);
                    resume_logfile();
                }
                increment_brace_error();
            }
        }
        $current_depth[$aa]--;
    }
    else {

        my $saw_brace_error = get_saw_brace_error();
        if ( $saw_brace_error <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
            my $msg = <<"EOM";
There is no previous $opening_brace_names[$aa] to match a $closing_brace_names[$aa] on line $input_line_number
EOM
            indicate_error( $msg, $input_line_number, $input_line, $pos, '^' );
        }
        increment_brace_error();
    }
    return ( $seqno, $outdent );
}

sub check_final_nesting_depths {
    my ($aa);

    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: @current_depth, @starting_line_of_current_depth

    for $aa ( 0 .. $#closing_brace_names ) {

        if ( $current_depth[$aa] ) {
            my $rsl =
              $starting_line_of_current_depth[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] ];
            my $sl  = $$rsl[0];
            my $msg = <<"EOM";
Final nesting depth of $opening_brace_names[$aa]s is $current_depth[$aa]
The most recent un-matched $opening_brace_names[$aa] is on line $sl
EOM
            indicate_error( $msg, @$rsl, '^' );
            increment_brace_error();
        }
    }
}

#########i#############################################################
# Tokenizer routines for looking ahead in input stream
#######################################################################

sub peek_ahead_for_n_nonblank_pre_tokens {

    # returns next n pretokens if they exist
    # returns undef's if hits eof without seeing any pretokens
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self
    my $max_pretokens = shift;
    my $line;
    my $i = 0;
    my ( $rpre_tokens, $rmap, $rpre_types );

    while ( $line = $tokenizer_self->{_line_buffer_object}->peek_ahead( $i++ ) )
    {
        $line =~ s/^\s*//;    # trim leading blanks
        next if ( length($line) <= 0 );    # skip blank
        next if ( $line =~ /^#/ );         # skip comment
        ( $rpre_tokens, $rmap, $rpre_types ) =
          pre_tokenize( $line, $max_pretokens );
        last;
    }
    return ( $rpre_tokens, $rpre_types );
}

# look ahead for next non-blank, non-comment line of code
sub peek_ahead_for_nonblank_token {

    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self
    my ( $rtokens, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $line;
    my $i = 0;

    while ( $line = $tokenizer_self->{_line_buffer_object}->peek_ahead( $i++ ) )
    {
        $line =~ s/^\s*//;    # trim leading blanks
        next if ( length($line) <= 0 );    # skip blank
        next if ( $line =~ /^#/ );         # skip comment
        my ( $rtok, $rmap, $rtype ) =
          pre_tokenize( $line, 2 );        # only need 2 pre-tokens
        my $j = $max_token_index + 1;
        my $tok;

        foreach $tok (@$rtok) {
            last if ( $tok =~ "\n" );
            $$rtokens[ ++$j ] = $tok;
        }
        last;
    }
    return $rtokens;
}

#########i#############################################################
# Tokenizer guessing routines for ambiguous situations
#######################################################################

sub guess_if_pattern_or_conditional {

    # this routine is called when we have encountered a ? following an
    # unknown bareword, and we must decide if it starts a pattern or not
    # input parameters:
    #   $i - token index of the ? starting possible pattern
    # output parameters:
    #   $is_pattern = 0 if probably not pattern,  =1 if probably a pattern
    #   msg = a warning or diagnostic message
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_token
    my ( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $is_pattern = 0;
    my $msg        = "guessing that ? after $last_nonblank_token starts a ";

    if ( $i >= $max_token_index ) {
        $msg .= "conditional (no end to pattern found on the line)\n";
    }
    else {
        my $ibeg = $i;
        $i = $ibeg + 1;
        my $next_token = $$rtokens[$i];    # first token after ?

        # look for a possible ending ? on this line..
        my $in_quote        = 1;
        my $quote_depth     = 0;
        my $quote_character = '';
        my $quote_pos       = 0;
        my $quoted_string;
        (
            $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
            $quoted_string
          )
          = follow_quoted_string( $ibeg, $in_quote, $rtokens, $quote_character,
            $quote_pos, $quote_depth, $max_token_index );

        if ($in_quote) {

            # we didn't find an ending ? on this line,
            # so we bias towards conditional
            $is_pattern = 0;
            $msg .= "conditional (no ending ? on this line)\n";

            # we found an ending ?, so we bias towards a pattern
        }
        else {

            if ( pattern_expected( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) >= 0 ) {
                $is_pattern = 1;
                $msg .= "pattern (found ending ? and pattern expected)\n";
            }
            else {
                $msg .= "pattern (uncertain, but found ending ?)\n";
            }
        }
    }
    return ( $is_pattern, $msg );
}

sub guess_if_pattern_or_division {

    # this routine is called when we have encountered a / following an
    # unknown bareword, and we must decide if it starts a pattern or is a
    # division
    # input parameters:
    #   $i - token index of the / starting possible pattern
    # output parameters:
    #   $is_pattern = 0 if probably division,  =1 if probably a pattern
    #   msg = a warning or diagnostic message
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_token
    my ( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $is_pattern = 0;
    my $msg        = "guessing that / after $last_nonblank_token starts a ";

    if ( $i >= $max_token_index ) {
        "division (no end to pattern found on the line)\n";
    }
    else {
        my $ibeg = $i;
        my $divide_expected =
          numerator_expected( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
        $i = $ibeg + 1;
        my $next_token = $$rtokens[$i];    # first token after slash

        # look for a possible ending / on this line..
        my $in_quote        = 1;
        my $quote_depth     = 0;
        my $quote_character = '';
        my $quote_pos       = 0;
        my $quoted_string;
        (
            $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
            $quoted_string
          )
          = follow_quoted_string( $ibeg, $in_quote, $rtokens, $quote_character,
            $quote_pos, $quote_depth, $max_token_index );

        if ($in_quote) {

            # we didn't find an ending / on this line,
            # so we bias towards division
            if ( $divide_expected >= 0 ) {
                $is_pattern = 0;
                $msg .= "division (no ending / on this line)\n";
            }
            else {
                $msg        = "multi-line pattern (division not possible)\n";
                $is_pattern = 1;
            }

        }

        # we found an ending /, so we bias towards a pattern
        else {

            if ( pattern_expected( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) >= 0 ) {

                if ( $divide_expected >= 0 ) {

                    if ( $i - $ibeg > 60 ) {
                        $msg .= "division (matching / too distant)\n";
                        $is_pattern = 0;
                    }
                    else {
                        $msg .= "pattern (but division possible too)\n";
                        $is_pattern = 1;
                    }
                }
                else {
                    $is_pattern = 1;
                    $msg .= "pattern (division not possible)\n";
                }
            }
            else {

                if ( $divide_expected >= 0 ) {
                    $is_pattern = 0;
                    $msg .= "division (pattern not possible)\n";
                }
                else {
                    $is_pattern = 1;
                    $msg .=
                      "pattern (uncertain, but division would not work here)\n";
                }
            }
        }
    }
    return ( $is_pattern, $msg );
}

# try to resolve here-doc vs. shift by looking ahead for
# non-code or the end token (currently only looks for end token)
# returns 1 if it is probably a here doc, 0 if not
sub guess_if_here_doc {

    # This is how many lines we will search for a target as part of the
    # guessing strategy.  It is a constant because there is probably
    # little reason to change it.
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self, $current_package
    # %is_constant,
    use constant HERE_DOC_WINDOW => 40;

    my $next_token        = shift;
    my $here_doc_expected = 0;
    my $line;
    my $k   = 0;
    my $msg = "checking <<";

    while ( $line = $tokenizer_self->{_line_buffer_object}->peek_ahead( $k++ ) )
    {
        chomp $line;

        if ( $line =~ /^$next_token$/ ) {
            $msg .= " -- found target $next_token ahead $k lines\n";
            $here_doc_expected = 1;    # got it
            last;
        }
        last if ( $k >= HERE_DOC_WINDOW );
    }

    unless ($here_doc_expected) {

        if ( !defined($line) ) {
            $here_doc_expected = -1;    # hit eof without seeing target
            $msg .= " -- must be shift; target $next_token not in file\n";

        }
        else {                          # still unsure..taking a wild guess

            if ( !$is_constant{$current_package}{$next_token} ) {
                $here_doc_expected = 1;
                $msg .=
                  " -- guessing it's a here-doc ($next_token not a constant)\n";
            }
            else {
                $msg .=
                  " -- guessing it's a shift ($next_token is a constant)\n";
            }
        }
    }
    write_logfile_entry($msg);
    return $here_doc_expected;
}

#########i#############################################################
# Tokenizer Routines for scanning identifiers and related items
#######################################################################

sub scan_bare_identifier_do {

    # this routine is called to scan a token starting with an alphanumeric
    # variable or package separator, :: or '.
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $current_package, $last_nonblank_token,
    # $last_nonblank_type,@paren_type, $paren_depth

    my ( $input_line, $i, $tok, $type, $prototype, $rtoken_map,
        $max_token_index )
      = @_;
    my $i_begin = $i;
    my $package = undef;

    my $i_beg = $i;

    # we have to back up one pretoken at a :: since each : is one pretoken
    if ( $tok eq '::' ) { $i_beg-- }
    if ( $tok eq '->' ) { $i_beg-- }
    my $pos_beg = $$rtoken_map[$i_beg];
    pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;

    #  Examples:
    #   A::B::C
    #   A::
    #   ::A
    #   A'B
    if ( $input_line =~ m/\G\s*((?:\w*(?:'|::)))*(?:(?:->)?(\w+))?/gc ) {

        my $pos  = pos($input_line);
        my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
        $tok = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );

        # type 'w' includes anything without leading type info
        # ($,%,@,*) including something like abc::def::ghi
        $type = 'w';

        my $sub_name = "";
        if ( defined($2) ) { $sub_name = $2; }
        if ( defined($1) ) {
            $package = $1;

            # patch: don't allow isolated package name which just ends
            # in the old style package separator (single quote).  Example:
            #   use CGI':all';
            if ( !($sub_name) && substr( $package, -1, 1 ) eq '\'' ) {
                $pos--;
            }

            $package =~ s/\'/::/g;
            if ( $package =~ /^\:/ ) { $package = 'main' . $package }
            $package =~ s/::$//;
        }
        else {
            $package = $current_package;

            if ( $is_keyword{$tok} ) {
                $type = 'k';
            }
        }

        # if it is a bareword..
        if ( $type eq 'w' ) {

            # check for v-string with leading 'v' type character
            # (This seems to have presidence over filehandle, type 'Y')
            if ( $tok =~ /^v\d[_\d]*$/ ) {

                # we only have the first part - something like 'v101' -
                # look for more
                if ( $input_line =~ m/\G(\.\d[_\d]*)+/gc ) {
                    $pos  = pos($input_line);
                    $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
                    $tok  = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
                }
                $type = 'v';

                # warn if this version can't handle v-strings
                report_v_string($tok);
            }

            elsif ( $is_constant{$package}{$sub_name} ) {
                $type = 'C';
            }

            # bareword after sort has implied empty prototype; for example:
            # @sorted = sort numerically ( 53, 29, 11, 32, 7 );
            # This has priority over whatever the user has specified.
            elsif ($last_nonblank_token eq 'sort'
                && $last_nonblank_type eq 'k' )
            {
                $type = 'Z';
            }

            # Note: strangely, perl does not seem to really let you create
            # functions which act like eval and do, in the sense that eval
            # and do may have operators following the final }, but any operators
            # that you create with prototype (&) apparently do not allow
            # trailing operators, only terms.  This seems strange.
            # If this ever changes, here is the update
            # to make perltidy behave accordingly:

            # elsif ( $is_block_function{$package}{$tok} ) {
            #    $tok='eval'; # patch to do braces like eval  - doesn't work
            #    $type = 'k';
            #}
            # FIXME: This could become a separate type to allow for different
            # future behavior:
            elsif ( $is_block_function{$package}{$sub_name} ) {
                $type = 'G';
            }

            elsif ( $is_block_list_function{$package}{$sub_name} ) {
                $type = 'G';
            }
            elsif ( $is_user_function{$package}{$sub_name} ) {
                $type      = 'U';
                $prototype = $user_function_prototype{$package}{$sub_name};
            }

            # check for indirect object
            elsif (

                # added 2001-03-27: must not be followed immediately by '('
                # see fhandle.t
                ( $input_line !~ m/\G\(/gc )

                # and
                && (

                    # preceded by keyword like 'print', 'printf' and friends
                    $is_indirect_object_taker{$last_nonblank_token}

                    # or preceded by something like 'print(' or 'printf('
                    || (
                        ( $last_nonblank_token eq '(' )
                        && $is_indirect_object_taker{ $paren_type[$paren_depth]
                        }

                    )
                )
              )
            {

                # may not be indirect object unless followed by a space
                if ( $input_line =~ m/\G\s+/gc ) {
                    $type = 'Y';

                    # Abandon Hope ...
                    # Perl's indirect object notation is a very bad
                    # thing and can cause subtle bugs, especially for
                    # beginning programmers.  And I haven't even been
                    # able to figure out a sane warning scheme which
                    # doesn't get in the way of good scripts.

                    # Complain if a filehandle has any lower case
                    # letters.  This is suggested good practice.
                    # Use 'sub_name' because something like
                    # main::MYHANDLE is ok for filehandle
                    if ( $sub_name =~ /[a-z]/ ) {

                        # could be bug caused by older perltidy if
                        # followed by '('
                        if ( $input_line =~ m/\G\s*\(/gc ) {
                            complain(
"Caution: unknown word '$tok' in indirect object slot\n"
                            );
                        }
                    }
                }

                # bareword not followed by a space -- may not be filehandle
                # (may be function call defined in a 'use' statement)
                else {
                    $type = 'Z';
                }
            }
        }

        # Now we must convert back from character position
        # to pre_token index.
        # I don't think an error flag can occur here ..but who knows
        my $error;
        ( $i, $error ) =
          inverse_pretoken_map( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );
        if ($error) {
            warning("scan_bare_identifier: Possibly invalid tokenization\n");
        }
    }

    # no match but line not blank - could be syntax error
    # perl will take '::' alone without complaint
    else {
        $type = 'w';

        # change this warning to log message if it becomes annoying
        warning("didn't find identifier after leading ::\n");
    }
    return ( $i, $tok, $type, $prototype );
}

sub scan_id_do {

# This is the new scanner and will eventually replace scan_identifier.
# Only type 'sub' and 'package' are implemented.
# Token types $ * % @ & -> are not yet implemented.
#
# Scan identifier following a type token.
# The type of call depends on $id_scan_state: $id_scan_state = ''
# for starting call, in which case $tok must be the token defining
# the type.
#
# If the type token is the last nonblank token on the line, a value
# of $id_scan_state = $tok is returned, indicating that further
# calls must be made to get the identifier.  If the type token is
# not the last nonblank token on the line, the identifier is
# scanned and handled and a value of '' is returned.
# USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $current_package, $last_nonblank_token, $in_attribute_list,
# $statement_type, $tokenizer_self

    my ( $input_line, $i, $tok, $rtokens, $rtoken_map, $id_scan_state,
        $max_token_index )
      = @_;
    my $type = '';
    my ( $i_beg, $pos_beg );

    #print "NSCAN:entering i=$i, tok=$tok, type=$type, state=$id_scan_state\n";
    #my ($a,$b,$c) = caller;
    #print "NSCAN: scan_id called with tok=$tok $a $b $c\n";

    # on re-entry, start scanning at first token on the line
    if ($id_scan_state) {
        $i_beg = $i;
        $type  = '';
    }

    # on initial entry, start scanning just after type token
    else {
        $i_beg         = $i + 1;
        $id_scan_state = $tok;
        $type          = 't';
    }

    # find $i_beg = index of next nonblank token,
    # and handle empty lines
    my $blank_line          = 0;
    my $next_nonblank_token = $$rtokens[$i_beg];
    if ( $i_beg > $max_token_index ) {
        $blank_line = 1;
    }
    else {

        # only a '#' immediately after a '$' is not a comment
        if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '#' ) {
            unless ( $tok eq '$' ) {
                $blank_line = 1;
            }
        }

        if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^\s/ ) {
            ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_beg ) =
              find_next_nonblank_token_on_this_line( $i_beg, $rtokens,
                $max_token_index );
            if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /(^#|^\s*$)/ ) {
                $blank_line = 1;
            }
        }
    }

    # handle non-blank line; identifier, if any, must follow
    unless ($blank_line) {

        if ( $id_scan_state eq 'sub' ) {
            ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state ) = do_scan_sub(
                $input_line, $i,             $i_beg,
                $tok,        $type,          $rtokens,
                $rtoken_map, $id_scan_state, $max_token_index
            );
        }

        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq 'package' ) {
            ( $i, $tok, $type ) =
              do_scan_package( $input_line, $i, $i_beg, $tok, $type, $rtokens,
                $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );
            $id_scan_state = '';
        }

        else {
            warning("invalid token in scan_id: $tok\n");
            $id_scan_state = '';
        }
    }

    if ( $id_scan_state && ( !defined($type) || !$type ) ) {

        # shouldn't happen:
        warning(
"Program bug in scan_id: undefined type but scan_state=$id_scan_state\n"
        );
        report_definite_bug();
    }

    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_NSCAN && do {
        print
          "NSCAN: returns i=$i, tok=$tok, type=$type, state=$id_scan_state\n";
    };
    return ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state );
}

sub check_prototype {
    my ( $proto, $package, $subname ) = @_;
    return unless ( defined($package) && defined($subname) );
    if ( defined($proto) ) {
        $proto =~ s/^\s*\(\s*//;
        $proto =~ s/\s*\)$//;
        if ($proto) {
            $is_user_function{$package}{$subname}        = 1;
            $user_function_prototype{$package}{$subname} = "($proto)";

            # prototypes containing '&' must be treated specially..
            if ( $proto =~ /\&/ ) {

                # right curly braces of prototypes ending in
                # '&' may be followed by an operator
                if ( $proto =~ /\&$/ ) {
                    $is_block_function{$package}{$subname} = 1;
                }

                # right curly braces of prototypes NOT ending in
                # '&' may NOT be followed by an operator
                elsif ( $proto !~ /\&$/ ) {
                    $is_block_list_function{$package}{$subname} = 1;
                }
            }
        }
        else {
            $is_constant{$package}{$subname} = 1;
        }
    }
    else {
        $is_user_function{$package}{$subname} = 1;
    }
}

sub do_scan_package {

    # do_scan_package parses a package name
    # it is called with $i_beg equal to the index of the first nonblank
    # token following a 'package' token.
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $current_package,

    my ( $input_line, $i, $i_beg, $tok, $type, $rtokens, $rtoken_map,
        $max_token_index )
      = @_;
    my $package = undef;
    my $pos_beg = $$rtoken_map[$i_beg];
    pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;

    # handle non-blank line; package name, if any, must follow
    if ( $input_line =~ m/\G\s*((?:\w*(?:'|::))*\w+)/gc ) {
        $package = $1;
        $package = ( defined($1) && $1 ) ? $1 : 'main';
        $package =~ s/\'/::/g;
        if ( $package =~ /^\:/ ) { $package = 'main' . $package }
        $package =~ s/::$//;
        my $pos  = pos($input_line);
        my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
        $tok = 'package ' . substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
        $type = 'i';

        # Now we must convert back from character position
        # to pre_token index.
        # I don't think an error flag can occur here ..but ?
        my $error;
        ( $i, $error ) =
          inverse_pretoken_map( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );
        if ($error) { warning("Possibly invalid package\n") }
        $current_package = $package;

        # check for error
        my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
          find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
        if ( $next_nonblank_token !~ /^[;\{\}]$/ ) {
            warning(
                "Unexpected '$next_nonblank_token' after package name '$tok'\n"
            );
        }
    }

    # no match but line not blank --
    # could be a label with name package, like package:  , for example.
    else {
        $type = 'k';
    }

    return ( $i, $tok, $type );
}

sub scan_identifier_do {

    # This routine assembles tokens into identifiers.  It maintains a
    # scan state, id_scan_state.  It updates id_scan_state based upon
    # current id_scan_state and token, and returns an updated
    # id_scan_state and the next index after the identifier.
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $context, $last_nonblank_token,
    # $last_nonblank_type

    my ( $i, $id_scan_state, $identifier, $rtokens, $max_token_index,
        $expecting )
      = @_;
    my $i_begin   = $i;
    my $type      = '';
    my $tok_begin = $$rtokens[$i_begin];
    if ( $tok_begin eq ':' ) { $tok_begin = '::' }
    my $id_scan_state_begin = $id_scan_state;
    my $identifier_begin    = $identifier;
    my $tok                 = $tok_begin;
    my $message             = "";

    # these flags will be used to help figure out the type:
    my $saw_alpha = ( $tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ );
    my $saw_type;

    # allow old package separator (') except in 'use' statement
    my $allow_tick = ( $last_nonblank_token ne 'use' );

    # get started by defining a type and a state if necessary
    unless ($id_scan_state) {
        $context = UNKNOWN_CONTEXT;

        # fixup for digraph
        if ( $tok eq '>' ) {
            $tok       = '->';
            $tok_begin = $tok;
        }
        $identifier = $tok;

        if ( $tok eq '$' || $tok eq '*' ) {
            $id_scan_state = '$';
            $context       = SCALAR_CONTEXT;
        }
        elsif ( $tok eq '%' || $tok eq '@' ) {
            $id_scan_state = '$';
            $context       = LIST_CONTEXT;
        }
        elsif ( $tok eq '&' ) {
            $id_scan_state = '&';
        }
        elsif ( $tok eq 'sub' or $tok eq 'package' ) {
            $saw_alpha     = 0;     # 'sub' is considered type info here
            $id_scan_state = '$';
            $identifier .= ' ';     # need a space to separate sub from sub name
        }
        elsif ( $tok eq '::' ) {
            $id_scan_state = 'A';
        }
        elsif ( $tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {
            $id_scan_state = ':';
        }
        elsif ( $tok eq '->' ) {
            $id_scan_state = '$';
        }
        else {

            # shouldn't happen
            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller;
            warning("Program Bug: scan_identifier given bad token = $tok \n");
            warning("   called from sub $a  line: $c\n");
            report_definite_bug();
        }
        $saw_type = !$saw_alpha;
    }
    else {
        $i--;
        $saw_type = ( $tok =~ /([\$\%\@\*\&])/ );
    }

    # now loop to gather the identifier
    my $i_save = $i;

    while ( $i < $max_token_index ) {
        $i_save = $i unless ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ );
        $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];

        if ( ( $tok eq ':' ) && ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq ':' ) ) {
            $tok = '::';
            $i++;
        }

        if ( $id_scan_state eq '$' ) {    # starting variable name

            if ( $tok eq '$' ) {

                $identifier .= $tok;

                # we've got a punctuation variable if end of line (punct.t)
                if ( $i == $max_token_index ) {
                    $type          = 'i';
                    $id_scan_state = '';
                    last;
                }
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {    # alphanumeric ..
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
                $id_scan_state = ':';           # now need ::
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq "'" && $allow_tick ) {    # alphanumeric ..
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
                $id_scan_state = ':';                 # now need ::
                $identifier .= $tok;

                # Perl will accept leading digits in identifiers,
                # although they may not always produce useful results.
                # Something like $main::0 is ok.  But this also works:
                #
                #  sub howdy::123::bubba{ print "bubba $54321!\n" }
                #  howdy::123::bubba();
                #
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[0-9]/ ) {              # numeric
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
                $id_scan_state = ':';                 # now need ::
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq '::' ) {
                $id_scan_state = 'A';
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( ( $tok eq '#' ) && ( $identifier eq '$' ) ) {    # $#array
                $identifier .= $tok;    # keep same state, a $ could follow
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq '{' ) {

                # check for something like ${#} or ${©}
                if (   $identifier eq '$'
                    && $i + 2 <= $max_token_index
                    && $$rtokens[ $i + 2 ] eq '}'
                    && $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] !~ /[\s\w]/ )
                {
                    my $next2 = $$rtokens[ $i + 2 ];
                    my $next1 = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
                    $identifier .= $tok . $next1 . $next2;
                    $i += 2;
                    $id_scan_state = '';
                    last;
                }

                # skip something like ${xxx} or ->{
                $id_scan_state = '';

                # if this is the first token of a line, any tokens for this
                # identifier have already been accumulated
                if ( $identifier eq '$' || $i == 0 ) { $identifier = ''; }
                $i = $i_save;
                last;
            }

            # space ok after leading $ % * & @
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) {

                if ( $identifier =~ /^[\$\%\*\&\@]/ ) {

                    if ( length($identifier) > 1 ) {
                        $id_scan_state = '';
                        $i             = $i_save;
                        $type          = 'i';    # probably punctuation variable
                        last;
                    }
                    else {

                        # spaces after $'s are common, and space after @
                        # is harmless, so only complain about space
                        # after other type characters. Space after $ and
                        # @ will be removed in formatting.  Report space
                        # after % and * because they might indicate a
                        # parsing error.  In other words '% ' might be a
                        # modulo operator.  Delete this warning if it
                        # gets annoying.
                        if ( $identifier !~ /^[\@\$]$/ ) {
                            $message =
                              "Space in identifier, following $identifier\n";
                        }
                    }
                }

                # else:
                # space after '->' is ok
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq '^' ) {

                # check for some special variables like $^W
                if ( $identifier =~ /^[\$\*\@\%]$/ ) {
                    $identifier .= $tok;
                    $id_scan_state = 'A';

                    # Perl accepts '$^]' or '@^]', but
                    # there must not be a space before the ']'.
                    my $next1 = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
                    if ( $next1 eq ']' ) {
                        $i++;
                        $identifier .= $next1;
                        $id_scan_state = "";
                        last;
                    }
                }
                else {
                    $id_scan_state = '';
                }
            }
            else {    # something else

                # check for various punctuation variables
                if ( $identifier =~ /^[\$\*\@\%]$/ ) {
                    $identifier .= $tok;
                }

                elsif ( $identifier eq '$#' ) {

                    if ( $tok eq '{' ) { $type = 'i'; $i = $i_save }

                    # perl seems to allow just these: $#: $#- $#+
                    elsif ( $tok =~ /^[\:\-\+]$/ ) {
                        $type = 'i';
                        $identifier .= $tok;
                    }
                    else {
                        $i = $i_save;
                        write_logfile_entry( 'Use of $# is deprecated' . "\n" );
                    }
                }
                elsif ( $identifier eq '$$' ) {

                    # perl does not allow references to punctuation
                    # variables without braces.  For example, this
                    # won't work:
                    #  $:=\4;
                    #  $a = $$:;
                    # You would have to use
                    #  $a = ${$:};

                    $i = $i_save;
                    if   ( $tok eq '{' ) { $type = 't' }
                    else                 { $type = 'i' }
                }
                elsif ( $identifier eq '->' ) {
                    $i = $i_save;
                }
                else {
                    $i = $i_save;
                    if ( length($identifier) == 1 ) { $identifier = ''; }
                }
                $id_scan_state = '';
                last;
            }
        }
        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq '&' ) {    # starting sub call?

            if ( $tok =~ /^[\$A-Za-z_]/ ) {    # alphanumeric ..
                $id_scan_state = ':';          # now need ::
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq "'" && $allow_tick ) {    # alphanumeric ..
                $id_scan_state = ':';                 # now need ::
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[0-9]/ ) {    # numeric..see comments above
                $id_scan_state = ':';       # now need ::
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) {     # allow space
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq '::' ) {        # leading ::
                $id_scan_state = 'A';       # accept alpha next
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq '{' ) {
                if ( $identifier eq '&' || $i == 0 ) { $identifier = ''; }
                $i             = $i_save;
                $id_scan_state = '';
                last;
            }
            else {

                # punctuation variable?
                # testfile: cunningham4.pl
                #
                # We have to be careful here.  If we are in an unknown state,
                # we will reject the punctuation variable.  In the following
                # example the '&' is a binary opeator but we are in an unknown
                # state because there is no sigil on 'Prima', so we don't
                # know what it is.  But it is a bad guess that
                # '&~' is a punction variable.
                # $self->{text}->{colorMap}->[
                #   Prima::PodView::COLOR_CODE_FOREGROUND
                #   & ~tb::COLOR_INDEX ] =
                #   $sec->{ColorCode}
                if ( $identifier eq '&' && $expecting ) {
                    $identifier .= $tok;
                }
                else {
                    $identifier = '';
                    $i          = $i_save;
                    $type       = '&';
                }
                $id_scan_state = '';
                last;
            }
        }
        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq 'A' ) {    # looking for alpha (after ::)

            if ( $tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {    # found it
                $identifier .= $tok;
                $id_scan_state = ':';        # now need ::
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq "'" && $allow_tick ) {
                $identifier .= $tok;
                $id_scan_state = ':';        # now need ::
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[0-9]/ ) {     # numeric..see comments above
                $identifier .= $tok;
                $id_scan_state = ':';        # now need ::
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
            }
            elsif ( ( $identifier =~ /^sub / ) && ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) ) {
                $id_scan_state = '(';
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( ( $identifier =~ /^sub / ) && ( $tok eq '(' ) ) {
                $id_scan_state = ')';
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            else {
                $id_scan_state = '';
                $i             = $i_save;
                last;
            }
        }
        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq ':' ) {    # looking for :: after alpha

            if ( $tok eq '::' ) {            # got it
                $identifier .= $tok;
                $id_scan_state = 'A';        # now require alpha
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {    # more alphanumeric is ok here
                $identifier .= $tok;
                $id_scan_state = ':';           # now need ::
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[0-9]/ ) {        # numeric..see comments above
                $identifier .= $tok;
                $id_scan_state = ':';           # now need ::
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq "'" && $allow_tick ) {    # tick

                if ( $is_keyword{$identifier} ) {
                    $id_scan_state = '';              # that's all
                    $i             = $i_save;
                }
                else {
                    $identifier .= $tok;
                }
            }
            elsif ( ( $identifier =~ /^sub / ) && ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) ) {
                $id_scan_state = '(';
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( ( $identifier =~ /^sub / ) && ( $tok eq '(' ) ) {
                $id_scan_state = ')';
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            else {
                $id_scan_state = '';        # that's all
                $i             = $i_save;
                last;
            }
        }
        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq '(' ) {    # looking for ( of prototype

            if ( $tok eq '(' ) {             # got it
                $identifier .= $tok;
                $id_scan_state = ')';        # now find the end of it
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) {      # blank - keep going
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            else {
                $id_scan_state = '';         # that's all - no prototype
                $i             = $i_save;
                last;
            }
        }
        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq ')' ) {    # looking for ) to end

            if ( $tok eq ')' ) {             # got it
                $identifier .= $tok;
                $id_scan_state = '';         # all done
                last;
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[\s\$\%\\\*\@\&\;]/ ) {
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            else {    # probable error in script, but keep going
                warning("Unexpected '$tok' while seeking end of prototype\n");
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
        }
        else {        # can get here due to error in initialization
            $id_scan_state = '';
            $i             = $i_save;
            last;
        }
    }

    if ( $id_scan_state eq ')' ) {
        warning("Hit end of line while seeking ) to end prototype\n");
    }

    # once we enter the actual identifier, it may not extend beyond
    # the end of the current line
    if ( $id_scan_state =~ /^[A\:\(\)]/ ) {
        $id_scan_state = '';
    }
    if ( $i < 0 ) { $i = 0 }

    unless ($type) {

        if ($saw_type) {

            if ($saw_alpha) {
                if ( $identifier =~ /^->/ && $last_nonblank_type eq 'w' ) {
                    $type = 'w';
                }
                else { $type = 'i' }
            }
            elsif ( $identifier eq '->' ) {
                $type = '->';
            }
            elsif (
                ( length($identifier) > 1 )

                # In something like '@$=' we have an identifier '@$'
                # In something like '$${' we have type '$$' (and only
                # part of an identifier)
                && !( $identifier =~ /\$$/ && $tok eq '{' )
                && ( $identifier !~ /^(sub |package )$/ )
              )
            {
                $type = 'i';
            }
            else { $type = 't' }
        }
        elsif ($saw_alpha) {

            # type 'w' includes anything without leading type info
            # ($,%,@,*) including something like abc::def::ghi
            $type = 'w';
        }
        else {
            $type = '';
        }    # this can happen on a restart
    }

    if ($identifier) {
        $tok = $identifier;
        if ($message) { write_logfile_entry($message) }
    }
    else {
        $tok = $tok_begin;
        $i   = $i_begin;
    }

    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_SCAN_ID && do {
        my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller;
        print
"SCANID: called from $a $b $c with tok, i, state, identifier =$tok_begin, $i_begin, $id_scan_state_begin, $identifier_begin\n";
        print
"SCANID: returned with tok, i, state, identifier =$tok, $i, $id_scan_state, $identifier\n";
    };
    return ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state, $identifier );
}

{

    # saved package and subnames in case prototype is on separate line
    my ( $package_saved, $subname_saved );

    sub do_scan_sub {

        # do_scan_sub parses a sub name and prototype
        # it is called with $i_beg equal to the index of the first nonblank
        # token following a 'sub' token.

        # TODO: add future error checks to be sure we have a valid
        # sub name.  For example, 'sub &doit' is wrong.  Also, be sure
        # a name is given if and only if a non-anonymous sub is
        # appropriate.
        # USES GLOBAL VARS: $current_package, $last_nonblank_token,
        # $in_attribute_list, %saw_function_definition,
        # $statement_type

        my (
            $input_line, $i,             $i_beg,
            $tok,        $type,          $rtokens,
            $rtoken_map, $id_scan_state, $max_token_index
        ) = @_;
        $id_scan_state = "";    # normally we get everything in one call
        my $subname = undef;
        my $package = undef;
        my $proto   = undef;
        my $attrs   = undef;
        my $match;

        my $pos_beg = $$rtoken_map[$i_beg];
        pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;

        # sub NAME PROTO ATTRS
        if (
            $input_line =~ m/\G\s*
        ((?:\w*(?:'|::))*)  # package - something that ends in :: or '
        (\w+)               # NAME    - required
        (\s*\([^){]*\))?    # PROTO   - something in parens
        (\s*:)?             # ATTRS   - leading : of attribute list
        /gcx
          )
        {
            $match   = 1;
            $subname = $2;
            $proto   = $3;
            $attrs   = $4;

            $package = ( defined($1) && $1 ) ? $1 : $current_package;
            $package =~ s/\'/::/g;
            if ( $package =~ /^\:/ ) { $package = 'main' . $package }
            $package =~ s/::$//;
            my $pos  = pos($input_line);
            my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
            $tok = 'sub ' . substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
            $type = 'i';
        }

        # Look for prototype/attributes not preceded on this line by subname;
        # This might be an anonymous sub with attributes,
        # or a prototype on a separate line from its sub name
        elsif (
            $input_line =~ m/\G(\s*\([^){]*\))?  # PROTO
            (\s*:)?                              # ATTRS leading ':'
            /gcx
            && ( $1 || $2 )
          )
        {
            $match = 1;
            $proto = $1;
            $attrs = $2;

            # Handle prototype on separate line from subname
            if ($subname_saved) {
                $package = $package_saved;
                $subname = $subname_saved;
                $tok     = $last_nonblank_token;
            }
            $type = 'i';
        }

        if ($match) {

            # ATTRS: if there are attributes, back up and let the ':' be
            # found later by the scanner.
            my $pos = pos($input_line);
            if ($attrs) {
                $pos -= length($attrs);
            }

            my $next_nonblank_token = $tok;

            # catch case of line with leading ATTR ':' after anonymous sub
            if ( $pos == $pos_beg && $tok eq ':' ) {
                $type              = 'A';
                $in_attribute_list = 1;
            }

            # We must convert back from character position
            # to pre_token index.
            else {

                # I don't think an error flag can occur here ..but ?
                my $error;
                ( $i, $error ) = inverse_pretoken_map( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map,
                    $max_token_index );
                if ($error) { warning("Possibly invalid sub\n") }

                # check for multiple definitions of a sub
                ( $next_nonblank_token, my $i_next ) =
                  find_next_nonblank_token_on_this_line( $i, $rtokens,
                    $max_token_index );
            }

            if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^(\s*|#)$/ )
            {    # skip blank or side comment
                my ( $rpre_tokens, $rpre_types ) =
                  peek_ahead_for_n_nonblank_pre_tokens(1);
                if ( defined($rpre_tokens) && @$rpre_tokens ) {
                    $next_nonblank_token = $rpre_tokens->[0];
                }
                else {
                    $next_nonblank_token = '}';
                }
            }
            $package_saved = "";
            $subname_saved = "";
            if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '{' ) {
                if ($subname) {

                    # Check for multiple definitions of a sub, but
                    # it is ok to have multiple sub BEGIN, etc,
                    # so we do not complain if name is all caps
                    if (   $saw_function_definition{$package}{$subname}
                        && $subname !~ /^[A-Z]+$/ )
                    {
                        my $lno = $saw_function_definition{$package}{$subname};
                        warning(
"already saw definition of 'sub $subname' in package '$package' at line $lno\n"
                        );
                    }
                    $saw_function_definition{$package}{$subname} =
                      $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
                }
            }
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_token eq ';' ) {
            }
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_token eq '}' ) {
            }

            # ATTRS - if an attribute list follows, remember the name
            # of the sub so the next opening brace can be labeled.
            # Setting 'statement_type' causes any ':'s to introduce
            # attributes.
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_token eq ':' ) {
                $statement_type = $tok;
            }

            # see if PROTO follows on another line:
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
                if ( $attrs || $proto ) {
                    warning(
"unexpected '(' after definition or declaration of sub '$subname'\n"
                    );
                }
                else {
                    $id_scan_state  = 'sub';    # we must come back to get proto
                    $statement_type = $tok;
                    $package_saved  = $package;
                    $subname_saved  = $subname;
                }
            }
            elsif ($next_nonblank_token) {      # EOF technically ok
                warning(
"expecting ':' or ';' or '{' after definition or declaration of sub '$subname' but saw '$next_nonblank_token'\n"
                );
            }
            check_prototype( $proto, $package, $subname );
        }

        # no match but line not blank
        else {
        }
        return ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state );
    }
}

#########i###############################################################
# Tokenizer utility routines which may use CONSTANTS but no other GLOBALS
#########################################################################

sub find_next_nonblank_token {
    my ( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) = @_;

    if ( $i >= $max_token_index ) {
        if ( !peeked_ahead() ) {
            peeked_ahead(1);
            $rtokens =
              peek_ahead_for_nonblank_token( $rtokens, $max_token_index );
        }
    }
    my $next_nonblank_token = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];

    if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
        $next_nonblank_token = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
    }
    return ( $next_nonblank_token, $i );
}

sub numerator_expected {

    # this is a filter for a possible numerator, in support of guessing
    # for the / pattern delimiter token.
    # returns -
    #   1 - yes
    #   0 - can't tell
    #  -1 - no
    # Note: I am using the convention that variables ending in
    # _expected have these 3 possible values.
    my ( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $next_token = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
    if ( $next_token eq '=' ) { $i++; }    # handle /=
    my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
      find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );

    if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /(\(|\$|\w|\.|\@)/ ) {
        1;
    }
    else {

        if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
            0;
        }
        else {
            -1;
        }
    }
}

sub pattern_expected {

    # This is the start of a filter for a possible pattern.
    # It looks at the token after a possbible pattern and tries to
    # determine if that token could end a pattern.
    # returns -
    #   1 - yes
    #   0 - can't tell
    #  -1 - no
    my ( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $next_token = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
    if ( $next_token =~ /^[msixpodualgc]/ ) { $i++; }   # skip possible modifier
    my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
      find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );

    # list of tokens which may follow a pattern
    # (can probably be expanded)
    if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /(\)|\}|\;|\&\&|\|\||and|or|while|if|unless)/ )
    {
        1;
    }
    else {

        if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
            0;
        }
        else {
            -1;
        }
    }
}

sub find_next_nonblank_token_on_this_line {
    my ( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $next_nonblank_token;

    if ( $i < $max_token_index ) {
        $next_nonblank_token = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];

        if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^\s*$/ ) {

            if ( $i < $max_token_index ) {
                $next_nonblank_token = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
            }
        }
    }
    else {
        $next_nonblank_token = "";
    }
    return ( $next_nonblank_token, $i );
}

sub find_angle_operator_termination {

    # We are looking at a '<' and want to know if it is an angle operator.
    # We are to return:
    #   $i = pretoken index of ending '>' if found, current $i otherwise
    #   $type = 'Q' if found, '>' otherwise
    my ( $input_line, $i_beg, $rtoken_map, $expecting, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $i    = $i_beg;
    my $type = '<';
    pos($input_line) = 1 + $$rtoken_map[$i];

    my $filter;

    # we just have to find the next '>' if a term is expected
    if ( $expecting == TERM ) { $filter = '[\>]' }

    # we have to guess if we don't know what is expected
    elsif ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) { $filter = '[\>\;\=\#\|\<]' }

    # shouldn't happen - we shouldn't be here if operator is expected
    else { warning("Program Bug in find_angle_operator_termination\n") }

    # To illustrate what we might be looking at, in case we are
    # guessing, here are some examples of valid angle operators
    # (or file globs):
    #  
    #  
    #  <$fh>
    #  <*.c *.h>
    #  <_>
    #   ( glob.t)
    #  <${PREFIX}*img*.$IMAGE_TYPE>
    #  
    #  
    #  <$LATEX2HTMLVERSIONS${dd}html[1-9].[0-9].pl>
    #
    # Here are some examples of lines which do not have angle operators:
    #  return undef unless $self->[2]++ < $#{$self->[1]};
    #  < 2  || @$t >
    #
    # the following line from dlister.pl caused trouble:
    #  print'~'x79,"\n",$D<1024?"0.$D":$D>>10,"K, $C files\n\n\n";
    #
    # If the '<' starts an angle operator, it must end on this line and
    # it must not have certain characters like ';' and '=' in it.  I use
    # this to limit the testing.  This filter should be improved if
    # possible.

    if ( $input_line =~ /($filter)/g ) {

        if ( $1 eq '>' ) {

            # We MAY have found an angle operator termination if we get
            # here, but we need to do more to be sure we haven't been
            # fooled.
            my $pos = pos($input_line);

            my $pos_beg = $$rtoken_map[$i];
            my $str = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, ( $pos - $pos_beg ) );

            # Reject if the closing '>' follows a '-' as in:
            # if ( VERSION < 5.009 && $op-> name eq 'aassign' ) { }
            if ( $expecting eq UNKNOWN ) {
                my $check = substr( $input_line, $pos - 2, 1 );
                if ( $check eq '-' ) {
                    return ( $i, $type );
                }
            }

            ######################################debug#####
            #write_diagnostics( "ANGLE? :$str\n");
            #print "ANGLE: found $1 at pos=$pos str=$str check=$check\n";
            ######################################debug#####
            $type = 'Q';
            my $error;
            ( $i, $error ) =
              inverse_pretoken_map( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );

            # It may be possible that a quote ends midway in a pretoken.
            # If this happens, it may be necessary to split the pretoken.
            if ($error) {
                warning(
                    "Possible tokinization error..please check this line\n");
                report_possible_bug();
            }

            # Now let's see where we stand....
            # OK if math op not possible
            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
            }

            # OK if there are no more than 2 pre-tokens inside
            # (not possible to write 2 token math between < and >)
            # This catches most common cases
            elsif ( $i <= $i_beg + 3 ) {
                write_diagnostics("ANGLE(1 or 2 tokens): $str\n");
            }

            # Not sure..
            else {

                # Let's try a Brace Test: any braces inside must balance
                my $br = 0;
                while ( $str =~ /\{/g ) { $br++ }
                while ( $str =~ /\}/g ) { $br-- }
                my $sb = 0;
                while ( $str =~ /\[/g ) { $sb++ }
                while ( $str =~ /\]/g ) { $sb-- }
                my $pr = 0;
                while ( $str =~ /\(/g ) { $pr++ }
                while ( $str =~ /\)/g ) { $pr-- }

                # if braces do not balance - not angle operator
                if ( $br || $sb || $pr ) {
                    $i    = $i_beg;
                    $type = '<';
                    write_diagnostics(
                        "NOT ANGLE (BRACE={$br ($pr [$sb ):$str\n");
                }

                # we should keep doing more checks here...to be continued
                # Tentatively accepting this as a valid angle operator.
                # There are lots more things that can be checked.
                else {
                    write_diagnostics(
                        "ANGLE-Guessing yes: $str expecting=$expecting\n");
                    write_logfile_entry("Guessing angle operator here: $str\n");
                }
            }
        }

        # didn't find ending >
        else {
            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
                warning("No ending > for angle operator\n");
            }
        }
    }
    return ( $i, $type );
}

sub scan_number_do {

    #  scan a number in any of the formats that Perl accepts
    #  Underbars (_) are allowed in decimal numbers.
    #  input parameters -
    #      $input_line  - the string to scan
    #      $i           - pre_token index to start scanning
    #    $rtoken_map    - reference to the pre_token map giving starting
    #                    character position in $input_line of token $i
    #  output parameters -
    #    $i            - last pre_token index of the number just scanned
    #    number        - the number (characters); or undef if not a number

    my ( $input_line, $i, $rtoken_map, $input_type, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $pos_beg = $$rtoken_map[$i];
    my $pos;
    my $i_begin = $i;
    my $number  = undef;
    my $type    = $input_type;

    my $first_char = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, 1 );

    # Look for bad starting characters; Shouldn't happen..
    if ( $first_char !~ /[\d\.\+\-Ee]/ ) {
        warning("Program bug - scan_number given character $first_char\n");
        report_definite_bug();
        return ( $i, $type, $number );
    }

    # handle v-string without leading 'v' character ('Two Dot' rule)
    # (vstring.t)
    # TODO: v-strings may contain underscores
    pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;
    if ( $input_line =~ /\G((\d+)?\.\d+(\.\d+)+)/g ) {
        $pos = pos($input_line);
        my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
        $number = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
        $type = 'v';
        report_v_string($number);
    }

    # handle octal, hex, binary
    if ( !defined($number) ) {
        pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;
        if ( $input_line =~ /\G[+-]?0((x[0-9a-fA-F_]+)|([0-7_]+)|(b[01_]+))/g )
        {
            $pos = pos($input_line);
            my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
            $number = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
            $type = 'n';
        }
    }

    # handle decimal
    if ( !defined($number) ) {
        pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;

        if ( $input_line =~ /\G([+-]?[\d_]*(\.[\d_]*)?([Ee][+-]?(\d+))?)/g ) {
            $pos = pos($input_line);

            # watch out for things like 0..40 which would give 0. by this;
            if (   ( substr( $input_line, $pos - 1, 1 ) eq '.' )
                && ( substr( $input_line, $pos, 1 ) eq '.' ) )
            {
                $pos--;
            }
            my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
            $number = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
            $type = 'n';
        }
    }

    # filter out non-numbers like e + - . e2  .e3 +e6
    # the rule: at least one digit, and any 'e' must be preceded by a digit
    if (
        $number !~ /\d/    # no digits
        || (   $number =~ /^(.*)[eE]/
            && $1 !~ /\d/ )    # or no digits before the 'e'
      )
    {
        $number = undef;
        $type   = $input_type;
        return ( $i, $type, $number );
    }

    # Found a number; now we must convert back from character position
    # to pre_token index. An error here implies user syntax error.
    # An example would be an invalid octal number like '009'.
    my $error;
    ( $i, $error ) =
      inverse_pretoken_map( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );
    if ($error) { warning("Possibly invalid number\n") }

    return ( $i, $type, $number );
}

sub inverse_pretoken_map {

    # Starting with the current pre_token index $i, scan forward until
    # finding the index of the next pre_token whose position is $pos.
    my ( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $error = 0;

    while ( ++$i <= $max_token_index ) {

        if ( $pos <= $$rtoken_map[$i] ) {

            # Let the calling routine handle errors in which we do not
            # land on a pre-token boundary.  It can happen by running
            # perltidy on some non-perl scripts, for example.
            if ( $pos < $$rtoken_map[$i] ) { $error = 1 }
            $i--;
            last;
        }
    }
    return ( $i, $error );
}

sub find_here_doc {

    # find the target of a here document, if any
    # input parameters:
    #   $i - token index of the second < of <<
    #   ($i must be less than the last token index if this is called)
    # output parameters:
    #   $found_target = 0 didn't find target; =1 found target
    #   HERE_TARGET - the target string (may be empty string)
    #   $i - unchanged if not here doc,
    #    or index of the last token of the here target
    #   $saw_error - flag noting unbalanced quote on here target
    my ( $expecting, $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $ibeg                 = $i;
    my $found_target         = 0;
    my $here_doc_target      = '';
    my $here_quote_character = '';
    my $saw_error            = 0;
    my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next_nonblank, $next_token );
    $next_token = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];

    # perl allows a backslash before the target string (heredoc.t)
    my $backslash = 0;
    if ( $next_token eq '\\' ) {
        $backslash  = 1;
        $next_token = $$rtokens[ $i + 2 ];
    }

    ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next_nonblank ) =
      find_next_nonblank_token_on_this_line( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );

    if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /[\'\"\`]/ ) {

        my $in_quote    = 1;
        my $quote_depth = 0;
        my $quote_pos   = 0;
        my $quoted_string;

        (
            $i, $in_quote, $here_quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
            $quoted_string
          )
          = follow_quoted_string( $i_next_nonblank, $in_quote, $rtokens,
            $here_quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth, $max_token_index );

        if ($in_quote) {    # didn't find end of quote, so no target found
            $i = $ibeg;
            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
                warning(
"Did not find here-doc string terminator ($here_quote_character) before end of line \n"
                );
                $saw_error = 1;
            }
        }
        else {              # found ending quote
            my $j;
            $found_target = 1;

            my $tokj;
            for ( $j = $i_next_nonblank + 1 ; $j < $i ; $j++ ) {
                $tokj = $$rtokens[$j];

                # we have to remove any backslash before the quote character
                # so that the here-doc-target exactly matches this string
                next
                  if ( $tokj eq "\\"
                    && $j < $i - 1
                    && $$rtokens[ $j + 1 ] eq $here_quote_character );
                $here_doc_target .= $tokj;
            }
        }
    }

    elsif ( ( $next_token =~ /^\s*$/ ) and ( $expecting == TERM ) ) {
        $found_target = 1;
        write_logfile_entry(
            "found blank here-target after <<; suggest using \"\"\n");
        $i = $ibeg;
    }
    elsif ( $next_token =~ /^\w/ ) {    # simple bareword or integer after <<

        my $here_doc_expected;
        if ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {
            $here_doc_expected = guess_if_here_doc($next_token);
        }
        else {
            $here_doc_expected = 1;
        }

        if ($here_doc_expected) {
            $found_target    = 1;
            $here_doc_target = $next_token;
            $i               = $ibeg + 1;
        }

    }
    else {

        if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
            $found_target = 1;
            write_logfile_entry("Note: bare here-doc operator <<\n");
        }
        else {
            $i = $ibeg;
        }
    }

    # patch to neglect any prepended backslash
    if ( $found_target && $backslash ) { $i++ }

    return ( $found_target, $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character, $i,
        $saw_error );
}

sub do_quote {

    # follow (or continue following) quoted string(s)
    # $in_quote return code:
    #   0 - ok, found end
    #   1 - still must find end of quote whose target is $quote_character
    #   2 - still looking for end of first of two quotes
    #
    # Returns updated strings:
    #  $quoted_string_1 = quoted string seen while in_quote=1
    #  $quoted_string_2 = quoted string seen while in_quote=2
    my (
        $i,               $in_quote,    $quote_character,
        $quote_pos,       $quote_depth, $quoted_string_1,
        $quoted_string_2, $rtokens,     $rtoken_map,
        $max_token_index
    ) = @_;

    my $in_quote_starting = $in_quote;

    my $quoted_string;
    if ( $in_quote == 2 ) {    # two quotes/quoted_string_1s to follow
        my $ibeg = $i;
        (
            $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
            $quoted_string
          )
          = follow_quoted_string( $i, $in_quote, $rtokens, $quote_character,
            $quote_pos, $quote_depth, $max_token_index );
        $quoted_string_2 .= $quoted_string;
        if ( $in_quote == 1 ) {
            if ( $quote_character =~ /[\{\[\<\(]/ ) { $i++; }
            $quote_character = '';
        }
        else {
            $quoted_string_2 .= "\n";
        }
    }

    if ( $in_quote == 1 ) {    # one (more) quote to follow
        my $ibeg = $i;
        (
            $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
            $quoted_string
          )
          = follow_quoted_string( $ibeg, $in_quote, $rtokens, $quote_character,
            $quote_pos, $quote_depth, $max_token_index );
        $quoted_string_1 .= $quoted_string;
        if ( $in_quote == 1 ) {
            $quoted_string_1 .= "\n";
        }
    }
    return ( $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
        $quoted_string_1, $quoted_string_2 );
}

sub follow_quoted_string {

    # scan for a specific token, skipping escaped characters
    # if the quote character is blank, use the first non-blank character
    # input parameters:
    #   $rtokens = reference to the array of tokens
    #   $i = the token index of the first character to search
    #   $in_quote = number of quoted strings being followed
    #   $beginning_tok = the starting quote character
    #   $quote_pos = index to check next for alphanumeric delimiter
    # output parameters:
    #   $i = the token index of the ending quote character
    #   $in_quote = decremented if found end, unchanged if not
    #   $beginning_tok = the starting quote character
    #   $quote_pos = index to check next for alphanumeric delimiter
    #   $quote_depth = nesting depth, since delimiters '{ ( [ <' can be nested.
    #   $quoted_string = the text of the quote (without quotation tokens)
    my ( $i_beg, $in_quote, $rtokens, $beginning_tok, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
        $max_token_index )
      = @_;
    my ( $tok, $end_tok );
    my $i             = $i_beg - 1;
    my $quoted_string = "";

    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_QUOTE && do {
        print
"QUOTE entering with quote_pos = $quote_pos i=$i beginning_tok =$beginning_tok\n";
    };

    # get the corresponding end token
    if ( $beginning_tok !~ /^\s*$/ ) {
        $end_tok = matching_end_token($beginning_tok);
    }

    # a blank token means we must find and use the first non-blank one
    else {
        my $allow_quote_comments = ( $i < 0 ) ? 1 : 0; # i<0 means we saw a 

        while ( $i < $max_token_index ) {
            $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];

            if ( $tok !~ /^\s*$/ ) {

                if ( ( $tok eq '#' ) && ($allow_quote_comments) ) {
                    $i = $max_token_index;
                }
                else {

                    if ( length($tok) > 1 ) {
                        if ( $quote_pos <= 0 ) { $quote_pos = 1 }
                        $beginning_tok = substr( $tok, $quote_pos - 1, 1 );
                    }
                    else {
                        $beginning_tok = $tok;
                        $quote_pos     = 0;
                    }
                    $end_tok     = matching_end_token($beginning_tok);
                    $quote_depth = 1;
                    last;
                }
            }
            else {
                $allow_quote_comments = 1;
            }
        }
    }

    # There are two different loops which search for the ending quote
    # character.  In the rare case of an alphanumeric quote delimiter, we
    # have to look through alphanumeric tokens character-by-character, since
    # the pre-tokenization process combines multiple alphanumeric
    # characters, whereas for a non-alphanumeric delimiter, only tokens of
    # length 1 can match.

    ###################################################################
    # Case 1 (rare): loop for case of alphanumeric quote delimiter..
    # "quote_pos" is the position the current word to begin searching
    ###################################################################
    if ( $beginning_tok =~ /\w/ ) {

        # Note this because it is not recommended practice except
        # for obfuscated perl contests
        if ( $in_quote == 1 ) {
            write_logfile_entry(
                "Note: alphanumeric quote delimiter ($beginning_tok) \n");
        }

        while ( $i < $max_token_index ) {

            if ( $quote_pos == 0 || ( $i < 0 ) ) {
                $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];

                if ( $tok eq '\\' ) {

                    # retain backslash unless it hides the end token
                    $quoted_string .= $tok
                      unless $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq $end_tok;
                    $quote_pos++;
                    last if ( $i >= $max_token_index );
                    $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
                }
            }
            my $old_pos = $quote_pos;

            unless ( defined($tok) && defined($end_tok) && defined($quote_pos) )
            {

            }
            $quote_pos = 1 + index( $tok, $end_tok, $quote_pos );

            if ( $quote_pos > 0 ) {

                $quoted_string .=
                  substr( $tok, $old_pos, $quote_pos - $old_pos - 1 );

                $quote_depth--;

                if ( $quote_depth == 0 ) {
                    $in_quote--;
                    last;
                }
            }
            else {
                $quoted_string .= substr( $tok, $old_pos );
            }
        }
    }

    ########################################################################
    # Case 2 (normal): loop for case of a non-alphanumeric quote delimiter..
    ########################################################################
    else {

        while ( $i < $max_token_index ) {
            $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];

            if ( $tok eq $end_tok ) {
                $quote_depth--;

                if ( $quote_depth == 0 ) {
                    $in_quote--;
                    last;
                }
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq $beginning_tok ) {
                $quote_depth++;
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq '\\' ) {

                # retain backslash unless it hides the beginning or end token
                $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
                $quoted_string .= '\\'
                  unless ( $tok eq $end_tok || $tok eq $beginning_tok );
            }
            $quoted_string .= $tok;
        }
    }
    if ( $i > $max_token_index ) { $i = $max_token_index }
    return ( $i, $in_quote, $beginning_tok, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
        $quoted_string );
}

sub indicate_error {
    my ( $msg, $line_number, $input_line, $pos, $carrat ) = @_;
    interrupt_logfile();
    warning($msg);
    write_error_indicator_pair( $line_number, $input_line, $pos, $carrat );
    resume_logfile();
}

sub write_error_indicator_pair {
    my ( $line_number, $input_line, $pos, $carrat ) = @_;
    my ( $offset, $numbered_line, $underline ) =
      make_numbered_line( $line_number, $input_line, $pos );
    $underline = write_on_underline( $underline, $pos - $offset, $carrat );
    warning( $numbered_line . "\n" );
    $underline =~ s/\s*$//;
    warning( $underline . "\n" );
}

sub make_numbered_line {

    #  Given an input line, its line number, and a character position of
    #  interest, create a string not longer than 80 characters of the form
    #     $lineno: sub_string
    #  such that the sub_string of $str contains the position of interest
    #
    #  Here is an example of what we want, in this case we add trailing
    #  '...' because the line is long.
    #
    # 2: (One of QAML 2.0's authors is a member of the World Wide Web Con ...
    #
    #  Here is another example, this time in which we used leading '...'
    #  because of excessive length:
    #
    # 2: ... er of the World Wide Web Consortium's
    #
    #  input parameters are:
    #   $lineno = line number
    #   $str = the text of the line
    #   $pos = position of interest (the error) : 0 = first character
    #
    #   We return :
    #     - $offset = an offset which corrects the position in case we only
    #       display part of a line, such that $pos-$offset is the effective
    #       position from the start of the displayed line.
    #     - $numbered_line = the numbered line as above,
    #     - $underline = a blank 'underline' which is all spaces with the same
    #       number of characters as the numbered line.

    my ( $lineno, $str, $pos ) = @_;
    my $offset = ( $pos < 60 ) ? 0 : $pos - 40;
    my $excess = length($str) - $offset - 68;
    my $numc   = ( $excess > 0 ) ? 68 : undef;

    if ( defined($numc) ) {
        if ( $offset == 0 ) {
            $str = substr( $str, $offset, $numc - 4 ) . " ...";
        }
        else {
            $str = "... " . substr( $str, $offset + 4, $numc - 4 ) . " ...";
        }
    }
    else {

        if ( $offset == 0 ) {
        }
        else {
            $str = "... " . substr( $str, $offset + 4 );
        }
    }

    my $numbered_line = sprintf( "%d: ", $lineno );
    $offset -= length($numbered_line);
    $numbered_line .= $str;
    my $underline = " " x length($numbered_line);
    return ( $offset, $numbered_line, $underline );
}

sub write_on_underline {

    # The "underline" is a string that shows where an error is; it starts
    # out as a string of blanks with the same length as the numbered line of
    # code above it, and we have to add marking to show where an error is.
    # In the example below, we want to write the string '--^' just below
    # the line of bad code:
    #
    # 2: (One of QAML 2.0's authors is a member of the World Wide Web Con ...
    #                 ---^
    # We are given the current underline string, plus a position and a
    # string to write on it.
    #
    # In the above example, there will be 2 calls to do this:
    # First call:  $pos=19, pos_chr=^
    # Second call: $pos=16, pos_chr=---
    #
    # This is a trivial thing to do with substr, but there is some
    # checking to do.

    my ( $underline, $pos, $pos_chr ) = @_;

    # check for error..shouldn't happen
    unless ( ( $pos >= 0 ) && ( $pos <= length($underline) ) ) {
        return $underline;
    }
    my $excess = length($pos_chr) + $pos - length($underline);
    if ( $excess > 0 ) {
        $pos_chr = substr( $pos_chr, 0, length($pos_chr) - $excess );
    }
    substr( $underline, $pos, length($pos_chr) ) = $pos_chr;
    return ($underline);
}

sub pre_tokenize {

    # Break a string, $str, into a sequence of preliminary tokens.  We
    # are interested in these types of tokens:
    #   words       (type='w'),            example: 'max_tokens_wanted'
    #   digits      (type = 'd'),          example: '0755'
    #   whitespace  (type = 'b'),          example: '   '
    #   any other single character (i.e. punct; type = the character itself).
    # We cannot do better than this yet because we might be in a quoted
    # string or pattern.  Caller sets $max_tokens_wanted to 0 to get all
    # tokens.
    my ( $str, $max_tokens_wanted ) = @_;

    # we return references to these 3 arrays:
    my @tokens    = ();     # array of the tokens themselves
    my @token_map = (0);    # string position of start of each token
    my @type      = ();     # 'b'=whitespace, 'd'=digits, 'w'=alpha, or punct

    do {

        # whitespace
        if ( $str =~ /\G(\s+)/gc ) { push @type, 'b'; }

        # numbers
        # note that this must come before words!
        elsif ( $str =~ /\G(\d+)/gc ) { push @type, 'd'; }

        # words
        elsif ( $str =~ /\G(\w+)/gc ) { push @type, 'w'; }

        # single-character punctuation
        elsif ( $str =~ /\G(\W)/gc ) { push @type, $1; }

        # that's all..
        else {
            return ( \@tokens, \@token_map, \@type );
        }

        push @tokens,    $1;
        push @token_map, pos($str);

    } while ( --$max_tokens_wanted != 0 );

    return ( \@tokens, \@token_map, \@type );
}

sub show_tokens {

    # this is an old debug routine
    my ( $rtokens, $rtoken_map ) = @_;
    my $num = scalar(@$rtokens);
    my $i;

    for ( $i = 0 ; $i < $num ; $i++ ) {
        my $len = length( $$rtokens[$i] );
        print "$i:$len:$$rtoken_map[$i]:$$rtokens[$i]:\n";
    }
}

sub matching_end_token {

    # find closing character for a pattern
    my $beginning_token = shift;

    if ( $beginning_token eq '{' ) {
        '}';
    }
    elsif ( $beginning_token eq '[' ) {
        ']';
    }
    elsif ( $beginning_token eq '<' ) {
        '>';
    }
    elsif ( $beginning_token eq '(' ) {
        ')';
    }
    else {
        $beginning_token;
    }
}

sub dump_token_types {
    my $class = shift;
    my $fh    = shift;

    # This should be the latest list of token types in use
    # adding NEW_TOKENS: add a comment here
    print $fh <<'END_OF_LIST';

Here is a list of the token types currently used for lines of type 'CODE'.  
For the following tokens, the "type" of a token is just the token itself.  

.. :: << >> ** && .. || // -> => += -= .= %= &= |= ^= *= <>
( ) <= >= == =~ !~ != ++ -- /= x=
... **= <<= >>= &&= ||= //= <=> 
, + - / * | % ! x ~ = \ ? : . < > ^ &

The following additional token types are defined:

 type    meaning
    b    blank (white space) 
    {    indent: opening structural curly brace or square bracket or paren
         (code block, anonymous hash reference, or anonymous array reference)
    }    outdent: right structural curly brace or square bracket or paren
    [    left non-structural square bracket (enclosing an array index)
    ]    right non-structural square bracket
    (    left non-structural paren (all but a list right of an =)
    )    right non-structural parena
    L    left non-structural curly brace (enclosing a key)
    R    right non-structural curly brace 
    ;    terminal semicolon
    f    indicates a semicolon in a "for" statement
    h    here_doc operator <<
    #    a comment
    Q    indicates a quote or pattern
    q    indicates a qw quote block
    k    a perl keyword
    C    user-defined constant or constant function (with void prototype = ())
    U    user-defined function taking parameters
    G    user-defined function taking block parameter (like grep/map/eval)
    M    (unused, but reserved for subroutine definition name)
    P    (unused, but -html uses it to label pod text)
    t    type indicater such as %,$,@,*,&,sub
    w    bare word (perhaps a subroutine call)
    i    identifier of some type (with leading %, $, @, *, &, sub, -> )
    n    a number
    v    a v-string
    F    a file test operator (like -e)
    Y    File handle
    Z    identifier in indirect object slot: may be file handle, object
    J    LABEL:  code block label
    j    LABEL after next, last, redo, goto
    p    unary +
    m    unary -
    pp   pre-increment operator ++
    mm   pre-decrement operator -- 
    A    : used as attribute separator
    
    Here are the '_line_type' codes used internally:
    SYSTEM         - system-specific code before hash-bang line
    CODE           - line of perl code (including comments)
    POD_START      - line starting pod, such as '=head'
    POD            - pod documentation text
    POD_END        - last line of pod section, '=cut'
    HERE           - text of here-document
    HERE_END       - last line of here-doc (target word)
    FORMAT         - format section
    FORMAT_END     - last line of format section, '.'
    DATA_START     - __DATA__ line
    DATA           - unidentified text following __DATA__
    END_START      - __END__ line
    END            - unidentified text following __END__
    ERROR          - we are in big trouble, probably not a perl script
END_OF_LIST
}

BEGIN {

    # These names are used in error messages
    @opening_brace_names = qw# '{' '[' '(' '?' #;
    @closing_brace_names = qw# '}' ']' ')' ':' #;

    my @digraphs = qw(
      .. :: << >> ** && .. || // -> => += -= .= %= &= |= ^= *= <>
      <= >= == =~ !~ != ++ -- /= x= ~~
    );
    @is_digraph{@digraphs} = (1) x scalar(@digraphs);

    my @trigraphs = qw( ... **= <<= >>= &&= ||= //= <=> !~~ );
    @is_trigraph{@trigraphs} = (1) x scalar(@trigraphs);

    # make a hash of all valid token types for self-checking the tokenizer
    # (adding NEW_TOKENS : select a new character and add to this list)
    my @valid_token_types = qw#
      A b C G L R f h Q k t w i q n p m F pp mm U j J Y Z v
      { } ( ) [ ] ; + - / * | % ! x ~ = \ ? : . < > ^ &
      #;
    push( @valid_token_types, @digraphs );
    push( @valid_token_types, @trigraphs );
    push( @valid_token_types, '#' );
    push( @valid_token_types, ',' );
    @is_valid_token_type{@valid_token_types} = (1) x scalar(@valid_token_types);

    # a list of file test letters, as in -e (Table 3-4 of 'camel 3')
    my @file_test_operators =
      qw( A B C M O R S T W X b c d e f g k l o p r s t u w x z);
    @is_file_test_operator{@file_test_operators} =
      (1) x scalar(@file_test_operators);

    # these functions have prototypes of the form (&), so when they are
    # followed by a block, that block MAY BE followed by an operator.
    @_ = qw( do eval );
    @is_block_operator{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # these functions allow an identifier in the indirect object slot
    @_ = qw( print printf sort exec system say);
    @is_indirect_object_taker{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # These tokens may precede a code block
    # patched for SWITCH/CASE
    @_ =
      qw( BEGIN END CHECK INIT AUTOLOAD DESTROY UNITCHECK continue if elsif else
      unless do while until eval for foreach map grep sort
      switch case given when);
    @is_code_block_token{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # I'll build the list of keywords incrementally
    my @Keywords = ();

    # keywords and tokens after which a value or pattern is expected,
    # but not an operator.  In other words, these should consume terms
    # to their right, or at least they are not expected to be followed
    # immediately by operators.
    my @value_requestor = qw(
      AUTOLOAD
      BEGIN
      CHECK
      DESTROY
      END
      EQ
      GE
      GT
      INIT
      LE
      LT
      NE
      UNITCHECK
      abs
      accept
      alarm
      and
      atan2
      bind
      binmode
      bless
      break
      caller
      chdir
      chmod
      chomp
      chop
      chown
      chr
      chroot
      close
      closedir
      cmp
      connect
      continue
      cos
      crypt
      dbmclose
      dbmopen
      defined
      delete
      die
      dump
      each
      else
      elsif
      eof
      eq
      exec
      exists
      exit
      exp
      fcntl
      fileno
      flock
      for
      foreach
      formline
      ge
      getc
      getgrgid
      getgrnam
      gethostbyaddr
      gethostbyname
      getnetbyaddr
      getnetbyname
      getpeername
      getpgrp
      getpriority
      getprotobyname
      getprotobynumber
      getpwnam
      getpwuid
      getservbyname
      getservbyport
      getsockname
      getsockopt
      glob
      gmtime
      goto
      grep
      gt
      hex
      if
      index
      int
      ioctl
      join
      keys
      kill
      last
      lc
      lcfirst
      le
      length
      link
      listen
      local
      localtime
      lock
      log
      lstat
      lt
      map
      mkdir
      msgctl
      msgget
      msgrcv
      msgsnd
      my
      ne
      next
      no
      not
      oct
      open
      opendir
      or
      ord
      our
      pack
      pipe
      pop
      pos
      print
      printf
      prototype
      push
      quotemeta
      rand
      read
      readdir
      readlink
      readline
      readpipe
      recv
      redo
      ref
      rename
      require
      reset
      return
      reverse
      rewinddir
      rindex
      rmdir
      scalar
      seek
      seekdir
      select
      semctl
      semget
      semop
      send
      sethostent
      setnetent
      setpgrp
      setpriority
      setprotoent
      setservent
      setsockopt
      shift
      shmctl
      shmget
      shmread
      shmwrite
      shutdown
      sin
      sleep
      socket
      socketpair
      sort
      splice
      split
      sprintf
      sqrt
      srand
      stat
      study
      substr
      symlink
      syscall
      sysopen
      sysread
      sysseek
      system
      syswrite
      tell
      telldir
      tie
      tied
      truncate
      uc
      ucfirst
      umask
      undef
      unless
      unlink
      unpack
      unshift
      untie
      until
      use
      utime
      values
      vec
      waitpid
      warn
      while
      write
      xor

      switch
      case
      given
      when
      err
      say
    );

    # patched above for SWITCH/CASE given/when err say
    # 'err' is a fairly safe addition.
    # TODO: 'default' still needed if appropriate
    # 'use feature' seen, but perltidy works ok without it.
    # Concerned that 'default' could break code.
    push( @Keywords, @value_requestor );

    # These are treated the same but are not keywords:
    my @extra_vr = qw(
      constant
      vars
    );
    push( @value_requestor, @extra_vr );

    @expecting_term_token{@value_requestor} = (1) x scalar(@value_requestor);

    # this list contains keywords which do not look for arguments,
    # so that they might be followed by an operator, or at least
    # not a term.
    my @operator_requestor = qw(
      endgrent
      endhostent
      endnetent
      endprotoent
      endpwent
      endservent
      fork
      getgrent
      gethostent
      getlogin
      getnetent
      getppid
      getprotoent
      getpwent
      getservent
      setgrent
      setpwent
      time
      times
      wait
      wantarray
    );

    push( @Keywords, @operator_requestor );

    # These are treated the same but are not considered keywords:
    my @extra_or = qw(
      STDERR
      STDIN
      STDOUT
    );

    push( @operator_requestor, @extra_or );

    @expecting_operator_token{@operator_requestor} =
      (1) x scalar(@operator_requestor);

    # these token TYPES expect trailing operator but not a term
    # note: ++ and -- are post-increment and decrement, 'C' = constant
    my @operator_requestor_types = qw( ++ -- C <> q );
    @expecting_operator_types{@operator_requestor_types} =
      (1) x scalar(@operator_requestor_types);

    # these token TYPES consume values (terms)
    # note: pp and mm are pre-increment and decrement
    # f=semicolon in for,  F=file test operator
    my @value_requestor_type = qw#
      L { ( [ ~ !~ =~ ; . .. ... A : && ! || // = + - x
      **= += -= .= /= *= %= x= &= |= ^= <<= >>= &&= ||= //=
      <= >= == != => \ > < % * / ? & | ** <=> ~~ !~~
      f F pp mm Y p m U J G j >> << ^ t
      #;
    push( @value_requestor_type, ',' )
      ;    # (perl doesn't like a ',' in a qw block)
    @expecting_term_types{@value_requestor_type} =
      (1) x scalar(@value_requestor_type);

    # Note: the following valid token types are not assigned here to
    # hashes requesting to be followed by values or terms, but are
    # instead currently hard-coded into sub operator_expected:
    # ) -> :: Q R Z ] b h i k n v w } #

    # For simple syntax checking, it is nice to have a list of operators which
    # will really be unhappy if not followed by a term.  This includes most
    # of the above...
    %really_want_term = %expecting_term_types;

    # with these exceptions...
    delete $really_want_term{'U'}; # user sub, depends on prototype
    delete $really_want_term{'F'}; # file test works on $_ if no following term
    delete $really_want_term{'Y'}; # indirect object, too risky to check syntax;
                                   # let perl do it

    @_ = qw(q qq qw qx qr s y tr m);
    @is_q_qq_qw_qx_qr_s_y_tr_m{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # These keywords are handled specially in the tokenizer code:
    my @special_keywords = qw(
      do
      eval
      format
      m
      package
      q
      qq
      qr
      qw
      qx
      s
      sub
      tr
      y
    );
    push( @Keywords, @special_keywords );

    # Keywords after which list formatting may be used
    # WARNING: do not include |map|grep|eval or perl may die on
    # syntax errors (map1.t).
    my @keyword_taking_list = qw(
      and
      chmod
      chomp
      chop
      chown
      dbmopen
      die
      elsif
      exec
      fcntl
      for
      foreach
      formline
      getsockopt
      if
      index
      ioctl
      join
      kill
      local
      msgctl
      msgrcv
      msgsnd
      my
      open
      or
      our
      pack
      print
      printf
      push
      read
      readpipe
      recv
      return
      reverse
      rindex
      seek
      select
      semctl
      semget
      send
      setpriority
      setsockopt
      shmctl
      shmget
      shmread
      shmwrite
      socket
      socketpair
      sort
      splice
      split
      sprintf
      substr
      syscall
      sysopen
      sysread
      sysseek
      system
      syswrite
      tie
      unless
      unlink
      unpack
      unshift
      until
      vec
      warn
      while
      given
      when
    );
    @is_keyword_taking_list{@keyword_taking_list} =
      (1) x scalar(@keyword_taking_list);

    # These are not used in any way yet
    #    my @unused_keywords = qw(
    #      CORE
    #     __FILE__
    #     __LINE__
    #     __PACKAGE__
    #     );

    #  The list of keywords was originally extracted from function 'keyword' in
    #  perl file toke.c version 5.005.03, using this utility, plus a
    #  little editing: (file getkwd.pl):
    #  while (<>) { while (/\"(.*)\"/g) { print "$1\n"; } }
    #  Add 'get' prefix where necessary, then split into the above lists.
    #  This list should be updated as necessary.
    #  The list should not contain these special variables:
    #  ARGV DATA ENV SIG STDERR STDIN STDOUT
    #  __DATA__ __END__

    @is_keyword{@Keywords} = (1) x scalar(@Keywords);
}
1;
__END__

=head1 NAME

Perl::Tidy - Parses and beautifies perl source

=head1 SYNOPSIS

    use Perl::Tidy;

    Perl::Tidy::perltidy(
        source            => $source,
        destination       => $destination,
        stderr            => $stderr,
        argv              => $argv,
        perltidyrc        => $perltidyrc,
        logfile           => $logfile,
        errorfile         => $errorfile,
        formatter         => $formatter,           # callback object (see below)
        dump_options      => $dump_options,
        dump_options_type => $dump_options_type,
        prefilter         => $prefilter_coderef,
        postfilter        => $postfilter_coderef,
    );

=head1 DESCRIPTION

This module makes the functionality of the perltidy utility available to perl
scripts.  Any or all of the input parameters may be omitted, in which case the
@ARGV array will be used to provide input parameters as described
in the perltidy(1) man page.

For example, the perltidy script is basically just this:

    use Perl::Tidy;
    Perl::Tidy::perltidy();

The module accepts input and output streams by a variety of methods.
The following list of parameters may be any of the following: a
filename, an ARRAY reference, a SCALAR reference, or an object with
either a B or B method, as appropriate.

        source            - the source of the script to be formatted
        destination       - the destination of the formatted output
        stderr            - standard error output
        perltidyrc        - the .perltidyrc file
        logfile           - the .LOG file stream, if any 
        errorfile         - the .ERR file stream, if any
        dump_options      - ref to a hash to receive parameters (see below), 
        dump_options_type - controls contents of dump_options
        dump_getopt_flags - ref to a hash to receive Getopt flags
        dump_options_category - ref to a hash giving category of options
        dump_abbreviations    - ref to a hash giving all abbreviations

The following chart illustrates the logic used to decide how to
treat a parameter.

   ref($param)  $param is assumed to be:
   -----------  ---------------------
   undef        a filename
   SCALAR       ref to string
   ARRAY        ref to array
   (other)      object with getline (if source) or print method

If the parameter is an object, and the object has a B method, that
close method will be called at the end of the stream.

=over 4

=item source

If the B parameter is given, it defines the source of the input stream.
If an input stream is defined with the B parameter then no other source
filenames may be specified in the @ARGV array or B parameter.

=item destination

If the B parameter is given, it will be used to define the
file or memory location to receive output of perltidy.  

=item stderr

The B parameter allows the calling program to redirect to a file the
output of what would otherwise go to the standard error output device.  Unlike
many other parameters, $stderr must be a file or file handle; it may not be a
reference to a SCALAR or ARRAY.

=item perltidyrc

If the B file is given, it will be used instead of any
F<.perltidyrc> configuration file that would otherwise be used. 

=item argv

If the B parameter is given, it will be used instead of the
B<@ARGV> array.  The B parameter may be a string, a reference to a
string, or a reference to an array.  If it is a string or reference to a
string, it will be parsed into an array of items just as if it were a
command line string.

=item dump_options

If the B parameter is given, it must be the reference to a hash.
In this case, the parameters contained in any perltidyrc configuration file
will be placed in this hash and perltidy will return immediately.  This is
equivalent to running perltidy with --dump-options, except that the perameters
are returned in a hash rather than dumped to standard output.  Also, by default
only the parameters in the perltidyrc file are returned, but this can be
changed (see the next parameter).  This parameter provides a convenient method
for external programs to read a perltidyrc file.  An example program using
this feature, F, is included in the distribution.

Any combination of the B parameters may be used together.

=item dump_options_type

This parameter is a string which can be used to control the parameters placed
in the hash reference supplied by B.  The possible values are
'perltidyrc' (default) and 'full'.  The 'full' parameter causes both the
default options plus any options found in a perltidyrc file to be returned.

=item dump_getopt_flags

If the B parameter is given, it must be the reference to a
hash.  This hash will receive all of the parameters that perltidy understands
and flags that are passed to Getopt::Long.  This parameter may be
used alone or with the B flag.  Perltidy will
exit immediately after filling this hash.  See the demo program
F for example usage.

=item dump_options_category

If the B parameter is given, it must be the reference to a
hash.  This hash will receive a hash with keys equal to all long parameter names
and values equal to the title of the corresponding section of the perltidy manual.
See the demo program F for example usage.

=item dump_abbreviations

If the B parameter is given, it must be the reference to a
hash.  This hash will receive all abbreviations used by Perl::Tidy.  See the
demo program F for example usage.

=item prefilter

A code reference that will be applied to the source before tidying. It is
expected to take the full content as a string in its input, and output the
transformed content.

=item postfilter

A code reference that will be applied to the tidied result before outputting.
It is expected to take the full content as a string in its input, and output
the transformed content.

Note: A convenient way to check the function of your custom prefilter and
postfilter code is to use the --notidy option, first with just the prefilter
and then with both the prefilter and postfilter.  See also the file
B in the perltidy distribution.

=back

=head1 NOTES ON FORMATTING PARAMETERS

Parameters which control formatting may be passed in several ways: in a
F<.perltidyrc> configuration file, in the B parameter, and in the
B parameter.

The B<-syn> (B<--check-syntax>) flag may be used with all source and
destination streams except for standard input and output.  However 
data streams which are not associated with a filename will 
be copied to a temporary file before being be passed to Perl.  This
use of temporary files can cause somewhat confusing output from Perl.

=head1 EXAMPLES

The perltidy script itself is a simple example, and several
examples are given in the perltidy distribution.  

The following example passes perltidy a snippet as a reference
to a string and receives the result back in a reference to
an array.  

 use Perl::Tidy;
 
 # some messy source code to format
 my $source = <<'EOM';
 use strict;
 my @editors=('Emacs', 'Vi   '); my $rand = rand();
 print "A poll of 10 random programmers gave these results:\n";
 foreach(0..10) {
 my $i=int ($rand+rand());
 print " $editors[$i] users are from Venus" . ", " . 
 "$editors[1-$i] users are from Mars" . 
 "\n";
 }
 EOM
 
 # We'll pass it as ref to SCALAR and receive it in a ref to ARRAY
 my @dest;
 perltidy( source => \$source, destination => \@dest );
 foreach (@dest) {print}

=head1 Using the B Callback Object

The B parameter is an optional callback object which allows
the calling program to receive tokenized lines directly from perltidy for
further specialized processing.  When this parameter is used, the two
formatting options which are built into perltidy (beautification or
html) are ignored.  The following diagram illustrates the logical flow:

                    |-- (normal route)   -> code beautification
  caller->perltidy->|-- (-html flag )    -> create html 
                    |-- (formatter given)-> callback to write_line

This can be useful for processing perl scripts in some way.  The 
parameter C<$formatter> in the perltidy call,

        formatter   => $formatter,  

is an object created by the caller with a C method which
will accept and process tokenized lines, one line per call.  Here is
a simple example of a C which merely prints the line number,
the line type (as determined by perltidy), and the text of the line:

 sub write_line {
 
     # This is called from perltidy line-by-line
     my $self              = shift;
     my $line_of_tokens    = shift;
     my $line_type         = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type};
     my $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};
     my $input_line        = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};
     print "$input_line_number:$line_type:$input_line";
 }

The complete program, B, is contained in the examples section of
the source distribution.  As this example shows, the callback method
receives a parameter B<$line_of_tokens>, which is a reference to a hash
of other useful information.  This example uses these hash entries:

 $line_of_tokens->{_line_number} - the line number (1,2,...)
 $line_of_tokens->{_line_text}   - the text of the line
 $line_of_tokens->{_line_type}   - the type of the line, one of:

    SYSTEM         - system-specific code before hash-bang line
    CODE           - line of perl code (including comments)
    POD_START      - line starting pod, such as '=head'
    POD            - pod documentation text
    POD_END        - last line of pod section, '=cut'
    HERE           - text of here-document
    HERE_END       - last line of here-doc (target word)
    FORMAT         - format section
    FORMAT_END     - last line of format section, '.'
    DATA_START     - __DATA__ line
    DATA           - unidentified text following __DATA__
    END_START      - __END__ line
    END            - unidentified text following __END__
    ERROR          - we are in big trouble, probably not a perl script

Most applications will be only interested in lines of type B.  For
another example, let's write a program which checks for one of the
so-called I C<&`>, C<$&>, and C<$'>, which
can slow down processing.  Here is a B, from the example
program B, which does that:

 sub write_line {
 
     # This is called back from perltidy line-by-line
     # We're looking for $`, $&, and $'
     my ( $self, $line_of_tokens ) = @_;
 
     # pull out some stuff we might need
     my $line_type         = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type};
     my $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};
     my $input_line        = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};
     my $rtoken_type       = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type};
     my $rtokens           = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens};
     chomp $input_line;
 
     # skip comments, pod, etc
     return if ( $line_type ne 'CODE' );
 
     # loop over tokens looking for $`, $&, and $'
     for ( my $j = 0 ; $j < @$rtoken_type ; $j++ ) {
 
         # we only want to examine token types 'i' (identifier)
         next unless $$rtoken_type[$j] eq 'i';
 
         # pull out the actual token text
         my $token = $$rtokens[$j];
 
         # and check it
         if ( $token =~ /^\$[\`\&\']$/ ) {
             print STDERR
               "$input_line_number: $token\n";
         }
     }
 }

This example pulls out these tokenization variables from the $line_of_tokens
hash reference:

     $rtoken_type = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type};
     $rtokens     = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens};

The variable C<$rtoken_type> is a reference to an array of token type codes,
and C<$rtokens> is a reference to a corresponding array of token text.
These are obviously only defined for lines of type B.
Perltidy classifies tokens into types, and has a brief code for each type.
You can get a complete list at any time by running perltidy from the
command line with

     perltidy --dump-token-types

In the present example, we are only looking for tokens of type B
(identifiers), so the for loop skips past all other types.  When an
identifier is found, its actual text is checked to see if it is one
being sought.  If so, the above write_line prints the token and its
line number.

The B feature is relatively new in perltidy, and further
documentation needs to be written to complete its description.  However,
several example programs have been written and can be found in the
B section of the source distribution.  Probably the best way
to get started is to find one of the examples which most closely matches
your application and start modifying it.

For help with perltidy's pecular way of breaking lines into tokens, you
might run, from the command line, 

 perltidy -D filename

where F is a short script of interest.  This will produce
F with interleaved lines of text and their token types.
The B<-D> flag has been in perltidy from the beginning for this purpose.
If you want to see the code which creates this file, it is
C in Tidy.pm.

=head1 EXPORT

  &perltidy

=head1 CREDITS

Thanks to Hugh Myers who developed the initial modular interface 
to perltidy.

=head1 VERSION

This man page documents Perl::Tidy version 20120701.

=head1 LICENSE

This package is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the "GNU General Public License".

Please refer to the file "COPYING" for details.

=head1 AUTHOR

 Steve Hancock
 perltidy at users.sourceforge.net

=head1 SEE ALSO

The perltidy(1) man page describes all of the features of perltidy.  It
can be found at http://perltidy.sourceforge.net.

=cut
Perl-Tidy-20120701/BUGS0000644000175000017500000000431711774071632013317 0ustar  stevestevePerltidy open BUGS and LIMITATIONS
    You can help perltidy evolve into a better program. If you think you
    have hit a bug or weird behavior, or have a suggested improvement,
    please send a note to perltidy at users.sourceforge.net.

    This file only lists open bugs. For bugs which have been fixed, see the
    ChangeLog.

  The --extrude and --mangle options can produce code with syntax errors
    The --extrude tries to put as many newlines in the formatted code as
    possible. The --mangle tries to remove as many newlines as possible.
    These options are very useful for stress testing perltidy (and Perl) but
    not so much for normal formatting. Occasionally they will produce code
    which Perl considers to have a syntax error. These problems often
    involve code where Perl is having to guess the tokenization based on
    whitespace. The given/when and switch/case statements are also
    particularly vulnerable to unusual line breaks and whitespace. This type
    of error should not normally occur in practice, but if it does it should
    be easy to fix the problem by rerunning perltidy with more normal
    parameters or by manually changing whitespace or newlines.

  The Pod:Html module has some bugs
    For the most part Pod::Html works very well and is very convenient
    because it part of the standard Perl distribution. But for example the
    following line

      =item B<<  = Session->new_cflt_deck; >>

    which uses double brackets to contain single brackets does not render
    correctly.

  Perltidy does not handle UTF-8 encoded files
  Two iterations are sometimes needed
    Usually the code produced by perltidy on the first pass does not change
    if it is run again, but sometimes a second pass will produce some small
    additional change. This mainly happens if a major style change is made,
    particularly when perltidy is untangling complex ternary statements. Use
    the iteration parameter -it=2 if it is important that the results be
    unchanged on subsequent passes, but note that this doubles the run time.

  Latest Bug and Wishlist at CPAN:
    For the latest list of bugs and feature requests at CPAN see:

    https://rt.cpan.org/Public/Dist/Display.html?Name=Perl-Tidy

Perl-Tidy-20120701/pm2pl0000755000175000017500000000454507532712500013610 0ustar  stevesteve#!/usr/bin/env perl
use strict;

# This script will recombine the perltidy binary script and all of its
# modules into a single, monolithic script, which is how it was
# originally distributed.  It might be useful for users who have
# difficulty installing modules, or prefer not to.

# usage:
#   perl pm2pl

# Run this from the perltidy main installation directory.  It reads
# bin/perltidy and lib/*.pm and writes a file 'perltidy' in the
# current directory.

# Then, put the file 'perltidy' in your path and it should work (You
# will also need to put the batch file 'perltidy.bat' in your path
# under msdos/windows)

# For unix systems, a sample Makefile is included as Makefile.npm

# This should work for a system with File::Spec,
# and for older Windows/Unix systems without File::Spec.
my $script = 'bin/perltidy';
my $module = 'lib/Perl/Tidy.pm';
eval "use File::Spec;";
my $missing_file_spec = $@;
unless ($missing_file_spec) {
    $script = File::Spec->catfile( 'bin', 'perltidy' );
    $module = File::Spec->catfile( 'lib', 'Perl', 'Tidy.pm' );
}

my $outfile = "perltidy";
open OUTFILE, "> $outfile" or die "can't open file '$outfile' : $!\n";
print "Creating file '$outfile' ....\n ";

# first, open the script and copy the first (hash-bang) line
# (Note: forward slashes in file names here will work in Windows)
open SCRIPT, "< $script" or die "can't open script file '$script' : $!\n";
my $hash_bang =